Mon, March 31, 2025

From Model Trains to Money: Monetizing Your Passion Podcast

You can totally monetize a podcast even if your audience is smaller and niche. It's like having a tiny but super passionate fan club instead of a massive crowd that’s half-asleep. Today, we’re chatting with Ray Arnett from aroundthelayout.com , who lives, eats, and breathes the world of model railroads. He’s got some wild ideas about partnerships that don’t rely on the usual sponsor route, and trust me, it’s more interesting than it sounds. Monetizing a Smaller Audience Think making money off a podcast is just for the big shots? Well, let's pop that bubble! This episode digs into how even those tucked away in the tiniest of niches can make some cash. If you're a model train enthusiast with a handful of loyal listeners, you’re in for a treat. Ray Arnott Shares All the Lessons Ray's not just talking numbers; he’s all about engagement and connections, proving that sometimes having a smaller audience means having a more dedicated one. Forget about chasing those elusive sponsorship deals; Ray's got a different game plan. He shares how forming partnerships with like-minded businesses has been the real money-maker for him. So grab your conductor's hat and hop on board as we explore the wild world of niche podcast monetization. Get ready to learn that with the right approach, even a handful of listeners can lead to big bucks! Takeaways: Monetizing a podcast isn't just for the big names; even small niche audiences can cash in. Engaged listeners are worth their weight in gold, no matter the size of your audience. Finding the right marketing partners who share your vision can be a game changer. Creating a community in your niche can lead to unexpected sponsorship opportunities. Never take your community for granted. It's not about having a large audience; it's about having the RIGHT audience. Underserved communities need a safe place to connect with like-minded people. Links referenced in this episode: schoolofpodcasting.com aroundthelayout.com Heartbeat Community Tool Redirect.Pizza (aff) Cancer and Comedy Podcast School of Podcasting Affiliate Program Mentioned in this episode: Check

Mon, March 24, 2025

Unlocking Podcast Growth: The Power of Partnerships with Stephanie Thompson

Today, we’re exploring the world of partnerships versus sponsorships with the fabulous Stephanie Thompson. The key takeaway? Partnerships are better at growing your show. Forget just pocketing cash for a shout-out; we’re talking about meaningful connections that can actually grow your audience. Stephanie explains how she snagged partners before she even had a following— zero downloads, folks! So, if you’ve been thinking about how to take your podcast game to the next level, this chat is for you. Grab your earphones and get ready to learn how to team up with brands that vibe with your message! Want Another Story of Someone Who Got a Sponsor Before Launching? Check out The Riches are in the Niches With Harry Duran episode 767 Takeaways: Partnerships are more about shared goals and values compared to one-off sponsorships. Monetization through partnerships can grow your audience, not just your pocketbook. It's all about the fit; the right audience and brand alignment are crucial for success. Don't promote brands you don't believe in; integrity is key in partnerships. Transparency with analytics and feedback helps maintain healthy brand relationships. Educate your partners about your audience to foster better collaboration and understanding. Stephanie did a "trial run" on her courses - BEFORE she launched. Links referenced in this episode: podcastexpertlab.com schoolofpodcasting.com profitfromyourpodcast.com castahead.net beyondbourbonstreet.com Profit From Your Podcast Book The Day My Vagina Broke Book Mentioned in this episode: Help When You Don't Know Where To Start I get it. I talk to people looking to launch or grow their podcast. "“There’s too much gear/software — I don’t know what I need.” Microphones, mixers, hosting platforms, editing software — it’s easy to get lost. Analysis paralysis kicks in fast. I help podcasters. I've been doing it 20 years. Let me help. Dave Jackson schoolofpodcasting.com/join <a href="https://scho

Mon, March 17, 2025

Building Authentic Business Relationships Through Podcasting

Molly Ruland stops by to explain how she started a branded podcast that brought in so many clients from season one that she had to pause it. For Molly, it is all about starting and building relationships with her guests. By conducting targeted outreach, she added 500 marketing people to her LinkedIn network, improving the relevance of her feed. When it comes to SEO, AI is interesting, but she advises against using "podcast lingo" and emojis in podcast show notes and metadata. Instead, she recommends focusing on using relevant keywords. We should be advising AI to use relevant keywords in our descriptions and have it use the AIDA approach. Takeaways: Molly Ruland emphasizes that authentic podcasting is about being yourself and not just a sales pitch. Building relationships through your podcast can lead to business opportunities without being pushy about it. SEO isn't just a buzzword; optimizing your podcast content can help increase its visibility and attract the right audience. Don't just focus on the numbers; create meaningful connections with your guests and audience. Because of My Podcast: Ralph Estep Jr Ralph has been an accountant for 30 years. Because of his podcast, Intuit approached him to share and teach about the experience of moving from local copies of their software (Quickbooks and others) to the web-based version. Check out Ralph's show at www.askralphpodcast.com Links referenced in this episode: schoolofpodcasting.com askralphpodcast.com heartcastmedia.com Camp Content Show Tom Petty and Axl Rose Mentioned in this episode: I'd Love To Meet You - Here is Where I Will Be I will be manning the Podpage booth at Podcast Movement in Chicago and Dallas. For more information go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where If you would like to me speak at your even (on or offline) go to www.schoolofpodcasitng.com/contact Where Will I Be? Starting a podcast can be daunting. Fear of failure, uncertainty about where to begin, and doubts about your abilities can hold you back. But what if you had a guide? The School of Podcasting is here to help you confi

Mon, March 10, 2025

Newsletters Part 2: How to Start a Newsletter Without Losing Your Mind with Paul Gowder

After a lot of feedback on the first episode about podcast newsletters, I wanted to answer more questions, and this time I brought Paul Gowder to help. We’ll discuss what tools to use and what content to include. If you really want to skip this whole newsletter thing, we've got some backup plans for you, too. Paul not only has wisdom about newsletters, but we also talk about building his community. Spoiler alert: You might even want to ditch social media for this! Buckle up, because we’re about to make your newsletter dreams a reality. Takeaways: Start building your podcast newsletter today; it's like planting a seed for growth. Don't overthink content; even simple updates can keep your audience engaged and informed. Use email as a direct line to your audience; it's way better than shouting into the social media void. If you're not asking for emails, you're missing out—it's like having a party and not inviting anyone. Be cautious with Facebook. They may delete your group with 85,000 people in it. Mentioned In This Episode schoolofpodcasting.com paulgouder.com Paul's Free Strategies paulgowder.com/emailtools Paul's Email Jump Start What to expect at your first Powow . schoolofpodcasting.com/972 - Part 1 about Newsletters schoolofpodcasting.com/974 - This episode Jef Sieh's Social Media News Live Podcast Tools Mentioned: Sustack Sendfox Mailerlite Kit Newsletter Database <a hre

Mon, March 03, 2025

Podcasting Gone Wrong: The Ultimate Pet Peeves List!

I ask my audience what their top pet peeves are just drive them nuts. We're spilling the beans on all the annoying things that make us want to tear our hair out while listening. We've got it all covered from podcasters who take forever to get to the good stuff to the dreaded mid-sentence ads that pop up like uninvited guests at a party. We also chat about the classic blunders that drive listeners nuts, like out-of-context clips and those cringe-worthy audio issues. So, grab your headphones and get ready to laugh and commiserate as we call out all the podcasting faux pas that need to be put to rest! Thanks to the Participants in This Episode Steve Stewart from SteveStewart.me and the Podcast Editor Academy Kim Newlove from the Pharmacist's Voice and the Perrysburg Podcast Mark Lawley from the Practical Prepping show.  Todd the Gator from the Guardian Downcast show. Zo Richardson from the Back Look Cinema show. York from Welcome to Earth Stories Show. Dave Jackson from the School of Podcasting . Niel's GoFundMe Page and his Documentary The Messengers: A Podcast Documentary Takeaways: Podcasters need to stop dragging out the intro and just get to the point already. Volume fluctuations between hosts and guests are a major annoyance that can ruin a podcast. Out-of-context clips at the start of a podcast are confusing and just plain unnecessary. Too many commercials can turn a great podcast into a frustrating experience for listeners. Not including show notes wastes listeners' time and makes it hard to follow up on interesting topics. Don't tell me a book and then not put the link. Bad audio quality is the ultimate deal-break

Mon, February 24, 2025

Want More Downloads? Ditch Social Media for Newsletters!

Forget social media; if you want to drive traffic, newsletters are where it’s at. Seriously, I’ve been crunching the numbers and guess what? My newsletter is pulling in way more visitors than my half-hearted attempts at tweeting or posting on Facebook. Yeah, shocking, I know. It’s like trying to catch a fish with a toothpick when you could just use a net, right? So, in this episode, we’ll look at why newsletters are the real MVPs of traffic generation, sharing some juicy stats and personal tales that’ll have you reconsidering your social media obsession. Buckle up, because we’re about to turn your traffic woes into wows! I also share some behind the scenes of a future episode. Takeaways: A newsletter is like a Swiss Army knife for driving traffic; social media is just a flimsy butter knife. Crazy thought: newsletters give you more bang for your buck than social media ever will, who knew?! Social media might be fun for scrolling, but newsletters actually get people to click and engage. Turns out, people prefer their marketing via email rather than social media, shocking right? If you're still chasing social media likes, maybe it's time to rethink your strategy and join the newsletter revolution. Newsletters allow for better audience segmentation, making it easier to deliver personalized content that actually resonates. Links referenced in this episode: School of Podcasting schoolofpodcasting.com Audience Survey schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 SOP Episode on UTM schoolofpodcasting.com/896 Dave's Newsletter podcastingobservations.com schoolofpodcasting.com/newsletter schoolofpodcasting.com/daily Gary Arndt Everything Every Daily https://everything-everywhere.com/ Gary Interviewed on the School of Podcasting https://schoolofpodcasting.com/how-gary-arndt-adopted-the-audience-growth-strategy-from-the-movie-industry/ Podnews Report Card <a hre

Mon, February 17, 2025

Why SNL’s 50th Is a Goldmine of Podcasting Wisdom!

We're diving into the wild world of podcasting and pulling some juicy lessons from the legendary Saturday Night Live as it hits the big 5-0. Seriously, SNL didn’t just survive; it thrived, and we’re here to steal some of that magic for our own shows. From knowing your audience to embracing the weirdness, there’s a treasure trove of insights that can help us all level up our podcasting game. Forget about being boring—SNL took risks, and guess what? It paid off! So, buckle up and get ready to channel your inner SNL spirit, because we’re about to get creative and maybe a little absurd. Takeaways: SNL stands the test of time, and so should your podcast; don’t be boring! Know your audience, but also create content you want to see; it's a balance! Embrace weirdness in your podcast; it keeps things fresh and fun for everyone! Experimentation is key; SNL’s success came from trying new things, so should you! If you get bored, so will your listeners; keep it exciting or risk losing them! Word of mouth matters; promote your podcast like SNL promotes its guests! Mentioned in this episode: Do You Need a Podcast Coach Bill Gates, Steve Jobs, Oprah Winfrey, and many others have had COACHES to help them with an outside view to help them shape their content. I will start my 20th year in podcasting and would love to help you follow the best practices of podcasting, and avoid the common mistakes and avoid those steps that lead to burnout. School of Podcasting I'd Love To Meet You - Here is Where I Will Be I will be manning the Podpage booth at Podcast Movement in Chicago and Dallas. For more information go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where If you would like to me speak at your even (on or offline) go to www.schoolofpodcasitng.com/contact Where Will I Be? Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content In each issue of Podcasting Observations, I share my thoughts on what is happening in the podcasting space, my latest content, and things that have caught my eye. I also may ask for your opinion. Join the free community Podcasting Observations

Mon, February 10, 2025

Who Knew Podcasting Could Lead to THIS? 20 Years of Gamertag Radio with Danny Peña

Danny Pena is back on the mic, and let me tell you, he’s got stories that’ll make you believe in the power of podcasting. After 20 years of grinding with Gamertag Radio , Danny shares all the wild opportunities that have come his way, and trust me, it's not just luck; it's hustle. Danny DOES THE WORK. From interviewing gaming legends to landing a gig at the New York Stock Exchange, Danny shows us that if you know your audience and stay true to yourself, the sky's the limit. We dig into how he built connections that led to his success, proving that networking isn’t just a buzzword—it’s the real deal. So grab your headphones and get ready to be inspired—this is one ride you don’t want to miss! Takeaways: Danny Pena has been podcasting for 20 years, proving that persistence pays off. Building relationships through podcasting can lead to incredible opportunities and experiences. Getting to know your audience is key to creating content they love and respond to. Danny's success shows that focusing on impact rather than just numbers can lead to growth. Networking in person is crucial; nothing beats face-to-face connections for opportunities. Opportunities arise from being genuine and building a solid reputation in your field. Links referenced in this episode: schoolofpodcasting.com - use the coupon listener gamertagradio.com https://www.dannyandriana.com/ Danny Peña: Keep it Fun and Master Your Craft -EP827 Danny Peña Is On a Mission For Additional Listeners - EP633 Commitment to Community: How Danny Peña Grew His Podcast Audience - RP506 The Danny and Riana Show Mentioned in this episode: Question of the Month: Let's Talk AI Form a listener, are you using AI, if so what tools, what do you create, and do you spend more time tweaking the results that it would be quicker to just do it yourself

Mon, February 03, 2025

The Secret to High-Quality Content

YouTube just dropped a report on what makes content good, and spoiler alert: it’s not just about looking pretty. Turns out, folks care way more about what’s being said than how fancy the background is. If you want to create stuff that really resonates, whether it's on YouTube or just in audio, you gotta aim for emotional connection. You know, the kind that makes you laugh, cry, or think, not just scroll mindlessly. So, if you’re ready to step up your content game and stop stressing over that bowl of cereal in the background, stick around! YouTube just dropped a bombshell report on what makes content tick, and honestly, it's a game-changer for all of us trying to create stuff that doesn't suck. So, I dove deep into this thing, and guess what? Turns out, whether you're slinging videos or just talking into a microphone like yours truly, the core principles of good content are pretty much the same. They say good content should make you laugh, cry, or at least think a little—basically, it needs to resonate. And if you're worried about your background lighting or if your hair is on point, spoiler alert: it doesn't matter as much as you think. We're talking about a study that found less than 1% of viewers care about visuals, and really, if your audio is clear and your video isn't shot in a black hole, you're already ahead of the game. But let's dive into the juicy bits. The report highlighted that emotional engagement is key. If your content doesn't hit people in the feels, you're just another background noise in their lives. And I get it; we all want to be relatable. If viewers can see themselves in your stories, you're golden. Authenticity is the name of the game—be real, be you, and stop trying to copy what everyone else is doing. This isn't a high school talent show where you're just trying to impress the popular kids; it's about creating a connection. So, whether you’re crafting a podcast episode or filming a YouTube video, focus on being genuine and let your unique voice shine through. To wrap it up—what I gleaned from this report is that content creation isn't just about looking good or having the fanciest gear. It's about creating something that makes people feel like their time was well spent. And if you can throw in a good story or two, you’re well on your way to winning their hearts (and ears). So roll up your sleeves, get comfy with your mic or camera, and remember: it's all about the content, my friends. Takeaways: YouTube's report shows that content is about connecting emotionally, not just visuals. Good content should make people feel something, whether it's laughter or nostalgia. Don't stress about backgrounds or fancy gear; clear audio is what really matters. Being authentic and relatable is key to engaging your audience effectively. Mentioned In This Episode: <a href="https://learn.schoolofpodcasting.com/?utm_source=website&utm_medium=li

Mon, January 27, 2025

Keeping it Real is Keeping it Really Boring

Every podcast can benefit from editing because it enhances the listening experience by removing the boring parts and keeping the content engaging. While authenticity is important, it shouldn't come at the cost of listener engagement. Effective editing can transform a good conversation into a great podcast by honing in on valuable content and eliminating distractions. By focusing on who your audience is and what they want to hear, you can make informed decisions on what to keep and what to cut. Ultimately, I encourage podcasters to see editing as a technical task and a creative opportunity to present their best work and respect their listeners' time. Takeaways: Editing helps improve the quality of your podcast by removing uninteresting or redundant content. A podcast should be a conversation with the boring parts removed for better engagement. Understanding your audience is crucial for determining what content to keep or cut. Planning your episodes effectively can reduce the time needed for editing later on. It's important to focus on making your podcast a favorite for listeners, not just good enough. Using editing tools wisely can enhance your show's clarity without sacrificing authenticity. Links referenced in this episode: schoolofpodcasting.com podcastsconnect.apple.co m podcasters.spotify.com schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey Question of the Month: Where Do You Get Ideas For Your Podcast? I saw this in a Facebook Group and thought it would be a question for all of us to chime in on. "What do you use... "How do you ... ...come up with ideas for your podcast? I need your answer by 4/25/25 Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Question of the Month I'd Love To Meet You - Here is Where I Will Be I will be manning the Podpage booth at Podcast Movement in Chicago and Dallas. For more information go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where If you would like to me speak at your even (on or offline) go to www.schoolofpodcasitng.com/contact Where Will I Be? Join the School of Podcasting Worry Free The School of Podcasting is your ultimate guide to mastering the art of podcasting. Whether you're a beginner or an experienced po

Mon, January 20, 2025

Is Podcasting Worth It in 2025? Discover the Secrets to Success!

Starting a podcast in 2025 can be a daunting decision, but the real question is whether it’s worth it for you personally. The answer often hinges on your motivations and available time, as podcasting requires commitment and passion. I look into the statistics and share insights about the competitive landscape of podcasting versus other platforms like YouTube, illustrating that while the odds can seem slim, the rewards can be substantial if approached with the right mindset. I emphasize the importance of focusing on why you're starting your podcast and what you hope to achieve rather than solely chasing fame or financial success. Ultimately, the value of podcasting lies in the enjoyment and connections it fosters, making it a worthwhile endeavor for those who genuinely love the craft. Takeaways: Starting a podcast in 2025 can be worthwhile, depending on your personal goals and circumstances. The motivations for starting a podcast should be rooted in passion rather than financial gain. Podcasting leads to building relationships, which can create more opportunities for growth. Evaluating your reasons for podcasting is crucial to determine its worth to you. The competitive landscape for podcasting is much smaller compared to platforms like YouTube. Success in podcasting often depends on consistent effort and the ability to enjoy the process. Mentioned In This Episode: School of Podcasting AI Goes to College Ask Ralph Podcast Geologic Podcast Old Testament with Mom Interview with Doc G Purpose Code Book Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey Question of the Month: Where Do You Get Ideas For Your Podcast? I saw

Mon, January 13, 2025

8 Tips for a Sustainable Podcast

Are you worried about not just starting a podcast, but keeping it going? I dig into essential strategies for sustaining your podcasting journey, emphasizing the importance of knowing your "why." I share personal stories and actionable tips to help you identify your passion and maintain motivation. From brainstorming episode ideas to understanding the time commitment, I encourage you to start small and seek feedback. I also discuss the significance of focusing on the aspects of podcasting you love, ensuring the process remains enjoyable and fulfilling. Takeaways: Understanding your 'why' is crucial for sustaining your podcast long-term and keeping you motivated. Creating at least 10 episode ideas can help you maintain content flow and avoid burnout. Start simple to avoid overwhelming yourself with complex setups and equipment. Seek feedback from non-family members to ensure your content resonates with your target audience. Recording practice episodes can help you gauge time investment and refine your skills before launching publicly. Remember, not every podcast needs to last forever; it's okay to stop when your message is delivered. Links referenced in this episode: schoolofpodcasting.com schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 buzzsprout.com/stats Shure MV7i Shure Move Mic Lavaliers Rode Podmic USB sweetwater.com bhphotovideo.com podpage.com Dealcasters Castahead Babel Language Learning . Mentioned in this episode: I'd Love To Meet You - Here is Where I Will Be I will be manning the Podpage booth at Podcast Movement in Chicago and Dallas. For more information go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where If you would like

Mon, January 06, 2025

Head Trash to Headspace: Overcoming Mental Barriers in Podcasting with Doc G.

In this episode, I’m joined by Doc G (Dr. Jordan Grumet) , the author of The Purpose Code: How to unlock meaning, maximize happiness, and leave a lasting legacy , to tackle one of the biggest challenges podcasters face—not the technology, not the gear, - but the mental game. Whether it's "head trash," imposter syndrome, or the overwhelming pressure to succeed, Doc G shares practical strategies to help you push past mental barriers and create a podcast you truly love. Doc G shares his journey from a successful medical career to finding purpose and fulfillment in podcasting and writing. Together, we explore how to shift your focus from Big P Podcasting (chasing massive downloads and unrealistic goals) to Little P Podcasting (finding joy in the process and creating meaningful content). You’ll also hear about: The difference between "big P purpose" and "little P purpose"—and why it matters for your podcast. How to identify what lights you up and makes your podcast worth doing, even if no one listens. Why striving for massive success without joy often leads to burnout. Practical tips for overcoming purpose anxiety and building a podcasting routine you love. More From Doc G The Purpose Code: How to unlock meaning, maximize happiness, and leave a lasting legacy The Purpose Code Video Trailer Taking Stock: A Hospice Doctor's Advice on Financial Independence, Building Wealth, and Living a Regret-Free Life Earn & Invest Show Because of My Podcast: Zita Christan Zita does two podcasts: My Spouse Has Dementia and Ritual Recipes . Today, she shares how she was featured in  US News and World Report because of her podcast. Paul Wynn had found her podcast (and her transcripts) and interviewed her for his article titled, Easing Holiday Isolation . US News and World Report has approximately 41 million visitors to their site per month. She was also interviewed for another newspaper. For all things Zita Christian see <a href="https://zitachristian.c

Mon, December 30, 2024

My Favorite Podcast - and WHY - 2024

Every year, I ask my audience, "What is your favorite podcast - and WHY." When we hear what resonates with people, we can ensure we include those ingredients in our show. Participants Steve Stewart from The Podcast Editor Academy and the Podcast Editors Mastermind loves Stacking Benjamins . Ralph Estep Jr from the Ask Ralph Podcast (Christian Finance) loves the Ask the Podcast Coach show. Randy Black from Bible Bytes loves the No Agenda Show . Kim Newlove from The Pharmacist’s Voice and Perrysburg Podcast loves The Erectile Dysfunction Radio show. York from Welcome to Earth Stories loves Podtastic Audio . Wolfman Mike from the 70's vs 80's show loves Beach too Sandy Water too wet Harris from His Daughter's Podcast Loves the Founders Podcast Chris Nesi from House of Ed Tech AND the NEW Perpetual Syndication </a

Mon, December 23, 2024

Navigating Podcasting in 2025: Is Video Worth It?

Video podcasting offers unique advantages and challenges, making it essential for creators to weigh the pros and cons before diving in. While video can enhance engagement through visual cues and body language, audio podcasts provide greater portability and simplicity in production. Dave Jackson explores the contrasting benefits of both formats, highlighting that audio often leads to better memory recall and a more personal connection with listeners. As the landscape of podcasting evolves, particularly with platforms like Spotify and YouTube gaining traction, understanding the implications of these choices is crucial. By the end of this discussion, you'll be equipped with insights to decide whether to integrate video into your podcasting strategy. Takeaways: Video podcasts can enhance audience engagement through visual cues and body language, creating a more relatable experience. Audio podcasts offer greater portability for multitasking, making them ideal for commuting or exercising. The production of audio podcasts is simpler, requiring less equipment and allowing more casual guest appearances. Completion rates for audio podcasts tend to be higher than those for video podcasts, indicating better listener retention. YouTube and Spotify compete for podcasting dominance, but each has different monetization challenges. While video can expand audience reach, it also incurs additional production costs and time commitments. Links referenced in this episode: schoolofpodcasting.com askthepodcastcoach.com Podnews Weekly Review Podcast Index Media Round Table Sound Off Podcast mixlr.com Sweetwater (aff) Sounds Profitable Gear Mentioned <a href="https://geni.us/viltrox-2pack-led"

Mon, December 16, 2024

Unlocking Audience Insights: Crafting the Perfect Survey for Your Podcast

Creating an effective audience survey is essential for understanding what your listeners want and how to enhance their experience. This episode dives into the crucial steps for crafting survey questions that engage your audience and encourage participation. Dave Jackson emphasizes the importance of knowing your audience and keeping surveys concise, ideally under ten questions, to boost completion rates. He also discusses strategies for increasing responses, such as using incentives and clear communication about the benefits of participating. By the end, you'll have actionable insights to help you design a survey that not only gathers valuable feedback but also strengthens your relationship with your listeners. Takeaways: Begin your survey with a concise opening paragraph explaining how respondents will benefit. Keep your survey short, ideally under 10 questions for higher completion rates. Incentives can increase survey participation but ensure they don’t skew honest feedback. Use relevant questions that engage your audience and avoid demographic questions at the start. Incorporate a progress bar to inform participants how far along they are in the survey. Make sure to remind your audience about the survey to boost responses regularly. Links referenced in this episode: schoolofpodcasting.com schoolofpodcasting.com/contact schoolofpodcasting.com/survey podpage.com schoolofpodcasting.com/962 schoolofpodcasting.com/961 (last week) Pointer Pro Survicate Edison Research Listener Survey Template PodPage.com Google Forms Jotform <a href="https://tally.so/" rel="noopener noreferrer"

Mon, December 09, 2024

Unlock Podcast Success: How Being Open to Feedback Changes Everything

Being open to receiving feedback is crucial for growth, especially as we head into 2025. If podcasters are unwilling to listen to their audience, they risk repeating the same mistakes and achieving the same results. This episode delves into the importance of having a receptive mindset regarding advice and input from listeners. Today, I share anecdotes and examples, including the cautionary tale of Elizabeth Holmes and the pitfalls of ignoring expert advice. He emphasizes that understanding your audience is the foundation for creating compelling content and encourages podcasters to seek feedback to enhance their shows actively. Takeaways: Being open to audience feedback is essential for podcasters to improve their content. If you ignore audience advice, you risk repeating the same mistakes year after year. Feedback is critical to podcasting success; embrace it to grow your show. Creating an audience survey can provide valuable insights into what your listeners want. Understanding your audience's needs can lead to more engaging and resonant content. Ignoring expert advice, as seen in the case of Theranos, can lead to failure. With a CLEAR understanding of your WHY and your audience, you can decide which advice to accept and which to dismiss. Links referenced in this episode: schoolofpodcasting.com schoolofpodcasting.com/survey jordanharbinger.com (on taking advice) thepharmacistvoice.com (Kim Newlove's show) perrysburgpodcast.com (Kim Newlove's show) podpage.com schoolofpodcasting.com/960 (on media hosting) schoolofpodcasting.com/961 (full show notes) Welcome to Earth Stories Apple's Dashboard podcastsconnect.apple.com Spotify's Dashboard podcasters.spotify.com Mentioned in this episo

Mon, December 02, 2024

Podcast Media Hosts Uncovered: Features That Matter

Choosing the right media host for your podcast is crucial, and in this episode, we dive deep into the features offered by some of the top podcast media hosts. I discuss how each host brings unique capabilities, helping you determine what aligns best with your needs. Whether you’re looking for dynamic content, AI tools, or detailed analytics, understanding these features can significantly impact your podcasting journey and wallet). From the importance of an RSS feed to the nuances of pricing plans, listeners will gain valuable insights into what to consider before deciding. Join me as I break down the landscape of podcast media hosting, ensuring you avoid costly mistakes and find the perfect fit for your show. Even if you're happy with your podcast host Takeaways: Choosing the right media host depends on your specific podcasting needs and goals. It's essential to evaluate the features that media hosts offer to avoid unnecessary expenses. Dynamic content and chapters can enhance listener engagement and provide a better user experience. Migration between hosts can lead to a loss of statistics; choose wisely and prepare. Utilizing AI tools can streamline podcast creation, but be cautious of additional costs. Free podcast hosting services often come with limitations and potential risks of closure. Links referenced in this episode: schoolofpodcasting.com/join https://schoolofpodcasting.com/podcast-hosting-simplified/ Companies mentioned in this episode: PodPage Buzzsprout Blubrry Libsyn (use coupon sopfree for a free month) Captivate RSS.com Descript Riverside Squadcast <a href="https://supportthisshow.com/z

Mon, November 25, 2024

Ariana Grande's Voice and Your Podcast: What They Have in Common

Don't let past regrets or harsh words hold you back from podcasting. This episode highlights inspiring stories from podcasters like Zita Christian, who turned her struggles with Alzheimer's into a powerful platform, and Ray Arnott, whose model train podcast has garnered a passionate community. Dave Jackson emphasizes that everyone has a unique voice and experience to share, and it's essential to push through the self-doubt that might stem from past failures. He also discusses the phenomenon of pod fading, where many new podcasters stop before truly finding their audience. Tune in to discover how you can overcome obstacles and embrace your podcasting journey, all while ensuring your voice is heard loud and clear. Transitioning to the theme of persistence in podcasting, Dave discusses the phenomenon of 'pod fading,' where many new podcasters abandon their shows within months. He references a study revealing that around 30% of podcasters stop producing content shortly after launching. Jackson draws parallels between podcasting and gym memberships, highlighting how both require commitment and a clear understanding of one's goals to achieve lasting success. He encourages listeners to embrace their unique voices, reminding them that past failures or negative feedback should not deter them from sharing their stories. Instead, he advocates for a mindset shift—viewing each podcasting endeavor as an opportunity to learn and grow, regardless of the initial outcome. The episode crescendos with reflections on the recent insights he gained from watching the musical 'Wicked,' particularly the unexpected vocal talents of Ariana Grande. This experience serves as a metaphor for the hidden potential within each person. Jackson urges aspiring podcasters to let go of self-doubt and 'head trash,' asserting that everyone has a unique contribution to make. By embracing their individuality and the lessons learned from past experiences, podcasters can inspire others and carve out their place in the audio landscape. As the episode wraps up, Dave reiterates his commitment to supporting podcasters through his school, providing resources and guidance to help them realize their potential and achieve their podcasting dreams. Takeaways: Zita Christian's podcast gained recognition when she was featured in U.S. News & World Report, showcasing the impact a podcast can have. Ray Arnott's podcast inspired a listener to send in a special gift. Many new podcasters quit because they lack clarity on their audience and goals, leading to frustration. Consistency in content and focus is crucial for successful podcasting; it's not just about publishing. Ariana Grande's unexpected vocal talent illustrates that preconceived notions can limit potential; podcasting is similar. Pod fading affects 30% of new podcasters; understanding your audience is key to longevity. YouTube's redefining<a href="https://www.in

Mon, November 18, 2024

The Knockout Formula: What Podcasters Can Learn from a Netflix-Breaking Event

This week, we had something that doesn't happen often outside of the Super Bowl—lots of Americans watched the same thing at the same time. Today, I thought we could look at WHY and what podcasters can learn to add those winning ingredients to their podcasts. Audience Survey Help make the show better, and you'll be entered to win a year of membership at the School of Podcasting. Go to schoolofpodcasting.com/survey Takeaways: Building anticipation for your content is crucial; promoting months in advance can lead to significant engagement. Making your content easily accessible across various platforms maximizes audience reach and convenience. Tying your content to emotions or nostalgia can significantly enhance audience connection and engagement. Creating unique content that can't be found elsewhere is a powerful way to attract viewers. Ensure the consumption process of your content is smooth; technical issues can drive audiences away. Monetizing an audience, rather than just the podcast, is key to long-term success. Mentioned: School of Podcasting Podpage Mentioned in this episode: Question of the Month: Where Do You Get Ideas For Your Podcast? I saw this in a Facebook Group and thought it would be a question for all of us to chime in on. "What do you use... "How do you ... ...come up with ideas for your podcast? I need your answer by 4/25/25 Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Question of the Month 2025 Audience Survey Podcast Hot Seat - Now Private Podcast Audits There are things your podcast is missing that often lead to you losing the audience you are attracting. I help make good podcasts GREAT. End the frustration with your podcast growth. Check out the Podcast Hot Seat Service Today. Podcast Hotseat I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 <p

Mon, November 11, 2024

Strike Up Your Podcast: Lessons from Duck Pin Bowling

OK, I realize this seems a little odd, but stay with me. Bowling and podcasting share surprising similarities that can inspire you to start your own podcast. Just like in duck pin bowling, where mastering the basics and adapting your technique is crucial, podcasting requires a solid grasp of content creation and delivery. Throughout this episode, Dave Jackson draws parallels between the two, emphasizing the importance of feedback, practice, and finding your unique style. He also introduces an AI prompt that can help you generate fresh interview questions, making it easier to engage your audience. Whether you're a seasoned bowler or a curious podcaster, this episode is packed with insights to guide your journey. Got Feedback On This Episode? I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than five questions and works great on your phone or computer.  Share Your Thoughts Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community AI Goes to College Chat GPT Podindy.com Captivate Buzzsprout Blubrry Libsyn RSS.com Profit From Your Podcast Book Worfence Vulnerability Report PodcastsAboutPodcasting.com Power of Podcasting Network Dave's YouTube Channel Dave's Podcasting Newsletter <a href="https://www.bu

Mon, November 04, 2024

Add More to Your Podcast? Remember to Subtract!

If you want to add something new to your podcasting routine, you need to subtract something else from your schedule. Time management is crucial for podcasters; today, I'm pointing out the importance of making intentional choices about allocating our time. Let's examine the balance between new opportunities and existing commitments. I emphasize that every addition comes with a necessary subtraction (unless you want to lose your mind). This episode is filled with practical tips and personal insights on how to manage your time while avoiding burnout. Whether you want to expand your podcasting efforts or keep your sanity intact, this episode offers valuable insights to help you navigate your busy schedule. Got Feedback On This Episode? I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than five questions and works great on your phone or computer.  Share Your Thoughts Takeaways: To succeed in podcasting, remember that adding a new task means subtracting an existing one (if you're truly "busy"). Effective time management in podcasting requires precise scheduling for learning new tools or platforms. Evaluate your current commitments and prioritize what truly adds value to your podcasting journey (and value to your audience). Being overwhelmed by podcasting tasks can be alleviated by understanding your available time. Use tools to track your productivity and identify what activities yield the best results. Avoid the hustle culture; prioritize your health and family while managing your podcasting goals. Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Dave's YouTube Channel Dave's Podcasting Newsletter Buy Dave a Coffee Put Dave In Your Pocket Where Will Dave Be? Question of the Month <a href="https://lear

Mon, October 28, 2024

Promote Like a Pro: Getting Your Podcast Guests to Spread the Word

Today we look at how to encourage guests to promote their episodes. Host Dave Jackson opens the show by discussing the importance of reciprocity in the podcasting world, emphasizing that hosts and guests benefit from effective promotion strategies. Got Feedback On This Episode? I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than five questions and works great on your phone or computer.  Share Your Thoughts Contributors: Kim Newlove - The Pharmacists Voice , Perrysburg Podcast Kris - Podtastic Audio Kiona Nessenbaum - Birth As We Know It Takeaways: Building a relationship with your podcast guests before the interview can lead to better promotion later. Make it easy for guests to share their episodes by providing direct links and images. As a host, please don't rely solely on guests to promote their episodes; it's not guaranteed. Offering your guests clear and simple promotional tools can encourage them to share your interview. Please tell your guests when their episodes will be released to help them prepare to share. As a guest, promise to promote the episode to increase your chances of being invited back. If you want them to share, the interview should be different than previous interviews. Links referenced in this episode: schoolofpodcasting.com thepharmacistvoice.com perrysburgpodcast.com podcasticaudio.com birthaswenowitpodcast.com smartbusinessrevolution.com podnews This Amercian Life <a href="htt

Mon, October 21, 2024

10 Things I Learned at Ecamm Creator Camp 2024

Today I share insights from a week spent at Ecamm Creator Camp 2024, highlighting ten key takeaways that can help podcasters and content creators elevate their craft. Got Feedback On This Episode? I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than five questions and works great on your phone or computer.  Share Your Thoughts Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Dave's YouTube Channel Dave's Podcasting Newsletter Buy Dave a Coffee Put Dave In Your Pocket Where Will Dave Be? Question of the Month Ecamm Live Software - https://supportthisshow.com/ecamm (aff) Daniel CHi - https://www.danielchi.live/ Zoom Remote Settings App - remote settings app AI Tools Great for Text - idiogram.ai Daniel Batal - https://danielbatal.com/ Daniel's YouTube Channel - https://www.youtube.com/@Daniel_Batal/featured Davinci Resolve - https://www.blackmagicdesign.com/products/davinciresolve Daniel stands up to Filmora Pl

Mon, October 14, 2024

The Future of Film and Podcasting: Avoiding the Same Pitfalls

This episode serves as a guide for content creators to learn from the mistakes of the movie industry. It advocates for creativity, genuine audience engagement, and strategic marketing that resonates with today's consumers. The movie industry is falling fast. I share my childhood memories of the joy of watching movies and how attending a movie now has changed dramatically. We need to understand the power of audience engagement, noting that the film industry is often playing it safe with sequels and familiar franchises (a strategy that may not always yield positive results). As podcasters, we need to note these trends and craft our content thoughtfully, ensuring that we do not fall into the trap of repeating what has already been done. Podcasters can stand out in an increasingly crowded marketplace by fostering authentic connections with listeners and providing innovative, compelling narratives. Got Feedback On This Episode? I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than five questions and works great on your phone or computer.  Share Your Thoughts Takeaways: The movie industry is struggling, and podcasters can learn valuable lessons from this decline. Creating a strong community experience can enhance audience engagement for both movies and podcasts. Making the consumption of your content easy is crucial for keeping your audience satisfied. Trailers should accurately represent the film's content to avoid disappointing viewers. Audience engagement and feedback are essential for improving movie and podcast content. Podcasters should avoid the common pitfalls of the movie industry to ensure success. Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Dave's YouTube Channel Dave's Podcasting Newsletter Buy Dave a Coffee Put Dave In Your Pocket Where Will Dave Be? <a href="https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com

Mon, October 07, 2024

Eavesdrop on a Podcast Coaching Session: Your Path to Podcaster Clarity

Starting a podcast can feel overwhelming, but understanding the essential questions to address can simplify the process significantly. Join Dave Jackson as he coaches Alex Lorre through a consulting call, highlighting crucial considerations for both aspiring and established podcasters. From identifying your target audience to defining the goals of your show, this conversation covers the fundamental aspects that every podcaster must contemplate. Dave emphasizes the importance of a clear podcast name that resonates with listeners and conveys the intended content effectively. Additionally, the episode explores monetization strategies, creative formats, and the necessary tools to help your podcast thrive in a competitive landscape. Got Feedback On This Episode? I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than five questions and works great on your phone or computer.  Share Your Thoughts Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Dave's YouTube Channel Dave's Podcasting Newsletter Buy Dave a Coffee Put Dave In Your Pocket Where Will Dave Be? Question of the Month schoolofpodcasting.com learnpodpage.com askthepodcastcoach.com podpage.com canva.com namecheap.com <a href="https://coolerwebsites.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank

Mon, September 30, 2024

Maximize Listener Engagement with Podcast Chapters

Chapters in podcast episodes allow listeners to easily navigate content, enhancing their listening experience by allowing them to skip to segments they find most intriguing or relevant. Dave Jackson explores the evolution and utility of chapters, reflecting on his initial disdain and eventual reliance on them. Dave invites podcasters to share their perspectives, highlighting a range of opinions from enthusiastic advocates to skeptics who worry chapters might disrupt the listener's engagement. Tools like Hindenburg and Descript are spotlighted for their ability to integrate chapters seamlessly, while AI-driven solutions from hosts like Buzzsprout and Captivate are emerging to automate the process. As the podcasting landscape evolves, chapters are becoming a valuable feature for both content creators and audiences, though their adoption remains a personal choice, influenced by the podcast's format and the creator's goals. All opinions are ours. Some links are affiliate links, meaning if you buy something through a qualifying link, we might make a small commission at no additional cost to you. As Amazon Associates, we earn from qualifying purchases. Mentioned In This Episode Ethan Reese - Daily Sports Podcast David Hooper - Build a Big Podcast Paul Taylor - Pass ACLS John Wilkerson - Struggling For Purpose Ralph Estep Jr - Ask Ralph Stephanie Graham - NoseyAF York - Welcome to Earth Stories Zo Richardson - Back Look Cinema Captivate Buzzsprout Blubrry Transistor <a

Mon, September 23, 2024

AI For Podcasters (Part I) 26 Resources

Today we’re unpacking a world of AI tools and their applications in podcasting. I start by asking ChatGPT what the top uses for ChatGPT (and you'll be surprised) are. We also discuss the crucial balance between leveraging AI for efficiency and maintaining the credibility and trust of your audience. If you lose your integrity, you may never get it back. Above all, NEVER have AI make content that is made public without human interaction. Full description at schoolofpodcasting.com/950 Check out this video of Castmagic picking out the companies and URLS for this episode (there are quite a lot). Question of the Month Some podcasters spend time putting in chapters that include artwork and links. Where are you when it comes to chapters? Did you know they exist? Do you use them in your show? As a listener, do you like them? Hate them? Click the link and let me know (and don't forget the name, elevator pitch, and link to your show). I need your answer by 9/27 Click Here to Upload/Record Your Answer Question of the Month Got Feedback On This Episode? I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than five questions and works great on your phone or computer.  Share Your Thoughts Thinking of Starting a Podcast? Are you considering diving into the dynamic world of podcasting? Look no further! Join the School of Podcasting community today and unlock a wealth of knowledge and support tailored just for you. As someone with decades of life experience, your voice is invaluable, and podcasting offers a unique platform to share your wisdom, stories, and passions with the world. With our step-by-step guidance and personalized approach, you'll easily navigate your podcasting journey, turning your ideas into captivating audio experiences. As a special bonus, use the coupon code " listener " to embark on your podcasting adventure with exclusive savings. Don't the voice in your head hold you back – embrace the power of podcasting and join us at the School of Podcasting  

Mon, September 16, 2024

Tom Webster: The Importance of Editing Your Show

In this episode of the School of Podcasting (episode 949), we get some great insights from media research expert Tom Webster. With a focus on optimizing podcast content and strategy, Tom and Dave explore common pitfalls that podcasters face, particularly the importance of engaging content from the outset. They discuss practical tips on improving podcast narrative and editing, handling advertiser concerns, and leveraging audience feedback to refine your podcast. Whether you're a seasoned podcaster or just starting, this episode provides valuable lessons on creating captivating content that resonates with listeners and satisfies advertisers. Don't miss the unique strategies and actionable advice that could transform your podcast into a must-listen show. About Tom Webster Tom Webster is a partner at Sounds Profitable, dedicated to setting the course for the future of audio. He has thirty years of experience in streaming, podcasting, audiobooks, terrestrial radio, and everything else that we stick in our earballs. In his previous work, with Edison Research, Webster was the co-author of the annual Infinite Dial® study, the longest-running study of consumer media habits since 1998, as well as the Share of Ear® and Edison Podcast Metrics studies. With Sounds Profitable, his body of work includes dozens of the most influential reports in podcasting, and he is one of the most widely cited audio researchers in the world. Got Feedback On This Episode? I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than five questions and works great on your phone or computer.  Share Your Thoughts Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Dave's YouTube Channel Dave's Podcasting Newsletter Buy Dave a Coffee Put Dave In Your Pocket Where Will Dave Be? Question of the Month <a href="https://geni.us/tomw

Mon, September 09, 2024

When, What, and How to Outsource Some of Your Podcast Production

If you're thinking of outsourcing some of the tasks involved with your podcast, this episode is for you. What is involved with creating an episode? What parts should I outsource? Where do I find an editor? How much does it cost? Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Dave's YouTube Channel Dave's Podcasting Newsletter Buy Dave a Coffee Put Dave In Your Pocket Where Will Dave Be? Question of the Month Ask Ralph Podcast: Christian Finance The Pharmacists Voice Next Day Audio Editor Podcast Editor Academy Steve Stewart "Find an Editor" tutorial an form Descript Vide and Audio Editor with AI Opus Clip AI Video Clip Creation Tool ClipGen AI Video Clip Creation Tool Auphonic audio leveler and hiss removal Otter transcription Castmagic - AI Tool for Podcasters <a href="https://supportthis

Mon, September 02, 2024

Understanding Platform Fees: Best Options for Podcast Donations and Premium Content

Value for Value or (podcasting 2.0) is NOT just about streaming Satoshi's (a very small amount of bitcoin). Today, we will discuss asking for support and what tools fit best for your situation. I may earn a small commission for some of these as I participate in their affiliate program. This costs you nothing and supports the show. Got Feedback On This Episode? I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than five questions and works great on your phone or computer.  Share Your Thoughts Platforms Discussed: Donation Only (No RSS Tools) Paypal Buy Me a Coffee Fanlist Kofi Premium Content Tools Supercast Patreon Memberful Hello Audio Captivate Buzzsprout All of these platforms have their own strengths. If I just wanted to accept money, I'd use Buy Me a Coffee . If I wanted to sell premium content, I would use Supercast (although Captivate and Buzzsprout are very attractive if you are using them for hosting). Supercast has a super easy onboarding for new listeners with a two-click install, and their percentage is in alignment with others (if not less). Keep In Mind: A show with WOW content will likely get around 3% of its audience to engage. New podcasters should focus on building great content and their audience instead of monetizing, which can lead to disappointment. There are MANY other ways to make money with your podcast besides advertising and asking for support. See my book Profit From Your Podcast .

Mon, August 26, 2024

Podcast Movement Reflections 2024 from DC - Now With Plugins!

Today I reflect on my trip to Washington DC to Podcast Movement 2024. We talk about the gear, some presentations, some things that could only happen at Podcast Movement in DC, and why there wasn't any carpet. I used the Rode Interview Pro Portable Microphone to record some interviews in the very noisy vendor hall. With this in mind, I thought I'd talk about plugins that can clean things up. Full show notes are on the website . Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription. MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE Rode Interview Pro Portable Microphone $244ish https://supportthisshow.com/rodeinterviewpro Shure Movmic Wireless Mics (small - great for video) https://geni.us/shure-movmic PodProtect https://podprotect.email/ GW Centeric (Greg Wells) $36 https://supportthisshow.com/gwcentral Clarity VX Noise Removal $39 https://supportthisshow.com/calrityvx Accentize DX Revive Pro $299 https://www.accentize.com/dxrevive/ Descript Studio Sound https://supportthisshow.com/descript Scheps Omni Channel 2 $39 <a href="http

Mon, August 19, 2024

These Two Words Cost Him Millions of Dollars

DISCLAIMER: Today's show contains adult content. Maybe listen to this one when the kiddies aren't around. Today, I share some insights that will explain why I spent close to $400 to fly to Atlanta for one day. Then I share some stories about some strange laws in the UK that are getting people arrested for posting memes and two words that cost a comedian millions of dollars. Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Dave's YouTube Channel Dave's Podcasting Newsletter Buy Dave a Coffee Put Dave In Your Pocket Where Will Dave Be? Question of the Month Without Warning Podcast Podcaster Happy Hour Gamertag Radio GARM Tom Segura Your Mom's House Getting Fired From McDonald's Libsyn to Use Barometer Jim and Chris from Dealcasters Mentioned in this episode: I'd Love To Meet You - Here is Where I Will Be I will be manning the Podpage booth at Podcast Movement in Chicago and Dallas. For more information go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where If you would like to me speak at your even (on or offline) go to www.schoolofpodcasitng.com/contact <a href="https://school-of-podcasting.captivate.fm

Mon, August 12, 2024

Beyond Surveys How Real Conversations Grow Your Podcast

Are you confident your podcast content is truly resonating with your audience? Many podcasters assume their content is "fine" without digging deeper. But there's a powerful way to gain invaluable insights directly from your listeners. In this episode, I share a game-changing strategy I recently used at my new job with Podpage. By conducting one-on-one Zoom calls with users, we uncovered crucial feedback that transformed our product. This approach can work wonders for your podcast too! Got Feedback On This Episode? I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than five questions and works great on your phone or computer.  Share Your Thoughts Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription. Question of the Month Some podcasters spend time putting in chapters that include artwork and links. Where are you when it comes to chapters? Did you know they exist? Do you use them in your show? As a listener, do you like them? Hate them? Click the link and let me know (and don't forget the name, elevator pitch, and link to your show). I need your answer by 9/27 Click Here to Upload/Record Your Answer Question of the Month Where I Will Be? I'll be speaking at Podcast Movement in Washington DC August 19-22. Ecamm Creator Camp October 15-18 in (Bostonish MA) I'll be speaking at Podi

Mon, August 05, 2024

Unraveling the Power of Word-of-Mouth in Podcast Recommendations

70% of podcasts are discovered via word of mouth (Jacobs Media). So if we can understand what makes someone recommend something, we can start to do that in our show. We heard words like affordable, quality, and unique. Some people recommend based on a relationship that delivers value . When you deliver something you can't get any place else. Got Feedback On This Episode? I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than five questions and works great on your phone or computer.  Share Your Thoughts Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription. Question of the Month Some podcasters spend time putting in chapters that include artwork and links. Where are you when it comes to chapters? Did you know they exist? Do you use them in your show? As a listener, do you like them? Hate them? Click the link and let me know (and don't forget the name, elevator pitch, and link to your show). I need your answer by 9/27 Click Here to Upload/Record Your Answer Question of the Month Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Dave's YouTube Channel <a href="http://podcastingobservations.com

Mon, July 29, 2024

Because of My Podcast: Dave Edition

My last day at Libsyn was July 12th, 2024. I'm starting a new chapter in my podcasting career, and so to announce the next chapter, I thought it might be fun (and maybe inspirational? ) for newbies to see what is possible with a podcast. Last week I talked about my journey through technology. I explained that where I am now is NOT where I started and it took years to get here. Today I'm talking about the most important benefit of podcasting (and it's not money, or fame). It's relationships.  You will see that one teacher gave me a nudge. Once I started podcasting (because it was WAY HARDER in 2005), when I wasn't working on making GREAT content, I was working on growing my network through relationships. I am still in contact with many of those today.  Your Podcast Leads To Opportunities You are seen as an expert (no matter if you want to be or not) and that positioning leads to opportunities. Those opportunities lead to relationships. Those new relationships lead to more opportunities. If you DON'T QUIT, the wheel keeps turning. It does not happen overnight, and it might take years. Some might say I have  first mover advantage . Let's say that is true. So did a whole lot of other people. There is one big difference.  I didn't quit. I'm still here.  Opportunities Lead to Relationships I had Spreaker, Blubrry, and Libsyn representatives on my show. I would see these people at events. Your podcast can be a digital resume. When the New Media Expo needed a new head for their podcasting track, all of these hosting companies had one name they recommended: Dave Jackson.  Got Feedback On This Episode? I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than five questions and works great on your phone or computer.  Share Your Thoughts Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly

Mon, July 22, 2024

Dave Jackson’s Journey from Basic Gear to Professional Podcasting

I had two people ask me about the "Behind the Scenes" operations of the School of Podcasting . I was nervous about doing this episode. If you're new to the show, I normally don't talk about myself for 47 minutes. As I had two people ask similar questions, I thought I'd share information about: Where I Started (start ugly - great book ) My first podcast setup My first "business office" Why and how I upgraded (and why you probably don't need to). What I'm using now for the podcast and the business. I also mention the Podcaster Happy Hour (check out this new networking and education event). Got Feedback On This Episode? I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than five questions and works great on your phone or computer.  Share Your Thoughts Question of the Month Some podcasters spend time putting in chapters that include artwork and links. Where are you when it comes to chapters? Did you know they exist? Do you use them in your show? As a listener, do you like them? Hate them? Click the link and let me know (and don't forget the name, elevator pitch, and link to your show). I need your answer by 9/27 Click Here to Upload/Record Your Answer Question of the Month Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription. Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podc

Mon, July 15, 2024

How To Read Without Sounding Like You're Reading with Jodi Krangle.

Some people can "riff" off the top of their heads, while others need a script. Do whatever works for you, but when it SOUNDS LIKE YOU'RE READING, it can lose listeners. Today, I bring in Professional Voiceover Artist Jodi Krangle to give us some tips on how to sound natural. She also shares some insights on the voiceover industry and her pet peeves in podcasting. Find Jodi at www.voiceroversandvocals.com Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription. Got Feedback On This Episode? I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than five questions and works great on your phone or computer.  Share Your Thoughts Question of the Month Some podcasters spend time putting in chapters that include artwork and links. Where are you when it comes to chapters? Did you know they exist? Do you use them in your show? As a listener, do you like them? Hate them? Click the link and let me know (and don't forget the name, elevator pitch, and link to your show). I need your answer by 9/27 Click Here to Upload/Record Your Answer Question of the Month Where I Will Be? I'll be speaking at Podcast Movement in Washington DC August 19-22. Ecamm Creator Camp October 15-18 in (Bo

Tue, July 09, 2024

Stephanie Graham Tests The Podcast Hot Seat

Today's episode is an exciting one as we introduce a brand-new show, "Podcasting Hot Seat." This fresh concept blends the best elements of the Podcast Review Show and the Podcast Rodeo Show. Our inaugural guest on Podcasting Hot Seat is the multi-talented Stephanie Graham. We will discuss her engaging podcast, "Nosy AF," her vibrant art practice, and the challenges and triumphs of maintaining a successful online presence. Want a turn in the Podcast Hot Seat? See www.podcasthotseat.com/store Got Feedback On This Episode? I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than 5 questions and works great on your phone or computer.  Share Your Thoughts Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community NoseyAF Podcast Stephanie Graham's Website Follow the Nosey AF show Podcast Talent Coach Show 500 Podcast Rodeo Show Podcast Hot Seat Podcast Review Show Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Dave's YouTube Channel Dave's Podcasting Newsletter Buy Dave a Coffee Put Dave In Your Pocket Where Will Dave Be? Question of the Month Menti

Mon, July 08, 2024

Stephanie Graham Tests The Podcast Hot Seat

Today's episode is an exciting one as we introduce a brand-new show, "Podcasting Hot Seat." This fresh concept blends the best elements of the Podcast Review Show and the Podcast Rodeo Show. Our inaugural guest on Podcasting Hot Seat is the multi-talented Stephanie Graham, who will discuss her engaging podcast, "Nosy AF," her vibrant art practice, and the challenges and triumphs of maintaining a successful online presence. Want a turn in the Podcast Hot Seat? See www.podcasthotseat.com/store Got Feedback On This Episode? I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than 5 questions and works great on your phone or computer.  Share Your Thoughts   Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community NoseyAF Podcast Stephanie Graham's Website Follow the Nosey AF show Podcast Talent Coach Show 500 Podcast Rodeo Show Podcast Hot Seat Podcast Review Show Profit From Your Podcast Book <a title="Power of Podcasting" href= "http://www.powerofpodcasting.com" target="_blank" rel= "noop

Mon, July 01, 2024

Maximize Listener Engagement with Effective Podcast Interview Strategies

How to Ensure Your Podcast Guests Shine: Understanding your audience is non-negotiable when crafting an exceptional podcast. All good podcasters start by clearly identifying their audience. Are you catering to 24-year-old women or 59-year-old women? Knowing your audience is essential to producing content that resonates. This involves diligent research to understand your listeners' preferences and needs. Today, we're talking about how to do ENGAGING interviews as well as how to GET MORE INTERVIEWS.  Thinking of Starting a Podcast? Are you considering diving into the dynamic world of podcasting? Look no further! Join the School of Podcasting community today and unlock a wealth of knowledge and support tailored just for you. As someone with decades of life experience, your voice is invaluable, and podcasting offers a unique platform to share your wisdom, stories, and passions with the world. With our step-by-step guidance and personalized approach, you'll navigate your podcasting journey with ease, turning your ideas into captivating audio experiences. Plus, as a special bonus, use the coupon code "listener" to embark on your podcasting adventure with exclusive savings. Don't the voice in your head hold you back – embrace the power of podcasting and join us at the School of Podcasting  today! Go to https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener Got Feedback On This Episode? I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than 5 questions and works great on your phone or computer.  Share Your Thoughts Mentioned In This Episode Video Version on Libsyn's YouTube Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Dave's YouTube Channel Dave's Podcasting Newsletter Buy Dave a Coffee <a href="http://daveinyourpocket.com" rel="

Mon, June 24, 2024

Different Input - Different Show

Today we talk about if your show is feeling stale, maybe a change of input could help. One form of content that might be getting overlooked is books. In addition to libraries, there are online tools. In Ohio we have Libby and Hoopla Digital that allow you to listen audiobooks for free. Spotify has recently added audiobooks to their service and Amazon has Audible . When you change the information that is feeding your brain, you change the output of your show. Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.  Contributors Zo from Back Look Cinema https://www.backlookcinema.com/podcast   J from Okie Bookcast https://www.okiebookcast.com/   John Finkelde - Grow a Healthy Church https://growahealthychurch.com/   York from Welcome to Earth Stories https://welcometoearthstories.com/   Mark from Practical Prepping https://practicalprepping.info/   Mike from the 70's Vs the 80s https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-70s-vs-the-80s/id1527870389 (mike buy a domain at coolerwebsites.com and point at something). Craig from Live Well and Flourish <a href="https://www.livewel

Mon, June 17, 2024

Opinions Matter and Yours Needs to Be Heard

Why are reaction videos so popular? I mean, I can watch or listen to something and have my own reaction? Today I tie this into podcasting and how sharing your opinion can help you build your community.  I play clips from a show I like, one that drives me nuts, and one that will potentially offend you as it deals with pronouns (which is the whole point - how does it make you feel).  I also talk about brand safety and how it's not working, and maybe we shouldn't worry about it. Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.  Got Feedback On This Episode? I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than 5 questions and works great on your phone or computer.  Share Your Thoughts  Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book In and Around Podcasting Media Round Table TalkTV Julia Hartley-Brewer Sounds Profitable Podcasting is the Safest Bet Dave and Danny Brown on Ask the Podcast Coach <a href="http://www.powerofpodcasting.com" rel="noop

Mon, June 10, 2024

Growing Your Podcast Starts With WOW Content

How do you grow your audience? I hear this every day in every Facebook group. It starts with your content. It can't be good. It can't be great. I needs to be WOW content that your audience HAS to share. Today we talk about the ingredients that make up wow content from the book Platform: Get Noticed in a Noisy World  by Michael Hyatt.  I also talk about what GOOGLE thinks is good and what stops us from making WOW content.  Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.  Got Feedback On This Episode? I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than 5 questions and works great on your phone or computer.  Share Your Thoughts Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Platform: Get Noticed in a Noisy World Fly on the Wall With Dana Carvey, David Spade, and Jerry Seinfeld https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pOLgAFeC9jg Tom Webster Podcast Movement Keynote https://youtu.be/Ggy6Bs1FsLI?si=7QD1jz4YSzq07gB7   Rick Beato and Jim Barner Make Good Records https://youtu.be/klxif5McurI?si=HhcofEqxzICmjGd4&t=1313

Mon, June 03, 2024

Podcast Lessons From 400 Episodes with Matt Cundill

Today, we're thrilled to have Matt Cundill of the Sound Off Podcast as our guest. With over 25 years of experience in radio and having embarked on his podcasting journey back in 2016, Matt has reached an incredible milestone with his Sound Off podcast hitting 400 episodes. In this conversation, we delve into his early challenges, the critical importance of consistency, and the impact of evolving podcasting technology. Matt also shares his insights on hosting platforms, scheduling tools, and the art of podcast interviews. From discussing the differences between traditional radio and podcasting to navigating sponsorships and creative content integration, this episode is packed with valuable tips for budding podcasters. We'll also touch on the growing role of AI in voice acting, the importance of artwork and video in engaging listeners, and the benefits of podcast transcriptions. Plus, learn about Matt’s podcast network and his unique approach to fostering a community of podcasters through cross promos and collaborative efforts. Check out Matt's conversation with Dave on episode 400 at https://www.soundoffpodcast.com/dave-jackson   Podcast Superfriends You May Also Like (Podcast Recommendations) Matt on Facebook Matt on Linkedin Matt on Twitter/X Matt on Instagram Matt's Podcasting 2.0 Voice Overs Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one c

Mon, May 27, 2024

Podcasters' Insights on Leveraging YouTube for Enhanced Visibility

In this episode, we look at how podcasters use YouTube to enhance your podcast. I asked: A) Are you not using YouTube at all? B) Are you creating static videos? C) Are you creating full videos? I also talk about a way to find more content using YouTube even if you're not making videos.  Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription. Chapter Markers: 00:01:15 - Opening  00:01:15 - People HAVING to Do YouTube? 00:02:04 - How Are You Using YouTube? 00:02:30 - Dan - Based On A True Story  https://www.basedonatruestorypodcast.com/   00:05:17 - Max - Aviation News talk https://aviationnewstalk.com/   00:07:37 - Craig Ingles Podcast https://www.inglespodcast.com/   00:09:15 - Kim - Pharmacists Podcast / Perrysburg  https://www.thepharmacistsvoice.com   https://www.perrysburgpodcast.com   00:11:34 - Zo - Backlook Cinema https://www.backlookcinema.com/   00:13:30 - Mark - Markvinet.com https://www.markvinet.com   00:14:49 - Ralp - Ask Ralph Podcast (Finance) https://www.askralphpodcast.com/   00:16:06 - Bryan Relaxed Male https://www.relaxedmale.com/   00:17:17 - Paul - Pass ACLS  https://passacls.com/   00:18:52 - Rich - Two Grumpy Vets and a Dude  https://www.twogrumpyvets.com/   00:20:36 - Join the School of Podcasting  https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener   00:21:37 - Your Podcast Website https://www.yourpodcastwebsite.com   00:21

Mon, May 20, 2024

The Impact of Your Podcast Stories and Strategies

Today I talk Mark Lawley from the Practical Prepping Show . I brought Mark on as he is a "regular guy" (retired Police Officer) who started a podcast with his wife Krista and the ball has been rolling along as their show grows (they have 14000 people in their Facebook group). Mark shares his journey from initial struggles to unexpected success, revealing the importance of knowing your audience, having fun, and continually learning. Join us and uncover the secrets to making your podcast not just a success but a life-saving venture! Find Mark and Krita at https://practicalprepping.info/ and check out the free Getting Started In Prepping free PDF Thinking of Starting a Podcast? Are you considering diving into the dynamic world of podcasting? Look no further! Join the School of Podcasting community today and unlock a wealth of knowledge and support tailored just for you. As someone with decades of life experience, your voice is invaluable, and podcasting offers a unique platform to share your wisdom, stories, and passions with the world. With our step-by-step guidance and personalized approach, you'll navigate your podcasting journey with ease, turning your ideas into captivating audio experiences. Plus, as a special bonus, use the coupon code "listener" to embark on your podcasting adventure with exclusive savings. Don't the voice in your head hold you back – embrace the power of podcasting and join us at the School of Podcasting  today! Go to https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener How Did You Like This Episode? I'm always looking for feedback and I would love your input on this episode (it takes 1 minute ) Chapters 00:00:00 - A Letter From Morgan  00:02:04 - Opening  00:03:15 - Mark From Practical Prepping  https://practicalprepping.info/   00:03:20 - Define What You WON'T Do  00:03:39 - Why Prepping?  00:05:23 - What Was It Like Starting Out?  00:06:20 - Doing the Right Things  00:08:30 - An Important Thing to Foc

Mon, May 13, 2024

Adjusting Attitudes: Harnessing Persistence for Podcasting Success

Today, I dive into the essence of keeping a positive and persistent approach to podcasting. I play guitar, and one of the reasons I'm pretty good is my attitude when learning to play. Share how you can do the same in podcasting. This gets you further than launching and keeps you going. In this episode, I share stories from his insightful visit to the Content Entrepreneur Expo, revealing varying opinions on the use of AI in content creation. We'll explore how consistently honing your podcasting skills can lead to significant breakthroughs, as demonstrated by Jen Hardy. From the power of perseverance, learning new skills, and leveraging humor and storytelling to strategic content mixing and effective use of technology, this episode is packed with guidance to help you thrive in the competitive podcasting arena.  Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription. Chapter Markers: 00:00:18 - Opening  00:00:55 - Changing Your Attitude 00:03:12 - Got a Mentor 00:03:51 - Attitude Change 00:04:54 - Podcast Ingredients 00:05:27 - What About Luck? 00:06:30 - Stealing Attention 00:08:22 - Wow Content  https://geni.us/platform-michael-hyatt   00:08:49 - Sydnie Christmas https://youtu.be/pjyy4tYZFDc?si=w6z5SMiPpqUGCyoF&t=85   00:11:50 - Use Your Voice 00:12:31 - AI Best Practices 00:17:18 - My Podcast Needs to Be Better 00:18:58 - Take Another Swing 00:19:33 - The First Time You... 00:23:04 - The Pieces Fall Into Place https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AjPnKHG0D8w&list=PLmaSCqWWHYpd7-ouBmhwMbh7VFRxfCvgh ) 00:24:55 - BJ Novak at CEX  https://cex.events   00:27:03 - HUGE OPPORTUNITY 00:29:58 - Join the School of Podcasting https:/

Mon, May 06, 2024

The Truth About Podcast Growth: It's a Marathon, Not a Sprint

Today we do a deeper dive into why podcasters quit before getting to 10 episodes. What causes this? We also look at topics that can turn up the heat and controversies around your show. JOIN THE SCHOOL OF PODCASTING COMMUNITY Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and expert instructors, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty, and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Join worry-free with our 30-day money-back guarantee. Save using this link www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener   Dave's New Show! Check out yourpodcastwebsite.com or Follow the Show . Chapter Markers: 00:00:00 - People Quit Too Soon. WHY?  00:00:38 - Opening 00:01:17 - Joe Rogan Overnight Success? 00:02:39 - Subscribers After 100 Episodes 00:03:30 - Mr. Beast 00:04:50 - 5 Million Dollars an Hour 00:06:12 - Downloads With No Promotion 00:08:09 - The Phone Book 00:09:12 - Downloads Equation 00:11:12 - More Fun Podcast Math 00:12:36 - More Ways To Measure Success 00:14:36 - Join the School of Podcasting   00:15:36 - Your Podcast Website  https://www.yourpodcastwebsite.com   00:15:55 - The Invisible Benefit  00:17:00 - No Skin in the Game  00:18:11 - Too Hit In the Podcast Kitchen  00:20:26 - Big Companies with Small Sense  00:21:57 - Tim Poll Has Videos Removed  00:23:46 - No Shirt No Shoes No Service  00:26:07 - Rallying the Troops  00:28:24 - Think Like Me  00:28:57 - Here's a Question  00:29:30 - Celebrity Personas  00:32:27 - Dave Was JD  00:33:26 - Showtime  00:34:17 - Fake It Till Ya Make It  00:36:43 - Question of the Month  https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question   00:37:43 - Live Appearance https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where   00:38:16 - Start Out Aiming For Fun  00:39:52 - I Help Podcasters   Mentioned In This E

Mon, April 29, 2024

Mastering Podcast Rebranding: Lessons from the Front Lines

In this episode, we'll dive deep into the "why" behind rebranding your podcast and how vital it is to know your audience intimately, as these elements profoundly influence the content and success of your show. I revisit the significance of knowing your WHY before changing a podcast’s identity and content approach. I also peel back the curtain on past errors to help you pave the way for smarter future changes, fostering growth and innovation. Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription. ParticipantsScott From What Was That Like  https://whatwasthatlike.com/   Rick from Renewed Mindsets  https://www.renewedmindsets.com/   York from Welcome To Earth Stories  https://welcometoearthstories.com/   Mark from History of North America https://www.markvinet.com   Tyler from Crying is Manly https://cryingismanly.com/   Ralph From Ask Ralph https://www.askralphpodcast.com   QUESTION OF THE MONTH Each month, I ask you to chime in on the show so we all can learn together. Be sure to tell us about your show and mention your website. Leave Your Answer at  www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question  Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Podurama  - <a title=

Mon, April 22, 2024

Podcasting's Deep Connection With Alban Brooke

Alban Brooke has been at Buzzsprout for almost ten years and is the head of Marketing. Today we talk about some new features to manage your show in Buzzsprout along with the attitude and expectations to make it in the long game of podcasting.  Connect with Alban Brooke Check out Buzzcast Connect with Alban on Twitter @albanbrooke Some of the links on this page are affiliate links, I earn from qualifying purchases, but you do not pay any additional fee. Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription. Buzzsprout Features Mention New iOs App (monitoring, sharing, updates) Dynamic Chapters Pre and Post Rolls Buzzsprout Ads (available to anyone) For more information see my affiliate link . QUESTION OF THE MONTH Each month, I ask you to chime in on the show so we all can learn together. Be sure to tell us about your show and mention your website. Leave Your Answer at  www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question   Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Buzzsprout <a title="Episode 793 on Media Hosts" href= "https://www.schoolofpod

Mon, April 15, 2024

Mastering Social Media for Podcast Growth with Expert Katie Brinkley

Welcome to the School of Podcasting! In today's exhilarating episode, we dove deep into the art of leveraging social media to supercharge your podcast. Join me, Dave Jackson, and social media strategist Katie Brinkley as we unpack the power of the 4 pillars strategy—awareness, education, elaboration, and storytelling—to captivate your audience. Discover the secret sauce to building a dedicated community, why consistent posting trumps timing, and the essential tools for tracking and enhancing your social connect.  JOIN THE SCHOOL OF PODCASTING COMMUNITY Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and expert instructors, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty, and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Join worry-free with our 30-day money-back guarantee. Save using this link www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener   Connect with Katie Brinkley Katies Resources Katie on Instragram Katie on Facebook Katie's Book The Social Shift Rocky Mountain Marketing How Did You Like This Episode? I'm always looking for feedback and I would love your input on this episode (it takes 1 minute ) Because of My Podcast : Neil Scott Wins an Award Check out Neil's show Recovery Coast to Coast Podcast Giveaway Each month I'll be giving great podcast gear away along with other services. Check it out at <a title="Podcast Giveaway" href= "https://podclick.me/jan24-giveaway" target="_blank" rel= "no

Mon, April 08, 2024

Insights and Surprises: Podcast Movement Reflections with Dave Jackson

I'm back from Podcast Movement Evolutions in LA. I learned some cool stuff, and YouTube did a presentation and I point out the good, the bad, and the confusing.  I also point out some people who got busted doing things that could really damage podcasting's integrity. My friends Harry and Kevin boil down podcast monetization to a single question. I've got a new giveaway, that gets you educated and promoted at the same time.  Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, April 01, 2024

Crafting Engaging Content: Insights from Joe Pulizzi

I am so excited to have Joe Pulizzi on the show today. Joe has been creating great podcasts like Content Inc. , and This Old Marketing show for years to coincide with his amazing books like Content Inc . ,  Epic Content and  The Content Entrepreneur.   Joe also created and sold the Content Marketing Institute and is now the man behind the Content Entrepreneur Expo (May 5-7, 2024, in Cleveland, Ohio). Use the coupon JP100 to save $100. In 2014, he received the "Lifetime Achievement Award" by the Content Council. He successfully exited CMI in 2016 and wrote an award-winning mystery novel, The Will to Die . In other words people, Joe is a "Big Shot Smarty Pants" (the highest level of coolness here at the SOP). Get your pencils ready. Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.   Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Joe's books: Content I

Mon, March 25, 2024

What is Podcasting 2.0? Transforming Listener Engagement and Earnings

Welcome to another enlightening episode of the School of Podcasting, where your host, Dave Jackson, invites you on a deep dive into the exciting world of Podcasting 2.0. Join us as we explore the dramatic shift from traditional podcast monetization to earning directly through satoshis, capturing the real impact of this new revenue model with personal stories of enhanced earnings. This episode is a must-listen for all podcast enthusiasts and creators seeking to keep up with the latest trends and features reshaping the podcasting landscape. From Dave's analysis of Google shifting from Google Podcasting to YouTube Music and the quest for the ultimate podcasting app, to a candid review of options like Podorama, Podcast Guru, and truefans.fm, you’ll get an insider's perspective on navigating the changing podcasting ecosystem. There is a website to help at podcasting2.org , but first we need to know where to start when it comes to explaining why you should be involved. What did you think of this episode? LET ME KNOW Thinking of Starting a Podcast? Are you considering diving into the dynamic world of podcasting? Look no further! Join the School of Podcasting community today and unlock a wealth of knowledge and support tailored just for you. As someone with decades of life experience, your voice is invaluable, and podcasting offers a unique platform to share your wisdom, stories, and passions with the world. With our step-by-step guidance and personalized approach, you'll navigate your podcasting journey with ease, turning your ideas into captivating audio experiences. Plus, as a special bonus, use the coupon code "listener" to embark on your podcasting adventure with exclusive savings. Don't the voice in your head hold you back – embrace the power of podcasting and join us at the School of Podcasting  today! Go to https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener Podcast Giveaway Each month I'll be giving great podcast gear away along with other services. Check it out at schoolofpodcasting.com/giveaway Participants Ethan at https://dailysportshistory.com/   Ralph from <a href= "https://

Mon, March 18, 2024

The Varied Faces of Video Podcasting

I get the question, "Should I start a video podcast? " Should I be on YouTube? along with "I uploaded my video and it's not appearing on Spotify" daily, so this episode is to help those struggling with the idea of video.  I will also help you avoid a big headache and announce a new way to consume my book.  Thinking of Starting a Podcast? Are you considering diving into the dynamic world of podcasting? Look no further! Join the School of Podcasting community today and unlock a wealth of knowledge and support tailored just for you. As someone with decades of life experience, your voice is invaluable, and podcasting offers a unique platform to share your wisdom, stories, and passions with the world. With our step-by-step guidance and personalized approach, you'll navigate your podcasting journey with ease, turning your ideas into captivating audio experiences. Plus, as a special bonus, use the coupon code "listener" to embark on your podcasting adventure with exclusive savings. Don't let the voice in your head hold you back – embrace the power of podcasting and join us at the  School of Podcasting  today! Go to https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener How Did You Like This Episode? I'm always looking for feedback and I would love for your input on this episode ( it takes 1 minute ) Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book  (NOW AVAILABLE IN AUDIO) Where Will Dave Be? Question of the Month What Apps Play Video (podcast411) Why Less than 1% of YouTubers Make Money <a title= "10 Critical Facts about Video and Podcasting for Success in 2024" href= "https://soundsprofitable.com/ar

Mon, March 11, 2024

Maximizing Your Podcast's Tax Deductions with Expert Ralph Estep Jr.

In Episode 922, financial expert Ralph Estep Jr. joins me to discuss a topic that often trips up content creators: taxes. This episode delves into vital financial considerations for podcasters, emphasizing the importance of recognizing potential tax deductions, proactive financial tracking, and leveraging various tools. Thinking of Starting a Podcast? Are you considering diving into the dynamic world of podcasting? Look no further! Join the School of Podcasting community today and unlock a wealth of knowledge and support tailored just for you. As someone with decades of life experience, your voice is invaluable, and podcasting offers a unique platform to share your wisdom, stories, and passions with the world. With our step-by-step guidance and personalized approach, you'll easily navigate your podcasting journey, turning your ideas into captivating audio experiences. Plus, as a special bonus, use the coupon code "listener" to embark on your podcasting adventure with exclusive savings. Don't let the voice in your head hold you back – embrace the power of podcasting and join us at the School of Podcasting  today! Go to https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener Meet Ralph Estep Jr. Ralph V. Estep, Jr. is a highly accomplished professional with a diverse finance, accounting, technology, and entrepreneurship background. As the principal at Saggio Management Group, Inc., he has demonstrated exceptional leadership and expertise in various roles throughout his career. For more information, see www.askralphpodcast.com Use the coupon SOP50 to save on a consultation. Check out his blog post about this appearance. Disclosure For Links Some of the links on this website are affiliate links. This means that if you click on the link and make a purchase, we may receive a commission at no additional cost to you. Please understand that we only recommend products or services that we believe will add value to our readers. Podcast Giveaway Each month I'll give great podcast services. Check it out at schoolofpodcasting.com/giveaway   How Did You Like This Episode? I'm always looking for feedback and I would love for your input on this episode (<a

Mon, March 04, 2024

Podcast Saturation: Is Your Playlist Bursting at the Seams?

Today I asked my audience how full is their playlist? Are they looking for more shows? Happy with the Current Line up? Or are you already behind on the shows you follow? Is it harder to grow a podcast today than, say 5 years ago? <p data-pm-slice= "1 1 ["aiblock",{"prompt":"","preview":false,"block":{"id":"blk_01HR39G0J1RX06DXYAJDTYRQBT","status":"succeeded","type":"summary","selected_variation":0,"variations":["On this episode of Podcasting Sense 2005, host Dave Jackson delves into the evolving landscape of podcast consumption. He reflects on the growing abundance of podcasts available today compared to the early days of podcasting. Listeners are prompted to consider if they are seeking more podcasts to add to their lineup, content with their current selections, or overwhelmed by the sheer volume of shows. Special guest Ethan Reese from the Daily Sports History Podcast shares his perspective on discovering new shows while consuming over a thousand hours of podcasts last year. Tune in to explore the ever-expanding world of podcasts and how listeners navigate their podcast playlists."],"configuration":null,"prosemirror":[{"type":"rootblock","content":[{"type":"paragrap

Mon, February 26, 2024

Overcoming Podcasting Burnout: Strategies for Staying Motivated

Hey there, fellow podcasters! I'm Dave Jackson, and welcome to another episode of the School of Podcasting, where we breathe life into your podcasting journey. Today's lesson is close to my heart: "Strategies for Staying Motivated." We all know the drill — some days, you're on top of the world, ready to share your voice with the masses; other times, the mic might as well be a ten-ton weight. But don't fret; I'm right there with you, and together, we're going to conquer those podcasting blues. Thinking of Starting a Podcast? Are you considering diving into the dynamic world of podcasting? Look no further! Join the School of Podcasting community today and unlock a wealth of knowledge and support tailored just for you. As someone with decades of life experience, your voice is invaluable, and podcasting offers a unique platform to share your wisdom, stories, and passions with the world. With our step-by-step guidance and personalized approach, you'll navigate your podcasting journey with ease, turning your ideas into captivating audio experiences. Plus, as a special bonus, use the coupon code "listener" to embark on your podcasting adventure with exclusive savings. Don't let the voice in your head hold you back – embrace the power of podcasting and join us at the School of Podcasting  today! Go to https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book PodcastBranding.co Podcasting 2.0 Podcast Podcasting 2.0 Website Rick Beato's YouTube Channel Capsho AI Copywriting Tool <a title="Podgagement" href= "https://supportthisshow.com/mpr" target="_blank" rel= "noopene

Mon, February 19, 2024

Apple's New and Noteworthy: Behind the Scenes with Gary Arndt

Gary Arndt was alerted that his show was in Apple's New and Noteworthy. He didn't know how he got there, and what it meant for his show. Today he shares how being in New and Noteworthy was just the start.  Check out Gary's show Everything Everywhere Daily it's a daily podcast for Intellectually Curious People. Host Gary Arndt tells the stories of interesting people, places, and things from around the world and throughout history. Check out Gary as he prepares to bungee Jump off the Auckland Harbor Bridge  ( scroll down about halfway ) Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription. Today's Talk With Gary Arndt This discussion covered Gary's experience being featured on Apple's New and Noteworthy section and the significant growth it drove for his podcast. Gary saw a spike in downloads and traffic that propelled his show to the top of Apple podcast charts. While the direct impact of New and Noteworthy was small, the increased visibility helped grow his audience in a sustainable way over subsequent months. Is There a Clear Replacement For Google Podcasts? I've looked at a few apps to replace Google Podcasts. You can filter the results at https://podcasting2.org/apps to show Andoird. I talk about Truefans, Podvers, Podcast Guru, and Podcast Addict. No clear winner for me... how about you? Question of the Month Send in your answer at https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Live Appearances See my schedule at <a title="Dave Jackson Appeances" href= "https://www.scho

Mon, February 12, 2024

Grow Your Instagram Presence with Jeff Dwoskin's Stampede Social Strategies

In a previous episode , Social Media was one of the top things people were NOT going to use going forward. Is it social media or are we using it wrong? Maybe by design, it's not designed to give us what we want. Enter Social Stampede a tool that lets you see how many people engaged with you, but WHO it was. Check out Stampede Social at https://www.stampede.social/  and use the coupon code dave30 Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.  Podcasting 2.0 New Website Finally a website to store all things "Podcasting 2.0". Find it at  https://podcasting2.org/ Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream Bitcoin to podcasters.  Mentioned In This Episode <a title="Stampede Social" href= "https:/

Mon, February 05, 2024

Your Podcast: What Will You Start and Stop Doing in 2024?

We all know the podcasting space is an ever-changing space so I asked, What are you going to STOP doing in 2024 and will you be STARTING in 2024? The audience chimes in so we can all learn together. Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.   Become a School of Podcasting Affiliate Go to schoolofpodcasting.com/affiliates and sign up. When someone signs up using your link, you earn a commission. That commission is paid every month they stay subscribed. Start Earning Today   Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where   QUESTION OF THE MONTH Each month, I ask you to chime in on the show so we all can learn together. Be sure to tell us about your show and mention your website. Leave Your Answer at  www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Time Line and Participants 00:00:00 - What Are You Going to Do? () 00:00:15 - Opening  00:00:51 - Recap on Emotions  00:01:56 - What Will You Start and Stop Doing in 2024?  00:02:51 - Kim Newlove https://www.thepharmacistsvoice.com/   00:06:09 - Gary Arndt https://everything-everywhere.com/   00:08:22 - Tyler Hespeler https://atra

Mon, January 29, 2024

Podcast Lessons, Legacy, and Love

We lost Dan Miller a few weeks ago, and Dan was someone who I always walked about smarter after talking to him. I had him on the first episode of the Grow Your Community show, and today I'm replaying that episode. I also learned that Lee Silversteen who appeared on episode 539 has run out of options in regards to battling his cancer. So this episode is a bit "dark" but, well, sometimes life is dark... The question of the month returns next week. Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription. About Dan Miller Dan is the author of the books  48 Days to the Work (and life) You Love ,  No More Dreaded Mondays ,  Wisdom Meets Passion , and more (check out  his author page at Amazon ). His podcast is always bursting with common sense and insights that are often missing in today's business leaders. Dan speaks the truth based on his decades of helping entrepreneurs meet their goals. About Lee Silverstein Lee Silverstein was diagnosed with stage 4 colon cancer 13 years ago. He started the podcast he needed to hear when the doctor said, "You have cancer." He has inspired MULTIPLE podcasts, and his legacy will live on long after Lee. From his Facebook page, Lee recently posted: I feel it’s time to make this official. After close to 13 years there are no more treatment options available to me.  I have begun in-home hospice service. I’m quite comfortable and not in any pain. I have far outlived any oncologist’s predictions and I'm grateful for that. I’m at peace and have no regrets. You give a podcast to a teach and they see it as a tool to help people learn. You give a podcast to a marketer and they see

Mon, January 22, 2024

Will “Verified” Downloads Ruin Podcast Advertising?

Today I share parts of a conversation I had, but as I'm saying my negative opinion of a certain practice, I'm not saying the company, and I've replaced the actual guest with an AI-Generated voice (from 11 labs ). If you plan on paying for a service to promote your show, this is a MUST LISTEN. We also talk about Apple evaporating your downloads is a GOOD thing. Again, the voice you hear as the "Guest" is AI generated from a transcript of the conversation. Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription. QUESTION OF THE MONTH Each month, I ask you to chime in on the show so we all can learn together. Be sure to tell us about your show and mention your website. Leave Your Answer at  www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Eleven Lab AI Voice Generator Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network <a title="Youtube Podcasting Tips" href= "https://www.youtube.com/@davidjackson" targ

Mon, January 15, 2024

Achieve More, Faster: The Insider's Guide to the Impactful Benefits of Hiring a Coach

Today I share a story where I took information I was going to publish as an episode, but put it out as a newsletter instead as I was worried it would make me look Salesy. Today I share how I found out that message really resonated with my audience, and now I'm using it here.  I also share how getting a GOOD coach can save you TONS of time and HEADACHES and that is often WAY MORE than the price you are paying. YOU: Avoid common mistakes Learn the shortcuts you only learn from doing If you're in a community, you get to network with or creators All of the above can lead to less stress, and more production.  Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.  Podcast Giveaway Each month I'll be giving great podcast gear away along with other services. Check it out at schoolofpodcasting.com/giveaway Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Dave's YouTube Channel

Mon, January 08, 2024

Behind the Mic: Avoiding Podfade By Identifying Your Why

Today we have a few topics. First, its a new year! Are you ready? I go through a list of things that you might want to make sure you have.  We talk about asking WHY to help you find additional motivation, and to TIME yourself so you can make informed decisions.  Lastly, some people are making bad decisions for their podcasts as a business, and I give some advice on what to watch out for.  Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription. Podcast Giveaway Each month I'll be giving great podcast gear away along with other services. Check it out at schoolofpodcasting.com/giveaway  Chapters 00:00:00 - Introduction 00:00:19 - Opening 00:01:03 - Neil Wants To Sponsor Your Show 00:09:47 - Check Your Email 00:11:24 - Keep Asking Why 00:12:54 - Example: My Whys 00:18:26 - Making Informed Decisions 00:19:27 - Why Podcasting Is Hard 00:20:34 - Join the School of Podcasting  00:21:35 - Giveaway - Enter Today  00:21:51 - The Uncomfortable Conversation  00:25:06 - Trevor Got a Recording Style Deal  00:26:32 - Cohosts Getting Fired  00:27:35 - Network Deals - Do The Work  00:36:13 - School of Podcasting Price Increase? 00:37:12 - Check the Gurus Linkedin 00:38:39 - Question of the Month 00:39:39 - Live Appearances 00:40:11 - Time Yourself with Toggl 00:44:59 - Bloopers 00:45:43 - One More Tip Mentioned In This Episode <a title="Join the School of Podcasting Community" href= "https://www.schoolofpod

Mon, January 01, 2024

Launching a Podcast With Realistic Expectations in 2024

The goal of this episode is to help you understand what makes a GOOD podcast, and help you decide if you should also be a video podcast.  As it's the beginning of the year, MANY people will be selling you on how you can quit your job with no effort, no work, and how easy it is to leave the 9 to 5. They rave at how much money you will make, after all, they are on a boat! And you will do it quickly. I just can't do that. I want people who are fueled by passion, and understand there is a process of  Plan Launch Grow Monetize So today we are going to first look at what makes a GOOD podcast, and then what is going on with the Podcasting space with places like YouTube and Spotify.  Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription. Making a Good Podcast Make sure you are doing two or more of the following: Laugh Cry Think Groan Educate Entertain If you do NONE of these you are boring your audience. Some other items I mentioned today: Relevence - When it comes to good content another key ingredient is relevance. When I heard the phrase ‘overwhelm” at a podcast conference FOUR TIMES I created episode 871 Overcoming Podcast Overwhelm: Three Free Tools and a Strategy. Authenticity - Be yourself. Authenticity builds a connection with your audience. Don't be afraid to show personality and vulnerability. Don’t let Chat GPT wash your personality out of your show. Storytelling - We love a good story. How can you make your show more entertaining? Tell a good story. Research - State your sources when available. We want people to trust us, and when we show the work we put into the show, it can help the listener trust what they are hearing. Rehearsal: Practice makes perfect. Rehearse your content to iron out any kinks and ensure smooth delivery. Timeliness: Stay current. If your podcast co

Mon, December 25, 2023

My Favorite Podcast Is.... (and WHY) 2023

I have a tradition that the last episode of the year is you answering WHY your favorite show is your FAVORITE. You know the show, you get notified in your app, and you immediately stop listening to whatever show and IMMEDIATELY go to theirs. Thanks to all who participated. I did something different and had AI summarize all the "WHYs" together. A special shout-out to Matt Rafferty from The Author Inside You . I assembled this at the last minute, and unfortunately Podinbox ate your reply. Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription. Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value

Mon, December 18, 2023

Podgagement: Because It's All About Engaging Your Audience

Today on episode number 910, what if you took a feedback tool like SpeakPipe and you combined it with the convenience of my podcast reviews and the networking functionality of something like Refonic and then combined it with someone who is obsessed over data that will help you understand and grow your audience named Daniel j Lewis? Well, you get Podgagement , and that's what we're gonna talk about today. Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.  What is Podgagment? Podgagement is ONE tool that provides a written AND audio feedback tool combined with the ability to check your reviews from ALL Apple stores AND Podchaser AND Goodpods (and more) while providing easy-to-remember links to tell your audience to go rate and review your show.  Check out Video of Podgagement Check out the "Follow Page" in action at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/follow Who is Daniel J. Lewis? As an award-winning podcaster, Daniel J. Lewis gives you the guts and teaches you the tools to launch and grow your own podcasts for passion and P.R.O.F.I.T. Daniel creates resources for podcasters, such as the  SEO for Podcasters  and  Zoom H6 for Podcasters courses , the  Social Subscribe & Follow Icon

Mon, December 11, 2023

A Podcast Is Not a Waste of Time

I read an article by Leslie Thompson titled, A reflection on 5 years of podcasting , and it really moved me. It points out that even if you end up ceasing to produce your podcast, the time is not waste. It may feel that way, but Leslie shares how her time on the Rogue Ones podcast was not a wate of time and she has used her skills in other projects including her now show Niche to Meet You .  Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription. Meet Leslie Thompson Leslie is a podcast host, Leslie leads AncoraTN’s Someone Like Me podcast, which shares the firsthand stories of human sex trafficking survivors in the state of Tennessee. In addition to hosting, Leslie is a podcast and radio producer, and currently producing shows for CT Media (Christianity Today’s podcast network), and The Living Church. Leslie has worked with the  Rabbit Room Podcast Network , No Small Endeavor’s podcast and radio show , and Sandra McCracken’s Steadfast podcast through Christianity Today. QUESTION OF THE MONTH Each month, I ask you to chime in on the show so we all can learn together. Be sure to tell us about your show and mention your website. Leave Your Answer at  www.sch

Mon, December 04, 2023

Pushing Boundaries: Lessons Learned from Doing Things Poorly as a Podcaster

You get to do something new. You've never done it before, and you are feeling uncomfortable. In some cases, that feeling will stop you from starting your podcast. Today we talk about that feeling and how to overcome it.  Full show notes with video of the performance at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/908 JOIN THE SCHOOL OF PODCASTING COMMUNITY Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and expert instructors, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Join worry-free with our 30-day money-back guarantee. Save using this link www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener   Podcast Rewind: I appeared on episode 16 of Tell Me How You're Mighty: Infidelity Survival Stories. QUESTION OF THE MONTH Each month, I ask you to chime in on the show so we all can learn together. Be sure to tell us about your show and mention your website. Leave Your Answer at  www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Where Will I Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - <a title= "The School of Podcasting on Amazon Music and Audible" href= "https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/4f1a9228-e4df-4e59-a48

Mon, November 27, 2023

Thinking of Adding Ads To Your Podcast - Listen to This First

I was listening to an episode of the Media Roundtable where people who work in the advertising space answered if they listened to ads. I know I am not a fan of bad ads, but I wondered what my audience thought. If you're considering putting advertisements into your podcast, you want to hear what NOT to do.  Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription. Timeline 00:00:00 - Introduction / Opening 00:01:30 - Matt: The Author Inside You 00:03:26 - Scott: What Was That Like? 00:07:22 - Kim: The Pharmacist's Voice 00:11:32 - Clay: Fish Nerds 00:13:32 - York: Welcome to Earth Stories 00:16:51 - Zoe: Back Look Cinema 00:19:29 - Mark: History of North America  00:20:18 - Paul: Pass ACLS Tip of the Day   00:22:51 - Chris: Podtastic Audio   00:23:56 - Timothy: Create Art Podcast  

Mon, November 20, 2023

Unleash the Power of LinkedIn for Your Podcast: Insider Tips from a LinkedIn Pro

One of the benefits of podcasting is your get to talk to experts. For me, LinkedIn is my weakest social platform. I know I should do more, but I don't. Well, 2024 is right around the corner, and LinkedIn is on the radio, so I brought on Daniel Alfon (who has been on Linkedin since 2004, has written a book on LinkedIn, offers courses, coaching, etc, and generally knows this stuff when it comes to LinkedIn and he answers all my questions. Check him out at www.danielalfon.com Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, November 13, 2023

Don't Get Bitten: Identifying Predatory Practices in Podcasting

Today I talk about some practices I've seen and heard about that may be designed to prey on the uninformed and/or be designed to serve the podcaster and not their audience. I also comment on a great article from Tom Webster , which ties in nicely with a documentary called " Worst to First " which shows how Z100 in New York City described their show in a way that positioned themselves as an authority. Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.  QUESTION OF THE MONTH Each month, I ask you to chime in on the show so we all can learn together. Be sure to tell us about your show and mention your website. Leave Your Answer at  www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question  Where Will I Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where   Join the Newsletter For More Podcast Tips Want more podcast insights, tips, tricks, and strategies? Sign up for my newsletter at schoolofpodcasting.com/daily   Become a School of Podcasting Affiliate Go to schoolofpodcasting.com/affiliates and sign up. When someone signs up using your link, you earn a commission. That commission is paid every month t

Mon, November 06, 2023

What Makes This Great? Behind the Scenes With David Hooper

David Hooper published an episode where he gives the "behind the scenes" view of his interview with Dolly Parton  on his Build a Big Podcast t show.  I've known Dave for years and respect his insights and snarkiness, and when I heard this episode, I felt compelled to tell everyone about it. That triggered me. Why exactly was I sharing this? Today I brought Dave on as I dissected his episode and got his comments.  Check Out Dave's Books As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases Dave has a number of books on Amazon like 101 Podcast Episode Templates – Powerful, Done-for-You Episode Templates to Grow Your Podcast Audience (Big Podcast ) and Big Podcast – Grow Your Podcast Audience, Build Listener Loyalty, and Get Everybody Talking About Your Show What I Liked About This Episode Dave would increase the pressure by talking about the stakes of the situation. There was also a lot of "I wonder what happens next," which is always great.  At one point, he launched into a story that somewhat relieved the pressure and helped establish Dave's street credibility (he has interviewed a TON of people on his Music Business Radio show). You will also hear Dave be vulnerable as he shares his thoughts on the interview with Dolly.  Ultimately, you can't wait to hear how the interview goes. Did it happen? Was it good? Did Dave cry? Did he blow it? You can hear the uninterrupted full version of the episode at https://podcast.bigpodcast.com/audio/9113/571115 Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the <a title= "Start Your Podcast" h

Mon, October 30, 2023

Capturing Fleeting Ideas That Your Audience Needs to Hear

We all know the feeling of hearing a brilliant thought or idea during a podcast, only to have it slip away just as quickly. Well, fear not! In this episode, our host shares their struggles with capturing and remembering information, as well as some incredible insights about how to overcome this challenge. I asked my audience and they shared their strategies which range from No Tech to Multi-level tech so you can find what works for you! Click Listen!   OK Boomer! It's Time To Start Your Podcast Hey Boomers! Ready to share your wealth of wisdom with the world? The School of Podcasting is calling YOU to become the next podcasting sensation!  Don't let the digital age pass you by—join our Boomer-friendly podcasting community. Whether you're into travel tales, grandparenting tips, or reminiscing about the good ol' days, there's an audience eager to hear YOUR story.  No tech headaches here! Our step-by-step courses make podcasting a breeze. From vinyl to virtual, let's turn your experiences into captivating audio adventures. Embrace the mic, Boomers! Enroll now at the School of Podcasting and let your voice echo through the digital era. Because your stories are timeless, and the world is ready to listen! Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription. Contributors Scott from  What Was That Like sends an email to himself. Mark from Practical Prepping uses Evernote and a Voice Recorder and reviews all the ideas weekly to get them organized. Brandon from Dallas likes Joplin Mentioned In This Episode iDrive (aff) Joplin ( video ) Notion ( video ) Apple Notes  ( video ) Evernote  (<a title= "Evern

Mon, October 23, 2023

How to Build a Podcast that Drives Leads and Credibility

While there are no rules for podcasting, there are best practices, and today I'm talking with Courtney Elmer , who helps people get into the top 100 of the Apple Charts. We also discuss how podcasting can give you back your voice and help you be heard.  An entrepreneur can boost sales when their podcast is On a regular schedule (it helps you be seen as reliable). Makes points through personal stories (it helps them to know you, while not going on a complete tangent). Good. Most people do not listen to shows that need help. Seeing you as reliable, personable, and helpful makes it easy to boost sales.  Learn More From Courtney Courtney Elmer is from the AntiFragile Entrepreneurship Podcast (  www.antifragileentrepreneurship.co ) where she extracts the invaluable wisdom from business leaders who have turned their biggest failures into fuel for exponential growth.  She also conducts live workshops   antifragileentrepreneurship.co/workshop and has a private podcast at  antifragileentrepreneurship.co/access Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting , you'll quickly create high-quality, engaging content. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription. Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasti

Mon, October 16, 2023

Marketing Magic: Boosting Your Podcast's Reach with Proverbs and Catch Phrases

Today, we are talking about your episodes down to a proverb. Proverbs are crafted phrases that have successfully passed wisdom from generation to generation. Proverbs are the ultimate "long story short" that draw their power from the simplicity of their presentation. Are there things you repeat in your show often? Maybe you should embrace your proverb and turn it into swag. Boiling your content down to a proverb that is easy to remember and easy to recite helps you provide marketing materials for your audience to help them promote your show. Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription. DAVEISMS Where your WHY and your WHO overlap, you will find your WHAT to talk about. If the goal is monetization, get ready to do your show for FREE for a few years. Less than 10% of podcasters get enough downloads to get a BIG sponsor Starring at your stats will not make your downloads grow; starring at your audience will. Monthly stats are crap ( the stat that people use downloads per episode after 30 days) Spend $100 on a microphone and 100 hours getting to know your audience. Creating a podcast is easy. Creating a GOOD podcast is hard but fun. Podcasting is a marathon, not a sprint. (again, it can take three years to build an audience ) Thinking a GIANT podcast launch will lead to an undeniable podcast success is like saying having a BIG wedding ensures marital bliss. In both cases, the real work is just beginning. You must have someone NOT named Mom to listen to your show and give honest feedback. There is no sense in paying to promote a show if it is not resonating with the audience. Downloads are great, but not as cool as consumption rate (seeing how far people listen can let you know how engaged your audience is) Having an obvious name can make it easy to be found. Choose the one you want to click more when you have multiple titles for an episode. It is NOT the media

Mon, October 09, 2023

Podcast Growth Strategies From Jesus - EP900

Episode 900 (as was 800, 700, etc) has me breaking format. In this episode, I share why all the not-so-great things that happened to you grow up help make you, YOU. Your uniqueness may be the EXACT thing that resonates with people who need to hear your content.  After coming back from the Spark Ignite Christian Podcast Conference , I was able to book Jesus as a guest. Not to talk about the benefits of believing in him but more about his marketing practice. He started with 12 followers, and 2000 years later people are still talking about him. He is the author of the Bible , and has a new series on Amazon called " The Chosen " (highly recommended). You can also listen to the audio drama on Audible (aff) featuring Samuel L Jackson as God. Join the School of Podcasting Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and expert instructors, you'll create high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting Topics 00:00:23 - Episode 900 Special Format  00:00:24 - You Don't Know Who Listening 00:01:08 - What Shapes You Make You Special 00:05:31 - I Still Wonder if People Are Listening 00:06:18 - Have I Peaked? 00:06:57 - Top Podcaster Influencer 00:09:41 - Join the School of Podcasting   00:10:43 - Boost Reminder   00:10:55 - Weather  00:11:08 - Invisible Sky Buddy Alert: Jesus Interview  00:12:14 - When Did Jesus Get Into Content Marketing? 00:12:45 - Is Your Message Hard To Understand?  00:14:13 - The Rebrand  00:14:46 - 10 To 2 Simplification  00:16:24 - Did you start off with 12 Follows?  00:17:21 - The Jesus Marketing Strategy  00:18:47 - Speeding Up Growth  00:19:32 - How Did You Get Your Audience To Share?  00:20:34 - Get Your Audience Involved  00:22:19 - Get Your Core Values Set  00:22:51 - Fame Isn't Cool?  00:23:08 - Nepotis

Mon, October 02, 2023

Helping Your Website Rank Better With Podpage Elite

I first interviewed Brenden Mullen from Podpage back on episode 728 . Today he's back as they have added Podpage Eilite a new plan that adds tools to help your podcast get found, notify guests, provide stats on links and more.  Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.  What is Podpage? Podpage replaces tools like WordPress, Wix, Squarespace, or any other website tool. It is NOT a media host (it works with any podcast hosting company that provides a valid RSS feed). It integrates with email tools like Mailerlite Convertkit, Speakpipe, Google Analytics, and more.  What is Podpage Elite? Podpage Elite is for the podcaster looking for tools to help them be found with SEO, see their reviews along with: Advanced SEO analysis Reviews from 175+ countries Zapier connection Automated guest alert emails Episode deep linking Private feed support Pretty link click data Host downloadable files Listener episode email alerts (Early 2024) Automatic transcription (Early 2024) Check out Podpage at www.trypodpage.com   Learn Podpage at www.learnpodpage.com   Mentioned In This Episode <a title="Join the School of Podcasting Community" href= "https://www.schoolofpo

Mon, September 25, 2023

Unlocking the Potential of Feed Drops: Strategies for Growing Your Podcast's Audience

Today we are diving into the strategy of "feed drops" in podcasting. Some special guests are joining us, including York Campbell, Randy Black, and Zoe Richardson. In this episode, we'll explore the concept of feed drops, where a show drops an episode into the feed of another show to gain new listeners. Our guests will discuss their experiences with feed drops and share their perspectives on whether it's an effective strategy. Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.  Feed Drops:  Feed drops can be a powerful strategy to gain new listeners and broaden your reach in the podcasting realm. By dropping an episode into the feed of another show, you not only introduce your content to a new audience but also establish connections with other podcasters. Just make sure the dropped episode aligns with the tone and subject matter of the host show to keep your listeners engaged. Participants: Randall Black from Work From The Weight Zo Richardson from Backlook Cinema York from Welcome to Earth Stories Consider Your Source: There are a number of different types of podcasters. Here are just a couple: Fun Seekers Serious Hobbyist The Side Hustle-ist There are also many ways to monetize your show. The Value Four Value model is gaining steam, and everyone talks about podcast advertising. With the above types of podcasters they have different motivations and metrics.  People who work in the advertising end of podcasting focus on making sure advertisers are happy.  With this in mind, when you hear news, insights, and ideas about podcastin

Mon, September 18, 2023

When Do I Launch Crowdfunding For My Podcast, And What Is the Best Platform?

in today's episode, number 897, we'll dive into the crowdfunding world and discuss the best platforms to use. We'll discuss various crowdfunding platforms like Patreon, Glow, Supercast, Spotify and more, comparing their features and implementation. But crowdfunding comes with its own set of challenges and concerns. We'll address these issues, including worries about not making enough money, the time and effort required for promotion, and potential restrictions on speech. So, whether you're just starting out or looking to explore new opportunities for monetizing your podcast, this episode is packed with insights and strategies to help you make informed decisions.  Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription. You can get a free PDF report that summarizes all of this information HERE . Tables and a much deeper dive on the website at schoolofpodcasting.com/897 Check out Dave on Buy Me a Coffee Dave's Stripe Donate Option   Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Keith Fong Because of My Podcast: Way to the Quality Warrior <a title="Profit From Your Podcast" href= "https://amzn.to/42q01Am" target="_blank

Mon, September 11, 2023

Parameters, and Perspectives, to Prepare for Proven Podcast Marketing Success

What works for one podcast may not work for another podcast because their audiences are different. Think of the two female singers, Adele and Pink. The are both authentic, talented singers. One tends to stand on stage, tell stories, and perform in a dress. The other does gymnastics that include floating around the entire outside stadium. Could you see Adele flying around a stadium?  Instead, know your "WHY" and your "WHO" so you can figure out your WHAT and deliver it authentically in a way that doesn't bore your audience.  Plus, we'll tackle the ever-elusive topic of measuring success. I'll reveal the strategies and tools I use to track traffic and engagement and the importance of creating engaging content that keeps listeners coming back for more. Tools To Use To Help You Identify What Works With Your Podcast Instead of just linking to your website, you can add UTM parameters (this isn't as geeky as it sounds). A UTM is Urchin Traffic Monitor (we really don't care). These parameters can be thought of as leaving a breadcrumb so that when you check Google Analytics you can see where the audience specially came from. I'm currently using Fathom Stats , which are not free but are easier to read and a bit more privacy-focused. Add UTMs to a Link using the Google UTM Creator the  Google Analytics Campaign URL Builder  for generating URLs to websites the  Google Play URL Builder  for generating URLs to apps on the Google Play Store the  iOS Campaign Tracking URL Builder  for generating URLs to apps on the Apple App Store There are parameters you can add that will be seen in your Google Analytics. I have been using Fathom stats as they are easier to understand (it's not free, but I prefer checking out my stats without the frustration of digging through Google Analytics).  Why I Like Switchy Switchy is a tool that is currently available for a lifetime deal on App Summo. Not only does this create easy-to-remember links like  www.supportthisshow.com/q2u (which is my affiliate link for the Samson Q2U microphone), but it creates trackable QR codes, and the ability to set UTM parameters and save them as a template.  When You Can See What Works, You Can QUit Doing Those Actions That Don't For a while I was putting videos on twitch (primarily known for gaming) and I just didn't any reaction (so I quit wasting my time for now). </p

Mon, September 04, 2023

What Alex Sanfilippo learned after talking to 1600 Podcasters

Alex Sanfilippo has the heart of a servant and has made tools for podcasters that help them, and in some cases pay them, to be better podcasters. He is one of the co-founders of PodPros (makes of Podmatch , PodcastSop , Podlottery, Podscore ) and he is the host of Podcasting Made Simple . Today, he shares 10 Factors of Podcasting Success. Erase Your Weaknesses With Podscore you take a survey, and answer a few questions, and it identifies areas which you are doing well, and those that need some work (and it's completely free).  Alex interviewed 1600 podcasters and summarized the following: 10 Factors of Podcasting Success 1. Self Discipline  2. Self Care 3. Displaying the Value to the Listener - Crystal Clear 4. Clear Strategy to Grow and Monetize Your Show 5. Consistent Plan In Every Episode 6. Keep Your Show Organized 7 Have a team to Delegate 8 8. Have Conversations with Your Audience  9. Consant Improve Your Podcasting Craft 10. Have Accountability Partners and Community Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription. Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Mentioned In This Episode <a href="htt

Mon, August 28, 2023

19 Amazing Tips To Speed Up Your Podcast Workflow

In this episode of the School of Podcasting, we dive deep into time-saving tips for podcasters. I discuss my own experiences and lessons learned, along with a lineup of fantastic guests. We cover a wide range of strategies to improve productivity and efficiency in podcasting. From utilizing second screens and mastering keyboard shortcuts to automating tasks with templates and transcription tools, we explore ways to streamline the podcasting process. Throughout the episode, we highlight individual stories and hacks from our guests, showcasing their unique approaches to saving time in podcasting. Overall, this episode is a treasure trove of practical advice for podcasters looking to make the most of their time and create high-quality content. Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription. Participants and Efficiency Tips Scott from What Was That Like is speeding up editing using keyboard shortcuts and a Red Dragon M908 Gaming Mouse (aff) Craig from Live Well and Flourish is speeding up editing by using iZotope plugins . I use Dialogue Enhance 2 . Jill from Fit Stong Women Over 50 eliminates editing by doing more research for your interviews. Branden uses the sound pads on the Zoom Podtrak P4 to h

Mon, August 21, 2023

Never Run Out of Room Again: How to Free Up Your Hard Drive Space

Are you running out of hard drive space due to the large files associated with your podcast, especially if you're playing with video? Worry not, because in this week's episode of The School of Podcasting, Dave Jackson provides a solution to this common problem.Dave discusses the benefits of using cloud storage services like Backblaze B2 Cloud Storage to free up space on your computer. He shares his personal experience with Backblaze, emphasizing its reliability and the peace of mind it offers when it comes to backing up your files. Whether you want to save your podcast episodes, old YouTube videos, or any other large files, Backblaze B2 could perfectly fit you. Even better, the first 10GB of storage is free! And the pricing is incredibly affordable, with Backblaze charging only half a cent per gigabyte. So, you can upload many files without worrying about exceeding your budget. See supportthisshow.com/backblaze Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.   It's Not As Hard As You Think I just returned from speaking at the 40th high school reunion, where they asked me to speak. Speaking always makes me nervous, but due to this talk NOT being about podcasting, I was REALLY Nervous.  I followed my own advice and figured out who I was talking to, and what the goal of the talk was (point out that we survived), and then I found people to give me honest feedback before I had to deliver it. It worked. I got a fair amount of compliments.  The stress and hand shaking worry was not needed. I had done my homework. So I'm here to tell you from the other side, that the worry is more than likely not necessary (I know, easier said than done).  Spotify Video Experiment So Far  while I received hundreds of downloads of the audio of the ASk the Podcast show, and a decent amount of video views on YouTube. I have

Mon, August 14, 2023

Pinterest? Really? Repurposing Content To Increase Your Reach and Exposure with Jeff Sieh

Jeff Sieh , a man wearing many hats, found himself in the heart of the digital world, not by chance but by curiosity and sheer determination. His journey wasn't a straight line. Jeff kept evolving from dabbling in corporate video production and website building to exploring social media. During one of these explorations, he stumbled upon Pinterest on a podcast. Hearing about the surge of traffic it brought to a blog stirred his interest. His first foray into Pinterest was a blog post, Manly Pinterest Tips #1, that resonated among the masses. That's when he realized the potential of Pinterest, not just as another social platform but as a visual search engine. BUT I DIDN'T BRING JEFF ON TO JUST TALK ABOUT PINTEREST Jeff has been shooting video for decades and does all of his shows LIVE. If you think about it, you can take this content and repurpose it in ANY format you want, but how do you do that without losing your mind? Jeff shares that today. Check Out Jeff Sieh jeffsieh.com socialmedianewslive.com manlypinteresttips.com/ Topics Include Using Pinterest as a Visual Search Engine Best Practices and Myths of Pinterest Creating Eye-Catching Pins How Jeff Landed Big Guests How Jeff Landed a Big Sponsor The Benefits of Building Relationships Repurposing Content for Maximum Value Why He Uses Descript The Difference Between <a title="Streamyard" href= "https://streamyard.com?pal=5690820929781760" target="_blank" rel= "noopen

Bonus · Fri, August 11, 2023

[Feed Drop] Building a Better Dave

Today I'm introducing you to a show with my smallest audience, but also my most vocal. If I go too long without an episode they let me know. This podcast is my audio diary. So yes: I'm not trying to make money I don't care about downloads I'm just talking about me I try to make it entertaining. It is the cheapest therapy I've ever paid for. In today's episode you will hear my talk about a car accident I was in this week. It was a bad day.... or was it? Follow Building a Better Dave  in: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Like This Episode? Consider buying me a coffee . Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, August 07, 2023

Unleash Your True Potential: Finding Your Voice and Unlocking Inner Power

One of the things podcasters say is “find your voice” without knowing that it’s Jargon. After all, is my voice lost? What does that mean? Today we will look at finding your voice, and I will tell you what the difference is to the listener. Because the interesting thing is your voice isn’t lost. It’s just got a lot of clutter on top of it. Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.  What Does Finding Your Voice Mean? You start your podcast (congrats!), and you feel uncomfortable. You feel out of place, and people say, "You need to find your voice." That is a really vague instruction.  Steps to Finding Your Voice I mention this in almost every episode. It starts with specifically knowing your WHY and Your WHO.  The more information you have on each, the clearer the target. It is the blurryness and fuzziness vision of your show that leads to insecurity.  Who Are You and Who Aren't You?  What do you believe in? What are your values? By defining what you will and will NOT talk about help clear the path for your content. The Netflix show House of Cards had a scene where the main character kills a dog in the first scene. This was on purpose, as they knew this would upset people. They thought, "Well, we might as well draw a line in the sand and offend people upfront. If they couldn't take the first episode, they would NEVER tolerate what else was coming in the remainder episodes.  Get Comfortable Through Practice Think back to all the firsts in your life. The first step, first tricycle, bicycle, first kiss are things we weren’t good at when we started. So do it again, and again with the goal of improving with each version of your episodes getting better. Acknowledge That This Will be Uncomfortable When you feel yourself wanting to pull away or come back to it later, push through. If you’ve ever been through counseling of any sort (single, couple

Mon, July 31, 2023

Are You Primarily Audio or Video? Three Ways Your Show May Be Frustrating Your Audience

Are you audio or video first? If you want to ride the "Record the video, strip out the audio, cut the video into shorts, transcribe the audio, and become a millionaire" train, there are some things to remember. Your Legacy I saw someone today that I had not seen in at least 31 years and probably more. The last time I saw him he was a little boy who acted like a little boy. He didn't pay attention; he was hyperactive and always running around and made the job of his Sunday School teacher so hard that she went home and cried. That woman was my Mom. I was probably 11 when I later pinned this you boy who was probably 8, against the wall and said, "If you make my Mom cry again, I'll kill you." Let's call him Roy. Well, Roy walked into my church today, and he's probably 6' 4" and toward over me. After service, he laughed and recounted the pinning on the wall story, and he said he had taken some wrong turns in life, but all those lessons my Mom had taught him got him to turn around and get on the right path. Those lessons were probably close to 50 years ago. My Mom has been gone 34 years, and today part of her legacy walked in and shook my hand. He wanted to let me know just how special my Mom was (something I was well aware of). So when you put your words out into a podcast, you don't know who or how your words will affect people. If you have a message that needs to be heard, it's not helping people sitting on your hard drive. Get it out into the world. Start building your legacy. I can help. With Hollywood on Strike, Is Now the Best Time To Start a Podcast? With both the writers and actors on strike, new content will not be coming to our screens. We have no idea how long this will go on. In a graph on the Podcast Business Journal's site , James Cridland has some interesting podcasting stats, and you can see that on April 12, 2023, there were 383,996 active podcasts. Fast forward to July and that number is down by 13.4% to 335,930. Meanwhile, every survey that comes out says podcast listenership is going up. A recent study on Australia has monthly listeners going up by 7% and weekly listening went up 24% (26 to 33 million). So if listening is going up, and content creation is going down, that means (in theory) that those who start or continue to make content have a better chance of being found due to the lack of competition while the audience continues to go. I can help. Also, if you do a podcast and would love to have an actor on your show, they may have some available time on their hands. Don't Forget The Links If you want your audience to get frustrated, talk about something on your show, and then don't put a link to it. I recently did this on my Ask the Podcast Coach, and luckily the person who was nice enough to contact me was very nice, but it can make it appear

Bonus · Fri, July 28, 2023

[Feed Drop] Your Podcast Consultant Preview

Today I share another one of my shows. It's called You Podcast Consultant . While the School of Podcasting is typically around 40 minutes, Your Podcast Consultant is always 9 minutes or less. It's a nice bit size chunk of podcasting advice based on the common questions I see in the podcasting space. There are 143 episodes available at podcastconsultant.com   You can follow the show on  Apple - Spotify - Google - Amazon   P.S. This is episode 12 , so there are now 4+ Million podcasts (I mention 600K in this episode). This show is part of the Power of Podcasting Network   Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, July 24, 2023

The Squeeze vs. the Juice: Avoiding Podcast Rabbit Holes

One of the reasons your show may not be growing is you are wasting your time down podcasting rabbit holes. I went down one recently and I thought I would share the insights that I picked up along the way to help you spot a potential rabbit hole, and how to avoid them so you can get back to making great content that you can confidently promote. Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription. Feedback on this Episode: CLICK HERE  The Squeeze vs. the Juice: Weighing the Worth of Podcasting Endeavors If it seems too good to be true, it most often is. Do you need the features that have caught your eye? Will you USE them? Be sure you've taken the time to know the equipment and resources you have. Watch out for people who promote products they haven't purchased. Recognize when you've made a bad purchase and ask for the refund. Look at the About page and see who (not what) you're working with (do they have a podcast?) Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Dave's YouTube Channel Dave's Podcasting Newsletter <a title="Buy Dave a Coffee" h

Mon, July 17, 2023

Podcasting Turns 20 - Why This Medium is Unstoppable!

Podcasting turned 20 years old this month, and after hearing James Cridland interview the very first person to produce a podcast (Christopher Lydon) it got me thinking about the early "Middle Finger to the Radio Industry" start of podcasting (and sadly, we seem to repeat history).  There is a study of 1200 podcasters who shared their why and how they podcast, and I share some additional insights. Some of them are not popular, but they are true (from my desk).  Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% Daily Podcast Tips Newsletter Want more tips on planning, launching, growing and monetizing your show with cool podcasting resources?  Check out www.schoolofpodcasting.com/daily Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Dave's YouTube Channel Dave's Podcasting Newsletter Buy Dave a Coffee <a title="Put Dave In Your Pocket - Coaching without Calendars" href="http://da

Bonus · Wed, July 12, 2023

[Feed Drop] Ask the Podcast Coach Preview

I do a number of shows and over the next few weeks, I'm going to be previewing different podcast related shows I do.  Today is the show Ask the Podcast Coach , which I do with Jim Collison from Home Gadget Geeks , and Gallop Podcasts. We answer questions LIVE every Saturday at 10:30 AM EST at  www.askthepodcastcoach.com/live You can jump into the video at www.askthepodcastcoach.com/question   You can also leave a question by clicking on the microphone in the bottom right-hand corner at www.askthepodcastcoach.com   Mentioned: Episode 700: Fifty-Four Podcast Questions in Twenty Six Minutes  See you Monday! Dave Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, July 10, 2023

A Great Microphone For Solo Podcasters and Professional Podcast Guests

Today I'm talking about how I made 35% more than a host read ad. The POWER of feedback, and I'm playing with a new microphone that really lets me dial in a great sound.  Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% Thanks for listening to episode 887 of the School of Podcasting. Your feedback is always appreciated. The Knee Jerk Reaction to Podcast Ads May Be Missing Other Opportunities I've heard the average host-read ad in a podcast pays about $25 per 1000 downloads. Less than 10% have the needed 10,000 downloads per episode to get a "big sponsor." In some cases, they may have enough for ads that pay anywhere from $3.85 - $7 CPM (boo!).  On Ask the Podcast Coach , I mentioned Switchy ( A link tracker and more) from App Summo (where it's a one-time payment for life). I earned $17.20. Obviously, I'm not going to retire on that, but the show doesn't have a huge audience. When I calculated the CPM, it was $34. So, if you're getting $5 CPM with your programmatic ads, you might want to mix in an affiliate that truly fits your audience. (and buy my book Profit From Your Podcast: Proven Strategies That Turn Listeners into a Livelihood )  For People Looking to Guest On Podcasts (and not start a show), the new Rode PodMic USB is a great choice. The mic is both USB and XLR, so if you later want to plug it into an interface like a Rodecaster Duo , you can.  It comes with a sturdy pop filter (the original PodMic was east to "pop." Its all-back design is c

Mon, July 03, 2023

How to Promote Your Podcast Without Feeling Salesy

In this podcast episode, Dave Jackson, host of the School of Podcasting, interviews John Ainsworth, CEO and founder of DataDrivenMarketing.co and host of The Art of Selling Online Courses . They discuss various topics related to podcasting, online courses, and marketing. John emphasizes the importance of getting feedback from your audience and shifting your mindset from selling to helping. They also talk about the discontinuation of the Stitcher app and suggest alternative podcast apps. Additionally, Dave shares information about cleared music streaming and its potential impact on the music industry. Overall, the episode provides valuable insights and recommendations for podcasters and online course creators. Join the School of Podcasting Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. You can join risk-free with a 30-day Money Back Guarantee With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% Connect With John Ainsworth and Data-Driven Marketing Check out their website The Art of Selling Online Courses Show Free Course Pimp Your Funnel YouTube Twitter Technolo

Mon, June 26, 2023

Does your podcast description fit only YOUR show? - in 10 Words or less

This episode is based on an exercise from the book, Make Noise:  A Creator's Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling (also available on Audible ), where you have to describe your show in a way that can't be used by other shows, and you can use any of these words . The idea is that instead of using the word "Awesome," explain WHY it's awesome. It's hard, but in the end, it leads you to ponder what makes your show. The book is from Eric Nuzum, who appears in episode 708 . Join the School of Podcasting Community Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% Chapters 00:00:00 - Introduction 00:00:36 - Opening 00:01:32 - The 10 Magic Words 00:02:03 - Avoid These Words 00:03:44 - Scott From What Was That Like 00:05:25 - Chris From 9th Grade Experience 00:06:17 - Bryan from Relaxed Male 00:07:16 - Glenn from Coaching Kids Curling 00:09:04 - Eric From Author Blurb 00:09:31 - Harris from Calm History 00:11:00 - Paul From <a title="Passing ACLS" href= "https://passacls.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"

Mon, June 19, 2023

Steven James

Mon, June 19, 2023

Kelly Palace Champtons Mojo

Mon, June 19, 2023

How to Record a Solo Podcast Without Sounding Scripted

NOTE: Today's show is NOT edited to show how much editing I do. JOIN THE SCHOOL OF PODCASTING Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll create high-quality, engaging content quickly. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty, and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20%   Everyone has their own workflow. Here is mine: Write out what I'm trying to say. Record using the Google doc as a reference. As I'm recording/talking I know what the next paragraph is so I often will expand on the paragraph as I want to tell a story or elaborate on the concept. Previously I would boil down the document to bullet points, but found I have to do less editing, If I write out the main points, and the expand on those points when I record Dual Voices In This Episode So you can hear when I go off script, when I am off script I will be louder on one side of your headphones. Some of this is good as I expand on the point off of the documents. Other times, I'm taking tangents that normally would've been deleted. Don't Go Back to the Beginning Some people when they make a mistake will go back to the very beginning of the episode. You don't need to do this. Go back slightly until you see a good spot to jump in. Talking along with yourself and press the record button. When you get to a good stopping spot, go back and make sure that it sounds natural Relax, It's Not Live I know it's weird to talk to yourself, so think of that one person who needs to hear your content. If you mess up on a solo show, it's no sweat. There are no re-interviews to schedule. Just go back and fix your mistake. Practice, Practice, Practice Even in my early days at the School of Podcasting, while there are things that could be improved for a new podcaster, I felt I had the "talk to your invisible friend" part down. This might be because I often had to entertain myself. I played with audio tools like cassette decks and reel-to-reel tape machines when I was very young. I started and still keep a journal. I'm a musician and have been on stage since I was 15, and I did daily presentations as a teacher for decades. There is no replacement for

Mon, June 12, 2023

Is YouTube a Wolf in Sheep's Clothing?

Today I bring my insights from working a podcasting helpdesk to help you avoid some common pitfalls. Why isn't my episode in Apple? What is the most compatible audio format? I moved my website and broke my podcast! YouTube is sniffing the idea of being an audio media host... Join the School of Podcasting Community Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20%  Join the Newsletter For More Podcast Tips Want more podcast insights, tips, tricks, and strategies? Sign up for my newsletter at  www.podcastingobservations.com   Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Dave's YouTube Channel Dave's Podcasting Newsletter Buy Dave a Coffee Put Dave In Your Pocket Where Will Dave Be? Question of the Month <a title="Podne

Mon, June 05, 2023

Identify and Lean Into Your Strengths in the Face of AI

On this episode of School of Podcasting, Dave Jackson covers a range of topics, including the importance of feedback before launching a podcast, insights from the Beatles' interviews (and how they apply to podcasting), the importance of relatability in storytelling, and a challenge to describe one's podcast in 10 words without using certain words. Dave also reflects on how technology has advanced and the nerves that come with it. The guest in this episode is a former street kid turned rapper who shares his inspiring story and encourages people to focus on what makes them unique. Lastly, the podcast discusses the impact of robots on people's jobs and shares a tool called 11 Labs that can generate fake voices. Tune in to this episode to learn more about podcasting and get inspired by the stories shared by its guests. Join the School of Podcasting Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% QUESTION OF THE MONTH This exercise is from the book  Make Noise: A Creator's Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling. Describe your podcast in no more than ten words, and do so in a way that describes nothing else in the world. The fun part is you CAN'T use any of these words.  PDF Leave Your Answer at  www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question I need your answers by 6/26/23 Where Will I Be? I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Mentioned In This Episode <a title="Join the School of Podcasting Community" href= "https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener" target="_b

Mon, May 29, 2023

Your Favorite Podcast Tools Revealed

We all use different tools to create our episodes. I left the door WIDE OPEN for your responses and asked what was your favorite tool to create your show. The answers are very interesting. Join the School of Podcasting Community Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% Participants Scott from What Was That Like? - Pre Chat Conversations via Squadcast   Matt from The Author inside You loves Canva (so do I) Louis from Love Thy Lawyer loves his Rodecaster Pro I (hard to find the new Rodecasterpro Duo is available for pre-order, Sarah from the Kind Leadership Challenge thinks DELEGATION is her favorite tool. She uses Descript and an outside editor.  Craig from InglesPodcast - values his co-host. York from Welcome to Earth Stories loves Izotope . Alison from Starzology loves <a title= "B

Mon, May 22, 2023

Sharing Podcast Launch Numbers

I get the "Is this good?" question when people first see their numbers. I'm going to share the launch numbers of two shows I did that got a "mild send off" and the shows are growing. Before we get into stats, we need to understand that downloads are just ONE WAY to measure your success. I know our ego is involved but the problem with comparing your podcast stats with others is: Podcasting is a lot like golf or bowling or any other sport that you do against yourself. I'm not saying there is no competition (often much less than you think) but we don't know what we are truly up against. Instead of starring at your competition and getting angry, stare at your audience to help give them what they want.  Know Why You're Doing Your Podcast For the School of Podcasting, my goals are to inspire you to start a podcast, go in the right direction with realistic expectations, and help you achieve your goals. How do we do that? By having you join my membership site and that is the biggest way I measure my show.  Michael O'Neil was nice enough to take a picture of my book Profit from your podcast: Proven strategies to turn your listeners into a livelihood in a Fed-ex store (picture on the website). The goal of that podcast is to inform people with monetization strategies that make them buy the book.  We All Go All In on the Podcast Launch When we launch we tell everyone we know (family friends, co-workers, email lists, etc) and we might continue that for a few weeks until we realize that growth is slow. At first, you might jump 10-20% (but that's easy when your first episode had 15 downloads and the next one had 18).  Full article with graphics at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/880   Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, May 15, 2023

Katie Krimitsos and The Power of Pivoting: Building the Women's Meditation Network

Today we explore the factors that contribute to a successful podcast strategy, including getting featured on podcast players and paid advertising efforts. We hear the inspiring journey of Katie, Krimitsos who created the Women's Meditation Network after feeling disinterested in her previous business and finding a lacking market for women and meditation. We learn about the importance of just starting, experimenting, and having fun, as well as curating content for listeners. Katie shares her experience with advertising and maximizing revenue while engineering her pre-roll to not upset listeners. We dive into the uniqueness of her meditations and the focus on improving the content to create an audio experience that touches the listener's soul. Finally, we explore Katie's stickler for priorities and energy management, strategizing her business projects, and streamlining her energy to bring on more one-on-one clients. Check out her many shows at www.womensmeditationnetwork.com Katie's previous appearance on episode 565 about creating communities Join the School of Podcasting Community Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll create high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month's question is open-ended. This could be software, hardware, etc. What is your favorite tool? What is the thing that has you saying, "Oh, I'm so glad I have this!" What is your favorite tool? Leave Your Answer at  www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question I need your answers by 6/26/23  Mentioned In This Episode <a title="Join the School of Podcasting Community" href= "https://www

Mon, May 08, 2023

Podcast Stew: Better Episode Titles, A Good Hook, Bogus Stats, YouTube Music

I have a few ideas that I have put together, as they are all short ideas. The goal is to help you grow your show, and hook your listeners.  Creating Better Episode Titles For Your Podcast NPR SITE NPR PDF More Headline Training from NPR LISTENNOTES INFORMATION What is Listennotes.com Global Rank? This podcast is one of the top 0.5% most popular shows out of 3,100,277 podcasts globally, ranked by Listen Score (the estimated popularity score). According to their site: * Other websites / apps may claim that they have way more than 3,100,277 podcasts in their database. This is because they inflate the number by including A LOT of 1) podcasts that were already deleted long time ago; 2) super low-quality podcasts (e.g., no episodes at all, only one 10-second episode in the RSS feed for testing, or machine-generated audio); 3) non-audio contents distributed via rss (e.g., RSS feeds with only PDF files, not audio). On the other hand, we deploy automatic scripts (24/7) and human moderators (daily) to clean up data. We try our best to minimize the number of such bad "podcasts" in our database. I still find it interesting that my friend's show which had its last real episode in 2015, has a ranking of 42 out of 100, and is in the top 1.5% So I'm still a little blurry on how those stats are calculated.. TIMELINE 00:00:00 - Table of Contents  00:00:26 - Opening  00:01:21 - Youtube Music - So Far, Nothing  00:02:27 - Ashley Carmen Story ( https://www.bloomberg.com/news/newsletters/2023-05-04/youtube-s-podcast-deals-with-npr-slate-and-new-york-times-are-flopping ) 00:03:58 - My Numbers So Far  00:06:08 - Youtube is Confusing People  00:07:28 - Confusion in the Wild ( https://soundsprofitable.com/podcast/april-is-adopt-a-listener-month-a-conversation-with-lauren-passell/ ) 00:09:09 - Listennotes.com Still Bogus  00:11:44 -  A Very Strange Inte

Mon, May 01, 2023

Apple's Advice for Growing Your Podcast

I looked for a new podcast and never really found what I wanted (a daily motivation podcast of 5 minutes or less). What I did find as I search floored me in some cases. I thought, "Are people still doing/saying that?" I did some research on some subjects and found out some things as well. Ready To Start Podcasting? Join the School of Podcasting Community Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20%   Podcasting Is "Too Crowded," and Someone Is Already Doing a Podcast Like Yours When you look at Podcastindex.org, you will see (today) 4,088,299 and only 253,396 have produced an episode in the last ten days (6%) and that only goes up to 13% if you include the 523,942 shows that produced an episode in the last 90 days.  Time and time again, I found a podcast that I thought would fit my criteria, but they either had 2 episodes (and quit) or had many episodes but quit in 2021. So if you see a large number of podcasts in the genre you are looking to be in when you launch, it may not be as crowded as you think. Many of the dead shows are from Spotify for Podcasters users (formerly Anchor) who "tried podcasting" and then quit (and being a free service, the files have not been removed).  Horrible Episode Titles This would be a horrible example of an episode title for the episode: Episode 878 Dave Jackson School of Podcasting  If you must use episode numbers, I recommend putting them at the end of the name.  When I look at Tim Ferris' show, he has extremely long episode titles, and when you first look at his show (where you can see all the episode titles), they seem to get cut off after 167 words.  I've heard other people recommend 60-80 characters for your title, and that goes against Unhelpful Artwork I see people who put a microphone on artwork about mental health. This would be like putting a camera on every movie poster. It's not needed, as is the word "Podcast" in your title. Does your artwork help people know what your show is about before they hear it?<

Mon, April 24, 2023

Listener Preferences and Finding Your Podcast Length Sweet Spot

Do you have questions about podcast length? We discuss this with various podcasters. The ideal length of a podcast depends on the type of content and the audience's needs, preferences, and routines. Our guests share their thoughts and experiences on the matter. We also preview new podcast discoveries and the creation of a weight loss accountability group. Tune in, as always, to learn more about podcasting and join our community on schoolofpodcasting.com. Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20%  Participants: Brandon B (future podcaster) Chris from Podcastic Audio (Prefers a 1-hour podcast) York from Welcome to Earth Stories (reminds podcasters to pick a consistent length) Paul from Pass ACLS Top of the day (prefers 20-minute episodes) Todd from Guardian Down Cast , The Destiny Help Desk   (expects 1-2 hours per episode). Kim Newlove from The Pharmacists Voice ( prefers 8-17 minute episodes) Eric Alton-Glenn Hilliard from White  Collared and Steel  Watching (doesn't have a preference) Sa

Mon, April 17, 2023

The Pros and Cons of 6 Different Podcast Formats

So many podcasters think there are only two formats for your podcast: solo and interview. Today I share additional formats that you may choose to use with your show. We also talk about ways to spice up your show for maximum impact. We also have a "Because of My Podcast" story. Formats: 1. Solo 2. Co-host 3. Panel / Roundtable 4. Narrative 5. The Hot Mess 6. Audio Drama Full show notes at schoolofpodcasting.com/875 JOIN THE SCHOOL OF PODCASTING COMMUNITY Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the  School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where QUESTION OF THE MONTH Leave Your Answer at  www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question I need your answers by 4/21/23 Because of My Podcast: Dan Kreiness Dan hosts the Leader of Learning show, and because of his podcast, he was hired to create courses for a company in Dubai. Mentioned In This Episode School of Podcasting Community Narrative Style Episode with Deirdre Tshen of Capsho Time-shifted Roundtable Episode on EMail Lists Dealing with Overwhelm Episode Rumble Studio Squadcast

Mon, April 10, 2023

The When and How of Rebranding Your Podcast Without Shooting Yourself In the Foot

On this episode of School of Podcasting, we're discussing an important topic for podcasters - rebranding. The conversation revolves around the possibility of changing the name, intro, outro, and thumbnail of a show, including updating old episodes and descriptions. Dave offers helpful tips on how to go about the process and stresses not changing your feed..This episode is filled with valuable insights and resources for both aspiring and seasoned podcasters. You won't want to miss it! JOIN THE SCHOOL OF PODCASTING COMMUNITY Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% How Did You Like This Episode? I'm always looking for feedback and I would love for your input on this episode ( it takes 1 minute ) QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month's question comes from Mark Vinet from the  History of North America Podcast . While we know the perfect length of a podcast is “As long as it needs to be and not a minute more.” What is YOUR perfect podcast length, and why? Leave Your Answer at  www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question I need your answers by 4/21/23 Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Because of My Podcast: I'm Alive Jennifer Dragonette shares how podcasting help redefine who she is and put her back on the road to success. I recently appeared on <a title= "Cure for Podfade Episode 60" href= "http://sites.libsyn.com/412283/60-beating-podcast-burnout-with-dave-jackson-setting-real-expectations-part-1" target="_bla

Mon, April 03, 2023

How to Deal with a Crowded Podcast Genre Full of Competition

Deirdre Tshien CEO and co-founder of Capsho , recently discussed the mental process of dealing with competition. She explains that Capsho is an AI-powered podcast content writer, created to help Podcaster organically grow their show. Additionally, she talks about the new updates in CapSho 2.0, which allows users to have more control over their content, such as being able to drag and drop blocks into their descriptions. In Today's Discussion Always double-check and ensure anything that appears to be "competition" actually is (cause it may not be. Ensure you are solving a problem your audience has by keeping in touch with them and, above all, listen .  How Capsho 2.0 puts the reigns of control back into the podcaster's hand through HumAIne controls How pushing through the urge to quit can result in new success (notice Deirdre said it was her  third time of making the other with her coaching business How creating amazing content for your listeners can leave them feeling in debited to you (which inspires them to purchase your products). Why every coach should have their own podcast. With the Closing of Volley, I'm Moving to Zip Message I was a big fan of the Volley app except for one thing: it s was free. Eventually, they added additional features that you had to pay for, but in my opinion, they had so many great features in their free version that there wasn't enough motivation to upgrade(although "keeping them in business" should've been motivation enough).  So I'm replacing Volley with Zip Message , which I feel is the closest Volley Alternative at the moment. Here is a quick video . Join the School of Podcasting Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll create high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the <a title= "Start Your Podcast" href

Mon, March 27, 2023

Common Causes of Bad Audio Quality In Your Podcast and How to Fix Them

There is a giant button at the top of your listing in Apple labeled LISTEN. When someone clicks it whatever comes out is going to shape their first impression, and it will influence how long they let this play. I listened to podcasts for 14 hours in the car this weekend as I drove to a speaking gig in Nashville. Bad audio is becoming more and more apparent in this space (especially for "indies" and I thought I would help us understand what it sounds like and what tools are available to help fix it. In This Episode How to politely let potential guests know their audio is unacceptable. How you can sound amazing for less than $ 100 The importance of microphone placement. Why A-List Celebrities are the only people allowed to "dial in" to your show. Tools you can use to get rid of reverb and level out the audio and remove noise. JOIN THE SCHOOL OF PODCASTING COMMUNITY Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll create high-quality, engaging content quickly. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the  School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% Question of the Month: Do You Subscribe to Paid Podcasts? Louis from Love Thy Lawyer sent in the question, "Do you subscribe to any premium podcasts?" Louis supports Serious Trouble , Making Sense , Storm Skiing , Real Skiers , School of Podcasting Mark Vinet from the History o

Mon, March 20, 2023

Overcoming Overwhelm: Three Free Tools and a Strategy

It’s easy to feel overwhelmed in today’s world. With so many tasks to juggle and responsibilities to manage, staying focused and keeping up with everything can be hard. It’s important to know that you’re not alone in feeling overwhelmed and that there are tools and strategies to help you never feel overwhelmed again. Click to Tweet In this episode, you will learn the following: 1. What is the strategy to manage overwhelm and increase productivity? 2. What three tools are necessary to organize and increase productivity (that are free)? 3. What is the best way to decide which tasks to prioritize when feeling overwhelmed? What is Overwehlm? So, what is overwhelm? Overwhelm is when you have a feeling of being completely inundated or overburdened. It’s often accompanied by a feeling of being unable to cope or process anything that’s going on. I know I’ve felt this way before, especially when I was in my 20s and had to juggle school, work, and taking care of my family. I felt like I was running out of time and didn’t have a choice but to keep going. Things to Keep In Mind Your podcast doesn't have to be forever. You don't have an audience when you start. You do NOT have to do a video version of your show. You don't have to make money with your show. Three Free Tools to Help With Overwhelm Evernote - A great place to store ideas you don't want to forget. You can even forward things like email to an address and it will be added to Evernote. There is a free version and the first paid version starts at $11/month. Todoist - For items, you need to do. You can easily add items from Gmail, setup recurring tasks, prioritize, share with a team, and more. There is a free version with the paid version starting at $5/month. Google Calendar - There are many calendar tools for you to keep up and organize your appointments. If you want to book guests, Calendly has a free plan as goes Acuity Scheduling . If you want a "lifetime payment,"  TidyCal enables you to charge for your time (as do the other two).  Now when someone connects you via email o

Mon, March 13, 2023

Using An Email List to Grow Your Podcast

Email is a crucial part of modern marketing, with over 330 billion emails sent daily, expected to reach 376 billion by 2025. While email marketing strategies have changed, it remains a key player in any marketing strategy. It is the go-to marketing channel for the best online marketers due to its high return on investment. Email marketing outperforms strategies like SEO, PPC, and Content Marketing, making it the most cost-effective way to promote products and communicate with customers. Today we hear from seasoned email veterans from different viewpoints, purposes, and motivations to share their insights into running a podcast. In Case You Missed Last Week We add a new clip from John Lee Dumas who shares what he would do differently. Last week we heard from Joe from Stacking Benjamins and other veterans on launching a pocast. Check it out . Participants Ariel Nissenblatt James Cridland Jessica Kupferman Daniel J Lewis David Hooper A Newsletter Help Remind Your Listeners About You Both James and the No Agenda Show see where their newsletter reminds your audience you exist and hopefully supports you. You Can Use Auto Responders You can create a series of email called an autoresponder to release at certain time intervals. This "Set it and forget it" can help build your connection with your audience (while you sleep) Yes, You Can Automate Your Podcast to Email But... While services Like Mailerlite , Convertkit , Aweber , SendFox , and many others will make it easy to enter your podcast RSS feed, and it will take your episode description and convert it to an email. Aside from James, who works some technical voodoo (he's a programmer), none of the participants used the "RSS to Email" tools.  They had developed their own format, topics, etc, and wrote them from scratch or copied and pasted their content in an effort to repurpose it. Additional Email

Mon, March 06, 2023

Podcasting Insights from Veteran Podcasters

Planning, launching, and growing a podcast can seem daunting, but with the right guidance and advice from experienced podcasters, it is possible. Veteran podcasters like Joe Saul-Sehy from Stacking Benjamins , Kristen Meinser , and Jordan Harbinger have all successfully launched and grown their podcasts and have valuable insights to share.  We hear about the planning, shaping, and bumps and bruises of launching from the new host Allen Corey and Crystal Hammond of their spin-off show Stacking Deeds. Take Aways Sometimes a "No" is a Not Now. Your podcast can bring you opportunities. Diverse attitudes, experiences, and insights lead to a diverse audience. Ensure that your show's first five minutes inspire people to want to hear more. Joe truly appreciated the feedback that provided ways to improve his show. Listen back to your show to catch mistakes you may have missed. Learning to edit your show improves your relationship with a future editor. They didn't release the first thing they recorded. How they improved after a "brutal conversation." The Importance of incorporating listener feedback into the show.  Advertisers are Partners that You've already worked with. Start building relationships  before you launch your show and build your network. Know a person who knows the "WHO" in the industry and reach out. QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month's question comes from Louis Goodman of the  Love Thy Lawyer Podcast , who wants to know if you are listening to any podcasts via Paid subscription. If so, what so and why. If not, please provide any insights. As always, be sure to mention your show, a little bit about it, and your website address.  Leave Your Answer at  www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question I need your answers by 3/24/23 Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where    Mentioned In This Episode Stacking Benjamins <a title="Stacking

Mon, February 27, 2023

Will People Listen to Your Podcast If you Have an Accent?

Recording a podcast with an accent can be both intimidating and exciting. If English is your second language (ESL), you may feel nervous about speaking in front of a microphone; however, the ability to reach a worldwide audience is exciting. Today we answer a question from Jacob from the Old Men New Games wants to know if a host has English as a second language (and might mess up a word every now and then). Is that a “No Go, Instant Tune Out” for you? I think this boils down to accents. My audience shares their thoughts. PARTICIPANTS Craig - Inglespodcast check out this write-up from the British Council about their show. Anthony - Route 66 Podcast Craig - Live Well and Flourish Sarah from  Kind Leadership Challenge Mark from  The history of North America Podcast Wayne - Packers Fan Podcast  , and Media VoiceOvers Ian - English Coach Living the Language and Life is feeling Mark from  The history of North America Podcast Colin and Matthew - Podcraft Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book <a title="Power of Podcasting" href= "http://www.powerofpodcasting.com" target="_blank" rel= "noopen

Mon, February 20, 2023

Starting and Growing and ENGAGED Community That You Can Monetize with Jono Petrohilos

The great ones make it look easy. Jono drops easy, simple, powerful tips on starting a community, growing it, keeping it engaged, and if you want to build courses based on the information you've learned from your community. Full show notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/867 Join the School of Podcasting Community Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20%   Who is Jono Petrohilos? Jono is the co-founder and director of Fitness Education Online, one of the largest online course providers in Australia for Personal Trainers. He sells over $1,000,000 worth of online courses every year and has been awarded the Australian Fitness Industry Educator of the Year multiple times. He now also helps other professionals create and sell online courses with his free Facebook Group and Podcast - the Course Creator Community . Wheat you Learn Today When to start a community (Jono uses Facebook) Why No Promotions Without Permissions is the best rule for Facebook/Communities How to Keep Your Sanity and Nurture Engagement Using the Redirect Strategy How Jono's podcast Course Creator Community helped him find speakers for his event. How Jono made 100K from a course, he didn't create.  How to tell if your course will sell Why New Zenler is currently the best course platform that you can try for free Is an "All in one" platform the best to go for an online course? Mentioned In This Episode Jono's Course Creator Community . Jono Petrohilos' <a title="Course Creator Commun

Mon, February 13, 2023

Make it Easy to Say Yes: How Mark Herschberg Was Interviewed on Over 300 Podcasts

Mark Herschberg, a tech startup veteran, author of the book The Career Toolkit: Essential Skils for Success That No One Taught You , and MIT professor, set a goal of appearing on 150 podcasts. He pitched over 2000 shows and ended up on close to 350 shows. Mark did it through volume, which is a different strategy than Dave typically preaches. Dave and Mark get together to share their insights to discuss the pet peeves of guests and hosts to uncover the most efficient way to pitch yourself to shows.  "Focus on how you're delivering value to the audience. If your pitch starts out with the word 'I' too many times in the first paragraph, know what you offer and get to the point - delivering value to the audience is key!" JOIN THE SCHOOL OF PODCASTING COMMUNITY Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and expert instructors, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty, and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Join worry-free with our 30-day money-back guarantee. Save using this link www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener    What You Will Learn Today The strategies that Mark uses to make it easy to say YES to having him on your show. How letting your guest know who they are talking to always leads to a better interview. Make your guest comfortable by letting them know what to expect (audio, video, both?). How having example questions makes connecting your expertise to your audience easier. The two questions every guest should ask at the end of the interview What a guest needs to make it easy to share Mark (and Dave) use Podmatch , PodcastGuest and other resources. For a full list, get the PDF Cheat Sheet Here . QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month's question is from Jacob from the Old Men - New Games . When a host has English as a second language and may occasionally mess up a word or two, Is that a no go? Do you listen, or immediately back ou

Mon, February 06, 2023

The Top 8 Podcasting Pet Peeves (2023) That Make People Leave Your Show

In December, we looked at why some podcasts become part of the listener's routine (and their favorite podcast ) today; we are looking at the other end. Share your feedback via the Survey 865 When it comes to podcasts, the goal of any podcast creator is to captivate their audience and keep them engaged. However, there are many reasons why listeners may choose to unfollow or unsubscribe from a podcast. In this episode, we will explore what makes listeners tune out of a podcast and how podcast creators can avoid these pitfalls. We will look at common issues such as poor audio quality and how extended chit-chat at the beginning may be causing people to tune out. Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting . Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% Participants: 02:43 Paul from Fighting Through World War II Memoirs Podcast 04: 49 Orlando from the hablando de tecnologia 06: 42 Carrie Bock from Hope for Anxiety and OCD 08:36 Dan from the Dan Smith from the Honest Management Show 10:40 Heather from the Politics Free show 12:19 Seth from Geekville Radio and <a title="Classic Wrestling Memories" href= "https://

Tue, January 31, 2023

Six Reasons Your Podcast Isn't Growing.

In today's episode of The School of Podcasting, I recount my experience at Podfest which was attended by many new faces. I share my conversation with the host of The Accidental Swingers, a podcast discussing non-exclusive relationships. I also discuss Cinemaker, a Mac-only video recording program for video interviews. Lastly, podcast hosts announced updates at Podfest. I also share my presentation. Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/listener In this episode, you will learn the following: 1. Uncovering the secret to getting guests to share your episode. 2. Exploring the new podcast hosting technology available. 3. Examining the ingredients of a good podcast.   Timeline 00:04:05 Make your interviews unique. 00:10:58 Get feedback before launch. 00:17:14 Get to the point quickly. 00:19:41 Name your podcast clearly. 00:29:00 Grow your show by sharing. 00:34:09 Create great content consistently. 00:43:00 Grow with a consistent theme. 00:46:17 Podcasting never dies. 00:51:51 Tell someone about the podcast. Questions: If you're consistent and persistent in producing shows, what else is needed to continue to grow the audience? Does having a seasonal podcast make for lower downloads? Does podcast growth depend on the platform (media host)? Could it ever be the most painful? That people don't like it? Is a specific theme best or should I have a variety of topics? Are there typical plateau points? QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month's question is from Jacob from the Old Men - New Games . When a host has English as a second language and may occasionally mess up a word or two, Is that a no go? Do you listen, or immediately back out? Leave Your Answer at  www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Deadline is 2/24/23 Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to <a title="Where Will I Be?" href= "https://www.schoolofpodcasti

Mon, January 23, 2023

How to Write a Podcast Description That Grows Your Podcast Downloads

In this episode, you will learn the secrets to writing an attention-grabbing podcast description that will captivate your listeners. Remember, you can update your show description at any time. JOIN THE SCHOOL OF PODCASTING COMMUNITY Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting . Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and expert instructors, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty, and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Join worry-free with our 30-day money-back guarantee. Save using this link www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener   YOUR PODCAST DESCRIPTION While every show is different, and thus, every description is different there are some items you may want to include: Get Them Saying Yes By stating an obvious truth, you show that you "Get" your audience and get them saying, "yes." Frequency, Format, and Facts This can be your schedule (Frequency). Your format (solo, interview, panel, narrative). Facts: Accomplishments of the host to establish street cred and answer, "Why should we listen to you?" Who is This For? By specifically identifying who the show is for, you better attract your target audience.  Why Should They Listen?What value and/or what benefit is the listener going to walk away with? Call to Action Your call to action in your description (as this will be seen in all the apps) should be to play or, even better, follow/subscribe. Regarding asking them to go to your website or other calls to action, do those in episodes AFTER they start listening.  YOU DON'T BENEFIT UNTIL YOUR AUDIENCE BENEFITS. Other Options Some people like to start of with a question.  THE FORMAT OF MY DESCRIPTION IS OFF This is another reason to keep your description short. The more paragraphs you want and bold, italics, etc it is going to look weird. In most apps, the description is simple text. If you do include links, they won't work.  All you can do it enter things the right way and hope for the best.    Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month the question is one I often do in

Mon, January 16, 2023

How Asking Two Questions Saved Me $1500

When it comes to making purchases, we are often faced with a conflict between our emotional and logical sides. How we balance these two competing forces can determine our success or failure when it comes to spending. I had my wallet out, ready to spend almost $1500, and today I share how I identified my emotional and logical sides in the conflict and used logic to save my money for something better. My Video Progression I started with a Logitech C920 and upgraded to the Elgato Facecam. The Facecam had a better picture and NO MICROPHONE (so no accidental recordings using the camera microphone). I later I upgraded to the Sony VZ-1. Why? Because YouTube told me that this was THE best camera for the new YouTuber/Content creator. Also, it had a button that MADE THE BACKGROUND BLURRY. I'm not making that up. With the press of ONE button, the background would be BLURRY. OMG! So I had to get it even though it was $900. I bought it on a payment plan but avoided paying any interest.  A little over a year the Sony ZV-10 came out, and not only did it have the one-button blurry mode, but you could also CHANGE LENSES. Again, YouTube erupted, letting me know that THIS, yes, THIS was THE camera.  I was THIS CLOSE to buying this camera, and then I saw another video because as I could switch lenses, I had to figure out what was the best lens. The one lens that made the Youtube host just look dreamy cost $400.  Wait, does that say $400? So $800 for the camera and $400 for the lens is $1200, but the other lens, and this and that.  QUESTION 1: Do I NEED this, or do I WANT THIS? I thought about it. What happens if I didn't buy this camera? Were my videos on YouTube suffering? After all, I've been making videos for years without a blurry background and I have attracted 3000 subscribers. So apparently, you do not NEED a Blurry background.  QUESTION 2: Who does this benefit and how? Does this benefit your or our audience, and if so, how?  Well, as I already had the ability to blur my background, there only perc was the ability to switch lenses.  Have I run into something where I wanted to change lenses and couldn't? No. Then why am I buying it? Is it easier to use? Slightly, but you will still need to unplug and replug in the cable, which frustrates me.  So I'm going to spend $1400 to pay for a feature that I will not need. With that, I put my credit card back in my wallet. BE CAREFUL PAYING FOR FLEXIBLE FEATURES YOU CAN GROW INTO I once signed a year-long contract with Vidyard. Why? Because it had TONS of features that I MIGHT use. After all, I could see how far people watched my video. What was I trying to do? Make video messages I could email to my students and clients.  It turned it this would do it, but I found their interface clunky, and when I found a way to really use it, they wanted me to upgrade.  After my contract was o

Mon, January 09, 2023

Four Easy Strategies To Get Your Podcast Unstuck and Really Get it Growing Again

Are you looking to grow your podcast? You’ve come to the right place! This episode shares how to get your podcast unstuck and find success. Whether you’re just starting out or have been podcasting for a while, the tips shared here will help you get your audience clicking with your content. We’ll provide guidance on finding and following effective strategies for growing your podcast. Weight Loss and Podcasting Instead of focusing on the goal of "I need to lose 40 lbs" focus on the  actions that lead to weight loss. Starring at the scale won't make it move, and starring at your stats doesn't make them move easier.  What Do We Want Our Audience To Do? When I thought about what we want our audience to do that  leads to more podcast growth, it came down to these: FIND: We need our audience to find us. To be easily found we need to know what they are looking for and word it in a way they will use. CLICK: We need our audience to click on our listing, click on our titles, click on play and click follow. FOLLOW: When your audience follows/subscribes to your show you are becoming part of their routine. Make it EASY to follow you SHARE: We want our audience to share the show with their friends. According to Jacobs media 70% of new listeners discover a podcast from their friends.  Your Show Is An Experiment Yes we would love to get our show perfect from episode one going forward. I didn't follow my own advice (and didn't get any other opinions) and named one of my shows (about the future of podcasting) "Leading the Bleeding" (as we talk about the bleeding edge of podcasting). I named another "test" show Podcast Rodeo Show (I bet you don't think its full of podcasting tips - it is). If you have to explain your show title - your might regret it later.  FIND MY SHOW MY NAME TEST When I say to someone, "I'm doing a show called ______. What do you think it's about?" and they guess correctly, I've got a good name (Especially if there are some keywords in the name).  I see people put the name of their show asonegiantword and I'm pretty sure your audience isn't going to type that in. If you want to be found by Goolge, you need a website. Check out www.trypodpage.com to make a site with Podpage, and to learn podpage, see www.learnpodpage.com   GET YOUR AUDIENCE  TO CLICK Here are some things that get people to click on your show: The name of the show. The name of the episodes The artwork An easy to find play button on your website FOLLOW AND SUBSCRIBE Search in podcast apps is getting better, but nothing beats having follow/subscribe buttons on your website. This way, when you tell people to go to your website on the special page made to follow and subscribe, it makes

Mon, January 02, 2023

Don't Let Your Brain (and imposter syndrome) Stop You From Podcasting (and why it's a good thing)

Imposter syndrome is a feeling of self-doubt and insecurity that 70% of us experience at some point in our lives. It can be paralyzing and lead to a sense of being inadequate or undeserving of success. While it is difficult to eliminate the negative feelings associated with imposter syndrome completely, there are steps you can take to reduce its impact on your life. Today I talk about how it may be a GOOD THING to have imposter syndrome.  You Have Done Hard Things We have all done hard things in the past. One of the hardest things I had to do is let my Grandmother know she had outlived her daughter (my Mom). My last quarter in college was nuts as I was paying for myself to go to school. We all have a list of hard things, so we can do hard things.  It's Your Brain For whatever reason (probably due to things that got tattooed to our brains as children), those negative thoughts are hard to control. In researching this topic again, it turns out that most people just understand that they will have these thoughts, and in some cases, it's a good thing. Don't underestimate the power of your brain to manipulate you. David Tennant (Dr. Who) shares how his brain will try to convince him that you can remember large amounts of words and recite them AS HE IS LIVE ON STAGE DOING THAT EXACT THING. You Are Not Alone In this episode, all of these people have imposter syndrome. I share clips from David Letterman with Billie Elish from his "My next guest needs no introduction." Viola Davis from a 60 minutes interview. Jason Sudeikis from his days at SNL. Michelle Obama Tom Hanks Eddie and Wolfgang Van Halen Awkwafina David Tennant Other people I didn't mention would be Rick Springfield and Meryl Streep Why a little Imposter Syndrome is a Good Thing You are going to put content in front of an audience. There are two extreme reactions. The extreme imposter feels they are not qualified and that

Mon, December 26, 2022

My Favorite Podcast (and WHY) 2022

Every year since 2013 I end the year asking my listeners what their favorite podcast is, and WHY it is their favorite podcast.  This gives me insights into my audience (many more females replying than I got back in 2013) and I find out about potential shows that I may want to network with (as we are already sharing an audience).  Thanks to everyone who contributed, I deeply appreciate your participation. Some of you have been around since episode 1, and that boggles my mind.  Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/listener My Favorite Podcast Is 2:11 Steve Stewart still loves the Stacking Benjamins show, but instead of mentioning that show  again he mentioned the  This is awkward show about finance and more. Steve is also one of the founders of the Podcast Editor Academy . It is a phenomenal resource if you want to make some money as an editor. 05:24 Brian Goodwin from the Relaxed Male podcast loves the Life Coach School podcast. 08:20 Brooke Smothers from the RV Outwest show loves How I Built This by Guy Rax 09:43 Chris Lewis from the Dads with daughters loves the Real Brian Show 10:54 Chris Nesi from the House of Ed Tech loves the <a title="Warm Up Show" href= "https://www.audacy.com/wfan/authors/

Mon, December 19, 2022

Neil Hedley Helps You Understand Why Your Podcast Promo Isn't Growing Your Podcast Audience

Creating a successful and engaging podcastpromo requires careful planning and dedication. Whether you are creating a podcast promo or radio ad, it is important to have a clear understanding of your target audience (hyper clear). By taking into consideration the message you want to convey, the format of your audio advertisement, you can craft an effective promo for your podcast that resonates with listeners. This episode Neil Hedley from Knopp Studios who has such a wide skillset (radio, tv, advertising, copywriting, comedian, and instructor of the copywriting 101 course - use coupon sop50).  Helps me understand there is no "cookie cutter recipe" for making a good podcast promo.  Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/listener Creating a Good Podcast Promo In talking with Neil from The Voice In My Head we discover there is no "paint by numbers" path to making a great podcast promo. There are some best practices such as: Niche down until you have a crystal clear picture of your audience.  The message about your show is not a one size fits all situation. If you are advertising on "Joe Rogan Experience" and the "Minister Bob" show,  What is missing in most ads is they are just the facts - they are not entertaining or memorable. The job of the first sentence is to get you to listen to the second sentence. There is a skip ad button on YouTube, but no "play ad again." People don't hate ads, they hate BAD ads.  Connect with Neil Copywriting 101 Course (use coupon sop50) Neil's Book Copywriting 101: What Was That Number Again?: Crimes Against Advertising and How to Prevent Them Neil's Agency K

Mon, December 12, 2022

Making A Living as a Successful Podcaster: Are Your Podcast Expectations Substantially Out of Line?

A study has shown the results of 1700 new podcasters, and 41% saw their new podcast as an opportunity for additional income, with 29% of those wanting to be their main source of income. There are people who will charge you THOUSANDS of dollars (in three easy payments) who will GUARANTEE a top spot in podcasts apps. They quote their listennotes stats (even when they know they are bogus, see video 1 and video 2 ) and promote affiliate products - not because they are good - but because they have the highest commission.  I'm not them. Today I reveal the truth - even if it is not what you want to hear.  So The Plan is to Start a Podcast and Get Advertisers? Less than 10% of podcasters get the number of downloads per episode after 30 days to get a host ready from a "big sponsor." source Programmatic ads have a CPM that may be  around $12 CPM (cost per thousand downloads) source The median number of podcasters is around 150 (per libsyn)and the average is around 1500. The median on Buzzsprout is 30.  The aver CPM for Advertisecast is $24ish and they require 10,000 downloads per episode. source Please note, I'm not saying smaller shows with 1000 downloads an episode can't get a sponsor. With podcasting, it always "Depends" on your topic. If you DO have a hyper niche or hyper-local podcast you can charge more than the rates above.  Bruce Chamoff from the NYC Podcast Network I first ran into Bruce when he invited me to be a speaker at his Podknow 2023 Online Event . I wanted to talk to Bruce because I don't see eye to eye on some of the things he does, and I wanted to no more. One was having a network where the topics weren't related.  Brice started the NYC Podcast Network back in 2005 (it was the Long Island Podcast Network back then). He has slowly broadened the scope and plans on rebranding it to the Global Podcast Network.  Bruce is monetizing by

Mon, December 05, 2022

How Confident Are You In Your Content? Audience Surveys

Creating a successful podcast takes more than just having a great idea. To ensure that the show resonates with listeners, podcasters must understand their audience and the topics they want to hear. Audience surveys are an invaluable tool to help podcasters understand their listeners and create content tailored to them. In this article, we will look at why audience surveys are so crucial for podcasters, as well as some tips on how best to use them. Why Have a Survey? 1. Advertisers 2. Understanding who listening? 3. Understand what they want 4. To help you deliver more value in your show Creating Your Survey What is the goal of this survey? Why are you creating this survey? What do you hope to accomplish with this survey? How will you use the data you are collecting? Question Tips: Explain to the recipients why you are doing this survey and how it will benefit THEM. Start with general questions and then get specific. If you are doing a sliding scale, make it an even number 1-4 instead of 1-5, as it eliminates the ability to choose the items in the middle. If you have advertisers ask if people have purchased one of your sponsor's products. Much more information on the site Take My Survey I'm giving away a $25 Amazon gift card, a 30 minutes consultation, and a copy of my book Profit From Your Podcast Proven Strategies to turn Listeners into a Livelihood TAKE THE SURVEY Attend the LIVE FEEDBACK Webinar on January 4th at 6:30 PM Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching, and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/listener QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month the question is the one I do over December. What is your favorite podcast in 2022, and WHY? You can only choose ONE (I know it's hard). If you can get their website URL, that would be VERY helpful. Also, be sure to mention your show, it's website and a little bit about it. Leave Your Answer at  <a title= "Question of the Month" href= "htp://www.schoolofpodcasting.com

Sun, November 27, 2022

The 5 Questions You Should Ask Before Starting a Podcast (and maybe a sixth)

Podcasts are like Lay's potato chips (you can't have just one). Once you start one, Getting the itch to start a second is something people are thinking about. With this in mind, we look at questions you should ask before starting your first, second, third... podcast. Ready To Start Your Podcast? You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/listener   Podcasters Pondering a Second Show Kim Newlove of the Pharmacist's Voice is considering doing a local show about Perrysburg Ohio. Dr. Brad Miller of the Overcoming Adversity show has launched Santa Clause Says Podcast. Mark Vinet of the History of North America show is mixing in his historical fiction books (for me I would put these in their own show, and promote them in his first show). Matt Rafferty of the Author Inside You is thinking of doing a local show that interviews local businesses. Dave Jackson (me) is bringing back a show with a new format at MonthlyChallenge.fit 5 Questions You Should Answer When Starting Your Podcast Why are you starting a podcast? Is this a passion project or a business? Who is your audience What do they want to hear? (Why will they listen to your podcast?) How will you gauge your success? (Bonus) What will you stop doing to find the time to do this show? My Black Friday Purchases I like the output of Deverberate for cleaning up bad audio that has lots of reverb.  I also purchased <a title= "Wiser Notification" href="

Mon, November 21, 2022

How Gary Arndt Adopted The Audience Growth Strategy From the Movie Industry - And It's Working

Gary Arndt is an award-winning travel photographer, blogger, and podcaster who has been traveling the globe for 10 years when covid devastated the travel industry leaving Gary with nothing. Gary knows the value of promotion. He's used various strategies to grow his podcast Everything Everywhere , including partnering with other podcasts, leveraging his blog traffic, and giving listeners an incentive to subscribe. He also started paying for promotions on other podcasts. As a result, his podcast has reached a wider audience and he's been able to connect with more listeners and is approaching 1 million downloads per month. Ready To Start Your Podcast? You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/listener Gary Arndt's Multiple Strategy Approach When Gary first launched his 7-day-a-week podcast Everything Everywhere Gary says he was getting around 6000 downloads per episode. Fast forward two and a half year and Gary is approaching getting 1 million downloads per month (a growth of 167%). How did he do it? Gary's Strategies: He never turns down an interview. He executes feed drops (cross-promotion) with other shows. His show is listed in all directories. He has a budget to promote his show on other podcasts. He is investigating advertising in magazines that match his show. It's Not the ONE thing he is doing. He is DOING THE WORK. In today's show you will hear: Why social media doesn’t convert that well for podcasting. How Gary chooses his subjects? What are Gary's growth strategies for your podcast? Why do you think your media property can get away with doing nothing? How to get people to buy your ads. The Spanish National Tourism Board is one of Gary's biggest supporters. Gary may turn his scripts into a book in the future. Podcast Quick Tip: Trade Each Podcast Episode Like a Blog Post On Your Website Make sure your podcast information in your media points to your website. Then when making a new episode, have the link in the episode point to a URL where your audience can find more information (and do all the things you want them to do on your website) This can also lead to boosting your Google SEO Score. If you need a website see <a title= "Cooler Websites: Domains, Web Hosting and More" href

Mon, November 14, 2022

Is Capsho Worth it?

This podcast episode discusses the pros and cons of using artificial intelligence to help with copywriting for a podcast, and whether or not it's worth it. Is the Capsho software really worth the price tag? Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/listener Holiday Hours For Apple and Your Media Hosts Apple has posted their holiday hours. From 11/29/22 - 11/27/22 along with 12/23/22 - 1/2/23, new shows and channels or subscriptions submitted during these windows may not be available within our regular. And responses to support inquiries might be slightly delayed plan accordingly and submit any new content with this in mind,  According to Rob Walch at Libsyn, "If you want to have a full launch by January 1,  you should submit by November 15." What If I don't submit by November 15th? All is not lost, the world has waited 18 years for your podcast, it may have to wait another week.  Be Kind To Your Media Hosts No matter what the company is, your media host, email providers, etc, please remember that  everyone is taking time off to be with their family and friends, etc. Lighting up a company on social isn't going to help because (more than likely) nobody is home as they are also with their friends and family (and maybe you should be too).  Join my New Dynamic Podcast Newsletter I'm "doubling down" on a podcast newsletter. This will have podcast news, spotlight podcasts, links to my episodes, what is catching my eye, and behind-the-scenes information at the School of Podcasting. If you go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/newsletter you can check what you want to read. If you're already on the list you will get an email asking you to specify later in the week. For those who are curious, I'm using Mailerlite .  Speaking of the newsletter, I am working on an episode about using a newsletter with your podcast. I've got a few interviews lined up as I want this to be a narrative-style podcast. If you use an email list with your podcast, I'd love to interview you. <a title="Contact me" href= "https://schoolofp

Mon, November 07, 2022

Powerful Words For Your Podcast- Don't Say This Say That

In a world where we are constantly bombarded with images and noise, it's easy to forget the power of words. But words are still the most powerful tool we have for communication. They can be used to connect with others, to share our stories, and to create change. Podcasting is one of the most intimate forms of communication. It's a way to use words to connect with others in a very personal way. When you hear someone's voice, it feels like they're speaking directly to you. And when you share your own story, you have the opportunity to really connect with your listeners. I was interviewed and the interviewer changed the question from "What is your favorite Books" to "What is one of your favorite books." It puts a whole different level of pressure on the guest. This got me to thinking are there any other words that we can substitute to have a larger impact on our audience.  Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/listener Mark Achieve More Success Quick by Changing From Whining to Winning Mark start a new podcast about the new Lord of the Rings show, and instead of explaining how the was costing money, and it took time, and even when the show wasn't putting out more episodes, he had to pay for hosting, etc he changed his strategy. Mark asked if they received any value, and if they did, would they mind giving any of it back and giving them one link (so it's one call to action).  In his first season, he received around $900. For this old podcast, he also received $900 but it took him between 9-0 years.  Don't Say This Say That Instead of asking "What is your favorite ____? " you can ask a quest, "What is ONE OF YOUR favorite ____? This still allows us to hear their favorites without having to make them pick their  absolute favorite Instead of asking is someone interested in coming on your show, ask them if they are willing. When it comes to willing vs interested, willing sounds more open.  When the doctor asked "Are there any other concerns you'd like to address in this visit?" 53% of patients responded affirmatively. Yet when the doctor asked "Are there some other concerns you'd like to address in this visit?" a whopping 90% of patients responded affirmatively.    Why? Patients were primed by how each of the words is used elsewhere. Naming "some" concerns implies you have options. "Any" implies random guesswor

Mon, October 31, 2022

Podcast Creativity: 9 People Who Are Ignoring Podcasting Best Practices

Is podcast production getting stale? It seems you either do a solo show, or an interview show. The big networks do narrative style, and next week your Granma is launching a true crime show... Patrick Keller from the Big Seance show wanted to know if anyone was ignoring those "Podcasting Best Practices" and if so, why? (Please note podcasting best practices are subject to a wide view of opinions).  Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/listener QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month the question is from Matt Rafferty  The Author Inside for You show and he wants to know: The question is, “What is your Next Podcast going to be about?” Not your next episode, but your next SHOW. We all know it is hard to have just one… If you're sticking to just one, explain that as well. Leave Your Answer at  www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Deadline is 11/25/22 Participants Patrick from the Big Séance Kim from The Pharmacist's Voice Gary from The Everything Everywhere Show Bill from The Strokecast Mark from PodcastBranding.co Mark from The History of North America Scott from What Was That Like Karen from Just Grow Something Matt from <a href="https://www.theauthorinsideyou.com/" target

Mon, October 24, 2022

You Can Podcast: Lessons From the Erma Bombeck Writer's Workshop

We all know that person who is always embarking on new adventures and taking risks. It seems like they were born with an innate sense of courage - but the truth is, everyone has the potential for courage. Doubt is part of the podcasting process. Today I'm back from the Erma Bombeck Writers Workshop with some insights to help you get started and keep going.  I also made some mistakes that I will share and some insights on some tools and strategies.  Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/listener QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month the question is from Patrick from the Big Seance  www.bigseance.com  and he wants to know: What standard or tradition in podcasting do you tend to ignore and why do you do it differently? Don't forget to say the name of your show and website, and a little bit about your show. I need your answer by 10/28/22 Leave Your Answer at  www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Because of My Podcast - I'm Going to Dubai Harry Durran of Podcast Junkies was on episode 767 talking about his hyper-niche Vertical Farming Podcast , and Because of that Podcast, her is going to Dubai. How cool is that? Learn more about that show at schoolofpodcasting.com/767 Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Mentioned In This Episode School of Podcasting Samson Q2U Microphone Zoom Podtrak Recorder/Interface <a

Mon, October 17, 2022

Three Tools To Help You Identify What Your Audience Wants

Audience analysis is a critical part of any effective communication. Without understanding what your audience wants, needs, and values, it is impossible to create a message that will resonate. Fortunately, there are a few key methods for understanding your audience so that you can better serve them. Today I share three tools you can use to better understand your audience. Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/listener Learn the secret to reading your audience's mind Today I show you three strategies: Amazon Strategy 1. Look at 4 and 2-star reviews in Amazon. They typically are more constructive and specific than 1 and 5-star reviews. Search YouTube 2. Search for your topic and YouTube and find a channel about your topic. Then go to the video and sort by popularity. Then click on the most popular video and sort the comments for the best comments. Search Facebook 3. In Facebook when you see a topic you want to follow click the three dots ( ... an ellipsis) and choose "turn on notifications for this post." Also, there is a search box in Facebook groups that can help you find the answer quicker (often questions have been asked before). Lastly, read the rules of the group and follow them.  Search Twitter 5. Search Hashtags on Twitter and start conversations as well as read what people are talking about. So many people only use social media to push notifications about THEM instead of going to listen and research. I found this tweet about getting more subscribers from Shawn Dill. Click HERE to go to Twitter Advanced Search 4. Don't Poach Other People's Clients Often people in the same genre as you will have an open community, if you join this community, don't self-promote. You are a guest in this person's house and it is very tacky to try and score clients. I am in a few groups of people who do the same thing I do. I answer questions and insights, but mostly I'm there to LISTEN.  QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month the question is from Patrick from the Big Seance <a title="Big Seance" href="http://www.bigseance.com/" target="_blank" rel= "noop

Mon, October 10, 2022

20 Resources To Help You Find Podcast Guests

People talk about how hard it is to find guests for their show. I think a more accurate statement is "it's hard to find a good guest for your show." Today I have directories where you can list your show (and yourself) to help you connect with the podcasting space.  Dave's Fun Text Tool I'm testing TextMagic (aff) because there is no monthly fee. There is a $4/month fee for the phone line, and they charge you 4 cents per text I send. I'm not using this for marketing, I am using it to auto-respond when people text the words (with follow or new to 833204405) you will get a text from me. I'm using Text Magic (aff link).  Previous Episode on All thing Interviews Previously I did an episode 67 8 about interviews from both sides of the microphone.  Keeping Track of Who and When You Contact Potential Podcast Guests The tool is used for this is Less Annoying CRM which isn't so much about building sales funnels as it is a way to keep track of your contact with people. There is a free CRM from Hub Spot but there is a bit of a learning curve. Here is a List of Places Where You Can Find Guests For Your Podcast PodcastGuests.com For Podcasters: Invite relevant experts and other podcasters to be guests on your podcast. For Experts: Get booked on great podcasts to expand your reach and audience. I have received more quality interviews from this resource than any other guest booking service. Guest.io Guest.io is the world's only marketplace to find professional guests and platforms. Got some publicity as this incorporates the ability to charge to be on a show, or charge a fee to appear on a show. Padverb You can use Padverb to discover new, exciting interview guests. Our site lists more than 10,000 influencers organized by professional category, such as authors economists, journalists, etc. You can also search profiles by name and browse interviews by keyword. Podmatch Imagine Your Favorite Online Dating App, But Instead Of Using It For Finding Dates, You're Booking Podcast Interviews. We Use The Same(ish) Techn

Mon, October 03, 2022

Is It Time To Sell Your Podcast?

Today I share how I saw the power one person's influence can have as I went to a documentary about Kenny Lambert, and they filled a historic theater in downtown Akron. Why not you? Kenny was a homeless drug addict, and now his influence has helped a ton of people.  Heather Osgood is the founder of True Native Media , a podcast representation agency specializing in podcast advertising. She is also the founder of The Podcast Broker, a marketplace for buying and selling podcasts. With an extensive background in radio advertising and a love for podcasting, Heather was in a unique position to start an agency that could help both advertisers get better results and assist podcasters in finding sponsors.  She is the host of The Podcast Advertising Playbook, a show dedicated to educating anyone interested in podcast advertising. When Heather is not playing matchmaker to brands and podcasts, you will find her hiking and spending time with her family at the beach. I Saw What One Person Can Do I interview Kenny Lambert from Just a Dad From Akron, on my Akron Podcast show. Kenny explains how he was homeless and suffering from drug addiction, and now he is sober and lives to give back. His life has been turned into a documentary that filled a historic theater in downtown Akron. It was amazing to see all the people one person can touch and to see his influence all in one place. It was amazing. Heather Osgood Can Help You Sell Your Podcast Heather Osgood (along with Ben Richardson and Alberto Betella from Rss.com James Cridland From Podnews , and Gordan " The Podcast Lawyer " Firemark) have launched the Podcast Broker  The Podcast Broker was created to simplify the process of buying or selling an established podcast. Utilizing years of experience, we provide a roadmap to execute a well-crafted hand-off from host to host to ensure a seamless experience for both parties. QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month the question is from Patrick from the Big Seance  www.bigseance.com  and he wants to know: What standard or tradition in podcasting do you tend to ignore and why do you do it differently? Don't forget to say the name of your show and website, and a little bit about your show. I need you

Mon, September 26, 2022

Do Podcast Trailers Work in Growing Your Podcast

So people are paying to have a promo/trailer of their show played in another podcast. Does this work? Today I ask, "Have you taken action on a show after hearing their trailer on a podcast?"  I also talk with Sunny Gault from the Podcast Network Alliance Ready To Start Your Podcast? You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/listener Participants Scott From What Was That Like http://www.whatwasthatlike.com   Mark from the History of North America http://www.markvinet.com/podcast/ Spencer from the Recovery Show http://www.therecoveryshow.com Tim From the Create Art Show  http://www.createartpodcast.com Tim from the Find a Podcast About http://www.findapodcastabout.xyz Fred From Podcast Reporter http://www.podcastreporter.com Steve from Unknown Orbits http://www.unknownorbits.com While trailers do work in some cases, but the thing that seems to really work is when the host (who the audience trusts) recommends a show.  Heather Osgood will be on the show in the future, and she mentioned that feed drops are very effective at growing your show.  The Podcast Network Alliance I talk with Sunny Gault who is one of the people who help run the Podcast Network Alliance where podcasters who are running a podcast network get together and share strategies.  Currently, the network is free. Sunny also has the Independent Podcast Network  and the <a title= "New Mommy Media" href="http://www.newmommymedia.com" target= "_blank" r

Mon, September 19, 2022

Why is Joe Rogan So Popular?

 I had someone ask me, "Why do you think Joe Rogan is so popular? and I took some time to do some research. I wrote a blog post/video at https://schoolofpodcasting.com/how-to-do-a-podcast-like-joe-rogan/ Things We Learned/Noticed Joe can be a bit of a lightning rod. You either love him or hate him Joe had impostor syndrome. Joe only has guests he wants to talk to Joe creates an environment where people don't have to worry about triggering others. They talk freely. Joe actually mocks/jokes with his guests. Who do you do this with? Your closest friends.  Joe is authentic and it resonates. He spent years learning how to entertain audiences and eventually moved to where he could get more work. While he is a celebrity, that may work to get you to press play ONCE, but you need to deliver value to get them to click AGAIN.  Joe states the top skills for an interviewer are listening and thinking My Opinion I listen to Joe's show when I see a guest I know and want to no more. I believe Joe could use some editing. Not to make it 20 minutes, but there are times when I am asking, "How did this make it past the edit?" THE BOTTOM LINE You need to be comfortable being yourself. When you try to be someone else, it's hard and doesn't work. That added weight of being someone else leads to burnout. Play to your strengths. Let your humor shine if you have it. If you're more serious, then build a show around it.  Everyone's biggest fear is to create a show while being themselves will result in a show that's not popular. There are SO MANY reasons why a show can fail, but I can help you avoid the most common mistakes . Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/listen QUESTION OF THE MONTH I need your answer by the end of 9/23/22 Podcasters are starting to buy ads on other podcasts as a way to grow their audience. Have you ever taken action toward a podcast after hearing a promo for their show on another podcast? When you answer be sure to tell us a li

Mon, September 12, 2022

Your Podcast Doesn't Need to Be Perfect - It Needs to Be Good

I am running into more people who say things like, "I'll start my podcast as soon as (event)," or "As soon as I get (piece of gear)." In some cases, they have been waiting for YEARS. So today I'm going to pull back the curtain a bit and show you how a podcast doesn't have to be perfect (as I leave in things I normally might remove) Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/listener Because of my Podcast: I Won An Award Craig from te Live Well and Flourish started a personal show called, " Live well and Flourish " which lead to other podcasts that Craig created for Louisiana Tech University (where Craig is a Professor) and he won an innovation award for making podcasts to go along with a textbook he c-authored. Learn From Other's Mistakes I Had the Wrong Country in An Episode I had typos in a blog post (due to multiple tabs) Leave some "Margin" in your life so you can pivot. Have at least one episode recorded and ready to go. Replace your file with a new repaired file. with the exact file name. If you're using Dynamic content, make sure your volume levels are consistent. Spotify only uses mp3 files (so don't upload an m4a file). I recommend 128 kbps stereo mp3.  RX10 Is Released This software has tools to clean up audio. We play "bad" audio and their "enhanced version" and again I say, sure this audio was somewhat shrill. I'm not sure spending $800 is worth the results. If you listen, there isn't a TON of difference.  Check it out at  https://supportthisshow.com/rx10 You don't need this software to create a podcast. If you record things with a decent microphone, in a quiet area, you are probably "good enough."  I'm not saying that you can do "whatever you want." Again, you are aiming at  perfection but you land on "Very good."  QUESTION OF THE MONTH I need your answer by the end of September 23, 2022 THE QUESTION: Podcasters are starting to buy ads on other podcasts as a way to grow their audience. Have you ever taken action toward a podcast after hearing a promo for their show on another podcast? When you answer be sure to tell us a little abo

Mon, September 05, 2022

Growing Your Podcast Using Paid Display Ads on Podcast Apps

Have you been considering using display ads on podcast apps to grow your show? I've asked Tanner Campbell to join me and share his experience with experimenting. Advertising on Podcast Apps Before you go spending money Tanner and I agree that this only makes sense if your podcast is part of the marketing arm that is generating income. Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start Using Podcast Display Ads to Grow Your Podcast Spotify Ads - Minimum Spend $250 Podbay - $5/day Overcast - Prices Vary by Category Pocketcasts - Minimum Spend $1700 Podcast Addict - Varies Castro - Minimum Spend $750 for 50,000 Impressions Player.fm The only thing they show on their website is to contact advertising@player.fm Castobox Get Detailed Report Connect with Tanner Tannerhelps.com Good Morning Podcasters Practical Stoicism Dictionary of Mythology & Folklore Mentioned In

Mon, August 29, 2022

What is the Podlation Cycle? with Toby Goodman

I met Toby at Podcast Movement Evolutions and he gave me his book Narrow Podcasting in which he gives step-by-step strategies to grow your business using podcasting. The main strategy is to interview your potential customer. I get that strategy, but what about the listener? Toby is the "Pro" behind the Pro Editing service at Blubrry , and runs his own podcasting services at narrowpodcasting.com So I brought Toby on to talk about it.  PLEASE NOTE: This was recorded before Podcast Movement 2022 in Dallas which had some controversies. Focusrite: The Vocaster Series Made For Podcasters AutoGain – Easily set your levels with the click of a button, with more than enough gain on tap (70dB) – no booster needed Enhance – Four podcaster-approved voice presets bring out the best in any voice Mute – Silence the mic with the touch of a button – don’t let unexpected interruptions get in the way of recording Connect your phone – Record phone calls, high quality music, or other audio from your device, seamlessly Record to a camera – Plug in your camera and record directly to its memory card Loopback – Stream calls or any other audio you can think of from your computer with two sets of stereo loopback Included software – Hindenburg Lite to record, three months of  SquadCast  Pro + Video to bring in your guests, and six months of Acast Influencer to publish, you’re ready to get your show out there Learn more at:  Focusrite.com/Vocaster   Narrow Podcasting With Toby Goodman In our discussion with Toby we learn: Why did he write his book What is the Podlationship Cycle? The Criteria Toby Uses to Select His Guests What is a good podcast? Do Audiograms Work? What can a person expect from the Narrow Podcasting Course? For more information on Toby, his book and his course. Check out www.narrowpodcasting.com/sop QUESTION OF THE MONTH I need your answer by the end of August 2022 This month's question comes from Dave from Walking is Fitness which is a daily 10-minute podcast designed to help listeners find a little extra motivation to get out for a fitness walk every singl

Mon, August 22, 2022

Because of My Podcast I Got to Go to Kenya

I love it when someone who has listened to this show, and goes out and puts the strategies I talk about like make friends before promoting your podcast or service, or start from where you are, and they come back with a "Because of my podcast story..." Today Hilda followed her passion, and it lead to joining a great community. But she knew that if you want to monetize you have solve a problem for someone. She went to her friends at a nonprofit, and wait until you hear what happens, the adventure that unfolds Focusrite: The Vocaster Series Made For Podcasters AutoGain – Easily set your levels with the click of a button, with more than enough gain on tap (70dB) – no booster needed Enhance – Four podcaster-approved voice presets bring out the best in any voice Mute – Silence the mic with the touch of a button – don’t let unexpected interruptions get in the way of recording Connect your phone – Record phone calls, high-quality music, or other audio from your device, seamlessly Record to a camera – Plug in your camera and record directly to its memory card Loopback – Stream calls or any other audio you can think of from your computer with two sets of stereo loopback Included software – Hindenburg Lite to record, three months of  SquadCast  Pro + Video to bring in your guests, and six months of Acast Influencer to publish, you’re ready to get your show out there Learn more at:  Focusrite.com/Vocaster   Podcast Quick Tip When you mention any brand in your show, be sure to tweet out about your episode and that you mentioned them. In some cases, they may retweet you to their giant brand. Interview With Holistic Hilda In this conversation you will hear: Start with where you are with what you have Make friends and earn trust before doing any pitches Find a community that shares your passion Getting sponsors is not as easy as it looks Be prepared to raise your hand when opportunity knocks Finding clients is not as easy as it looks Dave reads a part of his book Profit From Your Podcast about fiscal sponsors Find Hilda at holistichilda.com and the non-profit she helping here. Make Money Promoting the School of Podcasting The School of Podcasting recently updated the back end of the tutorials community and coaching. If you know someone who wants t

Mon, August 15, 2022

Podcast Decisions: The Balance Between Passion and Logic

In researching successful content creators, I came across quite a few young Youtuber who have six-8 figure subscriber counts, tons of money, and are absolutely miserable. In looking at why someone would pressure something that was putting too much stress on their life it brought me back to passion (when emotions take over the decision making) and Logic (which only does things that make sense). I came across some new research and insights I wanted to share.  Please note this episode is clean, but does have some bleeped out words. Focusrite: The Vocaster Series Made For Podcasters AutoGain – Easily set your levels with the click of a button, with more than enough gain on tap (70dB) – no booster needed Enhance – Four podcaster-approved voice presets bring out the best in any voice Mute – Silence the mic with the touch of a button – don’t let unexpected interruptions get in the way of recording Connect your phone – Record phone calls, high quality music, or other audio from your device, seamlessly Record to a camera – Plug in your camera and record directly to its memory card Loopback – Stream calls or any other audio you can think of from your computer with two sets of stereo loopback Included software – Hindenburg Lite to record, three months of  SquadCast  Pro + Video to bring in your guests, and six months of Acast Influencer to publish, you’re ready to get your show out there Learn more at:  Focusrite.com/Vocaster   QUESTION OF THE MONTH I need your answer by the end of August 2022 This month's question comes from Dave from Walking is Fitness which is a daily 10-minute podcast designed to help listeners find a little extra motivation to get out for a fitness walk every single day.  THE QUESTION: Most podcast hosts have a target listener. And I would imagine like most podcasts, there are certain themes and topics that I know that are of greater interest to my target listener.  How often do you return to these key topics? Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question When you answer tell us about your show (including the WEBSITE ADDRESS). Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a mil

Mon, August 08, 2022

I'm Thinking of Being a Podcast Editor (with Steve Stewart and Mark Deal)

In the span of a few weeks I had THREE people say, I'm thinking of becoming a podcast editor and it had been years since I talked to Mark and Steve back on episode  752 .  That was back when they had just launched the  Podcast Editor Academy  which is an  amazing  resource with tutorials on software (Hindenburg, Reaper, etc) but it also talks about the  business of being a podcaster editor. Now they have 8000 people in their Facebook group, and now are helping all podcasters at a special event at Podcast Movement before revamping the academy.  Focusrite: The Vocaster Series Made For Podcasters AutoGain – Easily set your levels with the click of a button, with more than enough gain on tap (70dB) – no booster needed Enhance – Four podcaster-approved voice presets bring out the best in any voice Mute – Silence the mic with the touch of a button – don’t let unexpected interruptions get in the way of recording Connect your phone – Record phone calls, high quality music, or other audio from your device, seamlessly Record to a camera – Plug in your camera and record directly to its memory card Loopback – Stream calls or any other audio you can think of from your computer with two sets of stereo loopback Included software – Hindenburg Lite to record, three months of  SquadCast  Pro + Video to bring in your guests, and six months of Acast Influencer to publish, you’re ready to get your show out there Learn more at:  Focusrite.com/Vocaster   Charging Guests to Appear On Your Show A recent  Bloomberg Article  about guests paying to be on podcasts (and we mention the importance of disclosing this information).  The site mentions  Guestio  which (if you wanted) you could have people pay $5 just to pitch you (that might scale back some of the bogus pitches).  While I'm not a huge fan of this strategy (I feel it is a slippery slope) if you decide to charge, and always disclose that you were paid to have someone on your show, have at it. (Some people feel this makes your podcast an infomercial. QUESTION OF THE MONTH I need your answer by the end of August 2022 This month's question comes from Dave from <a title= "Walking is Fitness" href="http://www.walkinisfitness.com" target= "_blank" rel="noopene

Mon, August 01, 2022

Bored Podcasters Have Bored Audiences 101 Episode Templates to Fight Boredom With David Hooper

You keep doing the same thing you've been doing and you're not seeing your podcast numbers moving up. You're not sure what to try. To this I say check out the book 101 Podcast Episode Templates by David Hooper of Build a Big Podcast .  All of these templates are short and to the point and for me the book provides a great tool to "brainstorm by yourself." To we cover four of the templates and Dave demonstrates a bonus template. Focusrite: The Vocaster Series Made For Podcasters AutoGain – Easily set your levels with the click of a button, with more than enough gain on tap (70dB) – no booster needed Enhance – Four podcaster-approved voice presets bring out the best in any voice Mute – Silence the mic with the touch of a button – don’t let unexpected interruptions get in the way of recording Connect your phone – Record phone calls, high quality music, or other audio from your device, seamlessly Record to a camera – Plug in your camera and record directly to its memory card Loopback – Stream calls or any other audio you can think of from your computer with two sets of stereo loopback Included software – Hindenburg Lite to record, three months of  SquadCast  Pro + Video to bring in your guests, and six months of Acast Influencer to publish, you’re ready to get your show out there Learn more at:  Focusrite.com/Vocaster   David Hooper Shares 5 Templates Dave shares four templates from his book 101 Podcast Episode Templates . You find that Dave loves to write, but he has to focus to finish his books. (so if you are in this boat you're not alone) Templates Covered: #4 Listener voicemail (see links below for tools #5 Criticize Something with #8 a Weird Viewpoint #10 A Day in the Life #19 ______ with only $100 BONUS TEMPLATE Dave demonstrates the Sidecar template on this episode where he plays a clip of this show.   QUESTION OF THE MONTH I need your answer by the end of August 2022 This month's question comes from Dave from Walking is Fitness which is a daily 10-minute podcast designed to help listeners find a little extra motivation to get out for a fitness

Mon, July 25, 2022

Interesting AND Unique Doc G Mixes Hospice and Finance

Today I interview Jordan "Doc G" Grumet t who is the Hospice doctor turned Financial Guru and host of the Earn and Invest show . he has now taken his unique point of view and penned the new book Taking Stock: A Hospice Doctor's Advice on Financial Independence, Building Wealth, and Living a Regret-Free Life Focusrite: The Vocaster Series Made For Podcasters AutoGain - Easily set your levels with the click of a button, with more than enough gain on tap (70dB) – no booster needed Enhance - Four podcaster-approved voice presets bring out the best in any voice Mute - Silence the mic with the touch of a button - don’t let unexpected interruptions get in the way of recording Connect your phone - Record phone calls, high quality music, or other audio from your device, seamlessly  Record to a camera - Plug in your camera and record directly to its memory card  Loopback - Stream calls or any other audio you can think of from your computer with two sets of stereo loopback Included software - Hindenburg Lite to record, three months of SquadCast Pro + Video to bring in your guests, and six months of Acast Influencer to publish, you’re ready to get your show out there Learn more at: Focusrite.com/Vocaster   Jordan Grumet Interview Main TakeAways He started because wanted to have deep-dive discussions on finance and talk to experts. Jordan used the art of subtraction to identify what he really wanted to do. He found out that learning the financial spaces wasn't as hard as he thought it was going to be.  Because of His Podcast  He had people who signed up to help read different variations and help promote it. He landed an agent and experienced people who walked him through the job of writing a book proposal, getting an agent, and a publisher. As Jordan put it, "I had people."  He is also slotted and positioned to have TONS of exposure when it releases next week compared to his first two books. Find him at https://jordangrumet.com/ and earnandinvest.com Get his book on Amazon (aff) QUESTION OF THE MONTH I need your answer by the end of August 2022 This month's q

Mon, July 18, 2022

Helping You Avoid Podcasting Mistakes

Today I look at some things using my experience and share them with you so you can avoid those pitfalls.  Focusrite: The Vocaster Series Made For Podcasters <ul data-slate-object="block" data-key="179" data-slate-fragment= "JTdCJTIyb2JqZWN0JTIyJTNBJTIyZG9jdW1lbnQlMjIlMkMlMjJkYXRhJTIyJTNBJTdCJTdEJTJDJTIybm9kZXMlMjIlM0ElNUIlN0IlMjJvYmplY3QlMjIlM0ElMjJibG9jayUyMiUyQyUyMnR5cGUlMjIlM0ElMjJwYXJhZ3JhcGglMjIlMkMlMjJkYXRhJTIyJTNBJTdCJTdEJTJDJTIybm9kZXMlMjIlM0ElNUIlN0IlMjJvYmplY3QlMjIlM0ElMjJ0ZXh0JTIyJTJDJTIydGV4dCUyMiUzQSUyMkZvY3Vzcml0ZSUzQSUyMFRoZSUyMFZvY2FzdGVyJTIwU2VyaWVzJTIwTWFkZSUyMEZvciUyMFBvZGNhc3RlcnMlMjIlMkMlMjJtYXJrcyUyMiUzQSU1QiU3QiUyMm9iamVjdCUyMiUzQSUyMm1hcmslMjIlMkMlMjJ0eXBlJTIyJTNBJTIyRk9OVENPTE9SLSUyMzI2MzY2OSUyMiUyQyUyMmRhdGElMjIlM0ElN0IlN0QlN0QlMkMlN0IlMjJvYmplY3QlMjIlM0ElMjJtYXJrJTIyJTJDJTIydHlwZSUyMiUzQSUyMkZPTlRGQU1JTFktUm9ib3RvJTIyJTJDJTIyZGF0YSUyMiUzQSU3QiU3RCU3RCUyQyU3QiUyMm9iamVjdCUyMiUzQSUyMm1hcmslMjIlMkMlMjJ0eXBlJTIyJTNBJTIyRk9OVFNJWkUtMjYlMjIlMkMlMjJkYXRhJTIyJTNBJTdCJTdEJTdEJTJDJTdCJTIyb2JqZWN0JTIyJTNBJTIybWFyayUyMiUyQyUyMnR5cGUlMjIlM0ElMjJiJTIyJTJDJTIyZGF0YSUyMiUzQSU3QiU3RCU3RCU1RCU3RCU1RCU3RCUyQyU3QiUyMm9iamVjdCUyMiUzQSUyMmJsb2NrJTIyJTJDJTIydHlwZSUyMiUzQSUyMnVub3JkZXJlZC1saXN0JTIyJTJDJTIyZGF0YSUyMiUzQSU3QiU3RCUyQyUyMm5vZGVzJTIyJTNBJTVCJTdCJTIyb2JqZWN0JTIyJTNBJTIyYmxvY2slMjIlMkMlMjJ0eXBlJTIyJTNBJTIybGlzdC1pdGVtJTIyJTJDJTIyZGF0YSUyMiUzQSU3QiU3RCUyQyUyMm5vZGVzJTIyJTNBJTVCJTdCJTIyb2JqZWN0JTIyJTNBJTIydGV4dCUyMiUyQyUyMnRleHQlMjIlM0ElMjJBdXRvR2FpbiUyMC0lMjIlMkMlMjJtYXJrcyUyMiUzQSU1QiU3QiUyMm9iamVjdCUyMiUzQSUyMm1hcmslMjIlMkMlMjJ0eXBlJTIyJTNBJTIyRk9OVENPTE9SLSUyMzIyMjIyMiUyMiUyQyUyMmRhdGElMjIlM0ElN0IlN0QlN0QlMkMlN0IlMjJvYmplY3QlMjIlM0ElMjJtYXJrJTIyJTJDJTIydHlwZSUyMiUzQSUyMkZPTlRGQU1JTFktQXJpYWwlMjIlMkMlMjJkYXRhJTIyJTNBJTdCJTdEJTdEJTJDJTdCJTIyb2JqZWN0JTIyJTNBJTIybWFyayUyMiUyQyUyMnR5cGUlMjIlM0ElMjJGT05UU0laRS0xNSUyMiUyQyUyMmRhdGElMjIlM0ElN0IlN0QlN0QlMkMlN0IlMjJvYmplY3QlMjIlM0ElMjJtYXJrJTIyJTJDJTIydHlwZSUyMiUzQSUyMmIlMjIlMkMlMjJkYXRhJTIyJTNBJTdCJTdEJTdEJTVEJTdEJTJDJTdCJTIyb2JqZWN0JTIyJTNBJTIydGV4dCUyMiUyQyUyMnRleHQlMjIlM0ElMjIlQzIlQTBFYXNpbHklMjBzZXQlMjB5b3VyJTIwbGV2ZWxzJTIwd2l0aCUyMHRoZSUyMGNsaWNrJTIwb2YlMjBhJTIwYnV0dG9uJTJDJTIwd2l0aCUyMG1vcmUlMjB0aGFuJTIwZW5vdWdoJTIwZ2FpbiUyMG9uJTIwdGFwJTIwKDcwZEIpJTIwJUUyJTgwJTkzJTIwbm8lMjBib29zdGVyJTIwbmVlZGVkJTIyJTJDJTIybWFya3MlMjIlM0ElNUIlN0IlMjJvYmplY3QlMjIlM0ElMjJtYXJrJTIyJTJDJTIydHlwZSUyMiUzQSUyMkZPTlRDT0xPUi0lMjMyMjIyMjIlMjIlMkMlMjJkYXRhJTIyJTNBJTdCJTdEJTdEJTJDJTdCJTIyb2JqZWN0JTIyJTNBJTIybWFyayUyMiUyQyUyMnR5cGUlMjIlM0ElMjJGT05URkFNSUxZLUFyaWFsJTIyJTJDJTIyZGF0YSUyMiUzQSU3QiU3RCU3RCUyQyU3QiUyMm9iamVjdCUyMiUzQSUyMm1hcmslMjIlMkMlMjJ0eXBlJTIyJTNBJTIyRk9OVFNJWkUtMTUlMjIlMkMlMjJkYXRhJTIyJTNBJTdCJTdEJTdEJTVEJTdEJTVEJTdEJTJDJTdCJTIyb2JqZWN0JTIyJTNBJTIyYmxvY2slMjIlMkMlMjJ0eXBlJTIyJTNBJTIybGlzdC1pdGVtJTIyJTJDJTIyZGF0YSUyMiUzQSU3QiU3RCUyQyUyMm5vZGVzJTIyJTNBJTVCJTdCJTIyb2JqZWN0JTIyJTNBJTIydGV4dCUyMiUyQyUyMnRleHQlMjIlM0ElMjJFbmhhbmNlJTIwLSUyMiUyQyUyMm1hcmtzJTIyJTNBJTVCJTdCJTIyb2JqZWN0JTIyJTNBJTIybWFy

Mon, July 11, 2022

What Podcasters Can Learn From the Movie Industry

We start off by hearing about a podcast that received 4,000 donations in our quick tip at the top of the show.  I researched what it's like to work in the movie business. Why? Because movies are meant to entertain and take up the audience's time (their most prized possession).  We look at the process of making a movie, and some things that podcasters have an easier road, and some steps movies take, that podcasters should seriously consider. SPONSOR: Focusrite: The Vocaster Series Made For Podcasters AutoGain - Easily set your levels with the click of a button, with more than enough gain on tap (70dB) – no booster needed Enhance - Four podcaster-approved voice presets bring out the best in any voice Mute - Silence the mic with the touch of a button - don’t let unexpected interruptions get in the way of recording Connect your phone - Record phone calls, high quality music, or other audio from your device, seamlessly  Record to a camera - Plug in your camera and record directly to its memory card  Loopback - Stream calls or any other audio you can think of from your computer with two sets of stereo loopback Included software - Hindenburg Lite to record, three months of SquadCast Pro + Video to bring in your guests, and six months of Acast Influencer to publish, you’re ready to get your show out there Learn more at: Focusrite.com/Vocaster   Mentioned in This Episode Join the School of Podcasting No Agenda Show Podcasting 2.0 New Podcast Apps The Messengers Documentary Girl in Space (not Girls, sorry Sarah) The Lone Ranger Movie (2013) The podcast Trailer Show Professional Grade 2 Lavalier Clip-On Microphones Set for Dual Interview - Double Lav Lapel Microphone - Use for iPhone Phone Camera - Blogging Video Recording Noise Cancelling 3.5mm Mic Sources: <a t

Mon, July 04, 2022

Rodecaster Pro II: 11 Things I Like About it and 6 Things I Don't

The Rodecaster Pro II is the new device from Rode. Today I compare it to the Rodecaster Pro I along with some other devices. This device is $700 and (IMHO) not for someone who is just doing some casual interviews via zoom. Feel free to follow/subscribe , and check out any of the other 833 episodes I have.  SPONSOR: Focusrite The Vocaster Series Made For Podcasters AutoGain - Easily set your levels with the click of a button, with more than enough gain on tap (70dB) – no booster is needed Enhance - Four podcaster-approved voice presets bring out the best in any voice Mute - Silence the mic with the touch of a button - don’t let unexpected interruptions get in the way of recording Connect your phone - Record phone calls, high-quality music, or other audio from your device, seamlessly  Record to a camera - Plug in your camera and record directly to its memory card  Loopback - Stream calls or any other audio you can think of from your computer with two sets of stereo loopback Included software - Hindenburg Lite to record, three months of SquadCast Pro + Video to bring in your guests, and six months of Acast Influencer to publish, you’re ready to get your show out there Learn more at: Focusrite.com/Vocaster   Things I Like About the Rodcaster II It is an interface, recorder, headphone amplifier, and jingle palet all on one They make updating the firmware (and there WILL BE UPDATEs) INSANELY Easy. Super QUiet Preamps Automatic Monitor Muting Smartpads now play sounds, control midi devices, and add effects Only record the channels you need (FINALLY!) No More Polywave Ability to put the unit on a stand and get it off your desk USB C Electric input which makes it easy to run on batteries. Flexible input assignments and color coding In addition to Aphex processing, new 3-band EQ THINGS THAT ANNOY ME Multiple outputs are confusing and seem to change without me doing anything. I need the ability to turn on and off mix-minus. This is available on USB2, but if I am using (only) that option when I fire up the software on my computer, it won't connect to the unit because I'm not on USB 1. If I want to tie this into my DAW, tracks 1 and 2 are the stereo mix. This means my first slider is #3. The fader features fades out for X amount of seconds and keeps everything faded out. After the X amount of time it should unfade everything. This is an easy one to trip over. Set the Lights Brightness level sounds great, but I couldn't tell a ch

Sun, June 26, 2022

Podcasts So Good Your Audience Can't Unhear Them w/Tamsen Webster

I LOVE people who make me think and when I started reading the book Find Your Red Thread: Make Your Big Ideas Irresistible , I couldn't put it down (and it's now available on Audible). It helps you understand your audience and their main goal. Then you identify how you need to describe what you want them to do in a way that they see their problem in a different way. Your message is the words you need to say to an audience about your idea to achieve a particular outcome. Find everything at www.tamsenwebster.com Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks).  I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving).  Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds,  and the ability to schedule as many one-on-one quick-fix calls as you like at no extra charge.  Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee  Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start SPONSOR: Focusrite: The Vocaster Series Made For Podcasters AutoGain - Easily set your levels with the click of a button, with more than enough gain on tap (70dB) – no booster needed Enhance - Four podcaster-approved voice presets to bring out the best in any voice Mute - Silence the mic with the touch of a button - don’t let unexpected interruptions get in the way of recording Connect your phone - Record phone calls, high-quality music, or other audio from your device, seamlessly  Record to a camera - Plug in your camera and record directly to its memory card  Loopback - Stream calls or any other audio you can think of from your computer with two sets of stereo loopback Included software - Hindenburg Lite to record, three months of SquadCast Pro + Video to bring in your guests, and six months of Acast Influencer to publish, you’re ready to get your show out there Learn more at: Focusrite.com/Vocaster   MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE Find Your Red Thread: Make Your Big Ideas Irresistible <a title="Tamsen Webster" href="http://www.Tamsenwe

Mon, June 20, 2022

Why Should I Care About Your Show?

There are times when we need to be able to answer hard questions about our show. Today we talk about some new posts from Apple, and in addition to ABT, we look at why you keep talking yourself out of starting your podcast.  Focusrite: The Vocaster Series Made For Podcasters AutoGain - Easily set your levels with the click of a button, with more than enough gain on tap (70dB) – no booster needed Enhance - Four podcaster-approved voice presets to bring out the best in any voice Mute - Silence the mic with the touch of a button - don’t let unexpected interruptions get in the way of recording Connect your phone - Record phone calls, high-quality music, or other audio from your device, seamlessly  Record to a camera - Plug in your camera and record directly to its memory card  Loopback - Stream calls or any other audio you can think of from your computer with two sets of stereo loopback Included software - Hindenburg Lite to record, three months of SquadCast Pro + Video to bring in your guests, and six months of Acast Influencer to publish, you’re ready to get your show out there Learn more at: Focusrite.com/Vocaster   MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE Apple post on Search Apple posts on Charts The Narrative Gym: Introducing the ABT Framework For Messaging and Communication Out on the Wire: The Storytelling Secrets of the New Masters of Radio Audible Samson Q2U Episode 758 School of Podcasting Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey <a href="

Mon, June 13, 2022

Should I List My Podcast on All The Directories?

I see people who want MORE downloads, and yet they have not listed their show on all the different directories. Why is that? Is this some type of strategy?  SPONSOR: Focusrite: The Vocaster Series Made For Podcasters AutoGain - Easily set your levels with the click of a button, with more than enough gain on tap (70dB) – no booster needed Enhance - Four podcaster-approved voice presets bring out the best in any voice Mute - Silence the mic with the touch of a button - don’t let unexpected interruptions get in the way of recording Connect your phone - Record phone calls, high quality music, or other audio from your device, seamlessly  Record to a camera - Plug in your camera and record directly to its memory card  Loopback - Stream calls or any other audio you can think of from your computer with two sets of stereo loopback Included software - Hindenburg Lite to record, three months of SquadCast Pro + Video to bring in your guests, and six months of Acast Influencer to publish, you’re ready to get your show out there Learn more at: Focusrite.com/Vocaster   Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks).  I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving).  Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds,  and the ability to schedule as many one-on-one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge.  Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee  Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Participants Kim - The Pharmacists Voice Bryan - The Relaxed Male Ronnie - Dancing is Forbidden am Aqua Teen Hunger Force Exploration John - You Were Made for This Karen - Just Grow Something Mark - <a title="The history of North America " href="http://markvinet.com/podcast/index.html" targe

Mon, June 06, 2022

Focusing on the big picture when your audience is right in front of you

Today I am back from Podfest with some insights to share, tips on meeting your audience, and thoughts on the interfaces from Focusrite.  Focusrite: The Vocaster Series Made For Podcasters AutoGain - Easily set your levels with the click of a button, with more than enough gain on tap (70dB) – no booster is needed Enhance - Four podcaster-approved voice presets bring out the best in any voice Mute - Silence the mic with the touch of a button - don’t let unexpected interruptions get in the way of recording Connect your phone - Record phone calls, high-quality music, or other audio from your device, seamlessly  Record to a camera - Plug in your camera and record directly to its memory card  Loopback - Stream calls or any other audio you can think of from your computer with two sets of stereo loopback Included software - Hindenburg Lite to record, three months of SquadCast Pro + Video to bring in your guests, and six months of Acast Influencer to publish, you’re ready to get your show out there Learn more at: Focusrite.com/Vocaster   Why We Often Get Sick at Events Because we get to see people we never get to see, these events take on a "one of a kind" atmosphere, and the feat of missing out (and to a certain level, that is true). When we start to "push through" we start to jeopardize our health (even without a pandemic).  We get up early to catch flights, do all sorts of walking through airports and hotels, consume things that may not be considered, "Healthy" under-hydrate, and repeat many of these steps for the rest of the conference.  Then we go home and blame the plane.  I've been doing almost nothing all week trying to get my health back. While I might've missed a fun story staying up later talking with friends, anything I missed would not equal the moment I lost by putting everything on hold.  We all love to have fun and see friends, but for me, I'm going to be a bit more responsible in the future. Clearing Up Some Confusion That I Heard At Podfest DOWNLOADS UPON FOLLOW When someone follows your show in Apple, and you have three episodes, you will NOT get three downloads if someone follows you (they only automatically download the last episode. If they want the other two episodes, they need to manually download them. LISTEN NOTES STATS While this sounds impressive to say, "I'm in the top 1% of podcasters on Listen notes ." Until you read that this is based on people listening on Listen notes and 3rd party data. As every media host I know has asked Apple for listening data (and been turned down), that is not the information that are using. I need to reach out to them to find out exactly what they are using, but to sa

Mon, May 30, 2022

How a Travel Podcast Survived Covid with Mark Bologna

Mark has been working on his podcast Beyond Bourbon St for years. He had 14 thousand of people in his Facebook Group. He had just gone over 1 million downloads and secure a publisher for a book on New Orleans. And then a pandemic stopped everything. Today you will hear how Mark pivoted without losing his audience, and how he lost 90% of his sponsors without losing his mind.  Sponsor: Focusrite Interfaces Focusrite has been at the forefront of audio technology since 1985 Focusrite interfaces are great for all content creators Scarlett is the world’s best-selling range of audio interfaces with over 4.5 million sold to date Easy to use Great sound quality More info can be found at: www.focusrite.com/podcasters    Everything Was Going Good Until it Wasn't As many of his partners relied on tourists, when there are no tourists, the result is no partners (or at least 90% less).  In this discussion, you will hear  How Did Mark Survive Covid How Mark Came Up With His Prices How Does Mark Find Partners? Secrets of a Good Community 1 Million Downloads How He Got a Book Deal Podcast Growth Insights Why Do We Struggle to Promote? Keeping Your Sanity Check out Mark at beyondbourbonst.com and check out his book Beyond Bourbon St.: An Insider's Guide to New Orleans on Amazon (aff). New Podcast Launched From a School of Podcasting Member The tools and concepts of Quality are powerful instruments to make things better--products, processes, and services. This podcast explores those ideas plus concepts of psychology, social and cultural norms, strategy, and business to strengthen the capability of professionals motivated to make things better--the Quality Warriors. wayofthequalitywarrior.com Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks).  I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving).  Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds,  and the ability to schedule as many one-on-one quick-fix calls as you like

Mon, May 23, 2022

It's Not the Format - It's the Connection with Vincent Pugliese

I've known  Vincent a few years and we always bump into each other at podcast events. Scott Johnson  had mentioned his episode " Doing It Wrong Right From The Start ." So I looked into it, and I loved that Incent was having success and by some standards "breaking the rules" of podcasting. That sounded interesting, and that was just the start. Sponsor: Focusrite Interfaces Focusrite has been at the forefront of audio technology since 1985 Focusrite interfaces are great for all content creators Scarlett is the world’s best-selling range of audio interfaces with over 4.5 million sold to date Easy to use Great sound quality More info can be found at: www.focusrite.com/podcasters    The Wealth of Connection The Wealth of Connection is now one of my favorite books. It's filled with lessons and stories which leads to an entertaining read that leaves you thinking.  Ignoring Standard Practices: Vincent Pugliese Check out Vincent Pugliese's at totallifefreedom.com Vincent did a TON of DAILY podcasts and released them to a private group before doing any podcasts for the general public.  He has no intro or outro music.  His only branding is his website which is also the name of his podcast Total Life Freedom .  Vincent is doing what I always advise my clients to do. Focus on the reception - not the broadcast.  He uses the "notes" app on his phone (again, it doesn't need to be fancy). He focused on serving his audience, not on monetization. He tried doing seasons and it just about wiped him out. So he focused on creating a podcast that works FOR HIM. It makes no sense to do a podcast that drains you to the point you don't want to do it.  Vincent is always looking for the next challenge, and if it doesn't work, you take what you've learned and use it on the next challenge. When you start something, your launch timeframe is not 5 months. It's 5 YEARS, and for the next five years, you spend time moving that project forward. VIncent also shares hits thoughts on impostor syndrome. Check out Vincent at totallifefreedom.com and his book on Amaz

Mon, May 16, 2022

Danny Peña: Keep it Fun and Master Your Craft

Danny Peña is one of my favorite guests. We started his story on episode 506, got an update on episode 633 and now he has a ton of "Because of My Podcast" stories for episode 827. Danny is an award-winning, 2015 Podcaster Hall of Fame inductee and one of the hosts of Gamertag Radio. He is also the Game Editorial Lead at G4. Gamertag Radio (GTR) is an independent online gaming website dedicated to the gaming community that was founded in 2005, and intended to help to unite all gamers. Over the past few years, GTR has grown from a small website to one of the largest and most respected gaming information sites on the Internet. Every week GTR records and distributes new episodic content recapping the news of the past week, including discussions about what is happening in the online gaming community along with interviews and a weekly custom soundtrack highlighting up & coming Hip Hop artists. Sponsor: Focusrite Interfaces Focusrite has been at the forefront of audio technology since 1985 Focusrite interfaces are great for all content creators Scarlett is the world’s best-selling range of audio interfaces with over 4.5 million sold to date Easy to use Great sound quality More info can be found at: www.focusrite.com/podcasters    In This Episode You Will Hear How Danny continues to take advantage of opportunities, which then lead to more opportunities. How Danny ended up on a billboard in Time's Square How he got to interview Keanu Reeves How his persistence lead to scoring a large guest (Reggie Fils-Aime). His conversational interviews based on his curiosity lead to six news outlets promoting his interview. Reggie insisted Danny interview him at a large event as part of the opening keynote .  Danny once had access to a new Microsoft product MONTHS before anyone else. Instead of enjoying the new item, he allowed one of his listeners to enjoy it and the video went viral. Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks).  I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving).  Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds,  and the ability to schedule as many one-on-one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge. 

Mon, May 09, 2022

9 Tips to Make Your Podcast Binge worthy

We all want to grow our audience. We want to become their favorite show so they just want more. In some cases, you may actually be someone's favorite podcast and they would listen to another episode except you've made it hard to binge. So today we look at nine tips to help your show be Bingeworthy. Sponsor: Focusrite Interfaces Make You Sound Amazing Focusrite has been at the forefront of audio technology since 1985 Focusrite interfaces are great for all content creators Scarlett is the world’s best-selling range of audio interfaces with over 4.5 million sold to date Easy to use Great sound quality More info can be found at: www.focusrite.com/podcasters      Making Your Podcast Binge-Worthy Something to think about: What are you offering your audience that they should spend their time-consuming? Not just one but several episodes. That statement is a little scary. 1. It has to be GOOD, actually  very good. 2. Create click-attracting titles. I use a tool called Headline Studio 3. Get your audience asking,  What Happens Next?? 4. Give them multiple points of insight. 5. Make it EASY to Binge (by making it easy to subscribe/follow). See this plugin 6. Add an element of Fear of Missing Out (FOMO). 7. Get Your Best Content In Front of Your Audience 8. Teasing Your Audience  9. Have a Show that Walks Through a Process Make your content  relevant . Be YOURSELF.  Free Zoom Reduces Amount of Time Check out Squadcast (my favorite). If you must use something free there is zencastr and cleanfeed . You can just upgrade your zoom account ($15) Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about:   Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want).   Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing)   It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks).    I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving).    Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group

Mon, May 02, 2022

Opportunities Wait on the Other Side of Your Fears

I met Connie at an event two years ago. I see her at a conference two years later and ask if she has any "Because of my podcast ____" stories. She not only has one, she has quite a few (TV, Radio, and more). So listen to what can happen when you find someone who can help you avoid the common podcasting mistakes.  Connect With Connie at conniealbers.com Connie's book, " Parenting Beyond the Rules: Raising Teens with Confidence and Joy ." Connie's Podcast, " Equipped To Be ." SPONSOR Focusrite Interfaces Focusrite has been at the forefront of audio technology since 1985 Focusrite interfaces are great for all content creators Scarlett is the world’s best-selling range of audio interfaces with over 4.5 million sold to date Easy to use Great sound quality More info can be found at: www.focusrite.com/podcasters    Mentioned In This Episode Live Well and Flourish Podcast ATR2100 Microphone Rodecaster Pro Neweer Ring Light Start Ugly Book Nervous about podcasting? Check out Podcast Baby Steps (free course) Nervous about Podcast Gear check out this free webinar (no email address needed) Trypodpage.com (a great way to make a podcast site). You can learn podpage for free at www.learnpodpage.com Libsyn.com media hosting (use the coupon code sopfree)  #Question of the Month Want some free exposure for your podcast? Go to Go to w

Mon, April 25, 2022

Do You Have Time To Listen to ANOTHER Podcast?

We all think, "just make good content and promote your show" but as podcasts become more mainstream and the average listener now consumes multiple episodes a week, do they have room for YOUR show? I asked my audience what their status is. If you found a really good show, would you have to "bump" one you are listening to now? Sponsor: Focusrite Interfaces Focusrite has been at the forefront of audio technology since 1985 Focusrite interfaces are great for all content creators Scarlett is the world’s best-selling range of audio interfaces with over 4.5 million sold to date Easy to use Great sound quality More info can be found at: www.focusrite.com/podcasters    Question of the Month Answers You find a show that's great. Do you have enough time to add an additional show to your listening time? Contributors Steve - Stevestewart.me and Podcast Editor Academy Jim - Home Gadget Geeks and Ask the Podcast Coach Mark - History of North America   Bill - Bill Watches Movie s  Dave - Walking is Fitness   York - Poetic Earthlings   Arnie- Sports History Network   Summary: In general, we are all "out of time, " yet if something good comes along, we seem to make room. We also have different phases of life, and some of the shows we listen to take breaks and we find new shows.  The bottom line is there is only so much time to listen and the shows that deliver the most value will be heard.  I Heard it On a Podcast No Agenda Show 25% of People Get Their News From Podcasts https://www.noagendashow.net/listen/1444 (1:25:59) What Was That Like - {Podcasting is Therapeutic ) <a title="

Mon, April 18, 2022

Is Dynamic Content Right For You?

After seeing the podcasting space gear up for more advertising (something I'm not thrilled with) more media hosts are developing dynamic content. So what is dynamic content, do you need it, and how do you use it? What is Dynamic Content? Dynamic content is content that your media host inserts into your mp3 file at spots you select. This is often used for ads. In some spaces, people confuse "Dynamic Ad Insertion" and "Dynamic Content" as being the same thing. They are not. While you can use Dynamic Content, it does NOT have to be ads. It can be anything that is time-sensitive.  Who Offers This Technology? Libsyn.com (LibsynPro solution - full disclosure I work there). Use the coupon code sopfree to get a free month. Captivate has an impressive dynamic content tool that even updates your episode description when you swap out content. Podbean has pod ads https://podads.podbean.com/ Blubrry has a pro version Red Circle (500 weekly downloads) RSS.com (10,000 downloads a day) Pros of Dynamic Content No more outdated time-based content The ability to sell your back catalog* Cons of Dynamic Content You really need to pay attention to volume levels (I'm using WLM Plus plugin) To sell your back episodes you need to go through your whole back episodes and insert spots. Updating old files might be trickier You need to consider how to lead in and come out of dynamic content. Focusrite Interfaces Go to www.focusrite.com/podcasters Unlimited Time Shifted One-On-One Consulting I've added unlimited time-shifted consulting that can be between you and me. If you need someone to stand by you and guide you through the pitfalls of podcasting, you can join worry-free with a money-back guarantee at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start I Heard It On a Podcast Disney got all sorts of deals when they built the location in Florida. On the No Agenda show they explain that the reason employees are known as "Castmembers" is to get around Florida Labor laws. It's at the 2 hours and25 minute mark. Apple Charts Criteria I've said for years that rat

Mon, April 11, 2022

Flying Past Your Fear of Podcasting With Mark Hasara

Mark was a US air force Pilot, Speaker, Author, and Entrepreneur, but was hesitant to start his podcast. Today we talk about what was stopping him, and how his podcast is helping to promote his Wall Pilot business.  We also hear about some discouraging statistics from Chartable about podcast cross-promote (courtesy of Evo Terra ).  Spotify may be working on a "Tik Tok meets Tinder" discovery tool. I'm not sure that is going to work.  I introduce a new segment "I Heard it on a podcast" this time it was the Moe Factz show with Moe and Adam Curry Mentioned in This Episode Mark Hasara Website Mark's Lessons From the Cockpit Show in Apple , Google , Spotify Wall PIlot Video of Spotify Discovery Tool Fountain App Castamatic app New Podcast Apps Question of the Month Want some free exposure for your show, go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question and answer the question of the month and be sure to mention your show and website. Do it now! Join the School of Podcasting In addition to the step-by-step tutorials, group coaching, and podcasting mastermind group, I've now added show audits and unlimited time-shifted one-on-one coaching.  When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll h

Mon, April 04, 2022

Back From Podcast Movement with Free Stuff, Cool Apps, and a Worried Mind

Podcast Movement was a well-oiled machine as always where the hallway meetings were in some cases better than the sessions. I found some cool stuff, created some free resources, and have worries about the future.  Quicknotes From This Episode Don't forget the Book Launch Webinar Next Week. Have a conversation with me on Volley (aff link) Check out Dave's new FREE Classes Find Your Red Thread: Make Your Big Ideas Irresistible (book) Join the School of Podcasting The Three Main Players in Podcasting I've said in the past that a podcast needs three things to survive podcasting (support, health, and attitude). The podcast industry needs to make sure as it moves forward to take steps that benefit all three main players. Who are the main players? The podcasting companies (media hosts, agencies, etc) The podcaster (creators). The Listener (you). If we don't keep all of them happy (especially the listener) we all lose.  A New Great App For Community and Coaching I discovered the Volley app (aff link) listening to a podcast on the way home from Podcast Movement. I tried it out, and it is SO COOL. Especially for those people who hate Facebook. It's like Loom, Zoom, and Slack had a baby. If you want to build a community, this makes it easy as its available on Android, iOs, Mac, and PC. You can have group discussions in public, or in private as well as private one-on-one sessions (where each member's conversations are organized together). You can communicate via: Video Screenshare Audio Text Gif It's a pretty amazing app. There is only ONE FEATURE I REALLY HATE. It's free. I am interviewing one of the co-founders, and he insures me they will monetize eventually but are (for now) working on their feature set. I just hate to build on something free. With this in mind, I'm using it in conjunction with my Facebook group instead of replacing it. I look forward to having time-shifted video/audio conversations with my students. You can learn Volley by joining my <a title= "Volley Space on Learning Volley" href= "https://hi.volley.app/land?tk=dcw9sLh4GSkBHk6t5Ra5Bk-tk" target= "_blank" rel

Mon, March 28, 2022

What Keeps You Going When Your Podcast Isn't Growing?

The excitement of starting a podcast can really fuel podcasters. You stats to start to grow, but eventually, they may level off. What keeps you going when your podcast isn't growing? Because of My Podcast: Fred Castaneda Check out Fred's shows Podcast Reporter (me on Fred's show) The Struggling Biz show March 29th is the National Day for Vietnam Veterans. Thanks for your service Fred! Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks).  I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving).  Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds,  and the ability to schedule as many one on one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge.  Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee  Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Book Launch Secrets Webinar April 5th April 5th I'll be co-hosting a Book Launch Secrets Webinar . If you've ever thought of writing a book, sign up for this webinar (so you can get the replay). See https://schoolofpodcasting.com/booklaunch or check out the Book Launch Secrets Course   Thanks to Those Who Participated in This Month's Question Kyle - The Intergalactic BoomBox - podcasting 2.0 Mark - History of North America - love of topic - working with son Colby - The Guardians Ghost Podcast going solo, passion Heather - Watching Netflix Without You   and the Politics free Podcast enjoys time with brother, serving audience to get into a better mood, feedback Dan - <a title= "Coffee and Space" href="http://www.coffeeinspacepodcast.com" targ

Mon, March 21, 2022

Protect Your Podcast: Never Say, I Didn't Know What I Didn't Know

I was speaking at the National Religious Broadcasters in Nashville Tennessee and kept hearing a few phrases that make me worried. Phrases like, “I had some friend, or some temp, or some web guy, or even a professional service” set up my podcast. Then in talking with them, I learned that (in many cases) everyone is setup wrong. We’ve all been in a situation where we don’t know what we don’t know. We don’t know what should be important. Today, in episode 819, I’m going to tell you. Things You Need to Know Apple, Google, and Spotify have additional stats. If you let someone setup your show "for you" you lose access to those stats. When someone orders your media hosting "For you" THEY OWN YOUR SHOW. Media hosts (eventually ) delete your files if you cancel your account. Make sure you have a copy of your media files. You should own your show and then add your editors to YOUR account.  The bottom line is you don’t want anyone between you and your podcast and you and your audience. Question of the Month Share your thoughts and get some exposure for your show and answer the question of the month. Where I Will Be Podcast Movement Evolutions March 23-26 Utah Podcast Coalition April 21st Podfest Multimedia Expo  May 26-29 Orlando Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about:   Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want).   Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing)   It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks).    I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving).    Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds,  and the ability to schedule as many one on one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge.  Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee    Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned In This Episode Libsyn (use coupon code sopfree ) Blubrry Captive Buzzsprout <a href="https://supportth

Mon, March 14, 2022

Cross Promote Your Podcast While You Get Paid with Niklas Hildebrand of Audry.io

I'm back from speaking at the National Religious Broadcasters event with some lessons learned. I also have some tips on collaborating with other podcasters and a resource that is focused on helping you find collaborators while you earn money selling advertising spots. That resource is audry.io and today I'm talking with one of the co-founders Niklas Hildebrand. Book Launch Secrets Webinar April 5th April 5th I'll be co-hosting a Book Launch Secrets Webinar . If you've ever thought of writing a book, sign up for this webinar (so you can get the replay). See https://schoolofpodcasting.com/booklaunch or check out the Book Launch Blueprint Course Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks).  I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving).  Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds,  and the ability to schedule as many one on one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge.  Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee  Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Audry.io More Than a Guest Finding Resource Whether you’re a seasoned podcaster or just starting out, collaboration is the key to reaching your goals. That’s why at Audry.io , we bring hosts together to help them grow their audiences and find new ways to communicate. Question of the Month I need your answer by 3/25/22 We love podcasting, but there are peaks and valleys. What keeps you going when your podcast isn't growing? Be sure to mention your website and a little bit about your show. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Where I Will Be: Podcast Movement Evolutions March 23-26 Utah Podcast Coalition April 21st Podfest Multimedia Expo  May 26-29 Orlando Mentioned In This Episode Profit From Your Podcast Book Connie Albers <a titl

Mon, March 07, 2022

7 Tips Podcaster Can Use From Radio

When Neil Hedley emailed me letting me know he would be going through my town and could he buy me dinner I jumped at the chance to hang out with a listener. I had no idea at the time that Neil: Had exclusively done morning shows ever since, including six #1-rated shows in different markets in the US and Canada. Sprinkled among those years is time as a stand-up comic, singer, restaurateur, bestselling author, college professor, world record holder (that's a fun story), and a pile of other goodies including running Knopp Studios and hosting the Voice Inside My Hed (get it Hedley? Voice in my Hed...) The more we talked, the more I thought I should have him on the show.  The Tips: 1 Tighten Up 2. Rules can Help 3. Ums are normal 4. Every word matters 5. Learn how to Tease 6. Set a Benchmark for your podcast 7. Talk to one person Check out Neil at https://knoppstudios.com/ where he has combined all of these past lives into a venture to you be a better content creator. Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about:   Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want).   Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing)   It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks).    I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving).    Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds,  and the ability to schedule as many one on one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge.  Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee    Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned in This Episode Descript Software The Author Inside You (Promo) Seven Habits of Highly Effective People What Was That Like Podcast? (Great Tease) Northeast Ohio Podcasters Meetup Buy Dave a Coffee Profit From Your Podcast Book Where I Will Be Spark Podcast Conference March 7-8 (Nashville) NRB Nashville 8-11 (speaking) <a href="https://e

Mon, February 28, 2022

What Are You Doing to Grow Your Podcast (and is it working)?

Every month I ask a question of the audience, and you chime in. This month I ask THE question that everyone wants to know. In January we talked about Grow your downloads 15 minutes a day (episode 812). In June of last year I gave you 30 Strategies to Grow Your Audience . (Episode 727) In this episode I get to hear YOUR ideas, and share some "outside the box" ideas I found on Facebook.  Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks).  I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving).  Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds,  and the ability to schedule as many one on one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge.  Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee  Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned in This Episode Linq "Smart Business Card" and "linktree" type service with stats. (here is an example - www.powerofpodcasting.com ) Ingles Podcast - Promo Participants Brandon from  Start 100K Scott from  What Was That Like? Kim from  The Pharmacist's Voice Mark from  the History of North America Heater from  Watching Netflix Without You Spencer from The Recovery Show Shane from the Tourpreneur Show Jedrzej from the <a title

Mon, February 21, 2022

Tuning Into Your Listeners - So You Can Fascinate Them with Focused Content

I'm excited because I found a book called Find Your Red Thread: Make Your Big Ideas Irresistible and even though I'm only 29% of the way through the book I am "Santa Clause is coming tonight" excited about reading the rest of it. The Red Thread represents the path back to where you first started. By remembering what it was like when you first started in your niche, you can better understand your audience who is right where you started. The red thread is your path to success. When you can explain your podcast in a way that resonates with your audience.  Sometimes you need to address the "wrong" questions your audience is asking so you can get their attention and provide focused content that points them in the right direction and positions you as a trusted source of content.    I'm also going to talk about focus. This is inspired by the book Secrets of Dynamic Communications: Prepare with Focus, Deliver with Clarity, Speak with Power by Ken Davis. I feel this goes along well with the other book. Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks).  I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving).  Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds,  and the ability to schedule as many one on one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge.  Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee  Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned In This Episode Find Your Red Thread: Make Your Big Ideas Irresistible Secrets of Dynamic Communications: Prepare with Focus, Deliver with Clarity, Speak with Power by Ken Davis. The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People: Powerful Lessons in Personal Change Out on the Wire: The Storytelling Secrets of the New Mast

Mon, February 14, 2022

How to Record a Great Podcast Trailer That Energizes Your Audience

A trailer has many pros from a creative standpoint. IT forces you to identify WHO you are talking to and what can you say to get them to listen to your podcast.  For me, a trailer is 30,60, 90 seconds. When you mark your episode as a trailer it is stuck at the top of your show in Amazon, Spotify, and Apple. Some podcasts do trailer episodes that are 2-5 minutes long. As always in podcasting, there are no set rules. In This Episode The different types of trailers When do you know if your trailer is good? What do you say in a trailer? Where do you post this? How do you use it? Mentioned in This Show My Spouse Has Dementia Love Thy Lawyer Your Podcast Consultant Branden Ushio at the Geek Nerd Network Ask the Podcast Coach Episode 380 Big Seance Podcast (Trailer by Music Radio Creative ) The Trojan Horse Affair Question of the Month (Deadline /25/22) Podcast Promo Show   Cooler Websites (Domain and Web Hosting) 14:04: Join the School of Podcasting  The Voice in My Head (Neil Hed) Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 <a href="https:/

Mon, February 07, 2022

What Do I Do of This Horrible Audio From My Boring Podcast Guest?

You are going through the file of the interview you did a week ago and you notice: 1. The audio of the audience sounds horrible. 2. The guest is boring.  Today I showcase some tools that can help you save the audio, but only you can save the boring.  Join The School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks).  I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving).  Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds,  and the ability to schedule as many one on one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge.  Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee  Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Question of the Month What Are You Doing to Grow Your Audience (and is it working)? Go to schoolofpodcasting.com/question to answer Podcasts Can't Be Cancelled Check out the article I published on Medium. Mentioned in this Episode: Ultimate Guide to Interviews Episode My Spouse Has Dementia Podland News The Ultimate Guide to Podcast Interviews Descript software with new Studio Sounds Krisp (silence your noisy environment) <a title="Podinbox" href="ht

Mon, January 31, 2022

Growing Your Downloads 15 Minutes a Day- Growing Your Show Kevin Chemidlin

I first discovered Kevin when contemplating creating a new show based on podcast growth. It's well-produced and has actual steps you can take. Kevin started his first podcast Philly Who? Then quit his day job. So how did he turns things around to the point of making six figures? He stopped and took time to learn what works, and then give it to the audience. MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE Question of the Month Contributors When looking at a new podcast in an app, what catches your eye? The artwork and description often came into play along with the episode titles, but what really counts is the first few minutes of your show.  Grow the Show Brandon from Start 100K Erik from Raising Financial Freedom Heater from Watching Netflix Without You Scott from What Was That Like? Kim from The Pharmacist's Voice Mark from the History of North America February Question of the Month As we talked about growing your show today, what have you been doing to grow your audience, and do you think it's working? Answer it at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question . I need your answer by 2/25/22  Kevin's INterview Topics 02:24 Discovering Grow the Show 03:37 What Inspired Philly Who? 04:37 Kevin Quit His Day Job 06:00 Things Got Scary 06:46 1000 Downloads Per Episode 07:22 Sharpening Your Axe 07:54 Multiple Streams of Income 10:47 Laser-Focused Criteria 11:10 Six-Figure Salary 11:45 Sponsorship Tips 13:07 Niche Down 17:12 Most Broad Success Started With a Niche 18:08 Kevin Shut Down a Profitable Show 19:19 TDE Targeted Daily Engagement 20:48 The Baked in Strategies That Don't Work 22:15 ENGAGEMENT 26:49 Get More Specific 27:38 Go To Where Your Audience Is 29:37 Build Relationships 30:59 Kevin's Program JANUARY QUESTION OF THE MONTH: What triggers subscriptions? 33:28 Question of the Month 33:52 Brandon Start 100K 36:27 Heather -Watching Netflix Without You 38:47 The Lost Sheep Has Been Found! 41:11 Scott: What Was That Like 44:07 Kim: The Pharmacist's Voice 47:37 Eric: Raising Financial Freedom 48:47 Mark: The Hi

Mon, January 24, 2022

How to Feel More Comfortable Recording a Solo Podcast Episode

Are you one of those people who has thought about doing a solo episode where you open the microphone and talk directly to your audience, but can't overcome how uncomfortable you feel trying it? This show is for you. We also talk about understanding the different roles when you are doing a solo show, an interview, appearing on a panel. Join the School of Podcasting Quit worrying about sounding bad, spending too much money on equipment you don't need. At the School of Podcasting, you get access to step by step tutorials, a private mastermind group (filled with brilliant podcasting minds) and group coaching as well as one on one coaching. Sign up today at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start The Advantage of a Solo Episode Solo podcast episodes have their advantages: You are 100% in control. You can be as creative as you want You know ahead of time what the content is (instead of hoping you get good answers from your guests) Less production. You won't be interrupting people or trying to match levels with your guest. There is only one level- yours. No Scheduling Conflicts The Hurdles of Solo Podcasts It is all on your shoulders for content You need to watch voice inflection It just feels weird talking to no-one People think it needs to be as long as other episodes TIPS 1. Embrace the Weirdness 2. You Don't Have An Audience (yet) 3. Talk to One Person 4. Answer the question from the invisible person 5. Record it with the thought of never using it. - Just a Sound test  6. Script Your Show 7. Throw Out the Grammar 8. Be yourself and just up your natural voice Question of the Month Submissions I need your answer by 1/28/22 see www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question for more information Full notes at schoolofpodcasting.com/811 Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, January 17, 2022

Now Sure About Your Show? Don't Be Afraid To Ask Your Audience for Advice

I am seeing people that seem to be afraid to reach out to their audience. I get it. It's easier to have the reason of "lack of engagement" on your downloads instead of asking people for feedback on your show.  Today I share a story on how I was ready to make sweeping changes to the Podcast Rodeo show until I decided to open up a discussion with my audience. I was at one point thinking of shutting the podcast down. It turns out that ONE person who had ideas of changing the show was in the minority.  That doesn't mean their suggestion has no merit. I was reading Eric Nuzum's newsletter and he (of NPR experience) to 18 months to play with the format of their new show. With this in mind, I'm still doing my show, but I'm looking into implementing the things that my audience enjoys while aligning the show a bit more with my brand. I always say, "Your podcast is a recipe - not a statue."  Question of the Month Submission When you are in an app and see a show you  probably should be listening to what inspires you to go further and potentially subscribe or follow. I need your answer by 1/28/22 Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question My New Page with Affiliate Links Check it out at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/support if you are a person that doesn't feel they would benefit from the School of Podcasting, but wants to support the show, I've now made it easy. Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks).  I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving).  Get access to step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds,  and the ability to schedule as many one on one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge.  Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee  Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Podcast Rewind Too Many Podcasts</a

Mon, January 10, 2022

The Proven Power of the Dramatic Pause: Two Ways Saying Nothing is Better Than Saying Something

In the microwave society that we live in, most of us are not accustomed to slowing down. As a podcaster, we may associate silence with "Dead Air" which is a phrase from the radio. However, today I'm going to show you that the best answers come after the awkward pause. The Power of the Dramatic Pause When you put a pause before or after a point it adds emphasis to that point.  If you put it before the point, the brain perks up waiting for the next words.  If you put the pause after your point, it gives the brain a chance to process what was just said.  Start Your Podcast and Grow Your Audience When you join the School of Podcasting you no longer have to worry about buying equipment you don't need. You learn how to get comfortable behind a microphone as our community helps you create your best episodes. There are step by step videos, live group coaching, private one on one coaching, and a private mastermind group. You have every tool you need to succeed as a podcast. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned In This Episode The Question of the Month ( add your submission ) Howard Stern on SiriusXM Ben Affleck Movie The Tender Bar David Letterman My Next Guest Needs No Introduction Paul Harvey Steve Jobs introduces iPhone in 2007 Full Show Notes at schoolofpodcasting.com/809 Support the Show Buy Dave's Book Profit From Your Podcast Join the School of Podcasting Become a Patron or Buy Me a Coffee Thank you for listening. I really appreciate it. Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey </

Bonus · Thu, January 06, 2022

Meet My Friend Evo of Podcast Pontifications - Cross Promotion

Today I'm trying something new and coming to you on a WEDNESDAY to introduce you to my friend Evo Terra .  Evo has been podcasting since 2004 (not a typo) and has been involved in many aspects of podcasting ever since.  Evo was nice enough to let me host an episode of his show a while back, and today I'm repaying the favor. I interviewed Evo back on episode 122 when he was on a book tour for his book Expert Podcasting Practices.  LINKS FOR THIS EPISODE Find the report Evo was walking about on his site .  Check out more episodes of Podcast Pontifications at podcastpontifications.com Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, January 03, 2022

50 Shades of Podcasting: Be Proud Embracing Your Unique Style of Podcasting

As the first episode of 2022, I often do an episode for beginners, such as episode 756 14 Steps to Start a Successful Podcast in 2021 One of the most dangerous things you can do in podcasting is comparing your show to others. When I was in my 20s I would play golf once a year with my brother. My golf scores look like someone who golfed once a year. I would use my Dad's old clubs and would go to one of the cheapest clubs and just a fun day of hanging out. How would I feel if I compared myself to Tiger Woods? That would be insane unless I compared myself to a four-year-old Tiger. When you have your attitude in check, it can change the way you perform moving forward. From the "hobbyist" to the "semi pro" you will see that if the hobbyist attempts to do everything the "semi pro" does they will burn out. Also,  anyone who starts a podcast will attract people they didn't expect to attract. Full show notes at  schoolofpodcasting.com/808 QUESTION OF THE MONTH I need your answer before 1/28/22 Picture yourself in a podcast app in front of a podcast you might actually enjoy. Think of this experience and comment on it. What caught your eye? Is the description important? Do you subscribe? or "Cherry Pick" episodes. Do you ever subscribe/Follow? As we all want more followers/subscribers (and yes we know most of us find our podcasts via word of mouth), BUT when you're in an app, (I realize this is kind of vague), but what goes through your mind before you press either play or subscribe/follow? Don't forget to tell us a little bit about your show, and your website address. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE Episode 756 14 Steps to Start a Successful Podcast in 2021 Three Different Types of Reviews to get some constructive feedback. Join the School of Podcasting and get started in the RIGHT direction. Check out my free course at www.learnpodpage.com  PodPage is the best way to make a great looking website for your show  without any coding. Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have

Mon, December 27, 2021

My Favorite Podcast (and WHY) 2021 Edition

Since episode 388 2013 , I've been asking my audio what is your ONE FAVORITE podcast (and yes, I know it's hard to pick just one) but more importantly WHY is it your favorite? Steve Stewart loves the Stacking Benjamins Show I interview Steve and Mark Deal on 752 about the Podcast Editor Academy York from Poetic Earthlings likes the Matt Walsh Show show. Chris Lewis from the Dads with Daughters podcast loves The Real Brian Show . I interview Brian back on episode 449 Glenn from the Coaching Kids Curling Podcast loves the Dave Chang Show .  If you're a person of color LISTEN TO EPISODE 806 Kim Newlove of the Pharmacists Voice loves the School of Podcasting ( especially 779 on Reviews, and 792 when you die) Louis Goodman of Live the Lawyer loves the Trials of Frank Carson  Scott Johnson from <a title="What Was That Like?" href= "https://whatwasthatlike.com/" target="_b

Mon, December 20, 2021

Look What Podcasters Can Adopt from Every Horrible, Hallmark Christmas Movies

Hallmark Holiday Movies get a lot of flack because they are predictable, cheesy, corny, and more or less if you've seen one - you've seen them all.  YES THERE ARE LESSONS TO BE LEARNED Do you know why all Hallmark Movies are the same? Well, do you know why all AC/DC songs sound the same (or Chuck Berry). Ever listen to an episode of Dave Ramsey?  They found a format that works, and consequently, they stay with it until that format doesn't work. Why are there so many Friday the 13th movies? Because they were profitable. That goes for many movie franchises. When you find a winning format - stick with it. Monitor how it resonates with your audience and if they love it, keep doing it.  TWEAKING A FORMAT WITHOUT LOSING YOUR SOUL My cousin said, "I know what I'm getting with a Hallmark movie. I don't worry about swearing, nudity, violence, etc. It's a trustworthy holiday movie where everyone feels good when it's over.  So Hallmark saw that the "formula" worked but they could grow their audience through diversity. They've added movies with people of color.  As a middle-aged white guy, I never knew what it was like to see a movie or TV show and not look like the people on screen. The success of the Black Panther Movie, Blackish, Hamilton, and other forms of entertainment that had a different slant found an underserved audience.  With this, I beg you people of color, and people of all shapes, sizes, sex, and whatever makes you - YOU. There are people who are tired of hearing about a subject from a middle-aged white guy and would love to hear about your subject from your point of view that includes your influence and heritage.  The Missing Piece in Your Podcast Puzzle I see people saying this like, "I've tried everything but my show isn't growing." To this I say, "Everything?"  It turns out when I reach out to the last three people who said this NONE of them had taken the steps to get an objective view of their show. This is like: Wondering why your restaurant isn't growing when you never got feedback on your feed.  Wondering why your clothing line isn't selling when you never did a focus group of your target buyer.  If you need some help, I can give you feedback . Currently, in the School of Podcasting , this is a free service.  QUESTION OF THE MONTH II need your answer by 12/24/21. The question is "What is your favorite Podcast and why?".  Please provide: The name of the show The website (if you know it - very helpful) What the show is about WHY YOU LIKE IT - Go as long as you want. Be sure to tell us the name of your podcast, your website, and a little bit about

Mon, December 13, 2021

Why I Absolutely Still Distrust Anchor.fm (New Reasons)

I was talking to someone who said how "Flexible" Anchor/fm was (owned by Spotify). When I hear stuff like this I often wonder "WHAT IS YOUR SOURCE?" I did a video a while ago when there were some serious issues with Anchor that most people were overlooking (hey! it's free!).  Today I just feel moved to let you know that YES, I do not recommend Anchor, but for NEW reasons.  LINKS Episode 805 Full Show Notes Podcast Quick Start Monthly Membership Learn Podpage Free Course Profit From Your Podcast NoteTracks - Music/Podcast Feedback Tool Recovery Coast to Coast Podcast What Was That Like Podcast Buy Dave a Coffee Episode 793 on Media Hosts TOPICS COVERED: 03:01  Update on Tascam 03:49  Good Customer Service 06:28  Submit Your Favorite Podcast 07:32  learnpodpage.com 08:06  Why I Don't Recommend Anchor.fm 32:22  New Feedback Tool 35:23  Atta Boy To Neil and Scott Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, December 06, 2021

15 Insightful Tips For Podcasters From Watching the Beatles Get Back

Thanks to an older brother and sister, I was born a Beatles fan. When I watched the six-hour documentary Get Back I saw tip after tip that podcasters could benefit from.  Ready To Start Your Podcast? You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start Because of My Podcast Andy Driscoll of inebri-art.com shares how he is going to get to go to a tradeshow for his podcast and record live on the floor. The show is picking up his hotel expenses. Who doesn't love a trip to vegas? New Free Course From the School of Podcasting: Learn Podpage Podpage is a great tool to make a great-looking website for your podcast without knowing any coding. I've made a top to bottom course of this great tool and made it available for free. See www.learnpodpage.com 15 Lessons From The Beatles 02:09  Because of My Podcast: Andy Driscoll 06:13  Free Course learnpodpage.com 07:45  Lessons from the Beatles Opening 09:19  Practice, Practice, Practice 10:32  Get Objective Feedback 11:44  Your Environment Matters 14:48  Set Realistic Goals to Avoid Burnout 17:15  Going Live Requires Practice 18:07  Everyone Needs to Feel Heard 19:44  Chemistry is Important 21:58  Be on Time 22:43  Be Inspired By Others 24:03  Capture Your Ideas 24:56  Get Out Of Your Comfort Zone 26:13  Editing is a Good Thing 30:32  Money Changes Everything 31:26  Don't Let Yoko Sing QUESTION OF THE MONTH II need your answer by 12/24/21. The question is "What is your favorite Podcast and why?".  Please provide: The name of the show The website (if you know it - very helpful) What the show is about WHY YOU LIKE IT - Go as long as you want. Be sure to tell us the name of your podcast, your website, and a little bit about your show. Please answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Tascam Mixcast 4 Nightmare I bought a <a title="Tascam Mixcast 4" href= "https://supportthisshow.com/mixcast4" target="_blank" rel= "n

Mon, November 29, 2021

Honestly, How Long Does it Take to Create an Amazing Podcast Episode?

For years I've told people THE BEST ratio I've ever achieved is 4 TO 1 when it comes to making a podcast episode. In other words, a 15-minute podcast will take an hour.  I asked my audience how long it took them from idea to pressing publish. They shared their workflow and the amount of time spent per episode.  If you'd rather outsource your editing, check out my team. Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start Sponsor: Novel Marketing Podcast A lot of podcasters plan to write a book but they don't know where to start. Our sponsor the Novel Marketing Podcast is here to help. Thomas Umstattd Jr is a wealth of knowledge and he can get you going in the right direction. Today we talk about the 10 commandments of book publishing . Check out https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author Mentioned In This Episode  Learn How You Can Help Others by Sharing Your Abilities with Glenn Hebert - 802 20 Tips to Immediately Speed Up Your Podcast Production No Matter the Budget - 801 Contributors Steve from Stevestewart.me and the Podcast Editors Academy (and the podcast editors club on Facebook Kim from The Pharmacist's Voice Zita - <a title="Moon River Rituals" href= "h

Mon, November 22, 2021

Learn How You Can Help Others by Sharing Your Abilities with Glenn Hebert

Today we look at how two entertainment icons had MORE success AFTER they quit trying to be something they weren't and decided to be themselves.  Glenn Hebert runs the Horse Radio Network . When he started his podcast he had 12 downloads. He didn't quit, and 2800 episodes later he shares some powerful feedback from his audience. Glenn had no idea he would have this effect on people, and you can do the same thing.  Let me help you start a podcast.  QUESTION OF THE MONTH II need your answer by 10/26/21. How long does it take you to go from idea to clicking publish on an episode? Be sure to mention the name of your show, the website, and a little bit about your show.  Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Sponsor: Novel Marketing Podcast A lot of podcasters plan to write a book but they don't know where to start. Our sponsor the Novel Marketing Podcast is here to help. Thomas Umstattd Jr is a wealth of knowledge and he can get you going in the right direction. Today we talk about the 10 commandments of book publishing . Check out https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE Horse Radio Network Headline Studio ( Here is a quick Headline Studio Overview Video ) Dave's Podcast Editing Service Sure SM7B on Sale! Shure MV7 and MV7X " Joe Rogan Video " Profit From Your Podcast Book <a title="Dave's Newsletter" href= "https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/

Mon, November 15, 2021

20 Tips To immediately Speed up Your Podcast Production

If you are looking to speed up your podcast production, then this episode is for you. I have compiled 20 tips that will help you take the stress out of producing a quality audio file in a timely manner. From planning to editing, here are some quick tricks that will make your podcast shine!  Sponsor: Novel Marketing Podcast A lot of podcasters plan to write a book but they don't know where to start. Our sponsor the Novel Marketing Podcast is here to help. Thomas Umstattd Jr is a wealth of knowledge and he can get you going in the right direction. Today we talk about the 10 commandments of book publishing . Check out https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author Mentioned In This Episode School of Podcasting Quick Start School of Podcasting Membership Freedom Software Todoist Evernote Fiverr Workspace Accounting Software Text Expander Otter.ai transcription Service Zapier Automation Will Smith Book First Things First book ( Free book on Audible ) Descript Software Libsyn.com Media Host (sopfree promo code) <a title="Captivate" href=

Mon, November 08, 2021

Revealing Secrets from 800 Episodes - Keeping Your Sanity While Podcasting

We hear of podcasters getting these big deals for big bucks, and congratulations to all. However, this is not the norm. Just because you start a podcast does not mean you will end up like Rich Uncle Pennybag from Monopoly. If you're a regular listener you've heard me mention how I received a 10-minute voicemail, and one of the points of that voicemail was that maybe we all have some slightly blurry expectations when it comes to podcasting (and in their case how long it takes to create one). Today is my 800th episode and like all of my milestone episodes, I'm going to break my format, and not talk so much about gear, downloads, promotion, interviews, etc and instead I want to talk about some of the more stressful sides of podcasting. Mentioned In This Episode Full Show Notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/800 My first episode from 2005 Book: Profit From Your Podcast School of Podcasting Besties in Bed Affordable Podcast Editing The Grief Recovery Handbook National Suicide Prevention Lifeline at 800-273-8255 Question of the Month: How Long Does It Take You to Create an Episode - SURVEY This 60-minute podcast took 8 hours to create from idea to pressing publish. We all know podcasting can take more time than we thought. I'd love to hear how long it took to go from "Idea to Publish" for your last episode. You can answer at  www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question  Need Help With Your Podcast? Here is a list of ways you can work with me. Want to support the show, but feel you don't need the School of Podcasting? Consider becoming a Patron. Also, this show is equipped with the value for value model. You can stream bitcoin using the apps at www.newpodcastapps.com If none of those float your boat, <a href= "https://www.buymeacoffee.com/dave

Mon, November 01, 2021

They See You Before They Hear You Podcast Branding With Mark Des Cotes

For a lot of people, podcasting is just a hobby. They think it's fun to talk about their favorite topics and share them with the world. But for some, podcasting can be so much more than that! It can become a business or even an income source. If you've been thinking about starting your own podcast, here are some tips on how to brand your show like a pro: For entrepreneurs who want to start their own businesses and use podcasts as part of their marketing strategy, branding is important; especially when considering how unique each individual business should be in order to stand out among its competitors. If you're looking for ways on how to brand your show like a professional podcaster, keep reading at https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/799 Sponsor: Novel Marketing Podcast A lot of podcasters plan to write a book but they don't know where to start. Our sponsor the Novel Marketing Podcast is here to help. Thomas Umstattd Jr is a wealth of knowledge and he can get you going in the right direction. Today we talk about the 10 commandments of book publishing . Check out https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author Question of the Month  Many podcasters (especially new ones ) are surprised at how long it takes to create an episode. So this month's question is "How long did it take you to go from idea to published (not promotional actions just the planning, recording, editing, and publishing). Be sure to mention your website, your podcast, and a little bit about what to expect. Then let us know how long your finished episode was, how much time it took to publish, and if it was audio, video or both.  Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question by November 26th If you want something to help track your time check out Rescue Time , Toggl Track , ATracker Pro , Rize (there are a ton of these) Again, <a title= "Question of the Month - How Long Did it Take to Create an Episode?" href="https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question" target

Mon, October 25, 2021

Does the Audience Need to Hear Your Guests ENTIRE Backstory?

You tell me that your guest is a master of (skill) and I'm ready to hear about (skill), but first, you make me listen to where he went to high school, and his entire backstory while all I want to talk about is how he can help me boost (skill).  So for me the "tell me about yourself" drives me nuts. I asked my audience, "Am I missing something? and they answered (and in some cases I am).  Full show notes at schoolofpodcasting.com/798 Thanks To The Contributors Scott from What Was That Like? Max from Aviation New Talk Louis from Love Thy Lawyer Bill From the Stroke Cast Mark from the History of North America November Question of the Month As you produce episodes between now and November 26th, 2021 pay attention (and even track) how long it takes you to go from Ideas to pressing "Publish" on your media host (this does NOT include promotion). As always feel free to record a message and say something like, "Hey Dave this is (name) from (name of the show) at (website) my episode was (length of the episode) and it took me (time from idea to publishing). You can find more about my show at (website). If you'd like, I've even made a spreadsheet where you can enter Name of Podcast (not episode - the podcast) The length of the finished episode (in minutes). The time spent (in minutes) to complete the episode If it was solo, co-host, interview. If there is video was involved. You can answer your question at  schoolofpodcasting.com/question Mentioned In This Episode White Collared Podcast Affordable Audio Editing atracker time tracking app Rescue Time EP766 <a title= "How to Get Booked on Podcas

Mon, October 18, 2021

What Podcasters Can Learn From Squid Game

The new series Squid Game on Netflix shot to number 1 in four days. I watched episode 1 and immediately binged the whole thing. This is a  very popular show and has become Netflix's best launch. Let's pick it apart and see what podcasters can learn from the success of Squid Game. Sponsor: Novel Marketing Podcast A lot of podcasters plan to write a book but they don't know where to start. Our sponsor the Novel Marketing Podcast is here to help. Thomas Umstattd Jr is a wealth of knowledge and he can get you going in the right direction. Check out https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author QUESTION OF THE MONTH II need your answer by 10/22/21. The question is "How do you feel about hearing a guest's FULL story?" Be sure to mention the name of your show, the website, and a little bit about your show.  Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Key Points: 78% of podcasters are discovered vis word of mouth ( Jacobs Media 2019) It's not perfect It got editing before it was released The first episode really hooks you in. You don't get the back story until episode 2 People can identify with the characters What is going to happen next? The audience boosted FOMO Netflix took a chance Sometimes The Audience Doesn’t Know What They Want Until They Get it. So Don’t give up. It might take 10 years It doesn’t have to be perfect Start with the strongest content you have Tease your next episode and leave them wanting more Make materials for your audience to share on social Be patient, and continue to improve your content Inspire and ask for word of mouth WEBINAR NEXT WEEK: APPLE PODCASTS CONNECT Sign up HERE Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: <

Mon, October 11, 2021

Common Podcast Mistakes III (and other Podcast BS)

As someone who works in the podcast space, and spends hours hanging out in the community there are things I see that make me scratch my head. There are EASY things to do that will help you grow your audience.  Sponsor: Novel Marketing Podcast A lot of podcasters plan to write a book but they don't know where to start. Our sponsor the Novel Marketing Podcast is here to help. Thomas Umstattd Jr is a wealth of knowledge and he can get you going in the right direction. Check out https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author Check out the 10 commandments of book marketing Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start Common Podcasting Mistakes That Slow Your Audience Growth 02:28  Get a Domain at Least It can be through Name Cheap , or Coolerwebsites , but BUY a domain for your show. Yes, its icing on the cake, but isn't icing the best part? 05:20  Bad Clips to Start Your Show Instead of spending mountains of time to have people jump into the middle of a conversation, why not just tell people why you're excited about a guest? 10:55  The Start of Your Show Remember Apple has a giant LISTEN button now and people will hear the beginning of your show. Don't blow it with "Music for the sake of nothing" and let them know where they are about to go. 15:54  Follow and Subscribe You want people to listen more than once. Don't make them find you. Give them links like this: Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - <a title= "The School of Podcasting on Google Podcasts"

Mon, October 04, 2021

Taking a Break and Coming Back From Your Podcast

There are times when I feel podcasters over-think things, and one of them is "How do I come back if I take an unplanned break?" It's not a whole lot different than starting a podcast from scratch (except it's easier). Sponsor: Novel Marketing Podcast A lot of podcasters plan to write a book but they don't know where to start. Our sponsor the Novel Marketing Podcast is here to help. Thomas Umstattd Jr is a wealth of knowledge and he can get you going in the right direction. Check out https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author Mentioned In This Podcast Eric Nuzum interview Make Noise: A Creator's Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling Book FULL SHOW NOTES QUESTION OF THE MONTH I need your answer by 10/22/21. The question is "How do you feel about hearing a guest's FULL story?" Be sure to mention the name of your show, the website, and a little bit about your show.  Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question TOPICS 00:00  Introduction 00:27  Welcome 01:14  Taking Breaks From Your Podcast: Don't 03:34  It's Your Choice 04:10  Things You Should Consider 05:07  Using Seasons 06:34  Off Seasons May Not Be Off 07:39  How I Don't Miss Episodes 08:31  Consistency in VALUE over Schedule 09:57  I Really Need To Take a Break 10:34  The Best Way to Take a Break: PLAN IT 11:23  Figure Out When You're Coming Back 12:28  Keep Your Listener Informed 13:56  SPONSOR: Novel Marketing Podcast 15:11  Unplug If That Is the Goal 16:21  Identify Why You Need a Break 17:13  Make Your Last Episode a GREAT Episode 18:03  No Explanation Needed 20:52  Losing Listeners Is Not More Important 21:21  Relaunching Your Podcast 22:00  Is Taking a Break More Work? 22:35  Have Episodes Recorded and Ready 23:15  Quick Summary So Far 23:55  Other Things to Consider 24:50  Best of Shows 25:33  Where to Announce Your Hiatus? 26:24  Avoid Podfading 27:55  The Biggest Mistake 30:35  Resurrecting a Podfaded Show 33:54   libsyn.com promo code sopfree 34:31  Question of the Month 35:44  One Tip to Making Podcasting Easier 37:12  If You Need a Break From Life 38:

Bonus · Mon, September 27, 2021

What Inspires People To Tell a Friend?

Today is a "Question of the Month" episode where we share something we recommended and WHY. We look at the strategy of dripping content to keep people wanting to know what happens next ( the Zeigarnik effect ). Sponsor: Novel Marketing Podcast A lot of podcasters plan to write a book but they don't know where to start. Our sponsor the Novel Marketing Podcast is here to help. Thomas Umstattd Jr is a wealth of knowledge and he can get you going in the right direction. Check out https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author Participants Matt from The Author Inside You Scott from What Was That Like? Jennifer Bourbon Barrel Podcasting Timothy from Podwrecked and Create Art Podcast Haley from Adoptees On Jerry from Beyond the Rut Mark from the History of North America Wayne from the Packer's Fan Podcast , and Media Voice Overs. Fred from Grump Old Bears MENTIONED IN THIS PODCAST Podcast Rodeo Show Dumb People With Terrible Ideas Social Media Marketing Podcast Project Hail Mary <a title="Samson Q

Mon, September 20, 2021

Understanding Podcast Hosting Features

Every Facebook has the question, "where should I host my podcast" about six times a day and every response gets about 17 replies. I realize that question is sometimes confused by the different features, and business plans so this episode is here to help you understand podcast hosting companies. Sponsor: Novel Marketing Podcast A lot of podcasters plan to write a book but they don't know where to start. Our sponsor the Novel Marketing Podcast is here to help. Thomas Umstattd Jr is a wealth of knowledge and he can get you going in the right direction. Check out https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author QUESTION OF THE MONTH I need your answer by 9/24/21. The question is "What was the last thing you shared and why?" Be sure to mention the name of your show, the website and a little bit about your show.  Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Mentioned in This Episode Libsyn.com (use the coupon sopfree) Captivate.fm Blubrry.com Podbean.com Castos.com Buzzsprout.com Transistor.fm Redcircle.com Fireside.fm Anchor.fm IAB Guidelines Full Show Notes Topics: 01:52  Question of the Month 02:28  Novel Marketing 03:46  Does One Media Host Deliver More Downloads? 08:58  IAB Statistics 10:37  Are IAB Stats Important? 12:22  Will Switching Hosts Bring More Downloads? 13:12  Storage 14:14  Downloads 15:22  What Kindof Stats? 16:23  Demographic Data? 17:08  Podcast Website 18:28  Private Podcasts 18:57  Dynamic Ad Insertion 20:47  Support 21:32  Transcripts 21:54  Audiograms 22:24  Media Hosting B

Mon, September 13, 2021

What Happens To Your Podcast When You Die?

This weekend was the 20th anniversary of 911 in the United States. I recently had a slight health scare, so I brought on a friend of the show Gordon Firemark to answer the question, "What happens to your podcast if you die." We also get the last report from Glenn Hebert as he winds up his tour to meet his audience. I also am trying something new with my book Profit From Your Podcast.  Sponsor: Novel Marketing Podcast A lot of podcasters plan to write a book but they don't know where to start. Our sponsor the Novel Marketing Podcast is here to help. Thomas Umstattd Jr is a wealth of knowledge and he can get you going in the right direction. Check out https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author What Happens After You Publish Your First Episode Today I talk about School of Podcasting student Mark Hasara who has a great background as a speaker, author and pilot but was still nervous to release his first episode.  When he released it he was amazed at how many downloads he received. We mention " The Feed " from Libsyn which shares industry stats. Currently, 50% of podcasters get less than 131 downloads per episode, and 50% get more.  What Happens to Your Podcast if You Die? I talk with Gordon Firemark about what happens to your podcast if you die. While we all plan to be around much longer, taking the time to designate what happens to your show if you are no longer able to continue (or if you're dead). This is an awkward conversation to have with people, but you should be planning your estate as well, so don't forget your podcast (and dog) when you create directions on what to do with your show.  You might check out the book, " I'm dead, now what ?" on Amazon For more information about Gordon see thepodcastlawyer.com Glenn's Reflections on His Tour Glenn "The Geek" Hebert is from the Horse Radio Network. He went on a five-week tour with thousands of miles ac

Mon, September 06, 2021

Is It Time To Sell Your Knowledge In an Online Course?

Mellisa Guller has experience as a marketing manager, a project manager, an online course designer (she worked at Teachable), as well as a podcast producer, host, and podcast teacher. We take a DEEP DIVE into planning and launching an online course. SPONSOR: Novel Marketing A lot of podcasters plan to write a book but they don't know where to start. Our sponsor the Novel Marketing Podcast is here to help. Thomas Umstattd Jr is a wealth of knowledge and he can get you going in the right direction. Check out https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author Building Digital Courses with Mellisa Guller Today I get all your questions answered about building and selling an online course:  06:04  When is the right time to build a course? 09:01  How Long Should My Course Be? 11:19  Common Mistakes 13:13  What are the Top Challenges? 20:50  Open or Closed Model? 26:23  The Underutilized Feature in Teachable 27:27  What Do I Charge For My Online Course 32:59  Should I Have Free Lessons? 35:37  What Percentage of My Audience Will Sign Up? 39:38  Why is the Number So Low? 41:04  Why Did You Choose Circle? Melissa's Contact Info Check out all of her courses and services at  witandwire.com Instagram Twitter Pinterest Question of the Month I need you to answer the question, "What was the last thing you shared, and why?" Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question by 9/24/21 and be sure to tell us about your show and where we can find it (your website). Ready To Start Your Podcast? You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned in This Episode <a title="Profit from Your Podcast Book" href

Mon, August 30, 2021

How Do You Define Podcast Success?

I asked my audience "Do you need to be a celebrity to achieve podcast success?" and they chimed in. You need to know your WHY, and you need to define SUCCESS.  SPONSOR: Podpage Podpage is the easiest way to build a website for your podcast that looks great without having to learn a bunch of technology. It's super easy to have a website in 5 minutes. Try it for free at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage   Participants In This Episode The History of North America - Mark What Was That Like? - Scott Johnson Permanent Record Studios in Austin - Mike Film Spotting Childless Not By Choice - Civilia Morgan Dave's appearance on Childless Not by Choice The Author Inside You - Matt Dave's Appearance on The Author Inside You The Relaxed Dog - Robert Ober Tourpreneur - Shane Whaley.  Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - <a title= "The School of Podcasting on Amazon Music and Audible" href= "https://music.amazon.c

Mon, August 23, 2021

Danielle Desir is Building a Deeper Engagement in a Facebook Group Alternative

Today Danielle Desir built up a sizeable Facebook group and after trying multiple strategies to have the group pay for itself, SHE MOVED AWAY FROM FACEBOOK.  SPONSOR: Podpage Podpage is the easiest way to build a website for your podcast that looks great without having to learn a bunch of technology. It's super easy to have a website in 5 minutes. Try it for free at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage   Danielle is the host of the Thought Card podcast and one of the founders of the Women of Color Podcasters . In addition to being a podcaster, she's also is an Author, Podcast Coach, Freelance Writer and more.  Today We Find Out The happy accident that was the start of the WOC Podcasters group. The multiple ways she attempted to monetize. Her thoughts about the "hot leads" from Facebook. Why she moved to Circle , and her favorite features. How she stayed sane running a group of 4000+ people. How she has expanded the group since moving off of Facebook. We get insight into her 17 different streams of income. Because of her podcast she is QUITTING HER DAY JOB! Glenn The Geek Road Report Glenn has recorded a few episodes on the road this week, and at one point was in the parking lot of a liquor store to get good wi-fi. He is getting great feedback from his audience, and seeing the products that people have purchased after hearing it on his show.  Glenn then has the customer record a testimonial about the product and sends it to the sponsor (this should make it easy to renew their contract as Glenn has audible proof that advertising on his show works).  Check out Gleen at www.horseradionetwork.com Question of the Month I need your answers by 8/27/21 at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Can you achieve podcasting success without being a celebrity?  (Be sure to mention your show and website) Share your thoughts. Leading the Bleeding ( A Journey Podcast) I start a new  strictly hobby podcast that will help me understand more about earning Bitcoin with your podcast. See www.value4value.io for more information. So far I've earned

Mon, August 16, 2021

Should My Podcast Be an LLC?

We have many topics this week. If your app uses chapters you can jump to the next subject. We are talking about becoming an LLC SPONSOR: Podpage Podpage is the easiest way to build a website for your podcast that looks great without having to learn a bunch of technology. It's super easy to have a website in 5 minutes. Try it for free at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage   Mentioned In This Episode Create an LLC Zoom Podtrak P4 Recorder/Interface/Mixer Show Notes Summit My Gear My Podcast Reviews QR Code Creation Video Podpage (create your podcast website in minutes) Give Back Value For the Show No Agenda Show Rich Dad Poor Dad (free book on Audible ) Deb Shepherd Podcast Horse Radio Network New Podcast Apps TOPICS 00:00  Put it Back in the Oven 01:28  Intro 02:05  Because of My Podcast: 10,000 Donation 04:49  Mailbag: Discovery Revisited 09:59  Why Did My Show Stop Growing 12:13  You Never Know Who Is Listening 14:29  SPONSOR Podpage 16:37  Should I Create an LLC? 28:05  Glen The Geek IN MY STUDIO 36:16  Podcast Yearbook

Mon, August 09, 2021

New Survey Sheds Light on Content Creator Monetization Efforts

Many entrepreneurs say they are unemployable, well Joe Pulizzi  (of Content Inc ) has a new company called The Tilt ( We’re Turning Content Creators into Content Entrepreneurs)  just published The unconventionals . It's a report based on 1400 Content Entrepreneurs and what it takes to build a successful content business . SPONSOR: Podpage Podpage is the easiest way to build a website for your podcast that looks great without having to learn a bunch of technology. It's super easy to have a website in 5 minutes. Try it for free at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage   Lessons From the Car When I was driving doing 75 mph in my Toyota Camry, if you're guest is using their built-in microphone I couldn't understand what they were saying. Also, just like a GPS that is constantly looking for more efficient ways to get you to your destination, your podcast operates the same way. As you listen to your audience, you can steer your show to success. It Turns Out People Are Listening... In attending an event where my audience is (Podcast Movement 2021), I ran into a few people who listen to my show. I ran into Peter Ferioli of the Music Podcast Network , Riki Rachtman from MTV's the Headbanger Ball ( who now has his own podcasts ). While it feeds your ego, you also have the opportunity to get instant feedback on your show. This is always amazing to get feedback, and you actually see that  people are listening to you . Glenn The Geek HRN Tour Report Glenn is going on a five-week 3200-mile tour including 14 states, 12 meetups, 1 wedding, to meet his listeners. he is staying at listener farms and campgrounds.  Glenn is loving the Zoom Podtrak P4  and using four Samson Q2U microphones . He is recording into the P4 and also uses <a title= "Hindenburg Journalist" href="https://hindenburg.com/" target= "_blank"

Mon, August 02, 2021

What Makes This Podcast Great? Jordan Harbinger Edition

While you can learn from other people's mistakes, you can also learn from other's successes. Jordan Harbinger has been on the show multiple times. He first shared what was working for him back on episode 402 and he had left his career as a lawyer. He was uber transparent on episode 618  on starting his new show. When I heard episode 540 of the Jordan Harbinger Show, I had to reach out to Jordan and say how awesome it was. As I looked at the show/episode deeper ( and his website ) there are a ton of strategies to learn from.  SPONSOR: Podpage Podpage is the easiest way to build a website for your podcast that looks great without having to learn a bunch of technology. It's super easy to have a website in 5 minutes. Try it for free at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage   Lessons Learned Jordan promotes what you missed, and let's you know what's coming. His opening tease made me want to hear more without "spoiling" the episode. His fluid transition of his guest left me (again) wanting to hear more.  Jordan has created starter packs to get new listeners to the best stuff quickly. Jordan does the work. He reads the book, watches the movie, etc. He does the research for his guest, and consequently asks the best questions that lead to great stories.  His guest had a great story AND could tell it. (Example, actors are skilled at reading other people's words and may not be a great interview).  He makes points by sharing insights into his life. He put his sponsors in the episode AND on his " Deals " page. This (probably) results in more sales, and makes it easy to share He explains WHY you should go to his website. He has blog posts that are long (to attract Google) and are very well written. These also have links to his episodes. HE can then mention this on his episodes which is another reason to check out the website. While his primary income is sponsors, he also has a page of all the books from his g

Mon, July 26, 2021

What Would You Miss If You Had to Stop Podcasting?

What would happen if some life event happened and you couldn't podcast anymore? What would you miss the most?  SPONSOR: Podpage Podpage is the easiest way to build a website for your podcast that looks great without having to learn a bunch of technology. It's super easy to have a website in 5 minutes. Try it for free at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage   Mentioned In This Episode Kris and Kristine Show The White Collared Podcast Foster Care: An Unparalleled Journey The Pharmacists Voice What Was That Like? History of North America Marriage Advice From the Divorced Guy Logitech C920 Elgato Facecam Sone VZ-1 Elgato Key Lights No Agenda Show Podcasting 2.0 New Podcast Apps   Podcasting Can Bring You Out Of Your Shell Podcasting is great for introverts as you get to meet thousands of people without meeting thousands of people. You can then meet the like-minded people you attract, and eventually, get up enough nerve to meet people you have nothing in common with. You Don't Need to Buy Top-Notch Uber Expensive Gear If you wait to star

Mon, July 19, 2021

What Amazing Tips You Can Learn From the Beatles and Kiss To Grow Your Podcast Like a Rock Star

The formula for many successful musicians is to take their influences and mix them into something new and unique. I recently watched a few documentaries, and as a musician, I'm a bit of a nerd when it comes to music history, especially around rock and roll, and today I've got some great stories that can help your podcast. SPONSOR: Podpage Podpage is the easiest way to build a website for your podcast that looks great without having to learn a bunch of technology. It's super easy to have a website in 5 minutes. Try it for free at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage   Rockstar Lessons From the Beatles and Kiss Start with your why Same but different Sharpen your axes Make your show hard to copy Sacrifices will be made Friendly competition is good Don't promote until your audience says its good Get people talking about you Money changes everything Don't be bored I think the item that really made me go "Whoa!" was the Beatles having the option to come to the US, and they postponed it until they had a hit. Likewise, Kiss walking out on a record deal as the music wasn't right. Podcast Rewind I've been interviewed on the following podcasts: Monetization Nation Talk about Talk Podcast Question of the Month What would you miss the most if you have to quit podcasting? I need your answer by 7/23/21 Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Ready To Start Your Podcast? You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned In This Episode McCartney 3, 2, 1 on Hulu <a title="Kisstory on A & E" href= "https://play.ae

Mon, July 12, 2021

Is Podcast Success Only For Celebrities?

"Is podcast success only for celebrities?" This is a question many podcasters ask themselves after they start their podcast and find out how much work it really takes to make it successful. Listeners don't care if you're an established celebrity or not. They want good content. Full episode description at  www.schoolofpodcasting.com/783 Ready to Get Into the Arena With a Podcast? I would love to help you get a professional-sounding, super targeted, extra-engaging podcast off the ground. Let me take my 16 years of podcasting experience to help you avoid the common pitfalls. Come work with me .  Enjoy the Podcast But Don't Need My Services? I've provided value, you can provide value here . SPONSOR: Podpage If you want a great-looking website for your podcast, quit trying to squeeze a podcast into a template for something that is not a podcast. Quit trying to learn Javascript. You get get a great-looking website for your podcast in 5 minutes. You can try it for free at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage Mentioned In This Episode Podpage Learn Podpage (for free) Joe Rogan's first live stream Joe Rogan Interviews Adam Curry No Agenda Show , Mike Rowe - What Not How Episode Paris Hilton Podcast New Media Show Jerry Seinfeld Video Guitar Speak Podcast Join the School of Podcasting Book a Podcast Strategy Call Buy Me a Coffee <a href= "https://www.schoolofpodcast

Fri, July 09, 2021

Bob Staggenborg - Nature Guys

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Fri, July 09, 2021

David Greenwalt

Fri, July 09, 2021

David Hooper -Red Podcast

Fri, July 09, 2021

Dr. Nina - Win the Diet War

Fri, July 09, 2021

Kim Newlove the Pharmacists Voice

Fri, July 09, 2021

James Rose Testimonial

Mon, July 05, 2021

Why Did I Get This Feedback?

Two Ways To Learn Things You can learn from your mistakes and do less of those. You can also look at anything that worked well and do more of that.  This week I talk about episode 780 with Adam Curry . I had more people connect with me to say, "Hey, I really liked that interviewed" and I started asking them WHY? What made it stick out? Today I share their answers.  SPONSOR: Podpage Podpage makes it super easy to make a website for your podcast without a giant amount of technical know-how. There is no need to cram a podcast into a theme made for a restaurant on Squarespace, a personal trainer on Wix, or the nightmares that are WordPress themes and plugin conflicts. Podpage is made based on podcaster feedback for podcasters!. You can try it for free at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage Mentioned In This Episode Marc Maron Interviews Quentin Tarantino Podcasting 2.0 and the Podcast Index My Interview With Adam Curry Paul Colligan Glen the Geek Spark Christian Podcast Conference A Time For Horses Power of Podcasting Network (All of Dave's Podcasting Shows) Profit From Your Podcast (Dave's Book) Join The School of Podcasting Schedule a Podcast Strategy Meeting Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you

Mon, June 28, 2021

ATTITUDE: Joe Saul-Sehy's Secret Weapon to Podcast Success

Today we hear part 2 of my conversation with Joe from Stacking Benjamins ( Hear Part 1 ) comes back to talk about joining Westwood One, why he has a coach and his attitude towards making his show better.  SPONSOR: Podpage Have you tried Podpage ? Podpage makes it super easy to make a website for your podcast. You don't need any technical knowledge. Just put in your RSS feed from your media host, and Podpage does the rest. You can try it for free for seven days - no credit card required. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage TOPICS: 00:00 Gordon the Guided Missile 03:00 Welcome to the Show QUESTION OF THE MONTH 04:38 Podcasting Pet Peeves 04:54 York from Poetic Earthlings 06:59 Seth - Geekville Radio 08:53 Dan - Based on a True Story IS YOUR PODCAST GOOD? 11:33 Most Haters Just Leave 14:41 Do You REALLY Want Advice? 16:01 Before You Buy Facebook Ads 16:44 How to Not Feel SALESY 18:30 SPONSOR: Podpage JOE'S AMAZING ATTITUDE 20:40 Joe From Stackingbenjamins.com 21:12 Why Did Joe Join a Network? 24:20 "Messing" with his content? 25:54 Why Does Someone Successful Need a Coach? 27:27 What Innovations Did You Do? 31:04 How Joe Inspires You To Listen to the Ads 32:31 Knowledge is Powerful When Acted Upon 34:26 Being Everywhere 35:54 Great Points: recap GET MORE OF JOE Stacking Benjamins Podcast Pre-order his book, " Stacked: Your Super-Serious Guide to Modern Money Management "  YOUR ATTITUDE 36:55 It Doesn't Have to Be Perfect 38:41 2 Quick Quotes JULY QUESTION OF THE MONTH 40:18 July Question of the M

Mon, June 21, 2021

Preserving podcasting as a platform for free speech. Adam Curry and Podcasting 2.0

Today I am blessed to interview the man who helped invent podcasting. Many people know him from his time as a VJ on MTV but there is so much more to Adam than his leather jacket and golden locks of hair. Born in Va but moved to the Netherlands when he was 7. He built his first transistor radio when he was 15, and by 16 was a station announcer for a hospital. He later worked on Dutch Pirate Radio, and Radio Decibel in Amsterdam. He's also worked part-time in a computer store where he built his own modem. Yes, he was on MTV as a DJ from 1987-1994. Seeing the power of the Internet he started OnRamp which turned into Think New Ideas. 1996 Adam Curry served as CTO of Think New Ideas. He built websites for Budweiser, bud light, and put together the first Live Stream of the Grammys. (the sponsor was one of the first digital cameras). Podshow (a podcast network, later renamed Mevio) was launched 2004 to 2014. It focused on selling ads for a cast of podcasters. In 2005  hosted a show on Sirius Satelite Radio that spotlighted podcasts. In 2007 he launched the No Agenda Show with John C Divorak which uses the value for value model. He's part pirate, part broadcaster, part nerd, and part businessman, he's the Podfather, and today we are talking podcasting 2.0 SPONSOR: Podpage If you are a person who understands that having a website for your podcast is important but doesn't have a clue how to build one. You hate WordPress, and found Squarespace confusing, you can build a beautiful podcast website in five minutes (just enter your RSS feed and Podpage does the rest). See www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage Topics Covered With Adam: The problem with podcasting networks ( 7:20) The history of the No Agenda Show (14:50) What is Podcasting 2.0 and how to get started (27:05) Mentioned in This Episode www.noagendashow.com www.podcastindex.org www.coinbase.com  Strike Bitcoin Wallet James Cridland Article Join the School of Podcasting Avoid sounding unprofessional Learn how to connect with your audience Get your show listed in Apple, Spotify, Google and More

Mon, June 14, 2021

Have I Underestimated the Power of Apple Podcast Reviews?

Today I am joined by Joe Saul-Sehy from Stacking Benjamins (which was recently added to the Westwood One Network). Joe recently took a class lead by Sinan Aral (author of the book The Hype Machine ) and while it's been proven over and over that Apple ratings and Reviews do not help you in the apple podcast charts, but how much influence do ratings have for those looking for new podcasts? Sponsor: Podpage If you're not a technical person, and you're looking for a "Set it and forget it" solution to your podcast's website, look no further than Podpage . You can create a beautiful website in five minutes. I use podpage on the Podcast Rodeo Show, Podcast Review Show, Ask the Podcast Coach, and others. It is being built based on the Feedback of 1000 podcasters in their Facebook group. You can try it for free at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage Check out this video to see how easy it is to setup your show. Mentioned In This Episode: Stacking Benjamins The Hype Machine Book Podpage Learn Podpage Free Course Leave a 5 Star Review For the School of Podcasting Take this quick three-question survey about Podcast Reviews Google Trends Jacobs Media My Podcast Reviews Join the School of Podcasting Topics: 05:26 The Importance of Reviews (outside of Apple charts) 12:35 Follow Trends ( see Go

Mon, June 07, 2021

Behind the Scenes of Podcast Movement Nashville

Podcast Movement Nashville is one of the Podcast Industries' first in-person events. While I'm excited to get in my car and make my way to Nashville, there are those who are nervous about being in crowds, while others have not been cleared to travel. I ask Co-founder Dan Franks how he weathered the storm of 2020, and what he's doing to address the needs of his conference attendees in 2021.  Check out PodcastMovement.com for more information SPONSOR: Podpage.com Automatically create a beautiful, listener-friendly podcast site from your RSS feed. Customize the design to create a professional look you’ll be proud of in a few clicks. No coding or technical knowledge necessary. You can build a beautiful podcast website in five minutes! Check out www.podpage.com   FREE COURSE: Check out www.schoolofpodcasting.com/learnpodpage to learn the ins and outs of Podpage. Full Show Notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/778 Mentioned In This Episode Podcast Movement Podpage.com Learn Podpage - Free Course John Lee Dumas Interview Kate Erickson Interview Sendfox Mailerlite Danny Elfman on Marc Maron David Lee Roth on Joe Rogan Question of the Month Tarzan Economics (free book on <a title="Audible" href= "https://www.schoolofp

Mon, May 31, 2021

Editing Your Podcast Interview For Content

How do you decide if something should stay in your podcast episode? For when I listen to the question I asked, I look for: 1. When did their response start to  actually answer the question I asked.  2. Is it a good answer? Does it deliver value? Today I play some clips of Sean Evans from Hot Ones being interviews by Drew Barrymore the actress turned talk show host.  SPONSOR: SCHOOL OF PODCASTING Get the best equipment for your budget Sound professional Learn what your audience wants Network with brilliant podcast minds Private Group Coaching Priority Email Support 30 Day Money-back Guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join Avoid the Been There Done That The guest provides an answer and you have a similar situation that will answer for the second time your question. Was the answer from the guest so unclear that you need to repeat what is essentially the same point? If not, remove your story. The interview is about the guest (not you).  Avoid the Back Story Sometimes we provide some back story so the guest understands the motivation behind the question. Many times the audience doesn't need to hear the back story. You can edit it out and just leave the part  Don't Forget to Ask a Question? I find it off that Drew Barrymore often does not ask a question. She says nice things about the guest and just stops.  June 2021 Question(s) of the Month 1. What would the ultimate podcast community look like to you? (This will remain between you and me). 2. What are your top pet peaves? (this will be public) Don't forget to provide: The name of your show/ The website. A brief description Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question by 6/25/2021 Need Help With Your Editing? Check out Affordable Audio Editing Where I Will Be Spark Christian Podcast Conference June 22-24 2021Grapevine, TX Podcast Movement Nashville Aug 306 20201 Thanks for sharing this show with a friend Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Steve Carter Easy Stress Cures and <a title="EFT Tapping Junction" hr

Mon, May 24, 2021

Nobody Gets On a Bus Without Knowing Where It's Going - Your Podcast's Intro

My Co-host of the Podcast Review Show Eric K Johnson has a saying, "Nobody Gets on a Bus Without Knowing Where It's Going." Today we talk about how it is 100% up to you on how you start your episodes. I also talk about insights from reading the book, "The Creator’s Compass" which talks about three different levels of presenting content.  Sponsor: School of Podcasting Get your podcast off the ground, sounding professional, without spending money on equipment you don't need by using the step-by-step tutorials, the private Facebook Group (filled with brilliant podcast minds) and live group coaching. There is a 30-day money-back guarantee when you go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join The Generic Show Introduction Welcome to (show name) where we (what you do) so that you can (benefit of listening) our website is (website address). Then introduce the episode, and if you can explain why people should listen to you, throw that in as well.  Smooth Transactions Don't Happen By Accident When I do the Podcast Review Show with Erik K Johnson so we both can see the points each person wants to make. If needed we loft up a "softball" comment so the person can make their point. Consequently, when I see we have hit all the bullet points I don't have to ask, "Are you ready to move on."  James and Sam on Podland do a great job of organizing the many topics they cover into stories that easily transition from one to the next. They transition into interviews by providing just the information that resonates with the listener (do we really need their whole LinkedIn bio? No!) and consequently when the show is over I find myself asking, "Already?" It just flows nicely. This doesn't happen by accident. When you have multiple segments take some time to think about how you are going to transition from one to the other. If you don't do this, it's not the end of the world, but it is often the little things that separate good from great. It's the little things that other people don't take the time to do that can really set you apart.  I actually use transition music (SHORT music) to signal my audience that we're moving to a new topic. The bottom line is it is YOUR SHOW and you can do WHATEVER you want. Don't let this stop you from creating your show because it's not "perfect."When in doubt ask someone (not related to you) for feedback and/or do what feels right to you.  Three Levels of Content I read the ebook The Creator's Compass from Jay Acunzo and I loved it. It really made me think, and it's pretty cr

Mon, May 17, 2021

How to Make Key Decisions For Your Podcast

There are times when we are either planning your podcast, launching it, or you're just trying to get a larger audience. I see people in groups, websites, and meetups where they are stuck in the decision-making process. Today we are going to walk through the basic steps, and look at where and why people get stuck.   Because of My Podcast: Clay Groves is Now the Host of the Morning Radio Show and a Program Director Clay is the man behind the Fish Nerds podcast and because of his podcast he was first selected to be the man behind the scenes who does the editing, some voice-over at a station. That lead to him filling in on the weekends which lead to him NOW being the Morning Radio Show host AND Program Director. HOW COOL?  Check out Clay at www.fishnerds.com   The Basics of Making a Decision In doing some research and reading a bunch of articles you can boil decision-making down to about 5-10 steps. These are: Step 1: Identify your goal Step 2: Gather information for weighing your options Step 3: Consider the Consequences Step 4. Make the Decision Step 5. Evaluation the decision Full episodes notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/775 Mistakes People Make When Making A Decisions Zero Research There are some shows that have done zero research and end up naming their show the same as MANY other shows (search for outside the box in your favorite app).  Lack of Qualified Advice Not having an expert or someone who has done what you're doing. My ex-wife was a nurse and when I was given the decision of "How do you want your Dad to die, slow or fast?" She asked for a surgical consult. I didn't even know what a surgical consult was, but we did one and it added about five more years to my Dad's life.  Paralysis By Analysis There is a Ted Talk by Sheena Lyengar who is a blind psycho economist who specializing in decision making They had 348 different kinds of jam. We set up a little tasting booth right near the entrance of the store. We there put out six different flavors of jam or 24 different flavors of jam, and we looked at two things: First, in which case were people more likely to stop, sample some jam? More people stopped when there were 24, about 60 percent, than when there were six, about 40 percent. The next thing we looked at is in which case were people more likely to buy a jar of jam. Now we see the opposite effect. Of the people who stopped when there were 24, only three percent of them actually bought a jar of jam. Of the people who stopped when there were six, well now we saw that 30 percent of them actually bought a jar of jam. So when you do some research and bounce it o

Mon, May 10, 2021

Will You Trust Your Baby With Apple?

Today I explain the continuing issues with Apple (and Google, and Spotify). Your podcast is like a baby. It needs never-ending attention and if there is an issue you need it solved NOW.  I judge a company on how things are handled when they make a mistake (cause we are all human). To have a problem that is ongoing for weeks, I find it hard to believe. I get that podcasting is barely a revenue generator for Apple (as in almost none), but you have to realize that in the same way that the actions of a child reflect on the parents, the actions of an app (AND YOUR BRAND) are a reflection of the app you told people to use to listen to your show.  Bottom line: It's going to take long (for now) for new episodes to appear in Apple. Apple is not displaying links properly. There is currently (May 2021) a bug where duplicate numbers are appearing (I do see where an update is waiting to be installed - fingers crossed). To see any episode numbers you need to follow.  Apple (or Google, Spotify etc) don't put out any public notices. Communication is the lubrication of any relationship. It makes you feel very small and insignificant. That feeling does not make me want to use your subscription service.  Who is going to answer any of the customer tickets when someone can't access their subscription? or loses their password? etc. I don't want them treating my customers the way they've treated me. They owe me an apology.  How Do I Know If I Have An Issue?  You can use a tool like inoreader.com or feedly.com and input your feed. You should be able to see if your latest episode is there. If the episode is in the reader, but not the podcast app, the app just needs to catch up. See video Ready To Start Your Podcast? Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join Mentioned in This Episode Podcast Index Blubrry Directory Last Pass Password Tool Podfriend App Overcast App Other new podcast 2.0 Apps <a title="How to earn Bitcoin from your podcast" href= "https://podnews.net/article/how-to-earn-bitcoin-from-your-podcast" target=

Mon, May 03, 2021

How to Find and Choose a Co-host for Your Podcast

I reached out to you and asked how you found your co-host and you were nice enough to reply.  SPONSOR: School of Podcasting Audio Editing If you're stressed out about your podcast, and you're spending too much time, check out the School of Podcasting Editing service. We have different variations to meet your budget. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/edit Tips in Choosing a Co-Host for Your Podcast You want someone who has the same commitment (and support).  You want someone who loves your topic, but might approach it from a different angle. You don't need a clone of you. We already have one of you.  Make sure you all understand how things are divided up and workaround: Money coming in Podcast production Podcast Promotion Who is paying for what (money going out) How do you get fired or quit? What schedule is the show going to use (record some test shows to determine this) Finding a Co-host Today we hear how some people: Ask other podcasters they knew Ask family members Asked bloggers Asked their audience You might consider starting your show as a solo artist which makes it easier to ask someone to join something that exists than something that is just an idea in your head. see www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join Thanks To The Contributors: Wayne Henderson from the Packers Fan Podcast ( https://packersfanpodcast.com/ and www.mediavoiceovers.com ) Andrés Brenes from Colmillo Roquero colmilloroquero.com ( a Spanish podcast about Heavy Metal) Brent Bergherm from Lattitude Photography Podcast - https://latitudephotographypodcast.com/ Fred Castaneda from Podcast Reporter ( www.podcastreporter.com and www.strugglingbiz.com and http://2030podcast.com/ ) Roben Harris from Destinations Connections ( www.destinationconnections.com ) Matt Rafferty - The Author Inside You ( www.theau

Mon, April 26, 2021

Who Will Win the Battle of Paid Podcast Subscriptions?

Apple Is Launching Subscriptions Here is what we know: In the US, it's $19.99 a year to participate Your show is only available in the Apple podcast app but it's not exclusive. You can set your monthly and yearly subscription price, and signing up will be super easy. You can offer a free trial along with a freemium model (some free episodes and some paid). The first year a person subscribes Apple takes 30% of the revenue from that listener, the second year of their subscription they take 15. Apple will host your files and choose the output format. Stats on your downloads for the subscribers will come from Apple. When you sign up for a "regular" podcast you need to choose the one with an RSS feed. Apple is having MAJOR difficulties this week and as I write this my dashboard has been reading " We're setting up your account. This could take a few hours. When we're finished, you can start adding new shows " since 4/21 (it's 4/25 as I write this). If you're on Anchor and you let Anchor submit your show, you will need to get your show under your Apple ID. Check out Apple's site The Math of Subscriptions Let's look at a podcast that is getting 150 downloads on every episode (after 30 days).  If you have 150 downloads per episode. The typical percentage of people who will take action is 3%. This would mean 4.5 people which I will round up to 5. If you charge $5/month that is $25 (Five people at $5/month). Apple is going to take 30% ($7.50) and leave you with $17.50 With this in mind when you start thinking of bonus content, and the effort it takes, you need to ask yourself is this worth $17.50. In the same scenario your take-home pay is: Glow.fm: $23.93 Supercast: $23.64 Patreon (8%): $22.88 Apple: $17.47 Is It Worth It? All the extra work, how long is it going to take? You need to answer that question. If you spend four hours a month creating additional content, you want to take that $17.50 per month you are making from subscribers and divide by four hours to get $4.38per hour. Is missing time with your family, your sanity, your health, with it? What We Don't Know About Apple Subscriptions Are they going to release Apple podcasts on Android? This seems like something they should be doing. Is it $20 per year (US) or $20 per year per country? IMHO, this is $20/year (US) for all countries. When I started to sign up last night Apple wanted to charge me $20 My Podcast Reviews Adds Follow Pages On episode 709 Interviewed Daniel J Lewis from My Podcast Reviews (which is ONE place to get ALL of your reviews in ONE place from ALL Countries).

Mon, April 19, 2021

Podcasting Can Give Your Audience Something They Are Dying To Hear: The Truth

Currently, I think civilization has a serious problem. We are losing the ability to identify the truth. I'm not talking religion, or anything philosophical. I'm talking about doing research, looking at the evidence, and reporting what we find. Today I use the clip of then Donald Trump's " Very Fine People " press conference. That remark came at 01:07 but the 2-minute mark had him saying, "I'm not talking about the neo Nazi's or the white nationalists because they should be condemned totally." Because of hi"s "Very Fine People" clip, Joe Biden said he HAD to run for President.   Please note I'm not either pro or against Trump. I liked his stance on China but saw MANY stupid things come out of his mouth. This is not about politics. It's about the media not focusing on delivering the truth, but more interesting in obtaining high ratings.  Mentioned In This Episode Very Fine People - video Profit From Your Podcast - Book Charles Barkley Speaks Some Truth   With a Podcast You Can't Be Cancelled While you can be removed off of platforms, as long as you have an RSS feed, people can subscribe/follow your show. It may take them a couple of extra steps to do it manually but you're not "off the air." In some cases being edited is just great exposure . People want to hear what the big deal was that you were censored.    QUESTION OF THE MONTH If you have a co-host, I'd love to hear how you found/chose your co-host. Go to  www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Be sure to mention your show, your website, and a little bit about your podcast. Ready to Start Your Podcast? The School of Podcasting is dedicated to teaching you the right way to launch, grow and produce your podcast so that you sound great. Membership includes step-by-step videos that will walk you through planning podcasts, launching them on Apple and other top directories, growing listenership and getting more listeners coming back for more episodes. The live coaching sessions are available via zoom -with a group coaching session every month during a call with other members who are also producing professional content. You have access to me via email as well as mentoring in our private Facebook community filled with brilliant minds such as yourself.  See www.schoolofpod

Mon, April 12, 2021

Impacting People From Your Bedroom: Collin From Pet Sitter Confidential

Billie Eilish (super famous singer - especially to young teenage girls - records her music with her brother in their bedroom. She currently has 44 million followers on Spotify and 81 million followers on Instagram. She earned 25 million from Apple for the movie and her net worth is reportedly 53 million. Not too bad for two people who are having fun recording things in their bedroom. Pet Sitter Confidential Today I talk with Collin who along with his wife produce the Pet Sitter Confidential podcast. They are truly impacting their audience, and due to their uber-niche topic, it is enabling them to get sponsors (Without 20,000 downloads per episode).  SPONSOR: The School of Podcasting Podcasting can feel lonely at times and that's why I created the School of Podcasting - to give you a place where like-minded podcasters can support, guide, challenge & grow. You'll have access to all the step-by-step tutorials so that you know how to launch your podcast without wasting money on equipment or trying to guess what to do when it comes to planning. You get live group coaching, a network Facebook group, and priority email support so that you never go into this alone - learn from me and fellow podcasters. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join TOPICS COVERED 04:57 Topics on Your Show? 05:33 Who is it For? 05:59 Their Niche Lead to A Sponsor 07:16 Pricing Your Ad Spot 08:27 The Lifetime Value of a Customer 14:32 Building Their Community 15:49 Sponsor Renewal 16:59 Patreon Thoughts 19:18 Did you think anyone would listen? 22:08 Who Are You? 23:24 How to Balance Life? 24:27 The importance Having a Buffer I loved that some of his best guests aren't people with huge followings. Also, when someone is filling up notepads with information from your show, you KNOW you are delivering value.  Collin has multiple streams of income. He has the sponsorship along with a Patreon account.  Find their show at h ttps://www.petsitterconfessional.com/ QUESTION OF THE MONTH If you have a co-host, I'd love to hear how you found/chose your co-host. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Be sure to mention your show, your website, and a little bit about your podcast.  Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 <

Mon, April 05, 2021

Where Will Your Podcast Take You in Five Years?

So many times we identify ourselves not by our values or beliefs but by what we DO. I'm a cashier, or I work in accounts payable, the warehouse. That may be what you DO, but it may not be who you are. Podcasting allows you to reinvent who you are. To be your true self. Today we talk with Scot McCarthy of the Moving Forward Leadership Podcast. Scott joined the military when he was 18 and will be retiring soon, so he is using podcasting to reinvent himself and help establish himself in the space of leadership.  I love that Scott knows it's not easy to start a business and that why I brought him on. You need to dig the well BEFORE your thirsty. Scott doesn't have a month-week plan, he has a five YEAR plan. He constantly researching to work smarter, to better understand his audience (through Facebook groups), and hiring people for those things he needs help with. He's not talking into a phone set on speaker and looking for money to fall from heaven. Can I Play Music in My Podcast? When it comes to legal questions in the entertainment space there is one (and only one name) and that is Gordon Firemark Gordon helps answer that question along with a new spin on that question. What if they perform the song live on my podcast (or for those older DJ's they did on your show) can I play that recording (it's a different recording than the one on the record).  What about fair use? Keep in mind that fair use is the defense you use  when you go to court. Check out Gordon's book, The Podcast, Blog & New Media Producer's Legal Survival Guide: An essential resource for content creators For more information check out Gordon at thepodcastlawyer.com Do We Need Your Guests Backstory? Nobody asked about the Lone Ranger until  after he saved the day. Read my full article on Medium How Did You Find Your Co-Host? This is the question of the month (due by April 23rd, 2021). Record your answer (and be sure to mention your podcast and website) on how you found your co-host. Go to schoolofpodcasting.com/question Ready To Start Your Podcast?  The School of Podcasting is th

Mon, March 29, 2021

I Wish I Had Known This When I Started Podcasting

It's the last week of the month which means, "Question of the Month" where YOU get to be on the show. This month's question is "What do you wish you had known when you started your podcast." SPONSOR: The School of Podcasting Learn to plan, launch, grow, and monetize your show. You'll sound great, organized, and create GREAT content. Take advantage of our step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, and private Facebook group filled with brilliant podcasting minds.  www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join Because of My Podcast: Fred Castaneda The No Agenda streaming service found Fred's show the 2030 Podcast and added it to their schedule.  What I Wish I Had Known 04:31 Steve Stewart : Audacity At Zero Crossing 07:13 Kurt from Expats in Austin : The Importance of Editors 08:21 James from Bros and blokes - The Amount of Time 09:21 Kim Newlove from the Pharmacists Voice - Fitting Podcasting Into Life 11:18 Jill Keep the Flame Alive - It Takes a LOT of Time 12:06 Paul from Improve and Have Fun : Episode Length 13:30 York from Poetic Earthlings : The Evil of Comparison 15:11 Bill from Bill Watches Movies : Stats Are Useless 17:32 Paul from Improve and Have Fun :: Do Whatever You Want 18:47 Carrie from Hope for Anxiety and ODC It is EASY to Get Guests 20:11 Craig from Inglespodcast - Cohosts Makes Things Better 21:00 Arnie Sports History Network - More Networking 22:49 Kim from <a title="Bee Keeping Today" href= "http://www.

Mon, March 22, 2021

The Riches are in the Niches With Harry Duran

Quick Notes: Apple Update: Apple is changing the wording in their app from "Subscribe" to "Follow" so stop telling your audience to subscribe (and if you do, mention that it's free) and instead tell them to follow you. The new version of the app will be out in a few weeks. I was listening to the Sounds Profitable podcast and heard where my friend Harry Duran from Podcast Junkies , and Fullcast , hard obtained a sponsor for a show that had not been published. I had to hear how he did it. Question of the Month Deadline is This Friday What one thing do you wish you knew when you started your podcast? You can leave your answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question (be sure to mention your show and your website slowly).  Win Rewards for Sharing the Show Speaking of followers/subscribers if you share the show you can win rewards when your friends subscribe/follow. See  www.schoolofpodcasting.com/share Full show notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/767 For More Information on Harry Duran Check out his "Done for you" podcast agency at www.fullcast.co Check out the Vertical Farming Podcast Check out Podcast Jukies Podcast Twitter: @verticalfarmpod Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting and get access to step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, and an awesome private Facebook group for networking and brainstorming.  See www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join Sam Kinison's " Move to where the food is ."  Harry Durran on <a title= "Treating His Guests Like an Opportunity Instead of Transactions" href= "https://schoolofpodcasting.com/treating-his-guests-like-an-opportunity-instead-of-transactions-harry-duran-interview/" target="_blank" rel="n

Mon, March 15, 2021

How to Get Booked on Podcasts: Figuring out Who and How to Pitch with Kristin Molenaar

Who is Kristin Molenaar? Kristin is an entrepreneur-enthusiast who lives by the mantra "work less + make more". She enjoys helping entrepreneurs ditch vanity metrics for true, profitable connections. She's the CEO of YesBoss , an agency that helps 2b2 entrepreneurs increase their visibility and credibility through profitable podcast guest features. Kristin Molenaar's Tips For Getting Booked on Podcasts There are almost 2 million podcasts. Where do you begin? Find someone in your niche, and use a tool like Podchaser , Podsearch , Google, or any podcast app and search for their interviews. This may lead you to podcasts that would also be interested in interviewing you.  Kristin likes to pitch a show with the question, "Are you open to being pitched." Another strategy is looking for hashtags.  When looking for a show to appear on, look further than the interview. Kristin looks for someone that can be a partner, and develop a long-term strategy.  Sending a "look how great I am" email is not a good strategy. The True Power of Podcasting One of the biggest complaints I hear from people that have been a guest on podcasts is "it has never produced any results for me." They will say, "I've been invited to be a guest on people's podcast. I showed up and I talked about what I knew and it didn't go anywhere. I didn't get any traffic or business from it. It felt like a waste of my time." This is what Kristin says that people need to remember when they're becoming a podcast guest. The biggest benefit you're going to get out of podcast guesting is the relationship with the podcast host. I think that there are a lot of false hopes or false narratives around what I'm calling one-hit wonders. I think people think, "If I go after the biggest podcast that I possibly can, it's going to change my business. Here's the thing about being a podcast guest just like every other marketing strategy, just like every other networking strategy, it snowballs on itself. But you have to treat people, like people. Your job as a podcast guest is to show up and be in service to the objective of the podcast host. You need to show the podcast host, "Hey, I appreciate you allowing me to show up in your space.  I am here to really provide as much benefit as I can to you. I want this to last beyond a recording." When people come in without that mentality. I think that the benefits are just severely limited. Being a podcast guest has tons and tons of benefits. But you're just missing out if you're not looking at this as an opportunity to meet really incredible people who are connected to other really incredible people and b

Mon, March 08, 2021

Creating a Personal Podcast Brand That Resonates with Your Audience

You might be thinking, "I'm not a business, what do I care about branding? Well, if you have one download, congratulations you are a brand. Today I talk with Dr. Andrea Wojnicki from the Talk About Talk Podcast about developing and implementing your personal brand (and how it can help grow your audience) Sponsor: The School of Podcasting Join the School of Podcasting and never worry about sounding bad, spending too much money on gear, and being all alone to be frustrated and angry. When you join the School of Podcasting you get: Step by step tutorials A Private Networking Group Live group coaching Priority email support Join today worry-free with my 30-day money-back guarantee.  www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join What is a Personal Brand? Your personal brand is your identity or your reputation. A definition that Dr. Andrea loves is, “Your personal brand is what others think and say about you when you're not in the room.” Click Here to get the workbook to walk you through the exercises discussed in today's episode. Step 1: What differentiates you? Step 2: Email 10 People Step 3: Take a Personality Test Where Your Brand Appears in Your Podcast Your podcast brand includes:● What people read (show notes). Your emails (and have ONE thing in your email signature). ● What people hear (your episodes, and the quality of audio). ● What people see (artwork). Come up with a color scheme (for example two colors) and two fonts that you use consistently and it will build your brand How This All Works: Identifying your strengths, and a personal positive message that has deep personal meaning to you, delivered in a unique way allows you to BE YOU. It will come naturally. Leaning on your strengths can help reduce burnout as you’re not doing things that don’t come naturally. It can clear up situations by identifying what you can and can’t do. When you identify the verbiage you want to use, and how you want to appear and deliver your message, you provide your audience with the tools to tell their friends. If their friends ask, “What podcasts are you listening to, they can easily explain what your show is about, who it’s for, and what the benefit it. They also can explain the motivation of the show. Connect with Dr. Andrea Wojnicki Podcast: <a title= "Check out the Communicate with CONFIDENCE – The 4Ps: Practice, Proverb, Pep talk, and Pirate episode" href= "https://www.talkabouttalk.com/58-communicate-with-confidence-mental-prepa

Mon, March 01, 2021

Podcasting Consequence: Can You Break Your Podcast?

In talking with new and seasoned podcasters I often hear questions that lead me to believe that people think they can "break" their podcast.  Today I talk about a few questions I've heard and how 99% of the time you're not going to break your show.  We also have a question of the month The Separate Track Challenge I have recommended Squadcast for years. The ease of use and the ability to have separate tracks of you and your guest makes it my go-to choice for remote recordings. then later I got a Rodcaster Pro which ( Along with the Zoom P4 , and the Zoom P8 ) allow you to record separate tracks. I can be on track one, and my guest can be on a separate track. The question then is: Does the separate track recorded locally on the guest's computer (and uploaded to Squadcast ) sound that much better than the same track that has traveled over the internet? I also had my guest join me on Zoom as I know a lot of people are using Zoom to record interviews. Nuts and Bolts of Remote Recording The zoom recording is sampled at 32 kHz where Squadcast records at 48 khz. (This is how many times per second a picture is taken of your audio - the higher the number the better the sound). For me, the zoom recording while listenable sounds "fuzzy" compared to the Squadcast recording (which makes sense as it has a higher sample rate. Also, Squdcast provides a WAV file that is better than the m4a (variable bit rate - another "no-no" for podcasting) from Zoom. If you're going to use the m4a from Zoom, be sure to edit it, and export as an mp3 with a contact bit rate. When I compared the original Squadcast file to the one I recorded (after coming across the Internet) and there again was a  slight degradation of the file (not quite as crisp). Another Benefit of Squadcast In my test, as my guest was talking the Internet slightly broke up the audio is it made its way to me. If I had been using the recording on the Rodecaster this "Glitch" would be in the recording. With the original Squdcast fie, the glitch is not there (as that recording goes from their microphone to their hard drive, and then uploaded to Squadcast. Always Have a Backup Recording Of Your Interview The other advantage of using a tool like Squadcast is in the event the recording has an issue with the Rodecaster I have <a title="Squadcast" href="https://supp

Mon, February 22, 2021

You're Too Close to Be Your Own Coach

We've All Pushed Through Awkward Moments of Being Vulnerable Do you remember your first real kiss? I was with my first girlfriend. I was probably 14? I was scared to death. There was no internet, and for me, nobody to ask? So I went in for the kiss and kissed her in a very TV-friendly way. I stopped and said, "Let's try that again" and I figured out what to do. I tried everything I could to avoid falling in love with my first wife. I had told her over and over that I didn't want anything serious, but here we were a year later and a year later I was in love with her. Sitting in front of her house I said, "I need to tell you something," and then proceeded to tell her I liked her a lot . I backed it up, and then said, "I love you." These are scary things to do. You put yourself out there, and if you do it wrong you get some feedback, and you tweak yourself.  Over the past two weeks, I've had meeting after meeting with members of my audience (one at a time). Some of them were current or past members of the School of Podcasting, and others I had never met (but they were listeners to my show). Today I talked about what I learned and why you should seriously consider it. If the Words "Focus Group" Makes You Uncomfortable, then Think of It as Coaching So many people who are experts in their field still used coaches. Hank Haney served as Tiger Woods' coach from 2004-2010. During that span, Woods won six of his 15 career major championships. The two were very close while they worked together, and Woods credits a ton of his success to Haney's teachings. Here are some more people who even after their enormous success still have coaches: Richard Branson  Oprah Winfrey Tony Robbins Leonardo DiCaprio Serena Williams Metallica We all need people who give us feedback. That is how we improve. - Bill Gates Is This Just a Plug To Get Me To Hire You As A Coach? While I have the Podcast Rodeo Show which looks at your first impression and the Podcast Review Show that looks at your whole episode, website, and we have you fill out a form to discuss the goals of the show, if you want to know what content your audience wants and needs, the best place to go is your audience.  I'm Still A Shy Guy at Heart People don't believe it, but underneath it all I'm fairly shy. So the thought of reaching out to my email list and asking them for their input made me a little nervous. This was especially true if someone was a current or previous member of the School of Podcasting. This is where you have to change your attitude.  When I went to college for my first degree, I was a waiter. To be a good waiter, you listen to your customer and give them exactly what they ordered. As I got on zoom, I just said to myself it's like being a waiter again.  I Should've Done This Years Ago I sent out an email with the subject line of, "I need your help...." and

Mon, February 15, 2021

How To Be Amazing and Leave Them Wanting More - with Valerie Geller

Are you looking to grow your audience? Get more engagement with your audience? Today I have Valerie  Geller the author of the book  Beyond Powerful Radio: A Communicator's Guide to the Internet Age—News, Talk, Information & Personality for Broadcasting, Podcasting, Internet, Radio which is also available on Audible  Meet Valerie Geller Valerie Geller, president of Geller Media International, a broadcast consulting firm, trains broadcasters throughout the world by Creating Powerful Radio seminars, workshops, and one-on-one coaching for news, talk, information, and personality programming for radio and television. She's worked with top stations and personalities throughout the world at more than 500 stations in 27 countries.  You can find Valerie's Books on her Amazon page , as well as beyondpowerfulradio.com and creatingpowerfulpodcasts.com Find her on twitter at @vgeller and @vgeller on the clubhouse app (iOs only). Thre Simple Rules To Make Your Podcast Successful Tell the Truth Make it Matter Never Be Boring Questions to Help You Edit Why should you listen to this? Why would someone want to hear this? The Best Podcasts: Inform Entertain Inspire Persuade  Connect The best conversations come from listening. When doing an interview  listen and make the interview more of a conversation. Making Engaging Content When you are telling the truth and being transparent, you can share your opinion on a topic and ask your audience to share theirs. By asking a specific question it's easier than "send me some feedback."  When delivering content you should be doing one of the following: Inform Entertain Inspire Persuade  Connect Place Your Listener in the Movie Try to work visual words into your podcast. Help trigger the theater of the mind. There is a framework called the Story Spine f

Mon, February 08, 2021

Three Tools To Boost Your Podcast Brand

Your brand is how your show is perceived. Perception is reality. So today I have tips on making your episode one that gets your audience coming back. I also share three tools that you can use to boost your podcast brand.  Don't Leave Your Audience Hungry Can you imagine if a new restaurant opened in your neighborhood and was serving your favorite food? You get all dressed up and bring a date and go to the new place looking forward to eating some of your favorite food.  You show up and the menu just mentions what will be available next week. The problem is you are there NOW and you're hungry.  So often I see a first episode delivers nothing more than what amounts to be a table of contents for future episodes. I've read a lot of books but I've never highlighted the table of contents.  Tidy Cal $20 Lifetime Deal Tidy Cal is a brand new scheduling tool that makes it easy to book guests or clients (your appointments can be free or you can charge). Check out this video I made giving you an overview. Telbee is Speakpipe on Steriods I've used Speakpipe for years, but the makers of Telbee listened to the wants of speakpipe users and developed a new, morse customizable platform.  One thing that can make your podcast better is to understand your audience. Telbee makes it easy to get feedback, and create a widget that looks great. You can even direct people to a website after they leave a message.  Channels are the feature that I could use when I do my "question of the month" episodes. I could have a channel where all the responses are tied and organized to that one channel.  Check out this quick video of me using Telbee for the first time Less Annoying CRM I've been looking for a place to organize my information where my coaching clients, my audio editing clients, my guests, or hosts where I have been on their show.   I can see my calendar, I see all the communication, set reminders, set up pipelines, and it's only $15/month.  It truly lives up to its name. "Less Annoying CRM" check out this "Drive By video" of me playing with Less Annoying CRM Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 <p

Mon, February 01, 2021

How Shane Whaley Navigated a Travel Podcast Through a Pandemic

Life is going to kick you in the teeth from time to time (see 2020). Today we talk about your attitude (the only thing you have control over) and we interview Shane Whaley of the Tourpreneur podcast. Shane shares how many people in the travel space just folded up everything just going out of business. This is not the approach Shane has taken, and he not only didn't shut down in 2020, but added more sponsors to his show.  Your Attitude The Longer I live, the more I realize the impact of attitude on life. Attitude, to me, is more important than facts. It is more important than the past, the education, the money, than circumstances, than failure, than successes, than what other people think or say or do. It is more important than appearance, giftedness or skill. It will make or break a company... a church... a home. The remarkable thing is we have a choice every day regarding the attitude we will embrace for that day. We cannot change our past... we cannot change the fact that people will act in a certain way. We cannot change the inevitable. The only thing we can do is play on the one string we have, and that is our attitude. I am convinced that life is 10% what happens to me and 90% of how I react to it. And so it is with you... we are in charge of our Attitudes.” ― Charles R. Swindoll Podcast Rewind I appeared on the Pharmacist's Voice    I also appear on the Trust cast talking why podcasting is the next big thing . If you'd like me to appear on your show, you can contact me here . Shane Whaley Tourpreneur Podcast Interview 04:55 Shane Whaley Tourpreneur.com 07:29 Shane Decided to Start Touorpreneur 10:48 The "Glenn the Geek" Strategy with Events 15:26 Take Advantage of the Extra Time COVID Created 17:50 Choosing Sponsors 19:34 Join the School of Podcasting 20:32 Going for the Win, Win, Win 22:44 Starting a Daily Email 24:37 Dealing with being a "Thought Leader" 26:58 Advice on Interviews 28:55 Dealing with a Boring Guest 30:37 Shane's hobby Podcast Spybrary 32:34 How Long Did it Take to Monetize 33:31 Getting Proof of Concept 35:09 Why he Stayed Niche 36:10 Don't Undersell Yourself 37:19 How He Came Up With Prices 38:47 Tips on Running a Community 41:00 Policing Your Group 42:28 Shane's First Podcast 44:34 Shane the Shock jock 45:43 Shiny Object Syndrome 47:30 What HASN'T Worked? 49:26 Final Advice for the "Wanna Be" podcaster Con

Mon, January 25, 2021

How Podcasters Can Use the Clubhouse App To Build Their Audience

FOMO In Action I was at Social Media Marketing World in 2018 enjoying a networking event on an aircraft carrier in San Diego California. I was contacted by Michael Oneil as he and a few friends were going to go to a club called Prohibition and wanted to know if I would want to attend. Did I say it was a club? Prohibition is a speakeasy.  I have never been to a speakeasy. The door that you go through shows "LAW OFFICE Eddie Onare, ESQ."  When we arrived there was an actual velvet rope. We had to wait. It myself, Michael O’Neal , Harry Durran , and Natalie Jennings . The anticipation was mounting. How long will I have to wait? Are we going to get in at all? Finally, the bouncer unclipped the rope and let us in. I remember walking through a door and going downstairs. It was getting darker and darker as we went on. When I finally get to the bottom and look around, I see a bar in front of me. I see a bench to the left of me. I see a few chairs to the right of me. It is dimly lit, with red lights in the ceiling. I think to myself. "Someone turned their basement into a bar." Don't get me wrong, it was cool. Michael and I ended up playing and singing that night with the saxophone player from Pink Floyd. But I can't underestimate the buzz and anticipation by the scarcity. This is a tactic called Fear of Missing Out (FOMO for short), and today we are going to talk about Clubhouse. This is an app (currently only available for iOs) and one of the things that is fueling the buzz about this app is their use of FOMO.  Clubhouse: Drop-in audio chat Don't get me wrong, this app is cool. However, it's zoom without video and better moderation. Why is it so popular? You have to be invited in (OOOOOH!). It is only on iOs (sorry android people) so here again, only certain people can get in, and for those on the outside when you hear others talking about it, you have  fear of missing out. Does it work? I'm doing an episode about it knowing that 75% of my audience can't use it.  What Clubhouse is Good For Why I like clubhouse is I'm finding my target audience, and more importantly, my target audience who  doesn't know me yet.   Then I can LISTEN, and take notes of what is being discussed and take notes as these might be future episodes.  I have found a few people I want to connect with due to the details in their profiles, and the value they brought if they actually spoke.  Mistakes in Clubhouse If you don't have an answer to a question and someone asks you, just say, "That's a good question that I don't have an answer to." If you don't, often the answer you spew is not helpful and makes

Mon, January 18, 2021

How Jack Rhysider's Darknet Diaries Podcast Gets 300,000 Downloads Per Episode

Would you like 300,000 downloads per episode? Are you willing to work for three weeks to get media exposure in 2% of the outlets you contact? Are you willing to work for months on your first episodes and ask others to give you HONEST feedback on your show? Are you willing to ask questions that might potentially show you that your show is boring? Jack has, and he has created a great show. Today on episode 758 of the School of Podcasting I have the honor of looking into how Jack has grown his Darknet Diaries podcast. Jack was looking for a podcast about hackers/hacking and couldn't find any (especially in a narrative format). The solution? Create the podcast YOU want to hear and see if anyone else would be interested in listening to your podcast.   Jack Rhysider's Favorite Marketing Books Make Noise: A Creator's Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling Purple Cow: Transform Your Business by Being Remarkable - Seth Godin Gary Vaynerchuk Traction: How Any Startup Can Achieve Explosive Customer Growth -Gabriel Wineberg Superfans: The Easy Way to Stand Out, Grow Your Tribe, And Build a Successful Business - Pat Flynn Dave added: Will it Fly Pat Flynn Connect with Jack Darknet Diaries Lime.Link Podcast Blog Jack's Patreon Page Dog Podcast Network Final Week Before Launch The Dog Podcast Network is launching a new show on their network called " Dog Edition " and today we talk with James Jacobson about the final preparations. You can earn money sharing stories that include dogs.  TIMELINE 00:03:34 How Many Downloads Does Jac

Mon, January 11, 2021

Fine Tuning Your Podcast Growth With Listener Surveys

If Ron Howard Uses Focus Groups... Ron Howard has been in the entertainment industry since he was a little boy on the Andy Griffith Show, Later he was on Happy Days and since then has been making phenomenal movies. He's been nominated for 114 awards and won 39 times for a percentage of 34%, In 2002 he won with  A Beautiful Mind for Best Picture and Best Director. One might say, "Not too shabby." Rob was on the true stories show on Satelite radio talking about always screens his movies and checks in with the audience to see how the content is connecting with his audience. In the interview, he said, "We did our first previews, and I was so defensive about it and against it, and I wound up learning so many important truths about our story, that to this day, even the Beatles documentary, even though I have Final Cut, I screened the movies and I know how to ask the questions and I ask people to fill out questionnaires. I find it very, very useful. It's difficult but I always think that it's like the playwright getting to see the show out of town before you take it to Broadway. I don't think it's really any different than that. I have the confidence of having done it a lot, and the power of Final Cut, so that this is about me understanding how the movie works. It's comforting on the one hand, but I think it's really important to understand how the movie is communicating with an audience. That's what entertainment is: Is something is communicated to you and do you enjoy it? Why Podcasters Skip The Focus Group If this is your first podcast, you probably spent much more time on their episodes than they originally planned, so the last thing you want to hear is that you need to go back and do some work. While understandable, if the goal is to grow your podcast, constructive feedback is something that is essential to growing your podcast. Most of us are familiar with the story of Thomas Edison doing 1000 attempts at the light bulb that didn't work. When asked about it these "failures" Edison replied, "I didn’t fail 1,000 times. The light bulb was an invention with 1,000 steps." In some cases, people see their episode as art. If that is you, then skip this episode. Your goal is to not grow your audience but to just put the podcast out there. The podcast is not for your audience. It's for you. Just Like Your Podcast, Creating Your Survey Starts With Why Today you will hear from Glenn the Geek who runs the Horse Radio Network. His primary income is sponsorship and a membership site. We will hear from Scott Johnson from the What Was That Like? podcast that has been steadily growing since it launched. Scott was looking for feedback on his content. The Process of Creating a Survey Identify why you're doing your survey (and what you're trying to learn) Choose your questions Deliver your survey Collect your feedback Organize your data a

Mon, January 04, 2021

14 Steps To Start a Successful Podcast in 2021

It's the first episode of the years and in the same that I have the last episode of the year look at why people listen, today we talk about how to start. Ten Years ago I did an episode called "27 steps to launch a podcast and today I am going to update it. As you might imagine things have changed in 10 years. If you already have a podcast I have some items for you. Over the years there have been some ingredients of podcasting that we know add value, but like any recipe, if you use an ingredient in the wrong way you can ruin the final product. Keep it Real I hear the phrase, "Keep it real." This should stay  authentic. You should be talking from your heart and your beliefs. Don't say what people want to hear because it's popular, if your opinion differs let's hear it. Let's also hear  why you believe those thoughts. We just might learn something. How this phrase is abused is when "keeping it real" means I'm not going to edit my podcast at all. There are editors who work in movies, television, books, magazines, and newspapers. However, your podcast is perfect with no room for improvement. There is always room for improvement. I read on Facebook where someone took 26 minutes to answer ONE question. The final version of the podcast had that answer trimmed to four minutes. Fishing is Boring I haven't fished in 20 years. If you're into fishing check out the Fish Nerds show with Clay Groves. For me, half the fun was getting to play with a boat and get out on a lake. In some cases, if the boat had a motor it was even more fun. Then you bait your hook, throw your line in and wait. Then you wait some more. This part of fishing is really boring. Every time I hear someone start off an interview with "Tell me a little bit about yourself," the person is fishing. They are listening just like watching their bobber float on the lake, looking for a nibble. Reeling in a Fish is Exciting I don't watch fishing on TV, but if I'm clicking through the channels and a fishing show is on, they don't show two people in a boat watching their bobber. They show someone standing up with excitement as they have caught a great fish and they are bringing it into the boat. When you have a guest and you find something that YOU KNOW is going to RESONATE with your audience that's exciting and in the same the fisherman does everything they can to get the fish into the boat, you do everything you can to get that content into your recording. Stories are Great Half the time we ask, "tell me a little bit about yourself" we are fishing for a story. Somehow we are lead to believe that knowing someone's back story is going to help us. If I started my podcast with "Today we are going to interview Gern Blanston who has a proven strategy of growing your audience by 200%, but first, let's find out what his parents did for a l

Mon, December 28, 2020

My Favorite Podcast Is.. 2020 Edition

Every year I ask my audience what their favorite podcast is and  why it is their favorite . They can also plug their website. This exercise then helps us understand why people tune in, as well as hear about some great podcasts.  In general, I say good content will make us: Laugh Cry Think Groan Educate Entertain So pay attention and here how most of these shows are not just doing one of those, but multiple emotions and strategies. Timeline 01:26 Dave love Podnews.net 03:16 Steve Stewart from the Money Plan SOS loves the Stacking Benjamins Show (Steve was just on Episode 752 talking about his Podcast Editor Academy) 05:59 Joe Saul Sehy from Stacking Benjamins loves the Be Our Guest Podcast 09:10 Shane from the Spybrary Podcast  loves the Ask the Podcast Coach   show 11:03 Anthony from the Route 66 Podcast loves the Space Shot 13:32  Bill watches movies - The Secret History of Hollywood 16:10 Brandon from The Florida Focus Podcast - The Art of Manliness 17:18 Craig from InglesPodcast loves The Week Unwrapped 20:02 Glen from Ca

Mon, December 21, 2020

A $4000 Podcast Auditor Ambush

We know that when you give value, your audience can feel like they "owe you" and when you give them the opportunity they will return the favor. Today we hear about a covert operation pulled off to deliver a box of presents to Glenn the Geek Hebert of the Horse Radio Network as he was recovering from not one but TWO surgeries. The story is amazing. We also have a tool to reward your superfans for sharing your show with their friends. We also catch up with the Dog Podcast Network. Glenn the Geek's Audience Comes to the Rescue Glenn had cancer removed from his colon (and needs to kemo - get your colonoscopy), and ended up getting an infection in his body that got very, very, serious. He ended up having his gallbladder removed and was down for the count (losing thirty pounds in four weeks). 01:32 Gleen The Geek Got Really Sick 04:05 Glenn's Supporters Came to the Rescue 06:27 How They Organized The Surprise 07:51 Let People Return the Favor 09:33 Have a Backup Plan 14:21 You Audience Feels Like They Know You Another Example of Building and Audience Taking Three Years 15:37 Erik Johnson of bumblecast.fm shares on the " Audience " podcast how his already famous client with a social following still took three years to build their audience. SPONSOR: School of Podcasting 16:45 Join today and be worry-free. Learn to sound great, create great content, and join the free mastermind with other brilliant podcasters as you go through the step by step tutorials, and get your questions answered at the Live Group Coaching calls. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start If you just have a few questions, schedule a coaching call . Build Your Own Ambassador Program With Refer.fm 17:40 Today we talk with Amira Valliani of Glow the makers of  refer.fm  a tool where you get to pick your own rewards, and you get a landing page where people can get their own unique link and refer.fm tracks the number of people they refer to your podcast. You get notified with the name and email person of the “super fan” who wants to refer their friends (they are stored in a spreadsheet making it easy to import into your system) and when they reach a goal you are notified. You can see my page for the School of Podcasting at refer.fm/schoolofpodcasting Dog Podcast Network Update: A Producer has been hired James Jacobson has hired a producer to help put his ideas into action as he is still collecting dog stories at <a h

Mon, December 14, 2020

Removing Randomness Results in 8K Downloads Per Episode

When I searched for the word "Random" in a podcast directory, there were over 50 shows, with many of them talking about "whatever." Today I'm going to share why I think this is a bad idea and how being focused has help Carey Green get 8000+ downloads per episode for his Morning Mindset Daily Christian Devotional podcast.  How I've Seen Random Fail As a teacher for decades, I can say I've seen how humans are not fans of change. They like things to stay the same and be predictable. As a musician, I saw establishments that had comedy on Monday, Metal on Tuesday, Country on Wednesday.... in trying to have something for everyone, they alienated everyone as you never know what night it was.  I had a dog for 14 years, and for many years all of my friends made up their own nickname. The dog heard random name after random name. Consequently, he wouldn't come when you called him as he had not connected with his  actual name.  The Power of the Niche On the Podcast Review Show (where you can get TWO consultants' insights for the price of one), Jason Sacco from the Ankylosing Spondylitis show shared how this podcast is attracting people who have this disease. This brings HUGE relief as many people have nobody to talk to who truly understands what it's like to have this pain-causing disease.  Jaspon has a focused niche, but that doesn't stamp out all creativity. He has been trying some live roundtables and hopes to continue to grow his audience as he moves forward. While Jason would like to monetize his show, currently building the community and the lack of feeling alone is quite a bonus already.  He has also been getting some press for his show.  Carey Green Gets to 8600 Downloads Per Episode  Carey Green hosts The Morning Mindset Daily Christian Devotional . When I hear about people with large amounts of downloads in just a few years (Carey is just under three years), I typically wonder if they had a large social following, email list, or built-in audience. In Carey's case, he had none of those. Here are some key points we covered in our interview: 20:10 Carey Green Getting 8600 Per Episode 21:43 Why Carey Started His Show 23:17 Daily Podcast Tips 24:34 Dealing With Haters 25:36 Polarizing People 25:59 Feedback From the Audience 26:58 Giving Your Audience What They Want 27:43 What Makes His Show Different 28:21 Starting a Premium Podcast 29:56 How is He Marketing His Show? 31:20 A Better Call To Action 32:05 Your Back Episodes in Stats 32:33 The One Different Thing 33:11 Teach Your Audience Your Slogan 35:43 Promoting the Show is Key 37:31 Carey Starts a Non-Profit 40:00 The Importance of Integrity What About Jordan Harbinger? Isn't His Show Filled

Mon, December 07, 2020

Podcast Editing as a Business

Today we talk with Mark and Steve from the Podcast Editor Academy . While there are other resources that dive deep into audio, this website covers audio editing and goes deep into the "growing your editing business" side. If you're wondering how you get clients? They have sales scripts and insights from over 6000 editors. You don't have to know everything there is to know about audio to be an editor, and this website can help you start and grow a podcast editing service. My Favorite Podcast Is - DEADLINE December 14th, 2020 02:30 Every year the last episode of the year is made up of listeners (like you) sharing what their favorite podcast is  and why (and be sure to mention your podcast as well). The deadline is December 14th, 2020 (next Monday) as it takes me some time to edit them all together. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Podcast Editor Academy Founders Steve Stewart and Mark Deal Mark Deal has been helping businesses (especially lawyers) out of Atlanta and is the head of Podcast Atlanta (a HUGE group of podcasters). Steve Stewart started a financial podcast and started editing his friend's podcasts. This lead to another friend, and another friend which lead to Steve putting his podcast on pause and doing editing full time. He wanted a Facebook group that only talked about post-production so he created one (see http://podcasteditors.club/ ). Please note that the power of this group is it is  clearly defined what they will (and more importantly  will not ) talk about in the group. This makes it stand out from other groups, and it is growing at a rapid rate. The Podcast Editor Academy started with a conference of editors and continues to grow with special speakers, presentations, and roundtables. When I logged in, I was impressed with the smooth transition of content and resources. If your not sure if you should join the Podcast Editor Academy or Podcast Engineering School. Join the Academy as there is a HUGE discount for the Podcast Engineering School that will pay for the price of the Academy. So you could start with the Academy, and then if needed take a deep dive into audio using the discount for the Engineering School (along with many other discounts). If you want to start small, join the Facebook group and see what the discussions are like, and then joined the Academy when you're ready and keep up to date by signing up for their newsletter. Audio Editing Survey I'm thinking

Mon, November 30, 2020

Is Your Podcast Future Proof?

Is Your Podcast Future Proof? I was asked by one of my editing clients to go back and edit some of their episodes and remove discussions that were about specific events at a specific time. In listening to their episodes there are a couple of strategies you can do to make your show future-proof. Always Use the Year The deadline for the question of the month is December 14th, 2020. By adding the year into the discussion, a listener knows that the episode has passed. But what about outdated information? If the episode consists of nothing but information that is outdated you can always delete that episode form your host and within 24 hours it will be removed from most apps. When I watch a movie and one of the characters says, "Why didn't you page me?" I can figure out that the movie is from the 1980's. I don't hold the movie studio responsible for outdated references. (Just my opinion). As always if you are delivering value to your audience, then keep it up and available. Use Timeless Landing Pages For example, I could say, "I'll have a link to the question of the month in today's episode at schoolofpodcasting.com/XXX, or just go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question. Every month when I do a question of the month I always have the same landing page. This way if someone goes to answer an older question that is outdated, while they are too late to answer the question from two months ago, they are in the right place to answer the current question. Another example of this is from Jordan Harbinger . Jordan gets mountains of downloads and makes a living with ads on his podcast. Jordan often has pages on the manufacturer's site such as hostgator.com/jordan but he also mentions that you can find more by going to jordanharbinger.com and clicking on the deals page. Here again, if there was a time-sensitive deal in place for the sponsor it may be too late, but you are now in the right place to find a deal from another sponsor that will help Jordan. If you're doing webinars you can say something like, "My webinar on the perfect gear is at schoolofpodcasting.com/perfectgear or just see the schedule for all of your webinars at schoolofpodcasting.com/webinars (where you would use your website - not mine.... :)  I realize you might say, "But I only have the one webinar. While this is true TODAY, in the future you might be doing one a week." When Glenn Hebert of the Horse Radio Network started it was a network with one show, but Glenn knew there would be more so he founded the Horse Radio Network. Reinforce Your Band By using your website you reinforce your brand, and you keep control of your content. For example, I have a Patreon account that I promote on the Ask the Podcast Coach where you can be an Awesome Supporter. Do I tell people to go to www.patreon.com/davejack

Mon, November 23, 2020

You Can't Buy An Audience If Your Podcast Sucks

Today we talk about the 1.7 billion dollar mistake that was Quibi and how we can learn from their mistake. We also take a look at the power of follow up questions, and the best place to buy gear.  Table of Contents 01:22 Your Favorite Podcast - Send in Your Answer 02:56 Now That's A Good Question: Howard Stern and Wolfgang Van Halen 06:35 Join the School of Podcasting 07:33 Lessons From Quibi 13:24 They Blew Their Launch 16:12 Big Name Celebrities 19:02 Make It Easy To Share Your Content 21:05 It's Not the Tech 23:28 Clueless About the Competition 29:49 Who is the Audience? 33:29 The Best Place to Buy Gear: Sweetwater 36:07 Your Audience Awaits Exercise How to Avoid the 1.7 Billion Dollar Mistake that Was Quibi Quibi is an over-the-top American short-form streaming platform that generates content for viewing on mobile devices. It was founded in Los Angeles in August 2018 as NewTV by Jeffrey Katzenberg (chairman of Walt Disney Studios from 1984 to 1994) and is led by Meg Whitman ( She is a board member of Procter & Gamble and Dropbox. Whitman was previously president and CEO of Hewlett Packard Enterprise), its CEO. In 2019 Variety reported that Quibi had secured 100 million dollars in advertising before the service had even launched. On February 2, 2020, they spent $5.6 million for 30 seconds on an ad in the Super Bowl that was seen by a reported 99.9 million viewers.  That is $18 per person if you round up. This for a service where subscribers can get the service for $5 per month with ads, or $8 per month without them.  That $5.6 million was a drop in the bucket. The commercial was really stupid and didn't really answer or explain what the heck it was. You just knew it was less than 10 minutes. They explained what is was, but not so much why it was or how you would benefit. It raised $1.75 billion from investors. It had a variety of shows featuring originals with Jennifer Lopez, Chrissy Teigen, Chance the Rapper, Liam Hemsworth, Sophie Turner, Lena Waithe, Nicole Richie, Reese Witherspoon. Quibi offered a 90-day free trial to those who sign up on its website before April 6. Overall, it plans to release 175 original shows and 8,500 episodes in the first year. Their lineup has a ton of stars, celebrities, etc It launched on April 6, 2020. It is set to shut down "on or about" December 1, 2020. December 1 is 239 days. That is $7,322,175.73 a day. Here is my thoughts on why this was such an epic fail. They Blew Thei

Mon, November 16, 2020

Because of My Podcast, I Got to Work For Marvel

The show is filled with "Because of My Podcast" stories. We also have a great example of a good question, and a reminder that Apple is going on Holiday soon (very important if you wanted a podcast ready to go in January 20201). SPONSOR: SCHOOL OF PODCASTING Ready to start your podcast? Got a podcast and you need to grow it? Join the School of podcasting and get instant access to: Step by step tutorials Live group coaching Access to a private (spam-free) Facebook Group filled with other brilliant podcasting minds Premium access to Dave. Join worry-free with our 30-day money-back guarantee. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Because of My Podcast, I Got a Book Published, that Inspired a Podcast I was contacted by a publisher to write the book Profit from Your Podcast: Turn Your Listeners Into Livelihood and it took a lot of work, but it's getting very good reviews. This lead David Hooper (author of the book Big Podcast , and host of Red Podcast and Big Podcast ) along with Jeff Sanders of the 5 AM Miracle podcast ( author of the book with the same name ) got together to create a series called Podcast Profits which promotes my book. The podcast is called Podcast Profits: Make Money (and more) With Your Podcast Dave called me to let me know what he was planning, and to make sure it was OK to have "Because of My Podcast" stories. As they were talking about me, I was fine with that. I was really surprised that they didn't mention/plug their podcasts or their company Voxphonix until the last episode (and it was very minimal). Because of My Podcast, Leslie Eiler Thompson Got to Participate in the Iditarod Dog Race in Alaska 05:39 Leslie is a <a title="Multimedia Producer & Creator" href= "https://www.leslieethompson.com/" target="_blank" rel= "nofo

Mon, November 09, 2020

COVID Took Natalie Kennedy's Job - Podcasting Delivered Her Dream

I had someone ask me about starting a podcast. They wanted to "Stand Out" without "Niching Down." The easiest way to stand out is to Niche down. When you do a show like We Have Cancer, Adoptees On, or the Chameleon Breeder, you get providing information that people can't get anyplace else. You end up with a smaller audience size, but a more engaged audience. Podcasting is Closer to Cable Television Than Radio In this clip of " The Loudest Voice ," you will hear actor Russel Crowe as Roger Ailes explains how he doesn't want a wide audience. He's is going to purposely make content for a demographic that is being underserved. Roger went on the grow Fox news which dominated cable news for decades. When you turn on cable, you get channels on cooking, animal sports, outdoors, and none of the channels will get anywhere near the audience of the major networks. However, you will have people like my ex-wife who watch HGTV like her life depended on it. COVID Took Natalie Kennedy's Job - Podcasting Delivered Her Dream Today I talk with Natalie Kennedy who is the host of the Anxious Love Podcast . The podcast is where Natalie covers relationship anxiety, ROCD, and upgrading love partnerships-- how to go from DOUBTING your relationship to LOVING it and gushing about your man. You can see where she already has gone from the wide topics of relationships and she niched down . Just like a cable channel.  The show is for women. The show is for women having an issue with their relationships. The show is for women who are doubting their relationships and worried about commitment. Today you will hear: 00:58 Podcasting is Closer To Cable TV Than Radio 06:09 Natalie Kennedy Interview 07:13 Natalie Knows Her Niche 09:53 How She Picked Her Niche 11:07 Natalie's Transparency and how she describes her services 12:03 Dealing with Impostor Syndrome 13:37 Proof Of Concept - She had people asking for her services before she offered them. 15:45 Starting Her Podcast 16:41 How Many Episodes Does She Have? - This all happened  really fast. 16:55 Is the Podcast Bringing in Clients? - ( spoiler - yes it is !) 17:21 Coaching Insights - How she gets people to open up. 18:45 You Don't Have to Know Everything - Just more than your clients. 19:37 How is Her Business Doing? 20:19 Pivots Don't Kill You  21:00 When Your Message Differs From Mainstream ( this is how you stand out).  Find Natalie at https://www.anxiouslovecoach.com/   23:05 Apple Holiday Break  November 22 to December 2 December 23 to January 2 Mistakes Breed Confidence 24:20 If you wait until things are 100% perfect, you'll never launch. Mistakes (are sti

Mon, November 02, 2020

The Zoom Podtrak P8 Vs Rodecaster Pro

Your Podcast is A Steam Train I often say that when you start out, your show is rolling slow. As it keeps moving, it gets faster and faster. It just takes time, consistency (of schedule, and value). Kim Krajci of Toastmasters 101 pointed me toward this YouTube video from Box Angeles . This video shows Mellisa Hunter who has a hilarious series of Adult Wednesday Adams and how one video in that series went viral and her back episodes starting taking off with the original video.  More Cool Podcast Gear For Podcasters One of the great things about podcasting getting more and more popular, is more and more products are coming to the marketing  Specifically for podcasters. Zoom Recently came out with the Podtrak P4 (for me this is THE go-to piece of equipment). Now they've come out with the Podtrak P8 which is a direct competitor of the Rodecaster Pro from Rode. Neither one of these units is a bad purchase. They both make it easier to create great sounding podcasts. Who Is This For? The Zoom Podtrak P8 (and the Rodecaster Pro) allow you to: Record up to six people in the same room. Report a remote interview via SB Connect and record a smartphone Play live sounds via touch buttons. Comparing Different Features of the Units. For me, I am always connected to my computer via a USB cable. This is for zoom calls, or recording directing into software. Keep this in mind when I talk about different tests. I do one live show on Saturday morning where I record to the internal card, or if I'm doing an interview (I use it as a back up).  Power Both the Zoom and Rode can be operated via batteries (The Rodecaster has an optional DC-USB-1 cable that enables you to plug in a USB battery). The Zoom P8 uses double-A batteries or can be powered via a USB cable. So with the Rode, you will have a USB and a power cable. With the Zoom P8, you can power it with just your USB cable. Advantage Zoom P8 Price The Rodecaster Pro currently lists for $599. USB Power Cable for RODECaster Pro $20 Total: $619 The Zoom P8 is listing for $499. Zoom BTA-2 Bluetooth Adapter $49 Total: $548 Advantage Zoom P8 Input Channels ZOOM P8 This is an interesting one, as the Zoom P8 has six XLR inputs. It has a dedicated channel to the phone input. This means you have a total of seven inputs. The USB interf

Mon, October 26, 2020

11 Steps I Took To Create a "WOW" Interview

Last week , I interview Matthew Dicks who is the author of the book Storyworthy. I am a HUGE fan of Matthew and was very excited when he agreed to come on the show. After the episode was published I get email after email. I saw comments on Facebook all stating, "WOW, That was a great interview." There will be times when you get feedback, and no matter if it's positive or negative you want to investigate why (so you can do more about it). I've received more than average feedback on episodes like  The Ultimate Guide to Hosting and Guesting Podcast Interviews ,  Overcoming Impostor Syndrome ,  How to Start a Podcast Network: The Good, the Bad, the Ugly, but the feedback I got about  How to Tell Better Stories with Matthew Dicks  was "way more than usual." One of the things I help people do is figure out what they are doing correctly with their podcast so they can do more of that type of content. With this in mind, I went back and looked at "Why did this connect with my audience?" Step 1: Start with someone interesting Getting entertaining stories out of Matthew Dicks is like shooting fish in a barrel. Step 2: Ignore the Back Story Matthew has an AMAZING back story. He took enormous steps to avoid telling his first story. While that's a nice story, I was looking for something my audience could take away. Ask yourself what is more helpful their backstory, or what they can do for your audience NOW? Step 3: Have a Goal Why was I bringing in Matthew Dicks? Because his book storyworthy is filled with strategies. I wanted to focus on strategies. I wanted to boost the skills of my listeners, and I wanted to sell books more Matthew. Step 4: Know your Guest I really wanted to get this interview going in the right direction. The minute I knew he was coming on the show, I was focused on coming up with the best questions. I especially wanted that  first question to lead to a story, and to help people understand that words matter. Every night I would walk around my neighborhood listening to Storyworthy on Audible. I've already listene

Mon, October 19, 2020

How to Tell Better Stories with Matthew Dicks

I have had the voice of Matthew Dicks in my head more than any other person this year. I heard him on a podcast, bought his audiobook Storyworthy: Engage, Teach, Persuade, and Change Your Life through the Power of Storytelling , and listened to it. When I was done with the book I wanted more and found his Speak Up Story Telling podcast . Unlike other books on Storytelling that have brilliant messages like "Stories are good," and "You should learn how to tell stories," I was THRILLED that I had finally found a book that explained HOW to tell better stories. It is an AMAZING book, and I feel it will benefit anyone who reads or listens to it. Today I am honored to have the author on my show. Here are some key points: Start with a thesis. I use to think something, and then something (the story) happened, and now I think something else. I would prefer to be entertaining than lengthy and boring. Always serve the story (not yourself). I think about what I want my audience to feel in certain parts of the story. I make those decisions before I begin crafting my story. "How about making the first thing you say something that's actually engaging and interesting? Because those first 30 seconds to 60 seconds of a story that is such fertile ground, that is your opportunity to either convince the audience that what is to come is worth listening to, or I don't know what the hell I'm doing. Because I've just bored you for 30 to 60 seconds, and essentially told you nothing." Our questions that we asked people like in a podcast, the more specific they are, the more helpful they are to our guests. Ready To Start Your Podcast? Are you worried about spending too much money on equipment? Sounding unprofessional? Not sure what software to use? How to shape your content?  Join the school of podcasting and enjoy the step by step tutorials along with a private Facebook group filled with other brilliant podcasting minds.  You can join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start TIME TABLE 01:22 Matthew Dicks Introduction 03:50 When Did You realize Stories Had Power? 08:38 Do Stories HAVE to show vulnerability? 10:14 Is vulnerability Magic? 12:38 How do you know what to keep and what to delete? 15:27 The Importance of Location 19:30 Homework For Life 23:44 Can you Tell a Story "By Numbers" 26:40 The Power of But and Therefo

Mon, October 12, 2020

What Podcasters Can Learn From Eddie Van Halen

This week rock guitar God Eddie Van Halen died after a long battle with throat cancer. As a guitar who was 13 when Van Halen's first album was released, and whose band provided the soundtrack to my adolescent years this hit me hard. With this in mind, I wanted to talk about things podcasters can learn from Eddie Van Halen. Sponsor - Profit from Your Podcast: Proven Strategies to Turn Listeners into a Livelihood Methods and Advice for Making the Most of Your Podcast—Pricing, Sponsors, Crowdfunding, and More Pick up any book on podcast monetization, and you will find 90 percent of it only covers how to launch a podcast. If you already have a podcast, you have that information; you’re ready for the next step. Profit from Your Podcast provides top strategies and real-life examples of podcast monetization. This book is more than what to do. It also tells you how to do it. Chapters cover such topics as: How to Grow Your Audience How to Set Your Pricing Understanding Advertising Jargon How to Find Sponsors Best Strategies for Making Money as an Affiliate Master Strategies for Crowdfunding Harnessing the Power of Webinars and Events The Top Tools to Make Your Job Easy Built on the author’s fifteen years of experience in podcasting, this action-packed guide will benefit new and veteran podcasters. Get clear on who your audience is and what they want, deliver value, and build an engaged audience that wants to give you money. Leverage your relationships and the integrity you have built through your podcast to create multiple streams of income. Profit from Your Podcast gives you the tools to do it all. Order on Amazon.com Van Halen Took Years to Build Their Audience The band was formed in 1972. Some of the top songs in 1972 were Saturday in the park in Chicago, Brandy (You're a fine girl), I'll take you there (the staple singers). Not exactly a thriving time of high energy, guitar-oriented hard rock. They played clubs for years. In 1976 (four years later) Gene Simmons of Kiss financed a demo tape, and arranged a performance in front of Kiss's management and was told that "they had no chance of making it" and that they wouldn't take them. Gene then removed himself from further involvement. A year later when they were playing the famed "Starwood: club Ted Templeman of Warner Brother saw the band and they were offered a contract. Good Planning Leads to Less Editing As they had been playing clubs for years, the band was well-rehearsed and ready to go. Their first album was recorded in three weeks with almost no overdubs. You Don't Need to Spend a Ton of Cash There are two popular guitars in rock music. A Stratocaster has a thin sound and used by blues players and it had a whammy bar. A Les Paul has a thicker, chunkier sound. Eddie took the guts of a Less Paul and put

Mon, October 05, 2020

Profit From Your Podcast: Tales From the Book Tour

School of Podcasting Win Best Technology Podcast People's Choice Podcast Award I am thrilled and humbled to be named the winner of People's Choice Podcast Award for best Technology podcasts (beating out seven other podcasts). Thanks to Todd Cochrane and everyone at podcastawards.com for all you do and thank YOU for voting for me. I had one this award back in 2017, and now I will have an awesome set of bookend for my bookcase.  THANK YOU!.  Profit From Your Podcast Is Now Available I spent months researching podcasters who are making money with their podcasts and assembled all the insights and strategies for you to follow. I announced that I was available for speaking on different podcasts, and I was lucky enough to have listeners who felt I would be a good fit for their show (I'm still available if you think I'm a good fit). By appearing on these different shows, the book was rated the #1 New Release in the blogging category. I was honored to be on the following shows, and look forward to appearing on yours.  06:02 I appeared with Ross Brand of Live Stream Universe on his Streamyard Connect Podcast which will be replaced in the future. 08:21 I appeared on Episode 360 the Jeff Sander 5 AM Miracle show.  I mention Jeff in the book on how Jeff won't take sponsors that he wouldn't use, and how you really need to guard your integrity as a podcaster. Jeff has appeared on this show back in show 603 in Getting Focused 12:11 I appeared on the " I Could Never Do That " podcast with Carrie Barret who is a podcast producer and talks about overcoming fears. We talk about how to find sponsors. 18:45 I appeared on Dealcster with Jeff and Chris. This was on Amazon Live so in addition to affiliate marketing we talked about Amazon getting into the podcasting space.  23:34  I will be appearing the <a title= "For the Love of Podcasting" href= "https://fortheloveofpodcast.com/" target="_blank"

Mon, September 28, 2020

Six Strategies To Make Your Podcast Interesting

If you want to hold someone's attention you first need to know who they are and what they need. Then we hear that people's attention span keeps getting smaller. Is it? Today I look into attention spans, and what makes things interesting. I asked my audience what thought made things interesting. Thanks to everyone who contributed including: Craig From http://www.inglespodcast.com/ Thomas from www.novelmarketing.com Harris from Wild Talk (XFL Podcast) Orlando from www.hablandodetecnologia.com/ Carey from Podcastification Andres from Colmillo Roquero Brandon from Florida Focus Podcast Bill from the Stroke Cast Kim from the Pharmacist's Voice Sean Whaley from Tourpreneur , Spybrary and Radio GDR Full show notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/742 Conclusion It's not that attention spans are getting smaller (they are not) but more our ability to know what we want and identify when we are NOT going to get it has grown. Know your audience, and give them what you want. Be your honest, transparent, vulnerable self to hold their attention. Use tools like your voice, your pacing, to grab their attention. Never stop your passion from coming out. Let people hear your passion. Keep in mind you are somewhat doomed. If you stay 100% consistent, your audience may get bored. If you branch out and try new things, you may upset those who want the show to never change. I know... so be ready to embrace that no matter what you do - some people will leave. Include any of these six to be more interesting: Tone of voice Pacing Passion Stories Autonomy Vulnerability Start Your Podcast Today - Join the Sc

Mon, September 21, 2020

How Podcasting Boosts Elizabeth Benton's  Seven Figure Business -741

Elizabeth Benton is known as a health and nutrition guru, but to me, she is more of a "mindset guru." She is someone who has dug herself out of being $130,000 in debt, and has lost (and kept off )150 lbs. My audience from the Logical Weight Loss podcast told me I HAD to read her book,  Chasing Cupcakes (get it for free on Audible ), and once I finished her book, I checked out her Primal Potential podcast and downloaded  all of her episodes . I was thrilled when she agreed to come on the show and explain how podcasting has boosted her business. SPONSOR: School of Podcasting Get access to step by step tutorials, a private Facebook group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and live group coaching and access to me. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee.  Join Today   Topics With Elizabeth Benton 7:16 How Long Did You Run Your Business Without a Podcast? 8:31 Did you hesitate to start your podcast? 9:11 People have STONG Feelings about Eating Healthy 11:24 How has your podcast impacted your business? 12:53 Because of her podcast ______. 14:01 Have you interviewed your clients on your podcast? 14:32 How do you keep going? 16:29 Favorite Piece of Feedback 17:36 Elizabeth shares about expectations in relationships 20:43 Advice for a new podcaster 22:20 You attract people who are like you. My Favorite Takeaways I want to be challenged because in that I learn. If you don't want to roll an ankle don't play basketball if you don't want people to disagree with you Don't ever say anything out in public. The advantage over email is people can listen to episode four. They can't read your fourth email.  If you're having fun, stay in the game. Stay consistent. Don't just do podcasting because podcasting is hot. It's only hot if you're really good at it. Podcast Rewind I appeared on  The Brave Files   podcast with Heather Vickery talking about some of my biggest fears and how I overcome them. The show features people living courageously. I also appeared on the Business of Podcasting show with Charley Valher. We talked about taking steps to make sure your podcast connects with your audience. Without a connection, you won't be able to monetize your show. Profit From Your P

Mon, September 14, 2020

How Charley Valher Changed His Podcast from a Money Taker to a Money Maker

Charley Valher started a podcast and was "swinging for the fences" and after hiring a team, and putting 50,000 into a marketing budget he realized after a year that the show just wasn't producing the results he needed. Today he shares the mistakes he made, and how he came back to podcasting with new strategies and insights that resulted in his podcast ( the business of podcasting ) being the number one way her is driving customers to his business at Valher Media .  Topics Include: 02:41 Charlie's Services 05:14 Charlies Hired a Team for His First Podcast 07:59 What Was Missing? 10:44 How did you come up with the new formula? 12:19 Position Yourself as the Expert 14:45 Can You Niche Down Too Far? 15:54 Three Ingredients of a Niche 16:40 Charlie's Original Call to Action 18:07 Having the Right Topics 22:11 Was it Hard To Try Again? 25:13 How Long Until You Saw Results? 26:57 How do you pick topics? 29:32 Interviewing Potential Clients 33:22 Did You Make Any Technology Mistakes 34:59 Most Memorable Feedback 39:55 What's Working Now? 40:41 How Do You Grow Your Podcast? 43:04 Insights Into Charlie's Prices Great Takeaways Position yourself as an expert  I want to talk to my audience so they feel like I've been watching them. When creating a niche, consider the demographic, the service/industry, and if this is for Beginners/Intermediates/Experts His audience is now quoting the podcast in his approval form. They say things like, "This podcast was made for me."  The 5o,00 budget did not result in success. You can't buy an audience if your content doesn't connect. Question of the Month DeadLine 9/25 Right now, I'm obsessed with the word, Interesting. When you hear the word interesting, what comes to your mind? If someone who spoke another language and asked you to explain what  Interesting  mean, how would you describe it. Feel free to “riff” on your thoughts of  interesting , and explain any examples of content you feel is interesting. I need your answer by September 25th, 2020. Submit your answer at schoolofpodcasting.com/question Mentioned In This Podcast The Business of Podcasting Show  Va

Mon, September 07, 2020

Super Serve Your Niche - Lessons from Tyler Perry

As I continue (as a middle-aged white dude) to attempt to learn more about Black History, Culture, and issues, a friend of mine suggested I watch the TV show Black AF on Netflix as there is always a hidden history lesson.   (a writer and producer)  plays a television writer and producer (named Kenya Berris). In one episode the main character (who is a movie and television creator) is worried about giving feedback to a fellow black creator, and also is worried about what others might think about his films and content. In sone scene, Kenya meets Tyler Perry who might know from his movies feature Madea. This is a character played by Perry. She is a tough, elderly African-American woman. She 6'2" and 365 lbs. Diary of a Mad Black Woman—2005 Madea's Family Reunion—2006 Meet the Browns (cameo)—2008 Madea Goes to Jail—2009 I Can Do Bad All by Myself—2009 Madea's Big Happy Family—2011 Madea's Witness Protection—2012 A Madea Christmas—2013 Boo! A Madea Halloween—2016 Boo 2! A Madea Halloween—2017 A Madea Family Funeral—2019 Transcript from Black AF Featuring Tyler Perry In the episode, Kenya asks about the website Rotten Tomatoes. ---- Kenya Barris: Go to Rotten Tomatoes. Tyler Perry: But let me just tell you about the tomatoes. I don't fuck with 'em. Kenya Barris: No tomatoes? Tyler Perry: I don't give a damn about a rotten or a fresh none of that means shit to me. Kenya Barris: That's amazing. What about critics? Tyler Perry: I don't give a fuck Kenya Barris: I guess that's amazing. Tyler Perry: Can I just tell you why? Listen, man, I know that I'm telling stories that my folks want to see. I'm talking from our point of view. We're speaking a language. We're speaking a shorthand that we get, and that white people don't necessarily get. Nina Simone said this and I never forgot that she said, " You will use up everything you got trying to give everybody what they want ." You got to focus man you know what I do? I super serve my niche. We speak like we're talking we know each other - we get it. There's a lot of times I see shit that wins Oscars and I be like, what is this shit? I walked out halfway through it. I don't get it.  I feel like they feel the same way about my work. They don't get it, which is all cool. My mother born in Jim Crow South In Louisiana, right down the street from Mississippi where Emmett Till was murdered. She told me the value of being who I am of my blackness. She said, " Don't you ever let anybody tell you who you are, you know who you are, you know where you come from ." I watched her stories, I watched her struggles and that's what I'm telling. I'm telling the stories that I come from, and that's why they're winning. Because people are recognizing themselves in these stories, no matter how crass that peo

Mon, August 31, 2020

How To Measure Your Podcast Audience Engagement

It's to know what is working for your audience. Sure you can look at your downloads but there are other ways to look at engagement. Today in episode 738 I dig deeper. Website Traffic How many website visitors are you getting? You may be surprised that your top ten pages on your website are the same as the top ten episodes of your podcast? Why, you might have more keywords in your notes that attract google. People may be linking to your episode which can boost "Google Juice" (your rankings). WHAT ABOUT TRANSCRIPTS? I was listening to  The Business of Podcasting a great podcast with Charlie Valher from Valher media (Charlie will be on this show in the future), and he was interview Stephan Spencer who is one THE SEO people on the planet. While we often say, "This person wrote the book on..." Stephen actually wrote the book on SEO (Search Engine Optimization) The Art of SEO . It's 994 pages. Here is what he had to say about transcripts: But the key thing here is you're creating something in an audio format and although Google is getting better at taking that audio and doing something amazing with it, like turning that into searchable content on its own, you can't just rely on that. A lot of people don't have time to listen to podcasts and they like to just scan through articles, but nobody wants to read a transcript. Who's gonna get excited about reading a transcript with a bunch of the back and forth banter and not cutting to the chase? Having an article made out of the transcript, however, is a very powerful strategy and if you have an hour-long show or a half-hour-long show, that's a lot of textual content. - Stephen Spencer the Business of Podcasting show . Transcribed by https://otter.ai Google Analytics Google Analytics is a great free tool that enables you to pull insights about your website visitors. The best part is its free. It is very robust. There are ways you can flatten the learning curve with Google Analytics. One is to take the free course(s) offered by Google . One of my favorite tools that takes that data and creates easy to understand reports is Monster Insights . Check out <a href= "https://www.loom.com/share/25c4e4d

Mon, August 24, 2020

The Zoom Podtrack P4 Portable Podcast Recorder

The Zoom Podtrack P4 is coming out next month (from what I hear) and this appears to be a game-changer for those podcasting on a budget. Here are some of the features of the Zoom Podtrack P4: Zoom Podtrack P4 Podcast Recorder Four mic inputs with XLR connectors Four headphone outputs with individual volume control Gain control knobs and mute buttons for each input Phantom power for all XLR inputs Automatically prevent feedback from call audio using the Mix-Minus function Easily connect your phone using the TRRS connection Trigger sound effects using four assignable Sound Pads with 11preset sounds All input sources can be recorded on separate tracks 16-bit /44.1kHz audio WAV Records directly to SD, SDHC and SDXC cards up to 512 GB 2-input, 2-output USB audio interface Class-compliant mode for iOS compatibility Up to four hours of use with just two AA batteries or a USB power supply Can be powered via 2 AA Batteries Can be powered via USB or Zoom AD-17 AC Adapter Comparing the Podtrack P4 to the Rodecaster Pro Zoom P4 VS Rodercaster Pro Zoom Podtrack P4 Manual (pdf) , Price: Zoom Podtrack P4 is $199 Rodecaster is $599 Audio Processing: The Rodecaster has built-in APHEX audio processing and mic modeling. There is a "big bottom," an aural exciter, a compressor, and noise gate. The P4 has a low cut (to cut out unnecessary frequencies) and a limiter (to make sure you don't peak and distort). The Podtrack P4 does have very powerful preamps that are very quiet. The Rodecaster also features a built-in ducking option so if the host is in channel 1, and someone tries to talk at the same time this feature (which can be turned on and off) will ensure the host (mic 1) is heard. Sound Pads: The Rodecaster has 8 pads for sound effects vs the 4 on the P4. If you're doing things live and want the ability to play sounds with a press of a button. As both the Rodecaster and the P4 have the ability to plug a phone in and you could use an app like Backpack studio which enables you to have a ton of sound pads. Slider Vs Knobs The Rodecaster has sliders vs the knobs on the P4 Storage: The P4 has a

Mon, August 17, 2020

Charging Your Guest an "Appearance Fee" on Your Podcast

HOUSEKEEPING: My book, Profit Grom Your Podcast UPDATE. If you're asked to confirm your sale, please say yes. Podcasts are continuing to get more and more popular with millions of listeners worldwide. In some (few from what I've seen) cases, people with  very popular  or  very niche shows can charge what some people call a "Guest Appearance Fee." While I understand that some of us are trying to at least pay for the cost of production with our podcasts, but there are some things to think about before you go charging people to be on your show. SUPPLY AND DEMAND I know some people were charging to be on your show (in some cases four figures) to be a guest. The law of supply and demand can be summarized as the smaller the supply for something the more your can charge as long as it has value (or perceived value). Why? Because you can't get it anyplace else. If you show has a HUGE audience and people are banging on your door to be on your show, this might indicate a high demand for people to be on your show. If your show is super niche, it may be the only podcast on the topic. If a potential guest wants to do a deep dive on Viking history , there may not be that many podcasts to contact. Remember when sponsors are paying you money it is to get in front of your audience. If a guest thinks you have a large chunk of the audience they may be willing to pay to get in front of them. MANAGING DEMAND WITH YOUR PRICE When you have too much demand on a product as you can't keep up, one strategy is to raise the price. When I was a working musician some of the bars I played had a $5 cover charge. Why? Because if you were willing to pay $5 just to get in the door there was a good chance those people had disposable money to buy food and drinks. This way your bar was full of your target audience. If you have a TON of people BEGGING to be on your show, charging for an appearance might slow the demand. It might shorten the line to get into the guest chair, and only those who KNOW that you have their target audience will bust out the cash to sit in that seat. If this sounds like a good idea, lets take a second and look at this a little deeper. Take a Long Look in the Mirror If you were to go to Google is your show one of less than five other podcasts on your subject? Are you the only pigmy pony podcast? Do you have a large audience? Not many people can say they have a super-niche podcast with a large audience. Here are some other things to consider: Enjoying the Extra Money This Would Bring In TV Talk shows (due to the union) pay their guests to appear on the show (<a title="Celebrities Paid on talk Shows" href

Mon, August 10, 2020

7 Patreon Alternatives For Podcasters

Patreon is having what appears to be some  serious legal issues created by a loophole in their terms of services. Today I talk about seven different options each with their own strength.  Patreon Subscribestar Supercast Memberful MyLibsyn Podbean Buy Me a Coffee Ko-Fi Full Details, videos, and more at  www.schoolofpodcasting.com/735 Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, August 03, 2020

How to Avoid Flushing Your Audience Away

There are those that are going to be surprised by today’s content. Why? Because I’m going to admit to making one of the biggest mistakes (if not THE biggest mistake) you can make in podcasting. This deals with your podcast feed. When you learn to shave, you have to learn how to hold the razor properly.  The Radio Analogy Let’s start with some analogies. Radio is broadcasted on a frequency. That frequency is then deciphered by a radio receiver, which turns it into music.  Podcasting is syndicated via your feed and is deciphered via an app. So you had DJ to Frequency to Radio. Now you have podcasters to feed to app. In radio, you had to make sure your radio tower was always operational. If the tower had an issue, you were no longer broadcasting, and your station went dead. With podcasting everything, I mean EVERYTHING is tied to your feed. Guard it with your life.  Change of Address Forms The other analogy I want to bring here is the change of address form. I’m going to be moving later this year, and when I am finished set up,at my apartment, I’m going to fill out a change of address form with the US Post office that says,”Any mail going to Dave Jackson at his apartment should now be delivered to his house.”  Here is the problem you want to avoid.  What if your favorite pizza place was at 123 Main Street, and they moved. They had no website, and when you dialed their phone number it said it was disconnected. You LOVED their food, but you had no idea where to get it.  If a radio station moved from 98.7 to 100.2 and didn’t let their audience know, you would have to scan the dial searching for your favorite station.  When you move from one feed to another without doing a 301 redirect you strand your audience who is still looking at your old (dead) feed.  How Did This Happen? So how did the guy who warns everyone to be careful when dealing with feeds shoot himself in the foot?  I did this late at night (post-midnight right before I was heading to bed). Looking back we always have 20/20 vision, but I’m pretty sure this not when I’m at my sharpest.  You might say I got, "Too comfortable with the knife." What I mean by this is if you do something dangerous over and over, after a while, you get comfortable, confident, and potentially end up cutting yourself. If this had been a client’s account I was working on, I would’ve shut off all distractions, double and tripled checked my steps, and things would’ve been fine. In my case, I knew the procedure, logged in, copied, and pasted and was getting ready to head to bed. I was too comfortable with the knife.  In looking at my stats, it appears I came away with a bruise instead of needing stitches.  I Appeared on the Krisk and Kristine Show You can check out my appearance on episode 48 of the Kris and Kristine s

Mon, July 27, 2020

Your Favorite Episode of Your Podcast (and why)

Today we revisit the topic of Impostor Syndrome (something we talked about in episode 627), as you won't believe who has impostor syndrome (the whole, "Why would anyone listen to me???).  We also share what your favorite episode is and why (some pretty amazing answers thanks to all who participated).  Join the School of Podcasting Worry Free Worry about sounding bad or unprofessional? Worried about buying equipment you don't need? Worried you'll make all those common mistakes that podcasters make? Then quit worrying and join the School of Podcasting. You get step by steps tutorials, live group coaching, a private mastermind group, and priority email support. You also get a 30-day money-back guarantee (so you can join worry-free). see www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join Because of My Podcast - I Got to Interview Tony Danza Willam shares the hoops he had to jump through to get Tony Danza on his podcast. Listen to the episode at  https://unpro.podbean.com/e/ep-23-tony-danza-part-1/ Garth Brooks and Impostor Syndrome In the docuseries Garth Brooks - The Road I'm On there is a great segment where you learn Garth is the top-selling solo artist of all time, and at the same time is hiding in his hotel room afraid nobody will show up to his concert in central park (they did, almost 1 million people did - making it the largest concert in central park). Nothing you start ends up where you thought it would. (think about that and I believe you'll find it is true). We worry about failure. I'm listening to a book on Audible called Exactly Where To Start by Philip M Jones. He makes a great point about failure and mistakes.  First, understand the difference between a failure and a mistake. A mistake is incorrectly doing something that you knew specifically how you were supposed to do. A failure is trying something you've not tried before, and it working out differently than you hoped for. Seeing these differences instantly empowers a difference in your acceptance between the two and possibly helps you become more excited about your future failures .  - Philip M Jones Exactly Where to Start Get the Audio Book For Free  Take a second and list all of the hard things (or things you perceived as hard at the time) that you have accomplished. You've done more than you think.  What Is Your Favorite Episode and Why? While this wasn't planned, I love that many of these episodes involved peo

Mon, July 20, 2020

Don't Quit On a Bad Day - How Glenn and Jamie Thrive After 2500 Episodes

Glenn "The Geek" Hebert and Jamie Jennings have been doing a ninety-minute daily show Horses in the Morning   since 2010. If you listened to the show 24 hours a day it would take you 150 days to listen to all the episodes. That is a HUGE amount of work along with finding sponsors, booking over 6000 guests, facilitating contents and more. Today they share their secrets to longevity while keeping their sanity. Horses in the Morning is part of the Horse Radio Network . Quick Housekeeping 01:07 Answers for the Question of the Month 01:30 Vote For School of Podcasting at Podcastawards.com Surviving and Thriving After 2500 Episodes 06:54 How Did You Find Each Other 08:01 Shaping the Concept 10:54 What have you tried that didn't work? 12:29 6000 Guests Over the Years 16:10 Radio vs Podcasting 18:16 Handing Bad Days 20:43 How do you keep finding new content? 24:25 Because of My Podcast Story 25:58 Interacting With Patons 28:19 How Have You Gone This Long and Stayed Sane? 33:43 Glenn Knows Where the Episode is Going 34:41 Bring Your Passion 35:38 Don't Quit on a Bad Day 37:11 Tips for Wanna Be Podcasters 41:25 Bloopers Main Take-Aways Glenn and Jamie only promote products that they would use. Consequently, 98.5% of their listeners buy those products.  They use the Patreon account to allow their listeners to get closer (and appear) on the show.  They put hours into show prep and know exactly where the show is going.  They keep trying new things to keep the show fresh.  Some of their best segments "just happened." They never talk except on the show so they don't have to recreate conversations in their episodes. Question of the Month What is your favorite episode of your podcast and why? Answer by 7/24/20 at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Ready to Start Your Podcast? Join the School of Podcasting worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee and get access to step by step tutorials, live group coaching, and a private Facebook group filled with brilliant podcasting minds. You also get direct access to Hall of Fame podcaster, Dave Jackson via priority email support and when needed video conferencing. Join today at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join Need Some Honest Feedback on Your Show? Get your show reviewed by 30-year radio veteran Erik K Johnson, and 15-year podcast

Mon, July 13, 2020

Podcasting Best Practices

I've been asked this questions in a few interviews. As there are no rules and you can do anything you want  in a podcast, are there are any Podcasting Best Practices? Well as we all see podcasting through many different lenses I thought I would share my opinion on the best practices. Have a Topic You Are Passionate About, as in REALLY Passionate about.  Next week you will hear Jamie from Horses in the morning talk about her L O V E of horses. In the past I have said you need the passion that a sixteen year old boy has for getting his driver's license. WHY: Because when you first start out, it will be awkward, and you will still be getting comfortable behind the mic. You will have next to no audience and it is soul crushing to put that much work into something and have next to nobody listen to it. When you have that passion, you will talk about it even if nobody is listening.  Know Your Target Audience I know, "But Dave you just said I don't have an audience." I know, but who is the person that  should   love this content. Also, I don't mean "34-48 year old Women. That is identify who they are. I mean KNOW THEM. Go hang out with them, and find out what makes them tick.  WHY: One of the biggest fears is sounding stupid. How do you avoid this? By knowing what your audience needs (we cover this in the planning your content course, as well as "Content is King" course).  Know WHY You're Podcasting Every  podcaster says "It takes more time than I thought" when you start a podcast (for the record it takes more time than you thought for many things if you think about it). Starting a podcast is easy. Start is GOOD podcast can tricky. You've identified who your audience is, and what your topic is, but the why can help shape the content. If you're trying to keep your brand in front of your potential customer you might do three five minute podcasts a week. If you want to be seen as an expert, maybe you do a weekly 20-minute show where you answer a question. If you're trying to grow your network, maybe you do interviews with other people in your field.  WHY: When you start to achieve your goal, it puts gas in your tank. If you are NOT achieving your goal you know you need to adjust the content or turn up the marketing.  Get The Best Equipment You Can Afford I typically say you can sound pretty good for the price of an Xbox (about $300). By the time you get a microphone and some sort of interface, etc. You're looking between $70-$300 depending on how many co-hosts you have, etc.  WHY: Look at the top 200 shows in Apple and see how many were recorded using their phone (although you can make "OK" recording with your phone when used correctly).  Have A General Idea Of How a Podcast Works I've been driving since I was 16. While I don't know enough about my car to work on it. I do know enough to do some basic troubleshooting.  WHY: By understanding the mechanics o

Mon, July 06, 2020

Interview Clips At the Start of Your Show

I hear so many podcasts that do interviews and they start their podcast by pulling a clip from the interview. Today we talk about why this may not be the best strategy. The interview snippet should build anticipation Piques the curiosity and makes them want to know more Some people pull clips that make people go WHAT WAS THAT? Many times these clips are long (I wouldn't make then any long than 10-15 seconds if not shorter) and just leave the listener confused.  ROLL THE CLIP If you think about it movies use trailers to motivate people to come see the movie. They also send the starts on talks shows who often have a clip of the show. When the hosts ask, "Does this need setup?" the answer is almost always yes. Some back story is needed to have the clip make sense. In some cases podcasters are creating a clip, placing it at the very beginning of the episode and there is no "setup" and the clip leads to confusion.  SPONSOR: Start Your Podcast Worry-Free at the School of Podcasting You're worried you'll sound stupid. You won't as I show you how to know exactly what your audience wants. You're worried about the technology? Don't be as I have step by step tutorials to walk you through the whole podcasting process. Need some help along the way? I do live group coaching multiple times per month, you have priority email support, and a private Facebook group filled with brilliant podcasting minds. You also have a 30-day money-back guarantee so if you're not happy you can get your money back.  Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned In This Episode Start your podcast worry-free at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start New Media Show With Adam Curry No Agenda Show Kim from Toastmasters101.net   Kim from thepharmacistsvoice.com  Come to the table podcast Podcast Rodeo Show (get the beginning of your show reviewed). Podcast Review Show - Full Review <a title="Grow Your Community" href= "http://www.growyourcommunityshow.com" tar

Mon, June 29, 2020

The Ripple Effect of Podcasting

Today we hear stories of different people who have had doors open due to their podcast. Your podcast typically is not a business. It is a business card. Your podcast can be used to network with other people and companies, help you get employment, and help secure opportunities. Mentioned in This Episode Joe Rogan and he was interviewing John Stewart  Emly Prokop from the Story Behind Podcast getting a book deal Moxie LaBouche of the Your Brain on Facts got a Book Deal  My book comes out in August Profit From Your Podcast David Hooper got a radio show when he mentioned he could turn it in a podcast. Music Business Radio ( a program he still does and produces as a podcast along with Big Podcast , and Red Podcast ). Dave shares this story as part of the bonus content for the audio version of this book BIG PODCAST . Audiolympics Podcast Talent Coach Erik's episode on Partnerships Podcast Review Show SPONSOR: FOCUSRITE Check out the  interface selector tool  that helps you pick the right model for you  at their website . Ready to Start Your Podcast? You can join the School of Podcasting on a  Monthly , <a title= "School of Podcasting" href= "https://www.theschoolofpodcasting.com/bundles/sho

Mon, June 22, 2020

Podpage: Quick and Easy Podcast Websites

If you hate WordPress but want something a little more powerful than the built-in website that comes with your media host then you might want to check out Podpage. Today I interview the create Brenden Mulligan Learn Podpage for Free Sign up at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/learnpodpage Want to play with it for free? Check out www.schoolofpodcasting.com/podpage Question of the Month: Who Is Your Dream Guest? 03:10 Scott Johnson 05:15 Jim Collison 06:04 Jill and Chris 07:30 Kris and Kristine 10:03 Dave Jackson Profit From Your Podcast Now Available for Pre-Order Dave's new book " Profit from Your Podcast " is now available for Pre-Order. He is looking to get as much word out about it as possible. If you think I'd be a good guest for your show, I'd love to be on your show and help promote my appearance.  Sponsor: Focusrite * Scarlett, now in its 3rd Generation, is the world’s best-selling USB interface range with over 3 million units sold worldwide * Choose from 6 different interfaces with 1, 4, or 8 microphone inputs depending on the number of hosts and guests on your show * Superior sound quality makes sure you sound your best * Works with the recording software you’re already using * Works with any type of XLR microphone * Loopback on select units allows you to record Skype or Zoom calls directly into your recording software with no workarounds * New unique Air feature adds brightness and presence to your voice Check out the  interface selector tool  that helps you pick the right model for you  at their website . Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 <a href="https://school-of-podcast

Mon, June 15, 2020

30 Strategies To Grow Your Podcast Audience

I've been holding "podcast happy hours" during the pandemic. This is a place when some of us just wanted to talk to someone besides the cat. In one of those sessions, Scott Johnson from What Was That Like? shared how he ad success swapping episodes with another similar podcast. This got me thinking about strategies to grow your audience. This episode is sponsored by Focusrite Mentioned in This Episode What Was That Like? Podcast Horse Radio Network episode 677 - All about doing interviews and being interviewed All the episodes featuring Glenn the Geek TeePublic - for Shirts Sticker Mule for Stickers Mangools - Keyword Tools Social Warfare plugin. wisestamp.com - Cool Email Signatures Erik's Audience Amplification Course Start Your Podcast Today Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Full show notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/727 Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want.

Mon, June 08, 2020

Every time I podcast something good happens - Andrew Lewin Interview

As a Marine Biologist, Andrew Lewin from Speak Up for the Ocean Blue podcast (available in directories like Apple , and Google ) just wanted to talk about treating the ocean better and keeping it safe. That was less than 10 years ago, now he's a key figure at Ocean Related events, and is becoming THE podcast about ocean conservation. Today we will hear parts of Andrew's story. SPONSOR: FOCUSRITE * Scarlett, now in its 3rd Generation, is the world’s best-selling USB interface range with over 3 million units sold worldwide * Choose from 6 different interfaces with 1, 4, or 8 microphone inputs depending on the number of hosts and guests on your show * Superior sound quality makes sure you sound your best * Works with the recording software you’re already using * Works with any type of XLR microphone * Loopback on select units allows you to record Skype or Zoom calls directly into your recording software with no workarounds * New unique Air feature adds brightness and presence to your voice Check out the  interface selector tool  that helps you pick the right model for you  at their website . Start Your Podcast Today Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Andrew Lewin Opens Doors With His Podcast 03:12 When did you get the podcast bug? 03:56 When did he start his podcast? 05:40 What kept him going when he first started his podcast? 07:08 Why he didn't tell anyone he was podcasting? 08:25 Andrew gets invited to a conference. 10:50 Andrew was worried about negative feedback. 12:56 Andrew's relationship with Duke University. 14:02 Are these conferences for his job? 17:47 Changing your publishing schedule, what did your audience think? 20:27 Work-Life Balance? 21:38 Did his audience comment on his schedule changes? 23:10 How does his day job feel about his podcast? 24:24 The Toronto Zoo Podcast opportunity. 25:06 TV Show opportunity. 26:19 How do you promote your show? 29:10 Advice for new podcasters Andrew has even begun helping people podcasts on his own site ww

Mon, June 01, 2020

Fixing a Mistake in Your Podcast Episode

My last episode had a typo, and a mistake in the audio ( I said the deadline for June's question of the month was in February). Today we're going to talk about how to fix things when you make a mistake in your podcast. SPONSOR: Focusrite * Scarlett, now in its 3rd Generation, is the world’s best-selling USB interface range with over 3 million units sold worldwide * Choose from 6 different interfaces with 1, 4, or 8 microphone inputs depending on the number of hosts and guests on your show * Superior sound quality makes sure you sound your best * Works with the recording software you’re already using * Works with any type of XLR microphone * Loopback on select units allows you to record Skype or Zoom calls directly into your recording software with no workarounds * New unique Air feature adds brightness and presence to your voice Check out the  interface selector tool  that helps you pick the right model for you  at their website . How to Fix a Mistake In Your Podcast You publish an episode, and you're listening back to it in Apple Podcasts and then OH NO! You hear a mistake. What do you do? Go back to the software you used to create the file and fix the mistake (re-record, eliminate silence, whatever the mistake was). Then export the file  using the exact same file name as the original. Then replace the file on your media host (video below). How to Fix A Typo in Your Podcast Show Notes To fix a typo go to whatever tool you use to create your feed and remove the typo and save your changes. It will take up to 24 hours for the update to appear in the Apps. What Happens if You Upload a Repaired Episode with a Different File Name? If you upload your new "updated" file with a different file name, it will take up to 24 hours for Apple (and other apps) to update to see the new file (which means it won't work in the app). Learn from Your Mistakes Once you fix your mistake, don't just move on. Take a second and assess why this happened? Is there anything you can do to avoid this in the future. I always listen to the episode (speeded up) before publishing it. Every time I don't - those are the episodes with the issues. Do you have too much on your plate? Are you trying to hit a self-inflicted deadline that may not be super important to your audience? We all make mistakes, but smart people learn from their mistakes. REALLY SMART people learn from other people's mistakes. Because of My Podcast - I Got to Meet Gary V 23:05 I've said in the past your podcast is not your business, but it can be your business card. Today Mike Simmons from <a title= "Just Start Real Estate" href= "https://mikesimm

Mon, May 25, 2020

The Power of a Mighty Network

Question of the Month: Focus Groups 01:43 Currently, I'm obsessed with focus groups. Why? Because every time I hear someone talking about growing their audience the absolute last thing they mention is their content. So I asked my audience if they had ever used a focus group and Max from Aviation News Talk and Sharon from All God's Women both share how they had got some feedback and both feel they would benefit from it. Recently I did some market research that had me  way out of my comfort zone but the information I received was worth the discomfort. 02:26 Max from Aviation News Talk 04:34 Sharon From All God's Women 06:02 We All Benefit from Constructive Feedback Facebook Vs Mighty Networks On a previous episode, the hosts of the Wealth Without Wall Street were interviewed and mentioned how they had grown their overall revenue by 300% . One of its key ingredients was a Mighty Network. When I looked into this tool, I found it to be the swiss army knife of building communities (and if you want it - revenue). With Facebook losing 15 million in the last two years source and trust getting lower and lower why not move a separate mobile-friendly location where YOU are in control of your community. Jessica Shamora is the Head of Brand and Growth at Mighty Networks and came to answer my questions: Jessica Shambora and talk about Mighty Networks and how you can use them to build community. We talk about why a Mighty Network is better than Facebook and more (see chapter markers for more details). Check out Mighty Networks   Get Some Feedback on Your Show Two experts with over 40 years of combined experience go over your podcast, your website, your goals, and help promote your show. Go to: www.podcastreviewshow.com June Question of the Month 47:16 This month's question is "Who would be your #1 guest you want on your show?" I need your answer by June 26th. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Start You

Mon, May 18, 2020

Full Time Podcaster Daryl Grove of the Total Soccer Show

While many podcasters create content as a hobby, today we talk with Daryl Grove (who along with his cohost Taylor Rockwell) create the Toal Soccer Show. Today we talk with Daryl to go over how they make their show, how they interact with their audience, and how they developed the relationships with advertisers and their private membership. 01:35 Why is This Good? I came across the trailer of the show Once upon a Gene and was floored by the emotions that bubbled up to the service. It makes you laugh, cry, and think. The vulnerability of the host sharing her thoughts sucks you in. Her courage to share her disappointments, I found it amazing. Check out the show at effieparks.com  Also, Effie was on the latest episode of the Podcast Roundtable  07:16 Introduction to Daryl Grove Delivering Content You Can't Get Any Place Else to a Niche Audience 09:03 Interview with Daryl Grove Sponsor: Before you go promoting your show, shouldn't you get some honest feedback on what is and what is not working with your show? When you order a podcast review you get TWO consultants with over 40 years of combined experience in radio and podcasting. We look at your episodes, audio quality, the flow of content, alignment fo content with your goals, your website, and more. You also appear on the Podcast Review show (for added exposure). Get reviewed today at www.podcastreviewshow.com/reviewme 42:33 Question of the Month 44:09 Free "Ohio" Webinar Tonight at  7 PM ET 45:18 Your Podcast Website Webinar Mentioned in This Episode effieparks.com  - Once upon a Gene Podcast Roundtable  Moonclerk Subscriptions Podcast Review Show The School of Podcasting Total

Mon, May 11, 2020

Using LinkedIn for Your Podcast

You hear alot about LinkedIn (and other social networks) and you may be wondering, should I be using LinkedIn to help grow my podcast? Today I talk with LinkedIn Guru Karen Yankovich who is also a podcaster. If you're new to LinkedIn here are some fun facts: LinkedIn started on May 5, 2003 LinkedIn has 332 million members 2 new users join every second 42 million unique mobile visitors per month. This stat is up from 29 million a year before (This is a 45% increase in just 12 months ) 107 million users are in the USA alone The average time a user spends on LinkedIn is 17 minutes per month 25 million LinkedIn profiles are viewed every day One in three professionals on the planet are on LinkedIn You can increase your LinkedIn views by 11 times by including a photo 41% of users visit Linkedin via mobile 56% of members are male 44% of members are female 30,000 long-form posts are published on Linkedin every week 13% of LinkedIn users don’t have a Facebook account 59% of Linkedin users don’t visit Twitter LinkedIn users spend 26% of their time on LinkedIn using the mobile app  source https://www.jeffbullas.com Interview With Karen Yankovich Karen built her multiple 6-figure businesses by learning how to blend high-touch relationship-based marketing with practical business online savvy, and she brings that success to her clients as well. Her mission is to empower entrepreneurs to build highly profitable businesses doing what they love, all while making an impact. Connect with Karen on LinkedIn Check out her Good Girls Get Rich Podcast Check out her free training at wwwfreelinkedinworkshop.com 07:04 Karen Yankovich Interview 08:00 Facebook vs LinkedIn - The Difference? 09:00 Connect or Not Connect with Everyone? 11:01 Top LinkedIn Mistakes 13:24 What Can Podcasters Use LinkedIn For? 15:00 Your LinkedIn Profile 16:55 Articles Vs Posts 18:13 LinkedIn Sales Navigator 20:52 What Does LinkedIn Mean By Active? 21:25 How much time does it take to see results? 25:03 Who is Your Audience? 26:30 The benefits of clarity 28:35 What was the thing that stopped you from publishing? 29:19 Best Feedback from your podcast 30:18 Best LinkedIn Story 32:30 What Does Karen Offer? 38:03 Question of the Mont

Mon, May 04, 2020

Get and Manage Interviews with Poddit - an Interview with Brent Besham

Last year I met Brent Besham and She Podcast Live and hear about Poddit.  In this interview, you'll learn what Poddit is, and how you can use it.  Full show notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/721 Time Table 03:03 Poddit Interview - Brent Basham 14:43 A Guest Questionnaire 22:11 What Podcasters Can Learn From Michael Jordan 24:22 Focus Groups Tips 27:47 Website Webinar May 20th 28:13 Descript is Pretty Cool 31:16 SOP Housekeeping What is Poddit? People are using email, they're using Google forms, and we're moving a direction to really try to solve that pain point for podcasters where they can push everything to our platform, use our platform. To coordinate and integrate, like the scheduling and all the different parts of it. It could be the central place for coordination of the interview and all the details and reminders, and there's a lot of things. The Goal of Poddit? Poddit wants to be the best way to connect for your next podcast interview. There's a lot of facets to that on each side of the mic and they are exploring and expanding on both sides.    Poddit Preview Video Click here to watch the Poddit Preview Video Your Podcast Website Webinar This free webinar will cover what you can do on your website, best practices, and some new tools you can use to create a great looking, highly functional website.  Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/webinar Question of the Month  Did you use any kind of focus group for your podcast? If you did what did you learn, if not why not?  I need your answers by May 22nd, 2020. Be sure to mention your podcast and website (slowly)  see www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Mentioned In This Episode Poddit.net Text Expander The Ultimate Guide to Doing and Being Interviewed Other Resources For Finding Guests from podcastingresources.com <a title= "Be a Guest – Book a Guest: Andrew Alleman of Podcastguests.com" href= "https://schoolofpodcasting.com/guest-book-guest-andrew-alleman-podcastguests-com/" target="_blank

Mon, April 27, 2020

What Do You Use To Create Your Podcast?

Because of My Podcast Kevin from the AP Professor Check out Kevin's book " Pandemic Tracking: A survival Guide for College Faculty ." Check out Kevin on the Podcast Review Show Contributors Arnie Chapman _ Football History Dude Joan Wheeler - Culture Rich Podcast Darwyn Dave - Dealing with My Grief David Oliver Kling Sacramental Whine, and Midgard Interactive Kris from Kris and Kristine Clay Groves From Fish Nerds Zoe and Sammy From the Daily Chicken Podcast York From Poetic Earthlings  Dennis Trumpy - Sleep To Healthy Stephen Indrisano - Stephen King Boo! Club Kim Newlove - The Pharmacists Voice Timothy Kimo Brien - Create Art & Podwrecked Mike Thomas - Innopsis Podcast Links to All Items at the Website http://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/720 Time Table 00:43 Because of my Podcast 05:09 What Do You Use to Make Your Podcast 06:07 Arnie Chapman Football

Mon, April 20, 2020

300 Percent Growth in Business Revenue - Wealth Without Wallstreet Interview

Podcasting Goes Over 1 Million Active Podcasts According to the Site My Podcast Reviews, there are now over 1 million active podcasts. They define “active” as any podcast that has published at least one episode in the last 90 days, and “inactive” as any podcast that has not published any episode in that same time." So what does this mean? Podcasting is not a fad Podcasting works Podcasting is continuing to grow Does this mean you are too late. NO! Really podcasting is just getting warmed up. There is still 30% percent of the US that hasn't listened to a podcast yet. Wealth Without Walstreet's Russ and Joey Discuss How Podcasting Boosted Their Business Today we are joined by Russ Morgan and Joey Mure from Wealth Without Wallstreet . This interview was done during a pandemic, children were home from school so my guests Joey and Russ retreated to their closet and to their car to find a quiet place. You have to use what is available and if that is a phone line- that's what you use. This had some great takeaways 07:27 Starting with no real plan 08:44 The Original Community 10:14 Community Tools ( Mighty Networks ) 11:26 Podcasting Enhanced Their Services 13:03 Behind the Scenes of the Community 16:10 How their business has changed 17:58 Their Prospects are Better Educated 19:39 How do you know your podcast is good? 22:15 How Do They Choose Their Topics 25:57 Because of My Podcast 29:31 Things That Didn't Work 34:32 Special Deal from Russ and Joey 38:06 Question of the Month Reminder 39:31 Ready To Start You Podcast? 44:04 Bloopers I love that they built a place for their community to find out what they needed (using Might Networks) and they invited their guests to do open Q&A and invited them into their community. You can join their community and take charge of your finances by going to www.wealthwithoutwallstreet.com/sop Podcast Quick Launch Back Open As I only allow so many people in the mentoring program at the same time, it was not available for a little while. Those people have gone through the program and it is not available. Click HERE for more information. This Month's Question For April, “What do you use to create your podcast?” This could be hardware, software, business tracking, organizational if you use it in some capacity w

Mon, April 13, 2020

They Said, "Why Not" Now Look at Them!

As a podcast consultant and coach, my biggest struggle is not getting people to pick a name, or artwork, or finding the right gear. Those are all a walk in the park. My hardest part is getting people to start. First I need them to press record, and then I need them (after a few practice runs) to press publish. Then once I get them to publish, you have to be ready to pivot and tweak your podcast unless you think you got it 100% perfect on the very first try.  Today I share stories and insights from Danny Elfman Kevin Smith Jeff Dunham Matthew Dicks Bouncecast Software Review See the video podcast review www.schoolofpodcasting.com/bouncecastreview Podcaster Happy Hour Need a place to come hang out and chill. Looking for a place to come and just have some conversations and relax? Check out www.podcasterhappyhour.com Question of the Month What do you use to create your show? Answer at  www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Ready To Start Your Podcast? Start Your Podcast Today Join the School of Podcasting Step by step tutorials Live group coaching (get your questions asked) Private Facebook filled with other brilliant podcasting minds Priority email support with private instructional videos (ask a question expect a video answer) 30-day money-back Guarantee Start your podcast today. Click Here Mentioned in this Episode What was that like podcast with William Hung? Storyworthy Book Speak Up Story Telling Podcast Jeff Dunham on WTF Kevin Smith Interview Danny Elfman Masterclass <a title="The Podcaster Attitude" href= "https://schoolofpodcasting.com/podcaster-attitude-b

Mon, April 06, 2020

What podcasters can learn from the Tiger King

The Train Wreck That is the Tiger King is in the Top 10 of Netflix After the fourth person had asked me if I had watched the Tiger King on Netflix I decided to give it a try. It's not good. I got about halfway through and only watched the second half looking for closure. It's bad people behaving badly. I was on a Zoom call with my family and my brother had not seen it yet, and as he put it "everybody is talking about it." The whole family said the same thing, "it's awful, its a waste of time." I'm pretty sure he's going to start watching it. Why? Well here are some things podcasters can gleam from Joe Exotic (i.e. The "Tiger King"). Table of Contents: 01:27 I'm in Facebook Jail 21:53 Focusrite Studio Makeover 23:17 Misty Phillip from Spark Christian Podcast Conference 37:23 Podcast Rodeo Show Promo 39:00 Consulting with Dave 39:45 Danny Pena Connects with His Audience 42:19 Question of the Month Promo 43:08 Get On the Podcast 44:32 Bloopers Joe Exoctic is Unique Joe lives in the middle of nowhere Oklahoma. Even by "Florida Man" (home of bizarre behavior) standards Joe Exotic is very unique. I'm going to kind of spoil the show, so if you haven't watched and it and plan on doing so, now is the time to stop reading. Joe is a gun-toting, country music singing, gay, polygamist, Youtuber, who likes to blow things up at his zoo where he has tigers, alligators, and other exotic animals while he manages his campaigns for President and Governor. He is what some people might call "a character." I could go on, but I think I've made my point. Joe Had a Unique Product That Solved a Problem Joe would breed tigers and take the cubs on tours to small where people could pet them and get their picture taken. It's like Santa with claws and teeth. Much like Santa, Joe was taking in the cash because he was providing something you can't get anyplace else. Consequently, he was making some serious cash. Joe Lost Sight of His Audience Joe's arch-nemesis is Carol Baskins who is also "unique" in that her very rich husband disappeared a few years ago making her rich and they never found his body. Carol runs a large cat "Rescue" that looks a lot like a zoo. She has an army of volunteers who work for her. She is basically doing the same thing Joe is (has a large plot of land where people can see large Cats in cages) but Carol has a WHY. Some people become fans of what you do, other people become fans of people because of why they do it . Carol helped Joe's mall tour get shut down. Instead of looking for another solution, another product, or another animal, Joe got distracted. Instead of talking to his audience and asking them what else they might want, he became 100% obsessed with competition. Joe Started To Compare Himself to Others Joe did some things right. He reached out to other large cat owners (who are also living "differently" than most pe

Mon, March 30, 2020

Three Reasons Why Radio Personalities Should Be Podcasting

I thought it would be a good idea for Radio Personalities (DJs) to have a podcast. I know that they often lose their jobs due to the consolidation of stations, automation, genre changes, and more. However, I only thought it was a good idea. I didn't  know because I only know to podcast, Erik K. Johnson is the Podcast Talent Coach and co-host of The Podcast Review show and he's been in radio 30 years and is a program director for iHeart Media. So I asked Erik for his opinion and he gave me three reasons radio personalities should have a podcast Note: Most of this post was transcribed from the recording, so when you read "We" it's Erik and iHeart (not Erik and myself). Three Reasons Radio DJs Should Have Their Own Podcast Built-in Demo Freedom To Talk About Whatever You Want Develop a Deeper Brand Be sure to read the contract and know what you're signing.  Mentioned in this Episode Thanks to: Arnie from www.footballhistorydude.com Steve Stewart from www.stevestewart.me Brande Ushio from https://fandompodcast.com/ Table of Contents 1:43 Focusrite Studio Makeover 3:46 Revisit Bad Audio 5:26 Three Reasons Radio Personalities Should Have a Podcast 17:07 Say No to Puke Voice 19:53 Question of the Month   Ready to Start Your Podcast See www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start   Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, March 23, 2020

What Does Bad Audio Sound Like?

What do people mean when they say "Bad Audio" well I made some. You will hear where some strategies DO create bad audio and others (using your phone may not be horrible).  SPONSOR: Focusrite Focusrite is giving away a $2300 studio makeover. This includes the Scarlett 18i8, a Heil PR40, headphones, Hindenburg software, a deep discount on Squadcast, consulting and more (I wish I could enter). To enter the contest go to   http://bit.ly/PSM_Dave-Jackson Mentioned in this Episode Samson Q2u Childless by Choice Sound Off Podcast Podcast Rodeo Show Start Podcasting Worry Free Join the School of Podcasting and get access to: Step by step tutorials Private Facebook group filled with great podcasting minds Live group coaching sessions  Priority Email support Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/live 30-Day Money-Back Guarantee  Table of Contents 01:30 Focusrite Studio Makeover 03:31 Defining what Bad Audio Sounds Like 03:54 Built-in Camera Mic 04:42 Built-in Laptop Mic 05:36 Recording into Voicememo on My iPhone 06:12 Samson Q2U in the Bathroom 07:29 Using Blankets 08:09 Dave in His Closet 09:01 Blue Yeti in the Bathroom 10:34 Blue Yeti under Blankets 11:01 Blue Yeti in the Closet 12:26 Blue Yeti on a Desk 12:55 Q2U in the Closet 14:31 Trying to Clean Bad Audio 16:16 Do Portable Audio Booths Work? 20:15 Noise Gate Example 21:56 EQ Settings to Try 24:59 EQ Examples 26:38 Podcast Rewind 29:44 Some Light Reading 31:30 March Question of the Month 32:02 schoolofpodcasting.com/725 Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, March 16, 2020

Emergency Podcasting For Teachers

The Corona Virus Closed My School and I Need a Podcast NOW Across the US (and the world) schools are closed to try to reduce the number of people spreading the Carona Virus. This makes it very hard for teachers who still need to deliver lesson plans. With this in mind, I've made a video that shows you how to turn your lesson plans into a podcast. It's free, and the strategy uses free tools.  Sponsor: Focusrite Focusrite is giving away a $2300 studio makeover. This includes the Scarlett 18i8, a Heil PR40, headphones, Hindenburg software, a deep discount on Squadcast, consulting and more (I wish I could enter). To enter the contest go to   http://bit.ly/PSM_Dave-Jackson Free Video Set Up Your Podcast in 20 Minutes Click HERE to get access to video Wait, am I giving away the School of Podcasting stuff? No. Starting a podcast is easy. Starting a GOOD podcast is not. There is no "define your audience," and "define or why" or "check your band alignment" here, this is simply putting content (that may or may not sound great) on the internet for people to listen. Tips for Working From Home Avoid working in a room with a television. I've got tips on staying focused in a previous episode . In some cases, close the door to "block out" the rest of your home (to avoid distractions). What Does The Caronoavirus Mean For Podcasting? In some cases, your audience may be bored. They may find themselves with "Free time." I believe in one of Michael Hyatt's books he says when situations like this arise look around and say "what does this enable me to do that I normally don't do." Spend more time with your spouse and children. Read a book (or listen to a podcast) Clean your house (that's my plan this weekend) See who can use the smallest amount of squares to wipe their butt. Watch some cooking videos and cook from home. I made a dish last night called "Not Chipotle" that was chicken, rice, lettuce, cheese, and a bit of french salad dressing. Create an online mastermind Jump rope, push-ups, dust off the treadmill. Watch Saturday Night Live (it's still on) (or even better) Go to bed early. Eat all those things in the fridge and freezer that you bought by accident (asparagus! what?). New food is exciting (and often freezer burnt). There is a feature on your phone that if I under

Mon, March 09, 2020

Give Yourself Credit With Ronsley Vaz

Today I am recording from Podfest Multimedia Expo 2020 and I capture a conversation with Ronsley Vaz in the hallway after he shares an amazing story about listener loyalty.  Sometimes we are our own worst enemy. When we don't give ourselves credit, this belief limits our success. Focusrite Studio Makeover Focusrite wants to help remove any barriers to your creativity by outfitting your podcast studio with products from some of the best brands in content creation. We’ve partnered with them to award three podcasters with a complete studio makeover valued at over $2300 each and the chance for you and your podcast to be featured in a video project produced by Focusrite! For more information and a list of prizes see http://bit.ly/PSM_Dave-Jackson Enter the competition today! Timeline 00:00 Focusrite Giveaway 03:20 Table of Contents 04:33 Because of My Podcast Ronsley Vaz 17:22. Recorded Using an iPhone 18:17. Give Yourself Credit Mentioned In this Episode Book: Amplify: Raise Your Voice, Boost Your Brand and Grow Your Business The Psychology of Entrepreneurship Sarah Mikatel podcasting Step by Step Podfest Multimedia Expo Lou Mongello WDW Radio (Walt Disney World) Storyworthy by Matthew Dicks Get Storyworthy for Free at Audible Start Your Podcast Today Step by step tutorials Live group coaching (get your questions asked) Private Facebook filled with other brilliant podcasting minds Priority email support with private instructional videos (ask a question expect a video answer) 30-day money-back Guarantee www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listen Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audien

Mon, March 02, 2020

A First Look at Descript Software- Transcriptions and Audio Editor in One

Descript is software that transcribes your episode and then you can go to the transcript and when you removed it from your transcript, it removes it from the audio. You can fade in and cuts that are a little rough to smooth them out. You can mix in music, have multiple mics go into two different tracks so you can edit the "cough" out from person number two while person number one was talking. Enjoy the live demo of Descript in this episode 712 of the School of Podcasting. Table of Contents 01:09 What is Descript? 08:16 Descript Demo 19:20 How Much Is It? 20:02 Descript vs Otter.ai 22:40 My Podcast Reviews Free Month Dela Extended 24:12 #podrevday March 8th 25:03 Because of My Podcast- Carey Green 29:56 schoolofpodcasting.com/start 30:29 Robin Chsitopherson loved the Glow Episode 33:07 March Podcasting Events 37:57 Bloopers Descript Live Demo - Transcripts are more than just words While many people take the lazy way to show descriptions by thinking transcripts are the golden ticket. In my opinion, transcripts are hard to read and I often click away (which means this is the opposite of what people were hoping for, and Google calls this "bouncing" coming to one page and leaving). A transcript can speed up editing by making it easy to see the parts that definitely need edit,  and you will be able to see your crutch words. That is where descript has a very interesting feature. In this video , you see me right-click and erase 14 "ums." Were all the edits perfect? No, but you can use additional tools like fading into a word to smooth out and roughs edit. The price is $10 a month for up to 10 hours of transcription (which is lightning fast). We have a coupon code pec2020 through the end of March 2020 you can get 10% off a yearly subscription. Thanks to Steve Stewart and the Podcast Editors Club , and the Podcast Editors Conference for allowing us to borrow their coupon. Watch Video   My Podcast Reviews - Get A Free Month Deal Extended 22:40 I interviewed Daniel J Lewis back on episode 709 talking about My Podcast Reviews which scans all of the apple stores and emails you copies of your reviews (or your competitors) where you can then share them, add them to your media kit, etc. Originally the offer of a free month was to end in February but the free month offer has been extended

Mon, February 24, 2020

15 Things Podcasters Can Learn from Joel Osteen

I was in Houston for the Spark Christian Podcast Conference where I was speaking. It was a great event for the first time out of the gate and I met some really cool people. My buddy Sunny from the IPN asked me if I wanted to go see Joel Osteen who runs the largest church in America and is also an author and someone I refer to as "Happy Jesus Man." Jole is incredibly successful (his church is the building where the Houston Rockets professional basketball team played. It's a stadium that holds 16,800 people).  I have listened to Joel on and off over the years. I went to feed my spiritually, but I was also there to observe and look for the clues of his success. You don't get this big without doing something right. Time Codes 01:08 Spark Christian Podcast Conference Review 02:38 What Podcasters Can Learn from Joel Osteen 30:52 How did you get over your self Doubt? 41:10 Free Webinar on Equipment 42:19 Have you surveyed your audience? Joel Started As A Geek Joel was the technical person in his church working with his father. He was the lighting tech and worked for his Dad. Joel Did Something Different There is a style of preaching in the church known as "Hellfire and brimstone." This is where you explain to your audience that if you don't accept Jesus you are going to Hell where there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth. Instead of peaching about the horrors of Hell, Joel went to the bible and found all sorts of scriptures that point out how God wants you to prosper. Some have deemed this the prosperity Gospel, and because it's different than what people previously did, this has its critics. This has not swayed Joel from his message. He is covering the bible the way he wants to. He Makes it Easy for First Time Visitors Sunny and I had walked into what appeared to be a side door, and weren't exactly sure where to go. It was easy to identify who the staff was and we just walked up and said, "Hi this is our first time here." The worker knew exactly what to do and before I could blink I was given to a person who was giving me a tour of the building and explaining that there was a book store and if I wanted to buy anything Joel would sign it at the end of the night. He then escorted us to fourth-row center stage seats. I felt lucky. I felt special. The sanctuary was beautiful. They had cool lights in the ceiling and an amazing backdrop behind the band, and a choir made of people of every shape, size, and color. He Honored The Heritage of the Church and What They Believed in He played clips of his father who started the church and acknowledged those who came before him. Oh, I'm sorry this isn't for you... It's for the academy of podcasters. Let's move on. It Was a Well Oiled Machine There were no lags in the presentation. You didn't see the praise band ask, "He should we move on to the missing thing" and then someone says "Yeah, let's do the missing thing. Let's roll the missi

Mon, February 17, 2020

How Does Your Podcast Compete Against Giant Shows?

Table of Contents 01:29 How Do You Compete Against Large Networks? 06:44 25 People Vs 1 09:42 Two Things That Kill Podcasts 11:52 Buying an Audience 15:32 Life Without the School of Podcasting 17:01 So How Do You Compete? 19:24 Jet Ski vs Cruise Ship 21:53 Downloads are only ONE way of measuring Success 24:28 Free Webinar 2/26 25:01 Golden Mic Announcement 34:23 Where I Will Be 34:45 Question of the Month I hear this question a lot: How am I supposed to compete?  It'll be something like I've been podcasting for three years. There are these other podcasters who I'm pretty sure are buying their audience. They're spouting their numbers, and they're gigantic. How am I supposed to compete with somebody like that? I totally understand that question. Here are some things to consider: You Can't Compete Because its a good visual. How would a seventeen-year-old boxer compete against the champion who has held the title for six years? You don't put that kid in the ring. He's going to get killed. The experience, the stamina, he just isn't ready. He is completely out of his league. But I've Been Podcasting For Three Years But Dave, I've been podcasting for three years. You say that in some cases, you know people who are really starting to make a difference with their podcast at three years mark. To this I say"Uh-huh," but here are some things that we need to think about. We never know what's going on behind the scenes with a podcast. You might have a job (or two) and a spouse and some kids. The other podcast may not have any of those. Can you imagine how much free time you would have to promote if you didn't have any other activities and could focus on your podcast 100% of the time? So if you look at podcasters from the outside, there's a person with a podcast here, and another podcaster over there and you think they are the same and they are not. We have no idea what is going on behind the scenes. They might have a background in selling and your background is in teaching. Radiolab thanked 25 people at the end of their show. I am an army of one. Can I compete? In 2015ish I was up for a Podcast Movement Podcast Award and one of the shows in my category was Reply All.  I was competing against them. I've also had my Logical Weight Loss podcast compete against Jillian Michaels. Can we compete? Yes. The minute you turn on the microphone you are competing. Some of the things these teams of 25 use you don't need (original music?). While great production is like icing on a cupcake, if its all icing (and no cupcake) that doesn't work (see serial season two). The Two Things That Kill a Podcast BABIES Babies are so selfish. It's all about them. All they scream is feed me, wipe my butt, I want a nap. That can really get on your nerves (kiddi

Mon, February 10, 2020

Podcast Reviews Automatically Delivered To Your Inbox

Today we introduce a new segment, "I told you so!" I also have a great conversation with Daniel J. Lewis from My Podcast Reviews. get a special deal at  www.schoolofpodcasting.com/mpr Watch Quick Demo Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, February 03, 2020

Shaping Your Unique Voice with Eric Nuzum

Audience Engagement In a previous episode about Glow.fm I talked about how hard it is to obtain an engaged audience and you might be lucky if you get 5% engagement. This week on the finale of  The Good Place they mentioned the Podcast Radio Lab , and on a previous episode of Radio Lab they mentioned how 29,000 people are helping to pay for the production of the podcast. The interesting thing is due to their massive audience 29,000 is not even 1% of their audience. I bring this up not to depress you, but so we can all move forward making informed decisions. Eric Nuzum Eric Nuzum is the cofounder of Magnificent Noise and creator of iconic podcasts. Over the past 14 years, he has made podcasts that routinely top the charts, appear in yearly “best of” lists, win awards, and generate hundreds of millions of downloads. He started NPR’s podcasting efforts in 2005 and remained that effort’s chief creative and strategic force for the following decade, leading NPR to become the largest distributor of podcasts in the world. Eric developed some of NPR’s most successful podcasts, and continued that record of success during his tenure as Audible’s leader for short-form content and podcasting. In 2019, he co-founded Magnificent Noise, a podcast production and creative consulting company based in New York City. Eric’s book on audio and podcast creation, titled Make Noise: A Creator's Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling. Today we talk to Eric and talk about 03:56 Eric Nuzum Interview 15:39 How do you estimate the size of an audience 18:08 The 10 Word Challenge 25:57 How do Indies Compete with NPR? 29:32 Fixing a Flat Stats Issue 31:23 Lessons from Taylor Swift 33:22 The History of Podcasting Mentioned in this Episode Start your podcast at the School of Podcasting The RIGHT Podcast Gear Free Webinar Make Noise: A Creator's Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling Magnficant Noise More About Eric Nuzum Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want

Mon, January 27, 2020

Doing Something Different

Every month we have a "question of the month" and this month it's what are you going to do differently in 2020 with your podcast? Because of My Podcast Lee from the Covert Nerd podcast was trying to speak at a panel. He was sensing a little pushback until he mentioned he had a podcast ( and got the speaking gig). He also got some "street cred" from his kids who were impressed the "old guy" was doing something so hip as a podcast.  What Are You Going to Different? As 2020 is upon us what are you going to try?  Thanks for  The Author inside you Talk about Talk Podcast Radiant Fire Podcast Gather Geeks Podcast Repurpose Your Career Uncommon Life Kids Health 101 Brew Roots Podcast Games From Folk Tales What is Stopping You From Starting Your Podcast? Nobody wants my opinion Technology Anxiety Time Perfectionism Overwhelm Equipment Co-hosts Question of the Month How did you overcome thinking "Nobody would listen to me" thinking or worrying about negative feedback? Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Glow Follow Up Some of my audience had issues (but to their credit they fixed any issues. In the end, I had 1.06% of my audience went to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/glow So this is why I say some people get UP TO 3% of their audience engaging with their content.  Options. Buy me a coffee (here is my page) You can also use a paypal donation link. Check out www.supportthisshow.com Subscribe to the show at  <a

Mon, January 20, 2020

Glow.fm an EASY Way to Accept Money From Your Audience

TABLE OF CONTENTS 00:00:58 Slow Down When You Talk About Yourself 00:03:08 Podcast Magazine 00:08:50 Glow.fm Interview 00:31:38 Fun with Math 00:42:28 Question of the Month 00:43:26 Podcasting Events 00:45:33 schoolofpodcasting.com/start Different Ways of Accepting Money From Your Podcast Today I talk with Amira Valliani the CEO of Glow.fm If you can make it EASY for your audience to give you money in either a one time, monthly, or yearly format. You can provide suggested amounts but they can change it (if you let them). The key is you want to make it easy for people to sign up. The easier it is to give you money, the less value that needs to be present. Patreon.com This is a website and app that allows you to create tiers of support. Think of it as a crowdfunding site like Kickstarter that keeps on going. You can also upload audio directly to Patreon and provide a private RSS feed for the use. If they cancel their subscription they lose access. Patreon 8% for their pro plan (does not include processing fees which are typically around 3%). This means the podcaster keeps 89%. MyLibsyn.com This is a website and custom app where you can have public and private information. You can set your podcast to have the latest (X amount) of episodes for free and then the older episodes you need to pay to hear. This is a "Set it and forget it" system. The podcaster keeps 70-80% based on the number of members you have. Glow.fm For those who just want to accept donations/payments (one time, monthly, or yearly) you only pay the processing fees (as they use stripe that would be 2.9% + 30¢). If you want to have bonus content or private content, they charge .55 per user. If someone pays you $2 that means you keep 73%. Keep in mind the more people pay, the higher the percentage. For example, if someone pays $5 a month that means you keep 89% Never Forget the Rule of 3% While it would be great to get 50% or 30% or even 10% of your audience, most people find that 3% is based in reality with 5% being a really good example. How is Glow Different? There are tools like Paypal that allow you to make branded landing pages see http://paypal.me/podcastcoach or https://cash.app/$schoolofpodcasting With the cash.app you need to download an app and create an account. With Paypal you need to provide an email address to pay with a credit card (you can pay without having a paypal account). They all seem to take the same 3%. With Glow after you pay a podcast it will ask you if you want to complete your setup (optional), but if you continue you choose a password and now you have a Glow.fm account. I could be missing something, but I'm not seeing a ton of difference except glo

Mon, January 13, 2020

What Makes This Podcast Great? Marc Maron Edition

Today we talk about creating great content that people will share, and take a slightly deeper dive into the topic by looking at WTF by Marc Maron . When I reverse engineered the content I consumed, I noticed that no matter if its a book, magazine, TV show, or movie, whatever I'm consuming: Made me laugh Made me cry Made me think Made groan Educated me Entertained me. Ingredients in a Good Podcast When I look at other elements that make a good podcast they: Allow you to see the vulnerable side of the host or guest. Have a  host with great listening skills. Include "Behind the Scenes" information that you can get anyplace else. Include great follow up questions that reflect what the listener would ask. Know your audience. Create a focus group of listeners who will provide honest feedback. The courage to say things that will draw them closer to their target while separating them from some. Make me wonder what is going to happen next? Table of Contents for Episode 705 00:00:45.775 Boston Reflections 00:02:23.525 Because of My Podcast 00:07:29.325 If You Content Is Shunned By the Media 00:14:07.300 schoolofpodcasting.com/start 00:15:35.900 Question of the Month 00:16:09.500 What Made This Episode Good? 00:25:49.150 Being Vulnerable 00:29:20.175 Adding A Tease 00:29:59.475 Sharing Stories 00:31:16.225 What Was That Like? 00:32:50.800 Raw Emotion is Moving 00:34:43.875 A Great First Question 00:37:20.550 Technology Issues 00:38:28.850 Why Did They Leave it In? 00:39:17.700 Podcasting Boost Your Confidence 00:39:57.783 Great Follow Up Questions 00:40:49.291 Know Your Guest - Know The Show 00:44:33.712 Bloopers Because Of My Podcast: Fred Castenada Fred from the Podcast Reporter podcast heard about with a military background and podcast and reached out. Because Fred has a podcast they've connected and found out they both served in the 82nd airborne. Question Of the Month NOT PODCASTING YET? What do you feel is stopping you from starting your podcast? ALREADY PODCASTING? What are you going to do differently this year and why? I need the answers in by January 24th, 2020. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question to leave your answer. Mentioned In this Episode Join the School of Podcasting Erik K. Johnson's episode on creating a good tease . Robbie Samuels <a href= "https://

Mon, January 06, 2020

Podcast Launch Reality Check

Every January I get people who want to start a podcast and I am glad to help them, but there are some people who have absolutely unrealistic expectations. Today I want to talk about what to expect.  Every podcaster starts with the same two things:  A) No audience B) Integrity I Can't Make the Podcast Filled with Lies 00:00:19.728 Podcast Piggy Bank Can You Answer the Question? 00:02:52.782 The Scariest Podcast Question 00:04:51.045 Who Are You Talking To? 00:06:47.223 Targeting Your Audience How Many Download Should I Expect When I launch? I asked many different groups of podcasters and asked them how many downloads did they get for their first episode after one week. It wasn't 1000, or 500. It wasn't 100 or even 50. From what I've seen and heard very few people I talked to got more than twenty downloads to their first podcast after the first week. While you typically measure a podcast episode after a month of downloads, I wanted to let people know what to expect after a week. 00:09:58.450 How many downloads to episode 1? How Can I Make the Most While Working the least? 00:12:53.681 First of the year problems 00:15:22.916 How long does it take to be profitable? 00:17:18.811 Why Businesses Fail 00:18:27.966 Do any businesses succeed? If All You Can Aford is Free - You Have Other Issues That Need Your Attention 00:21:48.925 If Free is the Only Option - Then Pause is the Solution Because of My Podcast 00:28:47.815 Paul explains how he got to meet one of his podcasting heroes.  January Question of the Month 00:32:12.381 This month we have two versions of the question. If you don't have a podcast, what is holding you back? If you DO have a podcast, what do you plan on doing differently in 2020? Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question  I need your answers by 1/24/20. Where I Will Be 00:33:09.268 January 11th National Speakers Association  Waltham, MA Ready to Get Your Message Out There? I'm ready to help you and look forward to working with you. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned in This Episode Make Noise: A Creator's Guide To Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling How long does it take to make money Another example of how long it takes <a title="Beyond PowerFul Radio" href="https://amzn.to/39JKWzK" target="_blank" rel="noopener"

Mon, December 30, 2019

My Favorite Podcast ( 2019 Edition)

Every year I ask my audience: 1. What is their favorite podcast 2. Why is it their favorite?  I also want to know about their podcast if they have one, and where we can find these shows.  Time Table: This episode has been created with chapters. Your app may skip to the next chapter by clicking the right arrow button. 00:01:13 Focusrite Scarlet Interfaces 00:05:00 Emily Prokop 00:07:23 Scott Johnson 00:10:59 Randy Cantrell 00:12:23 Joan Wheeler 00:14:00 Arnie Chapman 00:15:52 Clayton Allen 00:18:06 Charles McFall 00:20:57 Ed Sullivan 00:22:00 Chris Curran 00:23:43 Clay Groves 00:25:31 Donald Winn 00:27:21 Fred Castenda 00:28:58 Terry Nords 00:32:13 Daniel J Lewis 00:35:57 Kim Krajci 00:38:47 Wayne Henderson 00:42:13 Jennifer Longworth 00:43:28 Jason Bryant 00:46:39 The Rafferties 00:47:55 Seth 00:50:25 York 00:51:38 Shane Whaley 00:53:33 Veronica Hugger 00:54:52 Steve Stewart 00:57:01 Timothy Brien 00:58:20 Troy Price 01:00:04 Dave Jackson's Favorite 01:01:50 Where am I going? 01:02:43 January Question of the Month 01:04:14 Bloopers 01:05:20 Easter Egg Full links at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/703 Ready To Start Your Podcast? Visit www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, December 23, 2019

Is it Too Late To Start a Podcast?

01:39 Because of My Podcast 06:33 Focusrite Scarlet USB Interfaces 08:35 Is it Too Late To Start a Podcast? 24:16 Great Podcasts Lead to Binge Listening 26:08 Question of the Month 28:09 Hindenburg Chapters Trick 30:45 The Importance of File Management 35:51 Podcastingevents.net 38:59 Bloopers Full show notes at  www.schoolofpodcasting.com/702 Sponsor: Focusrite Ready to Podcast? www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, December 16, 2019

Cole Raven and Why You Should Use Podchaser

Today I take a lesson from my nine-year-old niece who goes crazy about a Christmas toy that makes absolutely no sense at all. I also have a great conversation with Cole Raven of Podchaser to explain what it is, where it's going and how you can use it in your podcasting effort. See the School of Podcasting at https://www.podchaser.com/podcasts/school-of-podcasting-64937 Here is my profile on Podchaser Table of Contents: 00:01:11.850 Question of the Month 00:02:19.600 Focusrite USB Interfaces 00:04:13.957 Different is Better Than Better 00:13:13.993 Cole Raven From Podchaser.com 00:35:01.521 How I Might Use Podchaser 00:36:56.585 Apple Podcasts Now on Alexa 00:41:09.000 Blooper Mentioned in this Show Sally Hogshead author of the book Fascinate Your Podcast Consultant Podcast Squdcast for Recording Interviews Ready to Start and Grow Your Podcast? www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, December 09, 2019

The Ultimate Podcast Lightning Round

Today I spend a small amount of time remember the past 700 episodes. Then I launch into a "Lightning Round" if you're a new podcaster or seasoned veterans you should get something out of this show.  Full show notes at  www.schoolofpodcasting.com/700 Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, December 02, 2019

How Clay Groves the Fish Nerd Reeled in a Radio Job

Clay Groves is one of the nicest guys on the planet. I always smile when I see him at an event. I know I'm going to be smiling and laughing soon. He is the host of Fish Nerds , and over the years when I saw him in person he would tell me a "Because of My podcast" Story and when I heard his last one, I said, "I need to have you come on the show and share these stories. In today's interview you will hear: 6:44 Clay sold some of these stories 12:11 Clay has been paid to speak 14:59 His relationships have lead to more and more opportunities 16:09 Clay launches a business doing fishing tours 20:28 What equipment does Clay use to record on a boat? 22:51 Clay builds a path to radio 28:54 Clay gets the call 39:20 Clay quits his day job. 43:24 Clay's 12-Year-old daughter is podcasting Podcasting is Like Fishing 46:58 Question of the Month for December I do this every year. Please record your response and include the following: Your name and the name of your podcast Your website where we can find your podcast A brief synopsis of what your podcast is about (who it's for, and what to expect) What is your favorite podcast from 2019? Why is it your favorite? What is the website of this podcast? I need the answers in by December 27th, 2019 so it can be heard on December 30th. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question (I really need these in audio format) Mentioned In This Episode Fish Nerds Podcast Clays Equipment: Zoom H4n ATR 2100 Microphone 93.5 WMVW National Podcast Publishing Month Join the School of Podcasting Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start and get access to the courses, group coaching, and private network. Put your worries about getting the wrong equipment, sounding stupid, and shaping your show behind you. Join worry-free with a 30 day money-back guarantee  www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I wa

Mon, November 25, 2019

Tools To Clean Up Bad Audio

Today we are talking about Plugins. Plugins are things you add to your audio editing software to make it better, more efficient, etc. The best way to avoid buying these (or using these) is to record good audio in the first place. That is not always an option (especially with interview shows with guests) so there is a company that has a bundle on sale 72% off and I put it through some tests. Please note this is an affiliate link (but also note - some of these are not great).  For videos and more information see www.schoolofpodcasting.com/era Videos and more at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/698 Question of the Month 20:00 What is bugging you? Brandy Henry from engaging on social media with Brandy Henry Karrie Bond from the Keywest Perspective Podcast   Jason Sacco from The Ankylosing Spondylitis Podcast Libsyn and Spotify Changes Spotify no longers makes a copy of your file and puts it on their website (they serve it directly from Libsyn). This makes it much easier to replace a file. This also means your stats are going to shift in the Libsyn dashboard. Instead of being in a separate section, the Spotify stats will go under the "normal" Libsyn stats (so don't panic).  Question of the Month for December I do this every year. Please record your response and include the following: Your name and the name of your podcast Your website where we can find your podcast A brief synopsis of what your podcast is about (who its for, and what to expect) What is your favorite podcast from 2019? Why is it your favorite? What is the website of this podcast?  I need the answers in by December 27th, 2019 so it can be heard on December 30th.  Mentioned In This Episode First Things First (Book by Steven Covey)  The Stephen R. Covey Interactive Reader - 4 Books in 1 (includes audio and video) Audphonic Levelizing and Noise Removal Tool Start Your Podcast - Grow Your Influence (and numbers) Join the School of Podcasting and quit worrying ab

Mon, November 18, 2019

Behind the Scenes of Podcast Advertising

So many people jump to podcast advertising when they think of making money with their podcast. This may be partially due to listening to the radio which makes its money via advertising. About Heather Osgood She started her career in advertising sales and quickly learned the valuable lessons in what it meant to be a business owner. Additionally, she has served as a business coach to hundreds of small business owners. With a background in radio advertising and a love for podcasting, Heather was in a unique position to start an agency that could help both advertisers get better results as well as assist podcasters in finding sponsors. She founded True Native Media in January of 2016 with the hopes of helping everyone find a bigger piece of that advertising pie, and acquired j/k media agency in the fall of 2017 to further those goals. Check out the Market Success with Podcast Advertising show. Podcast Advertising Insights In this episode with Heather Osgood we learn: What expectations both the podcaster and advertiser should have in place. How many downloads advertisers are looking for in a podcast. The best stat to measure your podcast in regards to advertising. What the current CPM rates are. The different types of advertising. How long you should run an advertisement Why dynamic ad insertion may be a way to get enough downloads to meet the advertiser download requirements. Key Points Going forward it may be more important  when someone listens instead of when the show was published (especially for evergreen content). If you use programmatic advertising (which pays from what I've calculated .0017 cents per download) why would an advertiser agree to pay more when they know you will accept less? Check out the Market Success with Podcast Advertising [click_to_tweet tweet="Everything you wanted to know about podcast advertising" quote=" Everything you wanted to know about podcast advertising" theme="style3"] Mentioned in This Podcast Spark Christian Podcast Conference February 21-20, 2020 Houston Texas Podcast Movement Evolutions February 12-15, 2020 Los Angelas, Ca Book Me to Speak at Your Event. I'd love to hea

Mon, November 11, 2019

Where Should I List My Podcast?

In the same way that kids on Halloween want candy, podcasters want downloads. How much? MORE is the only answer.  Should your list your show in (insert directory name)? Well, will it help you potentially grow your audience? Then the answer is yes. Yes, Stitcher and Luminary both run ads in between your episodes (and you get none of that revenue), but for me the potential of more listeners outweighs it. Luminary has also burned through 100 million and has received another 30 million to burn through.  Links Mentioned In This Episode Social Subscribe and Follow Plugin Podlords Text Expander Karen Jackson A long look Slow Art Your Podcast Consultant School of Podcasting Podcasting Resources More Information There are tutorials, videos, and links to directories at  www.schoolofpodcasting.com/696 Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, November 04, 2019

8 Tools to Help You Generate Ideas For Your Podcast

How do I come up with an idea for episodes? This show just celebrated 14 years in podcasting, and I would be lying if I said it was easy to come up with ideas for an episode every week. I will say this. There are some episodes that I feel are great, and I get no feedback on, and others that I feel I took out of the oven a little early and maybe were not quite ready to go to the public, and I get tons of feedback. I've also had a few shows that finding new ideas for episodes took all the fun out of doing the podcast, and so I shut the showdown. Think Twice When Setting Your Schedule I always advise my clients to record a few episodes so they can make an educated decision. Once you see how long it takes to create an episode you can look at your current obligations and schedule and figure out where you are going to squeeze in your podcast. While you don't have to have a consistent schedule, I feel it really helps. Why? Because when you release on a predictable schedule, you become part of their routine. How To Never Run Out of Ideas For Your Episode You know I have to start with value. I can put out episodes every day and not have a problem if I don't care about delivering value. However, I deeply care about delivering value so it can be a struggle. Here are some ideas: Facebook Groups If there are Facebook groups around your genre, you can join these and  just listen. By seeing what people are talking about you can create content that you know will resonate with your audience. How do you do this? Go to Facebook.com and in the search bar at the top of the Facebook screen type in whatever your show is about and see if there are any Facebook groups. Google Alerts Google Alerts is a tool where you put in a topic, it scours the web, and emails you links to stories with that word or phrase. It's not a bad idea to setup an alert for the name of your show so you can track if anyone is talking about you, or infringing on your trademark. Subscribe to Blogs on Your Topic You can use a tool like Feedly or InoReader so you can login to one place and see what is happening in your space. Following Conversations on Twitter Using Tweet Deck you can do a search for a topic and then take that search and add it as a column of information. Consuming More Content If you use Chrome there is an extension creatively named " Video Speed Controller " that allows you to watch videos faster. New Releases on Amazon You can g

Mon, October 28, 2019

The Biggest Regret From Starting a Podcast

We har about the benefits of podcasting on this show, and I attempt to get people to start their podcast and often ask, "What is the worst thing that could happen?" I wanted to hear what was the worst thing that happened to you by starting a podcast, what was the biggest regret? The Positive Side of Podcasting Here are some of the things people have reported happening "Because of my podcast:" I was able to get a dream trip to a Lambo field and watch my beloved Green Bay packers I improved my conversational skills I was asked to write a book People went to an event to meet me My face is on the cover of a comic book I raced in the Baja 1000 I got free bottles of wine I got a job I now work in media communications for the Federal Government I get to chat with my brothers on a weekly basis I get passes to the college world series They sent a Maserati to pick me up I've got to meet people I have no business meeting I have a new purpose in life I have more customers Biggest Podcast Regrets: People have gone from obsessing over starting their podcast to obsessing over the next episode(s). Dan from Podcasters Kit Clay from Fish Nerds Craig from Ingles Podcast is considering the time it takes to create a podcast Jonathon from Weekly Awesome is concerned about the time it takes to create episodes. Doug Payton from Consider This! podcast had some negative comments and a weird situation where someone sent an unpaid pizza to his house (spooky) Arnie from the Football History Dude One person is regretful about not remember the names and faces of people they meet. Question of the Month for November In honor of my first CEO that I ever worked for ( Richard Jusseaume ) who would tack on the question, "What's bugging you?" on to the employee survey, I ask you, "What's bugging you?" Leave your answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Mentioned In This Podcast Focus is more important than microphones <a title="Podcast Review Show" href= "http

Mon, October 21, 2019

Building Your Own Value Pyramid

Today we are going to take the phrase "Value Proposition" which is typically used in business and apply it to podcast. In the past few months, I've attended a fair amount of conferences and I ask people about their podcast. In most cases, people explain their show and I can see if I want to listen or not (or decide if I'm their target audience). I want to identify what people feel is valuable, and then help you shape that into your message. I learned about some of this in Tim Schmoyer's Video Creators course. The one that caught my eye was the Value Pyramid . The Things That You Should Ensure You Are Doing Before Pressing Record On Your Podcast I always say if you are not going to make your audience : Laugh Cry Think Groan If you are not educating or entertaining them, then don't press record. There is no value. The value pyramid from Harvard Research takes it even deeper. What is Value? Value is when the benefit of consuming your content is worth the time and effort it takes to consume it. This is Why It Needs to be EASY to Consume Your Content If you make someone dig for your play button, or only put a subscribe button for Apple Podcasts and completely ignore the Android side of life, the android users are likely to say "Never mind" and give up trying to get your content on your phone. This always means that if you make it easy to consume your content, they might give you a "pass" with your content if they didn't have to dig to get the content. Functional Value Do you help your audience by making things easier? Do you save them time? Do you save them money? Does it provide a way for people to connect? Emotional Value How does your podcast make people feel? Does your podcast reduce anxiety? Do you reward your audience? Does the design tweak their emotions? Does it boost their wellness? Is there a badge people could wear to show their loyalty? Life-Changing Value These values promise a personal transformation of some kind. If you can provide life-changing value, your audience will LOVE your show. If you have a community where they can belong. Can you make them feel like they've achieved a goal? Can you motivate them? Can you provide hope? Social Impact Value Are you impacting more than your audience? How Do You Tell People You Deliver Value? A value proposition explains how your audience benefits from your show. It may point out who your audience is. Why you are a better fit than other podcasts. How your podcast will help solve your audience's issues. Different Pieces of a Value Proposition Have a short but powerful headline that helps sum

Tue, October 15, 2019

The Magic of Podcasting - She Podcasts Live 2019

I'm back from She Podcasts Live 2019 with some insights from an all women's podcast conference. It was great fun, great conversations and LOTS of laughs. Elise and Jess put on a great event, and everyone walked out with lots of actionable items to put into their podcast. 1:57 Because of My Podcast Jonathan Bloom from Weekly Awesome 3:00 Listeners WILL BINGE YOUR SHOW with Kimberly Sumpter from Sistahs Connect 5:41 You are NOT alone - with Jason from 7:59 Because of THIS podcast 11:54 Your Voice Can Make a Difference 16:41 Speakup Story Telling Podcast with Matthew Dicks  - Women need to speak up 19:51 She Podcasts Live was Safe for Women 27:05 NaPodPoMo - 30 podcasts in 30 days 32:25 question of the Month (answer here ) 33:11 Book Update 33:47 DC Podfest - use the coupon code DJPALS 34:26 podcastingevents.net 35:52 My favorite quote from She Podcasts Live Work With Me Join the School of Podcasting or let me be your podcast mentor Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, October 07, 2019

Homework For Life - Storyworthy is a Book I Couldn't Stop Reading

I have added a new book to my "Must Read" list if you are a podcaster. The first one was Platform: Get Noticed in a Noisy World by Michael Hyatt. Why? Because he talks about making WOW content. My second must-read book is Will It Fly?: How to Test Your Next Business Idea So You Don't Waste Your Time and Money by Patt Flynn. Why? Because it talks about making sure your product (or in this case a podcast) is going to connect with your audience. My third must-read book is Storyworthy: Engage, Teach, Persuade, and Change Your Life Through the Power of Storytelling This seems somewhat obvious, but someone who is good at storytelling wrote a book that was hard to put down. That's like saying I couldn't stop eating cupcakes from the top cupcake baking chef. It's a book I want to read over and over until the skills in the book are as natural to me as breathing.   Full Show notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/691 Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, September 30, 2019

Help My Podcast is Stuck and Not Growing

Should I Even Start a Podcast? Yes, and here is why. Americans spend over 60 billion dollars a year on diet books. Now you might say that is why people write books because people buy books - because each year more and more people are getting fat. How many people move to Los Angelas to become an actor or actress or to Nashville to be Musicians. You have your talent. You have your goals. You have your unique insights and they aren't going to help or entertain anyone sitting on your computer. I'll Never Be Good As.... I've spoken about impostor syndrome in the past. Today I'm going to talk a bit about Tom Brady who some consider being the best Quarterback of all time in American football. Tom Brady decided to pursue football in college (he was good in multiple sports, but LOVED football). He went to Michigan in 1999. He didn't look at the top quarterbacks in 1999 and say, "I'll never be as good as Bret Farve, Troy Aikman, or Steve Young. Instead, he pursued football and used those quarterbacks as inspiration. You may not be as good as someone, you may actually be better - because you can learn from their history. When Your Podcast Is Stuck Today we are going to talk about getting your show unstuck. Here is a typical podcast that I run into on a regular basis. Maybe this sounds like you: Podcasting for five months Averaging about 54 downloads per episode Looking to grow your audience (we all area) Looking to make some money with your podcast It's hard to monetize a show with 50 downloads per episode. Many people don't realize that you're lucky if you get 5% of your audience to take action. That means three people will take action (if we round up). Finding Motivation to Keep Going You started your podcast cause you love your subject, and you want to talk about your subject, podcasting sounded fun, and you jumped in. Scenario: You and your cousin love to talk about your favorite TV show. You start a weekly podcast and you talk about your favorite TV show. Conclusion: This podcast is successful. You wanted to talk to your cousin about your favorite TV show with your cousin and you are. Now you want to earn some income. You changed your why. Try this: Go to an episode from three months ago and measure how many downloads you got in the first week. Then measure how many downloads you received from one of your latest episodes. I did this for someone at Libsyn and his numbers were up 20%. You Changed Your Why Now you are stuck with a podcast about a TV show that is trying to make money. I said in my previous episode about making money with your podcast that the #1 BEST way to make money with your podcast is to have a product to sell your audience. You don't have one of those. The seco

Mon, September 23, 2019

Making the World a Better Place with Dr. Richard Shuster

Dr. Richard Shuster did spend thousands of dollars on his equipment when he started. He used what he had, and moved forward. Little did he know his podcast would stop someone from taking their own life. Richard has a clear goal and focus of the show, and it is that focus that ensures his show resonates with his audience. I can't wait for you to hear his story. Sponsor: Focusrite 00:56 I got to play with a  Focusrite 2i2  and if you are looking for an easy use interfact that sounds great it's a great piece of equipment. Scarlett, now in its 3rd Generation, is the world’s best-selling USB interface range with over 3 million units sold worldwide Choose from 6 different interfaces with 1, 4, or 8 microphone inputs depending on the number of hosts and guests on your show Superior sound quality makes sure you sound your best Works with the recording software you’re already using Works with any type of XLR microphone Loopback on select units allows you to record Skype or Zoom calls directly into your recording software with no workarounds New unique Air feature adds brightness and presence to your voice Check out the  interface selector tool  that helps you pick the right model for you  at their website . Dr. Richard Shuster Never Planned on This... 3:25 I want to thank Matthew Passey for turning me on to Dr. Richarh Shuster of the Daily Helping podcast who is a walking "Becuase of my Podcast story." He has a great background including: Master’s Degree in Social Work He's a licensed clinical psychologist He worked at the Cleveland Clinic and assessed NFL players as part of the league’s concussion protocol He has subspecialized training in forensic and neuropsychology and extensive experience working with physically and sexually abused children. His mission is to make the world a better place. His show’s growing movement strives to get a million people each day to commit acts of kindness for others and post it on their social media using #mydailyhelping®. Check out his podcast at https://www.thedailyhelping.com/ Donate to his charity at http://everykidrocks.org Bonus Content 34:51 Dr. Richard talks about his assessment tool is different than Myers Briggs. What is PULSAR and how

Mon, September 16, 2019

8 Months Later Do I Still Like the Rodecaster Pro?

In a previous episode, three podcasters shared their opinion on the Rodecaster pro. We all liked it but wanted some more PRO options. Today I give you an update. Because of My Podcast - I Got a Sponsor Brandon/StudeeoB of the Beats to Inspire has received his first sponsor from a music-related software company. These included The ability to record separate tracks (both the computer and the SD card) The ability to access the micro SD card without having to pull out the card The ability to add more jingles to the jingle player The ability to see how much time is left when playing a jingle (great for people talking up exit music) I've had mine since January, and with the ability to do all the above (and more) if you want a device that will handle just about anything - this is it. Where the Rodecaster Pro Shines If you are having issues where your guest can't get to a computer and they want to connect via the phone (as in, well, the phone) this is the easiest way to do it). While I would never do this, but to show off its versatility, I could have my co-host on skype via my computer. Then call the guest on the phone and everyone could hear each other. If I had a panel discussion I could connect to another person on Zoom on my tablet and again, everyone could hear themselves. The  only thing that I wish it did differently is it records a little lower than I normally would. HOWEVER, it records clean, and increasing the volume doesn't add any hiss. Holy Cow You're an Influencer I am very nervous today mentioning the Rodercaster Pro. Why? Because the last time I did someone with a Zoom H6 and a headphone amplifier bought one. While that setup does just about everything (minus the jingles and all the "Everyone hears everyone" features (the technical term is mix-minus). I say this because if you are doing any kind of reviews be careful and you might want to include to point out who this is a good fit (and when not to buy it) Backpack Studio Reviews StudeeoB shares his insights into Backpack Studio App for the iPhone that works as a jingle player, but also a full recording tool to do your podcast and upload it to your media host. Josh Liston now uses an RE20 Microphone into an iRig Pre HD into the Backpack Studio App for iPhone/iPad I use it as a jingle player, Josh is using it

Mon, September 09, 2019

Here is Something Great, But First, THIS....

You have a great guest or you have a great story, and instead of getting to the thing that will inspire your audience to share your episode, you go to something else. This may be some sort of housekeeping or minor information that could easily be moved to later in the episode. You NEED to hook your listeners at the beginning of your show. Because of My Podcast: I'm a Cover Girl 01:19 Danielle Daily from the Suddenly Single show explains how doing some creative marketing of her show caught the eye of some people who then went to her website, found her podcast, found her book Dear Self, I love you, Keep Going , and could see that Danielle had done a TEDx talk and asked her to be on the cover of her magazine. A Very Special Guest 6:24 His name is Pete and works with Law Enforcement... Shaping Better Podcast Questions on the Podcast Review Show On episode 84 of the Podcast Review Show, we took a look at the Why Influence show and helped host Jeremy takes his good questions and make them better. As people have asked me about creating questions in the past (which we did cover on the Ultimate Guide to Better Interviews ) I thought I would bring some of the information from the podcast review show over here. Podcast Review Prices are Going Up in October If you've thought of getting your show reviewed, but had put if off the price is going up in October so move fast and go to www.podcastreviewshow.com Work With Me Join the School of Podcasting or let me be your podcast mentor Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 <a href="https://school-of-podcasting.captivate.fm/sur

Mon, September 02, 2019

What is the International Podcast Association?

The International Podcast Association was launched at Podcast Movement 2019. Today I talk with two members of the executive board Liz Covart of Ben Franklin's World and Glenn Hebert from the Horse Radio Network . Because of Our Podcast - We Lost 100 lbs 1:11 Emily Prokop and John Jominzu of the Hate to Weight Podcast announced on a recent episode that together they have lost a combined weight of 100lbs. Both say the support form their private Facebook group who cheer them on when they do good, and lift them up when they have a bad week has been a determining force in their weight loss success. I love this clip for: Showing the courage each week that reveals their success or failures The honest tears of joy that can't be faked The humble thanking of the group instead of taking credit for themselves. Check out their show at www.hatetoweight.com The International Podcast Association 06:10 We are joined by Liz and Glenn from the International Podcast Association who help explain: What is it? Why do we need it? Who is shaping it? What do they need from you? What do you need from them? How long will board members be active? How much does it cost? What is their first order of business? Why they chose to only use board members with no corporate ties at this point. If you haven't already, please visit www.internatinalpodcastassociation.org/survey 22: 55 Why podcasters are better communicators 28:14 What about the podcast puppies? 29:42 No Question of the month in September Podcast Review Show Prices are Going Up in October 33:24 If you want some honest feedback on every inch of your show, you need to move fast at www.podcastreviewshow.com as prices are going up in October. Currently, you get: Two on one consulting (two consultants Dave Jackson of the School of Podcasting and Erik K Johnson from Podcast Talent Coach) Review of your audio quality, your flow of content, your goals, your website, artwork, - everything Exposure on the Podcast Review Show podcast Exposure on the <a title="School of Podcasting YouTu

Mon, August 26, 2019

Why Do People Share Content?

Two reasons people might share things are that they are interesting and that they are useful. Emotions also play into why people share items. When you have something in common with the host it can boost the chance of us sharing the content. Emotions such as laughter or anger. Marketing messages tend to focus on information. But many times information is not enough. They need something more. And that is where emotion comes in. Rather than harping on features or facts, we need to focus on feelings; the underlying emotions that motivate people to action. In the book Contagious: Why Things Catch On by Jonan Berger they mention six principles of social currency: Social Currency: How does it make people look to talk about a product or idea? Triggers: Peanut butter makes us think of jelly. If our content can harness trigger emotions, or tie into an environment. Emotion: Some emotions increate sharing and others decrease it. In some cases, negative emotions can be useful. Public: Making our ideas more public. Practical Value: If your podcast helps people, people love to be helpful and spread the word. Stories: People don't just share information and facts, they tell stories. People prefer sharing things that make them seem entertaining rather than boring, clever rather than dumb, and hip rather than dull. My audience member said she groups these into four categories: Helpful Social Reciprosity Ego What Was The Last Thing You Shared and Why? Adrea from the Talk about Talk Podcast Steve Stewart gives some strategies of how he using sharing to grow your social media following to promote and upcoming event. Steph Fuccio shared the Smarty Pants Podcast New Media Show had some breaking news about Pandora Tom Tinker Taylor Soldier Sponge Productions shared Shufflecasts cause it made him laugh Paul from the Fighting Through Podcast (WWII) shared a photograph of the Queen Mary to his audience that had been updated to be in color. Sarah Mikutel shared Food Heroes Erik K John shared the School of Podcasting and the Audacity to Podcast as people wanted t

Mon, August 19, 2019

Podcast Movement 2019 Insights

I was at Podcast Movement last week. I've attended all six Podcast Movement eventss and it's been a blast to watch it grow. This year the venue was HUGE and it was weird as the number of people also grew so it was hard to tell just how much bigger it was compared to the previous year. As always this is a class act all the way around. The checking procedure, swag, were all super professional. As a speaker, I would also say I LOVE the tool they use to track my session. If I had one thing that I wish would change (and I say this every year) having loud, live music at a networking event doesn't work. Last year they had multiple rooms so those that wanted to dance could dance and drink. Those that wanted to drink and talk could go into another room. This year all the free beer was in the very loud room (it does seem wrong to complain about free beer). It was a great year, and even over the loud music the networking was great, and from what I hear Tom Webster from Edison Research had one of the best/controversial sessions which showed that listeners don't seem to care if a "podcast" has an RSS feed or not. Podcast Music Announcement While Doug and the team at podcastmusic.com have taken a step getting sound exchange into the game, you can't play your favorite music - yet. It will take some time, but we are headed  (slowly) in the right directions. Pandora to Pay Podcasters? A representative fro Pandora stated that Pandora has planned on sharing revenue with Podcasters. This was said during the live taping of the New Media Show . Question of the Month What was the last thing you shared (that wasn't yours) and why did you share it? Be sure to mention your podcast and website. Go to  www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Mentioned In This Show Join the School of Podcasting Ask the Podcast Coach The Average Guy Network Podcast Rodeo Show    Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have

Mon, August 12, 2019

Google Embraces Podcasting a Little Tighter

Last week an announcement from Google stated that podcast episodes will now appear in Google Search Results: Starting today, when you’re searching for a podcast about a topic on Google, such as “podcasts about Awkwafina” or “Instant Pot recipe podcasts,” we’ll show you playable episodes in Search results alongside web pages, news, images and videos. We’ll surface these episodes based on Google’s understanding of what’s being talked about on a podcast, so you can find even more relevant information about a topic in audio form. Soon, you won’t necessarily need the term “podcast” in your search to see episodes, making podcast discovery simpler across Search. Where Do You Think People Search More Apple or Google? With Google adding episodes to search results we need to ask the question, where are people going to find my podcast? According to a Jacobe media report , 70% of people find shows via word of mouth and only 11% search in an app. Another study from Edison Research and prominent podcast producer WNYC Studios states that: 84% of WNYC Studios listeners report having recommended a podcast to a friend, while 78% overall report having recommended a podcast to a friend. And one in three WNYC Studios listeners share podcasts on social media, at 32%. Podcast listeners also report having discovered the medium in the following ways: 17% via their smartphone, 15% via public radio programming, and 13% from an article or program. Getting a Grip on SEO The minute I heard Google was taking podcasting more seriously, (and that the Apple search was not great) I started studying SEO. Here is my limited knowledge after a few months. Always write for humans.  You need to know where your site ranks Find some keywords that fit your audience, and your website ranks high enough to show up in search results.  Showing up for less popular keywords gets you more results in Google which can lead to higher rankings.  SEO is like Bowling or Golf, LOTS of moving pieces and trying to master it us exhausting.  Some resources I've used: SEO for Podcasters from Daniel J Lewis ( $199) SEO Marketing from Juergen Berkesse of Polymash Skillshare has two classes (and intro and adva

Mon, August 05, 2019

Personality, Creativity, and Diversity - Starting a Podcast With Kristen Meinzer

I was lucky enough to meet Kristen Meizner last year and the On-Air fest, and I heard her speak. I knew immediately I wanted to her come on the show. She was working on her new book So You Want to Start a Podcast: Finding Your Voice, Telling Your Story, and Building a Community That Will Listen (also available as an audiobook ). If you're new to audible you can get the book for free. So You Want To Start a Podcast When I started reading this book you might think, "Oh great, a radio person telling us how to podcast" but she even mentions in the book that we should be looking outside of radio for inspiration. We need to rev up our creativity and take advantage of the ability to make  any format you want. The book is chock full of ideas to get you to think outside the box, and really fine-tune not just the first five minutes of your show but your entire show. I really liked this book a lot. In today's interview, Kristen talks about The right reason to start a podcast The two questions every podcaster needs to answer What she did for four months to get her format correct Why movies are a topic and not a show How one format idea fell flat on its face You can grab the attention of a larger audience with diversity How long a podcast should be Her feelings toward holiday movies The top thing that makes her tune out of a podcast How introverts can overcome their shyness and reveal their personality How she integrated a story into her podcast Buy the Book Why you need to embrace feedback for your podcast Working with a network The importance of focus groups What she feels is a good length for podcasting How she uses scripts in her show The importance of being yourself How to go "outside the box" with an "Inspirational story" podcast How a podcast is like going to a show where you don't know anyone Contact Kristen Meinzer https://www.kristenmeinzer.com

Mon, July 29, 2019

Fine Tuning Your Content With Audience Surveys

I had not "take the temperature" of my audience in a while so I put together a quick survey. I use Google Forms, and did some number crunching in Excel, and made a report using Mail Merge in Microsoft word so I could easily consume the data. SPONSOR: Podcast Engineering School Be equipped to start their own podcast production company or be hired as an employee. Program Includes: LIVE Interactive Online Training Two Mentoring Sessions with Chris Curran Major Discounts on Software and Plugins Lifetime Access to the PES closed community Certificate of Completion Super Early Bird Specials Apply and prices WILL GO UP. Check it out at  www.podcastengineeringschoool.com What My Audience Let Me Know Audience: Audience 80% Male 20% Female Age: 31-40 41% 41-50 41% 61-70 18% How far they listen 7% Listen to at least 75% 93% listen to all of it Do You Currently Have a Podcast? Yes - 90% No - 10% Perfect Length of Podcast? 0-29 3% 30-45 59% 46-60 28% Have you ever told a friend about the School of Podcasting? Yes - 90% No - 10% What Do You Like About the Show: Question of the month and your knowledge of podcasting Learning the best ways to podcast The up to date changes that would affect the day to day podcaster. You consistently provide concise, actionable advice to help podcasters be successful. Interviews with interesting podcasters  and how-to content Multiple topics and specialized guests this way I can identify with other podcasters who’ve encountered the same trials & tribulations in connecting with their audience I really like the real-world examples you cite of how people have made (or are making) their podcasts successful. The high-quality production, how much you assuage my concerns about podcasting, identify speech patterns that drive me crazy, and overall the feeling that you're actually talking to me. General updates on how and with what to create, manage, and grow your podcast and audience I like your honesty and transparency most. The topics I enjoy are tips on creating content and marketing content. Honest Information about growing audience and sponsors I like the honesty, the fact you'll tell the truth and also aren't afraid to give your opinion. Specific sections, I like when you do anecdote, which is odd as I didn't when I first started listening. Just goes to show not to change your format. The interviews, also gear talk when you have it. Just listening to Dave talk with excitement about what's important to him.  I always enjoy the

Mon, July 22, 2019

The Many Ways To Gauge Podcast Success - More Then Downloads And Money

From time to time I see people in Facebook groups announcing "Hey I got my first 1000 download episode!" or "I just got (insane amount of money)" for my podcast. When you are just starting out, or even if you've been podcasting for a while if you're just looking at downloads or dollars, the inspiration to keep going can be hard to come by. Today we are going to examine the other ways your podcast is a success. SPONSOR: Podcast Engineering School Be equipped to start their own podcast production company or be hired as an employee. Program Includes: LIVE Interactive Online Training Two Mentoring Sessions with Chris Curran Major Discounts on Software and Plugins Lifetime Access to the PES closed community Certificate of Completion Super Early Bird Specials Apply and prices WILL GO UP. Check it out at  www.podcastengineeringschoool.com Other Ways To Count Podcast Success If your goal was to find like-minded people (cause your spouse said they would not participate in any more conversations around Batman) and you've found some people online to have the conversations you've been longing to have - your podcast is a success. If you had no luck getting in touch with certain people - but the minute they said yes to being interviewed on your podcast - it was a success If your goal was to be seen as an expert and someone sends you an email asking you for your opinion - your podcast is a success If your goal was to "get the message out there" and your podcast has a number that is higher than zero - your podcast is a success. If your goal was to get something off your chest, you want to put your thoughts out into the universe - so you don't feel so invisible - and someone hears it - you're not invisible. Glenn the Geek has people write Christmas songs about his podcast at the horseradionetwork.com   Theracasts can be audio journals that can help you more than your audience in some cases, but they are much less expensive than therapy. Some might say you should do these in a private journal (and you can do that) but sometimes you need someone to hear you - even if its a complete stranger. When someone in your audience chimes in on a conversation that helps you save money or time - that is a bonus to your life. Binders Can Be a Good Thing When I asked Uncle Google what blinders are, I see that blinder "attach to a horse's bridle or hood and prevent a horse from seeing behind and beside him." I mention this alot because its important. Comparing your show to another show is one of the worst things you can do. Blinder can stop

Mon, July 15, 2019

Getting Past "Depends" in Podcast Answers

SPONSOR: Podcast Engineering School Be equipped to start their own podcast production company or be hired as an employee. Program Includes: LIVE Interactive Online Training Two Mentoring Sessions with Chris Curran Major Discounts on Software and Plugins Lifetime Access to the PES closed community Certificate of Completion Super Early Bird Specials Apply and prices WILL GO UP. Check it out at  www.podcastengineeringschoool.com What Do I Need To Start A Podcast? I recently appeared at a local meetup for a group in Alabama. The question, "what do I need to start a podcast" came up. I've talked about this in the past and hit different aspects, and I'm going to try to hit all aspects in this episode. Things Everyone Needs No Matter What A Pop filter for your microphone. This could be a foam ball to put over the end, or a mesh shield that goes between you and the microphone. I'm a fan of the Nady SSPF-3 if you're using an ATR2100 or a Samson Q2U. If you are using something like an Electrovoice RE320 you might consider a foam shield with a shock mount or this "repop" filter only available at BSW Your Topic Your topic should be something that you can't help but talk about. You would be willing to talk about it for free for HOURS (cause you are). It's a topic that needs to hold the attention of your target audience and inspire them to tell a friend. It also needs to be in alignment with your goals for the podcast. It Depends... From there you get the most used answer in podcasting, "It depends." While this is true, you often don't get the pros and cons of your options so that is what I'm going to try to do here - make you away of your options. What Microphone Should I Use for My Podcast? Why it Depends: Option 1: Traveling Podcaster If you're going to be traveling alot and need something a little more durable, you might use the Audio Technica Atr2100 as it has a lifetime warranty. Option 2: Stationary Podcaster I like the sound of the SamsonQ2U a little better than the ATR2100. It doesn't have a lifetime warranty, but you're not moving it much. Another option for the stationary podcaster on a semi-professional level is the mic I use the Electrovoic

Mon, July 08, 2019

The Ultimate Guide to Hosting and Guesting Podcast Interviews

I've performed over a hundred interviews, and I've been interviewed over 130 times on different podcasts. Today I wanted to make an episode to answer ALL the questions about podcast interviews.  Free Podcast Interview Guide There is SO MUCH information in this episode, I've combined it into a Free Interview Guide . Click Here to Get the Guide For Full Show Notes go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/678 Topics Include: 3:15 Appreciating your audience 7:29 Don't get blinded by resumes 10:40 Connect the Dots 16:13 How to turn down someone who wants to be on your show 18:38 Where to find Guests 20:20 Interviewing Celebrities 21:20 The Ask 25:37 Pre-Interviews 28:08 DO THE WORK 32:11 Be Vulnerable 34:08 Tag Team Interviews 41:02 Setting Guest Expectations 44:12 Shaping the Interview Questions 46:36 The Day of the Interview 49:23 Introducing the Guest 50:36 Get them to tell stories 54:15 The NPR Formula 56:54 the Importance of Shutting Up 01:01:00 Gear for conducting interviews on the road face to face 01:06:47 Proper Mic Technique 01:07:16 Recording "in the studio" 01:08:14  Recording podcast interviews remotely 01:14:10 Controlling the Interview 01:17:25 The End of the Interview 01:18:15 Getting your guests to share your podcast 01:23:22 Editing the Interview 01:26:17 Being a guest on podcasts 01:27:13 Do the work 01:30:12 The Golden Rule Guest If you'd like the full show notes for this episode you can get them as a PDF SPONSOR: Podcast Engineering School Be equipped to start their own podcast production company or be hired as an employee. Program Includes: LIVE Interactive Online Training Two Mentoring Sessions with Chris Curran Major Discounts on Software and Plugins Lifetime Access to the PES closed community Certificate of Completion Super Early Bird Specials Apply and prices WILL GO UP. Check it out at  www.podcastengineeringschoool.com Work With Me Join the School of Podcasting or let me be your podcast m

Mon, July 01, 2019

Top 5 Ways to Make Money with a Podcast

I keep seeing statements like, "Well, I've done this podcast for 2 years and it's time to start monetizing." With this type of mindset, I can see many podcasters getting discouraged or even burned out. I played music in local bars from the age of 16 to 50. 34 years I played music, but I never fell delusional enough to think I would make the big time playing local bars in Northeast Ohio. If I wanted a career I would've had to move to a city like Los Angelas, Nashville, or anything that wasn't Akron, Ohio. While it's commendable to commit to something for a long period, it's not the longevity that inspires people to share your episodes. It's the content. Nobody has ever said, "Hey Dave you have to listen to this show!" and when I ask why they say, "They've been podcasting since 2014!" With that said, as I write the updated version to my book More Podcast Money , here are the ways you make money with podcasting. SPONSOR: Podcast Engineering School Be equipped to start their own podcast production company or be hired as an employee. Program Includes: LIVE Interactive Online Training Two Mentoring Sessions with Chris Curran Major Discounts on Software and Plugins Lifetime Access to the PES closed community Certificate of Completion Super Early Bird Specials Apply and prices WILL GO UP. Check it out at www.podcastengineeringschoool.com [click_to_tweet tweet="The Top Five Ways to Make Money With a Podcast @davejackson " quote=" The Top Five Ways To Make Money With a Podcast" theme="style3"] The Top Ways to Make Money With Your Podcast Sell Your Own Products or Services This is the top way to make money with your podcast. You harness the power of influence. As you have lived and breathed in your target audience for a while, you should know what they need or want. I was amazed at a WordCamp I attended recently that the documentation for the new Gutenberg is sparse at best. Everyone hates it. Nobody understands it. That is one learning curve that needs to be flattened and if I had time I would dive into it myself. Why some of your audience will buy from you is due to you bringing value on a consistent basis. This triggers the law of reciprocity. You've done something nice for them, and now your audience feels a need to do something nice for you. If you've shared a little about yourself then they probably like you (if they didn't they wouldn't be listening). If the information you provide is solid then they trust you. When you are known, liked, and trusted the buzz phrase for this is you are an "influencer." When you launch a product or service you can influence them to purchase your product. This could b

Mon, June 24, 2019

How Should You Celebrate Your Podcast Milestone?

Thanks to everyone who chimed in with an answer: Melanie from the Beer with an Engineer show likes to throw a party for her listeners Brad from the Cinema Guys loves milestone shows - loves where people take small clips from past shows (or breaking format to do something special) Terry Noorda from the Discovering America podcast brought his family on the show Brian from Engaging Missions hasn't really done any kind of special episodes Kim from Toastmasters 101 is going to pass on anything special Stuart from the Great Escape is going to have a special Scott Johnson of the What was that like ? show doesn't do anything special and prefers to focus on the audience Seth from Geekville Radio has done clip shows. Thomas from Multiverse Tonight made a special graphics and is changing his format Because of My Podcast Craig from Ingles Podcast did a study on podcasting and was able to present it at the largest event in his industry. Check out his show at https://www.inglespodcast.com/ Question of the Month For July Take the full survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey19 I haven't taken the temperature of my audience in a while, and you should do that. So we are going to do this in audio format What do you like about the show? What do you fast forward through (dislike - I have thick skin) What is your perfect length for an episode? What would you like to hear in the future? Use the tools at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/contact Work With Me

Mon, June 17, 2019

Overcoming Your Fears So You Can Start Your Podcast

I Have  A Fear of Heights True or False: Starting a Podcast is Hard Start a Podcast May Require Your To Overcome Fear Hiking in Utah is Different than Hiking in Ohio Get a Guide/Mentor To Help You Avoid Mistakes Everything Was Cool Until the Last Hike Getting Control of Your Mind The View From the Top Was Amazing The Confidence-Competence Loop Mentioned In This Episode Utah Podcast Summit Travel Gluten Free Podcast Shirts That Provide UV Protection TETON Sports Oasis 1100 Hydration Pack 3 Month Podcast Quick Start Package Your Podcast Consultant Ask the Podcast Coach Podcast Review Show Podcast Rodeo Show Power of Podcasting Network Spybrary , Tourpreneur , and Radio GDR FULL SHOW NOTES Full Show Notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/675 Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, June 10, 2019

How To Rebrand Your Podcast Without Losing Your Audience

You picked a name for your podcast (need help with picking a name, check out this episode of Your Podcast Consultant ) and you've decided that maybe you went a little too "inside baseball" and you want to change the name of your podcast without losing your subscribers. How To Change Your Podcast Name Step one would be to let your audience know what is happening (you might even get them involved in voting for a new name). By letting them know ahead of time they don't freak out when they go to listen to your show and can't find it under the old name. 4:00 Rebranding your podcast is not that hard. In its most primitive steps you: Change your artwork (making sure to use a different file name for your new artwork) Change your categories (if you want to) Change the email address (if you want to) Change your website address (if you want to) Change the author name (if you want to) Keep in mind may take up to 24 hours for the changes to appear in the apps In Libsyn.com the steps are: Go to Settings > edit show settings and here you can update your show name, website, and artwork (as well as the description for the Libsyn directory). If you are uploading new artwork, make sure the file name is different than the current artwork ( for example, logo.jpg needs to be logo2.jpg ) and click save Then go to destinations > edit > Libsyn classic feed and adjust your categories, summaries, owner/author/email information and click Save With 24 hours any directories using your feed should update. Kentucky Fried Chicken to KFC Your podcast is a recipe - not a statue. So similar to the time when the Kentucky Fried Chicken Restaurants changed their name to KFC (hoping people would forget their name had the word FRIED in the middle of their name). There might be a new coat of paint on the outside. There might be a new sign out front. Inside you have the same food (an in this case they added a new menu item that still fit in with the other items) So when the audience went to the same location, they saw a new sign, a new menu item, but really nothing much changed When a podcast listener fires up their app it goes to the same location (your feed) and sees a few new things, but really nothing much has changed. They don't have to do anything. Because of My Podcast Kenn Blanchard Kenn Blanchard of the Black Man with a Gun show has been asked to share 100 episodes for a new Black Podcast Project for the Society of American Archivists Journal. Check out at www.blackmanwithagun.com Homework: Question of the Month What ideas do you have for a podcaster celebrating a mil

Mon, June 03, 2019

Don't Worry About Things You Can't Control

There are so many things that are changing in podcasting that can cause stress as you worry. Some things you have no control over. You may need to take some steps, but after that it is out of your control.  Being Seen in Google Podcasts If you've followed the directions to set up your website, or you are using a media host like Libsyn.com or Blubrry you are good to go. From there, you just have to wait on Google.  Being Found In Apps I have had people contact me about Apple, Spotify, iHeart and sure its only a matter of time until radio.com gets added to the list. Search in these apps is poor at best. Apple searches the name of your show, the name of your episode and the author title. If you have your target words in those areas, that is all you can do.  Having Google Put Play Buttons In Search Results At this point, I've done some research, and it sounded like if your show was in Google Podcasts, our show should appear with play buttons if someone did a search for your show. This (at this point ) only works about 50% of the time for me. As Google is still somewhat new to podcasting and this is a new feature, there isn't much for us to do.  Should I Change My Intro? As people may be clicking play on any episodes that appear in search results I don't tink ANY podcaster will have the answer they are looking for at the very beginning of the show. What you want your show to do is pull people in by letting people know what is coming. If they see where you are going, the audience is more likely to get on board.  Mentioned In This Show Evo Terra of Podcast Pontifications Podcasters Roundtable Giving Up the Ghost Podcast Get Your Podcast Started www.schoolofpodcasting.com/workwithme   Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, May 27, 2019

The Biggest Pain in Creating a Podcast

Starting a podcast is not hard. Starting a GOOD podcast takes time, dedication, talent, etc and today I asked my audience, "What is the biggest pain in starting and creating a podcast." Here is what they answered: Your Biggest Pain in Podcasting 01:23 Thanks to everyone who contributed Positioning My Podcast - from Timothy of kdoipodcasting.com Running Out of Content - Chris Nesi from the House of Ed Tech Scheduling - Todd from the Trucker Dump The Abundance of Choice - Stephanie from the Virtual Ex-Pats Mouth Noises - Moxie Your Brain On Facts Thumbnails - Bandrew from the Bandrew Says Show Notes - Matt from the Author Inside You  Show Notes - Seth from Geekville Radio Running Out of Content - Dave Logical Weight Loss Question of the Month How do you celebrate a milestone episode? I need your answer by June 22, 2019. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/contact Because of My Podcast I Was Hired For an Event 33:28 Jas from Giving Up The Ghost podcast was asked to do a live recording of Ghost Stories at an AKIA store for a private sleepover party after only four episodes! Here is the description of their show: Podcasting LIVE from one of the MOST haunted cities located DEAD center in North America - Winnipeg, MB Canada. Join us as we explore the unknown! Welcome to Giving Up The Ghost Each week we will cover, explore and share our research of unexplained paranormal phenomena in Winnipeg and surrounding areas! Join your AudioCurators Jas and Sherrie as they discover the dark side of local history, Urban legends an

Mon, May 20, 2019

Does Your Podcast Name Need a Trademark?

Thinking Outside the Box Today's talk about Podcast Trademarks was inspired by a Facebook post. As a tech support person for Libsyn I see a large number of podcasts on a weekly basis (get a free month at Libsyn.com using the coupon code sopfree ). I always find it interesting when people are launching a NEW show and when I go to look up their account, I see that there is another show with the same name. One of my favorite examples is the name "Outside the box" If only there was a tool where you could search the Internet to see if anyone is using the name? Podcast Honeymoons Sometimes we skip steps like this because we are so excited, and we just can't hide it, and we move forward without doing something like a quick Google Search or a search in Apple. This can also continue as you enter what I'm calling Podcast Honeymoon. This about when you find someone to date, and HOLY COW they just check every box. You do fun things like celebrating your one-month anniversary. You celebrate the anniversary of anything and everything (your first email, phone call, first date, first kiss). You are what my mother use to call GAGA (way before Lady Gaga). You think about the time Fast forward nine months later and that awesome accent that was so quaint is now like nails on a chalkboard. I recently went to watch my ex-step-son graduate from Perdue University with my ex-wife. My ex-wife is a person who must examine ALL options before making a decision and I was like, "Oh, I remember this as she tried to decide the t-shirt or hoodie, and black vs white." What does this have to do with podcasting? When you first start a podcast you may be thinking about it all the time. You may start to have issues at work. You may be working at your podcast at work (not recommended). You might be thinking about your podcast when you are with your family. I'm reading Howard Stern's new book Howard Stern Comes Again, and he talks about how he was obsessed with ratings and consequently, was not a great husband or father. I did the same thing. While both my ex-wife and I will admit "we probably shouldn't have got married in the first place" podcasting was a source of tension. I know of people who edit their podcast on the clock at their job. I'm here to remind you that is not an option. If it has been a while since you did a job search. Before I worked at Libsyn, the last teaching job I got took a while to get hired even though I had decades of experience and a degree. It is easier said than done, but jumping off a cliff and building the plane on the way down may not be the best choice you've ever been [click_to_tweet tweet="Everything you need to know about your podcast and Trademarks #davejackson" quote="Everything you need to know about your podcast and Trademarks" theme="style3"] Talking Podcast Trademarks with Gordon Firemark Gordon is the producer and host of <a title= "Entertainment Law Update" href= "http://entertainmentl

Mon, May 13, 2019

Podcoin App Pays Listeners to Listen to Podcast

There is more money coming into Podcasting and Geoff and David Cook are hoping to get some of it by building a podcast app that focuses on helping you find new podcasts, integrate social ingredients (likes, etc), and pay you one podcoin (1-4 cents) for every 10 minutes. I wanted to find out more about this app. Podcoin was created by David Cook who credited the idea to a speech his brother Geoff Cook gave to Princeton University in April 2018. It’s not the first time they’ve been business partners. David and Geoff previously co-founded myYearbook with their sister Catherine in 2005. The trio then sold the company to Quepasa for $100 million in 2011. It's been around since January of 2019 and currently has 15 million users that are consuming 1,500,000+ Listening Minutes PER DAY For more information see https://www.podcoin.com/audience Find the app on Apple and Android Fixing Mistakes In Your Podcast You are listening back to your podcast and there is a mistake you HAVE to fix. Here are your options when using Libsyn Thank you for contacting Libsyn Support It gets tricky with Spotify, and Google Play Music. If you upload a file with the same file name, all the other directories and apps up EXCEPT the two above. There are two options Strategy 1 If you go to content > previously published > edit the episode Then click on the Scheduling Tab and go to the advanced sub-tab You will see the destinations. Uncheck Spotify, Google Play Music and click Publish (which acts as a save button). Then rename your episode file, go to content > add new episode Then click on the Scheduling Tab and go to the advanced sub-tab You will see the destinations. Make sure to UNCHECK ALL of the destinations EXCEPT Spotify, Google Play Music and click Publish (which acts as a save button). 670 This will create a version of that episode just for those destinations, and the original version never goes offline. Strategy 2 Go to Content > Previously Published > Edit Rename your original file and use the replace option and click Publish (which acts as a save button). The current apps will have a small amount of time when the file will not play (as the apps update they will see the new file name, but there may be people who go to play the file and it won't work (as it's still looking at the old name). This can take up to 24 hours. But the episode will update on all platforms. What If I'm Not Us

Mon, May 06, 2019

Podcast Pre-Interviews - Ensuring Valuable Conversations

I came across Kent Convington's Fast Lane Podcast University Podcast and I liked the content I was hearing. I was lucky enough to have Kent ask me to be on his show. Then he did something only one other person has done. He asked for a pre-interview. He started off by asking about any stories in my life and my career in podcasting. If I wasn't so long winded it would've lasted about 15 minutes, but because I rambled on a bit, it probably lasted 34. Kent was looking to  craft a story. Not just have me rattle of stats. He was looking not just for facts and stories, but  interesting stories. This also got me thinking about what my "best material" is, and a few days later when we recorded the interview I was prepared. Today I return the favor and ask Ken to "pull back the curtain" and explain what is going through his mind when he does a pre-interview. Behind My Podcast Curtain You will hear what little I do as a "Pre-interview" (something I may change in the future). I typically tell people who they are talking to, why I brought them on the show, and what I plan on asking them about. With Kent, there isn't much information about him online so I had to do some digging into his background to see how he got into podcasting. How Kent Does a Pre-Interview Kent is on the lookout for stories, and things to enable the audience to not only get to know the guest but to find entertaining stories. He is looking for items that will help paint the mental image, the vivid pictures inside the "Theater of the Mind." What are the biggest hurdles? What is the most memorable moment? Tell me about a time when _____ happened. You are looking for the challenge and conflict. Polishing the Stories using  The Ladder of Abstraction S. I. Hayakaw ( explanation ) When to do a Pre-Interview Profile Interviews: Designed to help tell the story of the guest Advice Podcasts: Where an expert is on to share tips and insights. Across the Table Interview: You are looking for the truth. Less of a team approach. So Many People Have a Podcast About _____ If you're worried about starting a podcast because "so and so" is "sooooo popular" and "owns" the niche. That is like telling the Quarterback in High School to quit because they will never be as good as Tom. Well if Tom quit because he would never be as good as Joe Montana, then we wouldn't have Tom Brady today. Don't obsess over what other people are doing and instead focus on your audience. Realize we all have different strengths and different passions. Mentioned in this Episode <a title="F

Mon, April 29, 2019

Is It Possible to Air Check My Own Show?

Back on episode 655 , we talked about how do you know if your show connects with your audience? That focused on making sure your content was great. Your podcast is a presentation of information. As someone who speaks at conferences, and use to teach in the corporate world there are always three presentations. The presentation you planned The presentation you delivered The presentation you wish you had delivered. The way to avoid those regrets is through planning, but also by learning from your past mistakes. I was asked by Ed Ryan who is the Editor of the Podcast Business Journal to write an article address how to "Air Check" yourself (and can you?). Here is the article. Podcast Air Check Tips: My buddy Erik K Johnson of the Podcast Talent Coach podcast says, "Nobody is getting on a bus without knowing where it's going." If you stop your show at the 1-minute mark do you feel like you know enough to get on the bus? Do you know where it's going? We are assuming your headline is in great shape (if not see my free guide to help you write better episode titles). Speaking of episode titles, does this title accurately reflect what is being covered in this episode? If you stop your show at the three-minute mark are you into some content (or are you still in chit chat mode). You know your crutch words. We all have them. How are they in his episode? Do you have advertising on your show? You might have a "30-second" spot. Take out your phone and time how long your 30-second spot. For me, I often find typos in my show notes when I read the post with a fresh set of eyes. If You Are Doing Interviews I have a cheat sheet that you can use for this. Looking back at your interview answer these questions: What are the strengths of the guest? Why did you bring them on? What did you get out of this interview? What were the takeaways? Then listen to the interview and take out a notepad (or open your favorite note-taking app) and use two columns. In the first column label in questions and in the second column put "Answer." When I listen to Harry Durran of Podcast Junkies, Harry does a great job of asking the questions I would ask if I was interviewing the guest. So as you listen to this episode, did you miss any opportunities for follow up questions? Did you promote the guest’s website/products/services? If so, was it enough, too much, too little? Did you find yourself repeating what the guest said (ME TOO!).  We heard it the first time. Looking at why

Mon, April 22, 2019

Focus Is More Important Than Microphones

Every podcaster has one thing in common: they all have 24 hours in the day. Today I'm going to share a ton of research and strategies to get your more productive. Last week I talked about five things that you think will grow your audience but don't. This is continuing on with that theme of determining what you want to do, and then getting it done. One of my favorite quotes from Abraham Lincoln is “Give me six hours to chop down a tree and I will spend the first four sharpening the axe.” If you have no focus, it doesn't matter what microphone you have if you can't get it together. My Own Personal Struggles Growing up I was what some might call "A weird little boy." I remember driving my Mom nuts as I would be in the kitchen talking on the phone. We had a bunch of 16 oz coke glasses that I would fill up with water and tune and then play as I was talking on the phone. I always described myself as "Creative" but I'm sure if I was in elementary school today that would pump me with enough Ritalin to put a Rhino to sleep. As an adult, I tried going on some medication but the more focus I achieved was washed away by the energy that was sucked out of me. With this in mind when I get my creative juices flowing, I can be hyper-focused and lose all sense of time. To me I define that as "fun," but when you look up at the clock and it's 3 AM, and you have a big presentation the next day that is a problem. For the most part, much like many programs, admitting you have an issue is step one. I have a clear indicator and that is my desk. The more messy it is, the better the chance I need to pump the breaks. Pumping the Breaks Slowing down seems backward, but when you find yourself behind in tasks, etc and everything in your mind and body is saying "Push through" and you want to throw on your Superman or Wonder Woman outfit and start writing checks your body can cash. The result is you become more purposeful, focused, and you get more stuff done. What Do You Want To Be When You Grow Up? 6:24 Whatever the goal is, you need to know it. I would recommend writing it down (more tools later). Take some time to think about it. If you don't know where you want to go, how will you know when you get there? If you aim at nothing you will hit it every time. Setting Priorities The book First Things First by Steven Covey he talks about Important VS Urgent Important activities have an outcome that leads to us achieving our goals, whether these are professional or personal. Urgent activities demand immediate attention and are usually associated with achieving someone else's goals. They are often the ones we concentrate on and they demand attention because the consequences of not dealing with them are immediate. Something that is urgent and important is a c

Mon, April 15, 2019

Five Things That WON'T Grow Your Audience

We only have so many hours in a day, and today I'm starting a two-part series on being more productive. The first thing you need to identify is activities that take up your time and provide no benefits. Today I have five. Asking For Subscriptions Before You Deliver Value 2:11 The podcast audience  may  see this as a commitment. In the same way that I have test driven every car I've ever purchased, I think people need more than two minutes of your show before we start begging them to subscribe. Next week I'll be talking about some new software tools to help you be more productive and all of them have a free trial. They want you to see the value before asking you to spend any money. When you start off a show asking people to subscribe before they hear any content of value, you are more than likely wasting your time. Have you ever subscribed to a show because the host asked you to? Not me. I subscribe when I get  really good content. Sending People to the Haystack That is Apple Podcasts 6:15 As a support person for Libsyn.com ( get a free month using the coupon code sopfree ) I have people asking why their show doesn't come up in a search. Some of it is the fact that there are over (as I write this in April of 2019) 700,000 shows in Apple Podcasts. Another thing to keep in mind is that Apple appears to display somewhere between 100-300 results and if there already 300 golf podcasts, or real estate, your show may not appear for the term "Golf." In some cases, your show may not appear at all. Example: The podcast "The Feed" by Libsyn doesn't show up when you type in the phrase "The feed" into Apple iTunes. The show does not appear. If you type Libsyn it does. Most directories give you a link to your show on their platform. Instead of sending people to Apple (and now Spotify) send them to YOUR WEBSITE where instead of sifting through 700,000 podcasts they have one to choose from and the only choice is if they should Asking for Reviews to “Help Us Be Found in Apple” 10:39 Reviews are social proof. That's it. They do not boost you in search results. Obsessing Over Chart Position 11:05 One of the things that made me worry about chartable.com when it came out is it would lead to people obsessing over chart position. It did. Instead of taking time to make WOW content, you're trying to figure out why you dropped two positions in the Brazilian charts. Focus on your audience, make great content, and make it easy to share and subscribe. Then do that consistently and you will end up on the charts. Upgrading Your Podcast Equipment 13:41 If it ain't broke don't fix it. If your audio sounds OK, and your audience doesn't have to keep grabbing the volume knob, chances are your audio is OK. While some podcasters obsess over boosting certain frequencies and talking about gear, for upgrading equipment to boost your audience would mean your audio was so bad that people tuned out. Most

Mon, April 08, 2019

Saying More With Less - The Power of Editing Your Podcast

So many people fear they will sound stupid or unprofessional but this is not something you need to worry about as even a show that is recorded live can be edited before being sent to your audience. Today I share some examples of the theories I used to edit my show Because of My Podcast: I'm Up For A Webby Award 1:49 Emily Prokop from The Story Behind podcast has been on the show before as she got a book deal "Because of her podcast" and how she has been nominated for a Webby award. PLEASE VOTE HERE Editing Your Podcast Will Make it Better 3:33 Mount Rushmore was once a mountain built of rock. Then someone editing it, and it is now a national memorial. There are movie editors, newspaper editors, book editors, etc. For me, I believe every podcast can benefit from editing. Today I share some examples and theories behind my editing decisions. Everything About Editing is An Opinion Some people do no editing, and some people will "over edit." Today I talk about my philosophies which are: Always remove low hanging fruit (and Um, or crutch word that isn't near any other words) ALWAYS Listen through the ears of your audience and ask if whatever you are listening to delivers value. Be careful about the curse of knowledge as it can leave your audience in the dark Most of my editing is me shaping my rambling questions into something a bit more focused In some cases, if a point is made late in the episode, you don't need it twice. If I have to zoom in to a very, very, very magnified level to edit the audio ( I call this "busting out a scalpel) I let it go. The goal of an interview is to make your guest sound good. In some cases, a backstory is given that is not needed. A pregnant pause can add additional emphasis to the communication Nobody wants to know how the sausage was made Editing Your Podcast Intro To Give You Clarity and Authority 22:30 Morgan Cole is a client of mine who does the Brightline Podcast . He gave me permission to let you listen to a call we did where we shaped his intro. You will hear where we shaved off quite of his into while still explaining what the show is about and who Morgan is (and why you should listen) Check out his show at https://brightlinepodcast.com/ Are you duplicating any content? Is your purpose and description clear (and jargon-free) You don't have to cra

Mon, April 01, 2019

Big Podcast Author David Hooper: Listening, Talking, Planning, and Adjusting

David Hooper has a background in the music and entertainment business, the music business, and has spent the last four years writing the Big Podcast – Grow Your Podcast Audience, Build Listener Loyalty, and Get Everybody Talking About Your Show . It's one of the best books I've read on podcasting (and I'm only about 50% of the way through the book). David and I go back to 2006 when I was doing the Musicians Cyber Cooler podcast (later renamed the Marketing Musician) and he was doing Music Business Radio (a radio show syndicated across the nation that David turned into a podcast). I've been listening to updates about his book on his marketing podcast RED Podcast , as well as his Big Podcast show. Today it was great to talk to him now that the book is published. SPONSOR: NAB SHOW 1:27 Have a passion for podcasting? Attend the NAB (National Association of Broadcasters) Show April 8-11, 2019 to meet, collaborate and strategize with the world's most renowned storytellers. Learn how to grow audiences and revenue, create captivating content and meet with those who can take your vision to new heights. Register today at www.nabshow.com with code VEGAS for a Free Exhibits Pass. Your story will never be the same. A Talk With David Hooper Author of the Book Big Podcast 2:50 A fun conversation 4:55 Has Dave always been this curious? (Dave and David went to a very special location in Florida at Podfest) 8:13 The politics of getting guests 11:25 The power of the pre-interview 15:54 How do you get guests when you are new 17:22 How do you handle the "Dance in your head" when you are doing an interview 20:45 Dave recommends launching with 25 episodes, and I disagree 26:20 Are podcasters open to adjusting their show? 32:56 How long should my podcast be? 36:09 What was the thinking behind the RED Podcast ? It's just so different... 39:07 Does he get flack for being so non-judgemental, or occasionally "Pushing the envelope." 41:03 Jeff Christy was a horrible TOP 40 DJ (hear his <a title= "Rush Limbaugh Aircheck" href="ht

Mon, March 25, 2019

The Top Podcasting Crutch Words and How To Stop Saying Them

What is Your Crutch Word - How Did You Get Rid of It? Crutch words are we words we use when our brain can't come up with something to say. They are used to fill up silence that some feel is awkward. We all have them, and they are only an issue when they are used so much that it becomes distracting/annoying. Please realize that never having a crutch word may be impossible. Often we don't even hear them. So we have to start with identifying that we have a crutch word. When I asked you about your crutch words, here are the ones you are trying to avoid: Craig from Ingles Podcast is "So" and has lots of examples of what to avoid. Brad from The Cinema Guys podcast is "Like" as well as "So Anway..." Brenda from the My Tech Toolbelt Podcast "Is a Big Fan of..." as well as "Right" Darwin Dave from the Dealing with My Grief podcast "So" Tim From the He Said She Said Movie Reviews Podcast Arnie at the Football History Dude Podcast says "Dude..." Nina from Farm Food Health has lots of ums... Mark from the Resourceful Designer and Podcast Branding had a listener let him know he was saying Basically a ton. Mel From Beer with an Engineer has lots of ums, and so.... but turned it into a drinking game. Mike Dell from Podcast Help Desk and Podcast Help Desk News crutch words is "Anyway...." and he's just been pausing instead. Stephanie from the Expat Rewind has "soooo many..."

Mon, March 18, 2019

What Does it Feel Like to Be a Podcaster?

I got an email from someone struggling to start their podcast, " The biggest issue I’m dealing with is psychological: the show is not coming together in the format that I really wanted—and at this point there seems to be nothing I can do about that— but that, combined with fear, uncertainty, and doubt, and the inevitable self-comparisons to what others are doing as well as my own personal expectations has quite frankly got me a little bit paralyzed. It’s like I’m on the firing line, I’m locked and loaded and I’ve got a good site picture, but I just can’t get myself to pull the trigger because I’m afraid of the kickback."  I've mentioned in the past how to Overcoming Imposter Syndrome and the story of Monica Rivera , and today I want to talk about how it feels to podcast. What Does it Feel Like to be a Podcaster? Excited By the possibilities Frustrated When computers decide to be, well, computers. Smarter When you figure things out Nervous As you are learning new things, and getting outside of your comfort zone. Confident When you publish your first episode Frightened When you realize everyone can hear your show. Humbled / Shocked When we inspire someone or affect someone. Normal When you find out you’re not the only one who thinks this way. Safe Because you are surrounded by people similar to you Amazed At the opportunities to that come your way, the people you get to speak Mentioned in This Show Overcoming Imposter Syndrome Episode Monica Rivera The Nudge You Need Podcasting in America The latest edition the Edison Research Infinite Dial was published. Here are some insights: 70%  are familiar with the word podcasting ( 197 Million people) 51% have listened to at least one podcast ( a 7% jump) 32% listen on a monthly basis (up from 26%) 22% listen on a weekly basis (up from 17%) 17 million more people are monthly listeners than last year. 14 million more podcast are listening

Mon, March 11, 2019

My Weekend with Procasters: Start with the Story

Podcast Industry Leaders Gather in NYC I attended the On Air Festival in NYC in New York City where what some might describe as "Procasters" were in attendance. When I went to talk to people instead of finding people who spoke into microphones I found: Producers Editors Writers and I was amazed to find that: Some episodes of Radiolab take up to two years for ONE episode Missing Richards Simmons took one year to produce You can create an entire season of a podcast using 5% of the budget of a TV pilot. Advertisers want more stats even though podcasting is providing more data than they've ever received. Start With the Story Dan from Sporkful had a great talk and explained how it took him nine years to make his podcast his full-time job. Kristen Meinzer from By the Book podcast (which reviews self-help books) explained how she took a book review and worked a story into it. Special thanks to Monica Rivera from the You Wanna Do What Podcast for being my tour guide SPONSOR: Alitu Web Based Podcast Maker It's a web app, where people can log in on their web browser and then use it to edit and produce their podcast episodes. Mobile app coming soon too. Podcasters record their show as normal, then upload their recordings to Alitu. Alitu then processes, levels, converts them all, pieces the clips together, adds your theme music automatically, and publishes the episode, direct to your podcast host. If you need to edit out any mistakes, then you can use Alitu's custom podcast editing tool to do just that, before creating your finished episode.   The idea behind Alitu is to make Podcasting and quick and simple as possible, removing a bunch of the tech barriers and to let you concentrate on the bit you do best – talking about something you love!   It can take an interview where each person records their side of the conversation, and it will combine them together (how cool is that?)   Check it out at  www.alitu.com  check out this  video   Mp3 Chapter Marks I mentioned how I started adding chapter marks in the mp3 file, and I wasn't sure if any apps even used these chapters. It turns out there are more software titles that recognize these than I originally thought Overcast used them (and not much else). It turns out that MP3 chapters can be displa

Mon, March 04, 2019

Podcaster Burnout: Sources, Symptoms, Solutions

I was on the Podcasters roundtable with Ray, Bandrew talking burnout. We talk about The Signs of Burnout The Sources of Burnout Solutions to Burnout SPONSOR: Alitu Web Based Podcast Maker It's a web app, where people can log in on their web browser and then use it to edit and produce their podcast episodes. Mobile app coming soon too.  Podcasters record their show as normal, then upload their recordings to Alitu. Alitu then processes, levels, converts them all, pieces the clips together, adds your theme music automatically, and publishes the episode, direct to your podcast host. If you need to edit out any mistakes, then you can use Alitu's custom podcast editing tool to do just that, before creating your finished episode.   The idea behind Alitu is to make Podcasting and quick and simple as possible, removing a bunch of the tech barriers and to let you concentrate on the bit you do best - talking about something you love!    Check it out at www.alitu.com     Mentioned in this Episode 660   Video of A Star is Born being filmed   Bandrew's  YouTube Channel   Ray's Podcasters Studio Podcast   Podcasters Roundtable  Podcast   Bandrew Says Podcast Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, February 25, 2019

Your TOP Podcast Peeves

Podcast Pet Peeves 2019 06:13 A peeve is defined as "a source of annoyance or irritation." Today we are talking Podcasting Pet peeves, but not just pet peeves but your TOP pet peeves. When you listen to a podcast and you hear this you reach for the unsubscribe button. Contributors: Stephanie - Ex Pat Rewind at stephfuccio.weebly.com Jonathan - Weekly Awesome Scott McCarthy - Moving Forward Leadership Bill from Youth with a Mission Trish - Honest Nurse Podcast Scott - What Was That Like? Issa Fears and Desires Brian - Conspiracy Theoryology Emmanuel Laroche - Flavors Unknown Anna Seawalt - Authentic Parenting Podcast Marc - Resourceful Designer Justin - Optimal Living Daily Laura Reviews and Randomness Matt - The Author Inside You Scott –  Code 3 Podcast Moxie –  Your Brain On Facts Brian - Engaging Missions Ryan - My Perfect Podcast Win Charles - Ask Win C.L. - Plantrama Your Podcast Consultant - NEW SHOW 2:00 I launched a new show in January for those who wa

Mon, February 18, 2019

Finding Love in Podcasting - Being Found By Google

As valentines was this week so we have a special edition of "Because of My Podcast," and speaking of finding things, today we talk about some tools to help you be found in Google. Because of My Podcast We Found Love: John Bukenas from Audio Editing Solutions is dating Samantha from I Shake My Head With Lisa and Sam Chris and Krissie from I Am Salt Lake share their story of dating, marriage, and BABIES! Jeremy from Podcast We Listen To and Dina Marie from the Twisted Philly podcast Podcast Rewind: Podcasts We Listen To I appeared on the Podcast We Listen To podcast talking about my show and the early days of podcasting. This podcast also has a great Facebook group filled with podcast listeners, but it's NOT A PLACE TO PROMOTE YOUR SHOW ( this group does that ). I Was Wrong About M4a Files 13:57 I published an article on the Podcasting Busines Journal website and mentioned how mp3 files are more reliable then m4a when it comes to pressing play. In the past, I've seen m4a files just spin and spin and not play in Apple Podcasts. When I went back to see if this is still true, it's not. Free SEO Tools To Help You Be Found in Google 18:11 As the search in the podcasts app chokes on the huge amount of shows coming into the podcasting space, there are times when it seems you just can't be found. So if you've done all there is to do, another strategy is to make sure you can be found in this other tool that helps people be found called Google. I've taken SEO For Podcasting by Daniel J Lewis SEO Courses from Yoast Podcast SEO Marketing from Ploymash (Juergen Berkessel ) Tools I've Added and Started Using Monster Insights Wordpress Plugin that allows you to see Google Analytics in Wordpress. <p

Mon, February 11, 2019

Word of Mouth is Your Army

Spotify Buys the Best and Worst in Podcasting Spotify bought Gimlet and Anchor. Does this have any effect on "Joe Independent podcaster?" not immediately, but it is a big company, with big pockets, who will spend money to promote podcasting (and that's is a good thing). As for Anchor, I will be making a video to explain the many things wrong with that system in the future. Spotify my want their money back. She Almost Quit Her Podcast 8:39 For nearly two decades, Carolyn Cole was a Fortune 100 and Fortune 200 Senior Company Trial Attorney. In that role, she worked with over 10,000 clients, witnesses, and experts, for over 25,000 collective hours. Today, Carolyn make the case on behalf of your life, business or career dreams – happiness too. A while ago Carolyn contacted me for some one on one coaching. She was ready to quit. She had heard that the way to have podcast success is to launch with a boatload of episodes, ask people for rating and reviews, and get into New and Noteworthy. She had followed the "recipe" but it hadn't worked and she was ready to quit. I told her not to quit, that podcasting takes time to build up her audience. It's a marathon - not a sprint. She didn't quit. Check out her show at www.boomtank.com In our talk you will hear: How she almost missed an opportunity with Steve Harvey How her show and tagline have changed since she started How she used her podcast to boost her business How networking with your local chamber of commerce can help you How 250 Devoted people can work. How "being small" allows you to do things "bigger" shows don't do. Behind the scenes of working with larger companies The Lessons of editing your own stuff How her audience has changed over the years Why Millenials should be podcasting There is no such thing as a "small" podcast The best and worst parts of podcasting The book " How to be a Power Connector " help to change her life Rode Is Giving Away 150,000 in Podcasting Prizes 43:41 Submit a 2-minute podcast and enter a chance to win 150,000 worth of podcast equipment. Check it out at www.myrodecast.com Question of the Month: What is Your TOP Podcasting Pet Peeve? Record your answer and email it to dave@schoolofpodcasting.com Or go to my contact page (please put "February Question" in the subject line). I need your answer by February 22nd, 2019. Work With Me Join the School of Podcasting or let me <a href="http://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/workwithme" target= "_blank" rel="noopener

Mon, February 04, 2019

Building Community The No BS Approach to 1000+ Members

Last week we spoke about making sure you have great content, today we have tips on building your community. Because of My Podcast - I've Got press Passes to the On Air Festival On-Air Fest is advancing the culture of audio. We bring together an expansive range of emerging and established voices to explore the creative possibilities of sound. Across multiple spaces in Brooklyn's Wythe Hotel, over 100 talent will share innovative ideas and showcase new work. Join us for a weekend of intimate conversations, performances, art installations, listening parties and live podcasts. FEB 28-MAR 3 2019 BROOKLYN, NYC Building Community - Starts Slow, Takes Work, and Then You Have 1000 Members Jeremy Enns is the Storyteller In Chief of podcast agency Counterweight Creative , fearless leader of the Cut The Bullshit Podcasting Community , and creator of the Podcast Power Pack. He loves the outdoors, long distance cycle touring, and will always look back on the day he finally saved up enough money to buy the Millennium Falcon Lego set as one of his proudest achievements. Is there BS in the podcast Space? How do you grow your community? There hasn't been much moderation needed in his group Set rules and ensure people follow them He was working with Women's health world and noticed how well this niche networks together Podcast Power Pack A collection of 20_ contributors who are combining all their products and selling them at 90% off on February 25th - Friday, March 1 The Podcast Power Pack is a collection of some of the best online courses, eBooks, membership communities, digital products, and software. The pack is designed to help you refine your process and grow your podcast in 4 key areas. check it out at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/podcastpowerpack Mentioned in this Episode Join the Newsletter for bonus content and automatic show note delivery School of Podcasting Newsletter Podfest Multimedia Export in March Win 150,000 worth of Podcasting Gear From Rode See  https://www.rode.com/myrodecast This interview was recorded using Squadcast the best way to record remote interviews Work With Me Join the <a href="http://www.schoolofpodca

Mon, January 28, 2019

How Do You Know Your Podcast is Connecting With Your Audience?

Before you start promoting your show, how do you know if it's good? How do you know if it will connect with your audience? Ready to Start Podcasting? Imagine you want to start a lawn mowing business and the only way you know how to cut the grass is one blade at a time. That's how I felt about my podcast until the coaching session I had last night with Dave Jackson. I'm Zita Christian host of Ritual Recipes . A podcast filled with practical magic to nourish your inner life.  I had a coaching session with Dave Jackson last night. He used a screen sharing technique to walk me through the problems I had with my podcast and with my gear and with my website. I am not technically savvy, and that's putting it mildly. But with Dave, that's not a problem. The man is a born teacher. His approach is clear. His attitude is always encouraging and above all, and at least for me, he's patient. So I asked you do you want to start a podcast? Do you want to fix the one you have? If you answered yes to either one. Get the kind of help that will make a difference. Work with Dave Jackson. Give your podcast a real chance to succeed. Zita Christian Ritual Recipes moonriverrituals.com How Do You Know Your Show is Good? According to Jay Soderberg, great content contains the "Three E's" Entertain, Educate, and Emotional (leads to engagement). I've always said contact that you can't get any place else is always a boost (which I guess would fit in under educational) I posed this question to a few people: Participants Jay "Podvader" Soderberg from Next Fan Up Jayson Sacco:  The Ankylosing Spondylitis Podcast Lee Silverstein: We Have Cancer Andrea Klunder: The Creative Impostor Natalie Eckdahl: Biz Chix Super Joe Pardo: Business with Super Joe Pardo David Steele: Steele Empire Gene Monterastelli: <a title="Tapping Q and A Podcast" href= "https://tappingqanda.com/" ta

Mon, January 21, 2019

The Podcast Launch Attitude

2019 Prediction I see more and more people getting into podcasting who Want to spend zero money Spend very little time on creating content Make large amounts of money - quickly My prediction is 98% of the people who get into podcasting for the SOLE reason of making money fast will quit and say podcasting does not work. This episode is to educate you with knowledge so you can make an educated decision. Keep mind, you DO NOT have to make money with your podcast. Many, many, many podcasters do it for the love of the topic. Because of My Podcast: Emily Prokop Will Be on TV 1:50 Emily Prokop from The Story Behind Podcast and EPodcast Productions has had " Because of My Podcast " Stories in the past (as she got a book deal). Now because of her podcast (which brought her a book deal), she is going to be on Inside Edition. How cool is that? Congrats Emily Update on Rode Rodecaster Pro 4:10 Last week we had three people share their insights into the Rode Rodecaster Pro , and I had not tied the unit into Skype yet. I agree when you use the phone, it sounds like, the phone. I had Jonathan Bloom from Weekly Awesome and Miss Ileane Smith join me on A sk the Podcast Coach via the wired TRRS cable, using Skype and out sounded much better. Johnathan was on Skype in his phone and Ileane was using an ATR2100 and sounded awesome. The Potential Harm of Launching Your Podcast With a Patreon 7:28 While I realize that starting to promote a patreon account the minute you start podcasting may seem like a great idea, my worry is this is another criteria (like your download stats) to gauge your process. I'm not saying it's wrong, but I want you to go into this with your eyes wide open. How Do We Get Sucked In? There are people on patreon making thousands of dollars a month . In the same way, that ice skaters, musicians, comedians, and athletes make their craft look easy, so do these podcasters. You talk into a mic, ask people for money, and watch the cash roll in. Nothing could be further from the truth How Do You Feel About PBS Pledge Drives? Think about how you feel when watching a PBS pledge drive.

Mon, January 14, 2019

Three Opinions on the Rode Rodecaster Pro

The Rode Rodecaster Pro has caught the attention of many podcasters, and some have pulled the trigger. Jim Harold (Paranormal podcast) and Jeff Bradury from Teachercast have purchased the unit. I want to thank Rode for shipping me a unit to play with. Their first impression was amazing. Is It Worth the Money? If purchased a four channel mixer a popular mixer is the Behringer Q1202USB is $119 A Mackie Headphone Amplifier is $40 A Jingle pallet can cost you $10 ( Backpack Studio on iOs) but you'll need a phone or a tablet A portable recorder at its cheapest is $119 for a Zoom H1N The Aphex processing would cost you $ 345 . Total Price: That would be $120+40+10+120+345 = $635 The Rodecaster Pro clocks in at $ 599 and you avoid all the cabling all over the place. You don't have to learn about "Gain staging" and if you're using a half decent microphone, you're going to sound great. Spec Sheet PDF Quick Start Guide Jeff Bradbury of Teachercast 9:51 Jeff Bradbury from the Teachercast loves his Rodecaster Pro Jeff had a situation where he needed to interview someone over the phone and it turned out great. Jeff points out that if you're using something external for mix-minus, you might hit a snag He also wishes it came with a Micro SD card. He has worked with it on Skype and Zoom. Jeff is using a Mac If you're a teacher, check out everything Jeff has to offer at <a href="h

Mon, January 07, 2019

Smarter Podcasting - Avoid These 7 Time Wasters

This is another episode where I share some of the "mistakes" that I see people are making in the podcasting space. We need to focus on our audience, not the technology. There are times when we focus on the technology because you are using the wrong tool. Here are things some thing that may be burning you out, wasting your time, and stopping your podcast from being successful. Sometimes Obsess Over Details that Don't Effect Our Episode As a tech support person, I see people obsess over details that will have little or no effect on their episode or podcast growth. I want to know how many people listened in Mongolia on December 12, 2017. Unless you're going on tour, why? The music in my add is of beat The video on Facebook that NOBODY is watching more than 2 seconds. Using The Wrong Software to Create Your Podcast I often refer to this as painting with peanut butter. When you use the tool for the job, you make creating your podcast a hassle and you are likely to get burned out and quit. If the tool you are using to create your audio doesn't allow you to create an mp3 - it's the wrong tool as you will have to use a different program. I see people who use the wrong software go to Facebook groups trying, and trying to make a square peg fit in a round hole. I recommend Hindenburg Journalist (I use Pro), Audacity, and Adobe Audition. I'm not saying all video programs are bad, but they need to be able to export as an mp3. If you need help turning a WAV or AAC file into an mp3 I've got a free tutorial for you. Troubleshooting Trying to Get Something Bright and Shiny For whatever reason, I could not use Belive.tv. My computer would lock up. I had tried a couple of things, but it would always lock up. Again, this was not their problem, it was a problem with my machine. I could have wiped my computer clean, and reloaded all my software, backed up all my files and spent a TON of time. This is where you need to ask FOR WHAT? Lower thirds on my video, and video switching. This is where you need to ask a question, has my audience asked for the feature I'm trying to add? Is this really something that is going to help me grow my audience? Missing the Off-Ramp to Happy Town There are times when you want technology to work, and it doesn't. Then someone alerts to a solution, but you don't like it. Instead, you decide to go back and bang your head against a wall. Different platforms like Facebook, LinkedIn change how they handle podcasts on a somewhat frequent basis. You want it to work one way, but it doesn't. You can manually post to any of these places taking the same steps. You found success - follow it. Maybe you're trying to do something and it won't work with Safari, but it would work with chrome. Instead of using Chrome you decide to band your head against the wall using Safari. You just discovered a solution. You can move forward us

Mon, December 31, 2018

My Favorite Podcast Is 2018 Edition

Sponsor: Focusrite [1;23] I got to play with a  Focusrite 2i2  and if you are looking for an easy to get your microphone into your computer (and have the option to have a co-host as well) without having to look at a TON of knobs, check out the  Focusrite 2i2 . As I'm on a PC, I downloaded a driver, plugged in the unit, and was ready to record. If you're on a Mac computer, you just plug it in. If you want a backup copy of your recording, plug a cable into the monitor out and send the signal to your portable recorder. It's built like a tank and is a lovely shade of red. Check out the  interface selector tool  that helps you pick the right model for you  at their website . My Favorite Podcast Is 2018 CLICK HERE for a PDF featuring expanded descriptions and links to all the shows mentioned Thanks to everyone who sent in their submissions. These are in no apparent order: 2:57  My Dad wrote a Porno - Sent in from Anna Seewald from Authentic Parenting - Parenting From the Heart 4:44 Assumptions Podcast (with an Atheist and Christian co-host a show ). Sent in from Alexander from Dear Subjects   (help Alexander build the new nation 5:32 Hardcore History Sent in from Arnie Chapman the Football History dude . Learn about the history of foot 6:57 Films on Trial  (which has great debates, and is very unique) -Sent in from Brad of the Cinema Guys  (they love movies!) 8:13  The Nolecast : Florida State fo

Mon, December 24, 2018

Turn Your Podcast Into a Book with Dave Chessen

Dave Chessen is known as the Kindlepreneur and is the host of the Book Marking Show and has turned his blog into a podcast. His show has a great format as he talks about a strategy in his show and then interviews someone who is using that strategy. Where I've Been: 2 Minute Tips Podcast 1:40 I was interviewed on the 2 Minute Tips podcast where we talk about my experience as a presenter and my 20 years as a corporate trainer and any tips on making good presentations. Check it out at  http://2minutetalktips.com/davewhen My Favorite Podcast Question of the Month 2:37 If you'd like some exposure for your show it's super easy. Send in your answer and give the following information You #1 favorite podcast (only 1) Where can I find it (website) Why is it your favorite Your podcast (if you have one) Where can we find your show? What is it about? See www.schoolofpodcasting.com/contact Deve Chessen Behind the Scenes of Launching a Book 4:16 I interviewed Dave Chessen for my More Podcast Money podcast, and in listening to the episode I felt you would appreciate it because: Many podcasters at events have mentioned writing a book There are plenty of strategies that align in both launching a podcast and launching a book In this interview, you will hear: Planning with the end in mind Tips on getting good artwork/book cover on a budget The importance of editing How podcasting has helped his brand How much you can expect to spend on launching a book Check out Dave at  Kindlepreneur.com   and his Book Marketing Show amscourse.com ( SELL MORE BOOKS WITH AMAZON BOOK ADS) Kindle Keywords article Great Podcast Starter Kit Q2U Podcast Pack 28:28 If you are looking to start a podcast, this is a great package.  Cardioid polar pattern is effective in minimizing noise and off-axis audio that can cause feedback. Frequency response of 44.1 / 48 kHz, 16-bit resolution. Low-latency headphone monitoring w/ a level control. XLR and USB outputs to record to Mac or Windows-based computer while at the same time connect to a mixer, preamplifier, or PA system. On/Off switch controls both USB and XLR audio outputs. Microphone is plug and play

Mon, December 17, 2018

Loyal Dax Shepard Fans Are Selling Out Theaters

  Today we hear from Try Heinritz of the Blacklist Exposed reveal what it was like to see Dax Shepard record his podcast in a sold-out Chicago Theater. Sponsor: Focusrite 2:53 I got to play with a  Focusrite 2i2  and if you are looking for an easy to get your microphone into your computer (and have the option to have a co-host as well) without having to look at a TON of knobs, check out the  Focusrite 2i2 . As I'm on a PC, I downloaded a driver, plugged in the unit, and was ready to record. If you're on a Mac computer, you just plug it in. If you want a backup copy of your recording, plug a cable into the monitor out and send the signal to your portable recorder. It's built like a tank and is a lovely shade of red. Check out the  interface selector tool  that helps you pick the right model for you  at their website . Dax Shepard is Selling Out Theaters so People Can Watch Him Record His Podcast Dax Shepard is the man behind the Arm Chair Expert podcast (voted best one of the best of in Apple Podcasts).  He has taken his show on the road. Here is what it shows when you go to buy Dax Shepperd Tickets: Hi, I'm Dax Shepard, and I love talking to people. I am endlessly fascinated by the messiness of being human, and I find people who are vulnerable and honest about their struggles and shortcomings to be incredibly sexy. I invite you to join me as I explore other people’s stories. We will celebrate, above all, the challenges and setbacks that ultimately lead to growth and betterment. What qualifies me for such an endeavor? More than a decade of sobriety, a degree in Anthropology and four years of improv training. I will attempt to discover human truths without any laboratory work, clinical trials or data collection. I will be, in the great tradition of 16th-century scientists, an Armchair Expert. His event in Los Angelas at The Theatre at Ace Hotel (1600 capacity) in January is also sold out. Tips and insights from Troy 4:37 Start on time Maybe have some sort of playbill so people know what to expect The warm-up act was great It was cool that the band customized

Mon, December 10, 2018

Dr. Ryan Gray Prescribes Value and Consistency Above All

Today we are joined from Dr. Ryan Gray from the Medical School Headquarters and he shares his philosophy of starting and growing his podcasts. The question of the Month What is your ONE favorite podcast for 2018? Why is it your favorite, and where can I find it (then tell us about your show and where we can find it) For more information see www.schooolofpodcastin.com/contact Dr. Ryan Gray of the Medical School Headquarters Podcast 4:17 Ryan is currently publishing seven different shows 6:55 Start a website with a positive vibe to help medical students 7:55 He was nervous about starting and waiting six months to launch 9:30 How by starting too broad he rebranded his show 11:00 What enabled him to transition from Doctor to Podcaster? 13:45 How he sought out companies that had content that fit his audience 15:28 How he goes about adding a show to his network 17:40 How his sales pitch is not a sales pitch 21:34 How many shows is he planning on launching 23:13 How much of the day to day stuff is he doing? 24:58 What are his first two employees are doing? 26:14 How he had made lifestyle choices to make this work A family that podcasts together stays together 28:10 Ryan also has three books and he shares how he put them together and worked with Morgan James Publishing 30:10 Ryan's Advice to people wanting to follow in his footsteps but in their niche 32:00 Ryan's Experience with NFC Chips (Dave had found some on Moo.com , there are programmable card on Amazon ) 33:40 Promoting his podcast at events 35:50 His biggest success and his biggest failure 37:50 Biggest mistakes new podcasters make How do you build an audience - one person at a time 39:25 Has he ever missed an episode? Main Takeaways He start by first providing value to his audience - not money, not downloads He does things other people don't (engages people at his booth instead of staring at his phone) His wife supports his plan, and now he is supporting hers. For more on this needing support see the "<a href= "http://schoolofpodcasting.com/positioning-your-podcast-for-the-long-haul-three-things-you

Mon, December 03, 2018

11 Steps To Grow Your Podcast Audience

Because of My Podcast: I Get to Talk to NFL Players 1:30 Chris Husby shares how his show devoted to discussing Special Teams topics and interviewing some of the biggest special teams names in the NFL and beyond! has allowed him to talk to some of his favorite NFL players. Check it out the 4th Down Experience Sponsor: Focusrite 3:34 I got to play with a  Focusrite 2i2  and if you are looking for an easy to get your microphone into your computer (and have the option to have a co-host as well) without having to look at a TON of knobs, check out the  Focusrite 2i2 . As I'm on a PC, I downloaded a driver, plugged in the unit, and was ready to record. If you're on a Mac computer, you just plug it in. If you want a backup copy of your recording, plug a cable into the monitor out and send the signal to your portable recorder. It's built like a tank and is a lovely shade of red. Check out the  interface selector tool  that helps you pick the right model for you  at their website . The Question of the Month: What is Your (ONE) Favorite Podcast And WHY? I do this every year for the last episode of the year. It's a great way to discover new shows, and it also gives us insights into WHY people like podcasts. Please provide the following: The name of the show The website of the show What it's about Why you like it  Then provide the same about your show (name, location, and what it's about). I need the answer by 12/28/18. Go to the contact page . If you want to record and email it in, please put "December question: in the title How to Grow Your Podcast Audience 1. Give Your Audience What They Want 7:14 Know who your target audience. Some things you’ll want to have to create your target client avatar are: Name Age Occupation Brands They Use + Purchase From What Kind Of Language They Use Where They Spend Their Time Their Pain Points What They Hope To Achieve + Accomplish STALK your target audience. Participate in online groups to  lis

Mon, November 26, 2018

Where Are All These Downloads Coming From? Steph Taylor on Tracking the Source of Your Listeners

SPONSOR: Focusrite USB Interfaces 2:40 I got to play with a  Focusrite 2i2  and if you are looking for an easy to get your microphone into your computer (and have the option to have a co-host as well) without having to look at a TON of knobs, check out the  Focusrite 2i2 . As I'm on a PC, I downloaded a driver, plugged in the unit, and was ready to record. If you're on a Mac computer, you just plug it in. If you want a backup copy of your recording, plug a cable into the monitor out and send the signal to your portable recorder. It's built like a tank and is a lovely shade of red. Check out the  interface selector tool  that helps you pick the right model for you  at their website . Libsyn.com Rolls Out Custom Tracking Codes 3:21 Libsyn.com recently rolled out custom tracking codes for those on their advanced stats. This allows you to enter a code(s) for an episode so you can track where your podcast comes from. Most podcast hosting platforms give you access to geographic data, and insight into what apps people are using as well as the number of downloads. The good news is anybody can share your podcast. I've known people who had giant boosts in downloads by having a popular blog link to their website. If you had a tracking code for that episode on your website, you would get more than "A player" or "A browser" you would be able to see the source of your downloads.  In doing a quick test I made a link for my newsletter, and more my website so I could see that yes, both of those sources had people listening to my episode.  Get a free month at Libsyn.com using the coupon code sopfree   What If I Don't Have a Libsyn Account? You can use what are called UTM (Urchin Tracking Module) which is a format used by Google to track things. You can go to  https://ga-dev-tools.appspot.com/campaign-url-builder/ to create a campaign. Here is a link to a video that explains it (from Google) Steph Taylor From the Socialite Podcast Sheds Some Light on UTMs 7:48 I met Steph at We Are Podcast 2018 in Melbourne Australia. She is awesome, and

Mon, November 19, 2018

The Courage to Make Mediocre Things - Cathy Heller from Don't Keep Your Day Job

  Cathy Heller is a talented musician. She's been signed by two major record labels, but unfortunately, she's also been dropped by two record labels. I've always told podcasters to go to their potential audience and find out what kind of content they need. That is exactly what Cathy did, and it worked. She found out what type of music was being licensed into commercials, TV, and movies. When she created the type of music her audience (producers) needed it worked to the tune of hundreds of thousands of dollars. When things were going great, how did she pour gasoline on her success? She started a podcast ( Don't Keep Your Day Job ). A Podcast Started in the Closet Now Has Three Million Downloads Here are some points from my talk with Cathy Heller: People are thirsty to hear what is  really going on their life as social media shows a filtered view  Cathy shares how as a musician she got a record deal twice and was dropped twice - how she pushed through She was making a decent amount of cash working a job that didn't fit her purpose She looked into what  was working in the music business and the politely persistent  She created 30 mediocre songs as she worked on making the type of music that would work in commercials, movie, TV, etc and threw them away. The difference between a hobby and a business is when you think of doing something for other people.  Everyone has to start off being mediocre. It takes time and courage to start mediocre and then work on polishing your craft. Her success was in an area that she never planned on, but people starting asking, "How do I do this?" She said, "What the heck, let's see what happens with this." Her music leads to licenses which lead to her agency, which lead to her course, which leads to live events and all of these item fed each other. She started her podcast 21 months ago in a close and now has over 3 million downloads She had to do something that made her stand out.  She did what she said she would do.  For more information check out her website at www.dontkeepyourdayjob.com How To Go “All In” on your Dream Job Tim Paige has done what many podcasters have dreamed of, he quit his day job. In a podcast on Facebook , he shared how he did it. Some people feel that the one thing keeping them from “Making it” is this really inconvenient thing called their day job. Their “side hustle” is currently bringing in $34 a month, but for some reason they think that if they only quit their job the pressure of seeing your life's savings being

Mon, November 12, 2018

Positioning Your Podcast For the Long Haul

How do I do so many podcasts? I get that question all the time. How do I stay consistent? How do I set my podcast up for the Long Haul? I'm fresh back from Speaking at DC Podfest, and I did a new version of the presentation called "3 Things Your Podcast Needs That Have Nothing With Microphones, Downloads, Or Hosting" and this is a revamped version of an episode I did years ago (with new information and new insights).  2:45 How podcasting is like an iceberg, and today we are talking about the part of the iceberg that is under the water, but still important Podcast Mentorship and Launching Pad I have a mentoring program where I work with you, but as the new year is right around the corner I wanted to create a limited time program with limited access. Here are the details We meet for six weeks to get your podcast up and running. These calls will be recorded. I will help you research your topic to help ensure you contact impacts and inspires your audience You will have clearly defined goals for your show  You will have the best podcasting gear that fits your budget You will have instant Access to me during this six weeks. With this in mind, I'm offering this to a very few people.  Our coaching calls will be used to produce a new podcast spotlighting the making of your show, and giving your more promotion.  You also get a year of membership at the School of Podcasting (which includes more group coaching, private Facebook group, and courses) If you are interested, go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/youpodcastlaunch Homework: Question of the Month 5:55 At the end of the month, I like to feature a podcast with your voice in it. I ask a question, and we all learn together.  This month's question is "What is the book you refer the most?" I'd love to hear your answer. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/contact  and submit your answer (put "November Question" if you email me).  I need the answer by November 23rd, 2018 Also, if you have found love via podcasting, I am working on the question of the month for February.  3 Things Your Podcast Needs That Have Nothing With Microphones, Downloads, Or Hosting (2018 Version) 7:52 The three things you need are Attitude This is the "I think I can, I think I can." It does take some time to get your podcast momentum going (your podcast is a bit like a Locomotive - not a race car) It's not all about downloads, and think about being in front of a room of "only 200" people 11:55 Why monthly download stats are crap (or at least misleading) 14:25 What podcasters can learn from Oprah 16:10 How to calculate how many downloads you should be getting Health We are g

Mon, November 05, 2018

How to Start a Podcast Network: The Good, the Bad, the Ugly

We all want more listeners. We feel we have tried everything (have we?) and one option that all the "big" shows seem to have in common is they are part of a Podcast Network. Many of these require large amounts of download that your show may not achieve. You may be thinking of starting your own Podcast Network. I've interviewed some friends of mine recently (and some over the years) about their networks and assembled all that information into this episode. If creating a podcast network is not for you (it is a lot of work) you may be thinking that joining a network is a better choice. I share some things you might consider before joining. Sponsor: Focusrite I got to play with a Focusrite 2i2 and if you are looking for an easy to get your microphone into your computer (and have the option to have a co-host as well) without having to look at a TON of knobs, check out the Focusrite 2i2 . As I'm on a PC, I downloaded a driver, plugged in the unit, and was ready to record. If you're on a Mac computer, you just plug it in. If you want a backup copy of your recording, plug a cable into the monitor out and send the signal to your portable recorder. It's built like a tank and is a lovely shade of red. Check out the interface selector tool that helps you pick the right model for you at their website .   Podcast Network Interviews: Glen Hebbert - Horse Radio Network Daniel J Lewis - Noodle.mx  Network Mignon Fogarty - Quick and Dirty Tips  Christopher Brian Jones - Trek.fm Stephen Jondrew - Gonna Geek Chris Nesi - Education Podcast Network So You Want to Start Your Own Podcast Network 5:10 You need to be able to answer the question, "Why do you want to start a podcast" There are two type of networks. One is run as a business, and the other is focused more on cross-promotion (or a mixture of both). 14: 40 A network wher

Mon, October 29, 2018

Do Audiograms Boost Podcast Podcast Discovery?

This week I'm going to give you some lessons I learned from Speaking at We Are Podcast 2018 in Brisbane Australia. We also talk about the effectiveness of Audiograms. Sponsor: PodcastGuests.com – Get More Guests -Be Featured on More Podcasts PodcastGuests.com  helps you find guests for your podcasts for free PodcastGuests.com  will feature your podcast to its over 6,500 users to find qualified guests that meet your requirements You can also find 200 expert guests anytime in the directory at  podcastguests.com/directory Sign up at  PodcastGuests.com/sop Get a Mentor - Ask For Help I know a few people who love to travel. Monica Rivera from the You Wanna Do What? podcast gave me a great tip to download any episodes from Netflix to my iPad. George Hrab from the Geologic podcast (who gets to go to all sorts of cool stuff because of his podcast) gave me some heads up on a voltage converter. It's Rarely as Bad as It Seems When I heard the phrase "17 hours on a plane (along with some shorter flights for a total of 20 hours)" I thought it sounded like a horror story. I pictured some little punk behind me kicking my kidneys while their parents order another jack and coke from the flight attendant. In the end, even in coach, I was able to stretch my legs. I had two seats between my fellow passenger in my row and slept off and on. There were probably 3-5 small children who would occasionally cry, but it was not the nightmare I had envisioned. When I think of things that I have dreaded in the past, they are rarely as bad as you think you're going to be. Erode Your Comfort Zone I can be shy. When I go to a restaurant I'm not looking to think outside the box. When I was told that a large chunk of my schedule was planned for me, I got nervous. I didn't know where I was going, and except for a few people, I didn't know who I was with, what we were doing, and what I needed to be ready. We had assigned seats both days including assignments on who to go to lunch with. One day, Sean Desouza was going to cook authentic Indian food (I have never had Indian food). The Know Like a Trust Factor I talk about this all the time. When you create valuable content on a consistent basis, your audience trusts you and likes you. If you can share a bit of yourself, they get to know you. When people know, like, and trust you then you have influence. I know Ronsley Vaz from his "Should I Start a Podcast" show. We may have bumped into each other. I finally got to talk to him at Soci

Mon, October 22, 2018

11 Things Podcasters Can Learn From Netflix

Today on episode 641, I'm in Australia at a conference but I'm still here giving you ideas and insights to help you with your podcast. I've been spending a fair amount of time on Netflix, and I've noticed something. Sponsor: PodcastGuests.com – Get More Guests -Be Featured on More Podcasts [1:36] PodcastGuests.com  helps you find guests for your podcasts for free PodcastGuests.com  will feature your podcast to its over 6,500 users to find qualified guests that meet your requirements You can also find 200 expert guests anytime in the directory at  podcastguests.com/directory Sign up at  PodcastGuests.com   You Should Run Your Podcast Like Netflix 3:45 130 Million Worldwide 4.2 million are still shipping DVDs Projected to pay 7 billion for content 11 Billion in Revenue in 2017 23% of Us adults stream daily 70% of users binge-watch shows A user avoid 160 hours of ads per year 6.7 days 6:38 They make it easy to get to the content and skip how the sausage is made 9:30 Many of their episodes leave you wanting more, and tease the next episode (see Making Oprah ) 9:53 They aren't doing typical content, and they are being creative 11:47 They changed their format to fit their audience  and their business plan 14:08 You should watch your industry and niche and see if there is a place for your show 17:35 They seems to be easy to work, they aren't jerks, with which is attracting talented people 18:55  They monitor what their audience is viewing and make similar content (including a teenage tangent) 22:41 You can get Netflix on ANY device. 23:10 Don't hire pedophiles and alleged rapists 23: 20 It doesn't always work. 24:14 They put out content to see if it works BONUS LESSON: They charge for their service. Media hosts like anchor are doomed to fail as bandwidth is not free. Ready To Launch and Grow Your Podcast? Join the School of Podcasting at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Work with me as your podcast mentor at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/workwithme Never Miss an Episode Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/subscrib

Mon, October 15, 2018

Don't Dump Your Podcast For Facebook Live Just Yet

Today on episode 640 of the School of Podcasting we are looking at Facebook Consumption and how it stacks up against YouTube and Podcasting. Paul Colligan has a new report and it's fascinating. Because of his Podcast: Troy Heinritz had his name in the Blacklist TV Show Troy Heinritz has been mentioned on this show many times and today on episode 640 is another time. I was getting caught up on the Blacklist Television show on Netflix and in the "Nicholas T Moore" episode they are looking at the background of a "bad guy" and explain how at one point he had stayed at the Heinritz Psychiatric Center in Concord.  Troy also explain how they had mixed in a fan's name into an episode who had died of cancer. If you have a "Because of my Podcast" Story, please go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/contact and share it.    Sponsor: PodcastGuests.com - Get More Guests -Be Featured on More Podcasts 3:18 PodcastGuests.com  helps you find guests for your podcasts for free PodcastGuests.com  will feature your podcast to its over 6,500 users to find qualified guests that meet your requirements You can also find 200 expert guests anytime in the directory at  podcastguests.com/directory Sign up at  PodcastGuests.com   Podcast Consumption Trounces YouTube and Facebook Consumption 4:40 Today we talk about a report that Paul Colligan (of the Podcast Report ) did on consumption metrics comparing Facebook Live against YouTube and Podcasting. In looking at a video he did live on Facebook he found that "The average watch time of my 11 minute and 37-second broadcast was only 22 seconds — just 3% of the video. " Later he put  the exact same content on YouTube and "YouTube was 36% Facebook’s 3%. On YouTube, viewers tuned in over 11 times longer on average than they did on Facebook."  He again took  the exact same content and put it out as an audio podcast. He checked his stats in Appel's Podcasts Connect and found, "On Apple Podcasts, the audience listened to a whopping average of 94% of the episode … more than 31 times the percentage on Facebook and slightly less than 3 times the percent on YouTube."  While Facebook consumption was much lo

Mon, October 08, 2018

Vicious Listener Comments That Were 100% True

Today I share the story of some pretty harsh criticism I received, and how I had to deal with the fact that my listener had a point. Welcome to episode 639 of the School of Podcasting Sponsor: Podcastguests.com 3:47 PodcastGuests.com helps you find guests for your podcasts for free PodcastGuests.com will feature your podcast to its over 6,500 users to find qualified guests that meet your requirements You can also find 200 expert guests anytime in the directory at podcastguests.com/directory Today I'm talking about branding, and I could've invited Greg Corey  (Corey says, I love to talk to audiences about how creating better branding for themselves and their products can skyrocket their sales).  It took all of three seconds to find Greg, and we know he's looking to get on podcasts.  Sign up at PodcastGuests.com/sop   Fat Fingers Can Cause More Them Embarrassment 5:06 In the last episode, I mentioned that I had brought up a controversial subject (Collin Kaepernick) and that people might tune out (the subject was controlling the conversation). What is offending is not the episode but rather your poor grasp on basic spelling and grammar throughout many pages on this website .. By the way, if you want to sound like an authority, please learn basic spelling and grammar or hire someone ( fiverr ) to do it for you .. How do you have an education degree when this is how you write and communicate? By the way, in the sub-title, “Freedom of Speach is Not Freedom from Consequences”- The word “speach” is spelled Speech. Any sixth grader knows that and certainly a g college graduate should know that as well .. It is not that hard. At least have your written copy proof read by someone who does know how to spell and write decently before publishing it to the world. Geez! I think that is pretty basic.. How again can you confidently charge $200 an hour for consulting when you have such poor spelling and grammar skills in your written web copy? You are a joke sir ! What college granted you a degree when you consistently cannot write legibly? and you are tying to sell yourself as an expert? Please! I will say again.. Please! At least hire someone to cover your mistakes and not try to promote yourself as some sort of “expert” – You look like a damn fool sir So I sent Mark Doyle and Email Dear Mark, Thanks for the comment. My Apologies for the typos. You're right I'm a damn fool and a joke of a human being... Dave Mark Sent Me a

Mon, October 01, 2018

Your Spin Free Zone

Today on episode 638 I am talking about controlling a conversation from two different angles. Bonus Content Why Squadcast is the Best Tool for Recording Interviews I speak with Zach Moreno one of the founders of Squadcast (save 50% off using the coupon code sopfans ) who explains Why he (a programmer) and his brother (an audio engineer) started Squadcast How they had an issue, but it has been solved and they may have their solution patented What is coming in the future Squadcast is super easy. You put in the email address, the date and time of the interview and it does everything else. The big key is your guest(s) need to use chrome to use the system. The system prompts them to use chrome if they are not. It records their side of the conversation locally to their computer and then QUICKLY uploads it when the conversation is done. If there were any glitches where the speaking was cut out during the call, the local recording does not have any of those glitches. Squadcast is currently $20 a month. You get save 50% using the coupon code sopfans at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/squadcast How To Ensure Everyone Knows Your Intent I was watching Comedian in Cars Getting Coffe with Jerry Seinfeld and Bill Bur. Bill voiced his fear of how people are having careers taken away becomes someone took something you said as a joke seriously and they are now TELLING YOU what YOUR intent was. As Bill put it, "You don't get to decide that you're in my head and you know my intent." One example of a company who ensures you understand their intent is American Airlines who has a podcast called " Tell Me Why ." For example, one episode an American Airline representative explains the changes in their policy regarding support animals. I think this is an awesome job as a lazy journalist (where people just Google a subject, do no research and copy and paste an answer - even it is entirely untrue). could easily spin this as "American Airlines hates all animals." The good news is American Airlines through their podcast has a DIRECT CONNECTION with their audience (their customers). They don't have to worry about anyone from the mainstream media putting a spin on it. I personally found it strange when people began burning their own shoes in protest to Colin Kaepernick is a new spokesperson for Nike. So I did something people use to do called "Journalism." I listened to Colin's <a href= "https://youtu.be/ka0446tibig" target=

Mon, September 24, 2018

Is Podcasting Frying Your Brain?

Because Of My Podcast - The Family Travel Podcast Michael, He is on podcast number two, and this one is allowing him to make some money http://abigpeacheyadventure.com.au/family-travel-podcast/ Question of the Month: Where Are you With Podcasting? 6:28 Clay from the Fish Nerds Podcast is a 4 7:30 Paul from the Fighting Through Podcast  is a 1 8:48 Andrea from Union Podcastera is a 1 12:18 Darwyn Dave from Dealing with My Grief is 1 13:59 Brad from The Cinema Guys is a 1 15:23 Jared from The Fire Rescue is a 3 16:52 Micah and Dustin from Tales From Bedlum -5 17:55   Jonathon Bloom from the Weekly Awesome Podcast - 1 19:07 Kim from Teachers Need Teachers   is a 1 23:21 Josh from the Corner Cutters Podcast (about the Rubik's cube) - 1 25:10 Ryan Nelson - Conspiracy Theoryology is a 1 27:27 Master Kuldryn's from Kuldryn's Krypt is a - 1 28:28 Seth from Geekville Radio , www.twbpodcast.com and Classic Wrestling Memories   is a 1  31:01 Timothy kdoipodcasting.com was at a 5 and is now at a 3  34:52 Vanessa from Vanessa's View is at a 1 (or UNO)  39:41 Win Charles is a 6 Check Out Joe Today in Orlando Tuesday (this coming Tuesday...September 25th) The Improv Orlando Florida Doors open at 6:30 - Show starts at 7:30 $10 LOTS of people in the cast.

Mon, September 17, 2018

The Ultimate Guide to Launching Your Podcast

You want to launch a podcast, and in the past, I've talked about how there are 27 steps to launch a podcast (you might want to read that first) . Today I want to cover this episode from a new angle and address some of the mistakes I am seeing on episode 636 of the School of Podcasting. If you missed the previous list it was Step 1: Pick Your Topic Step 2: Decide if you're podcasting solo or with cohost(s). Step 3: Pick how you will podcast. Step 4: Pick where will you podcast? Step 5: Pick a name. Step 6. Buy the Hardware Step 7. Buy Software Step 8 is purchasing web hosting Step 9 is installing WordPress Step 10 is to get your WordPress installation ready to podcast Step 11 is making your website look good. 12. Domain Name 13. Graphics 14. Intro Music. (optional) 15.  Media Hosting (for your mp3 files) 16. Organize Your Content 17. Record Your Content 18. Edit Your Content 19.  Assemble Your Episode 20. Add ID3 Tags 21. Upload your media 22. Write Your Show Notes 23. Copy the Media URL and Paste It Into Your Post (optional) 24. Click Publish 25. Set Up Tags for iTunes 26> Make Sure your Feed is Valid 27. Submit Your Podcast to Apple Podcasts What is the Goal of Your Podcast? You need to know this. How will know if it's successful? Is it a certain number of downloads? Is it a certain number of sales? Is it to position you as an expert? Does Your Podcast Move You Toward Your Goal? So if the goal of your show is to help build an email list, did you remember to tell people about your list. If it's to build your consulting clients, did you mention you are available for consulting? Has Someone Who Is Your Target Audience Given You Honest Feedback? Have You Checked to See If You Are Unique? There are at least five shows named "outside the box", and six shows named, "The Feed." If you name your show identical to another show, not only may you be opening the door to legal action, but these people have a head start and you will have a hard time ranking for that phrase. What you NEED to Launch a Podcast Artwork: The artwork is SQUARE with a minimum dimension of 1400X1400 and a maximum dimension of 3000X3000. The FILE SIZE needs to be less than 500 kb. Failure to meet these specifications can get you rejected, and cause your show not to update, and in some cases get removed from Apple. A Valid RSS feed. That feed will have a description of your show. Along with the author/hosts(s) of the show, categories, and an email address. This is typically entered into your media host (more on that later) or whatever tool you are using to create an RSS feed A media host. I was a Libsyn customer for 10 years before being a customer, but I feel Libsyn.com is the best. For other thoughts on <a href= "http://schoolofpodcasting.com/is-soundcloud-a-legitimate-option-for-podcasting-8-podcast-media-hosting-com

Mon, September 10, 2018

Logic and Emotion in Your Podcast

Podcast Question Of the Month If there is a slider between 1 I LOVE PODCASTING and 10 is I HATE Podcasting, where are you? Are you feeling like a three? Seven? Lets us know and WHY you are feeling the way you are. If you want to record something and attach it be sure to put September question in the subject line and send it to dave “at” schoolofpodcasting.com (trying to avoid spam with the spelling), or go to our Contact page for more options. I need your answer by 9/21/18 Slick Text Update 3:09 In a previous episode , I talked about testing Slick Text. This is a texting tool that creates an autoresponder. So when you text " sop " to 31996 you get an autoresponder from me with a link to my show in Apple Podcasts as well as a link to my show on Google Podcasts. I did a presentation for an "intimate" group at Podcast Midatlantic (probably 80 people) and I had five people sign up on the spot. With a month behind me, I've had 38 people sign up. You can try their free program, or upgrade to their $29 plan and save 15% off when you sign up for a paid plan using the coupon sop15.  For more information check out www.schoolofpodcasting.com/slicktext   What is LibsynPro Libsyn.com is a great solution for the independent podcasters (with pricing starting at $5 per month, with the most popular plans being $15 or $20 a month). This week I spent time at Content Marketing World ( an event with 4000+ attendees ) where most of the clients were companies (not individuals) who were looking for enterprise solutions (and in some cases used by marketing agencies or networks). Here are some of the features of LibsynPro. You can have different levels of access for multiple users. Stats per show or for your whole NetWork A higher monthly fee and you pay for your bandwidth (see VP of Podcaster Relations at rob@libsyn.com) Dynamic ad insertion Addition Podcast Configurations You can also have a private podcast. This means you can set up a podcast for your company, add the users, and have an app created for your podcast. This also gives you the ability to see if your employees are listening to episodes, and in the event, you terminate an employee you can remove their access to any files.  Social Media Marketing World Dumps Podcasting Due to Slow Growth 11:05 Recently Tom Webster wrote an article on Medium what podcasting needs to spur more growth. Michael Stelzner replied to the post and stated, " Great read Tom. Your data seems to backup what I have noticed over the last 6 years since I have been in podcasting. I

Mon, September 03, 2018

10 Thousands Downloads Per Episode in Five Months

Today I talk with Noah Tetzner who starts the History of Vikings five months ago, and when the average podcaster is getting a little under 2,000 downloads per episodes, Noah is getting 10,000 downloads per episodes. I wanted to know what he's doing to grow his audience so fast.  Noah Tetzner Wanted a Show About Vikings But Couldn't Fine One He Liked 1:58 Like many podcasters, Noah found some podcasts that weren't bad, but they didn't really fit 100% of what he was looking for. What did Noah do? He started one of his own. Is he a big tech nerd? No. Did he come with a pre-made audience? No. He found guests that had more than a heartbeat (like some shows) he found guests who could bring value. In this interview you will also hear how: Noah is buying ads on other history shows to promote his show How much Noah is spending per show How reviews seem to be boosting his chart position, but may not do much for downloads How he appears on shows as a guest even if they are not about history He is building relationships with fellow podcasters and his audience His strategy is to do your research and be genuine Not everything he tried worked How he overcame Imposter Syndrome to start his show How he is now pursuing monetization His main priority is growing his audience. Check out his show at www.thehistoryofvikings.com   Mentioned: www.newandnoteworthy.info Podcast Rewind: Where Has Dave Been? 19:15  Big Podcast:  Podcast Longevity, Failures, And How To Know If You'll Make It In Podcasting Podcast Envy:  Dave Jackson, School of Podcasting, on Impostor Syndrome and Podcasters Hall of Fame Unstructured Podcast: Dave Jackson The Word From Mouth:  SEARCH, ADOPTION, AND MOVING THE NEEDLE IN PODCASTING – WITH DAVE JACKSON Want to interview me on your show? Contact Me What I Learned From My Podcast Focus Group 24:54 I am in a "Mastermind" with a graphics person, a lawyer, audio editors, and more. We are all podcasters and share our opinions on how to grow each other's podcast. It's free (you do

Mon, August 27, 2018

Danny Peña Is On a Mission For Additional Listeners

In episode  633 of the School of Podcasting, we are looking at Podcasting Events and asking, "is it worth attending?" We also touch base with Danny Peña who has created a movie about his story and his show Gamer tag Radio (that is now winning awards at Movie Festivals) to help introduce people to podcasting and to his show. Danny can point to one thing for his success, "Community." We first spoke with Danny back on episode 506 (definitely check it out) Sponsor: Podcast Engineering School 3:45 Podcast Engineering School – next semester starts September 18th and runs through October 30th. The classes are live and Chris packs the 2-hour classes with tons of information Today I did a quick search on Indeed.com for “podcast engineer” and  saw quite a few options Program Includes: LIVE Interactive Online Training Two Mentoring Sessions with Chris Curran Major Discounts on Software and Plugins Lifetime Access to the PES closed community Certificate of Completion EARLY BIRD PRICING IS NOW – SIGN UP TODAY AND SAVE BIG https://podcastengineeringschool.com/ Danny Peña is a Walking Make a Wish Foundation for His Fans 5:36 Danny first appeared on the School of Podcasting back on episode 506  and he has ALWAYs been about his audience and building community (he still is).  I drove down to Columbus to Ohio to hang out with him (along with Daniel J Lewis from the Audacity to Podcast). Danny met some of his audience and brought them backstage at the event and introduced them to some of their favorite gamers. Think about how huge that is for the audience members. Think about going backstage at the Super Bowl to meet Tom Brady. In this conversation you will hear: Danny put together an  award-winning movie about his story and the rise of Gamertag Radio using iMovie. How he taking steps to embrace those who are not currently listening to podcasts and to help them understand how to start listening ( www.learntosubscribe.com is something I put together) Danny has multiple revenue streams in addition to his sponsors His relationships lead him to leave CBS Radio when things got a little shaky. For more information see www.gamertagradio.com Mentioned: Edison Research  Danny's first appearance on the School of Podcasting on <a href

Mon, August 20, 2018

Starting a Podcast With a Sponsor - How Marcus Couch Got To Yes

Today we are looking at not taking no for an answer. We are looking at trying new strategies for old problems. My friend Marcus Couch heard "No" multiple times every year when he tried to start a Chicago Bulls fan cast . He didn't give up. He tried and tried again. We hear his story of asking a sponsor to help. We all want more subscribers, will using a text tool like slicktext.com help by putting your subscription one click away? Speaking of new strategies, should you put together a focus group to see if your show is headed in the right direction? All of this is covered in this episode 632 of the School of Podcasting Sponsor: Podcast Engineering School 1:35 Podcast Engineering School – next semester starts September 18th and runs through October 30th. The classes are live and Chris packs the 2-hour classes with tons of information Today I did a quick search on Indeed.com for “podcast engineer” and  saw quite a few options Program Includes: LIVE Interactive Online Training Two Mentoring Sessions with Chris Curran Major Discounts on Software and Plugins Lifetime Access to the PES closed community Certificate of Completion EARLY BIRD PRICING IS NOW – SIGN UP TODAY AND SAVE BIG https://podcastengineeringschool.com/ I'm Playing with Slick Text To Grow My Subscriber List 3:39 They even have a whole tutorial on growing your list via text Pros: I can try it, or revert back to a free account (and I don't have to worry about codes in an episode years later) I can capture email addresses (and birthdays) I can upgrade to a paid program and my un-used messages roll over to the next month You can upgrade and downgrade any time you like Your listeners can unsubscribe from your message by texting " stop " Cons: Only works in the US and Canada (for me that is 76% of my audience based on my Libsyn stats) Some people listen in the car (or other activities) can't text immediately. See Slick Text In Action Text  " sop " to 31996 to get links to follow me in Apple Podcasts or Google Podcasts. Then when a new episode is published it will be available in those apps. Here is a video of the backend of

Mon, August 13, 2018

How Podcasting is Like Shoe Shopping

In the past, I've talked about transcriptions. The fun part of transcriptions is you still have to end up with something that is easy to read and brings value. I've mentioned temi.com and revs.com but the one thing I didn't think about is how you can use it as an editing tool But What if Things Go Wrong? I drove to Nashville this week to attend two events. One was the Nashville podcasters meetup, and the other was the launch party of Without Warning by Sheila Wysocki which had a room full of private investigators who are thinking about starting a podcast, and music business people looking to start podcasts. When I first thought about it, I went to hotels.com and did a search for cheap hotels. I normally don't look at reviews, but as I was choosing the cheapest hotel I could find, I saw some reviews with words like "bed bugs," "Drug Deals," and  "Cockroaches." It made me very nervous. I thought of getting bed bugs into my luggage and bringing them home. I thought of my last trip to Nashville where I ended up hitting a dear on the way home and totaled my car. But What if Things Go Right? I met some great people and strengthened the relationships I already had. I was interviewed, and it turns out that the Ramada Hotel I stayed at was the same one I chose the last time I was in Franklin Tenessee.  By the time I left many more people knew who I was, what I do, and how to contact me. What I Learned If you get a bunch of private investigators together they are just as talkative as podcasters. Why? Becuase much like podcasters, the only people who understand what it's like to be a Private Investigator are other private investigators. My comfort zone is 7 hours in a car, but if I'm driving home I can go 8.5 and be wide awake at 3 AM. You can use transcriptions to help with editing. The two I mentioned are temi.com and rev.com More and more people are assembling teams to create a podcast (and I'm not sure people know there is an alternative) People often follow the guidelines based on their environment (so people in Nashville think you need to go to a professional studio to record - you don't) Danny Ozment of Emerald City Productions ( speaking of studios) has a great mixing room, and David Hooper of Big Podcast and Red Podcast converted his walk-in closet into a studio How Podcasting Is Like Show Shopping I was so excited to go to Podcast Movement I forgot my shoes and I realized this when I was about 4 hours into the 7-hour drive. I

Mon, August 06, 2018

Should My Podcast Have an Email List?

In the age of social media is email still relvant? If so, how do you grow your list? What makes a good lead magnet? Do I need a lead magnet? This is all discussed in episode 630 of the School of Podcasting Sponsor: Podcast Engineering School [1:38] Podcast Engineering School – next semester starts September 18th and runs through October 30th. The classes are live and Chris packs the 2-hour classes with tons of information Today I did a quick search on Indeed.com for “podcast engineer” and  saw quite a few options Program Includes: LIVE Interactive Online Training Two Mentoring Sessions with Chris Curran Major Discounts on Software and Plugins Lifetime Access to the PES closed community Certificate of Completion EARLY BIRD PRICING IS NOW – SIGN UP TODAY AND SAVE BIG https://podcastengineeringschool.com/ What Makes a Good Lead Magnet? 3:23 Thanks to Win Charles from the Ask Win show, Matt Rafferty from the Author Inside You podcast, and Jerry Williams from the FBI Retired podcast  for contributing Ryan Deiss at Digital Marketer defines a lead magnet as “a small chunk of value that solves a specific problem for a specific market that is offered in exchange for an opt-in. My buddy (and co-host of the Podcast Review Show ) Erik K Johnston  did a whole episode about lead magnets . Today we talk about email lists and why you might want to start using one.  OptinMonster (which is a great tool/plugin for capturing leads) breaks it into seven parts: Solves a real problem – if your lead magnet doesn’t solve a real problem that your customer avatar has, or if it doesn’t give them something they really want, it won’t work at all. Promises one quick win – your lead magnet should promise (and deliver) one quick win for your avatar. In other words, it should help them to easily achieve something. Super specific – don’t create a lead magnet about something general. The more specific you are about the benefit of your lead magnet, the better it will convert leads. Quick to digest – PDF checklists tend to convert really well because they are so quick and easy to digest. eBooks or length

Mon, July 30, 2018

13 Years of Proof That Podcasting Works

Sponsor: Podcast Engineering School 2:42 Podcast Engineering School – next semester starts September 18th and runs through October 30th. The classes are live and Chris packs the 2-hour classes with tons of information Today I did a quick search on Indeed.com for "podcast engineer" and saw quite a few options Program Includes: LIVE Interactive Online Training Two Mentoring Sessions with Chris Curran Major Discounts on Software and Plugins Lifetime Access to the PES closed community Certificate of Completion EARLY BIRD PRICING IS NOW – SIGN UP TODAY AND SAVE BIG https://podcastengineeringschool.com/ My Induction Into the Academy of Podcasters Hall of Fame This past week I was inducted into the Academy of Podcasters Hall of Fame. I am honored to be in such good company, and deeply grateful for all the kind words. In looking back at my 13 years I noticed a pattern: How Podcasting Works Valuable content leads to relationships that lead to opportunities. The key word is VALUABLE content. Then you have to work at relationships, and you need to take advantage of every opportunity. Look back I see how: 6:00 Who are Dave's influences? Dave Barry, David Letterman, and Dan Klass 7:59 Thank God I was bullied? 9:25 Hope for all the introverts 10:05 You learn from all your failures  11:00 Content - Relationships - Opportunities 12:50 Dave's first podcast attracts Marcus Couch 14:45 Dave gets to go on the radio to explain podcasting to Music Business Radio 16:30 Marcus Couch invites me to get involved with Podshow. The Internet's first free podcast media hosting 17:25 Why it's not the tech 17:55 Dave tries to sound like Scott Fletcher of Podcheck Review 20:33 Why free media hosting drives me nuts Podshow/Mevio 8/2005 – 4/2014 (116 months – 38.8 million dollars spent) Podango 9/2006 – 12/2008 (27 Months) wildvoice.com 7/2006 – 7/2009 (36 months) mypodcasts.com 2007 – 2011 (estimated 48 months) Audiometric.io 11/ 2012 – 8/2014 (21 months before being purchased by panoply and taken off the market). Opinion Podcasting 11/2015-10/2017 (23 months) The average is 45 months. Take Podshow and the 38 million out of the picture and that drops to 31 (which is close to my typical answer of three years or 36 months) Anchor.fm was started in August of 2015. If they make it 45 months that is May of 2019. If they go 31 months that would be May of 2018. So far Anchor has burned through 14.4 M already (see https://www.crunchbase.com/organ

Mon, July 23, 2018

Are You Making These Podcast Mistakes Part II

Becuase of My Podcast:  1:30 Haley Radke from  http://www.adopteeson.com/ shares how the only people who can understand what it's like to be adopted, and more importantly how to deal with a reunion with your biological parents. Nobody knows what that is like except those who have lived it. You might feel alone, but by creating her podcasts she is how building a community and actually had a meetup when she was traveling. People able came from out of state to come to meet her, and to be part of the community SPONSOR: Podcast Engineering School 9:22 Podcast Engineering School – next semester starts September 18th and runs through October 30th. The classes are live and Chris packs the 2-hour classes with tons of information Program Includes: LIVE Interactive Online Training Two Mentoring Sessions with Chris Curran Major Discounts on Software and Plugins Lifetime Access to the PES closed community Certificate of Completion If you're looking to start your own audio editing service, or just want to make your show sound better. This course is for you. EARLY BIRD PRICING ENDS VERY SOON – SIGN UP TODAY AND SAVE BIG https://podcastengineeringschool.com/ Imposter Syndrom Continued 12:15 Last week we looked at what is Imposter syndrome, and how to overcome it. I was listening to the Dennis Miller Option and he shared some insights into how he feels when he is at a party with "celebrities." If you are new to Dennis Miller, here are some facts from his Wikipedia page. Dennis Miller: Saturday Night Live 1985 to 1991 Dennis Miller show (last seven month ) in 1992 Dennis Miller Show Live 1995- 2002 winning five Emmys for HBO Hosted three-hour radio show on westwood one from 2007 to 2015 He also had shows on CNBC, and has done featured spots on many television shows. He is listed as #21 on the great comedians of all time top 100 chart from Comedy Central This is paraphrased from this show, " As far as being a celebrity, I'm complete "wobbliness." The moment I'm with some people who are famous I can do my little patter. I can make them laugh, and we can have the exchange that they want to have and I want to have. At the end (of the night), if they say, "Here is my number call me," when I get home and I'm alone, I don't tare it up, I keep them and think I'll call them someday. I NEVER get to those calls. I just think they didn't mean it. I would feel like I was cold calling them to sell them encyclopedias. It's a weird thin

Mon, July 16, 2018

Overcoming Impostor Syndrome

Seventy percent of people have impostor syndrome. While an interesting stat, that doesn't really help people who have impostor syndrome get over it. Today I have 12 strategies to help overcome Impostor syndrome Because of My Podcast: I Got A Custom Wrestling Mat 01:26 Jason Bryan of www.mattalkonline.com shares the story how one of the top manufacturers of wrestling mats made a custom wrestling mat with Jason's Logo and microphone. HOW COOL IS THAT? You can hear more about how Jason is now doing podcasting as a career at  http://schoolofpodcasting.com/jason-bryant-turned-his-experience-into-a-career-in-podcasting/ SPONSOR: Podcast Engineering School Podcast Engineering School - next semester starts September 18th and runs through October 30th. The classes are live and Chris packs the 2-hour classes with tons of information Program Includes: LIVE Interactive Online Training Two Mentoring Sessions with Chris Curran Major Discounts on Software and Plugins Lifetime Access to the PES closed community Certificate of Completion EARLY BIRD PRICING IS NOW - SIGN UP TODAY AND SAVE BIG https://podcastengineeringschool.com/ We All Feed Like Imposters Seth Godin wrote in The Icarus Deception that after a dozen bestsellers he still feels like a fraud all the time "The beauty of the impostor syndrome is you vacillate between extreme egomania and a complete feeling of: 'I'm a fraud! Oh God, they're on to me! I'm a fraud!' So you just try to ride the egomania when it comes and enjoy it, and then slide through the idea of fraud." – Tina Fey "Sometimes I wake up in the morning before going off to a shoot, and I think, I can't do this. I'm a fraud." – Kate Winslett "I have written eleven books, but each time I think, 'uh oh, they're going to find out now. I've run a game on everybody, and they're going to find me out.' " – Maya Angelou Jodie Foster was interviewed for the television show ‘60 Minutes’ she revealed how she feared she'd have to give back her Oscar after being voted best actor for her role in ‘The Accused’. “I thought it was a fluke,” she said in the interview. “I thought everybody would find out and they'd take the Oscar back. They'd come to my house, knocking on the door, ‘Excuse me, we meant to give that to someone else. That was going to Meryl Streep.'” Ken Burns interviewed Meryl Streep, the most frequently nominated Academy Award and Golden Globe actor in history, she revealed her own insecurities "You think, ‘Why would anyone want to see me again in a movie? And I don't know how to act anyway, so why am I doing this?’” If We are All Imposters - Than None of Us A

Mon, July 09, 2018

My First Impression of Radio Public

My First Test of Radio Public You can get your podcast on the Radio Public platform at https://podcasters.radiopublic.com/ . Once you’ve been approved at Radio Public, they send a weekly email summary to your email with details about your Paid Listens activity on RadioPublic . Once your podcast earns $25 it will be eligible for payout, and we’ll send an email with information about how to configure the payment step Earnings are a combination of your Paid Listens (at a rate of $20 per 1000 listens of your episodes in the RadioPublic app) and for every new listener that hears three episodes of your show in the RadioPublic  app, you’ll earn a Loyal Listener bonus of an additional (one-time) $1 - and yes, this bonus layers on top of your Paid Listens rate. What Is the Criteria For a Listen? We define a Paid Listen as a listener hearing at least 60% or 30 minutes of an episode, whichever is shorter. For now, only listens in the native RadioPublic mobile apps for iOS and Android count. Multiple listens to a given episode by the same user’s device/account will count as a single listen. Also, it is important to understand that a download does not necessarily equal a listen. On all podcast apps, including RadioPublic , a given episode's audio file might be downloaded multiple times: the user could have deleted it before listening; a user’s local network error can occur and the file needs to be downloaded again; a podcast hosting provider can have an issue that initiates another download, etc.RadioPublic measures when an episode is actually heard, so you should not always expect a 1:1 download to listen ratio in your hosting provider’s metrics or dashboard. What to Do If Your Episode Already Has Ads? Depending on your current approach to ads, you have a few options for providing ad-free episodes to RadioPublic : Remove the ads from your older episodes in your existing RSS feed by reuploading newly edited audio files to your podcast host.  Create another RSS feed that contains ad-free episodes and provide that feed to RadioPublic . Contact your ad sales team and podcast hosting company, as they may have the ability to turn off dynamically inserted ads when episodes are reques

Mon, July 02, 2018

Creating Actionable, Empowering Content with Kyle Gray

Today we have a conversation with Kyle Gray author of the book The Story Engine: An entrepreneur's guide to content strategy and brand storytelling without spending all day writing.  He has helped hundreds of startups and small businesses create scalable content marketing strategies. His book The Story Engine outlines his process for making content marketing and brand storytelling easy and effective. Because Of My Podcast: I'm Working with NPR 1:22 Monica Rivera hosts the " You Wanna Do What " podcast (giving you the nudge you need) and she recently celebrated her one year anniversary and shared how she was selected to take part in an NPR program where she will go to Seattle to work side by side with NPR on a story. The best part of Monica's story is her attitude and how she took the negative of rejection and turned it around and used it for success. Check out her one-year " 13 Lessons Learned" anniversary show . Kyle Gray Gives You Action Steps to Make Great Content 3:54 In today's conversation, Kyles shares some of his favorite tools to create content and explains strategies to identify problems and create actionable content with lead magnets to grow your list, enhance your network, and move forward toward building your business. Kyle has worked with many well-known brands and businesses like AdEspresso, Advance Your Reach, WP Curve and Self-Publishing School. 5:23 What is Good Content? 09:08 What are realistic expectations for traffic? 12:50 How long does it take to make great content. 16:20 How important are keywords? 19:55 What examples can you share of covering a problem from multiple angles? 21:05 If you could only pick three tools to help with your content, what would you pick? The content strategy template Trello Co-Schedule Key Take Aways You need consistency He was talking about blog posts, and we are talking about podcasts but we still have nuggets. In the end, we are all content creators. So you heard in this interview where he is not winging it; there is planning. He does things other people may not be doing like finding graphics to go with the episode. He said that even if you spend hours on your content, it may take months before you start seeing any measurable traffic. So if you're looking to get rich in six weeks, this is not for you. I love

Mon, June 25, 2018

Is Anyone Reading Your Podcast Show Notes?

I received 360 responses to this question, and if you do read show notes (better known as a description of what is in the podcast) what are you looking for. Comments? 888-563-32228 Because of My Podcast I Got to Appear on TV 1:45  Edward Schmitz from  www.vidanostrilhos.com.br  was featured on a TV show in Brazil. Make Money as a School of Podcasting Affiliate 4:30 Kim Kraji ( from www.toastmasters101.net ) explains why she became a School of Podcating Affiliate (and I set up www.schoolofpodcasting.com/kim for her to send her traffic). If someone signs up she earns a commission for every month they stay subscribed. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/affiliates and sign up today. [spp-tweet tweet="Only 38 percent of people may be reading podcast show notes"] Your Podcast Show Notes: What To Include, How Long, and is Anybody Reading Them? 6:35 I put up some polls and ask you to send in your responses to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/coontact and here is what I got Out of 360 responses,  136 (38%) look at show notes, and 224 (62% fo not 8:33 Carey Green of podcastfasttrack.com feels show notes are important. He is surprised how many people don't put their social links in their show notes. 12:22 John from the Hate to Weight Show ( www.hatetoweight.com ) also wants social links and links to anything (like a video) mentioned in the episode. 14:38 Eliquite from the Travel Gluten Free Podcast ( www.travelglutenfree.me ) is looking for resources. She hates show notes with one giant paragraph. 17:11 John from www.professorslots.com (a podcast about how to win at gambling) also looks at show notes and is deeply disappointed when you say you will put it in the show notes and you don't. 18:34 Win Charles from Ask Win hates it when you put a link to your website. She loves the show notes from www.todayinios.com 19:55 Shawn from Stories For Starters ( www.storiesofstarters.com ) is looking for things that he wants to follow up (links, etc) 22:58 (Live from Books a Million ) Jill From  http://becomingelli.com/ likes show notes to go back and review 24:49 The host of the new podcast www.cozycrib.com actually would rather read than listen 25:53 Kim from <a href="http:

Mon, June 18, 2018

When in Doubt, Ask Your Audience

Comments? 888-563-3228 Today on episode 623 we talk with Cody Gough of the Curiosity podcast . Cody had a podcast that was successful, and based on the goals of the podcast decided to make a radical change to their publishing schedule.  Because of My Podcast  2:20 Brenda from My Tech Toolbelt shares the story of being able to score media passes for one of the top educational events that would've cost her $650 but she's going for free  Because of her podcast.  Sponsorship Update 5:08 Every month we have one episode based on listener feedback, and somehow Todd's from the Trucker Dump podcast ( www.abouttruckdriving.com  ) went to spam. Todd shares an idea he may be turning into a podcast, and how he was able to get some sponsors for his podcast. Perfect is the Enemy of Good 9:00 I can't think of anything that was perfect right out of the gate. Yet, people will not start a podcast because it is "not right." In a recent interview on the "My guest needs no introduction" Howard Stern talks about how he has changed over the years because he went to therapy, and isn't as insecure as he used to be. He states, " I think that bad radio is when you don't somehow change it up constantly ." In another interview, Jerry Seinfeld interview David Letterman and he explained how Johnny Carson had all sorts of stipulations on how Dave could do his show, and as Dave put it, "I picked up the crumbs and try to make something out of it." That lead to Dave being super creative, and doing something you couldn't find on the TV anyplace and brought him a super loyal audience. So what can you do with your podcast if you took away some of the segments, some of the format, and had to come up with something new? How Do You Know Your Audience Hates Something if You Don't Let Them Taste It 15:30 Cody shares how he got a gig on LinkedIn to produce a podcast He inherited a huge audience from Curiosity.com How he had to set expectations with his boss on what to expect in regards to production Their show was weekly for a year before deciding to change the format His audience gave him feedback when he switched formats He lost a small amount of his audience before he downloads starting growing As his content is evergreen, his back catalog is still getting downloaded He shares some podcast promotion ideas ( www.gretta.com ) and now is focusing on email and the Amazon Briefing His Amazon Briefing is different than most "standard" briefings How the assets at the

Mon, June 11, 2018

The Power of Your Knowing Your Why

Because of My Podcast: Free Tickets 2:00 Brad from the Cinema Guys ( www.wearethecinemaguys.com ) explains how he was approached by a small local Cinema Chain who listens to his podcast. Brad worked a deal that enables him to get tickets to movies. Brad (being the cool guy he is) is using them as a give away for his audience. He has also worked to do a screening of Brad's all-time favorite horror movie, "John Carpenter's The Thing." They get to introduce the movie and then do a Q&A afterward. Earn Money Referring People to the School of Podcasting 7:20 As a podcaster, people may approach you about how you started your show. You may be thinking of creating an online course, or an ebook. Instead of spending all that time and resources, you can signup to be a School of Podcasting affiliate and earn a commission when they subscribe and also for every month when they stay subscribed. For more information go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/affiliates Why Knowing Your Why Matters 8:00 It keeps you focused. You are no longer distracted by things that don't help you achieve your goal. If you know why you're doing something, you can see the results clearer. This enables you to spot the small victories that then motivate you to keep going. It is then the motivation that enables you to try again. When another small victory comes along, you get another dose of motivation, and a pinch of this thing called confidence. How My "Why" Gave Me Super Powers I had been wanting to lose weight, and over the last year, I have been going up and down. I would get down to maybe 218 lbs, and then go up to 221 or 222. I wanted to get up and go to the gym in the morning. I knew to drink lots of water, and get plenty of sleep. I knew what to do. However, when I listed my priorities I wrote down things like rewriting my book More Podcast Money , I needed to update some tutorials at the School of Podcasting, and take a class on SEO. Nowhere in there is anything about my health. That's when I realized why I wasn't losing weight. It simply was not a priority. I got a call from letting me know that I was being inducted into the Academy of Podcasters Hall of Fame. The minute I hung up the phone, I said out loud, "Well somebody's getting up early tomorrow." While it is somewhat weird, as I normally try not to care what people think of me, I knew there would be lots of pictures. I even hired a photographer to take pictures during my presentation. Suddenly,  like a light switch, I had willpower. I had focus. I had a purpose. No longer did I need to watch TV. I realized that most of the taped TV shows I use to watch

Mon, June 04, 2018

Consistently Creating a Great Show

Have you ever thought, "Oh someone is already doing a podcast about my subject." If so you need to listen to today's show with James Cridland of podnews.net who saw there were other sites and newsletters featuring podcast news, but he thought they were missing something. He had been doing newsletters and working in the radio industry for years, so he decided to start a newsletter (that became a podcast, and an Amazon Flash Briefing) and has really come out ahead of the pack. Today James peels back the curtain on what planning went into the show, and what tools he's using to pull off a daily show. Because of My Podcast: I'm Going to be Inducted into the Academy of Podcasters Hall of Fame 1:34 I got a call last week from Gary Leland was surprised to hear that my peers have selected me to be inducted into the Academy of Podcasters Hall of Fame. I am humbled, honored, and a whole lot of other emotions that I can't quite digest yet. Become a School of Podcasting Affiliate and Earn Money Referring People 3:57  You can earn money referring people to the School of podcasting and earn commissions each month they stay subscribed Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/affiliates James Cridland Shares What it Takes to Make A Daily Show That Knocks it Out of the Park 5:41 I brought James on as he is just crushing it with his newsletter on Podcasting. He seemed to just appear and is just crushing it. So in this interview, we hear: His planning and how he practiced first before launching He realized his environment changes as he travels and he needed to be able to produce it from any computer How he emersed himself in his niche as step one, and he uses  https://www.inoreader.com/ as his freed reader ( tutorial on inoreader ) How does he choose which stories to spotlight How he uses newsletter analytics to understand his audience What stories are the most popular He codes his own website and uses Sendy to manage the email list What advice does he have for someone wanting to be an expert in their field As a person with a radio background, what do you think radio feels about podcasting? His thoughts on people buying their way up the

Mon, May 28, 2018

How Did You Get Your Podcast Sponsor?

Two Podcast Growth Strategies and Dynamic Podcast Sponsorship with Ad Insertion Today in episode 620 you will learn two strategies to grow your audience and your subscriptions and you will learn how other podcasters got podcast sponsor. Keep in mind, if you are doing a show for fun, you can do a podcast with no intention of making money and that is 100% fine. I see podcasters who are now choosing media hosts based on their host's ability to get them paid. New media hosts are popping up selling Dynamic Ad Insertion. This is not where you do a host read advertisement. This is where you have ads that that sponsor often had recorded, and then insert them into your show (you pick where they appear). In my example, the recorded ad was at a much lower volume. Growing Your Podcast Through Print 1:50 Mark Miller from the Repurpose Your Career shares how his podcast was featured in an actual paper Magazine, but not only a Magazine AARP. Now one might think that podcast listeners are not reading AARP but it turns out some of them are and now his numbers have taken a sizable jump. So the lesson here is you never know what will bring you more listeners. Today's Podcast Sponsor: PodcastGuests.com 3:49  A great way to grow your audience is to be interviewed on other podcasts (as they have podcast listeners). Many podcasters love to boost their network by doing an interview show, but maybe you're having a hard time finding guests. PodcastGuests.com  helps you find guests for your podcasts for free PodcastGuests.com  will feature your podcast to its more than 4,000 users to find qualified guests that meet your requirements Podcastguests.com  helps you become featured on other shows and helps you find guests for your show. Tim “Kimo” Brien from http://kdoipodcasting.com Growing Your Podcast with Face to Face Meetings 5:15 Way back on episode 474 of the School of Podcasting Glenn "the Geek" Hebert  (of the Horse Radio Network ) made his first appearance and explained how he had gone to trade shows. Elikqitie from the Travel Gluten Free podcas t tried this, and while she didn't get the booth for free (she did get it at a reduced rate). She had tons of interviews and grew her network. One company emailed her after the conference and reached out to be interviewed. Another boost came when someone she met a

Mon, May 21, 2018

Treating His Guests Like an Opportunity Instead of Transactions

Today I talk with Harry Duran of Podcast Junkies . I've known Harry for quite some time ( hear my interview on his show ). He has a great sense of humor and makes me laugh. I love to be around people who make me laugh. At last years Podfest, myself Harry, Michael Oneil, and Natalie Jenkins had a blast. Throw in Dr. Ryan Gray and Jennifer Briney, and Master Kuldrin, and you've got memories to last a lifetime. I started listening to Podcast Junkies thinking it was going to be yet another  "Podcast About Podcasting" but Harry is Different. He talks a little about the guests' show and then peels down the layers to find their best stories. Comments? 888-563-3228 Sponsor: Podcast Guests   A great way to grow your audience is to be interviewed on other podcasts (as they have podcast listeners). Many podcasters love to boost their network by doing an interview show, but maybe you're having a hard time finding guests. PodcastGuests.com  helps you find guests for your podcasts for free PodcastGuests.com will feature your podcast to its more than 4,000 users to find qualified guests that meet your requirements PodcastGuests.com helps you become featured on other shows and helps you find guests for your show. The First Ever School of Podcasting LIGHTNING ROUND 4:10 I'm going to play questions from Harry interview with Travis Chappel and you figure out what do all these questions do? Behind the Scenes of a how the lead Podcast Junky Harry Duran Performs an Interview 6:40 I interviewed Harry a few months ago, but I hadn't cracked the code. I kept asking myself, "Why do I listen to Harry's show?" Here are some reasons I know most of his guests (and learn things about them I didn't know) He always asks the questions I would ask He gets great stories out of his guests. So then I wanted to know HOW does Harry do this? How does he shape his show? So I was listening to Harry interview Travis Chappell . Now I don't know Travis, but I still listened to the whole interview. So again, I reversed engineered it. I went about halfway through the episode and shifted my focus from Travis to Harry. Then the light bulb came on. It'

Mon, May 14, 2018

Jordan Harbinger - How to Avoid Being Fired From Your Own Podcast

Comments? 888-563-3228 Becuase of My Podcast, I'm Married 1:26 Jordan Harbinger explains how his podcast lead to him meeting his wife. Sponsor: Podcast Guests 2:23 A great way to grow your audience is to be interviewed on other podcasts (as they have podcast listeners). Many podcasters love to boost their network by doing an interview show, but maybe you're having a hard time finding guests. PodcastGuests.com  helps you find guests for your podcasts for free PodcastGuests.com  will feature your podcast to its more than 4,000 users to find qualified guests that meet your requirements Podcastguests.com  helps you become featured on other shows and helps you find guests for your show. Sign up at  PodcastGuests.com/sop   Who is Jordan Harbinger? 4:08 He is the host of the Jordan Harbinger show . He is a podcast veteran (been around more than 11 years) and I like Jordan because of the "three I's" Interesting A former Wall Street attorney, Jordan speaks five languages and spent several years abroad in Europe and the developing world, including South America, Eastern Europe, and the Middle East. He has also worked for various governments and NGOs overseas, traveled through war zones, and been kidnapped -- twice. He'll tell you the only reason he's still alive and kicking is because of his ability to talk his way into (and out of) just about any type of situation. Integrity Jordan will call BS on anybody. I once saw him correct a person who was introducing him at an event, and I've heard him ask some tough questions on his podcast The Jordan Harbinger Show Influence At Social Media Marketing World I saw Jordan speak (I HIGHLY recommend seeing him if you get a chance) and when he got done and greeting some people (like most people do) about 90% of the room followed him into the hall. I don't see this with other speakers. I originally interviewed Jordan back in 2014 when things were going great (he had his podcast and was also on Satelite radio) fast forward to 2018, and Jordan was removed from a podcast he co-founded. What impressed me the most when I met Jordan in San Diego was his attitude. He was looking at the bright side. Instead of "why did this happen to me?" he had a "What does this all me to do differently that I couldn't do before" attitude. He is a guy that puts in the work, and when the rug was pulled out from under him, it was his network of friends that he had built for 11 years that have come to help the world know he is back and better than ever at <a href="https

Mon, May 07, 2018

Transcribing Your Podcast Is Better Than What?

Feedback From Previous Show Randal Black is an educator and heard our episode where we revealed some things that didn't go quite right. Randall has a saying that he learned from a Fortune Cookie, "Failure is feedback, and feedback is the breakfast of champions."Check out Randall at www.randallblack.com Sponsor: Podcasts Guests A great way to grow your audience is to be interviewed on other podcasts (as they have podcast listeners).  Many podcasters love to boost their network by doing an interview show, but maybe you're having a hard time finding guests. PodcastGuests.com helps you find guests for your podcasts for free PodcastGuests.com will feature your podcast to its more than 4,000 users to find qualified guests that meet your requirements Podcastsguests.com helps you be featured on other shows and helps you find guests for your show. Sign up at PodcastGuests.com/sop   Podcast SEO with Transcripts Many people feel that if they put a transcript of your show as your blog you have found the easy way to create "show notes." This is often spurred on by a John Mueller (John Mueller - Senior Webmaster Trends Analyst - Google ) stating, "So having some kind of textual information on that page helps us as well, so that we can actually rank that page appropriately. Then when someone brought up transcripts he said, "If you have a transcription of the podcast, that’s even better, because then all of that information is available for us to actually index." Source . An article on Seach Engine People's website stated that "After transcribing all their audio content, the radio show This American Life (TAL) found that  6.68% of search traffic is attributable to transcripts " So who do they do this? Each transcript is published on a separate web page that is linked to the main episode page ( see example ). Read full report Two more studies found that <a class= "ext-link wpel-icon-right" href= "http://www.reelseo.com/8-practices-optimize-video-land

Mon, April 30, 2018

Three Audio Sharing Tools Reviewed

Becuase of My Podcast Twin Spin with Aaron Peterson 1:04  Aaron does a number of podcast including the Blacklist Exposed , Remake the Movie Right , Smirk , and the Hollywood Outsider Becuase of his podcast(s) Aaron was asked to Officiate the wedding of two listeners who met through the  Hollywood Outsider podcast.  3:45 Aaron and his co-host Troy Heinritz (from the Black List Exposed ) were one of six media companies asked to attend the 100th episode of the Black List Exposed.  Wavve, Audiogram and Sparemin Reviewed 6:33 There are tools that you can use to make a snippet of your podcast. These tools turn them into a video file to paste on social sites like Twiter, Facebook, and Instagram. This is not the first tool to be based on sharing audio snippets. Clammr was a tool intended for you to be able to easily create a clip and those clips were then easy to share. Clammr lasted about three years (2014-2017).  I had a lot of great press,  and was mentioned on a regular basis. Now a year later, other companies have come to fill the void. My scenario: I looked at the services for what I would use. I want four episode each with a different design.   Click Here to get a free video on how to use these tools   Headliner (Sparemin)   This is a free tool that allows you to make a video out of audio. In theory it can transcribe your audio. The few times I tried the transcription, it was pretty awful. It does give you the ability to have more than one image, as well as text. You can easily make a copy of a project and edit it to be new. There is an image search tool so you can find images to use in your video. BE SURE to read the terms of service as one of the services is Getty Images (who will take you to court for using their images if you didn't obtain a license. You can't beat the price (free). There are videos along the way to help you through the learning curve.   Audiogram   I liked that Audiogram actually gives you a live animated preview of your finished file. You didn't have to compile it and think, "Oh wait, I don't like that." You can see it before you turn it into a

Mon, April 23, 2018

Don't Quit Your Day Job to Start a Podcast

Comments? 888-563-3228 My Week On The Road I spent Wednesday with the Cincinnati Podcasters meetup which was a great time of sharing information about what is and isn't working in podcasting. If you are in the Cincinnati area, you should make the trip. From there I went to Nashville for the first ever Podfecta event which was organized by my friend David Hooper. This event used my favorite format which is one track, one room, so all participants get the same information. It's a great way to build community. Then I went to Craft Content Nashville which was an "unconference" (much like the old days of Podcamps). This had over 50 speakers with TONS of tracks. while not all the sessions I attended were stellar, I did walk away with some great info, and got to network and answer some questions. Both events brought in food which made networking very easy. What is a Valuable Show? Jennifer Briney does the congressional dish podcast and did a presentation and the put up a slide that asked, "What is a Valuable Show?" and for Jennifer, it is "An Impressive display of public Entertainment that is useful or important. So Good They Can't Ignore You I listened to the Book "So Good They Can't Ignore Your (Why Skills Trump Passion in the Quest for Work You Love) and he goes hard against the strategy of "Following your passion and the money will come." It's a very interesting book and I agree with some of it. He talks about to move forward you need to develop skills that are rare and valuable. This leads to more jobs where you start to control more of your destiny. He also points out and gives many different illustrations on how few (if any) people can say  exactly what they want to be when they grow up. Most people talk small steps (doing rare and valuable work) which leads to more opportunities that lead to you having more control over your life (when you are rare and valuable, you control and call more of the shots). The Law of Remarkability: The law of an idea remarkability. Your podcast inspires people to remark about it and if it has the ability to be spread in a venue that supports these remarks. He also talks about having a goal of acquiring skills that are rare and valuable. I want to take this idea and use it as criteria for your podcast. Jennifer Brinery read a bill going through Congress that was over 2000 pages. I'm pretty sure it's rare that anybody would read that (the Senators receive a summary that was four pages) and in regards to really getting a good picture of what is going on in Congress, Jennifer provides a ton of value. Podcast Monetization I got to meet in person Jeff Sanders who is the author of the 5 AM Miracle and  The Free-Time Formula ( Hear my interview with Jeff Here</

Mon, April 16, 2018

What Will You Quit To Start Podcasting?

Comments? 888-563-3228 Today is episode 614 of the School of podcasting and we are talking about the most important question a new podcaster should answer before they start. We also have a cool resource for royalty free music. I also share my thought in podcast sponsor markets.  The Three Questions I Ask Every Podcast Client 2:29 Tyler Primavera asked me, " I discovered your SOP and ATPC shows and I really appreciate them! I'm slowly working my way through them, sorry to hear about Bernie the cat. I really want to start a podcast in veterinary school (starting in the fall), but I'm afraid of the time commitment. I really think podcasting is a great idea (I wrote in depth about it here at my blog https://wp.me/p9MJTj-1U), but I'm afraid of the commitment. How do I decide to podcast or not? Thank you for your time, Tyler" 1. Why Do You Want to Podcast? If you can't answer this, then don't spend a dime on any equipment. To this Tyler says Through my podcast, I hope to speak (and live) the message that personal well-being is an absolute must during veterinary school, and that no vet student is ever truly alone. He also says: I want my podcast to improve the lives of veterinary students first, and the veterinary field second. I want to do my little part in tackling the big problem of veterinary mental maladies. 2. How Will You Know if It is Successful? While I realize this can change. By answering this question as a consultant I can steer the podcast in the right direction. I can shape the call to action, etc. I can also see if the topic is in alignment with the goal of the show (cause that is not always the case). 3. What are You Going to Quit Doing to Make Time For Your Podcast? This is my main point of this episode. Unless you have a large budget and are farming this out, your podcast s going take more time than you think. While I normally say use a four to one rule (a one hour podcast will take four hours to create start to finish), that number could easily be five to one when you're new. With this in mind, unless you have a time machine there are still only 24 hours in a day. Most of us do not start a podcast because we are sitting around watching Dr. Phil and being bored. It is typically quite the opposite. In the article Tyler says this, "Right now, I have plenty of time to make a podcast, because I am not in veterinary school. How will I be able to attend school for 40 hours a week, study, workout, maintain a long distance relationship, and do a podcast? I have no idea. But supposedly, if there is a will, there is a way." This is not always true Chances are you are going to be likely giving up something.  Will it be:   TV Video games Sleep Family time Exercise Work other hobbies   If you have no

Mon, April 09, 2018

Giving You The Nudge You Need to Create Your First Podcast With Monica Rivera

Question of the Month As I record this it is April 1. The first quarter of 2018 is over. What had you planned on doing in that first quarter that didn't, and what are you going to do differently to make it happen in this quarter. You can leave your answer using the options on the  contact page Because of My Podcast: I've overcome the fear of failure, perfection, and I'm Growing a Community - Brodie Sharpe Brodie Sharp from Everyday  Running Legends interviews everyday average runners to inspire other runners. Becuase of his podcast he has overcome the fear of failure. He read in the book The Success  Principles by Jack Canfield and in it, he quotes Oliver Wendell Holmes who said, "Many people die with their music still in them. Too often it is because they are always getting ready to live. Before they know it time runs out." Brodie said his podcast has helped him overcome the fear of perfection. His brother (who is a life coach) said, "All you need to start is produce B minus content. If you strive for A+ it will never be good enough and it will never be done." Also, because of my podcast, I've been able to build a community. Check out Brodie at  https://everydayrunninglegends.com/ Before they know it time runs out Today I want to dedicate this effort to my Aunt Shirley Steinmetz. She died of lung Cancer on 4/7/18. What is weird about this is my Dad died on April 5th, 2014. Hist sister Sandra died on April 6th 2016. Then yesterday on April 7th, another sister (Aunt Shirley) joined them. I say this not to bring you down or look for sympathy, but to just remind you that our time here is limited, and our time here is short. Don't die with a great podcast inside of you. Speaking of time running out... I was on Episode 105 of the Dealing with My Grief Podcast with Darwyn Dave talking about Unresolved Grief. Check it out at  http://www.dealingwithmygrief.com/podcast/episode-105 You Don't Have to Worry About These Things in Your Podcast I might sound bad. Podcasting is not live. You only release it when you're done with it. I'm afraid of technology. You said that about the fax machine and the VCR, and your smartphone. If you've ever attached a picture to Facebook or email, then you can upload a file to Libsyn.com (using coupon code sopfree ). If you ever pressed record on a VCR then you can press record on Audacity. If you've eve

Mon, April 02, 2018

Dealing With Your Ego - How to Stay In Your Lane

Comments? 888-563-3228 Question of the Month As I record this it is April 1. The first quarter of 2018 is over. What had you planned on doing in that first quarter that didn't, and what are you going to do differently to make it happen in this quarter. You can leave your answer using the options on the contact page I need your answer by April 26th. Defining Ego: The Good Side of Ego The Freudian definition of “ego” is simply, according to Wiktionary, “the most central part of the mind, which mediates with one’s surroundings.” So many people think that if you have an Ego, you're a narcissist. If you have an ego than you are conceited. You think you are better than others.  Ego literally means a person’s sense of self-esteem or self-worth. Doing anything new, like starting a podcast, or going against the norm, is directly proportional to how confident you are of yourselves and your abilities. As long as you are in control of your ego, it will work for you. But as soon as your ego starts controlling you, it will hurt you. When ego controls you, it can make the truth look false and the false look true. How To Identify Negative Sides of Your Ego When you are overwhelmed by your ego, you will say words you will regret, take actions you will repent later on, and hurt the people you love most. Your inflated ego can also make people lose trust and respect for you There is a quote by Deepak Chopra to sum it up – “If you want to reach a state of bliss, then go beyond your ego and the internal dialogue. Make a decision to relinquish the need to control, the need to be approved, and the need to judge. Those are the three things the ego is doing all the time. It’s very important to be aware of them every time they come up.” If you find yourself defending yourself, this may be due to a couple of reasons. You may actually be right (and you're trying to educate someone about your point of view) or your wrong and you are defending yourself as you are afraid of the ramifications if it is found out you are wrong. There is the old saying, you can be right or you can be married. I found this to be true. My ex-wife (note the ex) here are and I would battle for  days because one wouldn't drop it, and the other wouldn't admit when they were wrong. The opposite of defensiveness is openness, and that means being open to new ideas. When you're not willing to even  ponder another point of view, you may want to check yourself. If you do a solo show, you may want to take all of the adulations but that's just not true. Case in point, I record, edit, and post this show. I am the producer, host, editor, web designer, graphic designer. I do this show by myself. That appears true (it is), but I get feedback in the form of emails, spe

Mon, March 26, 2018

The Best Sounding Audio For Your Budget

Comments? 888-563-3228 Today we talk about file formats. We also talk about getting good skype recordings. Becuase Of My Podcast: Jim Harold 1:15  Jim Harold has been on one of the top syndicated radio shows (Coast to Coast AM) in America 8 times. This show is syndicated to over 600 radio stations. Check out Jim's shows at www.jimarold.com he's THE GUY for paranormal podcasting (listen with the lights on) check out his podcasts and books at www.jimharlold.com Understanding Audio Formats What is stereo? What is Mono. What is kbps mean? What bitrate should I use? Here are some things to know To figure out how much space you need, you need to know: 1. How often you will publish 2. How long your shows will be 3. What format The formats have some general numbers you can use. For example: If you publish at 128 kbps stereo, your file will take up (roughly) 1M minute If you publish at 64 kbps mono, your file will take up (roughly) .5 M a minute (and sound the "same" but won't have stereo separation). So if you do a weekly show that is 30 minutes long that is 30 minutes multiplied by four weeks. So monthly you create 120 minutes of content. At 128 kbps Stereo, you would need 120 Megabytes per month. If you went 64 kbps mono you would need 64 megabytes per month (roughly on all of these estimates). In today's show, we listen to files encoded both ways as well as mp3 files encoded using the LAME encoder and the Fraunhofer and see if there truly is a difference? Need a Media Host? Check out Libsyn.com and get a free month using the coupon code sopfree Don't Buy a Bette Skype Recorder - Upgrade Your Internet Thanks to Tory from www.theblacklistexposed.com  and www.packersfanpodcast.com Skype Requirements Your processor (on a PC) needs to be at least 1 Ghz with 512 MB (so double both of those at least) See More Your process on a Mac needs to be at least 1 Ghz (core 2 duo) and at least 1 GB of Ram How much Bandwidth does Skype need?   I currently use Spectrum and I have 162 Mbps down, and 23.78 Mbps Up. I rarely have a serious skype issue. It' is typically myself and one other person, but I have been on chats with five people and no issues. What About Squadcast.fm, Zencastr.com, and all the other options? While it's true these devices record local, so if there is a weird audio glitch, in theory, they don't record the glitch. Something Zencastr states you nee

Mon, March 19, 2018

Strategies For Creating a T-Shirt That Sells

Got Comments? 888-563-3228 Today we have insights from Diana McCallum from the Talk From Super Heroes show, Lou Mongello from WDW Radio and Gordo from Those Conspiracy Guys on how they are designing T-Shirts that actually sell. Neil then shares some insights into what he's doing to create a show that allows him to do podcasting full time, and how insights into his Patreon Account. Jim Harold from the Paranormal Podcast has a " Just a Podcaster " T-shirt on Amazon Marc from the Resourceful Designer podcast has quite a few cool shirts for sale on Amazon I created a store and a t-shirt in about 10 minutes at  https://www.teepublic.com/stores/podcast-clothes You can hire a designer at the site SPONSOR: Podcast Movement Podcast Movement is the world's largest gathering of new and veteran podcasters, or anyone looking to start their own podcast the right way – Join over 2,000 podcasters from around the world in Philadelphia this July 23 through 26 for three days of workshops, panels, parties and more – The conference offers over 100 sessions on topics ranging from the technical aspects of setting up your equipment and the audio production to marketing and monetizing your current or future show. – The expo hall features over 60 podcast service and equipment providers, so whether you're in the market for a microphone, or trying to figure out where to host your podcast, anyone who matters will be on site to help you out It's July 23 – 26th in Philadelphia PA. Use the code SOP when you sign up at  www.podcastmovement.com  and get $50 off any level of registration Access and Exclusivity: The Power of Patreon Neil Rochford explains how he is working with his audience using Patreon to go deeper with his Super Fans. This includes: Live video chats Extra content Early content Behind the scenes "What is happening in my life" content. Patreon has the ability to have an RSS feed for each person (so if they leave they lose access) Butt Stuff Neil is working on a trip to the US via a Crowdfunding Goal He wants to come to the US to interview the people instead of using Google. <p

Mon, March 12, 2018

Podcast Icing To Bring Your Audience Back

Got a Comment? Call it in 888-563-3228 Social Media Marketing World Reflections Looking back on social media marketing world, I wanted to share my thoughts as this was the first time I was there and there are some things we can learn from this mammoth event. The first impression was WOA. I walked in and got my badge and as they started to hand me a swag bag (you know the thing you throw on your bed, leaf through once and then ditch) and they asked what gift I would like. One was a cool cable organizer, and the other was a battery backup pack to charge my phone or tablet. This wasn't a cheap bottom of the food chain device. For me, this was awesome as I was going to buy one at Best Buy before leaving and ran out of time. To me, this shows they know their audience. Either gift was valuable. Becuase Of My Podcast Becuase of my podcast, I know Paul Colligan, and Paul Colligan knows JJ Virgin who is now coming on my weight loss show (and I got to sample some cool stuff) SPONSOR: Podcast Movement Podcast Movement is the world's largest gathering of new and veteran podcasters, or anyone looking to start their own podcast the right way – Join over 2,000 podcasters from around the world in Philadelphia this July 23 through 26 for three days of workshops, panels, parties and more – The conference offers over 100 sessions on topics ranging from the technical aspects of setting up your equipment and the audio production to marketing and monetizing your current or future show. – The expo hall features over 60 podcast service and equipment providers, so whether you're in the market for a microphone, or trying to figure out where to host your podcast, anyone who matters will be on site to help you out It's July 23 – 26th in Philadelphia PA. Use the code SOP when you sign up at  www.podcastmovement.com  and get $50 off any level of registration Look at All The Icing At first glance, one might say that the major draw of SMMW is icing. For example, the opening night you have a networking event on an aircraft carrier. This is not something I had ever done. It made the event unique. Now, you might say, but in the end, you still have a bunch of people talking, drinking, and networking.  I see that point of view, but every corner had a sense of adventure. I toured the top of the ship with Ray Ortega and Lou Mongello. If this had been in a restaurant back room, I was still hanging out with Ray and Lou. If I was doing this at another conference, it would be an event. I great event, but throw in that we are talking to a veteran about planes and now this is not only an event - it's an experience. It is a stronger memory than hanging out in the hotel bar. The second networking eve

Mon, March 05, 2018

Tips on Choosing and Working with Co-Hosts

We are joined by Glenn "The Geek" Hebert from the Horse Radio Network. Glenn has appeared on the show many times and always brings gold. Today he is sharing insights into choosing and working with co-hosts. He also talks about a new podcast he is working on and how he is getting to do TONS of free adventures for free - because of his podcast. Because of His Podcast - He Went on a Cruise Glenn was able to get enough of his audience to join him on a cruise. He thought it would be hard with everyone trying to talk to him, but they had a great time networking together. He used one of his guests to help others who had never gone on a cruise (and she got a free ticket). In addition to that free ticket, Glenn had two additional free tickets. Glenn shares some tips on having a cruise with your audience. 5:00 Glenn also was also asked to do a presentation for media people They Never Asked About His Downloads and He Got Free Hotels and Passes 7:50 Gleen is doing a new show called Finding Florida  9:30 They asked for press passes and got a whole lot more. Tourist bureaus are arranging everything - he just needs to show up They use a Tascam DR-40 to record and use an app on their Android phone called hi-q recorder for his android phone Choosing and Working With Co-Hosts 15:30 Glenn had a co-host leave for a better job 17:45 You have to like each other Get someone better than you 23:40 Prepare, Prepare, Prepare But don't prepare too much 26:25 Compromise is not a dirty word 27:00 Don't be afraid to try new things 28:30 If you're not excited to work with them, it's time for them to go. The Wake-Up Test... 31:30 Glenn's most targeted audience is also his most profitable Why You Shouldn't Always Put a Ton of Emphasis on Stats Danica Patrick did not finish (wreck?) in 16% of her races She was in 191 races and won 0 She only lead any of her races .12 percent of the time Best finish was 24th in 2016 Monster Energy NASCAR Cup Series She has a strong fan base and has been voted the IndyCar Series Most Popular Driver from 2005 to 2010, and the NASCAR Nationwide Series Most Popular Driver in 2012 Patrick was voted the Favorite Female Athlete at the Kids Choice Award in 2008, 2012 and 2013. One more thing.... #3 Top earning female athletes in 2017 coming in at 9.2 million Mentioned in This Show Harry Durran Pod

Mon, February 26, 2018

Chris Grimmett and Steven Pappas Create a Safe Space for Their Community

Got comments? Call them in at 888-563-3228 The School of Podcasting is Now Available as an Amazon Skill Just ask Alexa "Enable School of Podcasting." I got this through Libsyn.com (use the coupon code sopfree to get a free month). To hear what you need to do to get your own Amazon Skill listen to this episode of the feed ( go to this post - it starts at the 48:00 mark) My Opinion On The New Anchor.fm Yes they are adding more features Yes, they still make it way too easy to add your show to Apple under their login and password (BOO+++!!!) Their business model is not a business model. It's free 100% unlimited hosting. There is a name for companies that use that business model: CLOSED - stay away using this for your "main" podcast. See my full insights into this Is This Adulting? My Interview with Chris and Steven I love that this show is unlike any other show. they combine discussion on mental illness with comedy. I love that they put some time and effort into the show and both come to the microphones with ideas (and not just "turn on the microphone and wing it). Today we talk about: Their struggles with mental illness and why they started a podcast to debunk the stigma's What goes into an episode - combining  mental illness and comedy Why they call their listener base is "Best Friends" Who is Karen? How starting a podcast has affected their life How the podcast has affected their listener's lives. How their podcast enables them to see their progress Their podcast is saving lives How being vulnerable is powerful to the audience What are the biggest stigmas? Have they ever gone too far? Why Steve walked away from his job to do the podcast Who they use for merch (teepublic.com) Advice for new podcasters Dealing with Haters   SPONSOR: Podcast Movement  Podcast Movement is the world's largest gathering of new and veteran podcasters, or anyone looking to start their own podcast the right way – Join over 2,000 podcasters from around the world in Philadelphia this July 23 through 26 for three days of workshops, panels, parties and more – The conference offers over 100 sessions on topics ranging from the technical aspects of setting up your equipment and the audio production to marketing and monetizing your current or future show. – The expo hall features over 60 podcast service and equipment providers, so whether you're in the market for a microphone, or trying to figure out where to host your podcast, anyone who matters will be on site to help you out It's July 23 – 26th in

Mon, February 19, 2018

Should I Talk About My Personal Life?

Do you have comments on this episode? Call them in and we will play them on the show (unless you specify not to). Call 888-563-3228 (courtesy of podcastvoicemail.com ) Great Content To Consume Capturing the ears and hearts of hundreds of thousands of monthly podcast listeners doesn't happen overnight. But once you know Danny Peña's story, you'll understand it was inevitable. Sunday, 2/25 is going to be an important day for the Gamertag Team. Gamertag Radio turns 13 years old AND Twitch is going to feature my first film on the front page for the world premiere. The first event of its kind on Twitch's front page. Watch it live and help them make history. http://twitch.tv/gamertagradio If you listened to the podcast Startup, the first season was all About Alex Blumberg and quest to start a podcast company. That has now been made into a TV show on ABC called, "Alex Inc.  It stars Zach Braff who you might know from the scrubs TV show. He is also the executive producer. WEDNESDAY, MARCH 28th at 8:30|7:30c on ABC! Set you DVRs as hopefully, this will get more people asking, "What is this thing called podcasting?" Podcasting Is Grooming People For the Big Time In a recent article on mediapost , it stated that "Oxygen sourced Missing Maura Murray, the true crime podcast, for a six-episode television series, which featured the podcast’s hosts. In Britain, No Such Thing As A Fish, a fun talk-show podcast, was made into a BBC Television show. Lore, the podcast that explores frightening history folklore, became an Amazon original series, and Gimlet media’s Homecoming is also being developed into an Amazon TV show for Amazon. This trend isn’t just exclusive to television, says the report. Blink Publishing in the UK turned Untold: The Daniel Morgan Murder podcast into a book. Los Angeles talent management agencies are getting involved in podcasting, and are helping podcasters break into TV and publishing, says the report." I've already reported on Emily Prokop wh does the story behind podcast getting a book deal. Quick Lesson on Apple Earbuds I had an audio technica plugged into a Zoom H1 using a special cable and it sounded fine. To make a long story short, I ran it through auphonic.com which always seems to fix everything, but it still sounded bad. The issue? I was plugging my Apple earbuds into the laptop and Apple earbuds  should not cause an issue, but either the laptop didn't like the earbuds or vice versa, but in my ears the audio was unreleasable. It turns out it was fine. The bottom line is you need to use the right tool for the job and monitor thro

Tue, February 13, 2018

Live From the Floor of Podfest

So this week I spent some time this week at the Podfest Multimedia expo in Orlando Florida. This was a fantastic event. Today we hear: A Podcast One Year After Launch Carol from speakingyourbrand.com explains what life has been like after starting her podcast at last years Podfest 2017. The first 6-12 months are really tough due to lack of feedback. While the podcast numbers are growing slowly, the engagement in her community is going up Because of my Podcast: Kyle from Merchants of Dirt and Gagglepod explained how he landed as a speaker at Podfest. Rent Before Your Buy Podcast Microphones Dave interviews Stephen Arruda from MicRentals.com This is an interesting service that could be used to help you test a microphone for less than $100 and avoid making a $300-$500 mistake. Sponsor: Podcast Movement 50% of what you paid to rent the mic will be used if you decide to buy one. Use the coupon code rent15 to save on your rental  Podcast Movement is the world's largest gathering of new and veteran podcasters, or anyone looking to start their own podcast the right way – Join over 2,000 podcasters from around the world in Philadelphia this July 23 through 26 for three days of workshops, panels, parties and more – The conference offers over 100 sessions on topics ranging from the technical aspects of setting up your equipment and the audio production to marketing and monetizing your current or future show. – The expo hall features over 60 podcast service and equipment providers, so whether you're in the market for a microphone, or trying to figure out where to host your podcast, anyone who matters will be on site to help you out It's Jule 23 – 26th in Philadelphia PA. Use the code SOP when you sign up at  www.podcastmovement.com  and get $50 off any level of registration Mentioned In This Episode Podcasters Survivor Guide Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, February 05, 2018

Getting Your Podcast Focused with Jeff Sanders

Welcome to episode 604 of the School of Podcasting Listen here Update on the PreSonus StudioLive AR12 USB Mixer The last episode I explained how I had purchased at PreSonus StudioLive AR12 USB Mixer . It's not cheap ($499) but there is an AR8 that is $150 ($350) less. The problem I had was when I record to the built-in SD card, there was a very faint (but noticeable) high pitch whine. In working with tech support that has been resolved and after updating the driver, it seems to have quit freezing up the audio on my computer. All in all, I'm happy with it. This is partially due to me having a DBX 286 which adds extra gain. I am using an Electrovice RE320 , and it just seemed odd that I needed to really turn every (almost) all the way up to get things to peak. The fact that these units have built-in SD records can save you from buying a Zoom H1 (or any portable recorder) to get the recording off the computer. The Zoom H1 is typically around $100. Look for the price of the Zoom H1 to go down (more on that later) as they just announced a new Zoom H1n which will be available soon (that unit is geared a bit more towards musicians) Sponsor: Podcast Movement I am so looking forward to Podcast Movement. This is the largest Podcast Event that is solely geared toward podcasting. Being face to face with people is the best way to grow your network, and take advantage of all the opportunities. Starting a podcast is a great way to build your network, and coming to an event is like building your network on steroids. I got to talk to Marc Maron a couple of years ago. He just showed up to one of the networking parties, and I said hello and started talking. I can't do that sitting in my chair in my office. - Podcast Movement is the world's largest gathering of new and veteran podcasters, or anyone looking to start their own podcast the right way - Join over 2,000 podcasters from around the world in Philadelphia this July 23 through 26 for three days of workshops, panels, parties and more - The conference offers over 100 sessions on topics ranging from the technical aspects of setting up your equipment and the audio production to marketing and monetizing your current or future show. - The expo hall features over 60 podcast service and equipment providers, so whether you're in the market for a microphone, or trying to figure out where to host your podcast, anyone who matters will be on site to help you out It's Jule 23 - 26th in Philadelphia PA. U

Mon, January 29, 2018

Your Podcast Website

Last week we talk about media hosts, this week we are talking about your Web Host, and what to do if you hate yours. Sponsor: Podcast Movement I am so looking forward to Podcast Movement. This is the largest Podcast Event that is solely geared toward podcasting. Being face to face with people is the best way to grow your network, and take advantage of all the opportunities. Starting a podcast is a great way to build your network, and coming to an event is like building your network on steroids. I got to talk to Marc Maron a couple of years ago. He just showed up to one of the networking parties, and I said hello and started talking. I can't do that sitting in my chair in my office. - Podcast Movement is the world's largest gathering of new and veteran podcasters, or anyone looking to start their own podcast the right way - Join over 2,000 podcasters from around the world in Philadelphia this July 23 through 26 for three days of workshops, panels, parties and more - The conference offers over 100 sessions on topics ranging from the technical aspects of setting up your equipment and the audio production to marketing and monetizing your current or future show. - The expo hall features over 60 podcast service and equipment providers, so whether you're in the market for a microphone, or trying to figure out where to host your podcast, anyone who matters will be on site to help you out It's Jule 23 - 26th in Philadelphia PA. Use the code SOP when you sign up at www.podcastmovement.com Do You Need a Podcast Website? After all, can't I just use a media host and a Facebook page? To this I say, would you buy a car from a person selling them out of a tent? If you ever plan on telling people where to find something, you NEED a website. Case in point, if you do a real estate podcast and say "Find me in Apple Podcasts" you have a very good chance of not being found. Not because the search tools bad (it could be improved) but because there are so many real estate shows. The same goes for Entrepreneur shows.  The solution is instead of saying "Find me in (whatever) app" is to say go to mywebsite.com/subscribe and I've got a tutorial that will walk you through the process. You Can Get A Website For Free Of the media hosts I recommend (Libsyn.com, Blubrry.com, Podbean.com) they all have a basic website that comes with your plan. How basic is basic? You can listen and have people subscribe to your show. If you're looking to add products, newsletters, scripts to see what they click on, etc, then you need your own website. You can do some of that with their basic site. For example, while you can't put a MailChimp sign up form on a site that doesn't' allows javascript, you can use the link they provide to link to your sign up form that mailchimp provides. With this in mind, there are ways to work around some of the things that

Mon, January 22, 2018

Switching Podcast Hosting Companies

As a podcast consultant, I like to try all sorts of technology to stay informed with what is going in the space. Today I'm going to talk about things to keep in mind when you move, how to move, and why or why not you should move. I also have a resource if you're moving your entire website without learning any code.  First the disclosure. I was a customer of Libsyn.com for 10 years before becoming an employee almost two years ago. So when I talk about Libsyn competition, I do my best to keep my Libsyn employee hat off, and keep the Dave Jackson School of Podcasting hat on. I also have taken extra effort to base my comments on what happens. Now what I think should happen. I will be sure to tell you when something is an opinion and when something is a fact (as I know it).  Here are my Updated Criteria for Podcast Media Hosting  Don't mess with my file name* Don't mess with my file format (bit rate, ID3 tags) Give me the ability to have an unlimited back catalog (unlimited storage) Don't limit my audience size (unlimited bandwidth) Don't control my feed, and make it easy to leave if I choose to do so. I need to be able to put in a 301 redirect. Give me support. Preferably within 24 hours. Charge me for your service so you can stay in business Give me stats so I can see what's working. It would be nice if they were accurate. Support the iTunes Serial, Episodic, Season, and Episode Numbers Be IAB Compliant (please note as of 1/2017 certification is not in place, when it is, I want me Podcast Media Host Certified) *Some media hosts offer to inject your mp3 file with an advertisement and in those instances, they get a pass on this criteria. So if I look at the following media hosts Amazon S3  Buzzsprout.com  Podomatic.com Libsyn.com Blubrry.com Podbean.com Spreaker.com Soundcloud.com Simplecast.com Podmio.com Pinecast.com Whooska.com  Here are the ones who made the cut Libsyn.com Blubrry.com Podbean.com Use the coupon code sopfree to get a free month at any of these services. Full show notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/602 Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpo

Mon, January 15, 2018

Get Booked - Find Guests

Because Of My Podcast - I Got To Hang With Rock Royalty Paul Colligan has a client who invited him to comes to a charity event run by Alic Cooper where he got to meet Ace Frehley (Kiss) Slash (Guns and Rose) Edgar Winter, Rob Halford (Judas Priest), Alice Cooper and his wife Cheryl (WHO COOL IS THAT???!!!) Find Paul at paulcolligan.com and check out The Podcast Report podcast. BONUS We previously reported how Emily form the Story Behind Podcast got a book offer, we can now say she has a book DEAL (the offer was approved).  Check out Emily at www.thestorybehindpodcast.com   SPONSOR:  Are you going to Podcast Movement?  Podcast Movement is the world's largest gathering of new and veteran podcasters, or anyone looking to start their own podcast the right way - Join over 2,000 podcasters from around the world in Philadelphia this July 24 through 26 for three days of workshops, panels, parties and more - The conference offers over 100 sessions on topics ranging from the technical aspects of setting up your equipment and the audio production to marketing and monetizing your current or future show. - The expo hall features over 60 podcast service and equipment providers, so whether you're in the market for a microphone, or trying to figure out where to host your podcast, anyone who matters will be on site to help you out Use the code sop when you sign up at www.podcastmovement.com Find a Guest - Be a Guest at Podcastguests.com  I signed up at podcastsguests.com and I've already been asked to be a guest on a podcast after signing up as an expert.  Today we talk with Andrew Alleman the creator of Podcastguests.com I love this story as Andrew started it using free services, and has grown with a lot of blood, sweat, and money to build up the email list.  Sign up for free and get a list of potential guests who are available to be on your show Sign up as an expert and be featured in their email list that goes out to thousands of people (currently only $29) Some people are getting 20-30 responses to your call for guests (depending on how niche your show is) The beauty of this story is Andrew did wait until he had everything in place. He started it an improved it over time based on user feedback. Your podcasts can do the same. Within two years Andrew now has 3000 people on his email list.  Andrew's wife (Stacey Higginbotham)  also has a very p

Mon, January 08, 2018

Ask Dave Anything

Every 100 episodes, I break my format. Today I completely broke it and decided to try something I've heard others do and that is an "Ask Me Anything" episode. It was hard as people sent in some questions that were very hard. If you're a new listener looking for podcast help - this is not the episode for you, please go listen to any of the other episodes (Except episode 400, and 500). Here are the questions: 00:38 A Quick Look Back 2:06 Binky and the Whiz 03:10 Craig from Ingles podcast and Kim From  http://activetraveladventures.com/  want to know where I would travel too if money was not an issue. 06:16 Zack from Rasing Rents (pa Rents that is) want to know if I have Any Regrets in Life? 8:38 How Do I Win At Slot Machines? - Easy go to www.professorslots.com (I told Jon to Send this in so I could Plug his show). 09:21 Bobby from Live Nude Puppets wants to know if I believe in Bigfoot, If I have a Favorite Old Testament Character and my thoughts on a handmade guitar pick 13:25 Worst and First Concerts I've attended from Jason Bryant from Mat Talk Online (college wrestling shows) 17:56 Lee From the Covert Nerd Podcast wants to know what video games I played back in the day 20:31 Chris Hache  (Noshing Nova Scotians) if I could put a billboard anywhere in the world, where would you put it, and what would it say? 22:14 Dave Got Shot at, at Point Blank Rank and Lived. Scott From the Computer Tutor Show  (great computer tips) and Ron want the details. 31:04 Johnathon from Weekly Awesome wants to know if my childhood fueled a passion for podcasting? 34:32 Brad from the Cinema Guys wants to know my top three movies and bottom three? 37:47 Marc from the Talk Star Wars Toybox Daily Show  wants to know if I have any Star Wars collectibles? 38:55 Win from Butterflies of Wisdom wants to know the Origins of <a href="http://www.berniethecatshow.com" target

Mon, January 01, 2018

How to Make Your Audience Go WOW

Every year I read/listen to the book Platform: Get Noticed in a Noisy World . For me, this is the same as a football go saying, We need to get back to the basics. It reminds me of what my goals are as a content creator. In the book, Michael talks about making good content isn't really good enough anymore if you really want to get noticed. You need to make content that makes people go WOW. Then this response is followed by them telling a friend. Two Podcasts Episodes That Made Me Go WOW! Episode 100 of the Story Behind Podcast - Emily Create this Episode as a Musical. I had numerous people ask me if I had heard it. This episode too more than four days to assemble. Carey Green on episode 81 of Podcastification did an episode comparing Skype, Ringr , Zencastr, Zoom, and Cleenfeed. Carey said that including research, recording, setup, editing, show notes, probably 8 to 12-ish hours, all done in chunks over the course of a month. Carey also runs Podcast Fast Track (audio editing and show notes) Seth Resler who works for Jabs Media did an article on if there is or isn't a discovery problem in podcasting ( read it here ). While he had to do a little work to take all the answers and put them into an article that was easily read, he also pointed out, "It took years, because the only reason that the podcasting leaders that are quoted in that article responded to me at all is because I've invested years in the podcasting space, not just learning about the craft, but also building relationships at conferences and trade shows, and establishing my own credibility by writing, speaking, and hosting webinars about podcasting. This Doesn't Mean Your Next Episode Should Take 14 hours Please dont read this and think, "I need to spend at least 10 hours per episode. That's not my point. My point is that it takes some planning, it takes some strategy, it takes knowing your audience, and it takes some practice to create WOW content.  Here are the ingredients to wow content ( Adapted for podcasting from  Platform: Get Noticed in a Noisy World ). Surprise. Wow content should exceed expectations.  - The Stackin

Mon, December 25, 2017

Top Podcasts Of 2017

Every year I wind up the year by asking you what your favorite podcast is (if you could only listen to one sh0w) and more importantly  why is it your favorite show. Here are the responses: 2:53 Kit from Active Travel Adventures Podcast - She Loves StoryBrand as she learns things she can use in every show 3:36 Adam from Dark Knight Minute  loves Digital Dads . He loves the inspiring message. 4:43 Anna Authentic Moments  loves The Good Life Project by Jonathan Fields for the in-depth conversations 5:46 Darwyn Dave - Dealing with My Grief podcast enjoys the Grief Dreams   as it has similar views on the subject. Dave and Josh have bonded over the subject. 8:21 Ben from Modern Self Protection  likes  the Survival Podcast  with Jack Spirko. He enjoys to tips to help you in your life every day (not just end of the world stuff) 9:42 Abby  from A time for Horses   loves the  Wooden Overcoats podcast because it's  really Really Funny 10:47 Brian from Engaging Missions likes The School of Podcasting for the interviews and engaging stories wrap up in a professional production 11:56 Clay from Fishnerds  loves the Beyond Data podcast due to the  Uber geeky information about Fish 13:14 Daniel Everybody's National Parks  loves the Wow in the World podcast as she can listen with the kids 14:28 Paul - Fighting Through Podcast (Great unpublished History) love Dan Carlin's  Hardcore History - The Storyteller's Storyteller, Content is just Awesome</

Mon, December 18, 2017

Keeping Things Simple - Stats Updates From Apple, Libsyn, and Blubrry

This weekend I had "Christmas" with most of my family as my brother goes to Florida for Christmas with his in-laws. We bought my nieces and nephews who are ages 8 and under some of the toys we grew up playing. I noticed that these games are often very simplistic.  What does this have to do with podcasting? Becuase sometimes we make things harder than they need to be.   Because Of My Podcast - I'm Getting to Talk to Some Very Cool People Darryl E. McCullough Darryl hosts the  Full Circle Podcast and helped launch National Podcast Power conference . Daryl has met actors, authors, politicians, YouTube Stars and more. If you want to get doors opened, start a podcast today. Keeping Simple Is Sometimes All You Need I spent the weekend playing with my great-nieces and nephew. We brought out some classc board games. Battling Tops My entire family ended up playing this game by the end of the day.  What makes it a great game is that it is easy to learn and the action is fast and furious. The tops come out the gate very fast and often one or two of the tops go flying out of the arena. You pull a "string" (now a plastic tie with teeth) and the tops go into what amounts to a bowl and bounce off each other. The last one in the bowl spinning wins. Simple. Checkers This is another game that takes very little skill, and you get to the action fairly quickly. It takes some thought and strategy. Hide and Go Seek This game requires the ability to count to ten Mississippi. There is suspense, and tension as you wait to see if you can get home without being caught. Here again, it requires a good hiding spot and strategy to determine when you would try to "go home." I love helping people understand the best path to get to your podcast going in the right direction. There are times when people ask a question and they expect a simple answer, but the absolute truth about podcasting is there are very few absolute truths. The other thing I want to talk about today is letting your personality shine. So many people make podcasting harder than it is. Don't get me wrong there is still a learning curve, but some time we make the curve much higher than it needs to be. Sometimes Too Much Technology Can Take the Fun Out of Things I do a show called "Ask the Podcast Coach" and at one point I had a cohost located in another state, a phone line coming in (with a screen where I could put people on hold and see my callers), and I had a chat room. I streamed it live on Google Hangouts (now YouTube live), as well as mixlr.com and spreaker.com When I started the show I needed eight arms to start everything. My co-host and I Jim Collison (from <a href= "http://theaverageguy.tv" target="_blan

Mon, December 11, 2017

Lessons and Observations from PodCon

I attended the first ever PodCon in Seattle this weekend. It was cofounder by Hank and John Green who are You tubers who have a successful Dear Hank and John show , Joseph Fink from Welcome to Nightvale , Justin and Travis McElroy ( My brother, My brother and Me ). I went to the opening ceremonies with close to 1000 people in the room that reported any of these people came on the stage. They had other podcasters as well. They were asked questions and were all very witty. When asked about any weird jobs they had done in the past one person answered “Youth Pastor” and the audiences erupted into laughter with people falling out of their seats. I stood there grinning. I realized that there was an inside joke but I was not inside to get it. The only way to get inside is to talk to as many people as I could. Lollapalooza for Podcasting As the music business is having a hard time, many bands now tour together as a festival. These bands may not bring enough people out to support a solo show, but combine them together you have enough people to warrant the expense of the tour. You then get the added cross-promotion benefits. Cosplay? I found out that ar events like ComicCon and DragonCon people dress up like their favorite characters. This was happening at PodcCon. What some might call “Weird,” is actually called cosplay as many people dressed as characters (especially from the Adventure Zone show , and Welcome to Nightvale ). Community One of the great things about a podcast event like podcast movement or Podfest multi media nations expo is everyone there wants to learn podcasting. When I attend these, I am with my people. When the people with elf ears walked in, I’m sure they felt the same. Speakers The sessions I attended were not awful, except one. I was surprised at the lack of experience on some of the panels. The panel on monetization announced they had a combined level of 2.5 years. This probably explains why the only two ways they listed to make money from your podcast was sponsors and Patreon. There are also affiliates, selling your own products, donations. Because Of My Podcast - I'm Talking To People Who I Thought Would Never Talk to Me 17:17 Kira and Kenza are on episode four and have had their podcast open doors to people they never thought would talk to them. Check them out at <a href=

Mon, December 04, 2017

Flattening the Podcast Learning Curve

Because of My Podcast - My Band Sold Out Our Kickstarter 1:30 Matt from the band EleventySeven tells how his band had "taken a break" for the better part of four years. They decided to get the band back together, but how are we going to get the word out about the band reforming, and reconnecting with their audience? By starting a podcast! They connected with their audience and reached their Kickstarter goal in just a few days Check out the band's music and podcast at  http://www.eleventysevenisalive.com/ How To Flatten Your Podcast Learning Curve 14:07 As someone with 20+ years in the education field, one of the things I do when I learn a new subject was to take a ton of notes on ANY question that came across my mind as I consumed content as a student. This week, I got into a subject that I had not dabbled in the early 1990's. To go from playing techmo bowl on the first nintendo to playing Madden 2018 on an Xbox One is a bit of a culture shock. This is a good thing. I'm WAAAY out of my comfort zone with a huge learning curve in front of me. So here are some tips on overcoming and managing learning curves. Define Your Goal It's not enough to join the School of Podcasting, your goal is to launch your podcast. I'm going to through in here that you need to Define Your Why. For example, if you're doing a solo show with no guests. There is no need to read up on creating a mix minus. Some might even say you don't even need to read up on a mixer.  When you are first starting out, keep things simple. The problem is you don't know what you don't know. This leads me to point number two. 2.  Talk to someone who is doing what you are doing. As you don't know what you don't know, you need to find someone who can help you define the area you need to investigate and those you don't. There is one statement that I have seen from my chair and I believe to be very true. You will pay for your podcast in one of two currencies. You will pay with time searching for your answers, or you will pay with money paying someone to help you get to where you want to go.  3. Make Sure You're Using Good Resource Material There is a ton of GREAT material for FREE on YouTube. There is also a TON of outdated material that can steer you in the wrong direction. So when you do a search on YouTube currently there is a filter option in the upper right-hand corner that allows you to sort by upload date to have the latest videos at the top. There are tons of Facebook Groups, and other resources (meetup.com) where you can find a community of people who can answer some questions. However, be sure to check out who is answering your question. Every week I see tons of articles on the subject of podcasting written by people who apparently have no podcast. <a href= "https://schoolofpodcasting.wistia.com/medias/6t047p4fpx" target= "

Mon, November 27, 2017

What Will You Do Differently For Your Podcast in 2018?

Every now and then I do an episode where you provide an answer to a question and we all learn together. This episode we asked the question, "What will you be doing differently in 2018?" Here are the people and their answers (in Alphabetical order) Here is Who Contributed to the Episode 1:50 Abby From atimeforhorses.com  - is going to keep podcasting because she is having fun. 3:22 Anna from Authentic Parenting  has planned her entire 2018, is going to do deep dives based on audience feedback, and create a form for potential guests. 6:18 Ben from  http://modernselfprotection.com/ will be more consistent and is adding a blog to his site, and create some online courses to deliver this content. Dave uses Thinkific to manage the School of Podcasting membership area. 8:50 Brad- wearethecinemaguys.com 11:04 Bryan - engagingmissions.com 13:45 Clay - Fishnerds.com 16:24 Daniel Everybody's National Parks 18:22 Erik K Johnson from Podcast Talent Coach and the Podcast Review Show 20:06 Kim from Toastmasters 101 21:34 Kit from Active Travel Adventures Podcast 22:57 Landen from Calling All Platforms 25:08 Randy Cantrel from Peer Advantage Groups 26:18 Scott from the Computer Tutor podcast (plus a big announcement about Podfest.us) 29:16 Seth from Geekville Radio 31:17 Todd From Trucker Dump Podcast 35:29 Darwyn from Dealing with My Grief Podcast 37:59 Win from Butterflies of W

Mon, November 20, 2017

Should You Make Your Guests Jump Through Hoops?

Last week I explained how I learned of a strategy from Doug Sandler of the Nice Guys on Business  show where the goal is to bring on guests who would be a good client for you (assuming you're podcasting as part of your business). Doug's business is Turnkey Podcast . There is little focus on your audience and more emphasis on your guest. The presenter also requires that their potential guest subscribes, to their podcast and gives them a five-star review to be considered. This was the part that I thought was a little "black hat."  I wanted to reserve my judgment until I spoke with Doug. Today I have Doug Sandler on the show to share his insights into his strategy. Because Of My Podcast I'm Much Better at Public Speaking: Bill Huchison 1:45 Bill Hutchison is a full-time missionary and has a podcast   every now and then Bill is asked to speak in churches. Today Bill shares how he had to think on the fly when he hit a technical snag, anbecausese of his podcast he was able to pull it off.  Preparing for Episode 600 4:55 I'm doing an "Ask Dave Anything (except podcasting questions)" will be the topic for episode 600. Send in your questions (with the title Episode 600) by January 1st, 2018 Your Target Customer as Your Guest Part II Doug Sandler Interview 7:00 Feedback from last week's show In today's discussion you hear: 9:23 Doug did his podcast for 16 months without making a dime. He went from 20,000 downloads to 1.2 million in the second 16 months. His guests are his target clients How does his stop his guests from being boring? Why his potential guests MUST give him a five-star review and subscribe to the show Does having guests on your show ensure 1.2 million downloads? Doug didn't get into podcasting to make friends Summary: There are no rules in podcasting? Will I look into using my podcast to get clients? I already do. The whole point of the School of Podcasting is to exhibit my expertise, and show you I know how to create a show that engages your audience. I might try this strategy in the future and do something like Natalie Ectal from BizChix.com where she records coaching calls and uses them as episodes. While I force potential guests to subscribe, rate, and provide a five-star review? No. Where Is Dave Going? 35:09 Podcon in Seatle Dec 9-10 Podfest in Florida Feb 8-10 <a href="ht

Mon, November 13, 2017

Your Customer Is Your Guest

Today I'm back from Speaking at DC Podfest (what a great event) and I went to a session that had some interesting points that I wanted to share.  The session was titled, "Size Doesn’t Matter: Build a Monetization Program with Any Size Audience with Doug Sandler and Strickland Bonner. Doung and Strickland host the Nice Guys on Business show. Their website states they have over 1 million downloads, and they showed proof in their session, and I can verify they are not lying. They explained a new strategy to grow your customers using your podcast. Because Of My Podcast: Stephanie Logan 8:35 Stephanie does the DC Diary show (sharing stories of DC Professionals) and she explains how Because of her podcast she was able to transition from a job that was more policy to now working in Media and communications Interviewing Your Potential Customers - The Power Of Podcasting 11:05 I have said one of the benefits of starting a podcast is people who would normally not give you the time of day, now will sit down to talk with you on a podcast. We've seen people use the power of being part of the media to partner with events and get access to vendors.  Interviewing people that you want to start a partnership with is a solid way of breaking the ice.  Doug repeated his main point, You have to reverse your thinking and focus on the guest, and identify people who would be a good client for your business. This was an interesting idea.  One example in the session was someone who did a show about visiting the national parks. This is a hard show to monetize outside of a guidebook, or maybe mosquito spray. Doug said you should find the person who is in charge of the national parks budget, and have them on as a guest. They would know alot about the National Parks. When the interview is done you could mention that the show takes a lot of effort, and to keep going needs to find a sponsor and see if they would be interested in sponsoring the show (I would twist that and ask them if they knew anybody who would be interested in sponsoring the show). Again, interesting. I know consultants Natalie Echtal and Katie Krimitsos who have offered discounted coaching calls with the knowledge that the call may be used on the podcast. This provides content for the audience (as you help to solve the problems of your target audience) and shows off your expertise.  So Doug pointed out that if you were a coach, you might interview people who need a coach. This does get a little confusing. If someone needs a coach, then one might think they aren't that successful (cause they need a coach), and with that in mind,  if it's not a live coaching call, what kind of content does that create? This is where this idea

Mon, November 06, 2017

Creating Events For Your Audience Part 2 - Mark Deal

Today we are talking with Mark Deal who has grown Podcast Atlanta to over 500 members ( www.podatl.com ). We get great tips on growing a local meetup, tips, and resources for better interviews, and how is creating podcasts for a living.  How Long Does it Take Until Your Show Catches On? George Hrab answered this question on his Geologic podcast , and George told me a long time ago that if I ever want to use a clip I could. George's show spotlights his life as the drummer of the Philadelphia Funk Authority, but also features George's Skeptic point of view with highlights on Science as well as the "Religious Moron of the Week." George mentions that you shouldn't start a podcast to "be something" but instead make it because you can make something cool, interesting and fun. Make a podcast because you have a different point of view and it needs to be heard. It took him two years before an absolute stranger mentioned they listened to the show. As George says, "You're making something and that is more than most people." Growing Your Local Meetup Group Mark Deal runs podcast Atlanta and in 18 months his group has grown to 500+ members. In today's discussion you hear: Not all 500 show up at the same time The different formats of meeting he uses What he's doing to grow the group What didn't work in regards to growing the group How a meetup group is not exactly the same a growing a podcast How to pick a location How he offsets the price of running the meetup group How he got Gordon Firemark to come to a meetup The typical breakdown of a meeting How often they meet, and how they stay connected between meetings. The pros and cons of Meetup vs a Facebook Group The kind of "Special Events" they have Podcast Guest Experts  and the Podcast Editors Facebook Groups What has happened because of hosting a podcaster's meetup (18:00) Podcast Studio Certifications, and what he feels every studio should have How he is making a living with podcasting Having Alcohol at events Other platforms he uses in addition to Faceboook, and Meetup. ( Eventbrite.com ) He makes money from Podcasting not Podcasters Why he uses Steve Stewart to edit his show Check out Mark at www.podatl.com Podcasti

Mon, October 30, 2017

Lessons From Steven Spielberg - Podcast Woodshed

Because of My Podcast, I Will Be Attending A Taping of the Black List Television Show - Troy Heinritz 1:58 Troy Heinritz has had story after story when it comes to his Black List Exposed show. He recently won a podcast award, and now was called by Sony to attend the taping of the 100th episode the Black List. Troy was on the Ask the Podcast Coach show and talked about he when he gets these opportunities, he prepares and delivers, and consequently keeps getting more opportunities. Check out his show at www.goldensprialmedia.com Questions of the Month 3:00 I need the answer to two questions by November 13th 2017. What will you be doing differently in 2018 with your podcast? What is your favorite podcast (if you could only pick 1)? What is it, what is it about? where is it? and most importantly WHY is your favorite? (be sure to mention your show as well). I need your answers by November 13th, 2017. For more information go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/contact   Embracing the Experience Gap 4:52 When podcasters first start, they put a lot of thought into their launch (sometimes too much), and they get their show out and into Apple Podcasts and the other directories.  Then they do one thing that can really knock the passion out of them: they compare themselves to others.  They want to know how many downloads other shows get, and start to focus on other podcasters instead of focusing on their audience.  Back to the Woodshed I've played the guitar since I was 11. When I got done with school I would deliver my papers to my paper route, eat dinner, and my friend would come over and we would play guitar for hours. We weren't very good. We weren't taking lessons, and I was learning to play lead by trying to recreate the sounds I heard on albums.  In other words, I would study music, and then practice, practice, practice, until I could play it. The music that was produced on the path to "getting it" was not pretty. I have hours of tapes of us playing Ted Nugent's Stranglehold for hours. Each of us would take turns soloing over the top of it.  I recorded these so I could evaluate my process. I never intended to release them to the public. You can do the same with your podcast. Record a couple test shows for evaluation. How Can Podcasters Get Better? Podcasters get better by podcasting. I know that sounds stupid, but there is no way to know if you're content is good unless you get it in front of your target audience.  You can also study other podcasts and entertainment. You see podcasting is part of the entertainment industry. Sure some of it is educational. Then again so is Sesame Street, and it's pretty entertaining.  I recently watched a documentary on Steven Spielberg. Spielberg got tu

Mon, October 23, 2017

The Essential Items Needed On Your Podcast Page

The Essential Items For Your Podcast Website Let me state, that this has nothing to do with Wordpress vs Wix vs Squarespace. These are the items that I feel should be on your website (and why) A Play Button Think of this as a free sample. If someone is going to subscribe to your show, they need to hear it first. This is why there is a guy with the chicken on a toothpick at the mall. It is the teaser, the free sample of your podcast with no commitment to buy. A Contact Button/Page I'm not making this up. I just read an article in Pod to Pod , and I read a story about a podcaster that might have a good "Because of My Podcast" story. There wasn't any contact button at the top, bottom, left, or right side of the screen. It wasn't on the about page, it wasn't there. The only way to contact the person was via twitter. Being somewhat of a geek, I pulled up his RSS feed and dug through the code to find it. Realize, nobody is going to dig through your RSS feed to get your email address. Make your contact button easy to find, and don't get cute and name it something like "Let's get coffee." Be sure to test your button/page to make sure you get the messages from your website. Your About Page There are two answers here. If your website is primarily the home of your podcast then the first paragraph should be about the show. If your website is the home of your brand (products, press, etc) then the first paragraph should be about the host. Then a second paragraph about the show. In my travels, the about page is one of the pages that receive the most traffic. If you've been podcasting for a bit and have some reviews, take some of the phrases used by your audience and use it in your about page (use the native tongue of your audience). Subscribe Buttons We all love to talk about iTunes/Apple Podcasts, as we should. They have a huge amount of the market. There are android phones as well and it's a bit of a chicken or the egg. More podcasts are consumed on Apple products than Android. Well, most podcasters talk about subscribing on Apple products (and leave the android people out to dry). If Google would get off their butt and make a native app for podcast listeners that would be great (they did just purchase the 60 db app). So make sure people can subscribe to your show. You REALLY want to avoid telling people to "Find me in iTunes." Extra Credit Don't just make a subscribe page, but add directions with screenshots. You could even do a quick presentation on YouTube Live on how to subscribe to your show, and then send people to the video on YouTube. There is more power in subscriptions than reviews. Because Of My Podcast Scott Orr  is Going to the Movies for Free Scott Orr does the Code 3 Podcast and was approached by the people behind the new movie Only the Brave. Check out Scott's podcast for Firemen at  code3

Mon, October 16, 2017

Are You Doing Everything To Grow My Podcast Audience?

I was listening to the Book Feed the Muscle Burn the Fat and he relayed the story of a man at a Tony Robbins event (Tony is a major Business Guru). He told Tony that he had done EVERYTHING to grow his audience. Since he had tried everything Tony asked him, "Tell me the last 100 things you've tried." To this, the man answered, "Well I haven't tried 100 things." Tony then stated, "Then tell me the last 50 things." The man replied, "I haven't tried 50 things" Tony replied, "Then tell me the last 10 things you've tried." It turned out the man had tried about four things. We think we've tried everything, but there are more ways to connect with your audience, many of them that require just a little bit of time to setup up some technology. Today we need to look at ourselves in the mirror and ask, "Have I really done everything I can to promote my show, connect with my audience, and increase my reach? I think if we look deep into our hearts we know there is more. Here Is The Low Hanging Fruit Social media: You should be promoting your show on the social media channels. There are plugins such as social warfare . There are automation tools like Social Jukebox. Media hosts like Spreaker and Blubrry will publish your audio file as a video on YouTube. Spreaker will tweet out about your episode. Blubrry will create a sample of your show to tweet out and paste on Facebook. Libsyn will post to Twitter, Facebook, YouTube, iHeart Radio, LinkedIn, Blogger, Tumblr. Podcast Directories: There are four main directories you should be listed in. Apple Podcasts (formerly iTunes), Stitcher, TuneIn, and Google Play Music. Do You Have Subscribe Buttons On Your Site? One way to keep your numbers going up is to get people to subscribe. This includes buttons for ANDROID. Subscribeonandroid.com is a free site from blubrry where you can point people to that site (using your RSS feed) and if they don't have any apps to subscribe they will be prompted to download one. My friend Daniel J Lewis has a great plugin call Social Subscribe and Follow that creates amazing looking subscribe buttons Do You Have Share Buttons on Your Website? There are plugins (again I love social Warfare) that make it easy for your audience to tweet out your show. There are players like the coolcast player , the Smart Podcast Player , the Simple Podcast Press player. Don't get hung up too much on players as 80% of people

Mon, October 09, 2017

Simply Sonic SS1 and Second Line Dix WordPress Theme Reviews

Simply Sound Company SS1 PreAmp Review While I've never used any preamps like the Triton Audio Fethead Microphone Preamp or the Cloudlifter CL-1 , I was really impressed with the amazing amount of boost to the sound. The large dose of extra gain can make help a budget microphone/preamp combination sound clean and more professional. Some microphones such as the Heil Pr-40 and the Sure SM7B are known for really low outputs. This creates a situation where you have to turn the gain up on your mixer or recording device. This can leave the door open for added hiss depending on your mixer or recording device. The Simply Sound SS1 is designed for dynamic microphones only. More Clean Gain Triton Audio Fethead  provides 27 db of clean gain with a price for $89 Cloudlifter CL-1  provides 25 db of clean gain for $149 The Simply Sound SS1 - provide 27 db of gain for $99 The Simply Sound website shows the Fethead  at a $149 price tag, but at BNH, I show a price of $89 My Opinion As I had said, never using any preamp (besides the one in my mixer, and I've also used the DBX 286,  and the Aphex 230) even without a preamp, I never thought I sounded bad. With that said, the concept makes sense. I know that when I turn the gain up on any mixer there comes a point where noise is introduced. Using the SS1, I basically turned my gain all the way down. The construction is super rugged and resembles the Cloudlifeter all-metal casing (but cooler looking in black) you're not going to break this. You do need some phantom power (so a typical route might be to plug your microphone into the SS1. Then plug the ss1 into your mixer. The mixer would need to have the Phantom Power Turned on. For my recording today I had my EV Re320 going into the SS1 and that went directly into the Zoom H5. It was an amazing amount of boost. How I did the test. I set my levels using the H5 recorded some audio, removed the SS1 from the chain, and plugged it back into my Zoom H5 without touching any knobs. Do you NEED this? As with all things podcasting, it depends. If you're happy with your audio, no. If you str

Mon, October 02, 2017

Finding Podcast Listeners At the Mall? - Weird Audio Issues Solved

In honor of International Podcast Day, I went to the local mall (that's still open) and asked people, "Have you have of podcasting?" If they said yes I would ask, "Have you actually heard a podcast?" Many people said NO. The people who had been listening to podcasts were really into podcasting. This show originated from www.schoolofpodcasting.com/586 School of Podcasting Wins The People's Choice Podcast Award in the Technology  I've been nominated NUMEROUS times for the different shows I create such a the Logical Weight Loss Podcast, Feeding My Faith, and others, but I've never won an award. The School of Podcasting won this year in the technology category. Thanks so all of my listeners. It is DEEPLY Appreciated. Because of My Podcast - Douglas  3:45 Douglas from Zerobooks.com got a job, and is now podcasting as part of this job! Check him out at www.zerobooks.com  His podcast is called Zero Squared . Looking For Podcast Listeners at the Mall 5:28 I went to the mall to ask random people if they knew about podcasts?  Most people had not heard of podcasting, those who had listened to a podcast,  really loved them. There are some people who need some help in understanding what a podcast is.  You can always send your audience to www.learntosubscribe.com Get Out Of Your Comfort Zone If took me 40 minutes to get up the nerve to talk to complete strangers. I may appear outgoing, but underneath I can be pretty shy.  As I moved along, it got easier. It was funny watching people put up their guard when I would ask, "Can I talk to you for a few minutes?" You can see their defenses go up. If I do this next year I need to find people who are bored (laundromats, or maybe set up a table at an Apple store). I'm not sure if Apple would allow this, but all they can say is no.  Podcasting Does Not Waste Your Time 10:45 I had a talk this week with a potential podcaster who wants to build an audience and monetize his podcast. He wanted a step by step approach that would ensure that he was making a full-time living in the future. While there are people out there who are happy to charge you $4000 to tell you to believe in yourself, get into New and Noteworthy, and your dreams can come true, I prefer a more realistic approach. That is to say Gimlet Media producers super popular shows, and yet not every show they launch makes the cut a few months later. There are great shows like Action that was on a major network with A-list celebrities maki

Wed, September 27, 2017

International Podcast Day (Subscribers Only)

Hello, everyone, I realized in my last episode I didn't talk about International Podcast Day. If you haven't checked out their site it is www.internationalpodcastday.com They have cool tools to help you promote the power of podcasting check them out at  https://internationalpodcastday.com/promotion/ Check out the Podcast Success Summit as well Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, September 25, 2017

Creating Events For Your Audience Part 1

The fastest way to connect with your audience is face to face. You may be thinking of creating a meetup, or a workshop, or yearly event around your topic/show. How do you go about doing it? Today we have Chris Krimitsos who is the organizer of  Podest.us, Nick Seuberling of Cincinnati Soccer Talk , and Darryl E. McCullough who just organized his first event National Podcast Power .  Darryl also hosts the Full Circle Podcast . In today's episode you will hear: About Nick taking his audience on a four-hour bus trip to Pittsburgh Darry'ls reflections the day after National Podcast Power conference Chris shares his insights as someone who has organized thousands of events.  The risks and deposits that may be involved with an event. How to negotiate with hotels.  How to choose speakers for your event.  The dangers of food around your event.  How to shop for a bus. Free places for a casual meetup. What was Chris's biggest trainwreck and how he handled it What to do with negative feedback Building Routines When you create an event for your audience, you are making memories with your audience. With the right event, people can start building their schedule around your events, and you become part of their routine.  Mentioned In This Episode Acuity Scheduling National Podcast Power Cincinnati Soccer Talk Full Circle Podcast Ivy Envy Podcast Podfest.us Join the School of Podcasting Sign up for a Coaching Call   Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, September 18, 2017

To Care Or Not To Care

The podcaster attitude can be a tricky one to juggle. You care about your content, you care about your audience, but at times you might want to try something new, and that means your audience may not like it. If you like it, should you do it? Amy Pohler says yes. Success is achieved through Ambivalence This episode originate at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/584 Because of My Podcast - Dave Jackson My podcast has opened many doors over the 12 years I've been podcast. When I got home from Podcast Movement, I got an email from Michael Stelzner from Social Media Examiner stating he wanted to talk to me about the Social Media Marketing World 2018. In talking with Michael (and I so wish I had a copy of this ) he stated that he had people involved with his conference like John Lee Dumas, Daniel J. Lewis, and he's good friends with Cliff Ravenscraft. Michael said he turned to his crew and asked "Who is missing on the podcasting end, and they all said, "Dave Jackson." So here again, it's not who you know, but who knows you. So because of my podcast, I will be speaking at Social Media Marketing World 2018. The event is February 28th - March 2nd in San Diego. Shortly after talking with Michael, I received a call from Chris Krimitsos, and I will be involved again with Podfest.us in Flordia February 8-10 in Orlando Bay. This weekend, September 23rd I will be the closing keynote of the first-ever National Podcast Power in Perrysburg Ohio.  While I'm talking about speaking today (9/18) I will be running the gathering of Northeast Ohio Podcasters where we meet, talk podcasting, gear, and whatever you would like to talk about. Check it out at www.neohiopodcasters.com Podcast Gear Yellowtec iXm Microphone Recorder At Podcast Movement Shawn Park from The Be Your Own Nerd show let me play with his Yellowtex iXm microphone/recorder. Here is a little about the microphone/recorder: "iXM was designed to become the finest reporter microphone ever. One of the most challenging requirements was a perfect auto leveling. Our engineers managed to develop an excitingly innovative procedure: the LEA engine. Whether whisper or cry, you will always enjoy a perfect level. LEA lets you do amazing recordings even under stressful conditions. No AGC and no artifacts. Try it out, you will be amazed."  The price is $761 . (so this may not be for the hobbyist, but it's always interesting to see pro gear like this as a more affordable version is probably in the works that will hit the shelves in a few years. Check out Shawn at <a href= "https://www.beyourownnerd.co

Mon, September 11, 2017

How To Compete with the Big Networks

Glenn the Geek Hebert (from horseradionetwork.com )shares what he learns from talking to "Radio People" from Podcast Movement. We discuss being more focused with our podcast, so I bring on Addy Saucedo who is the author of The Podcast Planner ($37.99 on Amazon ) and we talk about how you have less stress and more downloads by having a better plan for your podcast. This is episode 583 of the School of Podcasting and originates from www.schoolofpodcasting.com/583 Dr. Ryan Gray Stops Practicing Medicine to Do Podcasting Full Time Dr. Ryan Gray shares how he has left his medical career after his website and podcasting that has grown over and over the years, and he is now doing consulting full time on helping people survive medical school, and he published his first book, " The Premed Playbook: Guide to the Medical School Interview: Be Prepared, Perform Well, Get Accepted."  His goal is to change the culture around medical school so it's not so competitive. Check out his podcast at www.mededmedia.com and medicalschoolhw.com Glenn Hebert on What He Learned from Radio Veterans at Podcast Movement 5:44 In today's discussion with Glenn we hear how: Radio veterans are jumping into the podcast pool The current issues with automated advertising How podcasters who want to podcast for profit need to learn from radio people and be ready, be prepared before pressing record. How Glenn keeps his integrity with sponsors How Glenn uses his audience to make decisions on what happens and is featured on his show. Podcasting With Laser Sharp Focus with The Podcast Planner - Addu Saucedo Interview 22:25 Here is the description of the Podcast Planner from Amazon: The Podcast Planner: Podcasting Guide With Templates To Help Podcasters Consistently Plan, Record and Publish Finally, a planner for Podcasters! It provides everything a Podcaster needs to be organized, motivated and happily podcasting. Successful Podcasters know how to consistently plan, record, and publish their podcast, and with The Podcast Planner, you can too!  Buy it at Amazon Check out Addy's website at www.thepodcastplanner.com  In today's chat we learn: Addy was helping people start and edit podcasts,

Mon, September 04, 2017

Um, Yeah, NO! - Keeping Bad Content Away From Your Audience

Every month I ask my audience a question. This month is have you ever been approached by someone who OBVIOUSLY has NO CLUE about your show? Special Thanks To:  Bernie from Bernie the Cat Show Lee Silverstein from the Colon Cancer Podcast  has people wanting to talk about Cancer conspiracies. Glenn Hebert from the Horse Radio Network had someone ask for a donation if he didn't want to be on the show. Matthew McClain does an audio drama (obviously no guests) but still gets solicited to have guests be on his show. His show is " A Scottish Podcast " I had someone contact me about the Healing Our Marriage show (which is defunct) and I "Played" with them, and asked why they loved my show Jason Bryant from Matt Talk Online Podcast Booking Resources Interview Valet  - Find and/or be a guest Interview Connections - Rock both sides of the microphone (one of the oldest podcast booking agents) PodcastGuests.com - A free resource for finding guests Help a Reporter - Reports looking for Experts How to Get Radio Interviews (Course)  More Resources at PodcastingResources.com I'll Be Speaking at: Podcast Midatlantic September 8-9 in the greater Philadelphia Area National Podcast Power September 23rd in Perrysburg, Ohio Start Podcasting Today! Get immediate access to our online courses covering Podcasting from A to Z, start to finish. Priority Email Support Live groups coaching twice a month) Private Facebook Group Join today at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick surv

Mon, August 28, 2017

Podcast Movement 2017 Refrelections

I'm back from podcast movement, and I had a blast. I also have insights from one of the hardest assignments I've done in a long time. My Impression of Podcast Movement 2017 Nothing cooler than being picked up at that airport by fellow podcasters Marcus Couch from WordPress Plugins A to Z . We haven't seen each other face to face in about 10 years. We cranked some cool metal on the way to the Marriot and it was like old times. Then I get the then Marriot and I get to meet my co-host Jim Collison from the Average Guy network, and I go over to his table and there sits the one and only Steve Stewart and Mike Dell. So for me, the Summar Camp aspect of Podcast Movement is in full effect. The coolest line I heard all week was relayed by Paul Colligan (another person' I've known for 10+ years) and it came from a Dan Klass session. Dan (who is a former comedian) shared how often at comedy clubs you will have multiple comedians perform in an evening - and yet they all use the same microphone. The point? It's not about the tech. I roomed with Erik K Johnson from podcasttalentcoach.com, and he had stated that it would be awesome if he could meet a web developer who needed help with his podcast, as he was a podcast consultant who needed help with his website. I get into the elevator, introduce myself to everyone in the elevator and it turns out that one of the people is a web designer thinking of starting a podcast. When we get out of the elevator, on of the first people who see is Erik. I felt like I was in a Christmas movie and it was going to start to snow. I saw Harry Durran from Podcast Junkies and Dr. Ryan Gray who has given up his practice to do podcasting full time and Harry introduces me to Natalie Jennings who happens to be taking head shots at a reasonable price. She shows me a few samples of people, and I'm hooked. I can't wait to see how they turn out. The few peaks I saw of what she did was amazing. See her at  http://www.nataliechampajennings.com/ I found out in Paul Colligan's session that if you are in Google Play Music, you are also on the Google Home portable audio speaker. I also know of a cool double secret project that is going to make recording double-enders via a browser very cool. I was on a panel with Ray Ortega , Daniel J. Lewis , and <a href= "http://www.th

Mon, August 21, 2017

Sound Devices MixPre-3 Review

Full show notes can be seen at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/580 Why Keeping It Simple is a Good idea I do a show every Saturday call Ask the Podcast Coach with Jim Collison from theaverageguy .tv and at one point I decided to connect with Jim over Google hangouts, as well as have a Call In Number for the phone. I had to send a mix to Jim that had myself and the caller (but not Jim) while sending a mix to the caller than had myself and Jim (but not the caller). For those up on the lingo, I had to configure two mix minuses. I needed a mixer with two auxiliary outs. I found the Behringer X1832 .  It did the job well. I had a ton of extra channels, and effects that I never used. Then we switched and instead of using a phone (using CallinStudio.com) we went to a chat window to take questions. This was simple and free (using chatwing.com) . So now I have a giant mixer taking up half my desk, and I was looking for an alternative. I have a Yamaha MG102c Mixer (which has been replaced by the MG10XU ) that would do the job. For whatever reason, I just didn't like it. It seemed like I had to crank everything up to the max. It still had a clean sound, but it seemed like I really had to push everything. I realize this is stupid (cause you should vote with your ears, not your eyes) but I've been hesitant to go back to it. The Other Problem with Recording Levels I use a Zoom H5. A great device with a giant screen. However, due to the way the studio is setup with the majority of the light coming in from Behind the Zoom H5 I cant' really get a clear reading. While there are lights to let me know when things are peaking, I tend to feel those are too sensitive. Then I heard about the Sound Devices MixPre-3. This might solve all my problems. Bad Time for a Product Review I received the Sound Devices MixPre-3 this week. It's horrible timing as I'm getting ready to run off to Podcast Movement, and I'm busy packing, buying Dramamine, recording podcasts and won't have time to do a super deep dive. So here is what I want it to do: Power my Electrovocie RE320 without a ton of his I want to do a mix minus for when I do shows with a co-host via skype or Google hangouts I want to plugin my ipad to play sound effects. First Impressions Of the Mix Pre-3 WOW IS THIS THING SMALL. I have an iPhone 6s, and it might be an inch wider, but it is the size of an iPhone on steroids. VERY COOL. At first, I was worried about the touchscreen display. But the display is super clear, and you can adjust the brightness. I had no problems reading it. I was worried about the touchscreen is small. That didn't seem to b

Mon, August 14, 2017

Three Years After Starting a Podcast He Has a Six Figure Income

Darren Dake of the Coroner Talk podcast started a podcast in 2013, and started a podcast, but it didn't last. He  really  loves being a death scene investigator so he started the Coroner Talk podcast 2014. This lead to numerous opportunities: He started to make connections with people He now gets around 15,000 download a month He was asked the be the trainer supervisor for his state. He wrote a few books that has lead him to speak at conferences multiple times He includes going to different states to talk He created online courses for his "Coroner School" and is now taking off and now he is on track to make a six figure income from his speaking and his online courses. Please Notice: This wasn't overnight This wasn't easy. Your audience must always come first. Some Thoughts On Opportunities “A pessimist sees the difficulty in every opportunity; an optimist sees the opportunity in every difficulty.” ― Winston S. Churchill “We often miss opportunity because it's dressed in overalls and looks like work” ― Thomas A. Edison “Failure is only the opportunity more intelligently to begin again.” ― Henry Ford “I believe that every single event in life happens in an opportunity to choose love over fear.” ― Oprah Winfrey Unfortunately, there seems to be far more opportunity out there than ability.... We should remember that good fortune often happens when opportunity meets with preparation. Thomas A. Edison There comes a moment in every life when the Universe presents you with an opportunity to rise to your potential. An open door that only requires the heart to walk through, seize it and hang on. The choice is never simple. It's never easy. It's not supposed to be. But those who travel this path have always looked back and realized that the test was always about the heart. ...The rest is just practice. Jaime Buckley Spend eighty percent of your time focusing on the opportunities of tomorrow rather than the problems of yesterday. Brian Tracy Missed Opportunities I do a show called the Alexacast that is all about getting the most out of your Amazon Echo, Dot, etc. So I have an audience that is tied to Amazon. One might say they are Amazon "Super Users." Yet then Amazon Prime day came, and I have an audience that is tied to Amazon, and I  barely promoted it. I should've made a big deal about this, and made it an event.  Know What Opportunities Are Coming Up I found two sites that show special days. These are: https://www.daysoftheyear.com https://nationaldaycalendar.com By knowing when all these special days that come up, you might be able to make

Mon, August 07, 2017

No Longer Trapped in Radio, Phillip Keller Turns His Spotlight on Real People with Real Miracles

Because of My Podcast Randy Goers of the Drone Radio Show When you start a podcast you are seen as a digital influencer and today's example of something that wouldn't have happened if it wasn't because of their podcast is from Randy Goers who produces the Drone Radio Show. He explains how he is able to make great connections, and be able to attend Drone events with a press pass. He recently was able to interview one of the senior vice presidents of Intel who is in charge of directing their drone policy and program. That all happens Because of my Podcast. How to NOT Make Money with a Podcast Today I start a new segment that will appear from time to time with Jessica Kupferman who runs the www.JKMAgency.com and helps podcasters find sponsors. This segment is to help podcasters looking to monetize their podcast by helping them avoid the mistakes other are making. Keep in mind, you do not have to monetize your show. In this first initial segment, Jessica explains that when quoting numbers to a potential sponsor the number people are interested is your episode downloads after 30 days of being available. Monthly stats don't count because in that monthly downloads are episodes in your back catalog (and the sponsor is not going to be in those episodes). While most podcasters are not crazy about the CPM Model (where you are paid a certain amount of money for a thousand downloads, such as 30 CPM would mean when your episode goes over 1000 downloads you would be paid $30). If you're creating a media kit, you need to have a dollar value in mind so that when people ask for it, you're ready. Being secretive about your pricing is not going to help you. Yes,  everything is up for negotiation but you have to have a starting price. Phillip Keller (Formerly Trapper Jack on Cleveland Radio) Spotlighting a Living Saint Phillip Keller spent 25 years in Cleveland Radio. He took not one, but TWO stations to number one. His show might be seen as controversial as he interviews people who have been healed by a local Dr. Issam Nemeh. This has lead to national attention. The miracle stories became so commonplace that programs as varying as Dr. Oz and 700 club feature Dr. Nemeh. Phillip does all of his own production and editing even though he is legally blind. In today's interview he talks about: The difference between radio and podcasting and the different broadcast muscles you need to flex What kind of prep he was doing when he was on a #1 Radio Station (and going to work at 3 AM) How he was treated when he got to #1 is amazing. Why he doesn't miss radio. Besides radio, what other things have gone away in his life? How long should your podcast be? How being featured got his numbers to jump How his first podcast was awful. W

Mon, July 31, 2017

What Did You Change In Your Podcast and Why

Each month I ask my audience a question and they answer and we all learn together. This month I asked, "What have you changed about your show and why?" Some people added/removed co-hosts. Some people updated artwork and intro music. Others start/stopped writing out their podcasts. Some adjusted their attitude, or cut back on some of the podcast promotion.  The following people contributed Win from buterfliesofwisdom.weebly.com Brad from wearethecinemaguys.com Anna From Authentic Moments authenticparenting.com Cheri from www.christianscienceforkids.com Dads Spotlight Lawschool Insider Emily from thestorybehindpodcast.com  Craig from  Inglespodcast Gabe Guys and food podcast  Gary and Margaret from Kiwi Mana - Bee Keeping Podcast Jenny K From Studio Chaotic John The Wired home School Kim from toastmaters101.net and onthetablepodcasts.com Mark King (Venture Captial)   http://markwking.com/ Paul from  http://www.trinitydigitalmedia.com/ Scott from the Computer Tutor Podcast   Sean from Slept in Government Class Bryan From Engaging Missions Randy Cantrel From   Pear Advisory Group Zack from Raising Rents (as in Parents)  In the end, this shows you  can change your podcast. Your podcast is not a statue, it's a recipe. If you want to change it you can. If you're happy with it, keep doing it, but there is nothing stopping you from throwing something out there, seeing the feedback, and go from there. Buy t

Mon, July 24, 2017

She Does a Podcast About What?! Alexandra Harbushka interview

Because of My Podcast Danny Peña’ is Now on Twitch.tv Danny is a Hall of Fame podcaster who shared his story about how he started off with a cassette deck ( see episode 506 ), and ended up playing video games with Bill Gates, and getting a spot on CBS Radio. Well, he has some more good news. He is not partnered with Twitch.tv Twitch.tv has evolved its reputation as the world’s leading social video platform and community for video game culture to now encompass an array of emerging content surfaced by its users. As a result, 10 million visitors gather each day to watch and talk about video games, music, the creative arts, themselves, and other beyond gaming topics with more than 2 million streamers. So in other words, Danny is going to get to record his podcast live in front of millions of people who happen to be his target audience. You will see when you go to  http://twitch.tv/gamertagradio that there is a way for people to tip Danny as his crew, and Danny also gets a piece of the $5.99 subscription fee (which gives you more access, and the ability to watch the video on demand). Check out Danny's Show at www.gamertagradio.com The Messengers: A Podcast Documentary Now Available for Pre Order - Very Special Deal I was asked to work with the crew that created the movie, The Messengers: A Podcast Documentary . I created a podcast to give you the behind the scenes view of making the documentary. Well, the movie is now available for Pre-Order. We want it to be #1 when it is released. If you've ever wanted to support the show now is the time. This is a time when independent podcasters can ban together to show the true power of podcasting. It will be released August 23rd. From now until then I'm doing a special deal. I will give you a coupon for 40% off your first 6 months at the School of Podcasting. Just send forward the email of your purchase, take a self with your confirmation, in general, prove to me you purchased the film, and I'll send you a coupon. Make the subject line, "I have a message - Your Name" so in my case it would be "I have a message - Dave Jackson". The price is only $5.99, and you'll save $20 a month or $120 over the six months (before it goes back to your regular price of $49/month) Purchase the movie and get inspired when it comes out and start your podcast today. <a href= "https://geo.itunes.apple.com/us/movie/the-messengers

Mon, July 17, 2017

His Podcast Brought Him So Much Business His Supplier Can't Keep Up - Bill Strand of Chameleon Breeder

  King of the Niche Podcasts Bill Strand of Chameleonbreeder.com In this 20 minute interview we hear how: Bill has been involved with Chameleon's For Over 40 Years His Podcast Has Lead His Audience to Trust Him and Engage with him on Social Media This trust has to lead to more sales than when he produced an Ezine (back in the day) His supplier can't keep up with the orders and Bill no longer mentions his Chameleon Cages on his show How Bill keeps his family supporting his show His audience loyalty results in them freely paying more for his products so they can support him. Bill is nice enough to share his numbers, and he is getting WAY MORE than the median 200 downloads (he had more than that in one day) Bill's commitment is to delivering value. 2017 Is More Than Half Way Done, How Are Your Goals? It's July, last month the year was 50% 0ver. My plans for this year had two big projects. Revamp the School of Podcasting Update my book, "More Podcast Money." I have not made any serious strides in either of these. Let's not panic. What did I do instead? I launched a few shows testing different hosting platforms (including a show for my cat). I started a Patreon group my weight loss show. I added a "Baby Steps" free video course to drive leads to the School of Podcasting. While learning about more platforms keep me well rounded in what is available for podcasters, it's kind of like knowing about Coke, Pepsi, and DR. Pepper. Do you really need more cola choices? OK, fine, we'll add RC cola. The Patreon experiment is for the book as was having a sponsor earlier in the year. Free Resources You Might Want to Check Out If you're looking for a way to get the word out (and you somewhat have an audience of friends, etc) there is a free tool called thunderclap.it where you pick a day when you send out a tweet (that you create) and it goes out everyone's twitter at the same time (and Facebook, and Tumblr) . You need a minimum of 100 people (according to their video) or it won't go out (the free version let's you choose how many people you need to share. The smallest paid plan is $55 per campaign.  I've added this to the Podcasting Resources area. Sometimes reading books will give you an idea for a new episode. While there are resources like Audibible.com (where you can get a free book for joining), you may have heard of this thing called the Library (which I recently got to visit when we had a thunderstorm, and I had no power or the Internet and they did). On a recent taping of the Ask the Podcast Coach show, Daniel J Lewis from the Audacity to Podcast informed me of <a href= "http://www.Overdriv

Mon, July 10, 2017

Are Podcasters Entertainers?

I went to two concerts this weekend and underneath all the education and information, podcasters are entertainers.  If you're not entertaining your audience, you're losing them. Dictionary.com defines entertain as, "to hold the attention of pleasantly or agreeably; divert; amuse." We need to hold people's attention. The concerts I saw this weekend were Jonny Lang and King's X. Two Concerts by musicians with track records going all the way back to 1980 (King's X) and 1995 (Lang). Jonny Lang released his major label debut when he was 15 years old. Both bands had music in the rotation on MTV (for those that remember MTV)  So what does this have to do with Podcasting? Well as both of these bands are now "Indie" we can learn from them.  Have a Crappy Opening Act In both instances, the promoters of these shows picked HORRENDOUS opening acts. While the bands have little if nothing at all to do with this, it does make them sound better. Know what you're going to say Both of these bands have what are called set lists. This lists the songs in the order. It's only game plan and can be changed, but when they hit the stage they have a pretty idea of what is going to happen in the next 60-90 minutes.  As a podcaster you should have a pretty good idea of where you are going when you press record. I know this seems common sense, but I often here shows start with what should be pregame chatter, "Did you want to talk about _____?" This should've been decided before the microphone was turned on. It's not like the guys in King's X have a big "LADIES AND GENTLEMEN KING'S X" and then Doug and Ty look at each other and ask, "Should we do Groove Machine?" I recently read a book about Van Halen, and bands of this caliber practice the same set for months to make sure everything is smooth.  For the Love of God put the good stuff first There is a reason the news often starts with the phrase "Our top story tonight." Both bands came out with great up-tempo songs to get the crowd engaged. 3. Be Original Jonny Lang sounded like he was 15 going on 48 when he came out of the gate. He has a voice that is very distinct, and you know its him. Kings X has a very distinct sound. Did they do something way outside the box? Yes and No. They tune their guitars lower than what is considered standard, and they use a slightly different tuning (for the musicians they tune to C instead of E, and they use Drop D (not C) tuning). So while a little outside the box, all they did was twist a few knobs. These small twists (combined with awesome musicianship) makes them very identifiable.  4. Listen to Your Audience During one song Jonny was playing and singing with his guitar. This is called "Scat singing" and it was pretty cool (and I hate scat singing). The crowd really came alive. Sure enough later in the evening he brought it back.  All night King's X fans were shouting requests (they have

Mon, July 03, 2017

It's a Lot of Work To Sound This Boring - Drew Ackerman of Sleep with Me Podcast

Today I talk with Drew Ackerman of the Sleep with Me Podcast . I met him at Podfest.us and I was amazed at the amount of detail he puts into a show that has a singular goal of putting you to sleep. In the interview you will hear: How Drew started his show with not the best of equipment His "Let's See What Happens" attitude How he picks the not too boring, not too entertaining topics. How he pushed through when he thought about quitting What inspired him to start the podcast How he takes it seriously, but not too seriously. What countries just don't get his show.  The listener email that left him humbled. His massive amount of downloads reported in the Washington Post Check out Drew's Sleep With Me Podcast at www.sleepwithmepodcast.com Anchor.fm Trying Hard to Be Everything and Succeeding at.... I took another look at Anchor.fm now that you can create a podcast for free. This is another great example of a company knowing NOTHING about podcasting and jumping into the space. Leading people who are uninformed into situations that they are going to hate in a few months.  They are going to control your feed if you let them submit your podcast feed "for you" which means later you won't be able to see your Apple stats.  As a feedback mechanism, it's easy to receive feedback, but impossible to get it off your phone (and if they knew anything about podcasting they would know this).  For now, I'm going to play with it for a week, but getting these files into a podcast (not using their horrible system) is not easy.  Ready To Start a Podcast?  Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start You get step by step tutorials on 16 courses Private Facebook group to pick the brains of other podcasters Priority email support and Live Group Coaching 30 Day Money Back Guarantee  Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Wed, June 28, 2017

How Many Strikes Do Podcasters Get?

Even though I asked, "How many strikes do you give a podcast before turning out?" nobody answered with a number. Instead, the answers were "it depends." It sounds that you are going to get more strikes if you are delivering Contributors to the show Cliff from www.podcastanswerman.com Tim From the Sled Dog Podcast Jenny from Studiochaotic.com  (personal journal podcast) Kyle from Reckoneer.com Reckoneer is your #1 resource for the race promoter who didn't major in business. Darren from coronertalk.com (thanks for the shirt!) Haley from Adopteeson.com a podcast where Adoptees talk about the adoption experience Larry from goinglinux.com Sean from Slept in Government Class Dennis from Evil Podcast The CUB Approach to Podcast Reviews CUB stands for is it Confusing, Unbelievable, or Boring. If you have any of these, it's time to edit the show. Because of My Podcast: Ray Edwards I attend Ray's copywriting Academy and Ray mentioned how he had a client hire him for a $10,000 job from a podcast Ray puts out for free. This was part two of episode 572, and originated at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/572 July's Question What has changed about your show since you started, and why did you make the change? Contact me, and be sure to mention 577 Ready to start Podcasting? Join the School of Podcasting.com using the coupon listener Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, June 26, 2017

Bumper Sticker Reflections

We seem to think we don't know what to do, when in truth we don't do what we know. This week I attended Ray Edwards copyrighting academy, and it was pretty cool. I went there as I will be updating the School of Podcasting's website later this year. Also, people that are learning to write copy, probably have a product. People who have a product need customers, a great way to attract customers is via a podcast. So when you hear me say go to where your target audience is, make friends with them, then tell them about your show, I did that repeatedly this weekend.  Success is sequential, not simultaneous.  Your calendar shows your priorities or your distractions? Everyone has a excuse as to way they didn't succeed. If everything you do is an experiment, then nothing is a failure If it does everything, it does nothing well.  Part 2 coming later this week after I take care of my car. Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, June 19, 2017

How Improv Skills Can Boost Your Podcasting Attitude

Because of my Podcast: Clay From Fish Nerds Clay has had some very cool things happen on his Fish Nerds Show including having a touring opera singer invite clay to do a show at a theater. Check out Clay at www.fishnerds.com The Sometimes Condescending Nature of Radio People Towards Podcasting There are some really cool people from the radio industry that get podcasting. People like Eric K Johnson from Podcast Talent Coach and the Podcast Review Show, Michael Sharkey from the Talent Show, Jeff Brown From Read to Lead , Tim Sinclair from Ringr and My Worst Interview Ever , and Phillip Keller from Blind Faith live GET PODCASTING. I don't want to lump all radio people together. There are times when someone comes across with a condescending tone of voice. It comes across like "Podcasting is a fad, or not "Real Broadcasting." They seem to think that now that the "Real" broadcasters are here and it's time to step aside and let the "real" broadcasters take over. I recently listened to The Sound Off Show with Matt Cundill . In the episode, he was talking about how a recent professional survey company had polled listeners in Canda.Matt asks, "Is the hype on podcasting just a lot of noise and it takes a study like this one to figure out where it  really ranks?" What a douchebag. AS if study after study showing podcasting's slow but steady growth, and radio's slow and steady decline aren't enough. This is what I say "Radio People" with a negative slant. This is what I'm basing my opinion on, and when I say "Some radio people have a bias," this is why. How Improv Skills Can Help Your Podcast Today I have Chad Elliot from the Off the Cuff Comedy Improv Podcast , and  http://seattleimprovclasses.com/  I appeared on episode 7 and was SUPER nervous as I didn't get this I would be doing improv on his show. I have never done improv. Luckily Chad sent me his book  Improv Manifesto: 7 Easy Steps to Confidence, Creativity, and Charisma - Even If You're Shy! (Think On Your Feet Under Pressure with Tools of Improvisational Theater & Improv Comedy.)   which helped me get ready. Here are some things I learned. Talk with confidence, even when you're not confident about your answer.<

Mon, June 12, 2017

What Podcasters Can Learn From Kevin Hart

New Apple Specs Coming In the future, Apple Podcasts app will support some new features including: One the podcast level you will have Seasons Serial and Episodic podcast types On the Episode level  Title, episode number, and season number Summary and episode notes Trailers and bonus content GUID (don’t change it!) I am worried when I read the text, "New subscribers will receive the first episode in their Library, or the current season if using seasons. " As we don't know what "will receive" means. Does this mean it will automatically download an entire season? We don't know. If it does, I can see people abusing this to get more downloads. There are already people sending old content back to their audience just to juice their download numbers. They also mention not to change the GUID. The GUID is a unique number that identifies your episode. Changing this number will have the app seeing the episode as new. You should never change this number. Apple is saying "Don't change this." This is kind of like saying "Don't stick that knife in the outlet" to a two-year-old. In my opinion, this is a bad idea to even give people access to this. New Listener Stats Apple will provide statistics on how many listeners you have, minutes per listener, Abandonment Point, and Average Completion. The statistics are "Launching this year." The other thing I'm worried about is currently people OBSESS over their podcast numbers. They release an episode, FREAK OUT that it's not in their iTunes listing, and want to know why they don't have download number immediately. This will give podcasters more stats to obsess over. Also, you may not be ready for the shock when you find out that only 48% of your audience is listening to the entire of your episode. None of This Matters Yet If I told you there was a new audio format and it was going to sound great and do all sorts of new fun stuff, but there aren't any players that can play it yet the news wouldn't mean anything. You can't experience any of the new stuff until players are available. These new features won't come into play until iOS11 is available (that will have the new Podcasts App). So it's exciting, but the time to celebrate and figure out how to get these new tags into our RSS feeds should be something we worry about later. I'm sure Libsyn, Blubrry, and Speaker (and any other Podcast Media hosts worth anything) will have systems in place shortly. I know patience is not a characteristic of some podcasters, but for now, know things are going to get better later this year. Here are the details from Apple. Becuase of My Podcast: I Got a Gig as an Audio Editor Jeff Perry has had multiple version of shows about podcasting. He has really enjoyed editing them into different forms. He recently landed a job working for

Mon, June 05, 2017

Marketing Your Podcast - How Long Does it Take?

Understand Before Being Understood About a month ago I left a comment on the Spreaker Live show, and this comment resulted in a response from the host that in a conversation he had with me was "Disproportional." So after we both hissed at each I set up a time when we could talk about this and see how we pushed each other's buttons. We did and it was a great interview. The bad news is my SD Card ran out of room, and my backup (mp3 skype recorder) didn't get it either. I could call Alex back on, but at this point, so much water is under the bridge, I thought I would just paraphrase what really happened. In my comment, there were times when I used ALL CAPS to make a point. Alex is used to dealing with comments from YouTube which are much crueler, and personal that the average podcast comment This was the first time he had been challenged on the podcast side of this content (vs the YouTube side) and it caught him off guard. He apologized for calling me a schmuck, and I explained that when he made a joke about me not having any listeners (because I don't use Spreaker), and that I wasn't up front with people about the fact that I work for Libsyn, and we chatted about that. I explained how I wasn't trying to push his buttons, and then we did something that most people miss out on. We had some cool conversation about topics we have in common. For example, Chris Cornell had just died. Neither one of use quite gets while World Trade Center Tower Number 7 went down. In the end, I look forward to meeting Alex at Podcast Movement. If I had not taken a second to step back, and wonder if there was something I DID to create such a reaction (instead of just condemning the other person) then I would've lost out on an opportunity to learn something (be careful using caps in comments), and Alex wouldn't have been able to see his reaction. Lastly, I think we both gained a new friend. So instead of being so set on proving somebody wrong, instead maybe ask, "Why did you say that?" or "What were you feeling when you said that?" and try to understand before being understood (Which is a lesson I learned from the 7 Habits of Highly Effective People ) Seriously, How Do I Grow My Audience? Devlin Wilder posted in a Facebook Group, "Please, for the love of all that's good and pure, someone please help me WITH REAL INFO on how I get the numbers. I don't want to hear I need to have my show out for years or I need to get to 200 episodes or what not. And I've had no luck with Fiverr. I need to know the real deal" This is like saying, "I want to know about making a baby, but I don't want to hear about ovaries, sperm, or having to wait 9 months." THERE ARE NO SHORTCUTS  In her book Beyond Powerful Radio Radio Consultant Valle

Mon, May 29, 2017

Why are You Podcasting? The Other F-Word

I asked the question: Are you podcasting? If so where and why? If you quit podcasting, why? If you haven't started yet, why? Matt from the Author Inside You Sleep Whispers Podcast Simple Money Solutions Steve Stewart Podcast Editor   Jeff had a blog that didn't get traction (for every 2000 blogs there is ONE podcast), he wants his show to be perfect (if you miss perfect you land on really good), is it viable to spend more money (we spend money on bowling, golfing), and what about Web Hosting? I like Site Ground and Cooler Websites. For media hosting use Libsyn and use the coupon sopfree to get a free month Jenny from Studio Chaotic Derek From Life after Sight Loss Darwyn from Dealing with My Grief David from the Magic and Steele  (he's the guy taking all the missing E's) Chris from Dad Spotlight Gabe from Guys and Food Brad from Cinema Guys Sean Slept in Government Class Hilda From Wise Traditions   Cheri From  Creation Science for Kids Jonathan from Trivial Warfare Bill from the Chameleon Breeder Ready to Start a Podcast? What do you get at the School of Podcasting? Step by step tutorials to guide yo through ever aspect of planning, launching and growing your podcast Priority email support Access to the School of Podcasting Private Facebook Group a 30-Day Money-Back Guarantee Just go to Schoolofpodcasting.com/start and sign up today  Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 <a href="https://school-of-podcasting.c

Mon, May 22, 2017

Great Podcasting Begins with Listening to Your Audience -Jonathan Oakes Interview

Comments? 888-56-33228 Podcasting Microphone Shootout Microphone 1 - Audio Technica ATR2100  $59 (Here is Bundle with Boom arm ) Microphone 2 -  Audio Technica ATR2005 $79 Microphone 3 - Samson Q2U  $54 (with headphones) Microphone 4 - Knox Dynamic USB Microphone  $39 (here is a bundle with boom arm ) Microphone 5 - Audi Technica 3035  $179 Microphone 6 - Heil Pr40 $327 Engage, Listen, and Grow Your Audience with Jonathan Oakes Jonathan Oakes has been producing the Trivial Warfare for two years he has had some great adventures with his audience including participating in some really big trivia contests. Jonathan has always had a love for trivia. He participated in those TV shows where high school teams go against each other. He has taken on entries bars of people (AND WON). Jonathan's audience loves to learn, and love the ability to show their memory skills. You can find his show at www.trivialwarfare.com Today in episode 567 we hear: How Jonathan worked with his co-hosts to set expectations when it comes to dividing any money. He brought on co-hosts that brought in different viewpoints He listened to what his audience wanted (to be on the show) and found a way so that both the show and the listener benefit. He has incorporated giveaways into his Patreon to increase patron in the higher support tiers He uses a Facebook Group to gather feedback on ideas to Check out Jonathan's Show at www.trivialwarfare.com and check out his Patreon Account at  https://www.patreon.com/TWA Ready To Start Podcasting? Join the School of Podcasting at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start   30-Day Money-back Guarantee Access to all of our courses Live group coaching sessions Priority Email Support Find out more at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Next Week is the Audience Poll Episode Are you podcasting? If so why?  Did you post and quit

Mon, May 15, 2017

Stepping On Your Listeners Toes

Because of My Podcast: Lee Silverstein Lee Silverstein is the man behind the Colon Cancer Podcast and the Color Cancer Network was able to get press passes to a very cool event in his area. Cool Image Tools For Your Podcast I've been working on rebuilding PodcastingResources.com and in the process finding that some resources are gone, and other have been updated. Also in the process of moving items, I've had podcaster inform me of new sources. Today I want to talk about some resources you might know and a few might not when it comes to creating graphics and images. Canva.com Canva.com was my favorite tool for a simple but powerful tool. It included photographs you could include for free, or in some cases $1. It has a set of tutorials to get you up to speed and you can create some great looking images for free (or next to fo free) Pixlr.com Pixlr.com is another graphic program in the cloud. It doesn't have access to photos and such, but it can edit the photos you have, and it's a great tool if you need to resize an image, especially if your artwork for Apple Podcasts is the right dimensions, but the file size is too big as you can have pixlr.com compress it. Vectr.com Vectr.com is a new program to me, and from I've seen is the most powerful graphics program that is 100% free. It works on any platform, and it also has a cloud version. As it is super powerful there is a bit of a learning curve, but if you took the time to go through the tutorials (and they have quite a few) you could make some great looking graphics. Adobe Spark Adobe Spark is my new favorite tool. It has one drawback that I will hit on in a minute. You simply click on what you are trying to make (twitter, facebook, Instagram, etc) and pick a design, choose some colors, spin a wheel to scroll through some fonts, and share your image. So what is the one drawback? Most of these other tools allow you specify custom sizes, but from what I've seen there is no way to specify a file size. So what I do is if I need a square image, I go into adobe spark, create an Instagram image, and then resize it using Pixlr.com   New Twists on Old Tools Ecamm Call Recorder is a great tool for Recording Skype, they recently launched Ecamm Live which is meant to record Facebook Live broadcasts that costs $29.95 and has some of the same features as wirecast (but that costs $500). This cost $29.95. <a href= "http://www.shareasale.com/r.cfm?b=992847&u=742

Mon, May 08, 2017

Growing Valuable Podcast Content With a Facebook Group

I Just Launched My Podcast, How Many Downloads Should I Have? This question has no "Set" answer. It depends on a couple of things: How much value do your episodes bring to your audience? (is it any good) How much promotion do you do? What is your niche (a podcast like this - about podcasting - will never have 5000 downloads) Right no 50% of podcasts get less than 200 downloads per episode after 30 days (and 50% get more) with the average being around 2000 (listen to The Feed Podcast for updated stats) Think of Your Podcast Like A Train A steam locomotive has an engine. The engine has to go to where the other boxcars are an connect. So do you. You need to go to where your audience is, and connect. A train announces where it is via the whistle, you need to promote your show to let people know you exist. A train starts off slow, very slow, and build momentum over TIME. So they are slow to start, but once started, hard to stop. My Dad drove a truck, and once had a wreck where the momentum of a couple of tons on his trailer went off the road (he blew a tire) and he was knocking over giant tree's like they were toothpicks, so momentum can do great things. However, it takes time. Today we have Katie Krimitsos on the show, and he is doing great with her show that she has been producing three years.  So when you start your podcast, the more you focus on your audience (not the tech, not the stats on an hourly basis) you will build up momentum in your show. Katie Krimistsos on Building a Community With a Facebook Group Katie has been running the Tampa Bay Business Owners group for five years. Together with her husband Chris Krimitsos, they help business owners grow their businesses and connect with the right people. Katie has been podcasting for three years at  http://bizwomenrock.com In today's interview, we learn the following with Katie: How to avoid the common mistakes of creating a Facebook Group The Different types of groups and what each type offers. How she makes her Facebook group feel special How she maintains control of her group and keeps them engaged. Why she had a successful relationship with a sponsor, and quit using them. How she grew her coaching business with a strategy that anyone can use. How her podcast fuels her Facebook Group, the Facebook group fuels the podcast, and they both fuel her coaching. Why she almost quit, and what stopped her from walking away from podcasting. Check out Katie's tools for growing your community with a Facebook group, taking that group on a retreat, as well as her private coaching to help you grow your business by going to www.bizwomenrock.com and check out her podcast on <a href= "https

Mon, May 01, 2017

Best Podcasting Practices - Per Bridge Ratings

Because of My Podcast: Katie Krimitsos Katie is the host of the Biz Women Rock show, and when I asked her how she would finish the "Becuase of my podcast ____" she answered, "Everything" She feels her business, her consulting, courses, and coaching are all based on the relationships she has fostered through her podcast. Bridge Ratings Podcast Report is a Bit Hit or Miss Bridge Ratings continues its coverage of the podcasting space with this latest update which provides never before insight and best practices learned from a three-month study conducted between January 23, 2017 and April 10, 2017. A panel of 2000 persons ages 13 and older were contacted by random digit dialing phone method to both landlines (45%)  and mobile phones (55%) in the continental U.S. Phone interviews, on-line questionnaires, and daily diaries were utilized to gauge the consumption behavior of current podcast listeners and potential listeners. The margin of Error for this study is +/- 2.2%. Here are some items I wanted to address Trends in time-spent-listening shown in the following chart reflect a significant reduction in the average time spent per listening session falling by a third between August 2015 and April 2017.  "Listening Session" is defined as the portion of each podcast listened to during individual sessions. 56% of our panelists listened to podcasts in multiple sessions. When they mentioned how people find podcasts, their answer was What are the most popular methods of discovering podcasts of interest? 1. Social Media 2. Search 3. Word of Mouth 4. Other Podcasts 5. Streaming Channels 6. Radio Hosts In their conclusion they stated , "“For broadcasters seeking to increase listenership to podcasts by their talent, a significant increase in promotion - both on-air and through social media - would be the primary strategy.”"  In their Best Practices Section, they listed the following 1. Producers of podcasts should have a clear idea of the prospect or audience - the target market. Knowing who is the target will help producers stay focused on the topics covered. Audience knowledge lays the foundation for all of the other items on this list. To this I say AMEN. I'm doing a show right now as a test called " Podcast Rodeo Show " where I pick random podcasts and give my first impressions. 2. Be organized and know where the podcast is going. Be considerate of your audience's time and don't ramble. Get to the point. The average time spent with podcasts is 22 minutes with listeners who commit beyond the first five minutes. Podcast abandonment

Mon, April 24, 2017

Shaping Your Content for Maximum Impact - Niel J. Guilarte

Welcome to episode 563 of the School of Podcasting Have you ever had a problem with something, and then when you stated your problem out loud the answer came to you as you were saying it? You can use that exercise to help your podcast. I recently read about 80% of the book Out on the Wire: The Storytelling Secrets of the New Masters of Radio  by Jessica Abel. Jessica went DEEP INSIDE NPR and the creators of This American Life and took lots of notes and shared them. One strategy they use to shape a story is to say out loud, "I'm doing a story about X, and what is interesting about it is Y. They say it's important to do this out loud to a real person. Then to shape your story you use this tool, Somebody does something because of ____(their motivation) but _____(a challenge). If you can't answer the but, then ask yourself, "What do I have?" They have another exercise where their focus setting may be something like. "This happened _______, then this ____, then this ____, and you would #$%&! believe it but ____. And the reason that is interesting to every single person walking on the face of the earth is ______. This is where I draw the line. Sure we want everyone to like our episode, but that is NOT going to happen. If you try to make a podcast that is interesting to every single person, you will go crazy. Keep in mind these people are telling stories, and stories are powerful, but in certain circumstances, they don't really fit. For example, Many podcasters want to make money with their podcast (motivation) but only 10% of podcasters get enough downloads to get big named sponsors. Then this guy start a podcast about horses, and you won't believe it but he got a sponsor when he had less than 100 downloads per episode. He added more and more shows and called it a network, and ignored the CPM model brought over by radio, and now he is making a full-time living with his podcast. The reason this is important is dynamic ad insertion is paying very low rates and uninformed podcasters may take those fees because they feel they can't get a sponsor without huge downloads. If I'm interviewing technology, it may be a piece of technology that eliminates the challenge. Some podcasters have a hard time sharing promotional material with their guests, but podhero.io makes it easy. Your intro Can Make or Break Your Podcast This is from the Book Ted Talk by Chris Anderson Zak Ebrahim did a TED Talk, and he originally was going to start his talk with this paragraph: I was born in Pittsburgh Pennsylvania in 1983 to a loving American Mother and an Egyptian Father who tried their best to create a happy childhood for me. It wasn't until I was seven years old that our family dynamic started to change. My father exposed me to a side if Islam that few people (including the maj

Mon, April 17, 2017

He Changed His Format and Grew His Audience -Joe Saul-Sehy of Stacking Benjamins

Today on episode 562 Joe Saul Sehy of the Stacking Benjamins podcast explains how he changed his podcast format, and lost 30% of his audience but now is working on his fifth sponsor. Joe Saul-Sehy is the creator and co-host of the Stacking Benjamins podcast. Kiplinger magazine listed it as Best Podcast 2016 and The Art of Manliness listed it in their list of their top podcasts for 2016 (although the show isn't specifically aimed at men). Stacking Benjamins is a light, magazine-style podcast about money, where the goal isn't to teach as much as it's about entertaining people enough that they learn. Over the last four years Joe had to rebrand the podcast twice and after Podcast Movement 2015 completely blew up his format and changed everything. He has five different sponsors and the show comes out three times a week. Today on episode 562 we have a long talk with Joe with some great nuggets. Lessons From Steve Martin (so Far) You're probably going to hear more about this in the future, but I purchased the Steve Martin master class and it is CHOCK FULL of great content (and we haven't' even got to the comedy part yet). Here are some takeaways: Steve went from being on the end of an old movement to the front of a new movement. instead of talking about the same old stuff, he asked, "What  hasn't  been talked about?" All movies are cult movies. Steve wanted to be funny without telling jokes. When you decide on a bit, you are defining your taste, and your audience is waiting for your taste as you are the authority. They want to know what YOU think. Apple Updates Their Brand - What it Means To You Apple has updated their branding and to change the name of the podcast directory from Podcasts to Apple Podcasts (which ties in with the Apple Watch, Apple iPad, etc) What I'm seeing as a support person from Libsyn is a more than average amount of people where there show does not update (it takes 24 hours to update anyway, and your subscribers get the episode almost instantly). So if it's been longer than 24 hours and your show is still not showing in your Apple Podcasts  listing then you might want to check your artwork (I know it seems unrelated, but out of spec artwork causes all sorts of issues). Here are the specifications: 1400x1400px (minimum) 3000x3000px (maximum) Under 500kb Use rGB color space Be a JPG, JPEG, or a PNG file   If you need an online tool to help resize or compress your file check out pixlr.com Get 10% off Podcast Movement with the Discount Code SOP10 Podcast Movement is in August and it's going to be a great time. Use the coupon code sop10 to get 10% off your ticket. Staying True to Your Format Joe knows he doesn't want to be another "talking head" about finance talking 401ks. He wanted to be  entertaining and also talk about finan

Mon, April 10, 2017

Podcast Expectations vs Reality: How Natalie Eckdal Shifted Her Podcast To Be Successful

Podcasting in the Media: Teen Titans I want to thank Caine Door of the Adventure Frequency for letting me know that: "In the newly released animated film: Teen Titans the Judas contract (Warner Brothers) Kevin Smith is in the movie as himself interviewing a member of the team on his podcast and it's good. He's a known fanboy so he has great questions and brings some levity to the end of the movie after the big final battle scene. I think it says something that they make time for podcasting in the movie." This is just another example of podcasting being more and more mainstream. Thanks to Caine for the heads up. Thress Years Into Podcasting, She's Not Where She Thought's She's Be, She's in an Event Better Place Natalie Echdahl Almost Quit Podcasting - She's Glad She Didn't Natalie Eckdahl, MBA, is a business coach , professional facilitator, keynote speaker and the host of the Biz Chix Podcast which iTunes featured as a top New Business Podcast in March 2014. Three years ago she went to social media marketing world, she joined John Lee Dumas' Podcaster's Paradise and started following "the formula" that everyone at the time did. However, it didn't reap the results that she expected. At one point Natalie launched a mastermind group, and not a single listener signed up. As she unfolds her story today, you will hear how Natalie handles disappointments and turns them into learning experiences. You will learn: I love Natalie's opening. In less than a minute you understand what the show is about, where it's going, and who it's for. My guess is she used Music Radio Creative I also love her closing call to action which uses her two young sons. It makes it memorable and makes her even more human. When to do an interview show, and when to do a solo show How breaking away from "podcasting best practices" had her numbers go through the roof How to get your audience involved with your show. The importance of timing with your podcast Is your podcast in a Blue Ocean, or Red Ocean (see the book Blue Ocean Strategy, Expanded Edition: How to Create Uncontested Market Space and Make the Competition Irrelevant) Personal connections lead to her sponsorship with Aweber How she went from being an attendee to a speaker at Social Media Marketing World How she is promoting her show on social media Starting a business? Work with Natalie by going to www.bizchix.com/workwithme Mentioned In This Episode Bizchix.com She Podcasts <a title="Biz Women Rock" href="http://www.bizwomenrock.co

Mon, April 03, 2017

What Podcasters Can Learn From Chuck Berry

Chuck Berry died last month at the age of 90. I saw him four years ago at a special event that honored him with tons of musicians (Merle Haggard, Ronnie Hawkins, Darryl "DMC" McDaniels, Joe Bonamassa and Lemmy Kilmister) coming to play his music and honor him. At the end of the night, Berry accepted the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame's American Masters of Music Award, wrapping the Hall of Fame's weeklong celebration of Berry's life.  In the end, they brought Chuck out with a band consisting of a lot of his children who knew how to follow their father's (at times) unpredictable behavior (Chuck got confused in the middle of song two, and restarted it). Chuck got us smiling from the very first moment. He said, "It's great to be here. Then again, I'm 86; I'm glad to be anywhere." So here are some things, on Episode 560, that podcasters can learn from Chuck Berry. Now as a guitar player myself, you start playing the guitar hoping to play Stairway to Heaven, Iron Man, Smoke on the Water, you want to be Van Halen, but you don't start there. You start with Chuck Berry, and you start with Johnny B Goode. In the same way that every band has to learn Mustang Sally and Brown Eyed Girl, every guitar player has to learn how to play Johnny B Good. I am no exception. It's not about the tech. Keep it Simple Other musicians had pedalboard were made of technology on top of technology. They could do the river dance as they changed the tone of their guitar with each tap of their foot. Chuck came out with his trusty guitar and plugged into a single amplifier. He hit the opening riff of Roll Over Beethoven, and you could not help but smile. Chuck had one tone, it was Chuck Berry. This was not a drill, this was not a test, right there in front of my was Chuck Berry. He had a smile on his face, and by the third beat, the whole place was clapping along to the music, dancing, or both. 2. Give the People What They Want. Chuck Berry had many styles. Some of his songs had remnants of country music. He played slow blues., You probably don't know most of those songs. If you wanted airplay, you had to play something kids (teenagers) wanted, and could dance to.  One other thing, the teenagers were the ones buying the music. Rock and Roll music was new. It was a great way for being rebellious, and the fact that this was Rock and Roll from a BLACK MAN, made it even more revolutionary (this was the 1950s). You will notice that Roll Over Beethoven, Johnny B Goode, Rock and Roll Music and many other Berry titles are pretty much the same song. When he appeared on the Johnny Carson show, he said to the band leader, "It's the same as the last song" as they prepared to play another song.  However, those songs like Sweet Little Sixteen, School Days, and others were instantly relatable to his audience. He also had suggestive l

Mon, March 27, 2017

Asking Your Audience For Feedback

When you create a recipe for food, you serve it to someone and ask them "What do you think?' They might say, "it needs more salt" or some other suggestion. It is then up to you like the chef to decide if you want to implement that recommendation or not. It's not any different in podcasting, but I feel we don't take the time to ask out audience, "What do you think?" So I decided to do this, and bring you along. I asked two simple questions (thanks to Lee Silverstein of the Colon Cancer Podcast who did this first) and saw what kind of feedback I got. You Think You're Going to Get Butchered, But You're Not If you are asking your audience, if they are your audience - they like you. If they have any negative comments, they will probably attempt to deliver them with kid gloves.  By Know What Works, You Can Do More I feel like a bit of an egomaniac today, as much of the show it telling me how much people like my show, but I was more interested in WHY they like my show, and I learned: I make things easy to understand (which is my #1 priority) I am a likable guy I make people laugh I get to the point I'm willing to speak my mind People understand my intentions to help people  I'm not judgemental I'm encouraging I share insights into my life and do a great job of relating those stories to podcasting Here are some great ideas on how I can improve my show (from listener feedback): Put episode numbers in your posts for easier searching Try not to repeat the same content on the School of Podcasting as I do on my Ask the Podcast Coach show. (some people listen to both) Mention that I have a newsletter more often Be more confident in my sales pitch. Maybe not so many appearances of my cat. Here are some suggestions from my audience that I'm not going to implement One person said that the phrase "Tackle the technology" was not entirely correct. I like the "Theater of the mind of that phrase, so it's staying. One person doesn't like the "Ladies" that sing my jingle. For now, I love my jingle in the same way I loved the theme music for Johnny Carson. I know much more people who LOVE the ladies.  You're Not Going to Please Everyone Some people like my cat and other could live without the "Bernie blooper real." Some people like my intro and other do not. With this in mind, you're not going to please everyone. Follow your heart, and remember a few things: It's your show There is a fast forward button Making An Audience Survey There are all sorts of tools for feedback. You can use speakpipe , voicemail , email, and forms .  Here is a quick tutorial to show you how you can use a free too

Mon, March 13, 2017

Podcasting Continues to Grow 22% in Two Years

Because of My Podcast I'm on the Cover of a Comic Book Jeremy Dennis explains how he was able to commission a custom comic book cover thanks to his supporters.  New Edison Research on Podcasting Edison Research did a telephone survey of 2000 people ages 12 and older. Here are some of the results related to podcasting: 81% of the respondents own a smartphone (up from 76%). It's actually gone up 22% in two years. 50% of people have a Netflix account (more on that later) 60% of people (168 million) are familiar with podcasting (up from 55% last year) 40% have ever listened to a podcast (up from 35% last year). 10 Years ago is was 13% 24% listen to a podcast in the last month (up from 21%) 15% listen weekly (up from 13%) The people who listened weekly average five episodes per week.  Their data shows 65% is mobile (Libsyn says this is closer to 80%) 40% listen to the whole thing. 45% listen to most of it. 10% listen to less than half. 5% listen to just the beginning. 77% Click on and listen immediately (stream). 41% download and listen later. 2&% subscribe and listen later People that subscribe, are subscribed to an average of six podcasts. Each year since 2004 these numbers have gone up every single year.  Get the slides and see the presentation at  http://www.edisonresearch.com/infinite-dial-2017/ One More Thing.. 50% of people have a Netflix account, and 43% of them use it on a weekly basis 60% of people are familiar with a podcast. 40% have listened to one, but 24% listen monthly, and 15% listen weekly. Why? In my opinion, you have a better chance at finding quality programming in Netflix than you do in iTunes. I'm going to do some random experiments on this going forward.  Pinecast is a new "Free" media hosting service. It is founded by Matt Basta who is an engineer for Uber.  It was founded in August of 2015 (per his LinkedIn profile).  Their free hosting has the following features: Demo accounts are limited to three podcasts per account. The podcast import tool is not available for demo accounts. An unlimited number of episodes may be added, but only the most recent ten episodes will be available to view in the podcast dashboard and the podcast RSS feed.*  Episode audio is limited to 48MB (per episode). You are free, however, to split episodes into smaller episodes. Only a small subset of the basic analytics will be available. This includes subscriber and listener counts. Episode descriptions will contain a link to Pinecast. Episodes older than the most recent ten are not deleted, but they are not available to view or edit. Upgrading your plan will make them available again.

Mon, March 06, 2017

Journalism 101 For Podcasters

You can be the media. In a world where what is and is not true, you have the power and distribution to be your own media outlet. I have known Emily Prokop (of the Story Behind Podcast ) as we run in the same circles, but I was unaware of her background in Journalism. So when I heard she had a degree in Journalism, I asked to come on and share some Journalism 101 insights. These include: The importance of headlines Getting to the point. How to structure your podcast using the Inverted Pyramid Give people an idea of where they are going Show notes broken into small sections using Subheadings are more informative than giant blocks of text. How she got over "going solo." How to write out your show script that won't results in tons of editing What websites are good resources. Extra steps you can take to make sure your source is trustworthy. Her thoughts on using a Libsyn Podcast Page #podernfamily hashtag The importance of not inflating your numbers Interview tips, and making sure you get the most out of your guest. Talking about sensitive subjects. How long does it take to produce a well researched 10 minute podcast? Her early days of podcasting with a microphone from the Rock band video game. Behind the Scenes of Podfading Emily's first show didn't end well, so she shares some insights into how they didn't set expectations, and in the end it didn't end well. So if you are starting a podcast with a co-host, be sure to make sure everyone knows what is and is not expected. This way you can get back to making content, and not worry about what happens if..... with your podcast as you've already set your expectations. About the Story Behind The extraordinary history of the ordinary. Do you like trivia and fun facts? Have you lost hours to Wikipedia rabbit holes? Do you ever wonder about the history of everyday things in your world? The Story Behind ... is the show for you!. Check it out on iTunes , TuneIn , Stitcher , Google Play Music  or on her website at www.thestorybehindpodcast.com Final Thoughts Unlike newspapers and radio, we don't have those MUST HIT deadlines. While you want to publish on a regular basis, we ca

Mon, February 27, 2017

My Favorite Episode Is - Podfest Reflections

Today I'm back from Podfest in Orlando Florida. What a great show, there were tons of brand new podcasters looking to jump into the space. This week we share if you had one podcast episode that sticks in your brain, if so why. Joining the Podcast Family 4:28 I share how the Podcast Family came to my rescue when I had a device fail when I got to Florida. Special thanks to Marc Johanssen of the Podcast Gear Facebook Group , and Michael O'Neal of the Solopreneur Hour who let me borrow gear to make my session happen when things broke during travel. My Favorite Episode Is 09:35  Gabe from Guys and Food said his favorite episode(s) were from The Sporkful  http://www.sporkful.com/calls-a-root-beer-float-to-cure-the-cancer-blues/ and http://www.sporkful.com/margaret-chos-eating-disorder-advice-to-a-teenage-girl/ Both were poignant and heartfelt depictions of people who are going through pain and the ways that they try to handle it. Their stories are told in an authentic and human way. These episodes stand on their own because of that. However, they especially stand out when juxtaposed to the other, more lighthearted episodes. It reminds me of the TV show MASH in this way. 11:42 Lee From This is Rammy  loved and episode of the Social Media Examiner  and one of the things he does't is recommend it to his friends. 14:12 Zack Demopoulos of the Rasing Rants Podcast loved the Story of Monty Roberts  on the Relaunch Show with Joel Boggess  18:12 Kuldryn from Kuldrin's Krypt  loved the emotion behind episode three of the Messengers Podcast 21:30 Emily from the Story Behind Podcast loved the story of Charles Manson's Hollywood . The Dave Jackson Two Question Challenge 25:36 The first question is what do you like about my show, the

Mon, February 20, 2017

Behind The Scenes of Creating a Local Podcast

Today I share some insights after talking with  Jason Norris of Podcast Logical Chris Holifield of I Am Salt Lake Lee of This is Rammy Ken Blannchard from Upper Marlboro (and black man with a gun ) We hear what it is like to start a local podcast including: The struggles to interview local "Mom an Pop" businesses Is it easier/harder to get a local sponsor? How they developed their format How they are promoting the show. Ready To Start Podcasting? The School of Podcasting features: Step by Step tutorials Live group coaching Private Facebook Group Join the School of Podcasting   Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, February 13, 2017

Glenn Rubenstein - Podcast Advertising Works

Comments? Call them in 888-563-3228 Today we talk with Glenn Rubenstein who is the author of the book Podcast Advertising Works . Glenn worked at the TWIT podcast network in both ad sales and as the company’s Director of Marketing. He is also the founder of Adopter Media ( https://adopter.media/ ) World Radio Day Get Hindenburgh Journalist For $1.90 You can purchase Hindenburg Journalist for $1.90 (Not a typo, typically $95) and help fight hunger. You can upgrade to their pro version for $215 (usually over $300). Need help learning the software? Check out the School of Podcasting's   Hindenburgh Journalist for Podcasting Course Because of My Podcast - I'm Going to Spring Training for Free Corey Fineran hosts the Ivy Envy Podcast, and shares how his audience is paying for him, his co-host (and their families) to go to the Chicago Cubs spring training in Arizona (in addition to making some great keepsakes for their studio). Podcast Advertising Works - Glenn Rubenstein Interview Glenn has been working in Ad Sales in podcasting for many years and today he shares some insights into: What mistakes podcasters are making What a future of dynamic advertising could look like How to overcome common objections when trying to sell advertising The book  Podcast Advertising Works  is great for someone who is trying to sell advertisements on their show. If you want more about advertising and monetizing your show. Check out the Episodes with Jessica Kupferman , and Glenn The Geek Hebert What Do You Mean When You Say Edit Your Podcast? Today I'm going to play some clips of a podcast (friend of mine, who has come and said he should've edited) to help demonstrate things you should consider editing out of your show. Michael Butler knows his episode was going down a dark path (he has spoken about this on his show). Luckily for those who know Michael and the Rock and Roll Geek show , we found it funny. Mentioned In This Episode Podcast Advertising Works   Rock and Roll Geek show The Bitterest Pill   Check out Dan Klass' book Podcasting Solutions Adopter Media <p

Mon, February 06, 2017

Podcasting Gives a Listener a Reason To Live

Today we have a serious subject that isn't so much about getting more downloads, and new cool gear, but the fact that your podcast can make a difference. I've helped people save money on fear, and help them launch podcasts. I've helped them find ways to grow their audience, and give them insights into creating better content on the Podcast Review Show. I've helped a listener of my Logical Weight Loss podcast lose 100 lbs. None of those compare to the email I received from the producer of Kuldryn's Krypt podcast. Honestly, in September of last year, 2016, I had resolved get my affairs in order and to end my life on Halloween night, the greatest day of the year. I was introduced by complete chance to you. I was on Spreaker, did a search for podcasting and you came up . I chose to listen to you because my birth name is Ryan Jackson and I have a brother name David. Keep in mind I had never heard a podcast prior to this and I have no idea how I or why I was even on Spreaker's website...but I was and there was you were. I am a Patron because you gave me the tools to start my own podcast but more importantly you, YES! YOU! "The Dave Jackson, provided me with something to live for. My podcast isn't great, it isn't even good, BUT IT IS MINE and it provides me with the outlet I need to help other's and once again have a purpose in this world. It is just a very simple fact-if I had not found YOUR podcast when I did, on October 31st, 2017 11:55p.m. a bullet from a Taurus .38 Special would be ending my life. Thank you for never giving up and fighting through...I'm sure through your divorce and the issues with your family it hasn't been easy but Dave, I am will continue to be literal living proof that it's been worth it. Thank you! So today we are going to talk about setting expectations, and crushing it, etc. Suicide Among Entrepreneurs is a Problem We Should Talk About 30% of all entrepreneurs experience depression, according to a study by Dr. Michael Freeman, a clinical professor at the University of California, San Francisco. Depression among entrepreneurs is way higher than depression among Americans in general, which is estimated at about 7% — although that number could be even higher because of the stigma associated with talking about it. Of the 242 entrepreneurs surveyed , 49% reported having a mental-health condition. Depression was the No. 1 reported condition among them and was present in 30% of all entrepreneurs, followed by ADHD (29%) and anxiety problems (27%). That's a much higher percentage than the US population at large, where only about 7% identify as depres

Mon, January 30, 2017

Podcasting Pet Peeves of My Listeners

Once a month this year, I'm going ask you a question and use those answers for an episode. I want to get to under you more, and in general get a better understand of what you like and dislike. This month I asked, "What are those things that make your go "Uggh" when listening to a podcast. They might make your even unsubscribe. SPONSOR: Emerald City Productions Get your first four episodes edited for $15 each (and only $40 after that – for shows up to 30 minutes). Just go to www.emeraldcitypro.com/sop (other companies are charging $99 an episode) What Makes You Unsubscribe From a Podcast? Failure to Get to the Point 4:10 Haley Redke ( Adopteeson.com ) is not a fan of not getting to the point, and people that interrupt their guests. 5:33 Tracie Bonnick also hates when the podcast hosts hates it when the host of the podcast doesn't let the guest talk 6:05 Glenn the Geek Hebert of Horse Radio Network was on Podcast Junkies and said he hates it when the podcast hosts just runs down a list of questions 6:39 Brian Weber (bartenderjourney.net) hates it when people don't get to the point 7:15 Ishamael Colderon - Hates long intro 7:43 John Wilkerson ( www.strugglingforpurpose.com  ) hates a super long intro 10:00 Daryl hates a ton of ads at the beginning (Joe Rogan?) as in three minutes of nothing but ads. 11:00 James Aaron of  https://2middleageddudes.wordpress.com/  hates people talking to hear themselves talk. 11:53 From new Father Daniel J Lewis (YEAH NOODLE BABY) from the Audacity to Podcast said, "I go "ugh" when a conversation with a guest starts with "getting to know you" stuff. I don't care about the guest's background until after I care about their message." 12:40 Riding the Volume Knob 13:10 Kathe Kline from Rock Your Retirement goes nuts when she has to keep adjusting the volume 14:30 John Hilman hates it when the hosts and guest have WAY different volume levels. 15:50 Emily from The Story Behind Podcast - Four People Around One Microphone makes her turn off the show immediately. 17:20 Kuldrin Fire ( kuldrinskrypt.com  ) hates the word, "Right" and having to ride the volume knob, and he hates when hosts put down other hosts. 19:50 Inside Jokes 20:15 Emily from The Story Behind Podcast  when they forget they have new listeners and t

Mon, January 23, 2017

Behind the Scenes of the Horse Radio Network

Today we go deep into running the business that is The Horse Radio Network . We talk with America's Horse Husband Glenn "the Geek" Hebert SPONSOR: Emerald City Productions Get your first four episodes edited for $15 each (and only $40 after that - for shows up to 30 minutes). Just go to www.emeraldcitypro.com/sop  (other companies are charging $99 an episode) Because of my Podcast: Ravi Jayagopal Ravi is the man behind Digital Access Pass which is a great membership script if you're looking to turn your Wordpress Website into a Membership site. Ravi shares how starting his Subscribe Me and Cut to the Chase Podcasts has boosted sales, introduced him to new friends and resources, got consulting clients, and created doors where none existed. Check out Ravi's " Subscribe Me " Book, His  Subscribe Me  podcast, and his Wordpress Player " Cool Cast " Player Glenn The Geek Takes Us Behind The Operations of The Horse Radio Podcast Network. What a typical day looks like The rules of setting up additional shows What media group is RIPE to start their own podcast What Glenn does with his advertisers to keep them engaged Check out Glenn at www.horseradionetwork.com Glenn was on the SOP talking about Sponsorships Mentioned In This Show Dealing With My Grief Podcast Podfest.us February in Florida Podcast Engineering School  ( Chris was on a previous show ) Digital Access Pass My Podcast Reviews Confessions of a Wannabe PodcaSTAR: The Biggest Podcasting Myths Busted Honestly: My Life and Stryper Revealed Divi Wordpress Theme Not Sure Where To Start With Podcasting? Free video course "<a href= "http://www.schoolofpodcasti

Mon, January 16, 2017

Spreaker Introduces Ad Revenue System

Because of My Podcast Dana Gould I was reading an article where West Word was interviewing Dana Gould (Who I find hilarious) and they asked him he still does his podcast (the Dana Gould Hour) while now running/writing the show Stan Against Evil . Here is what Dana said, “ I cite the podcast as the things that literally made everything else possible. It keeps my name out there and connects my audience. I think the reason that I’m still allowed to work in clubs is because my podcast has nurtured and cultivated my fan base to the point that people show up. Because if people don’t show up, you don’t get hired. And I think the podcast is very much responsible for that. – Full article Dana Gould Hour  on iTunes Dana Gould Hour on Stitcher Spreaker Unveils Beta Ad Revenue Share Program Spreaker.com is a podcast media hosting company that has the added bonus of being ale to stream your podcast live. The recently rolled out an ad revenue program. The program right now is beta, and only for US users. It allows you to have a 30 second preroll ad (meaning it is the first thing that starts your show, it goes before the show - pre-roll). There is some new terminology Requests - The number of times your episode is called (most of us would refer to this as a download, but in this case Spreaker is streaming the file) Impressions - This is how many times an ad was in your request Currently impressions will only appear if you're using the spreaker player on your website (again, this is beta, more features coming) You won't have ads through your RSS feed Some advertisers have a geographic specification so that they only run ads in certain area. I had an ad for a college in Cleveland Ohio (I live on Akron) Podcast Glossary "L" Levelator Levelator is a free program (mac and PC) and allows you to drag a file into the software and it will adjust the volume level to be consistent. For example if you have an interview and you are louder than the guest, the Levelator software will adjust the audio of your guest to match your volume. You can find it at http://www.conversationsnetwork.org/levelator Libsyn Liberated Syndication (libsyn) pioneered the system to host and publish podcasts in 2004. And since then has grown to the largest leading podcast network with over 2.6 billion downloads in 2014. Libsyn hosts over 25,000 shows with 44 million monthly audience member. Find i

Mon, January 09, 2017

A Great Example of Podcasting For Your Business

Because of My Podcast: My Family Was Fed A Giant Meal Cale Nelson of Ham Radio 360 sent in a great story where a listener told him NOTt to make dinner the Thursday before Christmas. Then sent Cale a giant box of Barbecue. When you've got a houseful of kids, and your wife is happy because the food is excellent, and she didn't have to cook it - it's a big win. Check out Cale's show at HamRadio360.com Starting a Podcast Your Customer Wants To Hear Should your business have a podcast? Probably. It's a great way to get in front of your target audience no matter where they are. I was asked to be on a new podcast coming out today (my episode is in the future) and its from Tim Sinclair. You may or may not know that name, but I'll reveal who his is in a second. I just checked out his site and then it hit me. This is a great example of using a podcast for your business. Tim Sinclair is the CEO of Ringr . This is an app and service that allows you to record both sides of an interview. If you're worried about doing a "mix minus" then you may want to check out this service. Plans start at $7.99 a month for the basic, and $18.99 for the premium. For more information go to  http://ringr.com/podcastcoach The people that use Tim's technology interview people and want a good recording. There are two ways to learn things. You can be shown how to do it right, or your can bring in those two famous trainers that seem to help everyone. You may know them as Trial and Error. They are not very efficient, but their lessons cut deep. You want your podcast to do one of these things Laugh Cry Think Groan Educate Entertain If you have your show do more than one of the above, you're headed in the right direction. So what Tim did is launch a podcast filled with fun, entertaining stories that can be educational as well. The podcast is called My Worst Interview Ever .  He has interviewed people like Cliff Ravenscraft, The Mobile Pro Shawn Smith, The App Guy Paul Kemp, XM Radio’s Doug Hannah, Blubrry’s Todd Cochrane, Libsyn’s Rob Walch, syndicated radio host Brant Hansen, Dave Jackson, Dan Franks, Jeff Brown, Daniel J. Lewis. The stories I understand are hilarious. The first episode is John Lee Dumas talking about his worst interview ( a rock icon famous for selling coffins). So when creating a podcast, one strategy is to create a podcast that your target audience wants to hear. Tim identified his audience and has come up with a fun and entertaining way to produce good content without making his show a giant infomercial. Remember, nobody tunes into an infomercial on purpose. The next thing I like is Tim is already

Mon, January 02, 2017

This is Your Podcast Wake Up Call

Here it is 2017. Congratulations you made it through another year. Some of you were going to start podcasting last year, some of you go back to 2015. Some of you, are going back even further. Today I want to give you some ideas and strategies to launching your first podcast. What Do You Need To Start Your Podcast An idea A microphone A media host A website (optional, but STRONGLY encouraged) Some artwork for iTunes A description To get into itunes you need one live episode. Take A Mulligan So here is a strategy that some people on accident, and you can do on purpose. I call it "The Mulligan." This comes from golf. When you hit a bad shot, you call that shot your mulligan, and you throw down your new ball and swing again. It is basically a do over. Some very popular podcasters like Hall of Fame Podcaster Mignon Fogherty, Lauria Petruci, even Adam Curry (who helped invent podcasting) didn't hit pay dirt till he was on his THIRD podcast. So start a podcast about anything, it doesn't. You could do a podcast about the weather in your city, just to go through the motions and learn the tech. Once you've got it down, cancel everything, delete all the files, and go back and do one for real. Take a mulligan on purpose. When I played in bands, often the best recordings were the one where the engineer told us he wasn't recording. There was no pressure we were just doing a sound check. With no pressure we often would come up with a great "take" and end the song and say "I wish we would've recorded that" (and luckily in some cases they did). If you start out with a show you don't care about you can get a show up and see  it really doesn't take that much to record and publish a show. (Getting people to listen is really the hard part). What About The Expense? I graduated from the University of Akron with a Bachelor's Degree in Education specializing in Technical Education.  Just the books for a semester are an estimated $450. The actual classes are $5473 semester (typically three months) if you're going full time ( Source ). When you sink $100-$300 into a podcast (FOR A LIFETIME), that is a small investment. Moving forward your will be spending $30 a month (typically). Cut out a few sodas and snicker's bars and you've got your money. Keep in mind, The money you are spending is an investment in you. But What If You Want To Actually Take a Real Swing? You've probably heard about S.M.A.R.T. Goals. This stands for Specific Measurable Actionable Realistic Time Bound So instead of "I want to start a podcast." You need to get more specific. I want to start a podcast about Raising Llamas . This is more specific, but I'd like a little more specifics and some time. I will Google other Llama podcasts to see what names might be available by January 15th. Mi

Mon, December 26, 2016

My Favorite Podcast is 2016 Edition

This Year SOP Listeners said the following list was "Their Favorite Podcast" This means if they could only listen to ONE, this would be the show. Here they are in alphabetical order 4:00 Adam Carolla Show - http://adamcarolla.com/ 4:42 Bloodround - http://www.bloodround.com 6:58  Freakonomincs - http://www.freakonomics.com 9:18 Hollywood Bable On - http://www.smodcast.com/channel/hollywoodbabbleon 11:35 Kate’s Take - http://www.eofire.com/audio-blog/ 12:34 Medication Oasis - http://www.meditationoasis.com/podcast/ 13:25 Mighty Blue on the Appalachian Trail - http://mightyblueontheat.com/ 14:23 Mike Row’s The Way I Heard It - http://mikerowe.com/podcast/ 15:54 Mixergy - https://mixergy.com 17:00   Mysterious Universe - mysteriousuniverse.org 17:54 Mystery Show - https://gimletmedia.com/mystery-show/ 20:11 Old Pre-Meds - http://www.oldpremeds.org/ 22:10 Radio Labyrinth - https://audioboom.com/channel/radio-labyrinth 23:12 RED Podcast - http://www.redpodcast.com 24:25 Retired Exited - http://www.retiredexcited.com 25:30 Rock Your Retirement - http://www.rockyourretirement.com 27:25 She Podcasts - http://www.shepdocasts.com 29:20 Spawn On Me - http://spawnon.me/ 30:47 Stacking Benjamins - http://www.stackingbenjamins.com 35:42 Stuff You Missed in History - http://www.missedinhistory.com/ 39:05 Ted Radio Hour - http://www.npr.org/programs/ted-radio-hour/ 40:17 The Audacity to Podcast - http://www.theaudacitytopodcast.com 41:25 The School of Podcasting - http://www.schoolofpodcasting.com 42:50 Trecks in Sci -Fi - http://treksinscifi.com/podcast_notes/ 46:55 Tumble - http://www.sciencepodcastforkids.com/ </p

Mon, December 19, 2016

What Can Podcasters Learn From Amazon.com

Because of My Podcast I Got Media Passes - Cheri Field Cheri Fields has at least 7 children, and produces the Creation Science for Kids Podcast http://creationscience4kids.com/ What Podcaster's Can Learn From Amazon.com Amazon is an amazing company. Recently I purchased an Amazon Echo , and Later and Amazon Dot . These devices allow me to do things through voice activation system known as Alexa. You can control Alexa with an Amazon Echo, an Amazon Dot, and Amazon Tap, and now you can control your Amazon Fire TV .  If you're interested, check out my Buyer's Guide . The item that made me purchase the Echo? The ability to say “Alexa, add eggs to the grocery list.” The more I examine the Amazon company, the more I believe there are tips we podcasters can learn from them. Amazon Makes It Easy To Find Stuff Their search is at the top of their page. You don’t have to search for the search. Amazon understands their customer may want a number of things, so they make it easy to find. Podcasters you need a search button that is easy to find, if you provide topics that are more of a reference. Podcasters you could use categories to create filter to only show those episodes that are categorized a certain way. Customer First Mentality Any research into amazon and you will read how they make all decisions based on serving the customer. They are spending money on items that will better serve the customer. So when you are thinking about purchasing some equipment for your podcast you need to ask yourself who the purchase is serving, you or your audience? Amazon project lead Ian McAllister has described a sort of reverse engineering that happens frequently at company HQ. “We try to work backwards from the customer, rather than starting with an idea for a product and trying to bolt customers onto it,” he wrote on Quora.com . When someone approaches you to to be a guest on your show, you need think, “Will my audience want to hear this content?” Personalized Recommendations There are plugins that can add related links to other episodes on your site. So when someone listens to an episode about Topic A there could be links to more Topic A shows at the bottom of the post. There are plugins such as Yet Another Related Wordpress Post Plugin (which has lots of features, but can be a bit of a resource hog), and Related Wordpress Posts is a lighter weight plugin with an easy setup. If you’re using Appendipity themes, this is a built in feature T

Mon, December 12, 2016

Podcast Guest and Hosting Duties

Call the Show 888-563-3228 Because of my Podcast Cale Nelson Last week, a listener contacted me via email. He is one of my Pateron Supporters. He said he noticed on my Pateron page the goal for buying a new Mixer. He went on to inquire about which mixer I was interested in. I sent him a note back telling him about the 12 ch Behringer mixer I had been saving for (which was the lowest cost mixer with Faders I could find on Amazon-I'm a FM Radio Throw-back and prefer faders). In his subsequent email, he stated he wanted to purchase a Mixer for me-and he'd buy the Behringer if that is what I had to have, otherwise he preferred to buy me a Yamaha MG12 . After picking myself up from the floor, and maybe or maybe not drying one or both of my eyes; I said the Yamaha would be a fine choice. The board arrived today, I'm still flabbergasted, and completely humbled. I have the best listener(s) on the planet! Cale Nelson www.hamradio360.com Be the Best Podcast Guest Be the Best Podcast Host Maybe it's Friday and I am just tired after so many hours of programming this week but if you send me an interview request that includes the following I will not even respond to you. 1: you must have a hour for the interview 2: you must have headphones 3: you must have a quiet space 4: We request all guest to share our podcast on social media I must? I must? You are asking me for an interview and you say I must? Plus, if in your initial email request you say I should share it to my social media, I will never respond to you. I will share it to my social media if I think it is valuable to my friends, family and audience. Show some respect when you are asking for interviews. Wow. Whew, ok now I am going take a break this weekend! Have a good one everybody! Stop Chasing Influencers Jared Easley is one of my My Favorite People on the Planet. I do't interact with him much, but when I do, I'm always glad I did. His Book Stop Chasing Influencers: The True Path to Building Your Business and Living Your Dream  had a TON of useful advice that came from the real world. Here is a quick excerpt. A majority of the influencers and A-listers on his guest wish-list did not have time or interest in being on his new show, which had zero listeners. The guests who were gracious enough to give him the time for an interview were not inclined to share it with their audiences. Finally, the guests who did give him their time, and who also shared the show with their networks on social media, did not translate into a large Starve the Doubts audience that listened to t

Mon, December 05, 2016

Growing Your Podcast Brand with Marketing Manager Lauren Nelson

Branding and Marketing Your Podcast: Lauren Nelson Interview Today on episode 543 we talk with fellow podcast Lauren Nelson who is the Marketing Manager for Crowdspring.com  She produce the audio drama podcast " The Box " and share her insights on how podcasts ban boost their marketing efforts to stand out. Realize there are no rules to podcast. For Lauren she takes as much as she needs to tell her story, and that's it. Your iTunes artwork is your first impression, have someone who is a graphic person create yours. Consistency can boost your brand by never missing an episode, or by announcing (if you take a break) your planned absence. People may want t-shirts, mugs and other "Swag" items, so keep this in mind when making your artwork. The Apple company broke the rules in their advertisements (so have companies like All Spice) Don't be afraid to think outside the box. Thin about how "a show about nothing" is one of the top televisions shows of all time. Lauren's Favorite Marketing Podcasts Startup Smart Passive Income Marketing Over Coffee Duct Tape Marketing Special Podcast Marketing Guide Go to  w ww.crowdspring.com/sop free guide promoting your show, and your design needs. Blue Yeti - A Hands On Review The Blue Yeti is quoted WAY TOO MUCH as a great podcast microphone. It is a condensor microphone, and if not used properly can make really bad sounding recordings. It can pick up what is right in front of it, what is behind it, or everything around it. You want to "Cardoid" setting for your best  recording of a solo podcaster. To avoid sounding like you’re in a tunnel you need to turn the gain down, and get close the the microphone. When you do this, you will have what most people call “popping p’s” when you say worse that start with P’s, B’s, H’s, etc as the from your mouth goes into the microphone. The solution is to purchase a pop filter. Due to it’s unique size you need a specialized pop filter. You can purchase the Blue Pop Filter for $59 , or you can grab a perfectly good one for $22 from Auphonix . The other thing you need is a shock mount. The reason for this is ANY touching of the desk that the Yeti is sitting on will pick up the vibrations. So you can purchase the shock mount from Blue for $56, or <a href="http://amzn.to/2f

Mon, November 28, 2016

A Six Figure Podcast Income: Michael O’Neal Interview

Today we talk with Michael Oneal. Michael has over 500 episodes of his Solopreneur Hour , and also a co-host/producer of the Hines Ward show . Michael talks about how standing out leads to better relationships which lead to better opportunities. He also talks about his new " Art of the Interview " course. Sponsor: Emerald City Productions Your first four episodes edited for $15 each, and after that, it's only $40. Think of the time your will save, and think about how good you will sound. All the ums, and yaknows will be gone. All of your volumes will be even, and the equalization will be just right (not too much bass, not too thin) Check them out at www.emeraldcitypro.com/sop Because of my Podcast: Jim Collison Caught the Attention of the Department of Labor 3:06 Jim Collison does a podcast for his job. Also at his job he works with high school students in an intern program. The country needs more programmers. Gallup is making it happen. He got interviewed on the program (see the video at http://gallupgethip.com/info , but what caught the ears of the State of Nebraska Department of Labor? The Audio podcast. So because of Jim’s Podcast, he got a meeting with the Department of Labor for the State of Nebraska. See Jim’s podcast for Gallup at  http://coaching.gallup.com Jim also does his podcast which you can find at www.theavaergeguy.tv Michael Oneal Stand Outs Above the Rest 9:51 Michael Oneal comes up with stuff that is awesome, and the beauty of his information is that it is stuff you can put into action immediately. Here is an example. If you are doing an interview with someone and you don't want them to use the "same old stories" in this interview. What do you do? Use those stories in your introduction, and they can't use them in their answers. They are forced to come up with NEW answers. BRILLIANT. He has a new course called the Art of the Interview which you can find at www.artoftheinterview.co Michael started out as a web designer who has lived all over the country and has had some great experiences. He is a professional drummer and has acquired skills in all sorts of areas. He filled in on the David Wood Show, started his own show and within a year was making a six figure income. Today we want to know how he did it.  Michael stood out by giving Pat Flynn an iTunes gift card, and late taking him to lunch (after slowly building the relationship) then

Mon, November 21, 2016

What Goes Into Making a Podcast Episode?

Today I want to share what I do to put together an episode.  My example will be the the latest episode of the Logical Weight Loss Podcast. I also do a podcast microphone shootout with microphones in the $300 range (last week we did a shootout with microphones that are under $100) This Week's Sponsor: Emerald City Productions This week's show is sponsored by Emerald City Productions. Get your podcast edited and sounding great with this awesome special. Your first four episodes will be $15 each (after that they go to the regular price of $40). Check them out at www.emeraldcitypro.com/sop Because of My Podcast I Got A New Job: Super Joe Pardo Joe Pardo is the man behind the Dreamers Podcast, and also the organizer of Podcast MidAtlantic. Today Joe shares how his podcast got him invited to an event. At that event he got to meet some influencial people. Those people got to know Joe, and through his podcast they knew what his credentials were, and offered him a job. Find Joe at  SuperJoePardo.com Being the Scenes Of Making a Podcast Episode So I had someone who was surprised at the amount of work that might go into a podcast. So this week as I prepared to publish an episode of the Logical Weight Loss Podcast, I took notes. There is one key point here. Length of time spent on and episode does NOT equal more downloads. You can spend all day working on content that doesn't connect with you audience. So here is what I did. First based on the ideas in the book [easyazon_link identifier="0849921902" locale="US" tag="sop2-20"]Secrets of Dynamic Communications: Prepare with Focus, Deliver with Clarity, Speak with Power[/easyazon_link] I came up with my main idea. Which is, "Based on mainstream media, it is easy to feel out of place if you are alone for the holidays. This along with the numerous activities of the holidays can lead to stress, and stress can lead to emotional eating."  That is where I started. Here is a little confession. Last year I was "Alone" for the holidays. It turned out it wasn't that bad. Different? Sure. Bad? Nope. I wanted to help anyone who might be feeling down for the holidays. So I set out for strategies and insights for those who are alone on the holidays. I started with Google. I looked through about 10 articles, and ended up reading five. I pulled from my own experiences. I looked into resources for people who  really were in a bad place and then made sure they were legit. I then went down a rabbit hole, when I found iPrevail . A pretty cool website that offers live chat for those who need to talk, and for those w

Mon, November 14, 2016

Is The Audio Technica ATR2100 Still the Best Podcasting Microphone?

Today we are going to get our gear on. All you gear heads are going to love this. We are going to talk about some of the best places to purchase gear, we are going to talk about mixers, and we are going to compare three microphones that are under $100 Because of My Podcast - I Had to Quit My Podcast John Dennis is the co-organizer of the Thrive Make Money Matter conference, and the moderator of the Podcasters hangout Facebook group. He is also a podcaster with with s mart time online , or he was until his podcast brought him so much business he had to stop podcasting to take care of his customers. AMAZING! Best Places To Shop For Podcast Gear Isn't the quick answer, "Amazon, DUH"? Not always. Here are some places to check out. Amazon When it comes to shopping for selection and price, it is hard to beat Amazon.com Now for the record, I am an affiliate for Amazon. However, you will hear where this may not always be the best place to purchase your gear. If you want to shop via Amazon, please use our affiliate shop at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/shop The other advantage Amazon has is if you are an Amazon Prime member , you can get free two day shipping Same Day Music If you were going to purchase an Electrovoice RE320 Microphone you might be tempted to go to Amazon where the price is $279 . Did you know that Same Day Music has the Electrovoice RE320 microphone f or $299 and they have non-new versions for $269 AND you don’t have to pay tax on your purchased unless you live in New Jersey. BSW BSW (www.bswusa.com ) is all about audio and broadcasting so they have some niche items that you may not find in some places. They also run specials and have bundles that you won’t find at some places. For example if you wanted to go totally pro and buy an Elecrovoice RE20 Mic, 309A Shockmount, BSW Broadcast Microphone cable & REPop Filter Package it would be $479. If you bought the equivalent at Amazon. B & H Photo Their prices are typically about the same as others (occasionally more expensive), but if you can’t find it in another place, chances are you find it at BNH. For example they have a pac

Mon, November 07, 2016

Lee Silverstein is a Messenger

Lee Silverstein got a call on New years Eve to let him know he had cancer and needed Chemotherapy. Lee is the man that gave "The Messengers: A Podcast Documentary" film it's name. He is a messenger for his audience. He delivers stories that provide hope, information, and inspiration. Check him at out www.thecolorcancerpoddcast.com Today's Show it brought to you buy  Emerald City Productions SPECIAL DEAL: Four episodes edited for $15/each. Then after that, it's only $40. They will edit out ums, etc. remove noise, adjust volumes, and make you sound fantastic. For more information go to http://www.emeraldcitypro.com/sop Lee Silverstein Delivers Hope With His Podcast Lee Silverstein started a podcast that he wish he had when he was told he had stage four colon cancer. Lee has been battling cancer since he was five years old, and he considers himself more than "A podcaster," but a messenger. He delivers hope, information, and inspiration. Today we hear: Feedback from his audience that brought Lee to tears How Lee has secured three sponsors by finding products that fits his niche perfectly How Lee had strict criteria for his sponsors What pitch Lee uses to get sponsors. A "Because of my podcast" story that you HAVE to hear. Mentioned in this interview Lee's Colon Cancer Podcast Glenn the Geek from Horse Radio Network Hear Glenn be interviewed on the Sop Pofest in Orlando go to www.podfest.us Podcast Glossary "E" Episode zero Episode zero is a podcast episode that is often a simple introduction episode used as a placeholder as you need one live podcast in iTunes.  In my opinion, I would do more than introduce yourself. We always want to deliver value in our podcast episodes, and right now your audience doesn't know you, and probably (to be honest) doesn't care who are what you are. They are asking, "What is in it for me?" Be sure to give them something that makes them wish there were more episodes. Why My Eleven Years of Podcasting Sets Me Apart I recently discovered another "Podcast About Podcasting," and was checking it out. I'm sure the host is a fine person that loves their family and wants to help their audience. Some people come into the space, and only repeat the favorite memes at the time and never go about checking if they are true. So I threw up in my mouth a bit when I heard them perpetuating the same old podcasting tips that are just wrong. This included</

Mon, October 31, 2016

Grow Your Audience Using the KFC Approach

Hindenburg Journalist Noise Reduction The latest version of Hindenburg Journalist Software (slowly becoming one of my favorites for people who "Aren't too technical"). They have a new noise reduction feature that is super easy to use, and actually not bad.  Here is a video of it in action Grow Your Audience Using the  KFC Approach If you live in the US, and maybe outside you are familiar with a certain Colonel Sanders who started Kentucky Fried Chicken. You also notice that over the years they have introduced grilled chicken and changed their name to KFC. This name change provides less emphasis on the word FRIED which in the world that is becoming somewhat more educated on better food choices might serve their sales better. Today I'm going to share what KFC stands for based on a book I'm listening to How to Make People Like You in 90 Seconds or Less by Nicholas Boothman. You can get the audiobook for free by going to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/audibletrial  (If you want to be an affiliate for audible, go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/audible  ) The part is Know what you want out of podcasting. I've said before that you need to know WHY you're getting into podcasting. If you don't, you'll never make it through the how. Are you looking to be seen as an expert? Then maybe you should do some Q & A. Are you looking to get people to know and like you, then maybe it's time to ditch the interview format and talk directly to your audience. If you're trying to get a message out, then come up with a hashtag so you can track your progress. The other thing this does is it helps you know if you're being successful or not, or if you're even on track. The F in this instance stands for find what you are getting. When I get feedback from people, they seem to like my style. They say I seem laid back, and I break things down into easy bite size chunks. They appreciate the fact that I occasionally try to get your to laugh. In the past, I've told you about surveymonkey.com and polldaddy.com and how I've used those services for surveys. My favorite tool for this now is Google Sheets ( sheets.google.com ). You can easily take this spreadsheet tool, and with a few mouse clicks turn it into a survey for your audience. Unlike the previous tools I mentioned, it is free, and there are unlimited questions and unlimited responses. But what if the feedback you're getting isn't what you were expecting. What if things are going in the wrong direction. You've heard me quote Ryan K Parker of <a href= "http://w

Mon, October 24, 2016

How I Got a Sponsor On My Podcast

Today I share my story on how I secured a sponsor for my show. I'm doing this as an experiment as I prepare to update my book More Podcast Money Next year. I also share the behind the scenes of what it was like to take on a sponsor. There are some things that I have to tackle mentally. Emerald City Productions - Our Sponsor 1:15 Emerald City is running a special go to www.emeraldcitypro.com/sop and tell them you are from the School of Podcasting and have your first four podcasts done for $15 an episode. My Favorite Podcast Is 2:50 I'm working on the last episode of the year where we all share what our favorite podcast is (you can only pick one, and no, it can't be yours). Then be sure to tells us a little about it, and WHY you like it. Also, be sure to tell us a little bit about your show and where we can find it. So its free promotion for your show, and later I get these transcribed and turn them into a book. The deadline is October 31. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/favorite16 Getting A Sponsor For Your Show 4:30 Today I share my story on how I secured a sponsor for my show. I'm doing this as an experiment as I prepare to update my book More Podcast Money Next year. I also share the behind the scenes of what it was like to take on a sponsor. There are some things that I have to tackle mentally. Getting A Sponsor For Your Show Today I talk with Jessica Kupferman who has been selling advertising for a very long time (back in the day on banner advertising) and has been podcasting since 2013. I know her best for her Shepodcasts.com show which she does with Elsie Escobar (it's a fascinating take on podcasting from a Women's point of view). Jessica just launched jkmagency.com an add agency that helps sponsors find podcasters, and podcasters find sponsors. Here are some of the insights from today's discussion You need to know how many downloads you get per month If you don't have a ton of downloads, but you have an active community, that may enable you to secure a sponsor You don't need a media kit if you don't have one. Jessica can create one for you. If you're pricing per episode, you might as well flush your money down the toilet. The smallest contract/campaign she sells is three months. She will go two months if there are no other options. Podcasters should be open to having the sponsor on the show to help create content. In regards to platforms, sponsors are looking at Twitter and Instagram followers. You just need to create a report once a month Never lie about your stats. Not only does it make you look bad, but it also makes podcasting, in general, look bad. How do you

Mon, October 17, 2016

Corey Fineran's Podcast Lead Him To Start His Own Business

Comments" Call 888-563-3228 I've spoken about Corey Fineran before and how his Chicago Cubs podcast Ivy Envy  helped get a rule changed in Major League Baseball. Corey's boss saw the impact podcasting creates and talked Corey into starting a podcast for his job. Corey's podcast helps high school students with special needs transition into the workplace. It went over well. It lead to him starting Next Up  (His own business) Here are some key points: They tried it to see if it would work. They got feedback from their audience, and listened to it, and acted on it. They updated their equipment after they proved the concept. Corey's goal is to help as many students as possible. His niche (students with special needs) is often overlooked, or has no budget. So he created the content that was needed. One night it was speaking with his brother in law (who is well versed in running a business) and they realized that he could reach more students and have a larger impact if he did this on his own, and start his own company. So Corey: Used his brother as a resource to launch the business Converted his current employer into his first customer Used his mother (an accountant) to help with taxes Growing His Business Corey found that educators are not used to being "pitched." The tried and true strategies of mass emails, cold calling, etc were not going to work. So he did what any good podcaster would do: He went to where his audience was. He started attending events where he could talk face to face about his products and services. Common Podcast Lessons and Truths Translate to Business Listen to your audience and be open to suggestions When you have a great podcast people will spread the word about your show When you can, the best way to get feedback from your audience is face to face. It is also the best way to start building those relationships. While your audience can become your brand advocates, so can your family (so make sure they know what you are up to). Save at Podfest Us the coupon code earlybird at www.podfest.us Mentioned In This Show www.dcpodfest.com Submit Your My Favorite Podcast Is Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/favorite16   MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE

Mon, October 10, 2016

Is It Time for You To Zag?

Today we have some lessons from fast food that apply to podcasting, and I talk about zagging when everyone is zigging, Bernie's Greatest Hits 1:58 My cat is pretty popular on this show as he chimes in all the time. When I went to Pittsburgh last week apparently he got a record deal. He's releasing "Bernie sings the hits" Someone Is Doing a Show Like Mine - So I Didn't Start my Show 3:07 One of the most frustrating parts of being a consultant is seeing someone who has the right stuff to create a podcast, but they are more skilled at finding reasons not to press record than actually pressing record. Today I have two points I want to make Someone will come to me and say, “I want to do a podcast about ______” but someone is already doing a show like that. The first thing I say is to go to iTunes and see when their last episode was published. Many times the person has already hung up their microphone. But what if they haven’t? Let’s look at McDonald’s. Here are some interesting facts (well facts according to Wikipedia). McDonald’s was not the first hamburger chain. A&W was first in 1919 followed by White Castle in 1921. McDonald’s didn’t come about until 1940. Fun facts: McDonald’s started as a barbecue joint. They found that hamburgers were more profitable. So they started in one direction, and then followed what their audience wanted. I always say your podcast is a recipe not a statue. You can change it any time you want. White Castle developed the supply chain and automation to have a nationwide food chain way before McDonald’s did. But when McDonald’s did, they didn’t recreate the wheel. They looked at what others were doing, and borrowed the best, and tweaked the rest. Now when burger king came along in 1953 did they say, “I would open a restaurant but someone else is doing “Assembly line” hamburgers? No. They didn’t recreate the wheel, and they tweaked it (adding flame broiling and “have it your way” at Burger King). What is the one thing that is common here? Well in the US apparently we can’t get enough of hamburgers. If you throw some meat on a bun and squirt some ketchup on it, we will eat it. In America I think if you put enough ketchup on anything we will eat it. They saw their competition and looked at ways to innovate. Breakfast was introduced. Bigger hamburgers like the Big Mac were introduced in 1967. Later the innovation of the drive through window. So if someone is doing a show like yours, WHO CARES! If you think it will be fun, if you think people will enjoy it, DO IT. The WORST thing you can do for yourself in podcasting is COMPARE YOURSELF TO OTHERS. Podcasting is like golf, while there is competition, you are really only competing against yourself. Now to my second point, and this builds on innovation. Todd Cochrane recently launched a new Podcast Legends

Mon, October 03, 2016

You Never Know Who Is Listening

Today we in this episode: We have a great because of my podcast story that has someone getting paid to do something they would do for free We tackle some of the podcast jargon starting with the A's We revisit the File For Download debate in a podcast smack down! A tale of sleazy guests And we remind you that you never know who is listening. Because of My Podcast Lucas Apps Podcast leads to relationships, and those relationships lead to opportunities. Those opportunities can lead to more relationships (you get the idea). Lucas ended up getting paid to do something that he loves - because of his podcast. Check out Lucas’s show at triangletactical.com Can I Podcast With a Built-in Microphone? 8: 53 If someone invites you to go golfing. The host shows up with their golf club, and another friend shows up with a pool stick, and you show up with a hockey stick. Sure you can attempt to golf with a hockey stick and a pool stick, but compared to the other people who are using the proper equipment it is going to be obvious that you are not using the right equipment. This doesn't mean you need to spend $1600 on equipment. You can start with an Audio Technica 2100 with a pop filter and mic stand for $93  (full disclosure bestpodcastinggear.com is my amazon affiliate site). The Wrong Podcast Gear Can Mess With Your Head I did an hour session for International Podcast Day and to make a long story short, I brought along a microphone (as I was on the road) and then locked it in an office. I HAD to use my built in microphone. I was embarrassed. While I think most of my presentation was OK, I would be the first to admit that this was not my best presentation. I had notes in front of my, but in my head, I just kept hearing a voice in my head shouting that I sounded like a hack using a built-in microphone. Had I had access to the Audio Technica 2100 with a pop filter, I would've been relaxed and more focused. I Can't Believe ____ Is Listening to my Podcast! 14:20 Try not to use the word "only" when talking about your audience. I "only have" 20 downloads. Check out Podcast Legends by Todd Cochrane Here is the Episode where he talks about his phone call with Steve Jobs. I share a story about talking with Michael Hyatt at the New Media Expo and fi

Mon, September 26, 2016

Are You Ready To Give Up on Podcasting?

Becuase of My Podcast - Rick Seizemore of VRStudio Workforce  Rick Seizemore from VRStudio Workforce shares how your podcast will help you land guests, and those guests can then point people to your website. Your site then becomes an audio business card that can capture people’s attention. This is what the VR Workforce Studio Podcast Does   Is Podcasting A Ponzi Scheme? I got an email from a friend of mine who has kind of "had it" with podcasting. He said, " I have recently done some calculations and have come to the conclusion that the hours spent podcasting would be better spent doing other things, like narrating audio books and maybe even some work around the house. I am doing a weekly video show via Skype, being streamed live on YouTube. I use Wirecast to make it look professional, and I have been releasing the audio as a podcast. I stopped the podcast side this week. I said when I started podcasting a couple of years ago, I would do a serious review at the two-year mark, and have concluded that while I have learned much I will be using for audiobooks, and am glad I did it, to continue would be a waste of time. Here's the part you probably won't agree with:   In the 80's Amway came through this area, and a lot of people joined and got hyped up (me included). After a while, it became clear that a lot of people at the top were making money, but it depended on a constant supply of fresh "believers" to fuel their incomes. People who started early were making money, but the thousands below were being Nickle and dimed and were doing nothing but financing those above. It worked as long as everyone believed they could make it.   Podcasting today is a similar type of pyramid structure, where everyone who started before 2007 or 2008 are making an income off of the believers below. (I find your motives pure, and I appreciate that.) It is VERY important for those below the median numbers (Around 120 according to Rob), to believe there is no discovery problem. That way they keep paying their $20 a month to Libsyn, buying books, Wordpress plugins, and tools for podcasting and going to conferences.   No matter how good your content is, the average basement independent has about 0% chance of ever being heard the first time by hardly anyone who doesn't know them already or is only 1 or 2 degrees separated. This is simply due to saturation.   The main people who make it now either are famous already, are starting a full-time business that happens to involve podcasting and has 6 figures to invest, like JLD, or are part of the corporate invasion. There may be an isolated incident here and there where it happens, but it so rare it doesn't bear mentioning. It is simply too late for the average independent show by a person working a full-time job to make an impact beyond a few niche listeners.  

Mon, September 19, 2016

Awaken Your Confidence - Rachel Smets

Rachel Smets is the author of Awaken Your Confidence  and stops by to share some insights into building your confidence. You can find her at Racehsmets.com as well as @rachelsmets and Facebook . and YouTube We talk about overcoming imposter syndrome, and how telling someone "just start" doesn't work. Here are three things you can do to help boost your confidence: Don't compare yourself to others. Start Small Failure is Feedback On this Week's taping of the Ask the Podcast Coach show Carlos asked, "how do i become a popular podcaster when i was the most unpopular kid in high school?" to this point to the following people who were not popular in school: Steven Spielberg says, " “I was a nerd in those days. Outsider, like the kid that played the clarinet in the band and in orchestra, which I did.”" Taylor Switft says, " I remember when I was in school, the whole reason I started writing songs was because I was alone a lot of the time. I’d sit there in school and I’d be hearing people like, ‘Oh my god, this party that we’re going to is gonna be so awesome on Friday. Everyone’s invited except for Taylor Charlize Theron - “I didn’t have any boyfriends in high school. I had a massive, massive crush on this one guy. He was a couple of years older than me and I did not exist in his world. Selena Gomez " “I was bullied every second of every day in elementary and middle school.” Lady Gaga " “Being teased for being ugly, having a big nose, being annoying. ‘Your laugh is funny, you’re weird, why do you always sing, why are you so into theater, why do you do your make-up like that?’" Jessica Alba " “I’d eat my lunch in the nurses’ office so I didn’t have to sit with the other girls. Apart from my being mixed race, my parents didn’t have money so I never had the cute clothes or the cool back pack.”" Cameron Diaz " “I’m a dork! When I was high school, I was a total goon! All the kids used to make fun of me. I was like all skinny and gangly and guys were like no thank you.” Jennifer Garner - I was a real nerd. I wasn’t the popular one, I was one of those girls on the edge of the group. I never wore the right clothes and I had a kind of natural geekiness. I was in the school band and I think that has a bit of a stigma at the age of 13. If you’d asked me what I wanted to be, I would have said something like a librarian. Kate Winslet - Winslet was bullied and teased for being chubby. Her nickname at school was Blubber, and she was once even locked in the art cupboard Miley Cyrus - At school, there was an “Anti-Miley Club” full of “big, tough girls” who were “fully capable of doing [her] bodily harm” and went above and beyond in their bullying pursuit. Cyrus was once locked in a bathroom during class: “They shoved me i

Mon, September 12, 2016

Podcast Mid-Atlantic Relfections

Today I'm fresh back from a trip to Podcast Midatlantic where I spoke on a panel about podcasting. On Sunday I had some time before I flew home so Rob Greenlee and I Went to see the Liberty Bell in Independence Hall in Philadelphia. There are some things that learned in this visit that I thought we could apply to podcast. - When there is no great entertainment, people will flock to ANYTHING. Case in point the Liberty Bell, an old large bell with a giant crack use to go on tour and people would FLOCK to see it. In today's society, the bar is set pretty low in regards to content so you can stand out pretty easy - The Liberty Bell was flawed. Yet, people came out in droves to see it Did it sound impressive? No, I watched a video, and no it didn't but what it did do was stand for something. People came to the event, but more importantly, wanted to pay tribute to it's ideals. The ideals of the liberty bell is what is strong and stirs emotions. It's not the technology. The creators of the Liberty Bell has never made a bell so large. It shows, x-rays show how there are cracks throughout the bell (and that's why you won't here it ring) when you ring the bell you only make it worse. The lack of knowledge didn't stop the creators from doing their best. In the end, I'm sure they felt they failed, but by creating something, they gave their audience a gift. - After a tour of independence hall (where a large amount of the early forming of America occurred), I learned how they all collaborated together to put together the declaration of independence. Article Five of the United States Constitution detailed the two-step process for amending the nation's frame of government. The constitution was put into place on March 4, 1789. If they had waited until it was perfect, the Constitution wouldn't have been adopted t until May 7 1992 (the date of the last amendments). As of 12/2014 approximately 11,539 proposals to amend the Constitution have been introduced in Congress since 1789. The point being you can "Amend" your podcastwhenever you want. - The bell first cracked when rung after its arrival in Philadelphia, and was twice recast by local workmen John Pass and John Stow, whose last names appear on the bell.  When I was there on 9/11/16 reflecting on 9/11 there were people there all over the world. There are probably millions of bells across the world. Some of them are bigger, sound better, and yet here people flock to see an old broken bell because of what itstood for Liberty. More Great Take Aways From Podcast Mid Atlantic I was greeted by Heather from Craflit who presented me with a custom t-shirt that has *psbs and my logo. What does PSBS stand for? Podcasting since before serial. Heather was just as cool in person as she is online. The fact that someone would go out of their way to make me a custom t-shirt was amazing. It these tings that leave me speechless. Heather is a truly amazing person. A mind like hers you don't fin

Mon, September 05, 2016

Content You Can't Get Any Place Else with Jennifer Briney

Today I am excited to have Jen Briney of the Congressional Dish podcast on my show. Jen reads legislation that is going through the house of representatives. She then reports back to you with no slant on democratic or republican slant but more of a intelligence vs moron slant. Her passion to help people understand what is happening right under our noses oozes out of her. Any conversation about politics will make it obvious. Congressional Dish is so good that at times I have to turn it off. It makes me upset and I need to punch something. Yes, it's that good. Jen also makes it entertaining. While she tries to restrain herself she does have any cursing replaced with the sound of a golf club. This stops her show from being explicit, and adds just a pinch of comedy to the show to keep it light. Her goal is to have the people use the control we have as American voters and vote these losers out of office. Here are some of the reasons why I wanted Jen on the show. Her success didn't happen over night. She's been doing this for four years. She hasn't been afraid to try new things and new formats She realized that she could do a great show, or go crazy. This meant no reading EVERYTHING. She realizes that if there is no Jen, there is no show. Consequently, the show is better, Jen is better, and we all win. She started with horrible equipment, and later upgraded. She didn't let equipment stop her from launching her podcast She is a great example of taking control of her show, and doing it the way she wants to do it. She shares today that dealing with haters takes long term vision. It's also easier said than done. She wants to have a paywall where she can do more experimental episodes for her die hard fans without potentially costing her new listeners. Her content has lead to getting almost 10,000 downloads per episode - and she's just now starting to promote the show. We talk a little politics and play a clip that Dave found very funny. As Jen explained it, we all have buttons that can be pushed. A listener wrote to the show and began telling Jen how she could grow the show to a much bigger audience if she would work on "her tone." Well this is something she heard growing up and set her off. She grabbed a microphone and off she went. She liked the raw emotion of the clip and got a lot of support from her audience ( When Dave did this he almost got sued ). Check out Congressional Dish at www.congressionaldish.com as we as in iTunes , or dow

Mon, August 29, 2016

Keep Your Audience By Losing the Jargon

I can handle some people explaining their strategies of launching a podcast, but there are some things that are just blatantly WRONG. Here are a couple that get my goat. Episodes Get Downloaded When People Subscribe If you simply launch with only one episode on your first day, and someone subscribes to your podcast, then you only get one download. BUT, if you launch with five episodes and they subscribe, then you get five downloads, which will help to raise your rankings within iTunes. This is not true, and easy to test. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/itunes and subscribe and see if my back catalog automatically downloads. You Only Get 8 Weeks to be in New and Noteworthy Podcasts based on TV shows go in and out of New and Noteworthy all the time 50+ Honest Reviews Will Get You Into New and Noteworthy Nope. It's subscribers that really count. Not that reviews don't mean anything, but subscribers  appear to carry more weight. Also boosting people to the top of the charts before they have found their own voice doesn't work. Case in point Philip Phillips. Who? Exactly (season 11 winner of American Idol). They talk about generating buzz, and getting people to talk about your show. You want to do this every week you are podcasting. You want to bring value on a consistent basis. Here is a video that explains why I know these are not true https://youtu.be/gp1T4aj3ucw Rob Walch at Podcast Movement said the following things about New and Noteworthy His KC Startup podcast was featured (front page) of iTunes and saw a bump of about 300 His son's podcast Porter's podcast saw a bump of about 1000 He said a front page listing will get a bump of anywhere from 200-a couple thousand. Podcasters who game the system to be #2 in the Education category and rarely got over 200 downloads per episode (most were around 100ish). The sad thing is people are never launching because they can't get the recommended number of podcasts (3,5,8, 30) ready to launch. Just launch. Losing Your Audience in Jargon and Inside Jokes We are all too close to the trees to see the forest and depending on who you audience is, we need to remember that we get new listeners all the time. When we start using jargon (words that only people with experience in you field, or potentially an inside joke ) you can leave them confused. This makes them feel like an outsider, and potentially tune out. Recently on an episode of the Podcast Review show both myself and my co-host Erik K. Johnson were lost in the hosts use of big words and inside jargon. Now, maybe we aren't their target audience but it really took away from the experience.  Being a person who grew up in the church Christian people who are

Mon, August 22, 2016

Podcast Q & A From Podcast Movement

How Do I Grow My Audience? Know Who Your Audience Is Know What They Want Go Where They Are Make Friends With Them and Bring Value to Your Conversations Tell them About Your Show Make it Is To Find, Share, and Remember How Long Should My Podcast Be? Don't do the "Dave Jackson Power Hour" if you only have 18 minutes of content. There is no such thing as too long , only too boring (Valeria Geller - Beyond Powerful Radio ) How Do You Handle Headlines When You Have Multiple Topics in a Show? For me, I've just been taking the topic that I think reached my audience the best and use that as the "Main" Headline Do I Have Any Tips For Doing a Live Show? If you're worried about looking stupid don't go live I use firetalk.com to stream live. Realize you will have people who want to ruin you show. You MIGHT get 5% of your audience live. Live is addicting because it's instant feedback If you are looking for your audience to provide the content, remember when you start you don't have an audience. Should I put My Face Out There? If you are the brand it might be a good idea I might think twice if I was a woman as guys are creepy What Do You Think About Regional Podcast? I would love to start a local podcast I think getting local advertisers would be easy What is the Biggest Mistake When it Comes to Making Content? Guessing What Your Audience Wants Including personal family details You need to know WHY you are doing your podcast. You can talk about what your audience, but if that topic doesn't line up with your goal it could cause issues. What Are the Beginning Stages of Podcasting Like - What Can I expect? You can answer every email, every comment, every tweet You are "the host" and that carries weight when you reach out to your audience 50% of people get more than 150ish downloads and 50% get more. The average is around 2000. Mentioned The 27 Steps to start a Podcast What I Started a Podcast About Topic A, and Your Audience Wants to Hear About Topic B? If you want to talk about that subject, and that topic aligns with your goal then follow your audience If the topic is something you DON'T Want to talk about then don't. It will come through to your audience, and if you're not excited about the subject it will come through. When you try to do something that is not yourself it is hard, and you will start dreading creating your podcast. I'm an Accountant, and sometimes People Don't Want

Mon, August 15, 2016

What Podcasters Can Learn From Geese, Ringo Star, and Michael Phelps

Today shares his thought on Podcamp Pittsburgh, the death of blab.im, and what geese, Ringo Star, and Michael Phelps can teach podcasters. Comments 888-563-3228 The Messengers Are Coming! If you live within driving distance of Akron, Ohio you might want to make a trip this Saturday the 20th of August as the Film Crew of The Messengers (a documentary about podcasting) will be joining our Northeast Ohio Podcasters Meetup group from 3-4:30. They are going to share their story, some cool footage, and film out meeting as well. For more information go to www.neohiopodcasters.com  If you haven't heard the behind the scenes podcast about the making of the movie, check out www.themessengersdoc.com/podcast Here is a recent write up about the podcast and movie (and it's not done yet). Attention Podcasters' Hangout Family... I'd like to take a moment and recognize Dave Jackson from The School of Podcasting for spending what has to be an ENORMOUS amount of time editing and producing a podcast that highlights "behind the scenes" for an upcoming film called The Messengers: A Podcast Documentary. The film is the brainchild of Executive Producer Chris Krimitsos and I also serve as Executive Producer myself. This film has taken us and the crew - Director , D.P. Willie L. Harper, and Lead Film Editor Saulo Zayas - literally into other countries to highlight the stories of how podcasters have used this medium to make a MAJOR impact in their communities and/or through their audience. This episode chronicles the back-story of our experience flying down to Guatemala to support and film mobile podcaster Shawn Smith's Now Is The Time Mission, where the organization serves villages living in extreme poverty through building and installing high efficiency stoves, laying down concrete floors inside homes, donating *tremendous* amounts of clothing, school supplies and other goods as well as lead a daily VBS program for all the kids of the villages they serve in... Shawn has been doing this every single year for over TEN years. At the end of each day, Shawn sits down to interview the volunteers about their experience and as you can imagine, these conversations get raw and emotional. These podcast episodes are then uploaded and shared with loved ones back home. This episode of our podcast for The Messengers: A Podcast Documentary highlights this trip and some our own experiences -- and emotions. I hope you take the time to listen to it and enjoy it, and also enjoy the level of production podcasting PRO Dave Jackson has poured into this. Thanks Dave, you are freaking amazingly talented. Join the email list and get access to behind the scenes footage by going to <a href="http://www.themessengersdoc.com" target= "_b

Mon, August 08, 2016

The Three Things Your Podcast Needs

Today I'm going to share three things your podcast needs to be successful, I'm also going to share some podcasting news, and a product review on a blab.im replacement.   Call the Show at 888-563-3228 Blubrry Launches Adverting Partner Plan If you are looking for an advertiser for your show, Blubrry was one of the first companies to try to pool a bunch of smaller shows together to attract sponsors. They recently launched a partner plan. Here are a couple of things about the plan It's for someone who is serious about getting a sponsor It's for someone who check's their email and values communication In the past Todd and crew would setup an advertising campaign only to have podcasters pull out at the last minute, or they forgot to let Todd known they had already sold their own spots. For more information go to  https://create.blubrry.com/resources/blubrry-podcast-advertising/blubrry-advertising-priority-list/ Ask the Podcast Coach Moves to a New Platform After blab.im waved it's middle finger at podcasters, this week we waved back (after last week it just stopped working). The platform I am using is firetalk.com  which has the same functionality (give or take) as blab, and its free. You don't get the audio file (just the video). You can always "rip" the audio out of the video file. So far I like it, and will continue to use it going forward. Because of His Podcast Michael O'Connell Got a Book Deal. I was interviewed for a future episode of It's All Journalism by Michael O'Connell and he shared that due to his podcast he now has a book deal about podcasting. The Messengers Documentary Team will be in Akron Ohio on August 2oth The Messengers Documentary team (doing a film on podcasting) will be in Akron Ohio (Cuyahoga Falls to be exact) on August 20th to film me, and to share some video and film the Northeast Ohio Podcasters Meetup (normally the third Monday of the month, but moved to Saturday this month). The exact location and time will be announced later (more than likely 2-5ish in Cuyahoga Falls - location to be determined very soon). For more information go to www.themessengersdoc.com to check out Dave's podcast about the project go to www.themessengerspodcast.com/podcast Podcast Rewind The Biz Chix Podcast episode 26 had a super frank talk about sex after children. Gentlemen if you want to know what women think and feel about sex, now is you chance it starts at the 27 minute mark. 

Mon, August 01, 2016

Reverse Engineering a Driveway Moment

Driveway moments are podcasts that have you so captivated that when you get to home instead of going in to be with your family, you sit in the driveway to finish the episode. This week I had such a moment with episode 206 of the RED podcast hosted by David Hooper. I wanted to get Dave on the line to see what went on behind the scenes of this episode. Follow Upon on Troy Heinritz - The Story Isn't Over Troy called me this week (you'll hear the call) to let me know that he has been asked to fly to LA to host a show where he gets to interview the two creators of the television show The Blacklist (Troy does the blacklist exposed ). They wanted a "super fan" to interview "the Two Johns" (the creators) about season four. So Troy gets to fly to LA, stay in a hotel, and feel the promotion power Sony Pictures as they promote him on a global level. If you missed Troy's story, you could click here to listen (or subscribe and never miss another show). Great Content Has These Ingredients I tell people that you want your podcast to make people laugh, cry, think, or groan. You want it to educate or entertain (or both). Today we are looking at some of the ingredients that you can use to inspire those results in your audience. Great content: Is content you can't get in other places Is unpredictable - not sure what you’re going to get (as long as its relevant). Is a dialogue, an open discussion. Is educational Is entertaining It’s often well thought out Has relevant personal stories Has a tease to get you engaged to stay or come back. Always Brings Value Beware of Inside Jokes The hurdle I have to get over with this episode is Dave has heard this episode (obviously) and I have heard it, but you haven't (maybe). So I need to give you enough information, so you don't feel left out, but not too much information to be a spoiler. Dave had an automated phone call that pretends to be from the IRS and threatens to throw him in jail. Dave knew this was a scam and turned on his skype recorder and called them back to investigate the situation (you can hear this at www.redpodcast.com/scam ) his first attempt kept the person on the line for more than an hour (and he was not happy when he figured out that Dave was playing with him). Eventually, Dave was able to get someone to "put their guard down" and explain their operation (at the risk of getting in trouble). This intimacy was fascinating. Dave wasn't yelling at the worker but just wanted information. It made for a very intriguing episode. Then in true David Hooper fashion, he used the experience as a lesson to learn about growing your business. Episod

Mon, July 25, 2016

It Started With a Tweet - The Amazing Troy Heinritz Story

Comments about the show? Call 888-563-3228 At Podcast Movement Kevin Smith said to forget hanging around people who would answer, "Why?" when you said you wanted to try something, and instead hang around people who said, "Why not!" Troy Heinritz is a why not kind of guy. He had spent some time in radio, and start a podcast. In today's episode you will hear how his story has grown and grown, but it started with a single tweet. It started by reaching out to someone on twitter because the guy had a bible verse That lead to ABC PR calling to see how they could help the new podcast Get an IMDB pro account and get all the contact info for people you want to talk down. Through building a relationship with his audience. someone in his audience knew one of the writers. Relationships with PR people lead to interviews with more writers Troy is now seen as the "voice of the audience" He has received free "Shwag" from companies to promote He is having a blast. How he balances Marriage, Children, Work, and Podcasting He co-hosts the Packer's Fan Podcast and just got a sponsor for the show. Check out Troy's Podcasts at: www.theblacklistexposed.com www.packersfanpodcast.com 112263 Golden Spiral Media Mentioned in this Episode www.clammr.com The Blacklist, Season 1 - The Blacklist Wordswag App Spreaker.com  (use the coupon sopfree) Noodle.mx Network Podcast Player Survey (two questions - take the survey)   Ready to Start a Podcast?  Check out www.theschoolofpodcasting.com Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, July 18, 2016

My First Crack at a Narrative Podcast

What I've Learned From One Episode of a Storytelling NPR styled Podcast I recently started a podcast in a narrative fashion about a documentary called the Messengers, as I've never done this style of podcasting before. Here is what I've learned. You have to know what story you are going to tell so you can add some intrigue, inspiration, comedy, etc. You need to catalog everything. The Sooner the better. So if I make a phone call, get audio from a video, I catalog everything. Identify your plot. For my first episode I wanted to tell the story of how and why everyone got involved, with a subplot of some behind the scenes. Then I wanted to build interest in future episodes. Looking back, it might've been better to keep it short and precise. It takes A LOT of time. This is why shows like Reply All have a team of 15 working on their show. Right now, I'm a team of one. The first 20 minute episode took around 4 hours. That is roughly a 12:1 ratio. My tool of choice here is the software Hindenburg Journalist . It's $99, and works on both Mac or PC, and you can drag in a bunch of files, cut them into pieces and then drag and drop them into the order you want them. It also auto levels the audio, and in this case I have all sorts of audio. Get the best audio you can. This is true for every podcast. In my case I had some phone conversations that sounded horrendous next to a skype call. I always judge if a clip is helping the story. Beware of the creep. What I mean by this is as I'm creating an episode about things that have already happened, there are things happening NOW. You have to think through the ears of your audience. They only know what you have given them. I'm reading Out on the Wire: The Storytelling Secrets of the New masters of Radio  which I realize is a bit backwards. I should've read it before I started, but sometimes you just got to jump into the pool. When is a Remake Better Than the Original 15:15 I saw Ghostbuster this week, and found it very "Meh." It didn't scare me, or make me laugh. It was a shame as there are some really talented people in it. When we try to recreate someone else's magic, it typically doesn't work. I'm sure if we said some old show from the 1920's compared to a show in 1983, I'm not sure of movies that were better than the original. Typically a copy/remake of something isn't as good. With this in mind, don't try to copy someone else's show. Be yourself. Your audience will thank you for it The Only Thing Stopping You - is You 18:03 Is this you? You know you're a nice person. You're a good person. You're not perfect, but you always do your best. You have things you are proud of, and things you might wish to forget. Does this sound familiar? I'm going to share something I did this week. I talked at the beginning of the year how 2016 was g

Mon, July 11, 2016

Lessons From the Pizza Parlor

Podcast Movement was a great success as all of the previous events. WOW. The one thing different this year was I was working for Libsyn. I spent pretty much three days talking from about 7 in the morning to somewhere between midnight and 2 AM talking loudly. Consequently, my voice is still kind of raspy today. I had originally planned on playing the talk I did, but to be honest the audio has so much room noise it's unusable. Instead I want to share some quick insights from Podcast Movement.  Bring a back pack. - I was using a laptop case and my shoulders still hurting.  If you want to meet someone, you need to set this up in advance.  Don't be afraid to try things. I did a Q&A. This was new at PM16, and it was in response to customer feedback. I thought my session went well, and I enjoyed not having to working on a bunch of slides.  Be Careful Extending Your Launch I love Giordono's Pizza. Every time I go to Chicago I have to get some. It's super-duper thick, and it's quite yummy. They look small, but one piece will fill you up.  We went one night, as did apparently the entire event. There was a 90 minute wait. We found out that we could order out pizza and they could start making it, and then (hopefully) by the time we got to our table, the pizza could be ready.  That sounded like a great plan. The problem is what we were told and what was reality were very different. We got to our table and instead of having the pizza soon, we waited another 90 minutes. So all in all we waited three hours for food. Was the pizza good? Absolutely, but did it make me roll my eyes back into my head and make me go "oooooh this is soooooo good..." like the other times I've enjoy ed their pizza? No. Why? I had been telling people how good it was. That is half the fun of going there is to take someone who has never had their pizza, and watch their face. But after three hours of waiting, unless they threw in a Heil PR40, I don't think the pizza would've lived up to the hype.  So if you are a person who is getting ready and setting up your auto responder, your squeeze page, your sales funnel, etc. meanwhile you had already told your audience that you would be launching a podcast "soon," by the time it arrives the wait may take away from the over-all experience. With this in mind, be careful when you announce your podcast is coming. You might want to wait until you have a finished episode ready to go. You might want to wait until your show is approved in iTunes, Google Play Music, Stitcher, etc.  New and Noteworthy Update I ran into Nicole of the BBRshow.com ( Business Building Rock Stars ). If you count from the top she is currently #81 in "New and Noteworthy" and said she doesn't seem to be getting any major push from this position. She said she is seeing slow steady growth. This segmen

Mon, July 04, 2016

How Glenn Hebert Does Morning Radio From His House

Comments? Call 888-563-3228 Join the School of Podcasting today Podcast Movement is Next Week I will be working Libsyn booth all week except for my Q & A Season on Friday at 10:15-11:00 on the Solutions Stage.  Please find me and say hello. I would love to meet you. Have fresh batteries in your portable recorder Have your business cards Clean of the SD card Comfy shoes and breathe mints are a must. If you have a conflict between a session and a discussion, stay in the hallway and continue the discussion and listen to the recording.   Glenn Hebert likes to Hang Out With Journalists 8:13 Today is this third appearance of "Glenn the Geek" from the horse radio network . Glenn is making a living through his podcast, and a lot of hard work. Today we find out. What mistake Glenn feels he has done, and wishes he could go back and change it What equipment he is using the create his live show including callers. He gives some insights into selling ads on your show. His insights from Magazines, and how Glenn is now helping magazines in his niche get into podcasting. Not only does the magazine bring over their audience, but they also bring over their sponsors. His biggest hurdle is booking guests Why you should look at every problem as an opportunity. Glenn is using Mixlr , Call in Studio , Google Sites , Audio Hijack Pro , Auphonic , and he uses three separate computers. You can see when you add "live" to your podcast, your technical skills need to go up. Glenn embraces the pressure that live brings, and he likes the feel. Check out Glenn's Network at www.horseradionetwork.com Couch Cushion Experiment 43:50 An easy way to cut down on "room noise" grab the cushion from your couch. You could purchase Milk Crate , Egg Carton Foam  or you can just order one already built and save the time and effort. New and Noteworthy Experiment 51:42 If you go to www.becauseofmypodcast.com/itunes Please

Mon, June 27, 2016

The Podcast Mindset

I was born in Akron, Ohio. I lived in Cleveland, Ohio for 8 years and now moved back to Akron. So when LeBron James join the Cleveland Cavaliers we were all excited. Last year we came close, but we lost (there is a long history of Cleveland Sports teams coming "this close" to winning only to lose). This year our team was down three games to one. No team had ever come back from that deficit. We were up against the team that had the most winningest season. Again, we all started think about coming "this close," and we started thinking about what we could improve and try again next year. There was one person who didn't that way. His name is LeBron James and that's what I want to talk about today. Because there is a part of podcasting that is mental. When asked what he did when he was down 3-1 and how he maintained, LeBron couldn't answer specifically, but he talked about previous championship he had been in as a High School Player, and it all came back to preparation, and looking for ways to improve. So he watch film from the gems where his team lost. He looked for things he could do better. One of my montra's is "Constant Improvement." Maybe it is the teacher in me, but I always feel there is room for improvement. He listened to the right people. While his Instagram would show he didn't 100% tune out social media, during the playoffs he turned off sports radio, TV, newspapers, and anyone else that had an opinion. The opinion he was interested in was his coaches. So if you get a negative comment, or someone shoots you a negative email, put it aside. Get a group of people to be your focus group. Ask them how you're doing. Get a Facebook group going. He gets his team involved, in some cases telling them what to do. So if you want people to contact you, give them options (email, voicemail, speakpipe) and then tell them. In some cases, show them. He didn't quit. There was a time in the game when it was tied. The other team got the ball and was running down the court. It was two player against one, this was going to be some easy points. Except for one thing. LeBron James didn't quit. He had been  running down the court with one of the players as hard he he could. He had one goal, and that was to block the shot. If you see the replay you will see where the other player started to take it easy as he went to lay the ball into the hoop. This again, was going to be two easy points. Instead as one player left off the gas Lebron leaped into the air and blocked it. Many feel this was a turning point. He didn't quit. Have you ever had something you thought was hard, but you pushed through? If you want to watch your audience get smaller, quit. That is guaranteed. My favorite quote of Lebron's from his press conference was "The games always gives back to those who are true to the game." To me, I'd like to tweak that to say, "You audience always gives back to those who are giving value to the audience." Notice I got specific. It'

Mon, June 20, 2016

Podcasting With Your Kids

Answering Audience Questions Is a podcast a good way to promote a multi-level marketing (MLM) business? If your sole goal of a podcast is to generate income, you need to realize a few things: Nobody tunes into an infomercial on purpose (usually it's that there is nothing else on) You make money from your podcast by delivering value. This helps people like you because you're helpful. When people trust you, they may purchase something you recommend or provide. It takes time to develop the relationship between you and your audience. So whatever your product is, your industry, if you have tips on running that business, using that product, news about that industry, then it might be helpful. Figure out who your target audience is and make the information that they want to consume. Starting a Podcast With My Child Dave, On the second leg of a trip home from VT to TN, I spent 8 hours in the car listening to your voice yesterday. And enjoyed it thoroughly. Thanks for the great content! I've been listening to podcasts for years and am thinking of starting one with my 11 year old son. We have a concept and I'm going to put him through the paces of evaluating and starting a business (I've had an online business for 20 years) with the intention that he'd be doing this for the next 8 years at least until he leaves home. So, it's a long term strategy for us (we're doing the project whether we broadcast it or not, so we may as well). And I'm sort of tagging on the biz training for him and see if we can develop it into a part time job for him (I'm launching on another biz that this coincides with as well). My question for you is this...there's plenty of info out there on the tech side of the equation and plenty of courses like SOP on getting started (which we may do in a few months) and marketing info, etc., but either I'm not seeing or just not looking in the right places for resources on the broadcasting skills side. Obviously, just doing it is a huge bit of it. But, I'd like to be able to talk him through the skills needed and how to get them in a general way. We're interviewing a radio friend about interviewing next week, but I thought I would ask you...Do you have any resources that you could point us to on developing the broadcast skills needed to make a great show (assuming the content is great and the tech is listenable)? Thanks for any direction you could give, I appreciate your time! Michelle -  cornerstonepromos.com Marketing Minutes - Brandi Young Brandi Young is a software developer who has been working with podcasters on some software. Though interviews she has found that many podcasters are relying too much on iTunes when there is a whole other world of tools to Market your Podcast. Check out her website at <a href="http://bigactiveaudience.com/blog/" t

Mon, June 13, 2016

The Power of Meeting Your Podcast Audience Face to Face

Because of My Podcast - I Got to Go To The Largest Event in My Niche 2:05 Cale Nelson from hamradio360.com wanted to go to world's largest Ham Radio event. He wanted to go, but had these pesky things called kids that need silly things like food, clothes, and shelter. So this didn't leave Cale with money to spend on his hobby of podcasting. Well a few listeners said he should try putting together a funding campaign, and so he did. Did he get the money he needed? Well he didn't get the 100% needed. He got 220% he needed! He did this providing VALUE for shirts, hats, shipping, etc. The cool thing is Cale had the courage to try a crowd funding. It could've blown up in his face. Instead his audience came through and he got to attend with all of his expenses paid.  Why You Should Attend Events I went to Podcast Movement last year. I went to a session to support my friend Steve Stewart. After his session some guy named Glenn Hebert got up to speak. You may heave heard me mention Glenn the Geek from the Horse Radio Network (Glenn has 20+ advertisers on his network). I saw Glenn do an impromptu speach. That lead to me asking him to come on the show. That lead to a relationship where Glenn asked me to speak at Podfest last year. That lead to me being interviewed for a documentary about podcasting. Which has now lead me to being asked to help with the film. The film is going to be AWESOME. I will be setting creating relationships with people who you will hear on this show. I have found co-hosts. Here are come cool places to go Podcast Movement - July 5-6 Chicago, (use the coupon sop40) Podcast MidAtlantic   September 9-10 NJ New Media Europe - June 18, 19 Podcast Success Summit - Online 89 Speakers Podfest February 23-25 Orlando Podcast Bingeing 22:54 The Moose Falulence Podcast (joke)  I found a new podcast that I'm really loving. It does the two things that I really like. As a teacher, I love to learn. As a human, I love to laugh. When you can have me doing both, I'm a fan for life. I discovered a show called the Pub from "the Current" ( itunes ). The host is Adam Ragusea and he takes current news, and dissects it uses it as a learning tool. The latest episode had him picking apart an interview of Donald Trump. This wasn't for the content, b

Mon, June 06, 2016

The Ultimate New and Noteworthy - Muhammad Ali

This week I am saddened by the lost of my champ Muhammad Ali. When I was growing up there were two things that were constant in my life. Richard Nixon was President Muhammad Ali was the Greatest Boxer of All Time Today there are lesson I feel we can learn from Muhmmad Ali as podcasters.  When I hear name Muhammad Ali there is so much more to a guy that was good in the ring. He Know Both Sides of Boxing There are two ways to win in boxing Don't get hit . He ounce dodged 21 punches in 10 seconds. Hit the other guy. As a child Muhammad would have his brother throw rocks at his head. As I was watching old clips of his fights today, one of his strengths was the ability to not get hit. He also had incredibly fast hands. He punched before you even saw it coming. The Two Ways to Win in Podcasting Create content that positively impacts your audience Intelligently promote it to that audience My equation for downloads is:  Value in the episode multiplied by the amount of effort put into promotion = Total Downloads. He Never Stopped Moving As I mentioned her was very hard to hit. Especially early in his career he never stopped dancing around the ring. If he did, it meant you were about to get hit with a ton of punches. Podcasters Need to Keep Moving If we are to keep up with all the other forms of entertainment that are fighting for the attention of our audience, we need to keep moving, and always looking to be better. He Was New Muhammad Ali won the gold medal in the 1964 Olympics (known then as Cassius Clay). He then did something most boxers didn't do. He spoke. He not only spoke, he made poems and boasted about how he was going to to beat his opponent. When most boxers didn't have the intelligent to put together a full sentence, here was one that was fighting to get a microphone in his fave. He Was Noteworthy He won his fist championship fighting Sunny Liston. Sunny Liston was a huge favorite with of 8 to 1. Nobody thought Ali had a chance. When he beat the champ, that was truly noteworthy, and people did indeed take note. By the way, Ali later admitted that he feared Liston, but acted so crazy to intimidate him (and he did). Podcasters: If you truly want to be New and Noteworthy, you need to come up with something new (it's not easy) and create content that is noteworthy. Something that will get your audience. If you want to be New and Noteworthy, be, um, New and Truly Noteworthy. He Was A Man of Integrity When he was drafted he refused. It went against his religious beliefs. The consequences, they stripped him of his title, banned him from boxing for three years (during the prime of his career). Later it was overturned by a unanimous decision by the Supreme Court. Integrity as a podcaste

Mon, May 30, 2016

Yes, You Can Change Your Podcast

Podcast Rewind: Podcasts on Jeopardy This week PODCASTS was a category on Jeopardy. This again shows how podcasting is growing and becoming more and more main stream.Awareness over the last year has gone from 48% to 49 % now it jumped to 55%. The percentage of people who have listened to a podcast is up to 36% (90 million people in the US) up from 33% the previous year and 30% the previous year.    It's OK, You'll Be Fine So I've been holding these "Podcasting Puzzle" webinars that feature podcasting 101 information. I love talking to people about why they haven't started. You know all the reason why you should start, all the ways you can benefit from a podcast, and yet here you are... no podcast.  Well I know how you feel. Now you might be thinking, "Dave you have been podcasting for 11 years, no you don't." Well, I'm here to tell you I do. Here is why. I've been planning on using Facebook Ads to promote the School of Podcasting. I watched countless videos. I know all the pros. I know not to promote a post and to use the Power Editor. I have videos that pretty much walk me through the process and yet here I am ... no Ads. Why?  It's new, and I don't want to waste my money. I don't want to waste my time. I don't know what I'm doing.  There have been things I've waste money on (exercise equipment over the years, guitars, etc), there have been things that I've wasted my time on (marriage, diet), but when I look back on those items they aren't really a waste. Here is why: I came out a better person with a better understanding of my strengths and weaknesses. I learned that some things that work for others won't work for me.  It got my toe in the water of a new thing, that allowed me to carry on. It was the price of a launch Rebranding Your Podcast Today we talk with Kathy Kelly of the Special Mouse Podcast . She's been doing it for years, and feels she has said all there is to say on the subject, and is having a hard time recommending Disney due to the rising cost of just attending the park, and they seem to care less and less about people with special needs (way to have integrity!), but she didn't want to quit podcasting. She enjoys her Facebook group, and the relationships she has built with her audience. So what is she going to do? She is going to create a show for mothers of autistic children. She will keep enjoying the relationships she has built, and quick talking about things she doesn't want to talk about (Disney).  Because her new podcast is very similar to her old podcast she can rebrand (change the name and artwork) and keep her old audience, reviews, and subscribers. She will make a new feed for her old show (Special mouse) and keep her audience with the new show.  Where I Will Be Speaking Podcast Movement July 6-8 in Chicago (use the coupon code sop40 to save) Podcas

Mon, May 23, 2016

Compressor, Noise Gates, De Essers in Plain English

Because of his Podcast: He Discovered a Niche Who Needed A Product Got a note from Corey Fineran I just handed my boss my resignation letter! This podcasting journey started 7 1/2 years ago and it's now allowed me to leave my job and start my own business! You've probably heard me talk about Ivy Envy (my podcast on the Chicago Cubs) more than the one I did for my employer. Since 2012, I've been able to call myself a "professional podcast producer" as my employer created a new position for me to do video podcasts for teachers to play in their classrooms to help high school students with disabilities in their transition from high school to life after high school (primarily through work/employment). Well, there is a huge need for this type of curriculum and schools all over the state of Illinois have started using that podcast. I saw a need and last summer, I started working on starting my own business, creating innovative and interactive online transition curriculum and marketing it to schools all over the country. After receiving contracts from school districts and cooperatives, I'm able to leave my job at the end of this school year. Many of the people in this group have influenced me (whether they know it or not) to take this scary jump. + Bob Zerull  + Ray Ortega  + Daniel Hayes  + Nick Seuberling   + David Jackson   and of course, + Tawny Fineran who has been insanely supportive over the last year as I've worked on building this. If you're curious to check out what I've been working on, you can find it here: http://transitioncurriculum.com Another Problem with Your Show's Title Headline As I now work for Libsyn (where you can get a free month using the coupon code sopfree), and I get to see some mistakes that people are making. Now I'm doing a bit of a repeat, and that is people make horrible headlines. In the past I've talked about starting off a headline with the date. What I am seeing now is people putting the name of their show at the beginning of the headline. Why this makes no sens, is any place you can see the headline (your website, a listing in iTunes) you already see the name of the show. Also here is another thing to keep in mind, on the podcasts app from Apple, you can only see 45 characters of the headline if you're not subscribed to it. Once you subscri

Mon, May 16, 2016

Podcasting Brings More Customers

Today on the School of Podcasting we talk content marketing, why podcasting is a perfect tool for this strategy, and how to overcome one of the biggest hurdles for those needing interaction on their website. Podcast Rewind 2:15 I appeared on the Maximize Excellence show with Joe Hicks. Joe walks you through an Ideology of the four pillars of excellence. I really liked the show, and Joe (a graduate of the School of Podcasting) is doing a great job. Check it out at  www.maximizeexcellence.com   or subscribe in iTunes . Because of Podcasting 5:20 I have read the book, Epic Content Marketing: How to Tell a Different Story, Break through the Clutter, and Win More Customers by Marketing Less: How to Tell a Different Story, ... and Win More Customers by Marketing Less and it had some great stories of content marketing. There was a blacksmith that worked with farmers. He would listen to them complain about how mud would get stuck on their plow. He later invented a plow made of steel that the mud didn't stick to. He listened to his audience and gave them what they needed. In 1885, he started a magazine called The Furrow. The purpose of the magazine was to  educate farmers on new technology and how they could be more successful business owners and farmers (thus, content marketing). The Furrow was not filled with promotional messages and self-serving content. It was developed by thoughtful journalists, storytellers, and designers, and covered topics that farmers cared about deeply. The goal of the content was to help farmers become more prosperous and, of course, profitable. Now, 120 years later, The Furrow is still going strong. It is the largest circulated farming magazine in the world, delivered monthly to over 1.5 million farmers, in 12 languages to 40 different countries. Who was this blacksmith? John Deere, he was quite an inventor. You may have heard of his tractors. 1900: Michelin develops The Michelin Guide. This 400-page guide, now with its iconic red cover, helps drivers maintain their cars and find decent lodging. In its first edition, 35,000 copies were distributed for free. 1904: Jell-O recipe book pays off. Jell-O distributes free copies of a recipe book that contributes to sales of over $ 1 million by 1906. 1913: Burns & McDonnell Engineering launch BenchMark. This Kansas City engineering and consulting firm still produces its award-winning BenchMark magazine to this day. 1930's Proctor and Gamble started making radio dramas. This was an extremely successful strategy. It often would feature ads for Duz and Oxydol detergents. Later these would move to Television. Many people refer to them as Soap Operas. Your podcast could be the next Furrow. You

Mon, May 09, 2016

Keeping Your Podcast Legal - Gordon Firemark

In this episode we are joined by Lawyer Gordon Firemark who produces multiple podcasts that include, Entertainment Industry Insights , Entertainment Law Update , and  The Law Podcasting as well as his own course that teachers lawyers how to podcast at  Lawpodcasting.com . He is the author of the book The Podcast, Blog & New Media Producer's Legal Survival Guide: An essential resource for content creators  (amazon) or if you want the pdf of the book go to  http://www.podcastlawbook.com/ Today we talk about: How Gordon got into entertainment law How to register a trademark. How a trademark is your brand. Here is the US Patent and Trademark Office Website   www.uspto.gov Understanding Copyright When is it OK to play music in your podcast? How do you avoid being sued for slander? Fair Use (Gordan has a great video about this on YouTube ) Tips on Negotiating contacts Dave explains how he got fined for using an image from images.google.com (so yes, you can get busted) How to avoid "Defaming" someone. Release forms. podcastrelease.com is a free example (email address required). How he found his co-host. How lawyers are using podcasting to get more clients. Affiliate links. copyright.gov dmca agent Gordon (like Dave) recommends the Audio Technica 2100  microphone   Because of My Podcast Dave Hooper of Red Podcast - I am Much Smoother on the Microphone when I'm doing promos for my radio show Ryan K park of Foodcraftsmen.com was much more confident when he appeared on the local news   Question For the Audience I've heard about Manage WP and CMS Commander , InfiniteWP ,   WPRemote,   iContrlWP ,  <a href= "https://members.ithemes.co

Mon, May 02, 2016

What If Podcasting Was A Sport?

Because of My Podcast: A Veteran Got a Home Robert Kerns produces the Living the Vet life. He had a mortgage specialist on his show. He was contacted by someone in another state (again, podcasting is global) and the mortgage specialist was able to get the listener in contact with another specialist and the veteran was able to get his loan with a special VA Home Loan rate. None of this would have happened, but it did because of hist podcast. Check out Rob at livingthevetlife.com If Podcasting Was A Sport. I live in Cleveland. A fairly famous sports town. Famous, for not quite being good enough. We were 1 pitch away from winning the world series. Two yards away from going to the Super Bowl. Over the years the Cleveland Browns Football team has taken over leading the pack of bad sports teams in Cleveland. Every few years we fire our coaches and their staffs. Our players get suspended. Our coaches stink when they are here, we fire them, and they win mutliple super bowls. What does this have to do with podcasting? Stick with me. In 2014 after having a miserable year the owners of the Cleveland Browns decided to work on the stadium. They installed: Massive, uniquely shaped video boards, Escalators that helped eliminate congestion and a cranked-up audio system The quote was they hoped these items "Improved the fan experience." The next year they added more concessions and better lighting. The cost over two years? $125 million Again they stated they wanted an "improved fan experience." The best way to improve the fan experience is to put a WINNING FOOTBALL TEAM TOGETHER. The last two years our combined record is 11-21. HOW DOES THIS APPLY TO PODCASTING? At the core of the stadium is the team. A team we come to root for, and a team we expect to win. When they win, the fans brave insane temperatures to pack the stadium in the winter. Everyone is talking about the game on Monday morning. When the team stinks, they don't. I don't care if I can take an escalator to my seat. If the team has no shot at winning, I'm not going. I'm not watching from home, and nobody is talking about it at work, because it is horrible. Well, we see people investing in a better microphone (when their original microphone was fine). They invest in a new theme for their website (that most of their audience never visits). They switch email list providers. They switch media hosting companies. They get a new player for their website. In a sense they are sprucing up the stadium of a losing team. They need to put a winning team on the field. They need to create content that will impact their audience. We need to focus on our audience, that leads to great content, and the finally we need to promote that content (and hopefully get our audience to promote it as well). How Do Sports Teams G

Mon, April 25, 2016

You Can't Change - What You Won't Start

Because of My Podcast: I'm Getting Married Today Matthew Cox from Brunch with the Brits explains how he went to a podcast event who eventually became his wife. Why I Turned Down My First Podcast Sponsor I had been contacted by a sponsor at advertisecast.com. I decided to low ball my pricing ($10 an episode) just to see if anyone would jump. An advertiser did. They wanted 10 episodes of my Weekly Web Tools podcast. That would be almost three months and the advertising would pay for my hosting (minus the 20% that advertisecast take). I would take home $96. My hosting will cost me $45 for three months. I might have some gas money. Here are some of the bullet points: To get started and receive a $50 signup bonus You’ll earn $1 for every new email lead and up to $200 for every new member you refer from your computer Has already generated millions of dollars for over 200,000 happy entrepreneurs My audience is predominant male, and I know I have some entrepreneurs in my audience. So far this sounds like a great fit. Then I went to see what I was promoting. It turns out the product was a video chat and dating service. Hmmm, that doesn't really fit, but maybe I would do this as an experiment. Then I dug a little deeper. You see this wasn't some ordinary video chat/dating service. It was porn, oh I wait I mean adult chat. Can we just call it what it is? Porn. Beside my religious beliefs there are lots of non-religious reasons that porn is a cancer that most people feel is "not a problem." Well I disagree. It's an opinion, and we're not here to talk about that. Let's get back to podcasting. I will not have a sponsor on my show that I can't go to bed at night feeling I served my audience by sending them toward a product I fully endorse. So I turned them down. I also contacted advertisecasts.com and suggested they put in a way for podcasters to save people time so I can say, "No porn, cigarette, alcohol, etc) Every podcasters starts with two things in common. Zero listeners, and they have integrity. When you lose your integrity, you may not ever get it back. Don't Be Afraid To Start Your Podcast and Find Your Voice When I started college I thought I wanted to "Fix stuff" so I went to an electronics school and got a degree in electronic engineering. The other thing I got was a clear understanding that I wasn't very good at fixing stuff. I fixed copiers, but luckily got an opportunity (based on relationships I had formed in the company) to go out and set up the equipment and train the users. I was a customer service rep. Had I not gone to college to be a technician, I never would've ended up in training. I later would go back to School to get a Bachelor's Degree in Education. My dream job was to get back to training people on Microsoft Products. I had the most fun doing that in the past, and I was good at it. I could be fu

Mon, April 18, 2016

The Two Most Important Parts Of Your Podcast

The Podcast Award Are Open If you've ever benefitted from this podcast, do please take the time and nominate the show (school of podcasting) in the EDUCATION category. The Two Most Important Parts of Your Podcast I was watching an episode of Live From Daryl's House (Daryl Hall of Hall and Oats Fame). He has all sorts of musicians of different styles and genres. There is always a small segment where you hear them getting ready. They have had time to prepare. They know the music, but there are two things you always need to figure out and this is no different in podcasting. How to start a segment. How to end a segment.  Why because the first part is your first impression. A bad first impression can really lose your audience for the rest of the song (podcast in our case). A bad last impression and we've just blown all the positive mojo we just created.  We talked a couple of weeks ago about the Podcast Interview Wizard software and how it helps you get to the point quicker. It gets you focused on the meat of the interview.  One strategy is to pick your main point, the one that really inspires people to laugh, cry, think, or groan and come back to that with a tone that signals to the audience that we're moving on, we are done, this is the final thought. Unless you're Jerry Springer, you don't need to announce "here are my final thoughts," you can just say them.  Likewise if you are transitioning to another segment,  just transition. Get yourself some royalty free music, fade it, etc, (or just leave a pause of silence). There was only one person who could get away with announcing a transition and his name was James Brown . Why did he do this? Because his band would launch into a groove, and just repeat it over James's singing. So James would be in the middle of the song and ask "Can we take it to the bridge?" and eventually they would take it to the bridge. In other cases James would "hit it and quit it."  Announcing a transition is about as stupid as someone asking, "Can I ask you a question?" (cause they just did). At least that is my opinion.  Because of My Podcast Troy Henritz & Nick Seuberling Troy does the blacklist exposed ( theblacklistexposed.com ), and recently he's been getting flooded with swag. He got an album (as in an LP) and a Blacklist encyclopedia. Go to schoolofpodcasting.com/510 to see swag Nick Seuberling - First Advertiser Check for Minor League Soccer Podcast I was able to seal my first podcast/website sponsor. I've been podcasting for 11 years now and this is my very first sponsor. On a podcast that only has 8 episodes produced. I recently launched a new podcast that covers FC Cincinnati (<a dir

Sun, April 10, 2016

Create a Podcast Website For Free

Feedback from Last Week's Show About Video Podcasting Hey there! I checked out your podcast today where you spoke about video podcasting. I think the way you explained it makes perfect sense. I  was actually looking for a way to upload videos faster to YouTube and found a specific way to do it where you compress the file.   There is free software called Handbrake that people suggest. (I think it has been used in the past to rip DVDs illegally, but that is not what I am using it for.) Basically, once you create the HD file (which is usually about 1GB for videos I have made that are about 5-7 minutes at 1080p) and then use Handbrake to compress the file. I can usually get it down to around around 100-150mb (yes...MB) and less if the file is smaller.   I was wondering if you thought this was a good option so you can have HD on all platforms. It doesn't seem to lose in quality especially with simple "blog" type videos.   Anyway, just thought I would check in on that. Thanks for all the hard work!   -Derek Daniel   Free Websites For Those Podcasting on a Budget I had someone contact me this week. They were on SoundCloud, they didn't have a website, and yet, they wanted to end up making a living from their podcast. Their topic was "talking about movies and video games with my friends." Not to say that you it is impossible to do this, but without hearing your show it I would say it is highly unlikely.  Why do you need a website to do a podcast? 1. Easy Clicks If you are going to force people to search for the item that will bring your revenue, you're making it too hard. It has to be easy - peasy. 2. Email List Growth IF you want to build an email list (and as they say the money is in the list, why? Easy Clicks) you have to have a sign up form. No website- no form. 3. Reputation It's $10 a month if you go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/hosting and go with the cheapest plans it's around $9. If you drink 5 20 oz bottle of Mountain Dew a month, you have spend close to $10 on soda. Switch to water, and you have the money. Would you buy a car from someone selling it out of a tent (and it looked like they were going to bolt the minute they got your money). You don't date someone who is going to leave it two weeks. You get the point. In a nutshell If you don't have $10 a month (.03 a day) then don't start a podcast expecting it to pay your mortgage. Seriously. In the immortal words of Mick Jagger, "You can't always get what you want." 4. Ease of Listener Subscriptions When you have a website, you can put a link to your iTunes listing, and make it easier for people to subscribe in iTunes, Stitcher, etc. Without a website, you're saying things like "Find my show in iTunes." Have you tried the iTunes search? I've typed in the exact name of someone's show and still had zero results.</

Mon, April 04, 2016

DBS 286 Vs Aphex Channel Master

Because of My Podcast: My Audience Fixed My Website Cale from Fotimepodcast.com was having a problem with his website (using Wordpress) when an audience member offered to help out. It turns out the audience member works for the creators of Wordpress. The DBS 286X vs Aphex 230 Master Channel Before I even start, you do NOT need either one of these to start podcast. It's a nice piece of icing on the cake. It makes you sound better, but you will not gain a single subscriber by using these. If you have poor content, great sounding garbage is still garbage. I've got the older version of the DBX 286 (I have a 286A which has now been replaced by the 286S ). Likewise I recently picked up a used Aphex 230 Master Voice Channel (which is now replaced by the Aphex Channel Master What's the difference? Cost: The Aphex is 999, the DBX is 199. So you are looking at $800 in difference. The Aphex's gives you more options in regards to inverting polarity, changing the phase polarity. It also offers a low cut filter. The Aphex noise gate is super easy to set and sounds great. You simply talk and turn the dial until a red light illuminates, and then turn the other knob to scale back any background noise. I love the sound of the gate more than the DBX . Anytime I set the DBX to be aggressive, the cutting in and out was a bit more noticeable. Yes you can hear the Aphex's gate, but to me it's less noticeable. With the DBX you have low and high enhancers. You have the same thing on the Aphex, but you can choose what frequency to boost. You also have a parametrix equalizer so you can find a frequency that you either want to boost or cut from your voice and the determine how much you want to cut/boost. This is the same for the Aural Exciter on the Aphex. It does what the DBX does with more control. You can "tune" what frequencies you want to boost on the high end. I never will get de-essers. I know what they are supposed to do, I don't hear any difference on either unit. I swear this is a feature that manufacturers build into units so they can charge more. While appreciate what the unit does, for the money, I would recommend the 286 for most people unless you really, really want total control.  Video Podcasting? How Would I Go About Doing This? I currently don't do any video podcasts, but that doesn't mean I don't think they are worth doing. I just know they take more time. So how would I do it if I did? Vide

Mon, March 28, 2016

Podcast Interview Wizard

Today I look at tools available for podcasters to help them produce a better show. Podcast Interview Wizard and Who is Jim Edwards Jim Edwards is a guy I've known online for years. I loved his "I Gotta Tell you" email list. We are talking back in the day when I was teaching people how to make websites with Microsoft Front page, and making videos with camcorder. I bought one of Jim's products he made with Mike Stewart and I thought they delivered value. I had bought some stuff from other "Internet Marketers" at the time, and thought this was better than some. I've always liked Jim's style as he takes his topic seriously, but always dishes it with a good helping of sarcasm. In a nutshell, Jim has been writing ebooks and making products for over 20+ years.  According to his bio: Jim Edwards, founder of Guaranteed Response Marketing, LLC, is an Internet expert, marketing entrepreneur, newspaper columnist, author, motivational speaker and elite mentor and coach.Having gained personal and financial freedom, he shares his proven strategies with self-motivated, hard-working people to help them attain personal and financial independence. He has written and published dozens of ebooks, several print books and hundreds of articles. Through his company, Jim has produced some 40 informational products on DVD and many more available in the latest electronic formats downloadable from the Internet. Jim produces and hosts webinars on a weekly basis and has been a frequent guest speaker at numerous international Internet marketing seminars. What is the podcast interview wizard? It's a software that works on mac or PC that walks you through planning your interview. It does this by having you figure out what you want to talk about  before the interview . It walks you through 16 questions .These questions are then used in  a series of tools used by the software. These include: Email templates to help get the interview Email messages to setup and remind the guest for the interview. Later you can use it to create an email that you can send to the guest post interview as well. Email templates for Referrals Email Templates to say Thank You Quick or Full Show Templates (complete with intro / outro ext and questions) Audience Handouts - A worksheet for people to fill out as they listen to your episode. Show Bullets - Custom Sales Copy for Each Interview There are 12 different types of interview types It will generate show notes for your episode It will generate multiple Titles for your show and let you pick the best one. Build Ads to help promote the show on Facebook, Twitter, etc. Putting it Through It's Paces So I took the interview from last week and added the information about my guest Danny Peña to see if I had used the software last week would the interview had

Mon, March 21, 2016

How Danny Peña Grew His Podcast Audience

Danny Peña got his first video game console from his Grandmother and his life was forever changed. Little did Danny know (who goes by the name of Godfree on his show) that he would someday be getting paid to fly around the world and play video games on his podcast Gamertag Radio . Did he think he would end up working for CBS and be featured next to podcasts like 60 minutes on play.it ? Probably not. Today you will learn how Danny started building his audience before there was podcasting. Danny continued building his audience before there was iTunes. Through everything he does, Danny cares about one thing: the audience. There are sooooooo many lessons to be learned today. Interview starts at 3:38 Free Doesn't Last: Danny got his first check from mp3.com a site that was "Too big to fail" just like MySpace (and who knows some day Facebook?). The party of the year took a year of planning: You don't get these kind of results by "winging it." Check out this video of the party  and you can read how the Miami New Times  called it the Best Super Bowl party in South FL . Know more about your audience than their age and sex: Danny brought in musicians who his audience liked. The musicians brought in their audience who probably liked to play games. Be straight with your audience: Any perks Danny and his crew have received has always been communicated to their audience. TRUST is everything: It takes a long time to earn it. It's very powerful, and can be lost with one bad decision. Let your audience be part of your journey: Anywhere Danny goes he invites his audience to come along. Ten years to get on CBS Radio: Patience ins a virtue, and it took Danny 10 years to get to where he is. He took advantage of every opportunity he saw. Time Management Tips: Set a schedule and stick to it. Danny has a full time job, a girlfriend, and his podcast. Having the right people on your team is essential and keep everything transparent so you are all on the same page.  Danny is real. When Danny says, that's a good question, that's because its a good question. Some people on my show do it just to stroke my ego. Danny's Community Created Events That Drew the Attention of Main Stream Media Check out Danny's Commercial on the Discovery Channel https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=l5oKqp-sZA0 Watch his acceptance speech as he is inducted into the Podcaster's Hall of Fame ttps://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K64TXMuYNlY Her

Mon, March 14, 2016

Are Review Swaps Hurting Podcasting?

I went to Podfest.us a couple of weeks ago and I saw a person do a presentation that offered to help people launch their podcast for $8999. Just for that weekend there was a sale and they would only charge you $3990. This is America and if you can get people to pay for $4,000 for your advice, then GO CAPITALISM. I feel bad for your customers, because without an intimate knowledge of your product, my gut instinct says they over-paid. A couple of episode ago I said the snake-oil sales people are coming, and now I'm here to tell you they are here. So get your boots on cause the poop is getting deep. Podcast Review Swap - Trying to Cut in Line in the Apple Charts is Bad For Podcasting I was in a private Facebook group when the owner of the group (the same guy selling a $9,000 podcast course) places this post: RATE AND REVIEW SWAP - POST YOUR SHOW BELOW (LET'S GET A LONG THREAD GOING) Is it ok to post your show via iTunes link? and ask for rate and review swaps? I HIGHLY ENCOURAGE TO DO THIS something like hey everyone, wanna do rate and review swap? Here's my show --show link removed by Dave-- Let me know when you've done it and I'll go do the same. Extra points for screenshots or copy paste of review smile emoticon WHAT I DON'T ENCOURAGE 'Hey guys check out the most bomb, amazing spectacular show on the planet - insert link. and subscribe please... NOPE! example #2 Hey guys this week we talk about how we are the real deal, and we discuss it in such an amazing way. ARen't we awesome! - link to youtube. **Please don't F'ing do this! I am considering kicking you out if you do this more than 1x. and I won't tell you, so don't do it at all. BEST PRACTICE FOR ASKING FOR RATE AND REVIEWS "Anyone opne for rate and review swap: here's my show" "Just left review for TAG PERSON - great show, here's what I wrote - insert message - THEN say - here's my show can you hit me back too" The people lined up DROVES. The post was growing like a weed. This was like a unicorn. I had heard of them, but had never seen one, and it was depressing. After no less than 20 people I had put in their link I chimed in as asked why we were asking people who had never heard your show to give us a give star review. As always, I'm open to other sides of the story so I asked, "Why are you doing this? If you can't get your audience (who has heard your show) to review it, that is a red flag that your content is not resonating with your audience. Please shed some light on this. He repled: The idea here is that people can listen, rate, and review and not be stranger. As artists we need a place to be ale to get feedback to share on our show, and this is a thread for people to be able to do that.  We are not encouraging people to be stranger

Mon, March 07, 2016

Jim Harold Makes A Living Talking about Ghosts

You will notice that I am in pursuit of people who have been able to make a living with their podcast. Today we interview Jim Harold who does the Paranormal Podcast t and the Campfire Podcast. Podcasting News In a nutshell, use podcastsconnect.apple.com to submit your podcast to iTunes, but don't mess with anything else in that platform for now (you can really shoot yourself in the foot). Understanding iTunes and Podcasting iTunes is somewhat confusing. You submit an iTunes RSS feed to iTunes and in return, they give you a link to your listing in iTunes. iTunes is like a giant phone book of podcasts. The interesting thing is when someone goes to iTunes and subscribes to your show, iTunes sets the original feed you submitted in their software. This can create confusing. When you publish a new show it will not show up in the iTunes Store immediately because they have to refreshed your listing. However, anyone who is subscribed to your show gets that show because they are looking at your original feed. My advice here is to subscribe to your own show. This way when you think there is a problem because your show is not "showing up" in iTunes, check your show using whatever app you use. If the show appears, then it just means the iTunes store has not refreshed your listing yet. Wait at least 24 hours. Jim Harold's Paranormal Podcast is Paying the Bills (interview starts at 9:51 - recorded with a Zoom H5 recorder and two Audio Technica ATR2005usb microphones ) Here are some bullet points from our conversation with Jim Harold from the Paranormal Podcast Jim wanted to be on the radio, but ended up in radio sales. Jim loved reading about the Paranormal growing up. He sputtered at the beginning of his show, but his fans wanted more. Why? Because nobody was talking about this like Jim was, and he delivered value. After 6 months , Jim was offered a sponsorship from Audible , and that helped him get more serious about his show. Jim has multiple streams of income. He has a plus club (membership site), he has multiple books, and he has advertisers. Jim uses Wishlist member to manage his membership site Jim's first book was "traditionally" published. It was cool to see it in Barns and Noble, but Jim later purchased the rights to that book and sold it on his own. Check out Jim's books at Amazon.com Podcasting has opened door for Jim His podcast grows about 10% every year. His podc

Mon, February 29, 2016

Creating Compelling Podcasts

Podfest hapned this weekend in tamp Florida. Wow was it fun. I got to hang out with Hall of Fame podcasters like Danny Pena, and meet some people who are trying to get their podcast off the ground. I love, love, love, the podcast community. It's filled with helpful, loving ,caring people. I got to catch up with Dan and Jared from Podcast Movement, Glenn the Geek, some members of the School of Podcasting. I'd write more names, but I'm still in a coma from the Dramamine. Cool Things About Podfest Being a new event (this was year two) they had one track. This meant that all the attendees sat in the same room and the speakers would rotate in and out. We were strongly encouraged to network on breaks and sit in new locations. It was cool. I ran out of business cards, an luckily had a box of "stand by" business cards. One of the coolest things were did was like Speed Networking. You had a time keeper at the table, and each person had 90 seconds to share their name, their podcast, and their target audience. Then each round you would go to a new table and meet more people. By the end of the session, you had pretty much met everyone in the room. This was one of the coolest things I've ever seen. They had a schedule flowed nicely together. This lead to speakers often referring to something mentioned previously in the conference. Great speakers. Simple. All brought value. Relative sponsors: Audio editing services, marketing, interviewing, trademark, conferences, hosting, all were relevant to the audience. I saw, felt, and participated in Content Marketing. I met Katie Krimitsos the night before. I saw her presentation on Facebook Goups, and she showed me how much more I could be doing. I will be a customer.  When Will The School of Podcasting Open? As God as my witness, ready or not, it will open next weekend 3/5 What am I doing? I'm reshot many of the videos. I've added quite a few videos, and I'm restructuring how I will do business. At this point (subject to change) I want to let a certain amount of people in at one point, and the close the doors so we can all kind of be "on the same page." Then I can help, encourage, and guide you through your process, while still providing value to current members through additional videos and live office hour webinars. Creating Compelling Podcasts Adjective: having a powerful and irresistible effect; requiring acute admiration, attention, or respect How Podcasts are like Potatoes You have instant potatoes out of a box. These are quick, easy, and cheap. The end result? Bland. You can make mashed potatoes from scratch. They take longer, it takes more effort, and they are more expensive to create. The result? They are delicious and your recipients want more. It's Not About the Audio Quality If you record with your laptop microphone, that's bad. I think we all can recognize audio that is distracting (if you make me adjust the volu

Mon, February 22, 2016

5 Voice Related Tools for Engagement

Because of my Podcast: I'm Working For Libsyn - Dave Jackson A couple of weeks ago I let you know that my "Day job" had gone away. A little update on the story, I reached out to the head of HR only to find she no longer works there, and I got an email stating that payroll would be postponed two days.  So there I was, thinking about getting into training and support. So I asked myself. What do I want to do for a living? I love podcasting. So in a nutshell. I want to help people in the podcasting space. Who is the biggest player in the podcast space? Libsyn.com I reached out to a person I knew (remember how it's all about relationships) and just let them know I was available if they needed someone. A little over two weeks later I was given a proposal to join their team. I gladly accepted. I can still do consulting, but you will now hear me give out a disclaimer that I am an employee of Libsyn. You will hear me give out my promo code of sopfree for Libsyn on this show, but not at a trade show where I'm acting as a Libsyn employee. For those who are new to my show, I've been a big fan of Libsyn as well as Blubrry, and Spreaker for years. I think the insights I get from working in support will help me created better content for you on this show, as well as additional documentation for Libsyn. I've always wanted to make a living around podcasting, and now I can. I can do podcasting as my full-time gig, and my night time hobby. Wait, that's Ray's line . Because of My Podcast I Quit My Day Job - Jim Harold Every Saturday at 10:30 AM I do a live call-in show called "Ask the Podcast Coach" at www.askthepdocastcoach.com/live  and this week Jim asked a question about the controversy over measuring podcasts (see this episode of the Podcasters Roundtable ) and once he came on I got to talk to him and found out. Jim previously a sales guy for radio Jim now does a podcasting full time at jimharold.com I've already reached out to Jim and we will be doing a deep dive on next week's show. Anchor.fm Vs Voxer Vs Clammr Vs Speakpipe Vs Voicemail Today we are joined by Chris Nesi  ( www.chrisnesi.com ) from the House of Ed Tech podcast. Chris is well versed in Voxer . As a member of the School of Podcasting Chris has shown me he really enjoys voxer. So when this new tool ( Anchor ) came on the scene and everyone was going nuts over it, I wanted to get

Mon, February 15, 2016

Book Guest Spots On Other Podcasts

With so many people focusing on New and Noteworthy, I wanted to see how many people use New and Noteworthy. So I asked people how they found new podcasts and here is what they said. The number one way was hearing the podcaster being interviewed on another podcast. This data is from 100 respondents from my email list, and from social media. So it order with the number one answer first it was I heard them interviewed on another podcast I searched the app for my topic I heard about it from a friend (word of mouth) Other The Internet (Google, Bing) Search The "other" responses were (and I'm summarizing) more or less "Word of mouth." Meaning the podcast host they were listening to mentioned them, or they heard about it on Twitter, Pinterest, etc. So if one of the top ways to grow your audience is to appear on other podcasts, how do you get booked on other shows? Well, we are going to dig into a smart way of setting yourself up to be booked on other podcasts. How To Get Booked as A Guest On a Podcast? OK, there must be some new course, or guru telling people how to contact people to be potential guests. Here is the format Tell people how much you love the show Tell them your story Tell them what topic you can talk about and how much my audience is going to benefit. Kiss the butt of the host and tell them what an honor it would be on the show. Drop a hint about the book or course you have, and how my audience would benefit. Promise to promote. They are missing one key ingredient GO AND LISTEN TO THE SHOW When you start off the email with “I have heard some fantastic things about your radio show, congratulations on your success!” Again, do some homework, or better yet, go by the book Stop Chasing Influencers: The True Path To Building Your Business and Living Your Dream Strategies For Securing a Guest Spot on Other Podcasts Search for your topic in iTunes, Google, etc. the idea is to see who is in the space. Who is the leader in your space? Search for their name in iTunes and see what podcasts they have appeared.  You could search for New and Noteworthy as these people are probably more New than Noteworthy (and hungry for guests) Realize your interview will be

Mon, February 08, 2016

Groundhog Birthday - A Podcast Launch Story

If you're new to the School of Podcasting, when Dave hits a milestone like 100, 200, 300, 400, he breaks format and tries to do something that is educational, entertaining, and slightly weird. Today being that it is both my 500th episode of the School of Podcasting, and my 51st birthday, (and the fact that last week was Groundhog's Day), I am taking my creativity and love of the movie Groundhog's Day (the story is a guy has to relive the same day over and over, rent it here) and joining it with the story of Jack Davidson and his friend Scooter as they try to launch a podcast. We also here snippets of past shows at the start of the show. Special thanks to Adam Curry of the No Agenda Show for loaning me their birthday jingle. Check out their awesome podcast at www.noagendashow.com Also thanks to Steve Stewart  of the No Debt, No Credit, No Problems podcast for kicking off the show, and to Kim Kracji of the onthetablepodcasts.com for being my female voice in the "podcasting commercial". I knew I could count on you both. Look Back Memory Lane 00:38 Episode 500 Begins 2:00 We cover a story about a man named Jack Davidson. It’s his birthday, he’s gone through some life changes, and he’s thinking of starting a business. He is realizing that you only have so much time on the planet, and he wants to make a difference. His biggest fear in life is being insignificant, or leaving no legacy behind. His mind is whirling today about his future. This has been spurred on by the fact that he is turning 51 today Morning Burger hit :4:00 Hey It's Your Birthday Version 1 5:01 Podcasting Commercial 5:34 First Jack tries using a free media host that limits your bandwidth - Bad idea Binky and the Whiz take over the No Agenda Show 8:44 Jack purchases blue snowball microphones only to find out these don't work good in a non-silent environment and its hard to have two usb microphone plugged into one computer. Whet Bread the Big Lie 11:55 Hey It's Your Birthday Version 2 15:15 Jack and Scooter learn that you should setup an agreement to identify who does what, and if there is any money who gets paid, etc Hey It's Your Birthday Version 3 18:50 Jack and Scooter lose their friendship after arguing over the money with their podcast. Jack goes solo, and tries multiple hosts, platforms, and equipment. Jack and Scooter come to an agreement Final Thoughts on Episode 500 23:20 What did we learn today? Blue snowball microphones are not a great choice even though 1000 websites say so. They are not a great fit for podcasters. There

Mon, February 01, 2016

Monetizing with Membership Sites: Ravi Jayagopal

Last week we talk about being a "hobby podcast" and that you can be a hero to someone. We mentioned that you do NOT have to make money with your podcast. Today we are going the other way and looking at making money with your podcast. So let's start right there. YOU DON'T MAKE MONEY WITH YOUR PODCAST. YOU MAKE MONEY WITH THE RELATIONSHIP YOU BUILD WITH YOUR PODCAST This is why it takes time. In the same way that it takes time to develop a relationship, it takes time to build an audience that will like and trust you. Things that can speed up this process: Create content that is valuable. Come across in a way that build confidence. Deliver it on a regular basis (so people depend on you). Let them know you. Strategies for Making Money with Your Podcast 1. Sell your own product This is by far the most lucrative because people know, like and trust you. This can be a book, a course, consulting, etc. 2. Refer to other products through affiliate links Pick a product that matches the audience. Preferably one that you actually like so you can talk open and honestly about the product. Many people use Amazon . or Audible as well. 3. Donations You can put a paypal button on your site, or websites like Patreon make it easy to build a community by rewarding them for different levels of support. Be careful with the reward and make sure you don't spread yourself too thin. 4. Sponsorship When you get over 5,000 download per episode, you can start thinking about getting a "big" sponsor (squarespace). As 92% of podcasters are nowhere near that number you are not out of luck. You can find smaller businesses that may be looking for more of a branding play. Check out my interview with Glenn The Geek who is making a living with sponsors by making sure his sponsors fit his audience and he gets them involved. Selling Digital Downloads Check out this super powerful shopping cart plugin that allows you to safely sell digital downloads Gumroad is a handy website that make's it easy to sell digital downloads if you're not using Wordpress. Selz.com is another great looking shopping cart. Monetizing With Membership Sites The School of Podcasting was founded in 2005 and I used Digital Access Pass to to make sure the general public could not access my material. I

Mon, January 25, 2016

Unleash the Hero in You

Because of my Podcast Darren Dake Darren Dake from the Coroner talk podcast has told us (about a year ago) where he was asked to do some state wide training in Missouri). Well Darren is back because now - because of his podcast - which is now over 100,000 downloads (think about how niche his topic is). Darren is using his podcast as a calling card, and now Darren has been asked to do some teaching on a NATIONAL level as the LEAD INSTRUCTOR for a course. He has made great contacts all over the world and has been asked to speak at numerous conventions. His next goal is to be asked to speak outside of the US. Check out his show at www.coronertalk.com   One more point: Coroner talk was Darren's second podcast. So you don't always hit it out of the park the first time. Darren started, tweaked, learned along the way and now is seeing success. Podcast Rewind: Podcaster's Roundtable In the recent episode of the Podcaster's Roundtbale we ask, "Is your podcast paying for itself?" Check it out at podcastersroundtable.com/64   We talk about networks, patreon, and wondering if people making money with their podcast is ruining podcasting for the hobby podcast. Unleash Your Inner Hero: Defining Podcast Success A post in a Facebook Group Asked: "What is your idea or definition of a successful podcast, the one that has specific number of downloads, or subscriptions or sponsorship or something else that I might not know??" Does it make you happy? Do you love doing it every day/week? Do you have a positive impact on the lives of others? is it something you'd love to do every day as your career? You're successful. It's not about dollars and cents or downloads - it's about levels of happiness - Lou Mongello wdwradio.com  All I can say is Amen. Look, I love what money can do for me . I'm up to my eyeballs in student loans, but if you OBSESS over downloads numbers, and OBSESS over New and Noteworthy you are focusing on the wrong thing. You need to focus on your audience and impacting them in a positive fashion. Example of Podcast Success 12:59 Mark Dowding from the Oh Beep Geocaching Show Not writing this to boast, or brag, just as a heads up to anyone who is getting a little jaded with their podcast. We've struggled the last few shows and have only recorded one episode in January. We've been questioning our value in our niche and what we bring to the table. Then a listener sent this e mail, which told us we've been achieving what we set out to do every episode.: "I just wanted to tell you how much I enjoy the show. I listen on my way to work and on my way home

Mon, January 18, 2016

Avoiding Burnout on the Road

There are a number of things you need to be successful in podcasting. Great Content Great Sound Great Promotion Great Attitude No matter how great your show sound, and how much you promote it, without great content, it won't succeed. No matter how great your content is, if it is painful to listen to, or you have to constantly adjust the volume, nobody is going to listen. No matter how great you sound, and how great your content is, if you don't promote it, your growth will be slow. Without a great attitude, you won't be able to handle it when things don't go according to plan. You have to be able to roll with the punches, dodge the trolls, embrace constructive feedback, celebrate other's success, and remember to always serve your audience. It is easier said than done. Jump Starting Your Year There are a number of people who can help you launch a great year. Michael Hyatt has your best year ever. John Lee Dumas can get you where you want to go in 100 days with his Freedom Journal (and yet I bought a copy).  Today we have Tarun Stevenson of  leadcommunicategrow.com is hear to help us keep our attitude in check, and to make sure we set realistic goals. Avoiding Burnout When you lose hope its a very dark place to be and want to quit. Business without purpose can lead to you throwing in the towel. We look at where we want to be, and then look at where we are, and instead of feeling gratitude for what you have, you get discouraged. You have to value your current situation so your attitude can stay positive and allow you to make it to the next step. An App that Dave has been using is Gratitude Journal  . Take A Look At Yourself Look at last year and figure out what worked, and what could be done better. What experiences help you grow more? When we develop small habits they can lead to giant success. Goals Be sure to have specific goals, and make sure the goals push you out of your comfort zone. Make sure they are realistic. Instead of focusing on the goal, focus on the actions that will lead to achieving the successful goal. Instead of focusing on our stats, focus on the actions that will lead to more downloads. Anything of value takes time and effort. A garden of weeds takes no time or effort. Your successful podcast will require time and effort, but it will be worth it. Becoming a Person of Influence Operate with integrity Help other people, and deliver value. Listen to people, and be interested in other people. Follow Tarun on twitter ,  Facebook<

Mon, January 11, 2016

3 Things You Need To Make Money With Your Podcast

Today's episode is a special "Dual Episode" as Dave and "The Real Brian" from Profitcast take on the subject of what is needed to make money with your podcast. We got together to talk about three bullet points: Abundant vs Poverty Mindset 8:10 Identifying the type of client or listener you want 23:50 Invest in yourself and value yourself. 29:31 In the process of going into these bullet points, I expanded the talk to include a discussion of looking at our podcast. There are two sides of podcasting Podcast is the wild, wild West - and you can do WHATEVER you want. You need to focus on delivering value to your audience. So this leads us into uncomfortable places as we love to be encouraging, but we need to be honest and let people know that podcasting does require work (especially if you're trying to deliver value for your audience).  If your show fails to deliver value, then nobody will buy your service either. How to Overcome Negative Podcast Mindsets If you take the time so that you KNOW you are delivering value, then you are confident in your content. If you are "guessing" that your audience will enjoy/grow your content, then your confidence is not as solid. How to Identify Your Listener There is no easy way around this, and it will probably get tweaked over time. You need to go out and meet your audience. This can be online, or in person, but you need to go meet your audience and make sure they exist. When you talk to people and you hear what they need, then you can deliver the best content. How To Invest in Yourself My first piece of advice would be to turn off the television. Television delivers very little value when it comes to helping your podcast earn money (unless you're watching Shark Tank, or The Profit). There are many ways to do this that require no money: Taking time to read blogs Going to Meetup Getting books from the library Watching  relevant video on YouTube All those things can benefit you in your understanding of your content, your market, and help keep you focused. There are tons of different courses. If you find one that you feel fits your needs, then take the course, and throw yourself 100% into it. Don't purchase another course, book, CDs, DVDs, until you finish that course and put those strategies into action. Ready to Start a Podcast? Check out www.theschoolofpodcasting.com Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.c

Mon, January 04, 2016

Getting the Other Side of the Story

I recently was very concerned when I saw a video from a company call Glycast.com It stated, "“ It’s a new approach to podcast advertising. This is how it works. You give us your podcast feed, and we give you a new one to distribute to your audience . ”" I could tell by the video that the person was more of a podcast  listener and not an actual podcaster. I didn't think he was out to hurt podcasters. But I could see where there was a chance for people to get their RSS feed hijacked with now way to get it back if Glycast went out of business. This video explains it all . So my first reaction was to tell everyone the house was on fire, and to be careful. My second reaction was to contact the company and get their side of the story. I was BLOWN AWAY when I got this response. My name is José Pablo Fernández, I live in London, I started coding when I was 7 years old, I also started my first business around that time. I worked for Google some years ago. For the past 4 years I been running a startup I co-founded, first as CTO and then as CEO: Carousel Apps. This company is launching Glycast. I co-founded Hear a Blog, a podcasting-related product, some years ago, and we got selected and Seedcamp Paris finalists. In my video for investors I talk more about my background: https://carouselapps.wistia.com/medias/pv06qw6ap5 We have the core tech for Glycast but not everything, so, we'll build whatever is required for both parties to be happy. We want both parties to be happy, so, if you are not and you want to leave us, we won't stop you. If you require us setting up a redirect of your feed to another system, we'll implement that feature and everybody will have it. I'm thinking of actually recommending people of using Feedburner, so as to have a setup such as this: main rss -> glycast -> feedburner -> audience You give the feedburner RSS to your audience and while Glycast is there, then you have ads, if one day you want to move away, then you just switch your Feedburner account to read directly from your main rss like this: main rss -> feedburner -> audience and voila. You don't even need the redirect. Nobody will notice any difference at all. Depending on what systems people are using we may also develop plug ins. For example, we can have a WordPress plug in that makes your feed look like if it was serve from Glycast, with the ads, but on your feed on your own server. That shouldn't be that hard to implement. About who is on your show? Do you mean about which ads are played and which ones aren't? I'd love to implement something like that. It'll probably be something like this: if you don't approve any ads, then all ads are approved, if you approve enough ads to take care of your inventory, then only those ads will

Mon, December 28, 2015

My Favorite Podcast 2015

in no particular order) 01:25  Exponent - the nuances of tech strategy - Submitted by Max Flight of  AirplaneGeeks.com , TheUAVDigest .com, and PaxExPodcast.com 2:48  Up In Your Business - brings in inspiration to help you to create a business - Submitted by Chris Lewis of  www.dadspotlight.com 4:33  School of Podcasting - All Things Podcasting - Submitted by Craig from  inglespodcast.com  and 08:06 Kenn from blackmanwithagun.com 09:53  Ask the Podcast Coach - Your Podcast Questions Answered - Submitted by Dan Lovallo from  http://headlinehistory.libsyn.com/podcast 11:18  We Choose Respect - Teaches kids to be respectful - Submitted by Erik K Johnson from www.podcasttalencoach.com 13:35  You Must Remember This - Golden Age of Hollywood - Submitted by Emily and James of www.classylittlepodcast.com 16:40  Canada Land - A deep dive into the media world in Canada - Submitted by Francis McGrogan from  www.standcurious.com 19:10  The Mentee - surround yourself with heavy hitting mentors - Submitted by Gretchen from  www.alwaysalesson.com 20:10  Learning Leader - focuses on leadership in every field - Submitted by Gretchen (Schultek) Bridgers from  www.alwaysalesson.com 20:40  Duncan Trussell Family Hour - have a good laugh every once in a while - Submitted by Harry Duran of www.podcastjunkies.com 21:56  Mat Men - I love wrestling and this network - Jeff Bradburry from www.teachercast.net 22:30  The Morning

Mon, December 21, 2015

Evaluating Your Podcast Year

Because of My Podcast the Creator From the Blacklist Gets Interviewed on Podcast Troy produces numerous podcast, but today he is talking about the Blacklist Exposed podcast he had the creator of the hit NBC show contact Troy on twitter and ask to come on the show. While he was on the show he made announcements that were then used in Press Releases that had all the press releases pointing at Ttoy's site  theblacklistexposed.com  Tory point out that: The Creator of the Show Called THEM. It took three seasons (it didn't happen over night). Make great headlines. Evaluating Your Podcast Year My stats are basically flat from the start of the year to the end of the year. I had a bit of an upswing in the middle of the year, and I'm up a bit from last year (kind of following the trends of podcasting up about 3%). Here are some things you can look at: See what episodes were downloaded the most See what episodes had the most comments See what pages had the most visit (check your Google Analytics) See what got shared the most ( I use Social Warfare for this) Then look at what didn't do well. You want to do more of what seemed to resonate with your audience and less of what didn't. Seems obvious, but without a time to evaluate what is working you could be going deeper into the wrong direction.   Top Ten Episodes of 2015 The Journey of Podcasting Starts with a Single Episode- Profitcast's The Real Brian Taking Phone Calls On Your Podcast What to Do If You Can't Pick a Podcast Topic What Podcasters Can Learn From David Letterman Podcasting's Most Frequently Asked Questions Making a Living Talking about Horses - Glen the Geek is Never Boring Audio Technica BP40 - Electrovoice RE320 - Audio Technica ATR2100 USB

Mon, December 14, 2015

You Don't Need Thousands of Downloads To Sell Ads

Creative Ways to Get Your Advertisers to Promote Your Podcast Glenn made quite a splash when he was on the show earlier this year (it's the most shared episode on the site). 7:02 "Glenn the Geek" is America's Horse Husband and founder of the Horse Radio Network recently had a special holiday program where they streamed live for 12 hours. Here are some stats: 12 Hours Live20+ Hosts30 Scheduled Guests including Charlie Daniels, Robin from Disney World, Monty Roberts and American Pharoah Trainer Bob BaffertCrashed live feed during Bob Baffert, everything else worked all dayOver 100 listener voicemails with songs, poems and holiday greetings.200 calls during the day (Not all got on air)Gave away $3,000 in prizes including $1000 Grand Prize17 Sponsors Strategies For Doing a Radiothon He started planning months in advance when he was face to face with the sponsors. Sponsors who won't sponsor on a weekly basis, may be interested in doing a "one off." (who later turn into a weekly sponsor). Glenn uses Callinstudio.com to take phone calls and streams via mixlr.com He put it in the contract that the sponsors had to publish the radiothon on their Facebook page. He utilized relationships to get great guests. Glen says "It's not who you know, it's who knows YOU." He got his audience involved who sent in songs, poems, shout outs and more (it took 20 hours to edit together). They got Charlie Daniels by using the contact form on their website. They had a title sponsor who was mentioned every hour. Another advertiser sponsored the email section. Other advertisers were tied into give aways. Results of Horse Radio Holiday Radiothon He mad 50% of what he makes in a month in ONE day. It was a lot of work. He picked up new sponsor who decided to sponsor this one day, are now sponsor weekly. Proof You don't have to have huge numbers to sell advertising. You have to have huge numbers to sell to Ford and Chevy. For more information about the Horse Radio Network check out  www.horseradionetwork.com Podfest Event 29:55 Podfest is in February at Tampa Florida at podfest.us For the 2nd year in a row, Podfest is the gathering place for long time podcasters, new podcasters and those who are thinking about starting podcasts.  It's a special forum that brings you actionable and strategic education, unique opportunities to connect and collaborate with your fellow podcasters and speakers and access to the best podcasting resources out there! Use the coupon code earlybird before the end of the year and get <a href="https://twba.infusionsoft.com/app/orderForms/PodFest-Ticket-2016---General-Ad

Mon, December 07, 2015

Audience Participation Blue Print

The Podcast That Has More Audience Participation Than Any Podcast I've Heard Rob Walch is the VP of Podcast relations, but he started off 11 years ago as the host of Podcast411. In 2007 he started the then Today in iPhone (later changed to Today in iOs to include the iPad) and Rob has more audience interaction than any podcast I've ever heard. Here are some things I noticed about his show. Rob mentions and ASKS for feedback and provides his email address and phone number many times through the episode. He states it, and moves on. He gets his community involved by asking them to contribute original music and artwork He offers them free apps from developers looking to promote their app to their target audience. He offers objective viewpoints (he's a fan boy, but realizes integrity easy to lose, and hard to come by) about Apple products. He uses his sponsors so he can talk about them first hand. When someone sends in feedback he religiously refers to this person by name. He reminds his audience that he is "going back to the mail bag" to remind them to e-mail in their comments/questions He doesn't pretend to know it all. If he doesn't know it, he throws it out to the audience to answer (and they do). He uses a Google community (with 2500+ members) to community outside the podcast He uses the same segments for each show, and yet every show is different due to news, apps, and upgrades. So you know what to expect, and still have no idea what to expect. Every episode is served with a side of snarkiness. Rob is sarcastic and that is the part that I love about the show. His segment "How wrong were they" is always good for a chuckle. I play a small "behind the scenes" conversation I had with Rob back in January of this year when we were talking " Twitter bombing " 1:10 Because of My Podcast I'm on FM Radio - Mike Dell from Podcast Help Desk Mike Dell from Podcast Help Desk explains how his podcast lead to him getting a job as a regular on a local Radio show. Find Mike at podcasthelpdesk.com Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, November 30, 2015

11 Tips for Better Engagement

Increasing Your Podcast's Audience Engagement With Better Calls To Action We love our audience, and we want to connect. We want them to take steps to deepen their level of engagement. We want them to take actions. These often include: Subscribe, Rate & Review in iTunes Follow us on Social Media Join our Email List Buy products Shop At Amazon and that's just a few. Determining Your ONE Call To Action Your call to action will be unique to you. We all have different needs, and different motives. There is no one size fits all, but in the end you need to STOP and THINK, WHAT IS THE GOAL OF THIS PODCAST. Them figure out the roadmap to get your audience from point A to point B. If you are in podcasting "Just for fun" you probably still want people to tell their friends. That is a call to action. Now if I was to honest here, I would say I want everyone to join the School of Podcasting. I need to look at this realistically. This may be the first time you've been on my website, or heard my show. That seems a bit forward don't you think? You don't ask someone to marry you on the first date, so you might not want to close the deal on the first contact with you audience. The cool thing is it is YOUR call. You want to ask someone to marry you on the first date, you can do that.  But you might be less intimidating to have them sign up for your email list. From there you have another opportunity to provide value. Notice what I said here, you have an opportunity to serve your audience. Figure out where you want to go, and the figure out how you're going to get there. It sounds easy, but you might find it difficult. The bottom line is you need a plan. Tips For Creating a Call To Action As I said before, you need to figure out what you want your audience to do Be clear and concise Be repetitive if necessary Tell them HOW (sure you know how, but they may not) Make it E A S Y (don't make them hunt for buttons, or type insane website addresses) Eliminate competitive calls to action Explain how they will benefit (not how you will benefit) Explain exactly what will happen Explain why they need to do this now Remove the Fear. Try to avoid words that might seem much of a commitment. BUY NOW vs Add to Cart. Maybe we should be asking people "Get the back catalog" instead of "Subscribe." Explain how they can cancel at any time, and it is free. Place it in two places on your post. One near the top of the page ("above the fold" and once near the bottom). In the end, a call to action should convey value, and provide a sense of urgency. Because of my Podcast - Jeff Steinman Jeff explains that how launching a podcast boosted his book sales, brought him more traffic, and boosted his interview skills. You can find Jeff at howtoquitworkin

Mon, November 23, 2015

Don't Keep Your Audience Waiting

I've been talking about your podcast from TOP to Bottom over the last couple of weeks. Sometimes its good to go back to the basics and reexamine our shows. The first week we talked about Headlines (the title of your show notes), and I provided a free guide with tools to help you write better Blog Post Titles. Last week we talk about the importance of your introduction and how it is your first impression. This week we are talking about the meat and potatoes of the meal. Your content. Because of my Podcast Jason Marshall Jason from the We Don't have Cookies podcast  tells a story that has lead him to get a job on radio, as well as appearances on television all because of his podcast. Be Part of Our Last episode of the Year Answer the question, "My favorite podcast is.." and explain WHY leave your answers HERE (deadline 11/31) I've mentioned the book [easyazon_link identifier="0849921902" locale="US" tag="sop2-20"]Secrets of Dynamic Communications: Prepare with Focus, Deliver with Clarity, Speak with Power[/easyazon_link] available at Amazon  which is a great book for shaping your content. I've always said that  before you press record you should ask yourself, "What about this topic is going impact my listener enough to want them to tell a friend?" If you can't answer that, then maybe you shouldn't press record. Here are some questions to ask yourself: Do I have a crystal clear objective about this topic. How do you get crystal clear about a subject? By knowing your audience and what they need or want to hear. What points do I need to make to obtain my objective? Don't worry about what they think about YOU, instead think about THEM. Get To the Point With Thanksgiving right around the corner when I to my Grandmother's house it was great seeing all my cousins, it was great smelling all the food, it was great eating crackers or whatever little munchies they had out out, but for the most part I wanted the TURKEY and HOME MADE MASHED POTATOES. It was the same at Christmas. My Grandfather would read the Christmas story before we opened presents (a tradition my brother continues). Then we had to sing some Carols. THEN, FINALLY we would open presents. Your audience is here for the presents. What do you have a hard time waiting for? Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, November 16, 2015

Does Your Intro Make them Push STOP?

Last week we talked about the importance of headlines, and I gave you a free resource to help you make better headlines. Now in Podcasting you headline is your "Show Notes" title. You can get the free resources at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/headlines Your Podcast Introduction People are busy. We hear activity like a badge of honor. How are you ding Bob? BUSY! I'm backed up. I don't get to take lunch. I'M SWAMPED! So with this in mind it is my opinion   that your intro should get to the point quickly and answer the following questions: Who am I listening to? What is this? Why do I need to listen to this now? Get to the Punch Line? Put Yourself in the Shoes Of Your Listener When they do a search in Google, or iTunes, etc they see your information and they are asking: Should I listen to this podcast. Should I keep listening to this podcast? Will I come back to listen to this podcast Today I play intros from the following Shows The Podcast Report Podcast Producer 5 Minutes in Church History 317 Podcast Your Intro is Important Mark Ramsey said at the new Media Expo that unlike radio, every podcast listener starts at the beginning. Make yours count, hit them hard, hit them quick, and let them know what they are going to get. [clickToTweet tweet="Does your podcast intro move people to push STOP" quote="Does your podcast intro move people to push STOP"] Get Exposure For Your Show 26:45 November is almost over. Each year I ask you to answer one question. What is your favorite podcast and WHY. Be sure to tell us where we can find your podcast (and what it's about). I'm really interested to see WHY. You can record/upload your answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/favorite . There may be a prize involved...... Andrew Hellmich Refused to Podcast For Free - And it's Paying Off 27:48 Andrew Hellmich is from the Photo Bizz Exposed podcast ( http://photobizx.com /) and does a podcast about boosting your wedding Photography business. Andrew launched a premium version of his show - when he launched. He knew the podcast would take time away from his business, and with a family to feed he couldn't podcast for free. The other thing Andrew does well, is provide value. He knows people will not pay for horrible content. In this interview you will hear: Andrew has hundreds of people paying for his membership He didn't start in the d

Mon, November 09, 2015

How to Create Better Episode Titles Quickly and Easily

This is an abbreviated list of headline samples from the book " Writing Riches " by one of my favorite authors and podcaster's Ray Edwards . If you buy his book, buy some paper and pencil along with it. This topic starts at 6:35 The How To Headline (how to write headlines that will bring you more downloads) The Testimonial headline (I wish I had found Dave Jackson sooner - I could've save a lot of money) The Give Me headline (Give me 10 days, and I'll get your podcast into iTunes) The Reason Why Headline (The to 3 reasons people fail at launching a podcast - and how to over come them) The Probing Question Headline (Do you know the five things that cause people to unsubscribe podcasts?) The Dominant Emotion (Are you tired of putting out an episode and getting ZERO feedback?) The Command headline (Be the influencer that leads change in the world) The If-Then Headline (If you can upload a picture on Faceboook, then you can upload a media file your hosting). The Warning Headline (Is Soundcloud Going Out of Business?) A headline grabs attention, draws listeners to press play, communicates the big idea, establishes credibility and joins the conversion that is already happening in your audience's head. Common Mistakes That Podcaster's Make With Episode Titles They put the phrase "Episode 123" at the BEGINNING of the headline.  Nobody cares if you're on episode 6, 60, 600, or 6000. What they care about is how you are going to make them laugh, cry, think, groan, educate, or entertain them. If you MUST do this (I understand it makes it easy to search on your website) put it at the end. You can see in the image to the left that you don't get to see what the title is because half of it is EPISODE XXX. The worst offender of this is (unfortunately) the web based version of iTunes. It gives you very little room for your headline. They Put Very Little Thought Into the Podcast Episode Title This is the SECOND/THIRD thing people see when they find your listing (the first being your show artwork/Title of the Show). I know I am super guilty of waiting till I'd done recording the episode, editing, tagging it, listening to it "one more time," and writing the blog post. You're tired, you're excited (maybe), but you are "this close" to being done and you just "throw anything in there" just so you can press publish. If you think about it, from the 1890 to the 1940's they had paperboys who would shout out the headlines to entice people to purchase a paper and get the rest of the story. They weren't scream edition #417! If the podcast title is bad, the podcast will not be heard. Unheard audio impacts no one. (a twist on a John Caples quote). How To Write Good Podcast Episode Titles Typically Headlines

Mon, November 02, 2015

Patreon is Paying $3.5 Million a Month To Creators

Any time my podcast can get in front of more people I'm happy. From what I've heard on the Feed Podcast where a Google Rep was interviewed here is what is  what we think is going to happen.  Google will pull an episode and host it on their servers (but they won't be a media host) The reason for this is they have control and reliability (come some people do stupid things like put their files on a website host instead of a media host). They reserve the right to put ads after your show, and you will get nothing an like it. There will be a directory, you will be able to direct people to a location There is no set date besides "as soon as possible" It is just in the USA for starting. There are specific Google tags (just like iTunes Tags), but you can submit a feed and it will use the iTunes tags. There will be stats. They are not splitting your file into bits. They hope to feature your show when people search for it. They want to give you what you want - when you want it. This is probably why they paid $35 million for Songza (a company that generated custom playlists) back in 2014. Their artwork spec is from small to HUGE, so for now use your 1400X 1400 artwork that you use for iTunes. You can add your podcast at http://g.co/podcastprotal Here are the Terms of Service for Google Play Check out No Agenda Show for more in depth Media Analysis So How Do I Feel About Google Coming Into Podcasting? Anytime my podcast can get in front of more people, I'm very happy. As I've been online for a while, I've seen Google products come and go (Remember Google Buzz?). So while I'm excited, there is nothing for me to hold, touch, smell, and critique. Am I upset that they are going to host my files? No. Do I wish they would just pass through my files from Libsyn? Yes, but I understand why they are not. We all have our fingers crossed that they use better encoding that Stitcher (which makes you sound  barely  listenable). Am I upset that an advertising company is going to play ads after my show and I get none of that? No. (and I'm not surprised). As long as I can say what I want in my show and use it to direct people back to www.schoolofpodcasting.com I'm fine. Even Google has to pay the bills. So at this point, I'm "Hooray! - um, I think..." Terms of Service For Other Hosting Platforms Blubrry (use the coupon sopfree to get a free month )Content Producers agree that the content in you shows are free from spee

Mon, October 26, 2015

How to Podcast Step 1: Your Podcast Idea

I'm going to be going over podcasting in the next few episodes. So many people think it starts with a microphone (which is a logical start), but it doesn't. It starts with an idea. It might be an idea that is fueled by a need. That need may be to help people. It may be to make them laugh, cry, think, grown, or inspire them. You want to connect with impact. This is where your podcast starts. It starts with an idea. Taking Your Podcast Inventory This topics starts at 14:21 What do you like? What are you good at? What do other people say you're good at? What do you not like? According to the Book Secrets of Dynamic Communication  you are either intending to persuade or enable people. Persuading People Everyone _______ should _____  (i.e. Every coach should podcast). Enabling People Every ____ can ______. (i.e. very coach can podcast). Even sports shows are insinuating that everyone can/should cheer for their team. A comedy show might be getting you to think about something in a different (funny) way. Why Would People Listen to Me? This is a common response. After all it's easy to focus on ourselves. We are our favorite subject after all (right?). So instead of focusing on what people will think about you, think about what you are giving them? It's usually not scary to give someone a gift they know they will love, so why should delivering content that will positively impact them be scary. Communication is about the person (singular) who you will be helping, persuading, instructing, entertaining them. So How Do You Know If Your Podcast Will Impact Your Audience? You need to live in your niche. You need to hangout where your audience hangs out. This could be Facebook groups, Google Groups, Linkedin Groups, Meetup.com, etc. You need to go to where they are, and see what they are talking about. You can read books about our subject, and read blogs as well. You can watch movies about your subject. This is one of those "simple but not always easy" kind of things. There are no shortcuts. Once you know who your podcast is for, you know WHAT to talk about. Why Are You Getting Into Podcasting? There are many reasons: Be Seen as an Expert Reach a Global Audience Find Like Minded People Boost Sales of Your Own Products Boost speaking confidence Engage Your Community Make additional income Fun with friends and family. The WHY is the rudder of your podcast boat. It helps direct the content in the direction that will help you achieve your goal. It your message and your goal are out of sync then you will find it harder to achieve success. The Main Hurdles of Podcasting There are many things that stop people from podcasting. Here are what are feel are the top 10 excuses.<

Mon, October 19, 2015

Four Podcasting Tools Reviewed

Today we have a few tools to peak at. One allows you to record your podcast or go live, the other allows you to add your Blab.im sessions to your Wordpress website, Ray Edwards will teach you how to write better pages, and the last one allows you to book guests. Spreaker Studio For Windows and Mac Spreaker has been around a while, and if you are looking to do live streaming this is a great platform. They also are great if you don't want to go live. Their new Spreaker Studio software enables them to move away from the Web Based version they had before that relied on flash technology (which was not compatible with iPads, iPhones, etc). They have had Spreaker Studio apps for a while (also impressive) and now there are desktop versions to go along. Connect More Than One USB Microphone With EASE. This has been a problem that wasn't easy to solve in the past. Now if you have multiple hosts with two USB microphones you can easily connect up to three USB microphones into ONE computer. It's pretty amazing and easy to setup. It also integrates with Skype. This takes adding some additional software, but it takes just a few minutes and it worked like a charm. The best part is there is plenty of documentation so you don't have to guess what to do. You can create playlists (great for people doing podcasts of music), you can fade from one song to the next, there are buttons that you can assign sound effects to (again with plenty of documentation and tutorials). If you are person who does their show live, you also have a chat system right in the software. The only thing you need is a Spreaker account to get it to fly.You can get a free month of spreaker media hosting using the coupon code sopfree. Simple Live Press Blab Automation Tool Right now Blab.im is HOT. This is a FREE platform that makes it super easy to create a live show and have guests pop in and out. It's new and in beta, but it has promise. Hani from Simple Podcast Press (a great plugin for podcasters looking to build their e-mail list) has come up with an easy way to have your videos from Blab.im import into your Wordpress site. You can set it so you have to approve them before they are put on your website or have them automatically posted. You can add buttons again to grow your email list, your followers on blab, and more. The best thing is Hani. He is open to suggestions as the plugin has been out less than a week. My request would be to allow me to replace the blab.im video with a YouTube version later (to build my views on YouTube).For more information go to www.simplelivepress.com Here is a quick vide

Mon, October 12, 2015

Jason Bryant Turned His Experience Into a Career in Podcasting

Why I Switched from the Podcasts App to Overcast The last update from Apple broke their own software, and it left it there for at least a week. Never give your customers a chance to find an (alternative because they will). The creator of Overcast recently made it availabel for free (you can donate to help cover the cost $1 a month). Here are the features I love about it. If I share something I can not only share the episode, but send people to the location I am currently at. I can listen at surprisingly fast speeds and still understand the content A 60 second skip button that when I click on it repeatedly takes giant jumps to skip through bad content. It syncs via the internet so you can listen on your iPhone, switch over to your iPad and pick right up where you left off. You can even listen on their website (overcast.fm). I can see how much storage each podcast is taking up. In the end I love it, and according to the app I've saved 2 hours using the Smart Speed feature. VoiceStak is SpeakPipe on Steroids Let's You Capture Video Testimonials and Feedback 8:20 I love Speakpipe and I've been using it for years. This is a great tool to allow you to capture audio from your audience. You can then use it to build your email list, and you get notified via email when a new message arrives. there is a free plan for Speakpipe, and then plans start at $7/month. VoiceStak is a similar product that does everything Speakpipe does AND it allows people to send VIDEO messages (up to 5 minutes). You can integrate it to send videos straight to YouTube. It also has no limits on the number of messages you can receive a month, or how many you can store. The pricing starts at $17/month, but there is a very interesting option to purchase a lifetime option for $197 (so after 11 months you are basically using it for free). This might be handy if you have a business and you're looking to create a testimonials page. You could easily send people over to your site and using their computer, phone or tablet, they can leave a video message. You can use this on any number of sites, and you can place the widget anywhere you want. For more information check out www.schooolofpodcasting.com/voicestak Jason Bryant Turns His Passion and Expertise Into a Career with Podcasting Jason Bryant has had a goal of working as a sport commentator his whole life. Starting as a teenager in his high school he has slowly been given opportunities and taken advantage of each one. His hard work, dedication, and passion created impactful results. What results? He was asked to participate in other events. As the old saying goes,

Mon, October 05, 2015

Are You Missing the Low Hanging Fruit

Got Feedback? Call 888-563-3228 and get your voice on the show. The top two things I heard from clients consists of: How do I increase interaction How do I grow my audience Increasing Interaction With Your Podcast Audience Show up. Do you best to create a consistent schedule. If you show up, then they will make you part of their routine. This isn't mandatory (Dan Carlin is awesome and put out an episode every few months), but I would consider it best practice. Have someone who has never been to your website try and contact you. I AM AMAZED and people who do not have a page with a CONTACT link. Don't get cute and make it "buy me a cup of coffee" or "Interact" make the button/menu item say CONTACT. Why? Because it is what people are looking for. Let them choose the method of interaction. You can see if you go to my contact page that you can email me, call me (using podcastvoicemail.com ), or use the speakpipe button. You're choice. I've eliminated any reasons that you might have to contact me. One way to increase interaction is to ask for some. That's right, ask. If you want to know what they think, make it the last line of your show notes and ask them to leave a comment on your website or you can do what Michael Hyatt does and point them to his Facebook page. He who doesn't ask, doesn't get. How Do I Grow My Podcast Audience? I've spoken about this in numerous episodes: see here , here , here , and here  . You need to Make contact that impacts your audience, GO to where they are, make friends, tell them about your podcast). Today I want to throw in something I am again not seeing on websites. A play button. If you want people to listen to your show give them a play button. This is one of the reasons I like Appendipity themes. If you want it, you can have a GIANT play button at the top of your page (see www.logicalloss.com for an example). People are not going to get hooked on your content if they can't find it. When you create content that impacts your audience, they are going to want to tell their friends. Make sure you have buttons that make it easy to do it RIGHT NOW. There are tons of plugins that can add share buttons (they are built in to the Appendipity themes). One of the best plugins is Social Warfare . This plugin is super

Mon, September 28, 2015

26 Ingredients to Mix Into your Podcast

Are you trying to start a podcast but you can't seem to come up with something that is entirely new? Today we talk about how there are very few items that are entirely new. The iPod was just an upgrade of the Discman. The Discman was just an upgrade of the Walkman. The Walkman was just an upgrade of the 8-track tape. Typical something original is  really  a few items that are old that have been combined with something of yourself to make it appear original.  Because of My Podcast I Was Asked to Appear on TV: Wayne Henderson Wayne Henderson deos a podcast about the Green Bay Packers , and he and his co-host were recently asked to appear on a TV show to talk some smack with some fans of the Seattle Seahawks. International Podcast Day September 30th: Get Planning Your Podcast For Free I have a fwe things going on to celebrate International Podcast Day: My "Planning Your Podcast" course at Udemy is free from now until 10/31/15. Use the coupon code ipd15 I will be hosting an hour of live podcasting sharing "because of my podcast" stories and taking your questions Castermind Group Podcast Coaching Now Accepting Applications If you are looking for an accountability partner/mastermind, my " Castermind " is now accepting more podcasters. Here is who this is for and what to expect This is for the person who already has a podcast launched (if you need to launch your podcast, Join the School of Podcasting ) This is a group coaching, so some of it will be answering questions, but it will also have a short lesson to help you build your audience. Each Castermind will consist of three people and myself. If you are interested in applying, go to Castermind.com The Courage to Be Creative Keynote Session from Podcast Midatlantic I also appeared on the Podcaster's Rountable where we asked the question, " Why haven't you started podcasting ?" This is similar to the talk I gave at Podcast Movement with a bit more emphasis on being creative. There are so many options when it comes to making a podcast. I look at them as ingredients. These are things you can mix together to come up with a unique show. Live/Recorded Short Term / Evergreen Solo / Co-host Mobile / Studio Short / Long Schedule Scripted / Imrov Interviews or monologue Your Delivery Stereo / Mono Fact / Fiction Gender Comedy / Serious Expert / Journey Local /

Mon, September 21, 2015

Jeff Bradburry is Changing Lives With His Podcast

I was lucky enough to get to hang out with Jeff Bradburry of the  Teachercast  network at Podcast MidAtlantic. Jeff is helping teachers utilize technology (like Podcasting) in the classroom. I first met Jeff on a Podcaster's Roundtable and was amazed as he is doing everything LIVE. The one thing that impresses me with Jeff is he truly understands his audience. These (in some cases) are people who have struggled with technology, and are now looking to embrace it and improve the lives of students. Jeff understands that a teacher may call "audio on a podcast (no RSS feed" a "podcast" (when by definition it's not) but instead of splitting hairs, he stays focused on the goal (inspiring learning in the classroom with technology).  Go Have a Baby or Three Jeff was at an event when his wife went into labor. She was three months early, and Jeff had his hold booth setup. As you can see to the right. Jeff's booth is first class (GO BIG OR GO HOME). So you might be just a little nervous about running out the door and leaving all your equipment behind. His audience knew Jeff's situation (pregnant with triplets) and told him over and over "Go, we've got you covered" (and they did). His audience trusts Jeff, and in this case he trusted his equipment to his audience.  Go Inspire a Conference: Your Show Started THIS... Jeff had gone to a conference and spoke about it, and it turns out his  audience was listening.  They were so inspired by the idea they started an edcamp in their city. So there was no event, Jeff starts a podcast and BOOM now there is an event where there was none. Not only was their an event but a group of people enjoying it, and improving their lives. Why? Because Jeff started a podcast.  Being Seen as an Expert Jeff has worked with some major brands (Microsoft, Pearson) and Jeff always bring his "A game" and takes advantage of every opportunity that comes his way and that has lead to him getting a new job and allowing him to move to a better location for his new (larger) family.  I love it when the good guys win.  Go check out Jeff at <a href="ht

Mon, September 14, 2015

Legal Podcast Music Review

Quick Takeaways from Podcast MidAtlantic Patience is a gentle version of courage - Kathy Kelly Special Mouse Podcast Podcasting Changes Live - J eff Bradburry  and  Scott Swanson Watch other Media Types - Jeff Bradburry and  Anythony Minaya Tell great stories - everyone Being Creative is fun. Podcasting Changes Lives I'm definitely having Jeff on my show in the future. The great thing that happened this weekend is person after person would share a "because of my podcast" story and I need to have them on the show. Jeff does the teachercast, and he helps educators (as a teacher himself) utilize technology in the classroom. He was great to hang out with, and he mentioned that if you help a student that's great (1 person), if you help a teacher that might impact 20 students, if you help a superintendent, that could impact thousands. Scott from Muppetcast shared a story (I need to have him on the show) where a Jr High boy was getting beat up at school because he loved the Muppets. Scott's show showed him that he's not a freak, and it's OK to like the Muppets. What Podcaster's Can Learn from Johnny Manzel I live in Cleveland, Ohio. Out sports teams are not good. We have tremendously talented people like LeBron James and Johnny Manzel, but still we can't win. Last year out football team the Cleveland Browns draft Johnny Manzel with their first round pick. Johnny rubbed his fingers together in a way to say, "I'm going to get paid." It became his signature. It appeared in Johnny's mind that he had achieved his goal. He had maid it to the NFL. The bad news is that is not THE goal of a football player. THE GOAL is to win the Super Bowl.</

Mon, September 07, 2015

What Every Podcaster Should Know About Stalkers

What Podcaster's Can Learn from Johnny Manzel I live in Cleveland, Ohio. Out sports teams are not good. We have tremendously talented people like LeBron James and Johnny Manzel, but still we can't win. Last year out football team the Cleveland Browns draft Johnny Manzel with their first round pick. Johnny rubbed his fingers together in a way to say, "I'm going to get paid." It became his signature. It appeared in Johnny's mind that he had achieved his goal. He had maid it to the NFL. The bad news is that is not THE goal of a football player. THE GOAL is to win the Super Bowl. Johnny had a reputation as being a person who was more interested in parties than play books. He always seemed a bit unprepared. This was his first year, but Johnny was now a professional football player. In this league you either carry your weight, or you are traded. As more and more stories of Johnny (more or less) goofing off came to the surface (welcome to being famous), it really appeared that this kid had his priorities out of whack. Paul Colligan has an episode where he said, " Starting A Podcast To Hit iTunes “New And Notable” Is Like Launching A Business To Get Into The Phone Book ." This is a classic, and it ties into this analogy. The goal of a podcaster is not to be in New Noteworthy, the goal is to impact your audience. Your goal is to bring value. For some, the goal is to create revenue streams that help supplement their income. When I wrote my book "More Podcast Money" getting it into Amazon was not the goal, the goal was to help people set realistic financial goals with their podcast. Amazon is a tool to help me do that. The 8 Week Myth About iTunes New and Noteworthy In the book Podcast Launch (by John Lee Dumas) a very unfortunate paragraph states that you "Have a mere 8 weeks to be featured within the best podcast advertising real estate on the planet." This needs tweaked. It should read, "You can only be considered NEW for 8 weeks, you can be considered Noteworthy any time." Because of this unfortunate paragraph people are spending all their and effort focusing on getting into New and Noteworthy. This is very much like Johnny Manzel focusing on getting into the NFL. It's not the goal, it's a milestone. In the same way that being drafted into the NFL equals success (as many people get cut, and many first roun

Mon, August 31, 2015

The Most Addicting Social Platform Ever

Periscope and Podcasting Periscope is a live streaming service from Twitter. It's pretty cool. My step-son is at Perdue and last week we got to see his first performance with the band via periscope. I had 36 people watching my cat in a baby's sleeping shirt. During the week I would open it up and just talk about whatever hit me. It's an interesting way to connect with your audience. In general, the video is recorded and can be viewed for 24 hours. You can download the file and upload it to YouTube or whatever service you would like to use. How Do I Get My Mixer Into Periscope? I used an iRig device originally meant for guitar players to plug their guitar into their iOs device but it works for me. You will need a  1/4" to 1/4 " patch cable to go from the mixer to the iRig, and then the iRig into the phone. There is an iRig2, but it is overkill. Also when it comes to patch cables, as you will be doing this near your mixer, this is probably a case where a shorter cable is better. Like most podcast equipment questions, there are about a billion different tools you can use to do this. The bottom line is, have something to say. If you don't bring value, you won't have people coming back to hear what you have to say.  It's one thing to just hop on and test it out, be sure to mention that. For me, I like firing it up and having one topic, saying it, and get out. In the immortal word of James Brown, " hit it and quit it." Blab.im - The Crack Cocaine of Social Media Blab.im is completely addicting. It also is a streaming service like Periscope except you can (if you choose) to let up to four people join you. There is a chat room where people can chime in and ask questions. They can also request to be part of the stream. I tried this last Saturday on Ask the Podcast Coach. Typically this is a call in show where my co-host and I talk a

Mon, August 24, 2015

Tips to Revive Your Dead Podcast

As a podcast consultant I should be telling everyone to start a podcast. I do. I believe there is a lot to be learned from starting a podcast. You learn to: Organize your thoughts Prioritize your goals Speak with confidence Work with people from different cultures As much as podcasting is about talking, I think the top podcasters are at the top because they learned how to listen. We Predicated Disgruntled Podcasters in December 2013 There was a time when it seemed every podcast had the term "on fire" tacked on at the end. In December of 2012 myself, Daniel J Lewis, Ray Ortega, Steve Stewart, and John Lee Dumas had a roundtable to discuss what Steve coined " The John Lee Dumas effect ." People were starting a podcast, following a formula, and expecting the same six figure result as John. Part of that roundtbale was to point out the hard work, dedication, and insane work ethics that John has (and they being John Lee Dumas comes very naturally to him).  John has always been super transparent about his life, his business, and his workflow, and how long his runway was when he jump into the unknown waters of podcasting (that's why I like the guy). John is an original. Here is the income from the  eofire.com  website   Here Comes the Next Wave of "Podcasting is Dead." Comedian Brock Wilbur made a post and said, " “Podcasts are pointless. Anyone who tells you otherwise is the literal devil. No one is going to get rich or famous or gain any level of following from this medium ever again, because it is hilariously dead. Your idea to share caustic observations about an ongoing TV show? Pointless. Your idea to interview interesting people? Laughably misguided. Your idea to discuss each individual episode of a decade-old CW show? Well…  shockingly successful .” <p style="color: rgb(51, 51, 51); font-

Mon, August 17, 2015

Getting Outside Your Comfort Zone

Today I share a story about getting outside of your comfort zone, and we talk with the Real Brian about how his podcast has lead to him getting paid to host two more. Donnie Pushed Publish On His Podcast. I got this email in my inbox: Hello Sir, I am writing this to simply introduce myself and say a big Thank You! Not long ago I was inspired to begin a daunting task of creating a podcast. I have listened to numerous ones over a varied topic span ever since the beginnings of the podcast. So I decided to bite the bullet and give this a go. With thoughts of what fun this could be and eager to learn some new skills I ventured forth into the "glamorous" world of podcasting. Your show has been a go-to for every topic I can imagine. I glean over past episodes for the struggles I am currently facing and words of encouragement along the way. Simply put, it has been indispensable in this process. With that said, I do need to mention that I already belong to JLD's Podcaster's Paradise and the information there has been helpful also, albeit a little pie in the sky- esque. I am a loyal listener now of your show along with the Podcasters Studio and Roundtable. This week I listened to the Glen the Geek almost everyday on the long drives between day job customers. All I can say is WOW. That episode really hit home. The show I have created focuses on the Craft Beer community. I am based out of Knoxville, TN so my main goal was to break into the local scene. I am around 5 episodes deep in the editing process and have just released my first show to my website and submitted to ITunes this week. I have broken the procrastination mold of not releasing due to trying to 'make it perfect'. I realize we all have to start somewhere and I have finally made that big step. Now to grow and promote, along with get much better every time I am behind the mic. -Donnie InebriatedWisdom.com My Reply Donnie, Awesome. You have done what so many people have failed to do, you hit publish. No matter what people say from this point forward, you put it out there, for better or for worse, you hit publish. I'm so glad I inspired you because this email may have just inspired me for my next episode. Do you mind if I read you e-mail on the show? Some steps you can take are to go find your beer peeps. See if there are local brewers (guessing here, not my niche), etc. Be sure to make friends before you start pimping your show (or they won't care). Congrats, and do everyone a favor and put a link to your in your signature. Dave Keeping My Integrity at Podcamp Pittsburgh. So I attended a session on basic audio editing. I could see that the audience at this event were brand new to Podcasting. At the end of day one, I asked if there were any open slots (as they just filled one) and they stated they didn't At dinner that night with Krystal, Nick, and Kim, they said I should do a session. It turns out at Po

Mon, August 10, 2015

Making a Living Talking about Horses - Glen the Geek is Never Boring

Glenn the geek has been podcasting since 2008. He does it full time. He grew his audience by reaching out to leaders in his field and partnering with them. He has a background in sales, and found the right sponsors for his shows. He embraces his audience, and knows that if you want people to listen you have to be entertaining. You might be thinking that if he is making a living from his podcast he must've had some huge podcast launching and rocked the top of the iTunes charts, and lived in New and Noteworthy. While that may be true, Glenn wouldn't know. You see, Glenn focuses on his audience. He focuses on making great content that entertains and educates. It wasn't until recently that he even knew to ask for reviews. He did it the old fashioned way. He earned their trust, and never lets his audience down. Consequently, they don't let him down. As a salesmen, he has made more money in the past. However, he is now making a living and having more fun talking about a topic he is addicted to (horses) and loving every minute of it. Today get a pencil ready as we interview America's Favorite Horse Husband Glenn the Geek from  Horse Radio Network . Podcast Rewind (2:43) Paul Colligan lays it on the line in the Episode title  The Weird Thing About Podcasting For Money Rob Walch was interviewed on Podcast Junkies on  the Truth about Podcast Numbers  (the stats start at the 52 minute mark). Glenn the Geek America's Horse Husband (5:47) Here are some of the top takeaways Glenn started with ONE podcast. Glenn put all his efforts into this show. He started with  ONE . He got a sponsor early even though he didn't have thousands of listeners. How? By finding an advertiser who was more interested in promoting their brand than delivering a coupon. <p style="color: rgb(51, 51, 51); font-family: Geo

Wed, August 05, 2015

Word of Mouth Moments From Podcast Movement

I attended Podcast Movement last week, and I am busting at the seems to tell you about it. To keep this short, here are my top memories and take always from Podcast movement. 1. The Door Key Was Branded Yeah, you know the magnetic door key. It had their logo on it. I often lose hotel keys and have to ask for another one. I didn't this week. What a HUGE first impression. I told Dan and Jared that there was so much icing on the Podcast Movement cake that you could not get a bad piece of cake. 2. The Michelangelo Line from Lou Mongello Lou Mongello is one of my favorite people. Lou is so authentic (you will see a theme here). In his keynote he just kept saying things that made me want to stand up and go "Preach On Lou!" (his talks was on Sunday). He said a line like,  "When people came in to look at a new painting from Michelangelo they didn't go, "Great Painting - What brush did you use?" 3. Ejecting Bad Guests - Jordan Harbinger Jordan is like a Lioness guarding her cubs when it comes to his show. It's HIS show, and if you try to mess with HIS show he will kick you to the curb. Try to keep pimping your stuff on his show when he explained up front that the pimping (if any) would be done at the show and he will shut down the recorder and send you home. It's HIS show. 4. Aisha Tyler - It's MINE. This one really hit home with me. How many things are truly 100% YOURS. Aisha has like 37 roles on TV, movies, etc. Yet, she records, edits, tags, uploads, and writes notes for her podcast. Why? She admitted she is an workaholic (transparent), and she said with all of her roles, her podcast is the only thing that is 100% hers. When a listener said she talked too much when interviewing a guest she advi

Mon, July 27, 2015

USB Microphone Shooout

Podcasting News: Midroll Purchased by Scripps  - Another shot of legitimacy for podcasting? Ask the  Double Rainbow Guy  The article mentions CPM (the amount you make per 1000 downloads) of $100. This seems unrealistic to what I typically hear ($15 - $30 CPM). Honda's 2016 Accord will have the ability to have Apple Car Play, and Android Auto.  Full Story Podcast Rewind: I recently was asked back on the  Coachzing Show   talking why podcasting is here to stay. I did  a webinar  with Steve Stewart on Podcast Workflow for his  Audacity Workshop  its only available for a limited time I started listening to the Tim Ferriss show, and the one thing that he us just AWESOME at is follow up questions. When he interviewed  Rick Rubin  he asked how Rick got into the 99 Problems video by Jay Z. At the end of the answer Rick says, "He is one of my favorite people." To this Tim instantly asks, "Why do you say that?". Later when he interviews  Glenn Beck  he asks about Glenn's dilema of having to hire a large amount of people to build his Blaze network. Glen explains who he hired first. He said he knew within the first three minutes of their initial meeting that this woman was going to be hired. To this Tim instantly asked, "What did she say to make such an impression on you." It's an interesting show, and he has interviewed so many big names, that you can "cherry pick" episodes of just those people you like. Podcast Microphone Shoot Out <a href="http:

Mon, July 20, 2015

Podcasting's Most Frequently Asked Questions

Today I will answer the questions that I receive on a regualr basis.    Podcasting News: Popular Science  has launched a Podcast caled Futuropolis Salary.com  listed "On Air DJ" as one of the the top 12th jobs on the brink. Speaking of that, CBS Radio eliminated  more than 200 positions  in companywide layoffs this week, including an unconfirmed number in Chicago Ira Glass now owns This American Life. The interesting thing is  this artcile  mentions that he has 22 employees.  In March 2014, This American Life  ended its relationship with PRI , who had served as the show’s distributor since 1997, flexing its muscles in a way that suggested long-running intent towards independence. Speaking of employees on the latest " But wait theres more " episode of Startup, Alex Blumberg states that he has a staff of 19 people to produce three pdocasts and they are making 2 milloin dollars this year (and spending 2 million).   FREQUNETLY ASKED QUESTIONS How much does it cost to start one? $91 Mic, Stand, Pop filter $60 Mixer $20 Libsyn (use the coupon sopfree) $8 Hostgator $60 Artwork $24 Intro MRC <p dir="ltr" style="line

Mon, July 13, 2015

Behind the Scenes of the Worst Podcast Ever

In today's episode, (not safe for work) I share clips from a podcast I set out (as an experiment) to be the Worst Podcast Ever . It would: 1. Have F-bombs. 2. Insult the audience. 3. Deliver no value 4. Use Potty humor and be overtly immature The reason? I had two: 1. I wanted to test podbean.com (who during the test had a technical issue, and my files quit downloading). 2. I wanted to see what kind of downloads a horrible podcast would get. I've heard from Libsyn that many podcasters get around 200 downloads per episode. (get a free month at Libsyn using the coupon code sopfree ) The worst podcast ever gets about 10. Rules for Experiment: 1. I could not use my real voice. I didn't want anyone to know it was me.  2. I could not promote it at all. Not a single tweet. Doing a Podcast as a Character: This is not new. " Madge Weinstein " has been doing yeast Radio since 2004. There are people who do not use their names such as School of Podcasting student Stargate Pioneer who does the  Legends of Shield  podcast. Cali Lewis has always been  Luria Petrucci  behind the scenese of  Geekslife.com <p style="color: #333333; font-fam

Mon, July 06, 2015

Get in Line to Grow Your Podcasting Audience

Podcast Rewind: Spreaker Live show with Rob Greenlee  -  My Appearance   Darren Rowse from ProBlogger (now a podcast) on  the New Rainmaker  - Dareen started getting new listeners to his content less than 24 hours of launching his podcast. Startup Podcast stated that 50% of customers at Dating Ring (the company they spotlighted this season)  came from the Podcast Serial Brought 341,000 New Listeners to Podcasting 6:00  Serial posted  a report  on their effect on podcasting Serial had a 4.6 % of their audience respond to a survey 23% of their subscribers said this was their first podcast. 90% changed their viewpoint of podcasting. 137,000 Newsletter Subscribers According to CNN (and these numbers are probably bigger by now) 3.4 million is the average number of downloads per episode ( as of 12/2214 ) If we take the percentages from the survey results and apply it to the download numbers you get this <p style="color: rgb(5

Mon, June 29, 2015

Cale Nelson Had a Sponsor Before He Had His First Podcast Recorded

Group Coaching: Castermind Group Coaching I'm starting something new and I have room for three people. I may expand this in the future, but for now as I test this out there will be three people (four including me). We will meet once a month on a Tuesday night. We will talk about where we we are, and where we want to be. We will talk strategies, measuring our progress, and sharing what works and what does not. I am running this promotion via Joyride, so you can  sign up here . Seating is limited. Podcast Advertising Works In a recent article  about the popular podcast Serial, "81 percent of “Serial” listeners between October and December correctly recalled a season one sponsor. And almost all of them knew it was Mailchimp and what the email-marketing service does." Podcast Advertising Pays - If You have the Numbers An article on  theawl.com  stated this about podcast advertising (using  Midroll ). The company’s ads—“integrated, native, often host-read spots”—are hugely effective compared to most internet advertising, so businesses pay good money for them. Podcasts, which tend to run one or two ads before the show and two or three ads during the show, can earn around three hundred dollars per ad if they average at least ten thousand listeners. For the elite circle of shows with over four hundred thousand listeners—generally the iTunes Top 50—a single ad spot can net over ten thousand dollars. Podcast Idol? WNYC Launches Podcast Accelerator WYNC has launched what they are calling a Podcast Accelerator. What is it? The WNYC Podcast Accelerator will give both established talent and up-and-coming storytellers the opportunity to pitch their big podcast idea and potentially win the chance to produce a pilot. <p style=

Mon, June 22, 2015

Fanning The Fan Boys and Girls to Grow Your Audience

There is a great saying, that those who learn from their mistakes are smart. Those who learn from other people's mistakes are wise. Marc Johansen sent in a voicemail stating how another podcasters who has been on the scene for almost to years stated that Apple created podcasting (they didn't) and many other obvious "untruths." It seems everyone who can press record has now dubbed themselves a podcast consultant. What is a person to do? Because of My Podcast: Marc Maron Marc Maron has already interviewed two of his childhood heroes in Mick Jagger and Keith Richards of the Rolling Stones and today he is releasing an episode where he go to interview The President of the United states. The President of the United States was on a podcast called  WTF . Which makes me ask, WTF? Why Good Podcast Consulting is Expensive I occasionally get caught up with watching other consultants.  I was listening to a Duo who just launched their podcast course explain how they had to record their episode four times due to a strange white noise they get when using Skype, I want to shout "Turn off the setting to let Skype adjust your volume." Now if they had hired me to troubleshoot their problem that call would have taken 5 minutes (and the way I work, they would billed for minutes - not 15). Currently a five minute call with me would be around  $12.50 . You might say, "How can that be it only took you a few minutes!" The truth is it's taken me 10 years of playing with technology and working with hundreds of people and their podcasts. My Podcast Dilemma If I start calling people out, I look like an egotistical jerk. If I say nothing, there is a chance you might fall prey to their crap. When in doubt, focus on making content that will inspire and impact your audience and let the chips fall. If you truly impact your audience, they will tell others about your show. Podcast Rewind I appeared on the  Podcasters Roundtable  with  +Ray Ortega ,+ Daniel J. L

Mon, June 15, 2015

Do the Best You Can and Realize Some People Will Think You Suck

Quick Tip for Crowdfunding When you find a tool to help your fund your audience (Patreon, JoyRide, etc) instead of sending those people to their website, use a pretty link and direct them to the page. Why? Because what if a better system comes along? You will have all these past episodes pointing them to a website that no longer is relevant. I lucked out once and I have a link to Audible. Audible change their company that handles their affiliate program so my link changed. By controlling your link, you can simply update what that link points to and your back catalog stays intact. For Example: My Patreon page is  schoolofpodcasitng.com/patron  and my Joy Ride page is  www.askthepodcastcoach.com/joyride They Said I Was Nothing Today I answer a question I originally Answered on Ask the Podcast Coach. It's from Elsie and Jessica from shepodcasts.com and they are wondering how to handle haters. Here are some things to consider. 1. The Source. Is this person a regular listener? If not, then let them go their way. They are not your target audience. 2. Do they Have a Point? Is what they are criticizing you about have any validity? 3. Can you implement the changes without changing who you are, and the goal of the show. If implementing these changes is very unnatural for you, or i

Mon, June 08, 2015

Are You Aware of the Women in Podcasting?

Today I have the joy of interviewing Jessica Kupferman and Elsie Escobar from the Podcast called She Podcasts and now they have launched a specific  Podcasting School of Women  ($997). This segregated approach lead some men going, "Do we need a special school of Women?" and the answer (according to Jessica and Elsie is yes. Podcast Rewind - Dee Snider on Radio 2:21 Today I play a small clip from Dee Snider's Snider's Comments podcast ( iTunes ) who explains how radio is so bad, that people PAID MONEY to NOT listen to it. Satellite radio requires more hardware in a time when everything was going to the phone. My favorite part is Dee asks, "Name me three people in their 20's that are listening to Satellite Radio."Dee's show is on  Podcast One , and is available at  DeeSnider.com  and  iTunes Why a School of Women? You may not be aware of this, but Men and Women are different. Men like to get to the point, and Women love details. In today's episode Jessica reveals a story where she asked a man about her show and his answer was to shorten the episode length and do more of them.  When she shared this with her  female  audience, they told her "NO! Don't DO THAT!" In some cases Men "getting to the point" with their answer may come across as "salty." It may come across as impatient, and short. When a man answers a question he has good intentions (we love to fix stuff) and yet the  delivery  of the answer may not connect with everyone. For the record, there are plenty of women podcasters (the women who are listening need to get their friends listening to BOOST the AWARENESS of women podcasters, as well as shows geared towards women. Never Forget It's Your Show Does this mean you need to be more po

Mon, June 01, 2015

Anatomy of a Story - Podcast Listening Party

Today we look at what are the key ingrediants to stories that are used in books, movies, plays, and how some podcasters have used these elements to make engaging content for their audience. If you want to dive deeper into engaging content check out my friend Erik K Johnson at  www.podcasttalentcoach.com  who really know the ins and out of content shaping.  Last 5 in 5 from Josh Rivers Read to Lead Podcast  with Jeff Brown (business books) Wordpress Plugins A to Z   (learn about plugins ) Weekly Web Tools  (tools for web designers) Happened to Your Career Chris Locurto Show Thanks to Josh for the opening, and for the last five in five. Find Josh at  creativestudio.academy Stitcher Now in Deezer Stitcher was purchased a while ago, and now those shows are starting to appear in Deezer.  Full story No Longer Impressed With Joy Ride (8:35)  I interviewed the head of Joy Ride  a little while back, and I love their interface and other items. It was nice to see an alternative to Patreon. Well I've been trying to setup a campaign, and you have to jump through hoops. I've email their support t

Mon, May 25, 2015

What Podcasters Can Learn From David Letterman

Today I talk about David Letterman and what we can learn from his retirement. We also talk a little Podcast Movement (use the coupon sop to save at podcastmovement.com ). Some people are NOT going to Podcast Movement because they invited Glenn Beck. How cool is it to be so hated that people will bite of their nose to spite their face? Because of My Podcast I'm Reconnecting With My Brothers Daniel Herrick creates the five lights podcast.  5lightspodcast.com  Due to his podcast he is connecting with his brothers. Last 5 in 5 What were the last five podcasts you listened to? (from Daniel Herrick ) Flat out Fever Podcast (formula 1) On the Limit Podcast (formula 1) UK Podcasters (podcast conference) Judge 13 Podcast (F1 podcast) Around the NFL (NFL Podcast) School of Podcasting (Podcast about podcasting) Punch You In The Face T-shirts I had dinner with Ryan K Parker of Foodcraftmen.com who is now famous for his line "No one will punch you in the face" (about your podcast schedule). He had said people had told him to put it on a shirt. So he did. I ordered mine. How about you ? Orders are printed and shipped when the time expires (May 31st). You can expect your package to arrive around 7 days after printing starts. Domestic orders are mailed via first-class or priority mail (USPS). Shipping costs $3.99 for the first item and $2.00 for each additional item. If you want to make your own shirt, Ryan is using TeeSpring . I spoke about TeeSpring on the More Podcast Money show.   New Businesses Pop Up Around Podcasting We have seen people jump into the podcasting world to help podcasters. We are seeing people who will create your shows for around $50 a show, and now there are people who will help you make a media kit. Hank a

Mon, May 18, 2015

8 Ways a Stranger Can Help You Grow Your Audience

Podcast Rewind I appeared on the Podcasting Success Secrets podcast talking Podcasting for Authors I also appeared on the Podcasters Roundtable talking rebranding your show. What Appears to be Another Great Book on Word of Mouth Marketing I heard about Ted Wright and his book Fizz: Harness the Power of Word of Mouth Marketing to Drive Brand Growth   on the Social Media Examiner podcast I'm only through chapter one, but here are some gems. The Power of word of mouth marketing is that it is a targeted message from a trusted source, every single time. 10 Percent of the population decides what to buy, and the other 90 percent goes along with it. 50 percent of all purchasing decisions are based on primarily on a friends recommendation Bissell sweepers went to RVs with Dogs. GO to where your audience is. Because its important to you, doesn't mean its important to your audience. 8 Ways a Stranger Can Help You Grow Your Audience I get hired for consulting and one of the reasons is people want a set of eyes on their website that hasn't been looking at it non-stop for 2 weeks. You need a fresh perspective. While it is my pasion to help people with their podcast (and you can get great feedback from myself AND Eric K. Johnson at www.podcastreviewshow.com) some people may not have that in the budget. Here are some things you can get your family to do at your next picnic. 1. Give you feedback on your elevator pitch. 2. Comment on your business card Then have them go to your website and without coaching them, have them 3. Play your show 4. Subscribe to your podcast in iTunes or Android 5. Contact you 6. Share your post. 7. Subscribe to Your Newsletter 8. Repeat steps 3-7 on their phone Podcast Launch Update I am pondering launching a show spotlighting some of the top liked clips on clammr. I did one episode and sent it to some folks. I got some great feedback, and some good insight. What's changed? The show was going to be a top 50. I'm experimenting, and I did a new episode with just 20 clammrs (clips) and it was received much better. I was also told to inject myself more into the clips, in essence, "Be Dave" and have fun. Please notice, I haven't made these tests completely public, the first "top 50" episode will be a collector's item. I'm also not in iTunes. You don't have to release everything you record. PodBean Crowd Fund

Mon, May 11, 2015

Your Words Can Can Change the World

Podcasting News: Spotify and Podcasting? According to an article , "Spotify was reported to be coming out with its own podcasting platform soon as well to corner a slice of the market. It is yet to be known whether this platform could deliver, but it only goes to show that podcasting has exerted a tremendous influence on the business models of such audio streaming platforms." Because of my Podcast: Nick Seuberling Nick form  spnt.tv  talks about his first time do a live stream from a location on the fist night of the NFL draft. Nick got to meet Nick Lache from 98 Degrees as he did a live broadcast from his bar in downtown Cincinnati. Check out the  Ben and Nick  show where Nick co-hosts a podcast with his young son.  Behind the Scenes of a Podcast Launch. Clammr is a free app for iOs that enables you to share 18 second clips. You can find out more at  www.clammr.com I'm testing some things, and I'm preparing to launch the  Clammrcast . Here are some things I'm looking into. Questions To Answer: Why?: Exposure to the School of Podcasting who are looking for exposureHow Often?: To Determine how often, I have to figure out how long it takes to create an episode. Episodes are going to be around 20 minutes, so I should plan on 2 hours.Ease of Content: The content is created for me, I just read the listHow Will I Know if It's Successful: By people using a special coupon for the SOP <p style="color: #333333; font-family: Georgia, 'Times New Roman', 'Bitstream Charter', Times, s

Mon, May 04, 2015

Do You Have Five Number One Priorities?

I was listening to the Podcasters Roundtable that they recorded live on the NMX floor (I was so bummed that I couldn't attend). They were doing a show with the topic of "podcasting issues" In other words, what were the hurdles you are having. One kept coming up over and over, and that was the issue of not having enough time. How To Avoid The Time Trap - Pick Your Schedule LAST I am working with a company right now where I will be recording their podcast. I like the topic, and I like the people. It should be fun. We were starting to talk about how many episodes a week, and how long the episodes should be. The podcast will be based on information that the company provides. Its will be arranged in a fashion that they are not used to doing. In the end, the company is not sure how long or hard it will be to give me the information. I also don't know how long it will take to record and edit that information. The answer? Do a test show. Then do another and another. I suggested we wait to pick a schedule LAST, so we can make an informed decision. Ray Ortega produces the Podcasters Roundtable twice a week. Why? Because he has a smile daughter, a wife, and a job. He know how long it takes to create a show, and picked a schedule he can consistently hit. When you publish on a consistent schedule, your audience makes them part of their routine. If you can't publish on a consistent schedule, ALWAYS provide consistent value (and your audience will forgive you). Every time I track how long it takes to create a podcast (audio) I arrive at a four to one ratio. A one minute podcast takes four minutes. A fifteen minute podcast takes an hour. Time Management 101 You can control time, you can only control you. If you want to control time, you will need to learn the word NO. You will need to have a clear objective of what and where you want to end up in life. You can't control time, you can only control you. Yes, life will bring surprises. How you react to those surprises can dictate what future surprises come you way. Time Management Insights You may have heard the tale from Steven Covey about the teacher with the Jar. The teacher had boulders, rocks, pebbles and sand. The teacher put a few boulders into the giant jar, and the class agreed it was full. Then the teacher put rocks around the boulders. The class agreed they couldn't put anything else into the jar. Then the teacher put in pebbles that fell around the boulders and rocks. Finally the teacher put in sand. The bottom line is you need to put the boulders in first. If you put the sand in first, nothing else would fit. A New Dimension in Time Management We often operate on the importance of a task, and the timeline. In his book Procrastinate on Purpose: 5 Permissions to Multiply Your Time <a href="http://ww

Mon, April 27, 2015

Another Free Media Host? Is Podcasts.com a Good Idea?

Today I take a look at Podcasts.com a new free media hosting company. I've seen a few services like this come and go along the last 10 years. So many people get excited because its free media hosting. Here are some of the things that I have experienced. They show Adam Carolla on their front page along with people like the Twit.tv network. I would be VERY surprised if these people were using their service. I sent a support request over 48 hours ago and have received no response. There is no way to put the audio on YOUR website. Their system is all about pointing people to THEIR website. They create a secondary RSS feed for your show, and they offer NO redirect. In other words, they get between you and your audience. This is really bad Their stats are beyond basic There isn't much documentation for some of their features On the other hand They offer android and iOs apps to listen to podcasts They offer private subscription only podcasts They offer the ability to sell merchandise The site is owned by Emerge Media who state that "We're grateful to help 50+ million people communicate in 190 countries, find information and entertain when you need it most." They own person.com, directions.com, womens-health.com, information.com, muchgames.com, bands.com,translate.com and now podcasts.com Their mission statement is, "Taking on the essential roots of everyday tasks and breathing real life into the technology behind them. Empowering humanity in supporting each other and giving them the tools to create a meaningful society surrounded by technology." My Opinion As it doesn't cost you anything, if you've got the time I could see uploading files on to this service as a  secondary distribution channel. Realize this may not bring We've Seen This Before Podbean is still showing twit on their front page (again, doubtful as they have sponsored bandwdith). Around 2006 Podshow (later Mevio) invested a TON of resources to make a web based system that made podcast subscriptions easy. It also duplicated your feed and people got REALLY mad. There is an article in the latest edition of Podertainment magazine explaining how people who use Podomatic are somewhat slave to them (as they control your feed, you have to upgrade to be able to put in the iTunes redirect to tell iTunes to listen to your new feed). The Average Life Span of Free Media Hosting How long Does free last? Podango 2. Mypodcast.com 4. Years Justin.tv 7 years Podshow/Mevio 9 years (they spent over 30 million in funds) Average? 5.5 year   Because of My Podcast - I Interviewed a Supreme Court Justice Eivind Arntsen shares how his podcast about the (loosely translated) "Legal ABCs" in Norw

Mon, April 20, 2015

Behind the Scenes of NMX 2015 - Clammr Tool is Addicting

Today I give some behind the scenes of NMX. This was a job 7 months ago I wasn't sure how to handle it. I did it, The show had some great moments, and some moments that we could not control (Podcast Awards). We answer the following questions: Why was the opening keynote on day 2? What happened to the Podcast Awards? Will we be co-located with NAB Show next year? Last 5 in 5 Mordant from www.successfreaks.com share the last give podcast he listened to. These included: The Tools Podcast The Nerdist Stuff You MIssed in History Grammar Girl   Clammr is Completely Addicting When I was at the show I asked Jason Bryant what booth to visit and he said, "Check out Clammr." So I did and I interviewed the guys. Later on my way home I had an extra-extended layover in Houston and began to play with it. It's really cool. In the few days I've used it, my clammrs have been seen hundreds of times. What is a clammr? It's an 18 second clip of your show, or you just recording from your phone (I did an update from the houston airport). You can pull from all sorts of sources for audio, and then you can go in an pick the best 18 seconds (or less). You can even do your own multi-channel recording. You could record yourself saying, Here is a clip from this week's show, and then mix in the clip all from your phone.  Podcast Advertising CPM Getting Weird During Norm Pattiz keynote, he said two things that confused people. One was that no matter what we thought about the Podcast Awards (which podcastone.com sponsored) he made money. That turned a few people (myself included) off (nobody likes to be sold to). The other one was that PodcastOne.com was using "impressions" instead of download numbers. I had heard rumblings about this and thought, "I need to have Norm explain this to me." Half way through my question, he let me know that there will ALWAYS be gray areas in whatever system of measurement you use. He was  very passionate about it. Later I went up to him and explained I didn't mean to upset him. I then learned that Norm wasn't upset. He is just passionate. As we spoke, I could see two very different sides of a fence. Norm with his mammoth sized history in radio, and my 10 years in podcasting. Norm didn't seem to want to apply any filters to his numbers. This makes sense coming from radio. You supply the biggest number you can to the advertiser who then pays you a low CPM (cost per thousand listeners/downloads). In podcasting, we thrive for hyper accurate numbers (which means smaller) and then charge a higher CPM. In the end getting both sides to meet in the middle may be impossible. What we do agree upon is that we want to give our customer (advertisers) a product in the format they want, that delivers value. At this point both sides of the download/impression discussion are saying THEY have THE way to measure. At any rate, with only 8% of podcasters getting 5,000 downloads or more it is not s

Mon, April 13, 2015

Podcasting Adds Personality To Your Blog and Business

Today we have great new! The Podcast Troll has been stripped of their patent . We alos have a lovely story of a father and son creating a podcast together at  oowrestlingreview.com Brandon Turner Adds Personality to His Website  Brandon has an article on Entrepreneur Magazine's website. It's title 5 Ways Podcasting Help Your Business .  His podcast helps him: 1. Generate traffic 2. Build relationships with his audience 3. Increased Conversations 4. Better publicspeaking skills 5. Direct learning from influencers You will hear how 70% of the people who join his membership program  are podcast listeners.    Mentioned in this Episode Run Click Webinar Software  Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, April 06, 2015

Taking Phone Calls On Your Podcast

While one of the coolest features of the podcasts is the ability to  time shift. I can record this on 4/2 and you can listen to it years later. There is one element missing in this and this is live feedback. You get feedback, but it is later when your audience consumes it. Like most things, the more features you add to a product, the more complex it gets. Taking (and recording) phone calls is one of those things that its hard to do without adding more mixers, cables, etc. Join in on the conversation by dialing 888-563-3228 First Words of Wisdom: Don't Do This Unless you REALLY want to do this, don't. You will need to (more than likely) pick a time when your audience knows you will be there. Keep in mind when you first start out, you DON'T HAVE AN AUDIENCE YET. So you will be adding extra complexities that will burn you out as a new podcaster and make you want to quit. How The Stars Take Phone Calls on Their Podcast: You Call Them I know Jillian Michaels will announce on her Facebook page when she will be in the studio recording her calls. If you are free during that time you send her staff and email with your name and your question. They call you, and get you on the show. I believe Ice T does the same thing. A Free Way To Take Calls: Google Voice You can get a free phone number from Google (better known as Google Voice) and route that number to your smart phone (thus saving you from giving out your cell phone to the public). You then talk into your microphone  and your phone at the same time. The microphone sends your voice into your mixer, and the phone sends your voice to the caller. To get the caller into your mixer,  you can use an 1/8" to a dual  1/4" cable ( like this one - affiliate link). You then send the mix of you and your phone into your computer or portable recorder. The Good News: It's free and its easy to control. The Bad News: There is no cue (a line of callers visible to you). Also, as this is your cell phone your wife may call into the show. Reality: Not a bad option. The lack of cue is not an issue as you may not have any callers at first. Skype in Numbers: $60 a Year It's very hard to find pricing on the skype site. A forum post showed the price as $60 a year. Here again, you have no call "cue" and it is first come first serve. If someone has called in, the other callers will just here the phone ringing and ringing. The Good News: If you have a co-host this is an easy way to get everyone to hear everyone The Bad News: Adjust sound levels is very limited. You will more than likely become acquainted with The Levelator software (free) and Auphonic.com Call in Studio: An Inexpensive Call Cue Callinstudio.com charges .03 cents per minute for every caller (you can limit the number of people who can call in at the same time). The phone number is $6 a month. My most

Mon, March 30, 2015

David Hooper's Big Bold Impact

Podcasting News: Adam Carolla and Dennis Miller Go on Hiatus after 6 Episodes Buzzfeed Starts Podcasting NPR is Building a Discovery Tool Podcast Monetizatrion Cash.me is a new way to accept donations. Want to test it check out www.cash.me/$podcastcoach  the fee is 1.5% Teespring is a cool mix of crowd funding and podcast promotion. Basic no logo t-shirts are 7.30 (just text), 14.75.  You can't order less than 5 (so a minimum order is roughly $75.00). Shipping made my order $18 for a t-shirt with my logo. Want to Support the School of Podcasting? Buy a Shirt Podcast Rewind: I was on episode 31 of the Podcast Digest talking podcasting equipment, because of my podcast stories, podcast websites and more. Join in on the Conversation: Call 888-563-3228 or go to the  Contact Page David Hooper Shares Behind the Scenes of the RED podcast (real entrepreneur development) David Hooper produced the RED Podcast with his wife Laurel. RED stands for Real Entrepreneur Development. We help you build an audience, sell more products, and make more money. We show you how to find the “hidden money” in your business. In this interview we talk about how: He recorded a bunch of episode before episodes before adding their show to iTunes He purposely set out to be different than any other "entrepreneur podcasts" When you have a business but you're not in the phone book are you not in business? You can wait and work out the kinks of your podcast before listing it in iTunes He is using the podcast to expand out past his Music Business Audience He created a studio in his home without spending thousands of dollars by using ATR2100 microphones , and a <a title="Noise Gates" href="http://astore.am

Mon, March 23, 2015

Let's Give Them Something To Talk About

Want to join in on the conversation?  CONTACT ME I read the book Word of Mouth Marketing: How Smart Companies Get People Talking  and while the book didn't do a ton for me, it did provide me with one question that can help me build my audience. It provided a question that can help inspire word of mouth. Here it is: What is the topic you are covering in your podcast that will inspire your audience to tell one of their friends? So I paid attention to myself this week to see what information I told friends about. I had two. One from episode 39 of  Profitcast (a podcast dedicated to examining ways to monetize your podcast), and the MoneyPlan Show (help you pay attention - not interest). This week was walking around a Holiday Inn in Lavonia Michigan listening to Profitcast. Brian came on and explained how a podcast can be Good Quick Cheap The kicker is you can only pick two. It can be good and quick, but it won't be cheap. John Lee Dumas had sponsors six months after launching his Entrepreneur on Fire podcast (6 months is quick). His show is great (I'm a fan). It wasn't cheap. He spent $3000 on a mentor, and John had six figures in the bank when he started (hear about this on the MoneyPlan SOS podcast). So it was expensive to start. If you want your show to be quick and cheap, it's probably not going to be good. If your show is going to be good and cheap, it's going to take a while to build that audience (but maybe not using the question above). You can hear Brian dig deeper into the good, quick, cheap discussion on Profitcastuniverse.com I like Brian. I've had him on this show and he co-hosted one week on As

Mon, March 16, 2015

Amy Schmittauer - Does the Work in a Savvy, Sexy, Social Way

Does it matter  where you host your media if it's an actual media host? What is Amy Schmittaur behind the camera? What kind of downloads can I expect from my first pdocast episode? If my show is really bad, what can I expect? All of these questions are answered in today's School of Podcasting's Morning Announcements episode 453. Dave's Thoughts on Spreaker Colin from Canada asks, "What are your thoughts on Spreaker ? Is it too crowded, what do you think of their sound quality?" I've spoken about podcast media hosts in the past, and a few years ago I was not a huge fan of Spreaker. I was contacted by the head of Spreaker, we got on Skype and since then they have continued to add more and more features to their platform. They use to rename your file, tweak your ID3 tags, and there was no way to redirect your feed. Those objections have been solved. Do I have any objections to Spreaker now? Only one (and it's a small one). Both Libsyn.com and Blubrry.com have the ability to have an unlimited back catalog. Spreaker allows you to have a HUGE back catalog, but in the end, there IS a limit (510 hours - thats a lot of episodes - for $20 a month). Your Host Won't Get Your More Listeners So many people thought that having their podcast on SoundCloud would bring them more audience (in my circles it brought in an additional 3%). While Spreaker does have a thriving community, in the end don't look to your media host to bring you an audience - you need to do that on your own. What Kind of Numbers Does a New Podcast Get? Last week I released an experiment of mind call Podcasting For Free. Episode 4 got 33 downloads in a week. Another experiment I did was trying to make the absolutely worst podcast. I think I succeeded as the first episode released in 2013 still only has 8 downloads. Downloads will always be based on your topic, genre, and background. We have tools to help you shape your content at the School of Podcasting. Amy Schmittauer Jumps Into the Podcasting Pool (With No Makeup) Amy Schmittaur is the force behind Savvy Social Sexy . I found Amy on YouTube and I love her sarcasm, and her content. For me, that's an unbeatable combination. In today's interview we discover: 1. Amy is actually shy when the camera is turned off 2. People give you 8 seconds on YouTube to make your first impression 3. In the end, you have to do the work. You have to at least try. 4. Amy is out on her Sexy Savvy Social LIVE tour ( see info ). 5. The things Amy can do in a podcast that she can't do in a YouTube video. Here is Amy explaining the name of her brand. It makes me laugh every tim

Mon, March 09, 2015

Podcasting Stats - Lots and Lots of Podcasting Stats

Libsyn.com Podcasting Stats from 1.9 Billion to 2.6 Billion downloads 1.9 Billion in 2013 2.5 Billion in 2014 8 Million  daily  audience requests for podcast during the fourth quarter of 2014 Unique monthly audience members continued to grow to 41 million individuals in 2014 versus 25 million at the beginning of 2013, marking another milestone achievement That represents a 37% increase in annual download requests. The accelerated growth for podcast audience engagement continues with more podcasts being distributed to Mobile devices.  Of the 2.6 billion downloads, over 1.6 billion (63%) were requested from Mobile devices, with a 5.4 to 1 ratio for iOS versus Android.  At the end of 2014 the WTF with Marc Maron app for iOS, Android and Windows Phone 8 had been downloaded by over 225,000 unique user accounts. New Podcasters Over 22,000 podcast shows use the Libsyn Network for distribution and monetization services for over 2.1 million unique, active episodes.  New account sign-ups are also at an all-time high with the addition of over 2,300 new shows already in 2015. Edison Podcasting Stats 35% of Cell Phone Users have connected it to their car to listen 33% of people (approximately 89 Million) have listened to a podcast 55% of people consume podcasts on their smart phone <p style="color: #333333; font-family: Georgia, 'Times New Roman', 'Bi

Mon, March 02, 2015

Jeff Brown Shares 26 Years Of Experience Behind the Microphone

I am working on an episode that will have clips of people who have been on radio, and I'm still working on it. When I interviewed Jeff Brown from  podcasteracademy.com  and the Lead to Read Podcast ( readtoleadpodcast.com ) he just kept bring gold and I just couldn't wait to share it. We talk about Tips on conducting good interviews Keep a level of intimacy with your audience How Taco Bell Almost got Jeff Fired How do you get guests for your show (when they say no the first time) We also hear the last five podcasts Jeff listened to. Behind the Scenes of the Podcast Awards: I looked Stupid and Lived to Tell This was the first year that the Podcast Awards were owned by the New Media Expo. I am the Director of Podcasting for the New Media Expo and (much like a new podcaster) we found ourselves saying, "This takes longer than we thought." It took so much time that we were copying and pasting stats into PowerPoint Presentations right before we went live (crunching and assembling the numbers took longer than expected). So there I was rolling out the finalists, and when I went to a slide the information wasn't there. I had checked and re-checked my slides. I mean, I TEACH POWERPOINT AS PART OF MY DAY GIG! On another slide I had pasted the wrong information. As the old saying goes... Haste makes waste. This was live in front of about 150 people. Egg meet face. As I write this, that was about 2.5 hours ago and you know what? I'm alive. <p style="color: #333333; font-f

Mon, February 23, 2015

How Do You Define Value?

In today's show we talk about a new  Podcast Award, some weird stuff at Fiverr.com, and I answer what I feel is value, the big question how do YOU define value. What value do you get from the podcasts you listen to? New Media Expo is Right Around the Corner Academy of Podcasters A new award has been created from Stitcher and the folks at podcast movement. For more information go to  http://academyofpodcasters.com/voting-criteria/ Daniel J. Lewis Has His Artwork and Copy Stolen on Fiverr.com I wrote about this on a previous post, on a post on how Daniel J. Lewis from podcastcoverart.com had his artwork AND ADVERTISING COPY being used (illegally) by a person on fiverr.com so I talk about what I would use Fiverr for at THIS POST . I do mention Music Radio Creative on the show today and play a clip How Do YOU Define Value? On the Feed podcast a called had called in stated he was tired of Podcasting Gurus telling other people how to podcast. I agree. There is no one size fits all. I use the anology of Football. There are: Teams that run the ball well Teams that pass the ball well Teams with tremendous defense Teams with great special teams In the end, it doesn't matter how you get there as long as you end up in the end zone for a touchdown. How I define Value I looked at what I consume and found that most of the content I watch, listen, or read: Makes me laugh Makes me cry Makes me Think Makes me Groan Or it entertains and educates me. Social Value If you want people to talk about your show, it needs to provide social value. When I reviewed the Sci-Fi Movie podcast I was amazed at the level of trivia they had discovered about the movie they were talking about. If I was at a party full of people talking about Sci-fi, I would be armed with some seriously cool information. I would look good, and when people ask how I know so much I would say, "I listen to the Sc-fi Movie Podcast." This according to the book contagious, by Jonah Berger . Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If y

Mon, February 16, 2015

The Journey of Podcasting Starts with a Single Episode- Profitcast's The Real Brian

JOIN IN ON THE CONVERSATION 888-563-3228  Use the coupon code sop2015 to save $100 off at the New Media Expo go to http://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/nmx   There are those who get into podcasting for the sole reason of making some quick cash. I typically FEEL this is bad idea (cash? maybe, quick? hardly). There seems to be a few different schools of thought on how to get into podcasting. We have all see the "On Fire" clonification of podcasting (I think I just made up a word) where everyone thought if they just did what John Lee Dumas does, they will make $2 million per year like John does. It didn't work. There are others who just do it for fun. This is fine. I recently purchased some items for the kitchen, and nobody is approaching me asking, "Hey you spend $99 on that Power Pressure Cooker XL how much are you making from it." We all have different dreams, insights, desires. Podcasting has many motivations. These include: To be seen as an expert To boost your exposure To build your community To understand your community To reach a global audience To increase awareness of your products and services To interview your favorite people To document your process of understanding a subject (I call this the "journey" podcast). The Journey Podcast Joanna Penn of the Creative Penn started a podcast because she wanted to know more about self publishing. She did. She interviewed experts and now, years later, she IS an expert on Self-publishing. She didn't wait until she knew it all, she started and did what she could along the way. You Don't Have to Be Great To Start - But You Do Have to Start to Be Great Today we hear from Crag from inglespodcast.com  who mentions how he started with just putting audio on his website, and gradually over time built up his skills, his gear, and now has a top notch podcast. John from Lets Talk Metal and Treasure Hunting who mentions that the podcast How Sound mentions that they feel people should always map out their show. John feel that being an "independent" means you don't have to record like they do. This is true, you can record however you want. In the end it will be the listener who helps you shape your content. As John mentions he didn't care for one podcast because he wasn't interested in the topic. There was nothing wrong with the topic, but he is not the intended audience. Starting Somewhere My Nomad Guitar When I was in my early teens I had a paper route. I used the money from the paper route to buy a guitar of my own. It wasn't much, but it was mine. It was what I could afford at the time. You see the paper route wasn't mine. I was a helper for my friend who had his own paper route. Later, when I had my own route I saved up $300 to purchase a Gibson SG. In 1981 (and having a paper route) this was a huge am

Mon, February 09, 2015

CEO of Podcast Funding Platform Joyride Jeff Chen

Want to join in on the conversation call 888-563-3228 or go to  www.schoolofpodcasting.com/contact Today I interview Jeff Chen of the new Podcast Monetization Platform JoyRide. I also share some podcasting news, and my community comes out (thanks to the kind heart of Steve Stewart) and wishes me a happy birthday as I turn 50!. Joyride has been mentioned in Forbes, Market Watch and many other publications as they just launched in December of 2014.  According to  one article , "JOYRIDE allows users to search over 100,000 different podcast shows in a variety of categories, and is seeking to convince podcast listeners to donate a monthly fee to their favorite programs. JOYRIDE is one of several companies GOOGLE is using for its developer program for ANDROID AUDIO, a version of the operating system developed for smart cars. How Much Does Joyride Cost? It's free to sign up, and their website states, "Joyride charges 5% in fees plus credit card processing fees of 2.9% + $0.30 per contribution." When I asked Jeff if there was a fee for removing your he replied via e-mail, "Hi Dave. Nope! Those are the only fees we charge!" With this in mind,  when a listener donates $1 to you take home 62 cents and joy ride takes 38. If someone donates $3 you receive $2.46 and Joyride keeps .54 (that 30 cents per transaction really seems heft when you are only receiving one dollar - so make your rewards good enough to inspire people to pay more). How Does Joyride Differ from Patreon? The biggest difference is JoyRide can work on YOUR Site (so you don't have to send people to joyride.com/yourcampaign). Patreon currently takes fess on the money coming in, and they also charge a fee when you remove the money. They go into great detail on their website, and as some people pay with paypal, and other use a service called stripe, it is somewhat difficult to understand. I appreciate Patreon trying to give as much as possible, but it

Mon, February 02, 2015

What to Do If You Can't Pick a Podcast Topic

Want to join in on the conversation? Call 888-563-3228 There are a few times in your life when you can say, "I don't know," and yet you still have to move forward. One is when you are in college. If you're not ready to declare a major what do you do? When you are having a baby, but you don't know the sex, what do you do when your honest answer is, "I don't know." Podcast on the New Media Expo Floor on "Podcast Alley" If you are going to the New Media Expo, we are accepting submissions for people who want to record live "from the floor" if you're going (and you know you should be) go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/podcastalley and submit your show today. Because of My Podcast: I Am Being More Effective At My Job Biagio and Joke are the hosts of the Producing Unscripted where they are now training their clients who are now producing better content - and thus they are helping people launch televisions show. Check them out at  producingunscripted.com I'm Not Sure What To Podcast About: What To Do When You Can't Find a Topic [8:48] In those situations you take general classes (in the situation of college), and you go buy diapers, lots and lots of diapers, if you have a baby on the way. These are all skills you will need moving forward. No matter what your podcast is going to be about you will need to know the following: 1. How to plug a microphone in, and how to talk into it without having "popping P's" 2. You need to get proper recording levels 3. You could go to Wordpress.com (as a temporary play ground - not a permanent solution) and start tinkering around with understanding websites. <p style="color: rgb(51, 51, 51); font-family: Georgia, 'Times New Roman', 'Bitstream Charter

Sun, January 25, 2015

Twitter Bombing: What Is It - Is It Harmful - Does it Work

Today we talk to Rob Walch the VP of Podcaster Relations from Libsyn.com (and co-host of the Feed )and Bryan Orr (from the Wow Small Business podcast  ) who did a month long "twitter bomb" test and shares his findings. Join in on the conversation call 888-5633-3228 Ready to start Podcasting?  JOIN TODAY Staying Focused in the New Year - Avoid Casturbation Casturbation Defined: 1. Verb: Producing content with no real value for your audience. To record for the sake of hearing one’s own voice. To record for the sake of keeping with a self-inflicted schedule. When asked to answer the question, “That episode moved you to ….” your audience will not be able to answer (or answer, “It moved me to go to another podcast). When Jimmy started the podcast with “Well, I’m not really sure what I’m going to talk about today but I wanted to get an episode out,” I knew I was going to get an earful of casturbation. When Jimmy spent 25 minutes to get to the point, one could say there was a large amount of casturbation in that 30 minute episode. 2. Verb: Participating in activities that provide no real value to your podcast. Jimmy’s stack of 3 microphones, 4 mixers, 6 portable recorders, and three hosting account leads me to believe he has a serious casturbation problem.  Read the full blog post here Dennis Miller and Emily Morse Hosting the 10th Annual Podcast Awards New Media Expo just announced that comedian, actor, radio host Dennis Miller and (radio, podcasters, TV) Emily Morse will be hosting the Podcast Awards. With the New Media Expo being held along side of the National Association of Broadcasting, this event is THE event to attend this year. Podcast nominations are now open for the Podcast Awards. You can submit your favorite podcasts at  www.podcastawards.com You can save on your New Media Expo tickets by using the coupon sop2015 Twitter Bombing Defined Twitter bombing is the act of sending out multiple (in some cases hundreds) of tweets per hour (in some cases from multiple twitter accounts) with the sole purpose of getting pe

Mon, January 19, 2015

Podcast Helps You Be Seen As an Expert - Darren Dake's New Job

Podcasting can help you be seen as an expert. You will hear about how it helped Darren Dake of the Coroner Talk Podcast land a dream job. If you want to join in on the conversation use the options on our Contact Page, or call 888-563-3228. Also don't forget you can be entered to win a free year at the School of Podcasting by taking our Audience Survey . (Contest ends 1/30/15 with the winner being announced on the Ask the Podcast Coach show). Podcast Award Nominations Open January 19th If you want to nominate your show, and have your audience nominate your show, go to www.podcastawards.com Win a Trip To New Media Expo We are looking for people who will take all the shows that are nominated for a podcast award and score their show. There is a base set of criteria, and we will have a webinar to show you how to go about it. If you review four categories (about 16 hours of work) you will receive a pass to the new media expo (travel is not covered). You can review less than  categories (it is not mandatory).  If you are interested,  go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/par If you thinking of going to New Media Expo then use the coupon sop2015 to save 20% For more information go to  schoolofpodcasting.com/nmx Because of His Podcast Darren Dake [8:50] Darren has been involved in death scene investigating. After podcasting on a separate topic for a year, he decided to podcast about what he knew. He started coronertalk.com and his podcast was designed to help others who didn't have access to training to their job better. Being so niche, when people in this field find this show they love it. Consequently, his podcast positioned him as a trainer, a leader, and someone who knows what he is talking about and now he is the director of training for the Association of Deputy Sheriffs for the  state of Missouri. Darren feels his podcast put him in a position to be seen as an authority, as someone who obviously has a passion for teaching, and who knew what he was talking about. He will be developing training tracks and managing the whole training program. He had always eyed this job, but not pursued it. Now, because of his podcast the job pursued him. Darren had a previous show title Engaging Life and Leadership

Mon, January 12, 2015

Train Your Guests and Audience To Promote Your Show

Want to get better guests, want to grow your audience? Today's guest Joel Boggess has two words for you to get you going in the right direction. New Media Expo Coupon If you thinking of going to New Media Expo then use the coupon sop2015 to save 20% For more information go to schoolofpodcasting.com/nmx CBS Launches Play.it CBS launched a website to promote all of their content that they are providing as a podcast. The more main stream media starts to embrace podcasting, the more listeners will get comfortable consuming podcasts. That increases the chances of you being found. Creative Commons Licensing I am under the thought that any kind of exposure is good exposure. With this in mind, the only restriction I have is you can sell my podcast or materials to other people. You can quote me, etc (the "normal" stuff) but I go with a common sense kind of strategy. That works fine for me, if you are worried about people using your content you may want to investigate Creative Common Licensing. For more information go to  https://creativecommons.org/licenses/ This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License . Joel Boggess of Relaunch Show Interview I was introduced I was on the Relaunch Show a while and back and had the pleasure of meeting Joel and his wife Pei. I also saw a post that Joel ahd put in a Facebook group showing some pretty impressive numbers. I asked him to come on the show, and he shared some great insights. Approach people when they have something to promote (they will be in "promotion mode" and be looking to get the word out). It may take more than one attempt to get our guest to say yes. (Joel asked someone every day for a full year to get to a "yes"). Joel shares how he almost died at an early age, and this experience has given him the strength to overcome his obstacles How do you get good guests? Joel's advice is ASK. You do need to be diligent. How do you grow your audience? By producing consistent content on a consistent schedule. Joel makes it super easy to promote you appearance on his show. Here is the email I got from his assistant. Clarity + Confidence = Direction (Read more about this in his book). Goal's word for the year is engagement.   Check out Joel's Book <a title="Finding Your Voice" href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/

Mon, January 05, 2015

Creating an Audience Survey

Last 5 in 5 with John Wilkerson John Wilkerson of  thewiredhomeschool.com/  was on episode 440 discussing podcasting with seven kids in the house. Today he shares with us the last five podcasts he listened to: Spirit Blade Podcast  - Geek Entertainment and Faith The Sci -Fi Christian  - Sci Fi Topics from a Christian perspective. Scott Sigler's  Books - Sci -Fi Author School of Podcasting's Morning Annoucements  _ This Podcast Homeschooling in Real Life  - Telling it like it is in the world of homeschooling   Podcast Rewind: [8:32] I recently appeared on the Coachzing Show talking about how to  Create a Compelling Podcast . on the Relaunch Show I talk about  Overcoming Personal and Financial Bankrupcy  with with Joel and Pei. The Coachzing show is dedicated to helping coaches, therapists, speakers and authors work less, earn more, and help more people through  creative content marketing strategies.  The ReLaunch show is a Daily Radio Show for Career Changers, Dif

Mon, December 29, 2014

My Favorite Podcast Is... 2014 Version

COMMENTS? Call 888-563-3228  I started this last year and I want this to be an annual event. I ask my audience, "If you could only listen to one podcast what would it be, where is it, and WHY do you listen to it. Thanks to everyone who sent in their answers. I want to thank Ray Ortega for alerting me to a post from Seth Godin that sates, “There’s no such thing as a niche that’s too small if the people care enough. If you think you need a bigger market, you’re actually saying that the market you already have doesn’t need you/depend on you/talk about you enough.You might not need a bigger niche. You might only need to produce more value for those you already serve.” With people choosing the following podcasts over all others, one can assume they are delivering tons of value. My Favorite Podcast Is Nick Seuberling from " Inside the Jungle " who love the  606 Podcast . Its information he can't get in the US. Ben From  Modern Self Protection  loves  the Survival Podcast  podcast because its energy, and inspiring. Bill from the  Media Fiasco   I would definitely pick the  Mike O’Meara Show ,  it always puts a smile on his face. Cain from the <a title="Adventure Frequency" href="htt

Mon, December 22, 2014

How To Podcast with Seven Kids in the House - 9 Years Of Experience

Today we talk with John Wilkerson who has SEVEN children about HOW THE HECK DO YOU PODCAST WITH SEVEN KIDS IN THE HOUSE? John has been podcasting since 2005 and has lots of tips. We talk about the following topics: When do you know its time to podfade? What kind of gear do you use? Using your web host for a media host (I was surprised). Tips for Podcasting With Children in the House Lots and lots of prep so you are ready to take advantage of every opportunity Get out of the house if possible (maybe the car?)/ Go early or late (record while they are sleeping). Give yourself a limit (be focused) Reward your kids for being quiet (get them involved). John has a full blog post at  http://jesusgeek.info/5-tips-for-podcasting-when-you-have-little-kids/ John's current project is the Wired Homeschool. You can find it at  http://thewiredhomeschool.com/ The Wired Homeschool provides practical advice for homeschooling parents who use technology as part of their homeschool curriculum. Topics include Internet safety, responsible computer use, smartphones, tablets, e-readers, educational apps, social media, and more. Johns podcast has lead him being asked to speak at some conventions for homeschooling. How cool is that? In the interview he explains how he has had other podcasts and as life and interests changed, John no longer had the same passion for those shows, but is very excited to be doing the Wired Homeschool podcast. Last 5 in 5 From Mark from obeep.com (a GeoCaching Podcast) Geo Gearheads  - technical side of geo caching Nerd Church  - Geek News Hollywood Babylon - Kevin Smith Humor The Walk  -  podcast about health, fitness, weight loss and physical and spiritual well-being. Conquer Depression, Anxiety and Stress Podcast Rewind A new episode of Building a Better Dave is out called " the Other Side of Christmas ". Beyond iTunes on Podcasters' Roundtable  Pod

Mon, December 15, 2014

Leveraging the Relationship You Build With Your Audience

Today we are talking about the most efficient and effective way to make money from the influence you build with your podcast. That method is selling your own product or service. We also talk about how to shut down a podcast. How Do I Shut Down My Show? Mark Wade has decided to shut down a1blues.com after 6 years. He had the following questions. When I cancel Libsyn will my past shows still be available for people to still listen at my website or through iTunes or does Libsyn delete your past shows (mp3’s)? No. So if you want to keep it up you can downgrade to the $5 a month plan ($7 if you want basic download stats) Is there anything I need to do to keeping the website up and running Pay your hosting bills, and every now and then login and make sure there are no plugins/themes that need updated on your website (if you're using Wordpress). Also be sure to pay the bill on the domain name. If I decided to start the show up a few years from now is there anything I should do now to make that come back easier? Like keeping the website address renewed every year. Just keep paying the web bill, and your domain. To make that cheaper buy hosting by the year instead of month to month. Some people do a "Farewell" show and let people know the show is coming to an end. Others just say you're going on hiatus (and then never come back). Some people say nothing and the audience figures it out later that no new episodes are coming. In the end of you don't keep the domains and the hosting paid for, the system will break. Opportunity Knocks When Your Audience Asks the Same Question Multiple Times My friend Erik K. Johnson who produces the Podcast Talent coach, and on his show he has spoken about doing interviews and a listener of his asked if there was a definitive book on being and interviewer. Erik states that he has looked and while there are books on Radio that have pieces about interviewing but there is no book that people can say that is THE BOOK on interviewing. For me, I think "Erik needs to write this." Erik has 25+ years in radio and has interviewed some great musicians and entertainers and has some great insights. Erik also does a show with me called the Podcast Review show. If you want some constructive feedback on your show, sign up today at www.podcastreviewshow.com Writing a book is not easy, but it is simple. All you need to do is 1. Pick a topic 2. Outline the topic into sub topics 3. Expand those topics 4. Find an editor 5. Get a cover designed. The Most Effective and Profitable Way to Make Money With Your Podcast Through you podcast your audience: 1. Adds you to their routine when you publish at the same time. They rely on you to be there. This establishes trust. 2. When you bring value, they enjoy having you around. The

Mon, December 08, 2014

Premium Podcast RSS Feeds - HipCast Podcast Media Hosting Review

Because of my Podcast... I got to Meet a Mentor and Be Seen as an Expert Ben from Modern Self Defense where he was asked to teach a class, meet a mentor, and then he had 20 peopel fly in to meet HIM. This great event gets better, they have already asked him back to do another class. Ben is doing his podcast as he wants people to be safe. Fin him at modernselfprotection.com  and in iTunes . How to Create a Protected / Premium RSS Podcast Feed 6:37 I've had a few people ask me this question so thanks to Nick at spnt.tv , Jason from matttalkonline.com  and Randy from Leaning Towards Wisdom ( itunes ) I use Digital Access Pass to accomplish this through some short codes. Then anyone who is subscribed can access their special version of the RSS feed (and other can't). If they cancel their account their RSS goes dead. I ave a video on my Patreon page that shows how this works (sign up for $1 and get access to bonus videos). Here are some tips and insight into having premium content. 1. If you are creating premium content for your launch, remember you don't have an audience yet and you may be doing "double the work" for an audience that doesn't exist. 2. When you get into ecommerce, you enter the world of paypal. Some people love paypal, and others refuse to us it. 3. You will need to be able to support your members. Its not a set it up and watch the money come in. They will occasionally need some help. 4. If you can keep the free items completely separate than the premium your life will be easy. I'm in the process of moving the premium content from the School of Podcasting to a completely different website. This makes keeping things "straight" a WHOLE lot easier. If you mix the premium and free content together, it can be quite the headache keeping everything separate (the easiest way to to just keep them separate). 5. If you are trying to make it so that there is NO WAY To steal your content, then you will have a long day. If your product is digital, people can steal it. That's a fact and in the end you have to end up trusting your customers. Don't get hung up on that. People will pay for items in money or time. There are those people who have more time than money and can go to great lengths to get your content (and there are some c

Mon, December 01, 2014

Behind The Scene Stories Always Work - Voice mail Options - Story Podcast Wave?

Today we talk about how adding a podcast to your blog can help you gain a larger audience. We talk with Kate Erickson of Kate's Take Pocast and the Entrepreneur on Fire podcast Because of My Podcast - My Audience Gave Me a Laptop [1:35] Ken Blanchard produces the Black Man with a Gun podcast among other podcasts that you can find at  Blanchard Media . Recently he announced that he was having technical issues with his equipment, and that production of new episodes might come to a temporary halt. Instead of letting this happen, an audience member sent him a new Mac Book. I've said before that you can build a relationship with your audience, and that influence can be leveraged in many ways. Best VoiceMail For Podcasters [8:36] MagicJack Plus + Free 6 Months Subscription to Magic Jack Service  $37 (a year of service is $35) Google Voice - It's Free. The Sound is OK. Just realize if Google ever decides to charge or cancel this service you will have a back catalog of shows with this number. (deliver mp3 file) Kall8 - This is the service I have used since 2005. An 800 number is $5 a month and approximately 7 cents a minute. My apologies to my friends across the pond. There isn't much international information on their site. I've never had a bill more than $10. The bad news is the sound quality of these calls is not great. Kall8 captures at 8 bit, while Google Voice and Magic Jack capture at 16 bit (which is why Kall8 sounds so much worse). With Google Voice being free, they seem like the obvious choice. I'm not sure I'm willing to trust Google with a voice mail that I give out for episode upon episode and then yank the tool away from me. <p style="color: #333333; font-family: Georgia, 'Times New Roman', 'Bitst

Mon, November 24, 2014

How to Be Negative Without Getting The Attention of Lawyers (Hopefully)

First things first, I'm not a lawyer and do not take this as legal advice. Always speak to a lawyer. A few weeks ago I made a video about the service Audello . At the end of the video I saw something that really upset me. I was already somewhat upset as I can see where people are going to spend $300 for a product that is unnecessary. I took to the video camera, and the blog post with smoke coming out of my ears. My title warned people to stay away from this product and I called it a scam. That is over line. These as Yosemite Sam would say, "Are fighting words" and you know what? He's right. I went looking for what words could get you sued and I found a great post from Deb McCalister. She has some great advice (deb has worked in PR for a long time). Don't Be a Warning Bell Avoid comments like WARNING: Beware of… (or the variations: Stay away from…Don’t do business with…DO not  hire…Do not buy…Do not waste money…) SCAM ALERT: (Company or individual’s name) is a con artist… (or the variations: I got  taken in by…These scammers took my money…Don’t trust…) (Company or individual’s name) lied (or the variations: misrepresented…promised but did  not deliver…ruined my property description by doing shoddy work…did shoddy work…is the  worst company description…) She also stated that you want to keep things personal: Focus on your own experience, and don’t tell other people what to do. Keep your language in the first person. “I hired…” “I found…” “I paid…” “I thought…” “I feel… You should try to avoid telling people what to do. Give them the facts that you found, and let them make a decision. Don't Threaten Tactics to avoid saying I’m going to make it my business to tell everyone I meet what a crook you are. I am going to tell everyone not to do business with you. If you don’t fix the problem you caused, I am going to ruin your reputation online. So what did I say that was so bad? I called it a scam (it's not a scam is where you give people money and get nothing in return - you do get something in return with Audello). I told people not to buy it. Like I said, don't tell people what to do. Give them the facts that you found, and let them decide. Be Ready to Prove Your Claims   What Would My Updated Review Be? I downloaded and installed Audello last week. On my computer I could never get it to launch. I didn't contact their tech support as my goal was to get an overview of the program so I could talk about it. Their web interface was really all I needed. I do my recording in other software (so I didn't need it). Here are some of their features Playlists Future Dating of Shows The Ability to see where people stop listening Split Testing Audio bars Of all the features the one I feel is unique is split testing. This is geared toward having a selling proposition on a page. So if you have a page setup to collect email addresses, you could see wha

Mon, November 17, 2014

Great Content Criteria - Simplecast.fm Review - Solo Podcast Practice

Today we talk about your favorite podcast, what does it take to feel comfortable talking to yourself, and   Last 5 in 5 With David Hooper David Hooper hosts the RED Podcast (Real Entrepreneur Development) and he phoned in the last five podcasts he listened to: Funding the Dream on Kickstarter Serial The Dr. Drew Podcast Building A Better Dave School Of Laughs Additional Mentions Dr. Drew on Marc Maron show  Kate's Take: The EntrepreneurOnFire Audio Blog The Bitterest Pill (this inspired me to do Building a Better Dave) Win the Diet War  Podcast Rewind: Podcaster's Roundtable Episode 38 on the LAW [18:00] Check out episode 38 where we had two different lawyers on and we talked to them about using music in podcasting as well as the patent lawsuits, etc. It's a great show. Check it out at  http://podcastersroundtable.com/pr038-podcasting-and-the-law/ Check out Ya's other show Podcasters Studio and Daniel J. Lewis on the Audacity to podcast Simplecast.fm  Podcast Media Host Review [21:00] I have seven piece of criteria when I look at media hosts. These include: 1. Don't change my file (period). 2. Don't limit my storage 3. Don't limit the bandwidth 4. Give me Stats 5. Give me support 6. Don't control my feed. 7. Charge me for it. Simplecast.fm stats $12 a month for unlimited storage and bandwidth. The weird thing is they don't state ANY limits (that's a business plan that opens themselves up for lots of abuse). Their player is interesting as it allow

Mon, November 10, 2014

What Did Making My Podcast App Free Do For Me? & Podcast Promotion Tips

Looking for some things to help grow your audience? Today we have a few ideas to make it easier for people to find and consume your content. Join in on the conversation at 888-563-3228 Check Your Volumes Levels I listened to a bunch of podcasts in the car this week, and I was surprised by the very large difference in volumes levels and equalization. In some cases people are getting out of hand with the "adding bass to sound like the radio" tools. I would advised you to listen to a few other podcasts and then listen to yours and see how they stack up. Because of my Podcast - I'm Going Global [5:00] Tony from thestillman.com explains how his podcast is going global now that it is a podcast. He started it as a way for people who were visually impaired to consume the content and now his podcast is being heard all over the place. Tony was also said some very nice words about being reviewed on the Podcast Review Show . In looking at my stats, the School of Podcasting is now heard in 175 countries with the US being first, and CHINA being second (followed by Canada and Australia and many others). Last 5 in 5 [11:45] Gary Leland from Garyleleand.com and Podertainment magazine. Scott Sigler's The Rookie No Agenda Show (media Assassinations) Podcast Talent Coach  (podcasting tips) Today in iOs  (all things iPhone/iPad) The Podcast Report (podcasting news) The Starter's Club Help Your Audience Consume Your Content [17:30] I wanted to share some promotion that I did to get folks into podcast consumption. We host a haunted house in our garage each Halloween, so I took advantage of a captive audience and gave the parents a card that had the details of my podcast on the front and some "how to listen" info on the back (images attached). Most folks were familiar with podcasts, but not real sure how to find them, so hopefully this will pull in a few more converts. I also created a page on my site with a video showing additional info on how to listen (ran of out time to voice it over, so need to go back and do that):

Mon, November 03, 2014

More Audello Worries - Updating Feed questions

Today we have a fun toy from my audience, we discover new podcasts with Ben Kruger, as talk about more things to worry about when it comes to Audello, and I answer your questions about the School of Podcasting and changing your podcast information in iTunes. Call into the show at 888-563-3228     Because of my podcast - I can listen to podcasts in the Shower A listener from CHINA sent me a bluetooth speaker that allows me to listen to podcasts in the show. Thank you Kevin Deng for the cool gift. I plug it into a usb device (like my computer) to charge it, then there is a suction cop on the back and I can stick it to the shower wall. My iphone can connect to the show via bluetooth. I can pause, skip, and stop the podcasts right on the player. If someone calls the device turns into a speaker phone. That would be weird to take a call in the shower. When the power is getting low, the device tells you to charge it. Thanks so much to Kevin. I am really loving it.   Reverse Engineering Podcast Listeners [4:15] I was curious how people FIND podcasts. We all obsess about iTunes, Stitcher, and other directories. In many cases the podcasts I listen to did not get on my phone by me doing a search. Colin Gray from  Podcraft  (podcraft.net) who does a show about podcasting says that word of mouth seems to be the main way he has found podcasts. Colin is the 6th person to tell me about the  Startup podcast  which is a story of a person starting a podcast network to create shows that tell stories. It's very interesting, and the producer used to produce This American Life (one of the top rated podcasts in iTunes). What was your Absolutely

Mon, October 27, 2014

Two Questions You Need to Ask Every Audience Member - Snake Oil Shipments on the Way

Today we have LOTS of podcasting news and new products on the horizons (some good, some seem kind of slimy). I explain what two questions I ask every time I meet a listener, and I think I found the Wordpress theme of my dreams.      Today we have LOTS of podcasting news and new products on the horizons (some good, some seem kind of slimy). I explain what two questions I ask every time I meet a listener, and I think I found the Wordpress theme of my dreams. Got a comment? Call it in 888-563-3228 or visit the contact page for more options to get involved.  New Car Dashboard I now own a Toyota Prius (2012). When You connect to a iPhone it shows this:   Podcast Listening Myths You don't have to stream them them. You can download them when you on wi-fi (only) and then listen to them on your car. The Podcasts app from Apple also deletes the file as soon as you are through the whole episode.  Stitcher is Purchased by Deezer Stitcher is a great podcast consumption app (free) for both Ios and Android. Do I care? At this point Deezer is a music subscription service not available in the USA. They have been around since 2007. It's interesting. Stitcher says they are not going away. I will file this under, "Wait and see." SoundCloud Discussion on New Media Show Per Rob of the New Media Show Soundcloud has gone through most of their funding. Does this mean they are going out of business? No. Does it mean they need to be profitable soon? Yes.    Appendpity Podcaster Pro (and other themes) will soon integrate with PowerPress <p style="color: #333333; font-family: Georgia, 'Times New Roman', 'Bitstream Charter', Times, serif; font-

Mon, October 20, 2014

GO, GO, GO Promote Your Show - You Can't Please Everyone

The step of every journey starts with a single step. You've gone to great lengths to make a good episode. Now you're ready to promote your show, and everyone says "find your audience," but how? Today I do a couple quick Google searches and show you what I came up with for a friend who has a podcast that is a book of fiction (super niche). We also talk about dealing with "trolls" who leave negative comments on your blog posts, etc. If you are thinking about  speaking at New Media Expo , you need to get your submission in BEFORE 10/24.  I give some tips on what I'm looking for at my blog . Interview With an Internet Troll [3:40] There will be people who hate  everything you do. They have nothing nice to say, and in some cases will use very offensive words. But keep in mind: 1. They don't have the courage to do what you do (create content). They only tell you how bad your content is. 2. Many times they do it in an anonymous fashion (again, lack of courage). 3. They DID leave a comment. You MOVED someone to hate you. That's a plus. It doesn't seem like a plus, but it is. Check out Daniel J Lewis's episode on handling complaints . Check out Erik K. Johnson's  Podast Talent Coach. <p style="color: #333333; font-family: Georgia, 'Times New Roman', 'Bitstream Charter', Times, serif; font-size: 13px; line-height: 19px;

Mon, October 13, 2014

Zoom iQ5B - Podcasting is the Media - Podcast Uniqueness

Podcasters Are Taking Home Award - Because of my Podcast Amateur Traveler Podcast wins Lowell Thomas Travel Journalism Award Chris Christensen is a winner in the 2014 Lowell Thomas Travel Journalism Competition, taking an Honorable Mention in the Travel Broadcast — Audio category for “Amateur Traveler: Travel to Flanders in Belgium” ( http://europe.amateurtraveler.com/travel-flanders-belgium-travel-  podcast/) on  AmateurTraveler.com . The awards are named for Lowell Thomas, acclaimed broadcast journalist, prolific author and world explorer during five decades in journalism. This is the 30th annual competition sponsored by the Society of American Travel Writers Foundation. Winners of the awards, the most prestigious in the field of travel journalism, were announced Sept. 16 at the SATW convention, held in Iceland. The competition drew 1,177 entries and was judged by members of the faculty at the University of North Carolina-Chapel Hill School of Journalism and Mass Communication. This year, the SATW Foundation presented 90 awards in 25 categories and nearly $20,000 in prize money to journalists. Since the first competition for work in 1984, the SATW Foundation has presented more than 2,100 awards and $420,000-plus in recognition of outstanding travel journalism. In honoring work, the judges said: "The Amateur Traveler podcast by Chris Christensen was well done. The first episode only featured narration by Christensen, which is challenging to produce. His incorporation of natural sound was a great addition to keep the show interesting and engaging. It offered both great historical context as well as important tips for travel to Flanders. The show was well produced and interesting". Among other winners, Jill Schensul, senior writer for The Record of northern New Jersey, earned the title of Lowell Thomas Travel Journalist of the Year for a portfolio of her work in the past year. It is the third top title for Schensul, who over the years has won 29 Lowell Thomas awards for herself, and The Record travel section has taken 39 in total. National Geographic Traveler, Islands, Travel + Leisure and AFAR magazines are top media winners in 2014. The Foundation distributes nearly $20,000 annually in prize money to individual winners. Donations by this year’s Underwriter, the Tourist Office for Flanders-Brussels, and many other supporters helped make the prizes possible. For more information about the awards, including a full list of winners and judges’ comments, and SATW, visit  www.satwf.com  and www.satw.org . Money Plan SOS Wins Plutus Award Steve Stewart was nominated in

Mon, October 06, 2014

Because of my Podcast - I'm the Director of Podcasting

Do you feel that you podcasting may be too hard, or complicated? Do you feel that nobody would listen? Are you nervous? Maybe a little scared? Well today we are going to talk you off the ledge. It's Time To Get Uncomfortable I've been appointed as the Director of Podcasting at the new media expo. This means I will help choose who speaks at the New Media Expo in April of 2015. This is a huge opportunity. It's also kind of scary. This means someone who really wants to speak won't get to, and I'm going to disappoint them. It also means I will get to meet a whole bunch of people, and get additional insights into podcasting, blogging, video, and more. It's a huge opportunity for me, and I'm blessed to be chosen. Today I walk you through stepping out the boat of comfort and why its a good thing to be scared and uncomfortable. We don't like to move when we are comfortable, but life is moving fast, and if we don't move we are actually going backwards in some instances. So I share some things that I was scared and had to work through. As a teenager I was very shy around strangers. My mother died when I was 24 and I had to go tell my Grandma she had outlived her child I had to work my way though college. It took twice as long, but I got my degree. I spent myself into bankruptcy trying to have a child with my first wife. Later we divorced. These are hard things to push through, but you come out better on the other side. Sometimes we need to ask, "What is the worst thing that could happen? When you get a dog, you're not tihnking, "Hey someday in the future we are all going to be sad," but its true. The pros outweigh the cons. Do I dread telling people they didn't get accepted? Sure. You have to take the good with the bad. For me, the benefits of podcasting outweigh the negative. Special thanks to Rob Walch (libsyn.com), Todd Cochrane (Blubrry.com) Rob Greenlee (podcastone.com) for recommending me to Rick Calvert of the New Media Expo.    Last 5 in 5 With Lou Mongello [15:47] Today we get some podcast recommendations from Lou Mongello who produces the WDW Radio podcast (A great podcast about Walt Disney World). I interviewed Lou back on the Power of Podcasting podcast that told his story about how he left his job as a lawyer and now does podcasting full time. Here are the last five podcast Lou listened to.   The Podcast Report From Paul Colligan <a title="Starve the Doubts" href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/po

Mon, September 29, 2014

Tackling Show Notes - How Long Should My Notes Be?

One of the most hated steps of podcasting is writing show notes. They are a necessary evil and they help search engines like Google and Bing find you. So how long should my show notes be? We will take a look at that question today.   Podcasting is up to 13 Million Listeners a Day   5% of Americans (so this number is bigger in reality) listen to podcasts every day. That would be 13 million people. This video explains more.   Dragon Naturally Speaking Review   I tried Dragon Naturally Speaking back when they were on version 6. It was impressive. I received some questions about creating show notes, and more and more people are having them transcribed. That can get a little costly at $1 a minute. So would something like Dragon Naturally speaking solve this issue for those who don't like to type? My answer is maybe. I used a transcribe feature where I put an audio file into the software and it typed out over 10,000 words (13 pages). From my test, this software is around 90% accurate. The more you use it the better it gets as it learns your voice. The bad news is it doesn't do a bit of punctuation. How could it? It doesn't understand what it is transcribing. So the time you save by not having to type is now used by going in and adding punctuation.   Now if you are a "hunt and pack" kind of typist, this might be for you. It took me 10 minutes to go through an interactive tutorial and I was ready to go full force with the software. You can use it not only to type what you are saying, but to open programs, click buttons and more. Can I get up to speed this fast learning the keyboard? I don't think so. I will say, talking your punctuation is not something that comes naturally, but it does force you to finalize your thought before speaking (which I think we all can use).   The software is smart as if you say something and it types if wrong, you can say "Select (whatever the word is) and then go through a number of choices to edit it. Then there are more commands to tell it to go back to where you were. It's pretty slick. If you are in a chat room you could easily just speak your words and have them show up.   What does it cost? The premium version (that allows you to transcribe prerecorded files is $199 at amazon (affiliate link). The basic version is $49 that does the live transcription.   Do I Need Show Notes?   In a quick word yes. At its core, a podcast is media in a blog post. The question then becomes:   How Many Words Do I Need in My Podcast Show Notes?   The Wordpress Plugin Wordpress SEO Recommend at least 300.   Some reports who that you need 2000 words. WOA! What is this based on? A report that show that most of the top ranking pages had over 2000 words. It makes perfect sense. Google indexes every part of your site. The more it finds, the more of a trail you leave behind to be

Mon, September 22, 2014

Tools To Connect With and Grow Your Audience / Gaming The System

Call in with your comment 888-563-3228 Podcast Album Art is Now The Size of Your Head [2:00] Apple has released a new spec for album artwork is now can be a minimum of 1400X1400 the recommended size is now 2048X2048 jpg Apple is “not” recommending you save your image art in .png (portable network graphics) format, but if you can’t resist .png needs to be RGB (red, green and blue color model) only.  There are sties like pixlr.com that you can use to try and resize your current album artwork. Podcast Rewind [4:05] I appeared on the Internet Marketing show (By Site Visibility) one of the longest running and top rated Internet Marketing Podcasts. Check it out here I also appeared on the Gary Leland Show where we talk about using Podcasting with your business. Check it out here Simple Podcast Press - Grow Your List and Subscriptions [7:25] Today we interview  Hani Mourra the man behind the Simple Podcast Press plugin for Wordpress. We all want podcasting to be easy, we want to grow our audience, we want subscribers, we want promotion, and this tool does all of that with a 2 minute install. You can add links to itunes, stitcher, soundcloud, as well as a download button. You can also have button for people to subscribe to your email list (so if you're using someone like Aweber or Mail Chimp). With these tools you can boost your subscribers and your email list. Another great feature is the ability to make clickable tweets with a few mouse clicks. This can make it super easy for your audience to share your show. The plugin will also help create easy to remember links like www.schoolofpodcasting.com/427 that link to the episode (again making it simple to share) Lastly if provides the latest reviews from iTunes right in your dashboard. I was worried as I am already using PowerPress (for my player) and Pretty link (for my easy to remember links). The plugin does not have any conflicts with these plugins and in the case of PowerPress can easily switch the player on your website and  all the back catalog. This means by installing this plugin you can an email sign up on every episode. That's pretty cool when you are someone like me who has over 400 episodes. The best part is if you're not happy with it, you can get a refund as there is a 30 day money back guarantee Want a Coupon For the School of Podcasting? [16:24] <a title="SMS

Mon, September 15, 2014

4 Years Later His Podcast Pays The Bill - Rob Cesternino Interview

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, September 08, 2014

The Power of a Connection - Jared Easley On Growing Your Podcast Audience

National Podcast Day September 30th September 30th 2104 is National Podcast Day where we all put the spotlight on Podcast Movement and help turn more people on to listening to podcast, creating new podcasts, and general helping podcast awareness raise up a few notches. Using the Roland R-05 John from  http://www.letstalkmetaldetectingandtreasurehunting.com/ wants to know how I use this device? When I recorded at Podcast Movement. When I use the built in microphone I try to use my guests as sound shields (putting them between the mic and the sounds). I kept the microphone about chest level. I always listen so I can hear what is being recorded. Promo For Podcast Review Show Dave Jackson and Erik K Johnson will go over your show from top to bottom and use their 30 cobined years of creating content to help you spotlight what you are doing right, and help you tweak those things that need help. You can get reviewed by going to www.podcastreviewshow.com/reviewme Podcasting Good To Great How to Grow your Audience through Collaboration [7:55] To we focus on one thing: growing your audience. We have Jared Easley author of the book Podcasting Good To Great How to Grow your Audience through Collaboration. You might also recognize that name as we was one of the organizers of the HIGHLY SUCCESSFUL Podcast movement and also has a really good podcast called Starve the Doubts . Today we hear how Jared stared out by noticing others and seeing how they could help them (looking for nothing in return). He didn't know what he was doing all the time, but that didn't stop him. When he doubt, he could always find someone and ask some questions.   I first started listening to his podcast before Podcast Movement. I liked this show. I met Matt Lovell at the event, and he mentioned how he was going to be in Cleveland soon. I toll him to look me up. He did. We did and he sat in on a recording o the Ask the Podcast Coach show that I do live on Saturday Mornings. On the way to breakfast he told me a story of how he had reached out to a podcast host, and the host had  called him on the phone. The podcaster? Jared Easley. Does this mean that you have to call all of your listeners to grow your audience? No. If y

Mon, September 01, 2014

The One Thing That's Stopping You From Podcasting

I have people who want to start podcasting and they have an idea of what to talk about, they have the money to buy equipment, but still they won't start podcasting. Today we talk about why, and what you can do to get over it. Because of My Podcast I  Spoke in Front of 20,000 People [2:30] Kenn Blanchard of the Black Man with a Gun podcast and the Motor Cycle Radio got to speak at an event in New York and got to share the stage with non other than Donald Trump. How cool is that? Check out Kenn's book, " Black Man with a Gun ." We have spoken with Kenn before. He once helped a listener who was thinking of committing suicide. He got to speak about the rights of people and have dinner with some millionaires. Shalom Baby! You can find all of Kenn's podcasts at www.blanchardmediagroup.com  Last 5 in 5 [4:50] This was recorded on the floor of Podcast Movement with Jeremy and Taylor from Final Clock Out podcast . They show that there are more ways to make money besides the 9-5. Taylor's Chae Jarvis Audio Podcast Bullet Proof Radio Smart Passive Income  London Real Super Fast Business Jeremy's Ask Pat Kick Ass Life <a title="Achieve Your Goals" href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/podcast/achieve-your-goals-hal-elrod/id8

Mon, August 25, 2014

Every Podcast Episode is an Opportunity

I spent money on plane tickets to go to Podcast Movement. I worked for weeks on my presentation. Then when I went to deliver my presentation, the original attendance was not what I had hoped for. Today I share how I had two thought paths I could've followed. Half of the podcasting game is mental. Being mentally prepared for criticism. Being mentally always looking for insights into your audience. This is why you need to determine WHY you are getting into podcasting. There will be those times when things are not going as planned, and you want to quit. The WHY will carry you through. For me, a momentary lapse of purpose had me thinking of going down a dark place. I decided to go a different route. At the end of my presentation, the room was not entirely full, but it had tripled the few people who were originally there.  I had given it everything I had. I was sweaty, and tired. I had left what I had on the stage (more on that next week when I hare a story behind an interview). When people choose to listen to your podcast, it is an opportunity to connect with them. It is an opportunity to impact their life. Don't take your audience for granted, and always deliver your best performance. I'm glad I did.  For more information on the presentation go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/pm14 (slides, videos, etc).  Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, August 19, 2014

Who Wants to Make a Difference?

Fresh back from my trip to the Podcast Movement event, I share two stories of how podcasters are making a difference. We are being seen as the voice of customers; we are being seen as people who can influence others. Corey Fineran of Ivy Envy Helps MLB Change a Rule Corey shares how a contest for free Chicago Cubs tickets seemed unfair. He wrote a blog post and spoke honestly on his podcast. He was nervous when an official from the Cubs reached out to him. Then he found out his podcast and blog had been used to help change the rule for contests run by Major League baseball.  Blog Talk Radio Working on Updating Their Audio Quality I have not been of Blog Talk Radio for a long time  (their audio and other issues were pointed out in this post ) so you can imagine when I was attending Podcast Movement 2014 and a Blog Talk Radio representative approached me. Then he started off his remarks with the phrase, "About your post..." I was amazed when General Manager Andy Toh said he had taken my post, and was using it to help rebuild Blog talk Radio from the inside out. He explained how the new beta version will be able to export audio at 128kbps (CD Quality). Andy know there there will be a lot of improvements needed to get my official seal of approval, but the fact that Blog Talk Radio was even attending the vent, and that they are planning on making changes to their service shows their dedication to the community (where hosting companies like Podbean.com and Podomatic.com where not in attendance). As always my two favorite providers Libsyn.com abnd Blubrry.com had booths and I will be talking about Libsyn.com's redesigned app in a future episode.  Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, August 11, 2014

What Does it Take To Be Pat Flynn? - Smart Podcast Player

Pat Flynn made 89,903.53 last month. This is down from the 89,000 he made in April. This doesn't happen by chance. Pat has always been a hard worker. If you haven't check out his book Let Go , then you should. You read how he did all the things you were supposed to do (go to college, work insane hours to get up the corporate ladder)  only to be let go. Pat had been studying for a certification and was using the web to store his notes. Later when he passed the exam he uncovered that his notes were very, VERY popular. So he took the notes and repackaged them as an ebook, and put it up for sale. He never considered himself an author, but why not. It made (and continues to make ) a LOT of cash. Along the way Pat shares the good the bad and the ugly of his journey. Today he shares some insights into what it takes to create content that truly resonates with your audience, and how he is taking podcast players to a new level with his Smart Podcast Player. Here are some key points from the interview Pat spends HOURS writing a single blog post. When you read his posts at smartpassiveincome.com you will see the insane amounts of detail that he puts into his posts. The goal is always to inform his audience in an unbiased way. The goal is to help his audience make an informed decision. By not selling out to the top bidder, and only talking about products he has first hand knowledge of, Pat is not only a resource, but a trusted resource. Pat knows when he is most productive (he's a night owl) and that's when he does his work. He has a dedicated office. He admits that its hard to separate work and family, but in the same way that a employee clocks out to go home Pat knows that when he leaves his office he has "clocked out" and it's time for his family. When I read the book Let Go you get to see bonus videos of Pat with his family. It's very cool, and his passion and love for his kids is beyond evident. Pat learned that you need to let others who can do things better take over. He tried to turn his book into an audio book, but later hired someone to read it for him. It was a lot of money ($1400) but that money came back to him. Many people are envious of Pat's bank account. I envy the time and influence Pat has with his children. Pat took his successful blog and grew his audience using a podcast. When Pat meets people at conferences, they all mention the podcast. It took Pat a year and a half to build his audience Smart Podcast Player When Pat launched the Ask the Pat podcast ( a quick daily show where he answers one listener question) . He had a custom player created. You can find it at <a title="Smart Podcast Player" href="http://www.smartpodcastplayer.com" target="_bl

Mon, August 04, 2014

Targeting Your Audience with Ben Krueger the Podcast Marketing Guy

Today we talk about identifying your perfect customer and then making a podcast for them . We also hear a story of courage from a young 14 year old boy. We get an update on the patent troll case, and a book review Because of His Attitude [5:00] Today I get feedback from a 14 year old Australian boy who had the courage to ask to speak at a Wordcamp. Sure enough he passed, and was able to speak in front of 500 people. His attitude, "What the heck, let's try and see." I think we all can learn from William and see that while we may not think we have the credentials, WE DO. For those above the age of 14, you have a bit more history under our belt. Get Reviewed on the Podcast Review Show [9:43] Recently we reviewed Dan Hansen's Coffee Couch (hear the review ). Dan shares his thoughts on the experience. You can get the most affordable private coaching with two coaches for $99 Marketing Your Business With Your Podcast - Ben Kruger Interview [11:20] Ben Kruger produces the Authority Engine podcast and is known as the "Podcast Marketing Guy" who took his passion for marketing and incorporated it into a podcast that helps people use podcasting to bring in new clients. He offers services for small business who just want to create content (and let Ben and his team do the rest) Some topics we talk about are: Does your show need to be daily? How many downloads do you need to be successful? The key is targeting your audience. Find the top leaders in your niche and help them deliver the best content to their audience. Don't do a giant commercial. Start building your email list with tools like Aweber and Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, July 28, 2014

How Many Downloads Does it Take to Get You Booted off Your Web Host?

Some Podcasting Basics Are Worth Repeating In today's episode we talk about how I often revisit some concepts about podcasting. Today I get an email from a listener that points out that I repeat myself over and over. Looking back, I see his point, but I also know that new podcasters make the same mistakes over and over and over (hence causing me to repeat myself). Here are some basic podcasting truths that will never go out of style: 1. Build your website using a Web hosting company (use the coupon podcastcoach at Host Gator to save). 2. Put your media on a media host like Libsyn.com or Blubrry.com (use the coupon sopfree to get a free month at both places). 3. Have a great looking album artwork. 4. Don't use another platform (blog Talk Radio, Tumblr, etc) as your "main" website 5. There is a huge difference between a $8 microphone and a $99 microphone. There is NOT a huge difference between a $99 microphone and a $300 microphone (in my opinion). 6. When in doubt ask your audience. 7. Don't get into podcasting to make some quick cash 8. When you connect with your audience, they will download your back catalog. 9. Podcasting takes time. A 15 minute audio podcast takes about an hour from start to finish to create (roughly speaking). 10.

Sun, July 20, 2014

Bring Your Passion and Patience - Nick Loper's One Year Report

Today we talk about different successful people who took years to make it to the top. We also interview Nick Loper as he reflects on one year of podcasting and how its changed his business. We have an awesome Because of my podcast story that you will love about the yes music podcast. Go to schoolofpodcasting.com/418 for details Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, July 13, 2014

Picking Your Podcast Topic - Age Limits in Podcasting?

I've heard it over and over, I want to podcast - I'm just not sure what I'm going to talk about. I recently went through Ray Edwards Rapid Writing Method (a great value) and if you've listened to the show you know I'm a big Michael Hyatt fan and today I pull a page out of the Ray playbook and some insights from Michael Hyatt's New Media Expo presentation to help you pick a topic that works for you. If you have a comment you can chime in on the show by using the information on our contact page, or call 888-563-3228. If you're looking to start podcast join today. Because of My Podcast They Lost 300 Lbs [1:52] Today we get a second story from Cliff Ravenscraft ( we interviewed him last week ) and he shares how his podcast helped inspire someone to lose 300 lbs. How cool it that? Last 5 in 5 from J.D. Stutter Happy Camper Radio - Skip & Daniel - happycamperradio.com The Classic Tales - BJ Harrison - thebestaudiobooks.com Useless Information - Steve Silverman - uselessinformation.org 99% Invisible - Roman Mars - 99pi.org The Mic & Denny Show - Denny Brownlee - dennybrownlee.com Podcast Rewind [9:22] Dave Appeared on the Podcast Report Dave appears on the Audience Hacker Great Example of the Power of Podcasting on Podcast Junkies Picking Your Podcast Topic I'm using two things I've learned from two people I respect. Ray Edwards is a master copywriter, and <a title="Michael Hyatt" href="http://ww

Sun, July 06, 2014

Are You Breaking the Podcast Rules? - Cliff Ravenscraft Interview

While there are no rules to podcasting, most would agree that there are best practices. Most experts believe it starts with your audience, and providing content that they want ton consume. So today we showcase how you CAN do whatever show YOU want to do.   Learn how to podcast by Joining the  School of Podcasting Are there boundaries for "Best Practices?" - Interview with Cliff Ravenscraft [5:20] I approached Cliff this week to come on the show after voicing my opinion about "chit chit" in a previous episode (where I answered a listener question). I've known Cliff for years, and I thought it was stupid to talk about  his show   (not the person) without actually stating his name. As I said last week, I'm not judging Cliff. We do have a difference of opinions on personal stories in podcasts, so I asked him to come on and share his insights. I want to see if there is anything I can learn. So I ask him why he would share personal stories in a show that many might expect to be all about podcasting. The beauty of podcasting is you can do you show however you want. Last week without naming him, I commented on how I thought Cliff's latest podcast about  relaunching a podcast  had about 60% content and 40% non podcasting commentary. In the interview Cliff explains that he felt the 12 minute story about having the cabling redone in his house was not chit chat and done for specific reasons (thus the percentages would be different). Here are some of the topics we discussed Who made these rules? [7:30] Cliff's story about rewiring his house [11:05] <p style="color: #333333; font-family: Georgia, 'Times Ne

Sun, June 29, 2014

Your Podcast: Same Ingredients - Different Recipe

This podcast is the sharing of my opinion as well as what has shaped that opinion. I would love your feedback you can use my  contact  page, or call in your comments at 888-563-3228   If you're looking to start a podcast, join fear free (as we offer a 30 day money back guarantee), and mix together your podcast recipe today.  JOIN TODAY   When you start a podcast, there are a couple of things that will dictate how it sounds, looks, and what topics are covered. Breaking the "Rules of Podcasting In the past I've given tips on how you should get to the point when starting your podcast, and try to avoid too much  unrelated  chit - chat. For me the best recipe of podasting is: 1. Provide content that  moves   your audience by making them laugh, cry, think, groan, educate, or entertains them.2. Use personal stories to help explain the topic at hand. Example: I learned about audio running the sound system when I was 13 at my church. You would learn that I grew up in a church and I've been around audio for many years. That is a relevant personal story. The story that my sister stubbed her toe is not. Email From Tina Smith <p style="color: rgb(51, 51, 51); font-family: Georgia, 'Times N

Sun, June 22, 2014

Keeping Your Brand In Front of Your Future Customers

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, June 15, 2014

Content, Charisma & Connection

Today Joe Saul-Sehy of Stacking Benjamins Podcast ( www.stackingbenjamins.com ). Who read the book Top of the Morning: Inside the Cutthroat World of Morning TV  and thought, "This could apply to podcasting." We also get a "Power of podcating" story on how I heard about a book called Epic Content Marketing: How to Tell a Different Story, Break through the Clutter, and Win More Customers by Marketing Less that was recommended by fellow podcaster Jon Buscall of the Online Marketing and Communications podcast at jontusmedia.com Looking to Start a Podcast? - Join the School of Podcasting Come for the education, and stay for the community. You will get step by step tutorial about every aspect of podcasting. You get support from Dave Jackson as well as out awesome School of Podcasting community. Order worry free with our 30 day money back guarantee.   Because of a Podcast - I bought a Book I head Jon Buscall interview Joe Pulizi about his new book  Epic Content Marketing: How to Tell a Different Story, Break through the Clutter, and Win More Customers by Marketing Less . Jon said that he liked the book so much that when he got done listening to it, he instantly went back and listened a second time. This made me stop what I was doing, and order the book on Audible immediately. (You can get a free book by signing up for a trial at www.audibletrial.com/dave  if you don't like the book you can exchange it for another one).  I look at Jon as a trusted friend. So what happened here. Jon got a content expert on his show. Jon made what Michael Hyatt calls "Wow" content. Jon looks great. I tell you about this great interview and book. I help you find great content. You are grateful. Joe the author, Jon the interviewer, Dave the podcaster, all benefit as do you the listener. Why? because it is quality content. Because of episode after episode that Jon has produced. Trust is built. That trust can be leverage for monetary gain as long as you always protect your listener. It is always about them (not you). How to Use Audible as A Sponsor One you have 10 episodes on your website (as they are looking for serious podcasters) go to www.sch

Sun, June 08, 2014

Behind the Scenes of the Trek.fm Network

Today we talk with Christopher Brian Jones of trek.fm about what its like to run a podcast network. We learn about some of the struggles he has had along the way, how he builds a relationship with the hosts on the network, abd creates a shared vision and brand. You will be amazed at how focused some of his shows are. If you are a fan of Star Trek, you definitely want to check out trek.fm or if you are an iTunes user check out  http://www.itunes.com/trek.fm . Want to comment on the show call in your comments at 888-563-3228 Because of My Podcast - Bill Hutchison Bill Hutchison is a missionary living in Australia. He produces the YWAM Podcast . Due to his wife having some medical issues, Bill can't leave her alone for long periods of time. However, because of podcasting, Bill can still reach a global audience. He is able to share his relationship with Jesus Christ. Here is a map that shows how many countries that listen to the School of Podcasting Podcast Rewind: Your Elevator Pitch [6:20] I will be interviewed on a future Episode of the Purpose Rockstar podcast because my friend Kenn Blanchard was on an episode. When Derek (the host) ask Kenn to explain his three podcasts he had a quick pitch for each one. It was cocked and loaded and ready at a moments notice. I thought, "Wow that was cool" so I'm sharing it with you and asking the question, If someone asked you about your podcast do you have a short description (sometimes called an elevator pitch) of your show ready to go? Check out Kenn's Book " Black Man with a Gun " at Amazon.com Insights into the Trek.fm Podcast Network [ Today we talk with Christopher Jones of the trek.fm network. Christopher has a background in media (magazines), media (he was a media buyer), design (he built his own website) and more. He shares his insights on how he started out wanting to do video podcasts, but took his one video show and turned it<a title

Sun, June 01, 2014

How To Tell If Your Podcast Is On Target

Are you dreading your podcast? Are you not happy with the results you're getting. Today we ask some questions to help you get your ducks in a row. We help you see if the goals for your podcast are aligned with the content that you readers want to hear. We also look to see if the goal of your podcast is in alignment with your life. This is episode 411 and I deeply apprecaite you taking the time to listen. I would love to hear from you. You can reach me at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/contact Cedric the Entertainer Launches a Podcast "Whole Damn World" Cedric the entertainer has launched his own podcast to talk about "this crazy world." He is a farily well known name (he's appeared in movies, does stand up, and recently hosted "Who wants to be a millionaire."). Updates On Last Week's Show About Podcast Media Hosting (4:00) I email soundcloud.com as I could no longer find the direct link to the mp3 file to put on my website. Their response was dig it out of the RSS feed and sent me a link to my RSS feed, and a screenshot of where the file was. This is not convenient, and furthers my thoughts that this is just not ready for prime time. They have been in beta for THREE YEARS. Also I said that a media host should NOT mess with my file. What I upload is what I want to download. If a visitor uses the download link they get your file (great). However, the file that is included in the RSS feed has it's name changed to a rather lengthy name. I was testing this on my Jillian Michaels Fan cast and the original file was titled, "jmp43_052914.mp3 "  and the file available for download is "152162769-podcastcoach-podcast-review-show-ask-the.mp3" which to me is messing with my brand. Mike Phillips of Computer2know.com let me know that if you Google the address to podbean it comes up as a virtual office. Lawyers often will use these to look more official than they might be at the time. I'm not saying that this is what podbean.com is doing, but I do find it odd. If you missed it, you can check out last week's episode . How Do I Update My Wordpress Theme? [7:08] Justin from braverbytheday.com is using Opimizepress and is thinking of leaving this file and wants to know how to move to a new theme. In some cases you can simply switch themes in the wordpress dashboard. A wordpress theme is like, "Clothes" for your website. The content is the same, but the look is different. One way to test things before publishing them is to use software like WPSimulator (affiliate link) that allow

Mon, May 26, 2014

Is Soundcloud A Legitimate Option for Podcasting?

Today we tackle the hype around soundcloud.com as a podcasting solution and compare it to some of the other top podcast media solutions that have been around. I apply my criteria, and see who makes it, and share my opinion on why some of them still make me nervous.  Note: For the record you can get a free month at blubrry.com or Libsyn.com using the coupon code sopfree you will see that even though using those codes benefits me financially, those companies don't always finish on top.  The Opening Players Amazon S3Buzzsprout.comPodomatic.comLibsyn.comBlubrry.comPodbean.comSpreaker.comSoundcloud.com My Criteria 1. Don't mess with my file. What I upload is what I want people to download.2. Give me the ability to have an unlimited back catalog (unlimited storage)3. Don't limit my audience size (unlimited bandwidth)4. Don't control my feed, and make it easy to leave if I choose to do so. I need to be able to put in an iTunes redirect script.5. Give me support.6. Charge me for your service so you can stay in business7. Give me stats so I can see what's working. It would be nice if they were accurate. This kills the following: Amazon S3. No stats, and your start cheap, but get  really expensive  if I get popular. (my last bill was over $40).Podmatic - Limited bandwidth, limited storage, and no way to leave (you hijack my feed)Buzzsprout.com - You change my file, and I have to ask to leave.Spreaker.com - You mess with my ID3 tags, and there is no way to leave. That leaves:Soundcloud.comLibsyn.comBlubrry.comPodbean.com Pricing I tried to get the hosts to line up in a fashion that we could compare apples to apples. It's not easy. For the most part I chose the price point closest to $20.  Here is what I foun

Wed, May 21, 2014

Polishing Your Content - The Joys of Podcast Editing

“So the writer who breeds more words than he needs, is making a chore for the reader who reads.” - Dr. Seuss “I've found the best way to revise your own work is to pretend that somebody else wrote it and then to rip the living shit out of it.” ?  Don Roff “You write to communicate to the hearts and minds of others what’s burning inside you, and we edit to let the fire show through the smoke.” - Arthur Plotnik I love editing. It's one of my favorite parts about filmmaking. Steven Spielberg. When I was in California for a new Media Expo, one my my friends scored ticket to the Tonight Show and my wife and I were able to Go. Jay Leno came out and I'm still not sure what happened (it might've been a cue card issue) but he stopped, and he went back behind the curtain and they did the whole intro again. Obviously, the first intro never made it to air. They do a thing called editing that takes the hard work that you've put into finding a topic, and it makes sure you don't get in your own way. I know improve can be electrifying, but in my travels (see Second City in Chicago and a couple improv groups here in Cleveland) most improv sucks. It could be funny, buy it needs this thing called editing. There are movies where people are paid lots of money to read words into a camera. We've all been in a movie that would've been better had it moved quicker. It woud've been better if they left a part out. It would've been better if they had done this thing called editing. The Gold Rules of Content Editing - Listen Through the Ears Of Your Audience 1. When I edit my show, I'm listening through the ears of my target audience. I listen to see if we are on topic. If I'm not if I should cut something, I always ask WWMAD (what would my audience do). 2. It should never sound edited. There will be times when Skype burbs, and you have almost nothing to piece together - I get that. But if you go to cut out an "Um" and the person said, "UuuuuumI think that.." and it's to hard to get the Um out without it sounding weird then leave it it. 3. If you want someone to promote it, they better sound good. These are my opinion/rules do with them what you will. Podcasting Is All About Being Real Right - Why Edit? When podcasting first came on the scene in 2004 you could use your built in microphone and just talk. Much like Milton Berle was the king of TV in the 50's you could be the king of podcasting. Looking back you had a choice of watching Milton Bele or a test pattern. In 2004 you had about 50 podcasts to compete with. Guess what? TEN YEARS later podcasters are spending hundreds of dollars on microphones and using dedicated media hosts and interviewing A list celebrities. You can't just wing it. Wait, I take that back. YOU CAN. The question is  should you . I'm here to throw my vote as a yes. I edit my podcast. I love this quote: "“You write to communicate to the hearts a

Mon, May 12, 2014

Business Podcasting Success Stories with Jon Buscall

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, May 04, 2014

Podfading - What Is it? What Causes It? How to Avoid it

Today we look at the topic of podfading. We are going to examine what it is, what are the top causes, and how to avoid - and ask if you should? We get help from Jim Collison , Ryan Parker , and Rev. Kenn Blanchard . Your Audience Will Binge Listen When They Find You Steve Steward produces the Moneyplan SOS podast (learn to pay attention instead of interest), and he had a listener who found his show and downloaded a ton of episodes and listened to them all as he went on a long trip in the car. Today we talk about making great content that connects with people, and obviously Steve is doing a great job. What is Podfading? Podfaing is when your show just stops producting content. There is no "final show" it just stops. The term was invented by Scott Fletcher of the now podfaded show Podcheck Review. According to the Urban Dictionary "A podcast that after a while becomes less and less frequently updated and then blinks out altogether." The Top Six Reason People Podfade According the the Book Tricks of the Podcasting Masters from Rob Walch and Murr Laferty (A great book from 2006) they list the top five reasons people podfade. Lack of time Lack of interest Lack of material Lack of listeners Lack of funds I add to this: Lack of FUN. Lack of Time If you TURN OFF YOUR TV, you will have time to podcast. But realize there is a 4 to 1 ration. This means that for every one minute of finished podcast it will take you four minutes to produce it. You need to know this up front so you don't say I'm going to do a 30 minute podcast 5 days a week. That's 150 minutes of total episode, so multiply that by 4 and you get 600 minutes of time to create those episodes (10 HOURS). Do you have an extra 10 hours PER WEEK (40 hours per month) to produce a show that will more than likely generate zero income for the first few months? Lack of Interest I once started a "Customer Service Show" where I spotlighted my experience as an award winning customer service representative. It turned out that I just reported on the bad customer service I received everywhere I went. I sounded like a grump old man. After a few shows, I just lost interest. I wasn't really that passionate about that topic. I thought I should podcast about what I know. You should podcast about what you are passionate about. If you are not interested in your topic, maybe bring in a co-host or mix up the format. Lack of Materials My wife and I did a "Dates from Hell Show" where we told stories of horrible dates we had experienced. We thought our audience would chime in with their stories. The bad news is we didn't have an audience, and

Sun, April 27, 2014

SEO Benefits of Podcasting - Podcasting 101 Jason Parsons - iTunes Myths DEBUNKED

Today on episode 406 we get a great because of my podcast story, we debunk the "8 week myth" in iTunes (thanks to Rob Walch from Libsyn.com), we hear about a new Wordpress feature that might be good for podcasters, we hear how podcasting boosts SEO, and boosts leads. If you're thinking of starting a podcast, check out  www.howtopodcast.com  our next live class starts 5/3   Quick start Vs Planning Your Podcast Class - 1.26 The quick start program is where all you have is an idea, but you're ready to get into podcast. I send you an affiliate link and your order your web hosting through me. To say "Thank you" I give you a 30 day pass to the School of Podcasting (with access to all of the videos). I also will install Wordpress for you, and all the plugins you need to start podcasting (you will need to supply graphics and content). The planning your podcast class starting 5/3/2014 is a LIVE class (via webinar) where you can ask me live questions as I go through all the things you need to consider before launching a podcast. For more information about the Plannign Your Podcast webinar go to  www.howtopodcast.com Remove Noise From your Podcast - 6:02 I let you hear how you can remove unwanted noise from your audio. This is available both in Audacity and Adobe Audition. Because of my podcast my leads are doubling 8:00 Chiropratic Lawyer Spotlight - 9:10 Today we spotlight Guy Dimartino and the Chiropractic Lawyer podcast check it out in iTunes, or on his website. Podcasting Boost SEO - 11:00 According to  CBS  most people stay on their site for 33 seconds. I went in and looked at my stats on my saw where I had people (11%) staying over an hour in some cases. There is a mass amount of people who DO stay for 2-5 minutes. That is still much longer than 33 seconds. When people stay on yoru site longer Google figures that your content is good and

Sun, April 20, 2014

Podcast Deadlines - Friend or Foe?

 Podcast Success  Andrew Ferebee  stated that his  Knowledge for men  podcast launched November 2013 and surpassed the 400,000 download mark this week. Podcast Spotlight The Small Business IT Show [2:49] Dexter was a student in my Podcasting in Six Weeks Class, and we take a listen to his Small Business IT Show ( smallbusinessitshow.com ).  Find it in iTunes. Last 5 in 5 [6:10] Today we get the last five podcasts that Chris from  Voices of Candaian Leadership   vocl.ca Nurition Diva Get it Done Guy I M Talk <a title="phedippidations" href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/podcast/phedippidations/id76776428?m

Sat, April 12, 2014

What Your Podcast Can Learn from Chipotle and Joel Osteen

My last podcast spoke about identifying what makes your unique. You have something that allows you to talk about a subject using a persepctive, attitude, or delivery different than anybody else. That perspective is shaped by experience. That attitude is shaped by life and learning. That delivery is shaped by your confidence. You may be thinking about starting a podcast. You may be thinking that there are, "So many podcasts out there already, why should you add to the pile?" Well let's see what we can learn from other industries. Because of My Podcast Crag from  Mansion Ingles  lives in spain and was recognized on the other side of the planet. He explained that he helps people learn english, and someone recognized his voice from his podcast. Craig is helping people learn english. When you get to meet someone, and they had a need, and you filled it, it's a great feeling. Podcasting Guru Scoptt Herzog - Inside the Studio of the Podcaster Last week we talked about embracing what you bring the the microphone. That you can bring an unique value and perspective. We talk about the many different ways you can look at a topic. Today we interview Scott Herzog about his new " Inside the Podcaster's Studio " show that will primarily focus on podcasting gear.  Restaurants Still Open How many different ways can you kill and cook a cow? I mean really? Throw a burger on a bun, slap some ketchup on it, isn't it the same thing as McBurger down the street? No it's not. This one is flame broiled. This one is square. This one has butter on the bun. They are all variations of the same thing. Aren't french fries just deep fried potatoes? Don't get me started (to me there is only ONE type of French fry and it comes in a red box with Golden Arches on it - there is no room for discussion on this). Several years ago, researchers at Cornell University and Michigan State University conducted a study of restaurants in three local markets over a 10-year period. They concluded the following: After

Sun, April 06, 2014

Identifying and Embracing Your Uniqueness

Today we hear some clips on how you can market your business with podcasting, some podcasting pet peeves, and we talk about how to identify and embrace your uniqueness.   Because of My Podcast [1:50] I'm Getting Paid to Podcast on Another Show Jonathan Downham of  criticalcarepractitioner.co.uk  has four episodes into his own podcast when another company approached him to create a podcast for THEM (and for that he is getting paid).  Dave's Latest Appearances [3:24] Podcasts Roundtable Episode 27  "Pet Peaves II" Online Marketing and Communications  with Job Buscall talking how to use Podcasting as a Marketing Tool Engaging Life and Leadership  with Darren Dake and Anita Brooks Podcast Review Show now featuring "Podcast Talent Coach" Erik K Johnson Embracing Your Uniqueness [12:53] I've spoken about  John Lee Doomi s before, and this week we are talking about creating your own style and embracing what YOU bring to the table. Here are some examples in the "Podcasts about podcasting" realm. <p style="margin-bottom: 1.3em; color: #333333; font-family: Georgia, 'Times New Roman', 'Bitstream Char

Mon, March 31, 2014

Jordan Harbinger Left His Law Career to Do Podcasting Full Time

Today in episode 402 we interview Jordan Harbinger who is the co-creator of  the Art of Charm  podcast. Jordan has used his podcast to build a seven figure podcast. In this 45 minute conversation we he decided to leave his career as a lawyer and do podcasting full time. We also see how he prepares for each episode, how he protects his integrity, and how he accidentally created a business that new brings in seven figures a year. You can check out their website at www.theartofcharm.com   Full show notes at  www.schoolofpodcasting.com/402 Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, March 24, 2014

Lessons From the Zoo - April Fools Podcast Promotion

 Today we talk about marketing lessons we can learn from a small Zoo I visited this week. We also hear about how families are starting to podcast together. With April 1st right around the corner, Steve Stewart is having fun reaching out to new audiences. We also talk about when and how to bring in additional content.  Because of my Podcast: I'm Spenind More Time With My Family [2:20] Mark Dowing enjoys doing a podcast with his family. They do a podcast on  Geo Caching . He gets to hang out with his kids, and his kids are starting to take over some of the technical aspects. They've met other people in the geocaching communities and podcasting communities. They are also being asked to appear on other podcasts. The family that podcasts together lasts forever.  Member Spotlight: Quality Living Made Simple [6:34] Today we spotlight Joshua Rivers and the  Quality Living Made Simple  podcast where he helps you to create and maintain a better quality of live with simplicity. April Fools Podcast Promotion[7:44] Steve Stewart from  Money Plan SOS  podcast and  www.yesyoucanpodcasttoo.com  is switching podcasts with other podcasts. It's similar to guest posting on a blog, it sounds like the regular podcast but then some other host comes on board. So the audience will get the same type of information from a different host. Steve reached out via twitter and facebook, and only a few people responded. Like always the people that you have established relationships that aid in having someone trust you enough to let you spend time in front of their audience. To find out more about this you check it out on Steve's blog at  www.yesyoucanpodcasttoo.com/aprilfools  (on April 1st).  Are Entrepreneur Podcasts A Podcasting Fad?[14:32] <p style="margin-bottom: 1.3em; color: #333333; font-family: Georgia, 'Times New R

Sun, March 16, 2014

Defining Your Mission - Episode 400 Celebration - Theater of the Mind

Today we take a look back at 400 episodes (you'll hear all the old intro voice overs and the progressions I've gone through), and we talk about when it's ok to tweak your format. We have a discussion with Erik K Johnson the Podcast Talent coach on structuring your show, and writing a mission statement for your podcast. Because of this Podcast - Rev. Kenn Blanchard [5:50] Rev. Kenn Blanchard from Black Man with a Gun called in to let me know that he thanks THIS podcast for helping HIS podcast touch people. You can find Kenn's podcasts at blackmanwithagun.com and the unnamedchurch.org Student Testimonial from Gale [9:04] Thank you for your School of Podcasting. I wish I had found it sooner I would've save myself thousands of dollars. I bought equipment and took a much more expensive class that was helpful, but I could've done it a lot cheaper with you. You taught me some finer points that I didn't learn in that other class. Some of the way things are done would've been better if I had followed your advice. Thank you f or answering my email. I know I've sent you a couple emails and we've gone back and forth, and you're always there and I appreciate it. If I know anyone who wants to podcast I direct them to you. Gale - youcanhomestead.com Managing Your Content Flow [11:30] Erik K Johnson of podcasttalentcoach.com comes on to talk about when it's ok to tweak your format. Dave remembers some occasions at churches when they've bent the format. Erik talks about creating a mission statement for your show. This helps you define what content you will (and will not) cover. If you use different resources, perspectives, and resources to cover your topic. As long as you continue to stay on topic. Should you put your "main" topic at the beginning or end of the episode? Eric feels that if we follow the format of entertainment shows, the big guests come on last. They are the finale of the show. People will wait to hear the big names. If you're worried about people not making it to the end of the show, then you need to redo the content at the front of your show. If you're doing an hour long show, you should probably be preparing for an hour before turning on the microphone. Make sure your content is on topic. Chit chat is ok, as long as it ties in with the mission of your show. Revealing yourself to your audience is critical, but if it's not on topic (like Dave's music today) then it should be left out. Erik K Johnson Joins the Podcast Review Show [31:00] Erik will be joining the Podcast Review Show along with my wife. If you are looking to have your show reviewed, th

Sun, March 09, 2014

Patreon Helps Podcasters Get Paid - New Podcast Stats - Dealing with Negativity

Today on episode 399 we hear how people are getting press credentials with their podcast, we have an interview with Tony from Patreon which is a service that Because of my Podcast - I have Press Credentials [2:34] Today Corey from Ivy Envy podcast explains how his show on the Chicago Cubs has allowed him to get press credentials from some of the minor league teams, which allowed him to interview the Owner of the Chicago cubs (how cool is that?) Tom Rickets. This is a great example of "scaling/niching down" your content. Instead of doing a podcast on Baseball, do it on the Major leagues. Not just the major league, but a certain division. Not just a certain division, but a specific team. Not only the team, but the minor league team, the PA announcer, and all the behind the scenes information that someone who is truly passionate about that team would love. Corey is going to explain how in the future he got a major league rule changed. COOL. Check him out at www.ivyenvy.com or subscribe in iTunes . Patreon Helps Content Creators get Paid and Build Community [6:35] Anthony Privitelli is the head of Creator Relations at Patreon. Patreon is similar to a crowd funding tool like Kickstarter, except its ongoing. You can have it set up to have your patrons (your supporters) pay you a monthly contribution. This may have you feeling the pressure to produce content (when you're not feeling creative). This monthly option may be a good fit for those who produce a lot of content and don't want to charge their patrons numerous times per month. The other options is to get paid per post. Your patron can set a limit if they want (so if you put out 30 posts in a month they can cap their support at 5). You post can be audio, video, or anything downloadable. They do not host the media. Tom Merrit (formerly of this week in tech) is making around $9000 a month. He has over 3000 patrons The D6 Generation is making $232 per episode with 74 patrons The Angry Chicken is making $176 per month with 43 patrons. Mike Falzone is making $371 per podcast with 49 patrons (side note he uses podomatic is in a world of hurt as his audience is

Sun, March 02, 2014

Blogger Bridge - Accents - Interview Chunking - We're Moving

Today in this episode we continue our discussion with Chris Christiansen of amateurtravelor.com as he is the developer behind Bloggerbridge.com which is a great way for businesses and potential guests to find podcasters/bloggers. You can find it at www.bloggerbridge.com Because of my podcast [3:13] Jeff from the  Once Upon a Time podcast  is now doing a podcast with his wife on the Television show Once Upon a Time. He has had actors from the show call in, and he went to watch a shooting of the show where he got to meet the actors and have lunch with them. He is now having an adventure with his wife. Do You Break Up Interviews into Two Parts? [10:15] If you have a long interview should you break it into two parts? For me there is no such thing as too long, only too boring. If the interview can be broken into two complete segments I think that's ok. I hate when I'm in the middle of a great conversation and the break in and say I have to wait until the next episode to hear the rest. As my interview with Chris went long last week, I cut this portion about blogger bridge from the interview and I'm using it today. Blogger Bridge Helps Connect Podcasters With Businesses[11:55] Blogger Bridge is a website that helps connect companies with relevant bloggers, writers, podcasters, videographers and other content creators. Some people should not work together. Find the right match of skills, approach, content and style for your brand. For more information go to  www.bloggerbridge.com Podertainment Magazine is Live You can order your subscription by going to  www.schoolofpodcasting.com/podertainment  (affiliate link). It's $12 a year or $2.99 per issue. Should I podcast if I have a Accent? [19:05] <p style="margin-bottom: 1

Sun, February 23, 2014

Chris Christensen from Amateur Traveler - Serious Hobbies

Today we interview Chris Christensen  of the   Amateur Traveler  podcast. He has been doing since 2005, and has won awards for his podcast(s) and been featured in national magazine's and newspapers. You can see all the places he's visited by viewing his  episode map  on his website. He is also the developer of  Blogger Bridge  which helps bloggers and podcasters get guests (more on that next week). In Today's Interview You Learn: Chris uses Linkedin to find guests and places to promote his show Chris started in one direction and changed later. So don't feel bad if you change your format. Your podcast can often be a work in progress. Chris networks with other people in his niche (traveler podcasts) and they often appear on each other's shows He has a clearly defined audience profile that he uses to determine what will (and will not ) make it on his podcast. His podcast is used to help people learn English Chris takes action to find sponsors. In the beginning they didn't come to him Dave's Tour of Duty [42:45] Scott Johnson from the  Computer Tutor Show  sent in a comment after listening to the  Podcast Review Show on the One Word Go Show . You can hear this example of a podcast Dave does not connect with at <a

Sun, February 16, 2014

Podcast Promos 101 - Podcasting Stats

In today's show I talk about "back in the day" when people use to create promos (a short 30, or 60 second spot) that helped spread the word about their show. You often would "swap" promos with other similar podcasts. I'm not sure why (fear maybe that people would leave your show) this kind of went by the wayside. As word of mouth is the BEST form of promotion, I still like the idea of a podcast promo. This was inspired by a recent episode of the Podcaster's Roundtable where we talked about the Podcast Promotion Police. Check out www.schoolofpodcasting.com/396 for more information Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, February 10, 2014

Keith and the Girl Share Ultimate Podcasting Tips

Today we interview podcast pioneers Keith and the Girl. They started out in a spare bedroom, but have always taken their podcast serious. They get to know their fans. They interact with their fans. They LISTEN to their fans (because their fans listen to them). In the end this has lead to top selling books […] Be the first to comment... Related Posts: Why Did You Unsubscribe From That Podcast? Libsyn Pro Explained If Content is King, What is Queen? Should I Read My Podcast? Common Podcast Mistakes RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, February 03, 2014

Common Podcasting Mistakes That Are Easy to Fix – Creating And Selling A Book

 Today we focus on tools and insights into creating a digital product to sell to those you connect with on your podcast. I never advise someone to get into podcasting for the money. You make money from the relationship you form with your audience, and that takes time. If you do have an audience, today […] 4 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post... Related Posts: Internal Business Podcasts – Finding Topics For Episodes Keith and the Girl Share Ultimate Podcasting Tips Common Podcast Mistakes Common Validation Errors Cutting Your Editing Time by 70% RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey <

Mon, January 27, 2014

Podcasting Boost Your Business – Podcast Media Host Checklist – Find the Money To Podcast

Today we hear how podcasting is bringing clients to business es that don’t even exist, we hear how podcasting is set to potentially doubling Trent Dyrsmid’s business. You will hear how you can open doors to networking via podcasting. Today’s show is recorded using Sound Byte on my iPad for playing music and sound effects […] 5 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post... Related Posts: The $30 Microphone Experiment Convention Tips – Personal Podcast Promotion – Podcast Equipment Questions Podcasting Can Boost Your Business – I’ve Got Proof Podcast Listener Loyalty April Income Statement $1778 RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back Mentioned in this

Mon, January 20, 2014

George Hrab Takes Advantage of Every Opportunity Podcasting Provides

Today we interview George Hrab as he looks back of seven years of podcasting as he started out wanting to make his friends laugh, and ended up touring the world.  Because of my Podcast [1:26] James Neuman of the Human Perfofmance Tools (www.humanperformancetools.com )podcast was asked to do a presentation about using podcasting at a conference […] 1 Comment - Read what others are saying about this post... Related Posts: Producing Your Podcast From Segments with George Hrab Troubleshooting Your iTunes Podcast Listing Podcast Listener Loyalty Never Podcast on 4 Hours Sleep Taking Your Podcast Portable RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing

Sun, January 12, 2014

iHeart Radio Stats – Mignon Fogarty “Grammar Girl” and 2014 Predictions

Today we talk about some updates to the spreaker platform where you can now see how many people are listening on iHeart radio. We also hear from Mignon Fogarty who has appeared on Oprah and the Today to talk about grammar. Because of My Podcast… [1:20] Rem from the Sci-Fi Movie Podcast has this to […] 9 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post... Related Posts: Evergreen Content Help Build You Audience Growing Your Audience From 100s to 1000s George Hrab Takes Advantage of Every Opportunity Podcasting Provides Jason Hartman Attributes 10 Million in Sales to His Podcast The Perfect Podcast Launch? – Podcast Chat – Say Thank You! RSS Feed Powered by <a href="http://bringmyblogvisitorsback.com/" tar

Thu, January 09, 2014

The Podcast Success Formula – Names Not Numbers

I’m back from New Media Expo. It was a blast and I’m sure I will be talking more about it in the future. I liked the opening key note, but for me it was the next session that really hit home with me. It was by one of my favorite people Michael Hyatt. He has […] 4 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post... Related Posts: Bloggers Would You Spend $50 to Grow Your Audience by 20%? Looking Forward to Checking Podcast Statistic Projections Against Reality Donations Convention Tips – Personal Podcast Promotion – Podcast Equipment Questions Making Your Podcast Better RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.sch

Mon, December 30, 2013

Best Podcast Ever

Today I asked my audience to share what was their FAVORITE podcast. They could only pick ONE. Thanks to everyone who contributed. Here is a PDF of the show notes for you to download and share. Speaking of sharing. If you would like to send a tweet about this episode you can do so below […] 10 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post... RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, December 23, 2013

Preparing Your Guests – Removing the Noise From Your Life and Podcast

 Today we have we some great tips about getting your guest ready to appear on your show, we have a quick podcast promotion tip, we hear what stitcher.com is doing good, and what Spreaker.com is doing very, very, bad (reminds of the days of Podshow), and I talk about getting ready for 2014. Spreaker.com Hijacking […] 2 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post... Related Posts: Getting Your Podcast Media Right – Removing Noise From Your Podcast Preparing to Use Skype Taking Action Against The Trolls – Podcasting Resources – Podcasting Saved Their Marriage Battling Computer Fan Noise Time Shift the Gold RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back Mentioned in this episode:

Mon, December 16, 2013

What Does HOLY COW! Sound Like? – The Proper Podcast Launch Speed – Repost

Today we hear about a great podcast success story where Dustin Hartzler is now working for WordPress (Automcatic), John Lee Dumas of Entrepreneur on Fire explains how being in Time magazine was an honor, but didn’t move the needle as much as being on Pat Fynn’s Smart Passive Income, we hear an actual “HOW COW” […] Be the first to comment... Related Posts: What Do I Podcast About? Cutting Your Editing Time by 70% How Much Media Hosting Do I Need Preparing Your Guests – Removing the Noise From Your Life and Podcast RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few

Mon, December 09, 2013

Andrew Zarian Podcasting as a Career

Andrew Zarian started podcasting in 2009. Today he shares his story and his insights on how he great the Guys From Queens Network from a hobby (“My first podcast was awful”) into a his full time job. The interview is around 50 minutes long and in it you will learn. You have to focus on […] 1 Comment - Read what others are saying about this post... Related Posts: From Picking Produce to Picking a Career Engaging Content With Podcast Talent Coach Erik K Johnson Podcasting Year in Review Podcast Success: One Thing Leads To Another – Premium Podcast Tools – Auphonic Web Based Audio Tool Convention Tips – Personal Podcast Promotion – Podcast Equipment Questions RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your

Sun, December 01, 2013

What Is Your Absolute Favorite Podcast?

 Today I ask a very hard question: What is your favorite podcast. If you could only choose ONE. What would it be, and why. We hear how companies are getting more leads from their podcast (good, solid leads), and we get some updates from Stitcher, Mixlr, music licensing and more. Because of My Podcast We […] 5 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post... Related Posts: File Management Podcast Promototion: Is Your Cart Before the Horse? The Last 5 in 5 You Can’t Please Everybody Flipping the Podcast Promotion Switch RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, November 25, 2013

Podcasting Boosts Influence and Community

Today I share some insights into how the “podcasters” community is now being able to show social proof (300 members in the Google+ group alone) and influence (Soundation is looking at implementing a solution with their software for podcasters).  We also get to hear a new lavalier microphone, and get a last five in five.  […] 3 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post... Related Posts: Podcasting Boosts Business – with Connie and Sheila A Strategy For Building Your Podcast Audience Get More Traffic to Your Podcast with SEO Expert Marcus Couch Troubleshooting Your iTunes Podcast Listing Electrovoice RE320 Microphone Vs Sure SM58 RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to hel

Mon, November 18, 2013

How Many Downloads Do Podcasters Average?

Today we hear how a podcast listener got a job, how Skype’s API is sticking around, that TV is looking for talent in podcasts,  we also answer the question, “How many downloads did podcasters download in September 2013, we also listen to the top five podcast in iTunes to see what lessons we can learn.  […] 11 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post... Related Posts: Feedburner Says My Feed is Too Big Building a Podcast Network Passion Lessons From Seinfeld – Podcast Evangelism with Jim Collison Pricless Podcast Success – 192 Million Downloads A Week – Linking Your Podcast to iTunes Cutting Your Editing Time by 70% RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 <a href="https://school-of-pod

Mon, November 11, 2013

Who Wants a Successful Business Podcast?

Today we are talking business podcasting, the cons of free hosting (again), as well as podcast success stories, a last five in five, and we answer your podcast questions. Please vote for the School of Podcasting at the Podcast Awards Can You Ask For Too Much From Your Audience [1:00] I recently appeared on episode 20 […] 3 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post... Related Posts: Podcasting Boosts Business – with Connie and Sheila Looking Deeper Into Podcast Promotion Creating an Elevator Pitch for the Expo Producing More Podcast Episodes in Less Time Podcasting For Free- Good Idea? RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey <a href="https

Mon, November 04, 2013

You Have Something To Say – ATR2100 Shock Mount – Lessons From Podcast Awards

 Do you have something to say? I bet you do. All you need is the courage to podcast and once I show you how easy it is, you will be ready go. I found a cool piece of gear for people using the Audio Technica 2100 microphone (a shockmount / pop filter). We get you […] 6 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post... Related Posts: My Co-Host is a Jerk Is the Heil PR40 Microphone Really That Good? Podcast Equipment Recommendations Your Motivation to Podcast – the Big Why Podcasting Can Boost Your Business – I’ve Got Proof RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this sh

Mon, October 28, 2013

The Perfect Podcast Launch? – Podcast Chat – Say Thank You!

 In episode 379 we have a quick podcast success story, we talk about launching your podcast (and why it doesn’t have to be perfect), we hear about using MagicJack as a podcast voicemail system. We talk about what to expect when asking your audience to chime in on something. We also talk about having an […] 2 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post... Related Posts: Live Podcasting Pros and Cons Group Chat Scaling Back Your Content ChatWing Questions, Understanding Media Hosting, Your First Podcast Always Stinks RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2

Mon, October 21, 2013

Gaining Trust Through Podcasting – Saving Your Voice

 In today’s show (episode 378) we explain how podcasting does boost your influence to get your message out and/or grow your business by building trust. For the experienced podcast we have tips saving your voice. We also talk about Skype software issues, the podcast patent troll, and how long should your podcast be? Because of […] 3 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post... Related Posts: Affordable Podcast Consulting – 22 Cents an Hour The EASY Way to Record A Skype Call You Don’t Need a “DJ” Voice To Podcast The Bad Side of Podcasting I’ve Got To Be Me – Tales From The Expo 2 RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick s

Mon, October 14, 2013

Joan Stewart the Queen of Free Publicity – Why Experts Can Save Your Sanity

Today we get tons of free insights into get publicity for your podcast, getting on radio, and  using Experts to mentor you in your podcast journey. Because of HIS podcast, I chose John Overall to tweak my WordPress [2:10] This week John Overall of wppro.ca came the the rescue when the WP Super Cache plugin […] 8 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post... Related Posts: Growing Your Podcast Audience By Getting on Radio Marketing 101 With Allen Stewart of the Marketer’s Podcast If Content is King, What is Queen? Audio Technica 20/20 – and The iRiver T30 Fooled Me Is Content Really King? RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back Mentioned in this episode:

Mon, October 07, 2013

New And Noteworthy in Three Days – Free Royalty Free Music

Today we cover multiple topics. I’ve added timelines so you can jump to the section you want. We hear about podcasters who are getting nominated, be recognized as noteworthy, we mention the podcast awards, and answer you podcasting questions. New and Noteworthy in Three Days [1:55] John Parker had dabbled in internet radio stations, but […] 4 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post... Related Posts: “Free” Holiday Production Music For Your Podcast Finding Music For Your Podcast Affordable WordPress Hosting Free Podcast Production Music I’ve Got My Podcast Idea – Now What? RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, September 30, 2013

Podcast Tools Shootout – Stitcher Continues to Grow

  Podcast News Alex Baldwin to start new talk show on tv and is podfading his “Here’s the Thing” podcast. According to the Hollywood Reporter, “Sources say Baldwin was keen to continue the program; the issue was securing the funding.” I find it weird that a millionaire actor doesn’t have the funding for continuing a […] 2 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post... Related Posts: Podcast Promotion The Biblical Way Get to Know Stitcher Preparing Your Guests – Removing the Noise From Your Life and Podcast Podcasting Statistics From Todd Cochran – Stitchers News My Co-Host is a Jerk RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025

Mon, September 23, 2013

Identifying and Embracing Your Differences

Today we talk about having a difference of opinion, different podcasts can keep things fresh. This can be used in choosing a co-host, and you can also see that even if another podcaster is doing a show on the subject you’ve chosen to podcast about, you are both individuals and you will bring your own […] 2 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post... Related Posts: Embracing Your Audience Record Your Interviews in Stereo Embracing the Sight Impaired Audience 108 Benefiting From Podcamps and Expos I’ve Got My Podcast Idea – Now What? RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, September 15, 2013

Jason Hartman Attributes 10 Million in Sales to His Podcast

Today we hear from Jason Hartman about how podcasting has had a HUGE effect on his business. You will hear his workflow that allows him to produce 16 different podcasts. We also share some insights into having your podcast on iheartradio (it’s not all good) and I explain why you need to keep your wordpress […] 3 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post... Related Posts: Podcasting Is Super Hot in 2013 You Have Something To Say – ATR2100 Shock Mount – Lessons From Podcast Awards Joel Osteen Serving 5 Million Podcasts A MONTH If You Have To Spell it – You can smell it.. Pricless Podcast Success – 192 Million Downloads A Week – Linking Your Podcast to iTunes RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back Mentioned in this epi

Mon, September 09, 2013

Blog Talk Radio Killer – Mommycast Interview

In this episode we hear about a podcaster who is interviewing his basketball heroes, I have a tool to allow you to take live phone calls, and we have an interview with Paul Vogelzang of the Mommycast who back in 2004 received a six figure sponsorship deal for their Mommycast podcast.  Because of My Podcast – […] 4 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post... Related Posts: Identifying and Embracing Your Differences His Podcast Brought Him a Sponsor My Co-Host is a Jerk Time Shift the Gold My Definition of Bad Audio Quality RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, September 02, 2013

Seismic Audio Slider Mixers Reviewed – Fair Use Revisited

Today I share my thoughts on the Seismic Audio Mixer line, and we talk about last week’s episode when Dave slipped in some unlicensed music (SHAME ON ME). We also hear how everyone who records directly into their computer will lose an episode (story courtesy of Marc Maron – so even if you’re podcast is […] 2 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post... Related Posts: Seismic Audio Slider 4 & 7 Investigation Blog Talk Radio Killer – Mommycast Interview - The Importance of Test Shows Identifying and Embracing Your Differences Hey DJ – Get To The Point! RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 <a href="https://school-of-podcasting.captivat

Mon, August 26, 2013

The Podcaster Attitude – Your Biggest Tool For Success

Today I am looking at the mental skills that you use in podcasting. I takes focus, dedication, patience, and passion. I discuss how losing focus can steal you passion, and destroy your attitude. Because of Podcasting… I got a Job [1:30] I spoke about this on the Power of Podcasting podcast (which is no “podfaded” […] 5 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post... Related Posts: Follow Conversations on Twitter A Strategy For Building Your Podcast Audience Free MP3 Tool – Focus on Recording You Can’t Please Everybody 2008 Podcasting Likes and Dislikes RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 <a href="https://school-of-podcasting.capti

Mon, August 19, 2013

My Podcast Workflow, Podcast Artwork Slicer Reviewed

In today’s episode we hear about a suspenseful event taking place as the studio as Dave is forced to do his show without any notes. His computer will not reboot. We also hear about how he assembles a podcast, and his opinion after playing with Podcast Artwork Slicer for an hour or so. Podcasts Out […] The post My Podcast Workflow, Podcast Artwork Slicer Reviewed appeared first on School of Podcasting - Learn "How To Podcast" with Podcast Coach Dave Jackson . 2 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post... Related Posts: Aphex Project Channel Review – The Warmth of Community Blubrry PowerPress Reviewed Record Your Interviews in Stereo Zoom H2 Reviewed and Back To School Special The Importance of Test Shows RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back

Mon, August 12, 2013

Aphex Project Channel Review – The Warmth of Community

Today we talk about the freedom that podcasting provides, we hear about a pothole with Microsoft Word we should avoid, we hear the wonderful tones produced by the Aphex Project Channel, a resource for $10 Podcast Album Artwork, and we talk about the joy of community. Because of my Podcast… I Get to Share What […] The post Aphex Project Channel Review – The Warmth of Community appeared first on School of Podcasting - Learn "How To Podcast" with Podcast Coach Dave Jackson . 6 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post... Related Posts: Expo Toy Roundup Part I PowerPress Channel Casting Taking Your Podcast Portable Spending Your Tax Return A Strategy For Building Your Podcast Audience RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back Mentioned in this episode: <s

Mon, August 05, 2013

Podcast Media Kits

In today’s show we talk about podcast media kits. How to make one, what tools to use, and what to do if you’re number s are on the low side. We hear about a free software horror story, we hear what five podcass Miss Ilene has been listening to and I talk about the worst […] 7 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post... Related Posts: Make Your Podcast a “MUST HEAR” Is Opening Chit Chat Bad? – Spreaker and BTR – Nick Seuberling from Start Talking and Recording Today Adding ID3 tags to your Media Which Media Host Blulbrry Vs Libsyn Overview Mr Media Bob Andelman RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, July 29, 2013

Yamaha MG102C Mixer Reviewed – Broadcasting (not podcasting) Tools

In today’s podcast I’m playing with all sorts of tools . I recently purchased the Yamaha MG102C mixer and I really like it. It’s very flexible, and comes in right under $100. I’m also playing with Radioboss software that allows me to mix in music, jingles, etc and broadcast LIVE to a service like listen2myradio.com. […] 4 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post... Related Posts: Identifying and Embracing Your Differences Seismic Audio Slider 4 & 7 Investigation Setting Up Your Studio Part 2 – Using a Mixer WordPress Tags Are Google Food – REPOST Record Your Interviews in Stereo RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audienc

Mon, July 22, 2013

Engaging Content With Podcast Talent Coach Erik K Johnson

Today we are focusing on creating engaging content that will help you grow your podcast audience. I discovered Erik K Johnson on the New Media Expo blog. I contacted him and he was nice enough to come on the show and discuss creating great content. Member Spotlight Win The Diet War [1:28] Dr. Nina Savelle-Rocklin […] 7 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post... Related Posts: Creating Great Interviews Identifying and Embracing Your Differences Gaining Trust Through Podcasting – Saving Your Voice Embracing Your Audience Podcasting Delivers High Quality Visitors RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want.

Mon, July 15, 2013

Passion Lessons From Seinfeld – Podcast Evangelism with Jim Collison

Today we hear how mega star Jerry Seinfeld looks at his “job” of being a comedian. How life is great if you’re work is doing something you think is a gift. Jim Collison shares insights into an experiment he has been doing to grow his audience, as well as Google Analytics, Podcasting Live and Jim’s […] 4 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post... Related Posts: Mixlr Beta Feedback, Is Dave a Jerk, Moving From Feedburner Scaling Back Your Content Your Motivation to Podcast – the Big Why Andrew Zarian Podcasting as a Career Five to Ten New Leads Per Episode RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make th

Mon, July 08, 2013

A Strategy For Building Your Podcast Audience

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, June 30, 2013

How John Lee Dumas Earns $18,000 a Month with His Podcast

John Lee Dumas started his Entrepreneur on Fire podcast in June of 2012 (about a year ago). Fast forward and John now has a podcast that is in the top 5 of business podcasts in iTunes. He is making 18,000 a month, reaching HUNDRED of THOUSANDS of people each month in over 145 countries. He did it using the organizational tools and courage he learned in the Armed forces (he served 13 months in Iraq) and with passion that is infectious. He was consuming a large about of podcasts in the car, but he needed more content. What did he do? He filled his own void by creating the podcast he wanted to listen to. Your Podcasts Downloads Stats All In One Place - Stitcher News [3:00] Stitcher announced that they will "pinging" your media host. In a memo that was sent out they outlined the changes as follows: You should begin to see a change in your stats via your hosting provider dashboard when our iOS update is live in the App Store within the next few days. The magnitude of the change will vary based on the specific show but should be noticeable immediately via your hosting provider’s metrics dashboard. We are also updating the Stitcher Partner Portal to reflect this change. We will keep you posted on timing but anticipate seeing this new Download number included in you Stitcher metrics within the next few weeks. The old Downloads stat, which was measuring actual listens, will still be in the partner portal but relabeled “Listens” This means that we no longer have to login to (for example) Libsyn.com or Blubrry.com (two of the top media hosting companies) and then later also check into Stitcher. This will make is easier to quote numbers to potential sponsors. Congratulations Marcus Couch [7:21] If you are a regular listener of the School of Podcasting then you know Marcus Couch and I go way back to the early days of Podcasting with companies like Mevio, Juice Software, and iRiver recorders. Marcus is an SEO expert and a Wordpress Guru. He wanted to get more traction in the Wordpress World. His goal was to get on to the dashboard of every Wordpress user and this month he landed there. How? By doing what Marcus preaches - creating good content. He has his music show the Scene Zine, and recently became a co-host of Wordpress Plugins A to Z (one of my favorite podcasts). You an now read him on the official Wordpress Tavern blog . Congrats to Marcus. John Dumas of the Entrepreneur on Fire Podcast - Light Up the Sky! [9:02] John Dumas is the passionate podcaster behind the microphone on Entrepreneur On Fire. He is also the author of the Book Podcast Launch, and is now rolling out an inner circle mastermind group call <a title="Fire Nation Elite" href="ht

Sun, June 23, 2013

Scheduling Smooth Podcast Interviews

In the last week I've been interviewed and conducted interviews. One of those podcasts was Entrepreneur on Fire  ( iTunes )and the other was Urbanism Speakeasy ( itunes )Podcast. In today's show I share tips and insights from both sides of the interview. Podcast Clip of the Week - Your Audience Is Excited When They Find Your Content [3:28] In episode 5 of the "My Digital Life with Rob Greenlee" podcast ( website , iTunes ), host Rob Greenlee ( who has been on the show before ), talks with Nicole Simon, Author, Social Media and Podcast Consultant at nicole-simon.eu from Berlin, Germany about the global aspects of podcasting. In the clip you hear how Nicole felt the first time she discovered podcasting. Member Spotlight - Cool People Podcast [5:23] If you're tired of hearing the same people being interviewed over and over, check out the Cool People Podcast hosted by Robert Chazz Chute. Rober has interviewed some "outside of the box" people. These include: a judge at a marijuana competition actors authors an erotica author who was a judge feminist porn they talk drugs in America, Middle East politics, if your a cool person you might like it. Check it out at coolpeoplepodcast.com ( itunes ). Tips for Doing a Podcast Interview - Being the Host [9:42] I was Entrepreneur on Fire podcast with John Lee Dumas. John does a DAILY podcast. That is a lot of work. These are all interviews. That is a TON of work. With this in mind, John needs to run an efficient ship, and when I was asked to be on his show I was really impressed with his work flow.  John invited me to be on his show two months in advance for a show

Sun, June 16, 2013

Podcasting Delivers High Quality Visitors

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, June 09, 2013

Podcasting Without Using Wordpress

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, June 01, 2013

Starting Your Own Podcast Network

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, May 26, 2013

Creating an Award Winning Podcast

Today we have some great podcast success stories. If you are looking to start a podcast, click the join now button and join the School of Podcasting - you're audience awaits. Because of My Podcast I Had No Problem Getting a Book Deal [3:30] In our podcast success story we hear from heather of the Craft Lit podcast. She combines niches of knitting with literature. She later "spun off" a "just books" option for those who loved the literature but weren't too keen on the knitting part. As a teacher, Heather loved the ability to enhance people's understanding of literature and help create a community that was talking about great books. Later she took the relationship she created with her audience and offered premium content for those looking for more literature information. She also easily found a publisher for her book What Would Madame Defarge Knit? This is a great story of embracing a niche, listening to your audience, and moving them with your content. In her case she is helping people understand the books, giving insights, facilitating discussions, and enhancing the overall consumption of literature. You can find her at: CraftLit.com  -  Just the Books  • Knitting Blog:  MamaOKnits.com •  What Would Madame Defarge Knit?  Books 1&2 Available now:  WWMDfK.com Harnessing the Power of Influence with Award Winning Podcaster Daniel J. Lewis [20:15] Today we hear part one of my interview with Daniel J. Lewis of the Audacity to podcast. In today's interview you will learn where Daniel grew up, and how his early hobbies turned into his day job. Daniel is a very talented designer and does web design, as well as presentation designs. Daniel decided to start podcasting after he realized that he had something to say. The podcasters he was listening to were using skype and other tools that Daniel had worked with, and he thought, "I could do that." He started out by writing out the entire podcast, but quit doing that after the first 9 episode as it just took forever to produce a show. He still does the Ramen Noodle Clean Comedy Podcast , the Audacity to Podcast and the Once Podcast . You can find them all at www.noodle.mx He rece

Sun, May 19, 2013

Podcasting Reaches a Global Audience

In today's show we hear about some of the subtle items Americans (or other people) can do that may not translate well in other countries. I share with you the insane number of countries that consume this podcast. It is amazing to think that I'm in a room near Cleveland, Ohio and I'm reaching hundreds of people in China, Canada, Germany, and many, many, many other countries. Pinterest Podcaster Lands Television Spot [2:00] Cynthia Sanchez of the Oh So Pinteresting Podcast has been podcasting for a little over a year, and was recently asked to appear on local television to ( see the clip ). This is another example of podcasting helping someone be seen as an expert. New Subscribe and Follow Plugin [4:10] My friend Daniel J. Lewis of the Audacity to Podcast has authored a plugin that makes sharing and subscribing to your podcast super easy. You can easily go in and input the links to sites like iTunes, stitcher, miro, and more then customize your colors, and if you want to feature one network over another you can do that as well (for example make the iTunes button bigger than the others). Best of all these will look great at any resolution. Check it out at subscribeandfollow.com Through the end of may Daniel has it on sale for $27 ($10 off the regular price) so hurry. I cam currently using it on my Weekly Web Tools site and will be using it on this site shortly... How Podcasting Can Boost Your Business [6:30] I appear on the Photo Biz Expose Podcast talking about how podcasting can boost your wedding or portrait photography business. Listen to it here. Special thanks to Andrew for having me on the show. Reach a Global Audience with Podcasting [7:23] Today I bring an interview that was conducted on the floor of the New Media Expo last year. I interview Karin Høgh of podconsult.dk She mentions that we need to remember that there are holidays, products, etc that don't always "translate" well to a global audience. For example, while you can make $15 for every new audible subscriber on your podcast ( details here ), Audible is a very "American/Canadian" type of offer. She also mentions the Yender Law which is an unwritten law that promotes everyone be

Tue, May 14, 2013

Broadcast Live with Spreaker

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, May 07, 2013

Podcast Statistics, Lead Pages, and Mobile Themes

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, April 27, 2013

Producing More Podcast Episodes in Less Time

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, April 21, 2013

Podcasting is HOT! - Grab Some Oven Mits

I've been saying podcasting will change the world since 2005, and this week I had a spike in people starting podcasts. Why? Because a very popular Internet Marketing Conference with the typical players stated over and over how podcasting is THE THING that everyone should be doing. Then I heard it on another podcast, and another podcast. So today I'm saying, if you don't believe me, believe these other people: Michaels Stelzner of the Social Media Examiner (who gets 20,000 downloads per episode) that podcast is the hottest thing in 2013. Pat Flynn (who grew his audience by 20% in 2012) said that everyone at the Social Media Marketing Summt was "buzzing" about podcasting. Naresh Vissa on the speaking of wealth show said a podcast subscriber was worth around $25 while an email subscriber was worth $6 due to the action it takes it takes to subscribe. It's not as easy, and a podcast subscriber truly wants your content. Jason Harman of the Hartman Media group said in 1999 when he wrote his first book he was telling people to drop everything and build a website. Now he is telling everyone to stop and get a podcast. Podcast Success: Ray Ortega Not only has ray Ortega landed a full time job podcasting, but this job recently sent Ray to the UK to spotlight an event on the podcast. While he was there Ray met up with Mike Russell of Music Radio Creative . Podcaster's Roundtable 11" Podcasting Pruchases Find out what experienced podcasters +Daniel J. Lewis, +Jeffrey Bradbury, Ray Ortega and myself would purchase if we were starting our first show and had the knowledge we now possess after years of producing podcasts. Based on experience in podcast production, we’ll take a mock budget and spend it on what we think are the most valuable items for starting a podcast. Dave Jackson Interviewed on the Audacity to Podcast The Audacity to Podcast Episode 122 titled " Niche podcasting for 100s of episodes, with Dave Jackson " where Daniel interviews me about being the first podcast about podcasting and how things have changed since then. We also talk about gear, and you get some tips on how I gather information for each episode. Mentioned on This Episode <a title="Is Chit Chat at the begining of the show bad?" href="http://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/351" target="_bla

Sun, April 14, 2013

Is Opening Chit Chat Bad? and Nick Sueberling from Start Talking and Recording Today

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, April 09, 2013

Priceless Podcast Success - New Podcasting Stats

Today we hear about a priceless podcast success story, the latest from Edison esearch on podcasting, and we talk about how to link to iTunes. Save at signup usnig the coupon listener at schoolofpodcasting.com Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, April 02, 2013

Podcast Success: Nikola Danaylov's Podcast Paid For School

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, March 26, 2013

Is Audio Marketing Better Than Video? - Getting To Know Your Audience

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, March 19, 2013

What is your favorite podcast episode ever, and why?

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, March 10, 2013

11 Reasons to NOT Use Blog Talk Radio (again...)

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, March 05, 2013

Taking Action Against The Trolls - Podcasting Resources - Podcasting Saved Their Marriage

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, February 26, 2013

Saving Money on Podcast Hosting, Evaluating Your Podcast, Lots of Questions Answered

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Wed, February 20, 2013

Podcast Success: One Thing Leads To Another - Premium Podcast Tools - Auphonic Web Based Audio Tool

Today we talk about setting up a premium podcast feed, what tools that I've used, (Thanks to Andrew for the question), in our interview segment we talk with Scott Eiland who start the baseball experience a little over a year ago. That podcast lead to him creating the " This week in wrestlin g" podcast. That platform lead him to now getting paid to produce another sports based show. It didn't happen over night, and there were some lessons learned along the way. Scott Eiland understands the power of podcasting. Auphonic Web Based Levelator I've talked about the Levelator software before. It's good for leveling out audio where there are slight differences in volume between a podcast host and guest. It works on both Mac and PC. I learned about Auphonic at the New Media Expo. It's a pretty cool FREE tool, and that is web based and performs many of the same tasks that the levelator software does (and more). You can process a wav file or an mp3 (or other files) and that goes to output as well. It will add ID3 tags to your files and if you are trying to create chapters in an mp3 file it can do that as well. Check it out at www.auphonic.com More Podcast Money #3 Book on Podcasting in Amazon Thanks to everyone who has purchased the book More Podcast Money. I had a blast writing it and I'm glad people are finding it helpful. If you search books for "podcast" it is currently ranked #3. For more information go to www.morepodcastmoney.com Premium Podcast Tools Andrew  asked about creating a premium podcast where one part would be free, and the other (deeper) episode would be premium. In regards to protecting the files, I have used Wishlist in the past, but when I wanted to "Drip" content, there is nothing that beats the features and support of Digital Access Pass. It's not the cheapest tool on the planet, but its always getting better, and has TOP NOTCH support.  I liked the community around wishlist, but for me I wanted the dripping feature. I've also used Magic Members which wasn't bad (dripping) but not as easy as Digital Access Pass. The other thing to think about is if you are breaking up an interview into parts, make sure each part can stand alone. I use to listen to a podcast that would just fade out the interview in the middle and ask you to subscribe. I found this just frustrated me. Also when you first start out you won't have an audience. Thus, you may be creating content for an audience that doesn't exist yet. With a tool like Digital Access Pass you can these in advanc

Mon, February 11, 2013

Troubleshooting Your iTunes Podcast Listing

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, February 04, 2013

Podcast Promotion Tips

In today’s show we talk about the power of podcasting, as I talk about a person who purchased a fitness program after listening to one of my podcasts (and how integrity comes into play). I talk about some cool WordPress themes and some great insights into podcast promotion from Max Flight. Podcast Success Story I have been doing the Logical Weight Loss podcast for three years. I did some podcast consulting for David Greenwalt who turned out to be a fitness guru. He was nice enough to let me check out his Lifestyle University and  I liked what he was doing. He just launched his once a year class Lifestyle 180, and I decide to join and have Dave on my show. It wasn’t a giant commercial, but instead we just provided some facts and let the audience decide if they wanted to join me. The good news is a listener heard my podcast, and immediately signed up (and I earned $56 commission). Cool WordPress Themes (One if Free) In the past, I’ve used Thesis until they updated to version 2 (and I feel they ruined it). I purchased iThemes Builder (which I used in the past) only to find their “Style Manager” had a problem. So I went in search of a drag and drop WordPress theme and I found Pagelines . This at is a free WordPress theme that is free (do a search in your WordPress install for pagelines ). The free version has a ton of easy to customize features. The pro version is $139. The Builder Theme is $80 and it allows you to customize the colors, fonts, etc in their Style Manager. Then you can drag and drop your layout. It makes it super easy to design your website. Their are TONS of “Child Themes” that you can get access to and add to your website (A Child Theme is a premade layout and style that can save you time). Max Flight on Podcast Promotion Max flight produces the Airplane Geeks and Podcasting Passion podcasts. Today we talk about how new podcasters learn that creating the podcast is only part of the process. You need to get the word out about your podcast. Everyone always says, “Great Content” is the best tool for growing your audience. I always have said that you need to figure out who your audience is, figure out where they are, and go there and make friends. Then tell them about your podcast. Toda

Mon, January 28, 2013

Keeping Your Website Safe

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, January 22, 2013

I've Got to Be Me - Tales From The Expo 2

Today I read an email from a ex-listener who doesn't agree with my faith. I also talk about a horrible presentation from the expo that we can all learn from. Our website is schoolofpodcasting.com. Use the coupon code "listener" to save 30% at sc Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, January 14, 2013

3 Days To Becoming One of the Media

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, December 31, 2012

Why You Should Be Podcasting

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, December 23, 2012

Podcast Gear - Soundboard Software - Podbean Stats - Podcast Competition

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, December 15, 2012

New Media Expo Tips - PERSONAL - Podcast Gear - Podcasting For Business

Today we give some tips if you're going to the expo, I give some customer service tips that apply to podcast growth, we talk some podcast gear pricing, and we talk about using podcasting in business Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, December 10, 2012

Get More Traffic to Your Podcast with SEO Expert Marcus Couch

Today we have a little NMX news, podcast statistics are UP, and we have a conversation with SEO Expert Marcus Couch of wppluginsatoz.com Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, December 03, 2012

Before You Hit Record - Podcast Cross Promotion - Have One in the Can

Today we talk about things that can mess up your recording Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, November 25, 2012

Making Your Podcast Better

Today we are tlaking podcasting pet peeves, and we interview Json from the Creepercast. Save 30% when you sign up at schoolofpodcasting.com using the coupon code listener Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, November 10, 2012

Google Hangouts as a Podcasting Solution - Ray Ortega

Today we talk with Ray Ortega of podcastersroundtable.com about using Google Hangouts On Air and using that as a podcast. We also talk about why your audience WILL LISTEN to you even if there are other similar podcasts. Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, November 05, 2012

Podcasting Statistics From Todd Cochran - Stitchers News

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, October 27, 2012

Podcast Promotion and Marketing Ideas - Podcast Goddess

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, October 22, 2012

Podcast Promotion in Bulk and Dustin Hartzler of YourWebsiteEngineer.com

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, October 15, 2012

Cutting Your Editing Time by 70%

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, October 08, 2012

My Co-Host is a Jerk

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, October 01, 2012

Should I Read My Podcast?

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, September 24, 2012

The Correct Way to Launch Your Podcast

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, September 15, 2012

Self Proclaimed "Non Techie" Build His Empire With His Podcast

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, September 09, 2012

Podcasting Helps You Be Seen as an Expert

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, September 01, 2012

How Much Money Can You Make Podcasting?

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, August 26, 2012

Donovan Adkisson Podcasting Year One - PowerPress Tip - Making it Easy To Consume Your Podcast

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, August 20, 2012

Illegal Music in Podcasting - Missing RSS Buttons - Mark and Lynda Podcast.

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, August 13, 2012

Podcasting Boost Business - with Connie and Sheila

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, August 06, 2012

Three Things All Podcasters Start With

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, July 29, 2012

Pepsi Money Comes to Podcasting - PodPress is Still a Bad Choice

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, July 21, 2012

Music Podcasters Have Musicians Contact You - Podcast Equipment Recommendations

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, July 15, 2012

The Wrong Way To Grow Your Audience

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, July 07, 2012

How NOT to Start a Podcast - The Dates From Hell Story

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, July 02, 2012

An Affordable Podcast Microphone That Solves All Podcast Issues Audio Technica 2005 Reviewed

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, June 16, 2012

His Podcast Brought Him a Sponsor

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, June 10, 2012

How Podcasters Can Overcome Talking To Themselves and Not Feel Weird

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, June 04, 2012

The One With a Little More Dave

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, May 28, 2012

Feedburner, iTunes, and Trying Something New

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, May 21, 2012

A New Way For Podcasters to Get Paid - How to Get Kicked Out of iTunes

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, May 12, 2012

Podcast Promotion The Biblical Way

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, May 05, 2012

Blogworld Schedule - Membership Media Hosting - Best Time for Live Podcasting

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, April 30, 2012

Connecting Podcast Equipment - Recording Skype Software

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, April 22, 2012

Free Music For Your Podcast

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, April 16, 2012

Do You Need to be An Egomaniac to Start a Podcast?

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, April 08, 2012

Top Shelf Podcasting Tips - Episode 300

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, April 01, 2012

The $30 Microphone Experiment

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, March 24, 2012

Another Bad Media Host - You Are Your Audience

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, March 19, 2012

Building Your Virtual Family - Rankings in iTunes

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, March 10, 2012

Getting Your Podcast Media Right - Removing Noise From Your Podcast

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, February 25, 2012

How To Podcast For Free

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, February 11, 2012

Feedburner Vs PowerPress

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, February 05, 2012

Free Listener Feedback Tool & Business Podcasting Tips

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, January 30, 2012

Can Podcasting Make Your Dreams Come True? YES!

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, January 23, 2012

Troublehsooting Your Podcast

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, January 15, 2012

Looking Deeper Into Podcast Promotion

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, January 08, 2012

Finding Topics To Podcast - ASK!

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, January 03, 2012

Behind the Scenes of Radio - Podcasting Questions

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, December 24, 2011

Podcasting Year In Review

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, December 18, 2011

've Got My Podcast Idea - Now What?

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, December 11, 2011

Behind The Scenes of a Podcasting Membership Site

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, November 27, 2011

Keeping To Your Publishing Schedule & Podcast Numbers

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, November 20, 2011

How Much Media Hosting Do I Need

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, November 13, 2011

Is the Heil PR40 Really That Good?

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, November 05, 2011

The 27 Steps To Get Your Podcast Into iTunes

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, November 01, 2011

My Podcamp Cincy Talk on More Podcast Money

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, October 15, 2011

Picking a Podcast Name - Making Money with Audible

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Fri, October 07, 2011

Goodbye Steve, iTunes Webinar, Website Hosting

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, October 03, 2011

Say YES to Podcast Promotion

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, September 25, 2011

Everything You Wanted to Know About iTunes, Hosting, Libsyn Vs Blubrry

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, September 20, 2011

Live Podcast Awakening

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, September 10, 2011

Are USB Devices Really Quieter?

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, September 05, 2011

Podcasting Insights From Ray Ortega

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, August 29, 2011

Great Software For Interview Editing

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, August 20, 2011

Mr Media Talks Interviewing Tips

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, August 13, 2011

Your Future Podcast is Awesome.

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, August 09, 2011

Trying to Understand Fair Use and Using Music in Podcasts

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, July 31, 2011

Enough Content For Your Episode

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, July 24, 2011

Evergreen Content

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, July 16, 2011

Finding Time To Podcast

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, July 09, 2011

Affordable Podcast Gear

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Thu, July 07, 2011

Recording Interviews in Stereo

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, June 26, 2011

Get To Know Stitcher

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Thu, June 16, 2011

Electrovoice RE320 Microphone Vs Sure SM58

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, June 14, 2011

Podcasting Changes Lives

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, June 04, 2011

Podcasting Questions Answered

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, May 28, 2011

Starting Small But Starting

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, May 22, 2011

The Bad Side of Podcasting

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, May 15, 2011

Put a Sock On it

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, May 08, 2011

Why Not Host My Media Where I Host My Website?

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, May 02, 2011

Top 5 Questions From Podcamp Cleveland

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, April 24, 2011

Do I Really Need A Portable Recorder

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, April 16, 2011

The Cost of Starting A Low Budget Video Podcast

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, April 03, 2011

Thirteen Thousand Listeners Per Week

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, March 20, 2011

Wizzard Media Launches Web Based Premium Podcast Subscription Service

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, March 13, 2011

Podcasting Live - Taking Phone Calls

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, March 07, 2011

Voicing Your Opinion

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, February 26, 2011

Spending Your Tax Return

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, February 20, 2011

Getting More Podcast Subscribers

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, February 13, 2011

1.64 Billion Downloads

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, February 07, 2011

To Cuss or Not to Cuss

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, January 24, 2011

Topping the Charts From the Basement

I was reading an article about the Swerdlick family from Plymouth Minn. Here Father Dave and his two daughters Hannah and Zoe (ages 10ish-12) produce Kid Friday. The show is the three of them talking tech. Let’s face it kids love new stuff. I was at a McDonald’s the day after Christmas and overheard a [...] Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, January 17, 2011

Time Shift the Gold

I was speaking with Rabbi Steve again, and he was very excited as he is preparing to launch his podcast. He was able to score an interview with an "A list" celebrity in his niche. When he spoke with the person they told him he had 15 minutes for the interview. It turns out this [...] Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, January 03, 2011

Podcasting Still Making Headlines

Stuff You Should Know Podcast Featured in the Atlanta Journal-Constitution A recent article in the Atlanta Journal-Constitution mentioned that two guys in their 30s recording in a studio in Atlanta. The Podcast is Stuff You Should Know. The article mentions that it is number 7 on the “Best Podcasts of 2010? list in iTunes. What does that [...] Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Thu, December 23, 2010

Why Do You Podcast?

Most of my podcasts I'm giving you information, but today I'm asking for some information from you. Call in your comments 888-563-3228 (or record a quick mp3 and email it to me dave "at" schoolofpodcasting "dot" com). Podcasting can hep you build a relationship with your audience.  Musicians have found this over the years. Don't [...] Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, December 12, 2010

USB Headset Test

Today I answer a few questions about intro/outro music. Charles Maxwood had asked about intro and outro music. First of all I think its important to have into and outro music. It sets the tone of the podcast. It gives it a professional feel. The music I use for this podcast’s intro and outro music [...] Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, December 06, 2010

Calling Your Audience to Action

Today we get a phone call from Rich Palmer of Audio Gumshoe who chimes in our discussion from last week about how far podcasting has come since it began. Its much easier to consume podcasts, there are more and more devices that are building directories for podcasts. Greg Fitzsimmons Finding Loyal Audience with Podcasting Greg [...] Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, November 27, 2010

Taking Another Look at Podcasting

I was reading the Libsyn blog, and I thought about all the things that have changed in the past six years. iTunes exists iPhones Exists Wi-Fi hots spots everywhere Blackberry phones are now more entertainment oriented Adnroid Phones can subscribe to Podcasts - no computer needed More people moving away from television and consuming content [...] Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, November 06, 2010

Creating Intriguing Content

Today i talk about making great content. To me this is content that is intriguing. This typically is information you can't get any place else. It is one of a kind (or hard to find) information. An example of this is Mar Maron and his WTF podcast. He is interviewing comedians about their life along [...] Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, October 10, 2010

Live Podcasting Pros and Cons

Creating a live podcast using free software can seem like a great idea. As a podcast consultant, I see there are times when it makes sense. Today we talk about the pros and cons of creating a podcast live, when it is a good idea, and when it should be avoided. Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, October 03, 2010

Radio Appears to Be 38 Percent Commercials

The number 1 afternoon radio show in Cleveland is the Mike Trivisonno show. He is entertaining. Much like most podcasters, Mike is not really a “broadcaster.” He is more “one of us” behind a microphone. However, there are times when I leave my job and I won’t actually here Mike for 10 minutes. I sit [...] Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, September 26, 2010

Headline Animator – Truth in Advertising

I read a Podcast Academy: The Business Podcasting Book: Launching, Marketing, and Measuring Your Podcast and there was a cool publicity tip about using feedburner's headline animator. I had seen that a while ago, but was unaware they had an option to allow visitors to "grab this code" and put the widget on their site. [...] Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, September 20, 2010

When is it Time to Podfade?

Edgy Podcast Reviews (a show that reviewed other podcasts) has (more than likely) "Podfaded" (gone of the air). The reason? According to one of the hosts, "It's just not fun anymore." The great thing about podcasting is: 1. You choose to start a podcast. 2. You choose how long the podcast is, how often you [...] Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, September 13, 2010

The Return of Podcast Promo Swapping

Turning Your Email Newsletter into a Podcast If you are producing an email newsletter, you already have the content for a podcast. When I mention this to some people they state, "I just want to use e-mail" or "I'm not geeky enough to create a podcast. Well if you can email a family member a [...] Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, September 04, 2010

The Importance of the About Page

A brief summary of this episode Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, August 23, 2010

New Podcast Directories

// If you are hearing advice on podcasting, and someone tells you to save your file as Mono instead of stereo to make your file smaller, you need to find a new source of advice. I'm working on a youtube video for this, but you can do this at home. Take any file and mix [...] Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, August 16, 2010

The EASY Way to Record A Skype Call

There are many podcast consultants like myself we give advice for want-to-be podcasters. Most of the time there are answers that are fairly universal, but I feel there are times when the answers differ greatly. One such answer is recording a skype call. The answer I often hear is to set up a "mix minus" [...] Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, August 08, 2010

Why WordPress is the Best

Today I answer some questions about Podcast equipment on a budget, and we get some feedback on last week's show about over editing your audio. There is a program called Feed For All that allows you to create an RSS feed. When I started back in 2005, I had created my website in dreamweaver, and [...] Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, August 02, 2010

Over-Editing Your Sound

Podcasting News I was interviewed on the Podcast Advisor show with Andy White. I answer some questions about what I get out of Podcasting, what gear I use, what hurdles I've come across and more. Andy is great guy. Adam Curry is slowly exiting Mevio. One of the things he will be focusing on "The [...] Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, July 25, 2010

Who, What, Why, When, Where, and How of Podcasting

Who Who am I? I'm Dave Jackson and I've been podcasting since 2005. I have a bachelor's degree in Education specializing in techncial education, and I feel I can explain anything in terms that make it easy to digest. Who should Podcast? Anybody with passion for a subject and wants to reach the world What? [...] Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, July 18, 2010

From H2 to ESPN

Today we hear from former school of podcasting student Dave Gardner of the Rat Cast who has gone from using a small portable recorder to report on minor league hockey to being asked into the booth of ESPN. He first did a podcast about a single team, then expanded to be a podcast about the [...] Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, July 11, 2010

The Pros and Cons of Starting a Forum

Today we talk about Forums. These may be called "message boards" and are a great tool for your audience to interact with each. For some websites, people use them to support a product or service. They can be lovely additions to your online promotional arsenal. There are some great advantages to having a forum. Podcasts [...] Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, July 04, 2010

Freemium Resources

This episode originates from the School of Podcasting Freemium Resources When you provide a free podcast to promote a service that people pay for, this is called "freemium" approach. You provide free information hoping they will pay for your premium services. Christopher sent an email about wanting to start a website where people pay for [...] Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, June 28, 2010

Automated Backup For Your WordPress Installation

Today we are talking about Podcasting in a round about way. We are talking about my recommended software for podcasting which is WordPress. Recently WordPress had a major upgrade, and in some cases your upgrade may not have gone so smooth (my site was down for a short bit, but up with some help from [...] Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, June 20, 2010

WordPress 3.0 Initial Reactions

WordPress 3.0 was rolled out this week. It is a merger of WordPress multi-user and the previous version of WordPress. It has a new default theme called 2010 that allows you to customize the menu system, the background, and easier editing of the footer. The band news is most of the themes available do not [...] Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, June 14, 2010

Podcast Voicemail Call Button

Today I talk about a "new" feature I found at podcastvoicemail.com when I logged into get my messages (typically they forward the voice mail to me in a wav format, but I accidentally deleted the message, but it still resided on their website. When I logged in, I saw where I could create call now [...] Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, June 06, 2010

A Free Software Program That Won’t Crash

Today I got a new computer from Dell. I paid about 800 bucks for it, and it is running Windows 7. It turns out my Sony Sound Forge 8 doesn't run on Windows 7, my Pain Shop Pro runs in a strange mode. I ended up loading a free version of Sony Acid xpress. I [...] Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, May 31, 2010

You Can’t Please Everybody

Today I talk about the fact that when you voice your opinion in a public manner, not everyone will appreciate it. Likewise, there will be people who love every word that comes out of your mouth. In the same way that you are not as good as the person who loves every syllable, you are [...] Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Fri, May 21, 2010

Garbage in Garbage Out

You can't polish a turd Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, May 11, 2010

Proof Content is King

Today I talk about an example of how content is king. When you have content that people want to forward to their friends, you have great content. The book is Stuff white people like by Christian Lander. Here is his story in a nutshel. His original concept was sent via text to a friend on [...] Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, May 03, 2010

Samson Go Mic Reviewed

Today we have a guest reviewer a Fred Castaneda of the Stuggling Entrepreneur Podcast gives us some hands on insight into the Samson Go Mic. This tiny little microphone is a easy to use USB device that can even clip on your laptop (for those who want a better sound than their built in microphone. [...] Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, April 20, 2010

Great Resource For Great Podcast Content For Free

I have said that one of the easiest ways to grow your audience is to do interviews. Why? Because the person being interviewed (in theory) has people who follow them. So if you interview someone who writes a book about getting more traffic to your website through Search Engine Optimization (SEO), and your website is [...] Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Fri, April 02, 2010

If I Had To Do it All Again…

I had a listener write in and ask, "What mistakes have you made in the past, that if you had to do it all again - you would avoid. 1. I would use wordpress. When I started I built my website in Dreamweaver, and I did my RSS feed in a different program. When I [...] Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, March 23, 2010

WordPress Tags Are Google Food – REPOST

When you create a wordpress post for your podcast, are you using the "Tags"feature in WordPress? You should be. The image to the left show how many hits (visitors) I received based on tags that I have put into this podcast. Now this is just a SMALL amount of the tags that have generated traffic [...] Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Thu, March 18, 2010

Your Competition May Be Dead

You can research similar podcasts when starting your own podcast. You can go to  www.itunes.com  and download the software (click on podcast, then podcast directory in the bottom right hand corner, then search in the upper right hand corner). You can also check out sites like  www.podcastalley.com  and  www.podcastpickle.com I started a new podcast at www.datesfromhellshow.com and subscribed to other podcasts on online dating. I was surprised as time went on that most of my “competition” wasn't putting out new episodes. So if I had seen a large number of similar podcasts and decided “there is no room for me” I would've been wrong. While there may be numerous podcasts similar to yours, they may not be putting out any new content. Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Thu, March 18, 2010

Podcasting's Hardest Question To Answer

How are you getting your audience back to your website Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Thu, March 18, 2010

Free Podcast Theme Music

Free Podcast Theme Music Today I thought I would look into the Podsfafe Music Network. I’ve always known that you could find great music there, however in looking over the paperwork I was surprised that its not required to mention the musician (only the podsafe music network). As a musician I urge everyone using the resource to mention the musician. You can find it at www.podsafemusicnetwork.com New Wizzard Media Player We also get a report from Fred Castenda of www.strugglingentrepreneur.com and www.gaincontrolofyourday.com who interviews Dave from Wizzard media about the new wizard media. It’s very simple. Enter in your RSS feed, answer a confirmation email (stating that you are the owner of the feed). Wizzard will populate your player, and you are off to go. The player is completely customizable via skins. It also checks to see if you have a high-speed connection, and then either feeds you the mv4 file or the flash file. They also have a partnership with TubeMogul where your video will get blasted into all sorts of different video portals. Check it out at http://www.wizzard.tv/blog/producers/producers_wizzard_player/ or to sign up go to http://tools.wizzard.tv Back to School Special Get 20% off in the month of September by using the coupon code " bts " Other Sites Mentioned Tim Sullivan's Selling Geek at www.sellinggeek.com I also mention www.jimmiebratcher.com and his song "lord make us Funky." Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Thu, March 18, 2010

Audio Techinca USB 2020 Vs Zune H2

Today we compare the USB 2020 Vs Zune H2 Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Thu, March 18, 2010

Podcast Questions From OSU

Today you hear me get interviewed By Doug Dangler who is the Associate Director of the Center for the Study and Teaching of Writing and Ohio University. This interviewed was done via Skype and Doug's class. Topics include: Will Podcasting replace any other media forms? What Podcast do I listen to? Do you get paid on each download? How many listeners make a successful audience? Are Bloggers the same as Media? Doug's Podcast is at http://cstw.osu.edu/podcasts/ Other Podcasts Mentioned: www.thescenezine.com www.strugllingentrepreneur.com www.sleddogpodcast.com www.llmlive.com Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Thu, March 18, 2010

Gigavox: A Podcast that never goes out of date

NOTE: This technology was sold to Podango after this episode. Go to  http://cms.podango.net  however for the most part its been broken ever since. The great thing about podcasting is its getting big enough for companies to start building tools for podcasters. Today we look at the Audio Lite system from Gigavox (the makers of the  Levelator ).  www.gigavox.com You can record your podcast in segements. Then (if needed) you can update certain segments (like an advertiser spot) in the current AND PAST podcasts. I'm using this not for advertisers, but for a non-profit (my church). Instead of having advertising spots rotate in and out, we use it for our calendar, and prayer concerns (items that chance from week to week). This way people are up to date with the latest news (no matter what episode they listen to). In reality your podcast can be evergreen. The information can be updated in past shows. The good news is its free to use. Take some time to think about it and how you want your podcast to go from section to section. I love it. Oh yeah. IT's FREE. The “bad” news is it doesn't work with  Libsyn  (it does with the more expensive  Libsyn  Pro). So I looked at some different web hosts that had unlimited bandwidth (like  Midphase.com  ) and ended up with  Dreamhost.com  (as they increase your storage and bandwidth the longer you stay on their system). I will keep you in the loop as we move forward. LAST 5 IN 5 From Tim Dewey of the Sled Dog Podcast www.sleddogpodcast.com For Immediate Release http://www.forimmediaterelease.biz/ School of Podcasting Students Only Sales Roundup Podcast http://www.salesroundup.com/ Cold Calling Podcast http://coldcallingpodcast.com/ The Hunt Cast http://huntcast.blogspot.com Other Sites Mentioned Paul Colligan  www.paulcolligan.com www.121Podcasting.com  (sell your podcast, do audio books and more). Weekly

Tue, March 16, 2010

More Ways to Monetize Your Podcast

Free iPhone App For Your Podcast Today I have a few ways you can try to monetize your podcast. One (which costs you nothing) is to have Wizzard Media create an iphone app for your podcast. They sell it for $1.99 and you get a portion of the price. They take the rest (as they [...] Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, March 09, 2010

Can You Make it on Donations?

Today I go through some numbers to give you an informed idea if you want to use "donations" as your primary form of having the podcast pay for itself. Last month I urged listeners to help me celbrate my 45th birthday and chip in on a Kindle from Amazon.com I used a service at chipin.com [...] Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, March 08, 2010

Podcast Listener Loyalty

Interviewing a Very Loyal Listener Today we talk with "Carie P" who is a mega fan of the Geologic Podcast ( www.geologicpodcast.com ) hosted by creative genius George Hrab. How funny is George? He's an atheist and I (a lifelong Christian) am a regular listener. Carie got together a bunch of fans of the show to create a podcast for the host (both on his 50th episode and 100th episode). In addition to being a fan, Carie has also purchased every one of George's products. Podcast Secrets 2009 Podcast secrets has a TON of information this year, and it has a "Faculty" of podcast consultants (including ME) that will be contributing. Paul Colligan and Alex Mandossian always bring quality information that it would take months to find (let alone figure out how to use). To find out about the Preview call on April 9th click here . To sign up for the seminar go to www.secretswithdave.com Listener Feedback Daniel Johnson Jr of www.journeyinsidemymind.com answers the question, "Why did you unsubscribe to that podcast?" He says: 1. Lost his closeness with the host. 2. If the shows are too long he can't keep up. 3. Finding alternative methods (like pandora.com) New BONUS For Members of the School of Podcasting Now when you sign up at the School of Podcasting you get copy of the Ultimate Footer Ad FOR FREE as a bonus gift for signing up. Boost your podcast subscriptions with this great tool. ($47 value). Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, February 22, 2010

Recording A Phone Call With No Budget

There is more than one way to record a phone call without expensive equipment or a skype out account. Today I explain that if your cell phone has a headphone (ear buds) jack. You can purchase a cord that goes from 1/8″ jack to 1/4″ jack and plug it into your mixer. This also gives [...] Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, February 15, 2010

Troubleshooting Your Wordpress Blog

This is show 209 originating from www.schoolofpodcasting.com The good news about Wordpress is it is free, and it is being developed on a constant basis. You get new features like the ability to search for plugins, upgrade automatically, etc. The bad news is sometimes they add new features that don't agree with old plugins. A plugin is [...] Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, February 07, 2010

Is Your Podcast Blocked From Google?

As I have mentioned in the past, the easiest way to get a podcast up and running is to use Wordpress. This way when you update your website, you update your RSS feed, which updates your iTunes, etc. I'm not sure if this has always been the case, but as I've set up a few new [...] Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, February 01, 2010

The Hardest Part of Podcasting

I was chatting on Catherine Kames www.myspace.com/goosenotchicken and she had given up on trying to create a podcast. Where did she get hung up? Creating the RSS feed. Catherine is getting hung up on the same part that most people get hung up on (so don't feel bad). The good news is there is an [...] Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, January 25, 2010

My Definition of Bad Audio Quality

Every time I hear "Talkshoe" or "Blog Talk Radio" I know the following show is going to have awful quality in terms of audio production. The last show I listened to was "book your self solid" and I couldn't take the scratch static in the line, the constant buzzing, etc. So I decided to see [...] Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, January 18, 2010

Sticking to Your Topic

Today we talk about two shows who had their fans say "Stick to the topic." The good news is many people don't give that kind of feedback (they just unsubscribe). So when you are planning your podcast be sure to think about how wide a topic you want to go. Charley Hays has started www.wphelpcentral.com where [...] Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, January 11, 2010

Is Podcasting Worth the Work?

Today we have a quick show with some podcasting news. First we hear that Radio Industry blog Radio Survivor has named podcasting one of the most important radio trends of the last ten years. They state that RSS podcasts feeds made it much easier to index podcasts and create easily searchable online directories organized by genre [...] Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, December 22, 2009

Plans for 2010

Where is Podcasting Going in 2010? Well I’m going to state the obvious. Yes iPods and portable media players are wildly popular, but after purchasing a Droid phone, I now see clearly how everything is going to end up on your phone. I’ve known this for years, but didn’t really “get it.” I used a program [...] Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, November 30, 2009

Is Podcasting For Free - Good Idea?

Is podcasting for free a good idea? Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, October 19, 2009

Top Podcasting Plugins

People always ask me “What is the best plugin for Podcasting.” Originally I said Podpress, but the develop got too busy (and probably tired of working for pennies) and abandoned the plugin. I love the 1pixle player as you can change the color of the player to match the theme of your wordpress blog. I've been a fan of  Powerpress  when it first came out, as they added more functionality (to tie it in with the  blubrry.com  network) I kind winced a bit (I loved it simplicity). However, recently updates to the powerpress plugin have made it my official plugin of choice. They added the 1 pixel player (and four others) to the mix, so customization is at your fingertips (and without a huge learning curve to figure out how). To me, this makes Powerpress, THE podcasting plugin. I still use Feedburner for my  iTunes  stuff, but I love the ability to have different players, and the ability to offer a download link, a streaming link, and a “Play in new window” link. I don't use  Blubrry.com  for hosting (nothing against it), but they do have some great tools to make things simpler. Todd Cochrane, Angelo Mandato and the crew at  blubrry  deserve a round of applause for listening to their audience and over delivering on what we wanted. Check it out at  http://www.blubrry.com/powerpress/ Other Plugins I Use WordPress Automatic Upgrade  is a great plugin. I know this is part of WordPress out of the box, but I like the plugin as it reminds me to back up my blog. WordPress Autmatic Backup  is a great plugin that e-mails me a backup of my blog on a weekly basis. All in One Seo Pack  is a tool that allows you to add additional meta tags, and customized titles to your blog. I like this plugin, it is easy to use, but

Mon, October 12, 2009

If You Spell it - You Can Smell it

On today's brief show, I explain how I took the name “Podcast Fast Pass” (say that out loud) from the “Fast Pass” idea at Disney Land (where you can legally cut in line). Well after a year or so, I finally changed the name as I had to over-pronounce the name every time I used it. My consulting service is not under  Podcast Mechanic  at  www.podcastmechanic.com  Which makes more sense to people. Everyone understands what a mechanic can do for cars, etc. and that's what I do for podcasts. I also revisit the “podcasting is dead” discussion. I do not have a feud with Leo Laporte. I just hate it when anyone says podcasting is dead as  potential  podcasters may change their mind about starting a podcast. Here are some new Podcasting Statistics On 9/24/04 a search for the word “podcasts” resulted in 24 hits. Now it returns 60,700,000 results. To bad Leo Laporte thinks podcasting is dead. I’m sure he’ll say it again at the  blog world expo  in a few weeks. Well  a new report  from Wizzard Media shows that podcast listeners are up from 15 million to 18 million. Here are some samples of that report: Wizzard Media (NYSE Amex: WZE), the world’s largest podcasting network, today announced that for the third quarter of 2009 the Wizzard Media Network saw total podcast download requests of 332 million vs. 287 million in the third quarter of 2008, an increase of 45 million. The number of podcast shows on the Wizzard Media Network grew from 11,600 at the end of the second quarter of 2009 to 12,281 shows at the end of the third quarter of 2009. Podcasters pay Wizzard Media to use its publishing  platform  and work with Wizzard to monetize their show through brand advertising and more recently, content sales (Apps). Adam Corolla got fired from radio (After replacing Howard Stern) started a podcast and never skipped a beat. To bad podcasting is dead. Oh wait, the same company that fired him is now co-producing his podcast and will help sell sponsorships. Carolla is averaging 130,000 listeners. In the third quarter of 2009 Wizzard delivered over 12.7 million podcast advertisements, its second-highest quarterly total on record and an increase of 130% from 5.5 million ads in the third quarter of 2008.<

Mon, October 05, 2009

Podcasting is Dead - Again

How do you generate lots of traffic, and get people talking about you? You state in a conference from a podium that “Podcasting is Dead,” or you make a blog post that “Podcasting is Over” etc. Then all the podcasters get bent out of shape (and I count myself in that category) and we all stand up and say “NO IT's NOT.” So here I am saying “No it's not.” The interesting thing is Leo Laporte stated he was getting $70 CPM on this week in tech. Hello? Can you show a better example of how valuable podcasting is in selling to a niche? Radio is getting $15 – $40 cpm. - Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Thu, January 01, 2009

Are You Missing the Podcast Boat

Should I Start a Podcast? Some people wonder, “Should I start a podcast?” and they wonder if they have the material. I am always amazed at the number of people who give away a free newsletter, but don’t turn that exact same material, record it as audio, and turn it into a podcast? As most of you know I recently got married and have three wonderful step-children. As I have never had children before I decided to read up on the subject and was advised to read “ The Successful Stepfamily ” by Ron Deal. So far I am very impressed with  the book , and may actually lead a study of the subject at my church next year. I went to his website at  successfulstepfamily.com  and was surprised that while Ron had books, he was a speaker at conferences, he offered personal coaching, he did not have a podcast. Was it that he didn’t need the publicity? I typed “Stepfamily resources” into Google and did not find him on the first, second, or third page (so I stopped looking). While podcasting will not boost your Google rankings, it will boost your exposure to people who may link to your website which may boost your Google ranking. I contacted his company, and after some thought they decided not to go in that direction. What a shame they have great content. If you have a newsletter, and you have content that is worth people reading, that should be a podast. All you do is read the newsletter into a microphone (be sure to add some inflection so it doesn’t sound like you’re reading), write a quick blog post, upload and attach the audio to the post. Yes, it’s that easy. How much does it cost to start a Podcast? Most of my recommendations at  www.schoolofpodcasting.com/equipment  but if it’s just you recording its going to cost around $250. If you’re on a tight budget, about $125 to start, and an ongoing fee of $5-12 a month.  Meanwhile a membership at  aweber.com  (a popular email client) is about $200 a year. Why people think e-mail is better? The nice thing about email is you can get your reader one click away from buying your product (if your email promotes a product). The bad news about email is people get so much email. I can’t remember the last time I purchased something from an email. Don’t get me wrong, email is still the top way to communicate for a business. I just know more and more I’m going to my inbox, hig

Wed, December 24, 2008

2008 Podcasting Likes and Dislikes

Here are my likes and dislikes of 2008 In 2008 I was glad to see the enhancements of great tools for podcasters. Wizzard put out their new player, and Paul Colligan and crew continue to add more features to premiumcast . I like the fact that in 2008 whenever I spoke to a group and ask "Who has ever heard of podcasting" almost all hands were raised, and almost as many when I would ask "How many have actually listened to a podcast?" That trend is continuing. I disliked that in 2008 my audience didn't seem to grow as fast as it did in 2007. It was a slower, gradually climb as apposed to 2007 which had more spikes. On the other hand I'm doing less to promote my shows. In 2008 Podshow changed their name to Mevio, and changed their payment plan to me. I can't discuss the details, but as I'm listing it as a dislike you can figure out how it affectd me financially. What I do like about Mevio is they have given me the potential to earn more money using their sponsors and my own in the future and I now own 100% of my show. So there is a mixed bag that will hopefully blossom. In 2008 I am sad to see and hear podcasters selling out for much less than they are worth. In many cases an advertisement will be in your show for life. I had one company offer to pay me 7 dollars for a link on my site. A link that had to be permanent, and more insane things that totally devalued my listeners and visitors to my website. While I have made decent money using affiliate marketing and podcasting, I am bummed that so many people want to use the CPM method which only works if you have mammoth audiences. Which leads to me one of my biggest disappointments In April I was told that Podango was working on fixing their show builder lite software that helps you create your podcast on the fly. Then if you get a new sponsor, the new sponsor is inserted into the back catalog. This is HUGE for people trying to sell advertising . While their system is easy, and if you have the time to republish all your old shows  - it work, but I'm frustrated that their system (which from what I understand was much more fragile than expected when they purchased it from Gigavox). I'm even more frustrated that no company has developed a competitor for the podcaster with a few hundred listeners, and would love to have a dynamic version of their podcast. I like that the uber-hype of podcasting has crescendo'ed to a bit and people are realizating that in the same way that VCR's didn't kill the movie business, Podcasting is not killing radio. People are starting to understand that Podcasting is a phenomenal channel (just like email, fax, and print) to get your message out to the world. It also is probably one of the most effective and cheapest. I disliked that when the economy took a hit that I had members of the School of Podcasting left. However, I did like that in the midst of the panic, mo

Mon, December 15, 2008

My Gmail Has Been Hijacked

This show originated from www.schoolofpodcasting.com where you can save 25% off using the coupon code "SANTA" now through the end of the year. My Gmail Account Was Hijacked.I was very surprised when I couldn't login to my gmail account that I've had for two+ years. Confused, I went through the hassle of having my password sent to me. The problem was when I went through this step it sent my password to an email address that wasn't mine. Huh? That's right I had lost control of my gmail account. Now when I go through the procedures to have my account returned, I get this message from Google, "Thank you for your report. For account security, we limit the number of requests that can be processed about the same account. Please wait a few days and try filling out the form again. " I loved the Gmail service, but sometimes you get what you pay for. Thanks google can you be a little more vague? In the meantime I've set up a new email (connected to my website) and a feature where people can upload audio comments.  See it all at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/contact Wordpress TipIf you have a large archive, go into your widget and have it displayed as a drop down menu. This tip came from Dave Moyer of the Wordcast Podcast at www.wordcastpodcast.com New Listener Survey http://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, July 29, 2008

DBX 286A Reviewed

This show originates from www.schoolofpodcasting.com This is show number 146Today I play with my new DBX 286A compressor/deesser/enahncer/noise gate that I bought from www.schoolofpodcasting.com/bsw I really like it (its around 200, I got it for $150).Previously I was using a Behringer Composer Pro XL which I got for $99I typically by my gear from Same Day Music as there is often free shipping, and (unless in New Jersey) no tax. If I can't find the product there I go to BSW When playing with new gear don't be afraid to twist knobs and see what sounds better. Likewise don't always judge what you hear live, but listen back through your stereo (so you can pay attention to listening only and not talking). I'm really happy with the unit except its mono, and there is no on/off switch (no big deal). LAST 5 IN 5 From Dan Lewis at http://www.theramennoodle.com/ and www.djoseophdesign.com 1. Podcast Answer Man - www.podcastanswerman.com 2. Sci Fi Show www.scifishow.com 3. Woot www.woot.com 4. The Onion Radio News Network - http://www.theonion.com/content/radionews 5. Journey Inside my Mind - http://jimmpodcast.blogspot.com/ If you are ready to start your own podcast, come and visit us at www.schoolofpodcasting.com Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, July 22, 2008

Flip Video Camera Reviewed

Today I dip my toe into the Video Podcasting pool. I was lucky enough to secure one of the new Flip Video Cameras . This camera takes great video no matter what lighting you put it in (if you have extreme back lighting it may be a little dark, but let's be realistic..). I took video at dusk and it looked much brighter than it actually was in real life. The great thing is you can take up to 60 minutes of video. It has a rewing and fast forward on the camera for reviewing the video. You can easily delete video that you don't want to keep. It also has a built in 2X zoom. It runs on a rechargable battery that gets charged when you plug the camera into your USB port. The USB interface pops out when you flip a switch. It also has the ability to be put on a tripod. The microphone pics up audio great from the front, and while it's not as clear from the back its still easily understood if you are commenting from behind the camera while shooting video. If I had used my old camera I would record to super 8, then have to transfer the video to my computer. So if I shot 60 minutes of video it would take (roughly) 60 minutes of time to transfer to my computer. With the Flip camera , I plug the camera into my computer, and I can drag and drop the files into my favorite editing program. This took about 3 minutes instead of 60 with my old camera.  If you don't have editing software, there are some basic video editing software that comes with the camera that allows you to pick where the video starts and stops as well as you can put background music to the video. It also has some features that make uploading video to you tube uber easy. So what would I change? I like that you can plug it into a video source (like a TV) to watch the video. I do wish I could plug it in and use the TV as a monitor. You can't do this. When you record, the video is only display on the display on the back of the camera. The other thing I would change is to put a retractable lens cover. The camera comes with a "nifty" puch to carry the camera, but I would rather have a lense cover. My last thing (and this is kind of outside the scope of the product) would be to have the ability to use it as a web cam. That's not really a fair criticism. It's more of a "add to the dream list." It retails for around $139 . For me, if you're looking to get into video podcasting, and you want to be mobile, you're looking to do something fast and quick, it's a no brainer. I know I will be doing all sorts of "Dave around town" types of videos. If you're are going to want to mix in music, or plug a microphone directly into it, then you will need to look for another camera, and hit a bank machine, on t

Mon, July 14, 2008

Podcast Promotion - What are YOU Doing?

Paul Colligan has a great post about building a podcast audience. So many people "If I build it they will come." Not so. Get ready for relentless marketing. Today I talk about www.prweb.com and other ways to build that audience. It amounts to this: 1. Find out who your audience is (put a form on your website). 2. Find out where they go, read, eat, sleep, shop, etc 3. Go there and tell them about it. HOW ARE YOU PROMOTING YOUR PODCAST? Ready to jump in the Podcast Pool? Check out www.schoolofpodcasting.com and start podcasting today. We have step by step tutorials, live help, and great resources. Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, July 08, 2008

Podcaster Wins 10,000 Prize

This show originates at www.schoolofpodcasting.com This is show 143.I read about this on Leesa Barnes' blog how Terry Fallis won 10,000. He previously couldn't get an agent (which he now has). Congrats Terry. I mentioned today that Todd Cochrane had said a typical podcast episode is "done" after 72 hours. I miss spoke, while this is true in most  cases it is not in all cases (especially if you material is not timed based). But if your podcast is (for example) news related, people may not want to listen to 6 month old news stories. You can hear Todd's presentation at Podcamp by going to  http://www.coefficientmedia.com/podcampohio/ Thanks to George from www.oneminutehowto.com for reminding me of this point. The CEO of Wizzard Media is predicting 1.5 - 1.8 billion downloads, and double to four times the ad spending of the past year for 2008. (source: podcastnews.com )How Do You Record a Skype Interview?In the past I've said "get it off your computer" and use a portable recorder. This still  is the safest way. However, I've been using voiceemotion.com and many people at the School of Podcasting are using Power Gramo which you can download for a free trial. The nice thing about Power Gramo Professional is it splits the interviewer and interviewee into separate channels (which makes editing the interview easier). I then use Skype (using Skype Out ) to call people's phones. It's better if they have a skype account, but not 100% mecessary Skype is Not Always an OptionIn some areas there is no cable modem connection to the Internet. What do you do in that case is get some sort of "JK Audio" product. You can find these at BSW . These can be expensive. For microphones and such I like samedaymusic.com as they do not charge tax (unless you are in NJ). Podcasting Time Saving TipOne of the most time consuming parts of podcasting is organizing and posting your show notes. Did you know that you can put your show notes in Wordpress (or Libsyn.com) and save them without publishing them to the public. Then when the show is finished, you can take out any part of your notes that don't fit, and BOOM! instant show notes. The key to this is to NOT click the publish button, but to click the SAVE button. Then when you are rady (and your audio/video is link to the post) click the publish button. Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcast

Tue, July 01, 2008

Podcamp Ohio Relections and Membership Sites

I went to Podcamp Ohio. It was great. WE RAN OUT OF ROOM. My hat is off to Angelo and everyone involved with organizing the event. It was so smooth, and they handled everything (what a great problem to have - not enough room!). Todd Cochrane had a great presentation about getting sponsors. HE also stated that typically a podcast episode sees traffic for 72 hours and then it dies off drastically. I was not really use to the "group talk" style of some of the presentations (and it leaves room open for assertive people to take over the conversation).I will definitely be going to more podcamps when my schedule permits. I sat in on a webinar from Paul Colligan. They have added a feature of making membership site at www.premiumcast.com and after watching his presentation I was able to set up a membership site in about 5 minutes. The great thing is some membership scripts allow you to make a "roped off" area, and others allow you to create premium RSS feeds, and premium cast allows you to do either or both. Check it out at premiumcast.com Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, June 16, 2008

Listening To Podcast Still Growing

Today I've got a BAD cold, and my throat is killing me. I share some stats from the latest report on Podcast consumers. Podcast Listening is up 5 % both video and Audio30% of regular Internet Users have downloaded a podcastVideo is catching audio podcasts with a 1 % lead going to Audio What is the age of the podcast listener?53% Male 47% female25 to 34 (21%) 35-44 (21%), 45 to 54 (20%) 12 to 17 (15%) 18 to 24 (13%) 55+ (10%) Last 5 in 5 from Dan at www.jimmpodcast.com School of Podcasting's Morning Announcements (this podcast)Marketing Over Coffee ( http://www.marketingovercoffee.com/  )Eds Mixed Bag ( www.edsmixedbag.com )Media Bullseye ( www.mediabullseye.com )Six Pixels of Separatation ( http://www.twistimage.com/blog/  ) Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, June 09, 2008

Using Google Analytics to Obtain Wordpress Stats

This show originates at www.schoolofpodcasting.com PODCAST CRASHINGIf you are using a live podcast system like talkshoe.com you need to be prepared to keep your show on track. I've listened to a few live podcasts, and someone will come in and "Crash" your podcast and start talking about their podcast which is completely unrelated. YOUR LISTENER   doesn't want to hear about their podcast. I've heard podcasts that get completely derailed. Don't forget to keep yoru listener in mind, and be assertive, and point out that the "Crasher" is off topic. Testimonial from J.R. Stanley of www.llmlive.com Meet the MembersToday we meet one of the members of the School of Podcasting. It's Mark Wade of the www.a1artistspotlight.com Mark is using the Alesis Multimix 8 USB mixer (but he doesn't use the USB feature). He is also using an Audio Techniica 2020 and the free Levelator software. Using Google Analytics to Obtain Wordpress Stats Today we are talking about Google Analytics which you can find at http://www.google.com/analytics/  and a great plugin for Worpdress that makes it very easy to install Google Analytics code into your blog. http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/wp-google-analytics/ When you sign up for Google Analytics, you end up with a piece of code that you would normally put on every page of yrou website. With the wordpress plugin, you place it into the plugin and the plugin puts it on every page of your site. I will be producing a video on how to set this up for members of the School of Podcasting www.schoolofpodcasitng.com   Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, June 01, 2008

My Podcast Downloads up 98%

This show originates at www.schoolofpodcasting.com Today I look at my stats from the first episode of 2007 vs the first episode of 2008. To make things fair, the first show published in 2007 has had 517 days to download so I divded the 2007 by 517. The numbers for 2008 were divided by 152 (as this is June 1). School of Podcasting 2007 1400 Downloads (2.7 a day)School of Podcasting 2008 801 Downloads (5.3 a day) Musicians Cooler 2007 1689 Downloads (3.3 a day)Musicians Cooler 2008 1032 Downloads (6.8 a day) Building a Better Dave 2007 1617 Downloads (3.1 a day)Building a Better Dave 2008 915 Downloads (6.0 a day) This averages to an increase of 98% from 2007 to 2008   I also looked at my stats from the now podfaded Podcast Promo Show. It seemed that Libsyn numbers were higher by about 29% than Feedburner numbers. Here are some examplesFeedburner showed 29 downloads to Libsyn's 34Feedburner showed 27 downloads to Libsyn's 37Feedburner showed 30 downloads to Libsyn's 47 So the range of my 57 shows was from 13% - 57% My conclusion? Pick one and go with it. I use Libsyn cause in theory "Everything comes back to the host." I like their stats, and I can get stats without involving another redirect to my mp3 file.   If you are looking for more informatoin about visitors to your blog check out the Google Analytics Plugin for Wordpress  .   If you're interested in participating in our weekly roundtables check out www.schoolofpodcasitng.com   Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, May 24, 2008

Add to Any Promotional Plugin

Today I give thanks for all who have paid for my freedom, and we get some emails from folks like  Emails from ://OneMinuteHowTo.com http://EclecticMix.com http://DRiPInvesting.org http://GLSmyth.com - blog: http://GLSmyth.WordPress.com and Jeff Roney http://www.roneyzone.com Twitter: twitter.com/roneyzone Check out our new Video and More Show,Magical Definition TV Episode 2 http://mdtv2.roneyzone.com New World Army, a futuristic audio thriller http://nwarmy.roneyzone.com Our Lost TV On-Location Videos http://lost.roneyzone.com I also talk about some widgets that are pretty cool for your blog. You can find them at www.addtoany.com Jeff is using https://addons.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/addon/1730  to post to multiple blogs at the same time. Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, May 20, 2008

Time Shifted Interviews

Are you just getting started? Are you ready to launch a successful podcast? Check out our new Quick Start Package at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/quickstart You get:6 month subscription $1201 year blog hosting at www.coolerwebsites.com  $24Wordpress Blog Set up and cusomitzation - $160Intro/Outro Recording $80 All this for $299 Sign up at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/quickstart Back Catalog - Is Anybody Listening To Old Shows?My first Show " First Podcasts Always Stink " that were recorded back in October of 2005 have been downloaded 106 times in May of 08, 159 in April of 08, 154 in March of 08, 131 in February of 08. (That episode has been dowloaded 2947 total). Meet the MembersBrian from www.dimacast.com suggested we get to know the members of the School of Podcasting, so today we meet J.R. Stanley of www.lordliftedme.com and the podcast www.lmllive.com J.R. is using a Sure KSM27 Microphone and an Edirol UA4FX USB Interface which he likes for the tube emulation. The Interview We Did Today with J.R. was actually "Time Shifted Interview" where I send a question, he records an answer. We repeat to fill in a quick "Meet The Members" section.   Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, May 12, 2008

Free Wordpress Tips

Today’s episode comes from our weekly meetings that we have at the School of Podcasting. The question is what is the difference between a post and a page in Wordpress?  A post will be at the top of your blog until you enter another post. A page is something you enter and it can only be viewed if you link to it. (There is a way to have it show up on the front age by going to settings > reading and choosing to have the page be “static” on the front page.  Why Wordpress? It creates an RSS feed for you, and IT’S FREE. If you need an inexpensive host for Wordpress check out www.coolerwebsites.com  LISTENER FEEDBACK – NO AGE LIMIT TO PODCASTINGFred from http://www.strugglingentrepreneur.com/ aggrees that there is no age limit to podcasting. He is 59, and he encourages all “baby boomers” to get involved with podcasting. Fred uses my www.podcastfastpass.com service to set up his blogs at www.strugglingentrepreneur.com and www.gaincontrolofyourday.com  (and more projects coming). Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, May 05, 2008

Wordpress 2.5 Bugs

This show ( download show ) was originally recorded last week 4/25. In the hussle and bustle, I never published it. You can read about my " Passing out " at BetterDave.com Audience FeedbackVince from  www.bmoviecast.com  agrees that you are never too old to podcast (as he is a baby boomer). Audacity Feedback?Steve from www.djideasharing.com does not use Audacity, but ubercaster (for the mac) had him losing an episode. Blog Views and Blues www.blogsviewsandblues.com This is a new podcast from Rich Palmer ( www.richpalmer.com ) and he turned me on to www.springwidgets.com Wordpress 2.5 BugsIn working with the bugs, I can seem to get the image media manager to work. If i'm lucky enough to get an image to upload without error, I can't get to a screen to where I can insert it into the post. I did find I was able to to do this if I stopped using Internet Explorer and switched to Firefox and it worked. So if you are a big IE fan, then you may not want to update just yet. I've been using the Image Manager plugin. More Fun Tools www.twirl.org  is a desktop Twitter tool. It works on both Mac and PC. From www.celticmythpodcast.com an easy to customize wordpress theme at http://wpthemepark.com/themes/paalam/  It makes it very easy to turn on or off the text on yruo header (as well as upload a custom header. It's widget ready, and if know a little html, its easy to tweak the colors. If you need help with the "technical stuff" please see me at www.podcastfastpass.com Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, April 21, 2008

Producing Video Podcasts Authors

Today we talk with Richard Harrington and Mark Weiser authors of the book Producing Video Podcasts: A Guide for Media Professionals. If you are a audio podcaster looking to get into video, it can help those looking to do it on a shoe string budget or the person looking to invest some big time equipment. For more information about the Authors and the book go to www.vidpodcaster.com The book is available at Amazon.com   Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, April 14, 2008

Scott Sigler and Podcasting For Authors

Today we talk with Scott Sigler who was the first person to have a Podcast only novel. People became addicted to it as the only way to get it was through his podcast. Later he published this book (Earthcore) and a second book (which went to #2 at Amazon.com) and he continues to write and release books (giving the ENTIRE BOOK away in a podcast with each release). His latest book Infected was given away as a pdf prior to its release? Did it effect sales? Nope. Once again Scott was at the top of his genre. In this interview Scott talks about how he got the word out about his novel/podcast, why it makes sense to give it your book away, and how you can use podcasting to start your own word of mouth campaign. For more information about Scott go to www.scottsigler.com You can buy his latest book inftected at amazon.com You can see how he is utilizing social media like MySpace, Facebook, and YouTube below. To join the school of Podcasting go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, April 07, 2008

Too Old to Podcast? POPPYCOCK!

Today I talk about some of my reflections from speaking at the Erma Bombeck Writers Workshop. I also play a promo for www.blogsviewsandblues.com   TOO OLD TO PODCAST?There is no age limit on Podcasting. I know of an 8 year old who has a podcast, and I know someone who is in their 60s who is doing a podcast. So if you are saying to yourself, "I'm too old to podcast" you are robbing yourself of a great way to share your wisdom. UNDERSTANDING BANDWIDTHTo understand bandwidth think of your kids or grandchildren. They may have a phone plan that covers X amount of text messages. When they go over the limit they are charged for each text message over the limit. When you have a website you are given a set amount of bandwidth measured in either megabytes or gigabytes. If you go over your limit your host will charge your, and in some cases they may shut your site down. This is why I recommend Libsyn.com www.uselibsyn.com or if you need free go to www.podshow.com UNDERSTANDING STORAGEStorage for your media files is also limited. Think of storage like a filing cabinet. You can stuff more and more files in your cabinet, but eventually it will get full. PODCAMP OHIOPodcamp Ohio is 6/28/08 for more information go to www.podcampohio.com WHERE ARE YOUR LISTENERS?I have been talking about podcasting at podcast conventions. This really doesn't make sense if I'm trying to find people who need to learn how to podcast as most of the audience is already podcasting . I need to find people who need publicity. While I can keep up with technology at the New Media Expo, and meet all of my friends, if I want to find people interested in learning how to start  a podcast, then the New Media Expo may not be the most efficient use of my publicity dollars. Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, March 31, 2008

Podcast Secrets 2008 - Six Figure Incomes with Podcasting

Today I explain why you had an episode show up a few days early. I also explain that I'm not going to be speaker at the Expo in Las Vegas (but will be going to Podcamp Ohio www.podcampohio.com ). I also talk about post dating Podcasts and the easy mistake you can make that will have things going out immediately (oops). Dave Sholes got a free month at the School of Podcasting by sigining up for the Podcast Secrets preview call at www.secretswithdave.com I also share some of the tips from out weekley roundtable at the School of Podcasting ( www.schoolofpodcasting.com ) Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, March 24, 2008

Podcast Secrets 2008 - Six Figure Incomes with Podcasting

Today my friend Paul Colligan from Podcast Secrets is on the show. Paul is a full time podcast consultant and Internet Marketing guru. While we are all at work, Paul is out testing new technologies, new strategies, talking with other successful podcasters, and taking lots and lots of notes. Then once a year he offers a class (available at my partner link at www.secretswithdave.com ) where he reveals what he has learned. Not sure if this call is for you? Then go to www.secretswithdave.com and find out about the call happening April 2nd (after April 2nd you can find out about the class) that gives you a preview of the information that they will be covering. This way you can decide if this class is for you. You see, Paul doesn't want you if you're not serious. This is for people looking to make a six figure income from Podcasting. He is going to be telling you how people ARE DOING THIS now (not how this might work, or this should be tired, this is how people are doing this in 2008). So if you're interested sign up for the call at www.secretswithdave.com and send me confirmation and I wil lgive you a free month at the School of Podcasting. If you sign up for the class, I will give you a free year at the School of Podcasting. Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, March 17, 2008

USB and Audacity Reviews

Show #129 originating from www.schoolofpodcasting.com Today we get the answers from last week's poll about USB interfaces and using Audacity. Thanks to: Joe from www.onthepodcast.net Anthony from www.diabeticincandyland.com  Mike from www.mikeshotdish.com Warren from http://pewpodcast.podomatic.com Terry from http://quiettimepodcast.com/wp  and http://oldcootcast.com Larry from http://goinglinux.com Sally from http://www.podcastasylum.com Daryl from http://www.poddog.ca/suburbia  Jay from www.jayjennings.com creator of Cloak and Tracker 75% use a USB interface75% use Audacity. Most feel Audacity is stable, and people using USB microphones seemed to lve them while people using USB interfaces seem to find them a bit of a hassle (especially if this is on your main unit). Items mentioned: Blue Snowball USB mic $99 Samson CO1 USB Mic $90 Alesis MultiMix 8 USB Mixer $149 Alesis Podcast Mic (comes with mic, heaphones, software) $99 Behringer UCA202 USB Interface (connect from your mixers tape out) $30 Zoom H2 Portable Recorder $199 Behringer USB Podcast Kit  (includes mic, headphones, mixer, usb interface, software) $100 Rode Dynamic USB Podcaster Mic $230 NEXT WEEKRich Harrington and Mike Weiser authors of the book "Producing Video Podcasts." Buy it at amazon.com Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, March 10, 2008

Do You Have an "Audacity WuFooed Me" Story?

In a recent "Roundtable" at the School of Podcasting where members from the School of Podcasting get together and share tips and insights into all things podcasting we go to talking about using USB interfaces. People loved their USB microphones, but it seemed to be a trend of people getting USB interfaces, and then not use them. Also, back in 2005 people that used Audacity often had an "Audacity crashed" story. That was a while ago, and Audacity has been upgraded and I'm looking to see if it is indeed more stable (as I haven't heard a story about Audacity in a while). Please CLICK HERE to take the quick survey (using wufoo.com ) and let us know about your experience with USB devices and Audacity. Also we are running low on Podcast Promos at www.podcastpromoshow.com Thanks in advance and next week I'll tell you what I learn. Sites Mentioned www.podcastvoicemail.com www.wufoo.com www.sleddogpodcast.com www.a1artistspotlight.com Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, February 25, 2008

Sponsorship Vs Premium Content

This show originates at www.schoolofpodcasting.com If you want to have a sponsor for your show, you need to be a SALES PERSON. New to sales? Check out  Zig Ziglar  or  Tom Hopkins  but you need to have a system in place to PROVE to the advertiser that YOU brought them traffic, and that your listeners bought their products. So you should: 1. Have some sort of stats system. I use Libysn stats, or in the case of some podcasts I use stats from podtrac.com 2. Have them create a "landing page (this could look like their home page, but its' just a different address). So it could be www.theadvertiserssite.com/podcast" now they can go into their stats and see how many visitors came from your show. 3. Have them offer a deal. This could be a coupon, a discount, SOMETHING that ONLY YOUR LISTENERS get. 4. Track the number of links from your site to their site. This is easy with a tool like Jay Jenning's  Cloak and Tracker software (and very, VERY, easy to setup). So now no matter what happens, if a person goes to their site (After hearing it on your podcast), if they purchase something (using the coupon), or if they click on an image from your site (which should be a bargaining tool) to go to their site - you can track the traffic, and hopefully prove the results. The advantage of sponsors that you find on your own is you get all the money. You don't have to split it with people. The potential bad news is you might feel yourself editing yourself so you do offend any potential sponsors. This is why some people are turning to the Premium Podcast Solution. I call this the "Chic Fil-A" way to podcast. Chic Fil-A in the states often gives out a sample piece of chicken so that you go buy a whole sandwich. Podcast pioneer Dan Klass of the Bitterest Pill has just adopted this model. After podcasting for two years he will produce one free episode (the sample chicken) and four episodes a month of "premium" content (the whole chicken). He is using Premiumcast.com for this (A great system).   Watch Dave's Video on Carbonite that allows you to back up ALL of your files for $50 a month.   Are you looking for a Podcast Expert? Looking to get into Podcasting on a budget? I've got step by step tutorials that will show you how to podcast at www.schoolofpodcasting.com Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and

Mon, February 18, 2008

Wizzard Media - Technnology for Podcasters

This show originates from www.schoolofpodcasting.com The NEW School of Podcasting site (created with www.wordpresstool.com ) is now live. Today we talk with Rob Walch from Wizzard Media. ( www.wizzard.tv ) as well as www.podcast411.com and co-author of Tricks of the Podcasting Masters he also is a co-host of Today in Podcasting www.todayinpodcasting.com Wizzard has technology to let you GEOGRAPHICALLY target your audience. They also have tools to allow you to get demographic information so in the end an advertiser could ask Wizzard, "I want to put get my product or service in front of males 18-25 years old in the Dallas Texas area." Keep in mind the more detailed they get, the more you can charge. This involves being hosted at Libsyn ( www.uselibsyn.com ) If you are looking to learn how to podcast, check out the School of Podcasting at www.schoolofpodcasting.com Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, February 12, 2008

But Wait There's MORE!

Show #124 originating from http://shownotes.schoolofpodcasting.com Today's show is has a fair amount of news. It does make the show come off like a giant SOP commercial, but you should know how the School of Podcasting can benefit you. If this is not your cup of tea, come back next week when Rob Walch of www.podcast411.com and Wizzard Media will be talking about the technology has available. Is Podcast Promo Swapping Dead? We asked and the following podcasters respondedAnthony from www.BetterGolfwithFitnessPodcast.com  and www.strengthcoachpodcast.com  who said its not quantity but QUALITY of promo swapping. Mike from www.mikeshotdish.com is discouraged when other pdocasters won't play his promo. NEW REWARDS AT SCHOOL OF PODCASTING MEMBERS25% off from Mad Town Aces Audio Production www.madtownaces.com REWARDS FOR THE MORNING ANNOUNCEMENTS LISTENERSGain Control of your Day Course only $129 using the coupon code SOPURDAY (normally $249) LAST 5 in 5 Our last 5 in 5 comes from Ray the Produce Picker ( www.producepicker.com ) He listened to www.TotallyRadShow.com  (fun show) www.diggnation.com  (lasted news from Digg.com ) http://www.vidpodcaster.com/  (Producing a Video Podcast) www.geekbrief.tv (Happy Shiny Tech News) www.StugglingEntrepreneur.com (Starting your own business?) Don't forget that www.Podcastclicks.com  is holding their grand reopening with some videos to help prove its effective. Only $10 a year (going up to $20 soon). Dave Jackson www.schoolofpodcasting.com Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, February 04, 2008

Is Podcast Promo Swapping Dead?

Show #123 Originating at http://shownotes.schoolofpodcasting.com Today we talk about Promo Swapping. Is it dead? Is it useful? We also talk about making a great promo. We play some promos and ask, "Does this make you want to know more about this show?" We also get some listener voicemail from Alex the Podcast junky UK www.podcastjunky.co.uk and I'm sorry Alex. You are a DUDE. Check out his blog (some great insights from an avid Podcast Listener). Promos www.KidsCast.co.uk   www.podcastpromoshow.com 15 Tips for Better Podcast Promos 1. Get a domain name (no blogspot, no typepad, etc). Use the Godaddy promotional code cooelr3 and get it for 6.95  at www.godaddy.com2 . Put on your marketing hat3. What is it?4. Don't Get too Cute5. Make the First Sentence Count6. Repeat your pdocast name in a natural tone.7. Make it Sound Great8. Let Somone else Hear it9. Include a Call to Action10. The Last Impression Shold Be Your Website11. Save your promo in a quality format12. Name the File so Podcasters Know What It Is13.  Test Your Link14. Pos it On Your Blog15. Ask Read the Whole Article Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, January 28, 2008

Evo Terra Author of Expert Podcasting Practices

#122 This podcast originates at http://shownotes.schoolofpodcasting.com Today we have an interview with Evo Terra who is the Author of Expert Podcasting for Dummies (as well as Podcasting For Dum mies) and one of the master minds behind Podiobooks.com (Please note a new updated version of Podcasting for Dummies is coming out this fall). In today's show we talk about what to expect from Expert Podcasting For Dummies (you are read the Table of Contents at Amazon.com ). We also hear how Authors are giving away their ENTIRE book and still making money. (some very interesting numbers on the number of books sold, and how podcasting is leading to being publsihed). Find out "All things Evo" at his site www.funanymore.com   Evo mentioned buying a domain. You can buy a .com domain name for $6.95 a year using the Godaddy Promotional Code "cooler3" at www.godaddy.com   I first heard a great interview with Evo and Fred Castenda at The Struggling Entrepreneur at http://strugglingentrepreneur.com/2008/01/19/evo-terra-author-and-wwwpodiobookscom/   Have a show promo? Submit your podcast to the Podcast Promo Show coming 2/14/08 at www.podcastpromoshow.com I also have an article " 15 Tips For Better Podcast Promos " avaial at the Podcast Promo Show Website   If you are looking to start a podcast, or take your podcast ot the next level in record time check out our website www.schoolofpodcasitng.com Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, January 21, 2008

Battling Fan Noise in Your Podcast Studio

This show originates from www.schoolofpodcasting.com Today I explain how I received my second microphone arm (the one that cost $39 on ebay and it works better than the one I got for $29). However, now with my computer closer to my microphone I've decided to put some foam around the computer (leaving it room to "breathe") to cut back on the noise. The lesson learned? A) I'm listening through the ears of a podcaster. Listen through the ears of a LISTENER. Your noise may be unoticable to most people. B) Sound Soap From Biad ($80) does a good job removing it (but does take some tweaking. Buy it from Amazon for $79 LAST 5 IN % from Fred Castaneda of www.strugglingentrepreneur.com and www.gaincontrolofyourday.com Tech 5   Infor World Daily   Weekly Web Tools   The Morning Annoucnements   Logical Weight Loss Stereo Junkies Fred interviews the US Podcast Junky www.podcastjunky.com in episode #21 and we got some tips on "Cyber clutter" (a previous episode) from the UK Podcast Junky.   http://www.podcastjunky.co.uk Looking to keep your site simple, check out these resources http://vandelaydesign.com/blog/design/how-to-make-minimalistic-design/ http://vandelaydesign.com/blog/design/minimalistic-web-design/ http://vandelaydesign.com/blog/design/minimalistic-web-designs/ Thanks to Podcast Junky UKNews, Views, Tips And Reviews Of Podcasts, Podcasting, Gadgets For Your MP3 Player And A Bit More Besides. www.podcastjunky.co.uk www.PodcastClicks.com is 50% off now through 3/1/08 see how this system delivered close to 27,000 clicks to podcasters in the last two years. Got a promo for your podcast? Send a LINK to your promo to podcastpromoshow "at" gmail "dot" com (a new show coming from Dave Jackson) Looking for some custom Podcas

Mon, January 14, 2008

Podcasting Can Boost Your Business - I've Got Proof

This podcast episdoe #120 originates at http://www.shownotes.schoolofpodcasting.com One of the benefits of being a member of the School of Podcasting is our weekly roundtable / live Question and anser sessions (typical 60 - 120 minutes long). In the last session one of the members talk about how his business is growing due to podcasting. Podcasting is: Enabling him to reach a global marketHelping qualify his leadsEnabling him to reach customers in a "no pressure" formatEnabling customer to "try before they buy." Also in this podcast I talk about how you can save money buying a collapsable microphone (sometimes called "Scissors, or Broadcast") boom stand To See Rich's business in action go to www.dearaddie.com Other podcasters involved in the roundtable snippet Tim from www.sleddogpodcast.com ) The Rode PSA1 Swivel Mount Arm Microphone costs $90 (and the cool thing about Same Day Music is there is no tax most of the time) The Heil Sound PL-2T Overhead Broadcast Boom  goes for about $125 bucks. If you look on ebay. You can find "microphone arms" for $29 CLICK HERE For now at or one with three bases for $39. at CLICK HERE I currently have the $29 model and I love not having a stand next to my desk and the ability to move my microphone out of the way. I did have some issues as the stand holds the microphone in place, but when I first added a pop filter, the stand couldn't handle the weight. After really, really tightening the screws it seems to be working. I will get the $39 model later in the week and let you know how it goes. If you would like to participate in the Podcaster Roundtables go sign up at the School of Podcastint www.schoolofpodcasting.com Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want.

Mon, January 07, 2008

Cyber Clutter and Podcastclicks.com Relaunched

Show #119 originating from www.schoolofpodcasting.com Today I talk about how having a clean website at www.logicalloss.com lead to me getting a new advertiser. I've relaunched Podcastclicks.com and from now through the end of February you can use the Podcast Clicks Promotional System for $10 a year (Price goes to $20 a year on 3/1/07). We also talk about moving a site from blogger.com to using a hosted Wordpress site to run your podcast. Sites Mentioned: A1 Artist Spotlight www.a1artistspotlight.com Jewish Teen Podcast www.jewishteen.net  Audio Gumshoe www.audiogumshoe.com Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, December 31, 2007

You Should Not Be Podcasting

Episode #118 Today I talk about some of the lovely podcasts I've run across that I feel are awful. It seems people are falling into certain areas: The person who thinks they are going to make thousands of dollars next week. The person who gets into podcast becuase they hear its cool, but have nothing to say. Ask them what their podcast is going to be about and they will say, "I don't know." I've heard no less than four podcasts stating "how to make money in podcasting" and it turns out to be nothing but 40 minutes of talkshoe.com spewing. (nothing against talkshoe.com, but I've heard that podcast enough). If you have a recording from a buinses meeting back in 1992 and think it would be a great podcast (that is if you can hear the speaker over the air conditioning) - you don't need to podcast that. You CAN, but the question is should you. If you got into podcasting because you heard you can do it for free - you don't need to podcast. There are singers who sing for free. You can hear them at karaokee bars offending ears every Thursday. Spend a few bucks and take your podcast to the next level. Thinking of starting a podcast in 2008? Remember that not only do you need the time to record the podcast, but you need the time to promote the podcast. Currently I have seven podcasts ( www.podcastcoach.com ) and I don't spend enough time promoting my podcasts as I did when I had 2. Consequently, my numbers are growing slower than when I had a few podcasts. If you are looking to start a Podcast, if you are looking to learn how to podcast, then please let me be your personal podcast coach by joining me at www.schoolofpodcasting.com     Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, December 24, 2007

Common Confusion Cleared

Today I talk about some of the items I see that confuse new podcasters. 1. The Podcast and Episode Delemna. There is a "Podcast" name (Think "Friends"), and there is an "Episode" name (think "Monica and Chandler's Wedding). So while you may put in all sorts of iTunes information into your Wordpress settings (either via Podpress, or Feedburner) those apply to the "Show/Podcast." So if you have a show come into your aggregator (like iTunes) and there is no album art its because each EPISODE has "tags" for each mp3 file (or video file). In the example I was working with, the mp3 didn't have any album art. (Even though the SHOW did, so again the EPISODE didn't have album art). 2. RSS Feeds. Most podcasters use Wordpress.com to maintain a blog (typically on their server like www.coolerwebsites.com ) that has a "side effect" of outputting an RSS feed. So when you update your blog, you update your RSS feed. So how do I update my RSS? I update my blog. Its that easy. However! You may be using Feedburner ( www.feedburner.com ) which will look at Wordpress (to watch the RSS feed). This is what people call "Your Feedburner Feed." Then to list your podcast in iTunes you ay submit your "Feedburner feed." So now when iTunes starts it checks for new episodes. It woudl sound like this: iTunes: Hey are there any new episodes? (Its asks Feedburner)Feedburner: Hey Wordpress any new episodes?Wordpress: Yeah, there have been two episodes put out since the last time you checked. The mp3 files are right over there...Feedburner: Thanks. Hey iTunes the mp3 files are right over there..iTunes: Got it. I'm downloading them now. So when you update your Wordpress, you (through some handshaking) update iTunes. Don't forget that you can get 25% off your membership fee at the School of Podcasting using th coupon code " santa " when you subscribe now through December 25, 2007. Sites Mentioned: www.wordpress.org www.feedburner.com www.itunes.com www.schoolofpodcasting.com www.coolerwebsites.com Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, December 17, 2007

Wordpress Tool - Customized Wordpress Themes

Podcast #116 of the School of Podcasting Morning Announcements originating from www.schoolofpodcasting.net Today I talk about a tool that will take the power of Wordpress and turn it into a Giant GOOGLE MAGNET. You can find it at www.wordpresstool.com  It is a boosted version of wordpress (it installs OVER your current wordpress install that you could purchase from www.coolerwebsites.com ) it has all sorts of meta, tags, site maps and more to drive traffic to your wordpress install. It is $297 but you can use it on ALL of your blogs/podcasts. I've used it in the past, and wasn't sold on it. However, with the new version they have added LOTS of documentation, and the ability to drag and drop almost EVERY aspect of your blog layout (very, very cool). The down side? You need to know a bit of CSS to get the colors and look of your site the way you want it. While Denis (the owner) is a great guy and very supportive, if he gets hit by a bus....... The great news? You can change the layout with the drag and drop interface and the colors and style of your website stay the same (very cool). If Wordpress updates - your website will look the same. All the plugins have been tested to work together. For more information about semiologic, go to www.wordpresstool.com Question for the group? Do you feel that producers who have been around for a while can drop to a "not so regular" schedule without losing listeners? CHRISTMAS SALEGet 25% off your membership fee by using the coupon code " santa " when you check out at www.schoolofpodcasting.com Try it risk free for 30 days. If you don't like the great information, cancel your subscription for a complete refund. (Now through December 25th, 2007). SHOWS / SITES MENTIONED www.newmediamettersshow.com www.thebitterestpill.com www.digitalflotsam.org www.internetbusinessmastery.com www.coolerwebsites.com Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, December 03, 2007

More Traffic = More Listeners

Get 25% off your membership fee using the coupon code santa now through December 25, 2007. Today I show how you can find out who is linking to your competitors using google. Then you can see if these same people might want to link to you. When a whole bunch of sites link to you Google may give you a higher ranking (and thus place you higher on a search). To see who is linking to you simply type link:http://www.yourcompetitors.com  So to see who is linking to the schoolofpodcasting.com it would be link:http://www.schoolofpodcasting.com Your listeners may want to link to your website. So you go into whatever program you're using (wordpress, front page, dream weaver) and you make a link to your website (either graphic aor text). You view the source code and when you past that into your website, it may   not display. Instead it will simply show the graphic/link and NOT the text that you want people to copy and paste. (Now here I was able to simple coy and paste the code, this won't work with all systems, it WILL work for most people using Wordpress). so to fix this, you need to replace the "" so substitute the following: = > (gt for greater than)  so School of Podcasting   will show up like this School of Podcasting If you're not sure how to make a link, I have a detailed answer in the Frequently Asked Question section of the school of podcasting Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, November 26, 2007

Frequently Asked Podcasting Questions

Thanks to Becky of Podcastdesigns.com for putting together another great piece of Album Art for my latest Podcast "Logical Weight Loss Podcast." www.logicalloss.com (as a member of the School of Podcasting you get 50% the price at Podcast Designs ). Show number #114 Today I answer some questions from the School of Podcasting's Frequently Asked Podcasting Questions Area at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/help How do I contact someone for an interview? Most of my episodes are NOT showing up in iTunes? How do I make an RSS feed for Each Category? ( Full Answer Here  - New Window). Thanks to Danika from http://www.tribshow.net/  and Mark from www.a1artistspotlight.com  for the questions. Are you looking to start your own podcast? Come check out our step by step tutorials RISK FREE at www.schoolofpodcasting.com Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, November 19, 2007

Dealing with Negative Comments - Spam Free Phpbb

In this episode I have input from a listener on how to stop robots ("bots" ) from spamming your phpbb forum for your listeners. We also have an open in invite from George of the oneminutehowto.com for anyone looing for exposure for your podcast. I also talk about dealing with negative comments (and how not to lose your mind). Simon has a forum at http://homedad.org.uk/forum/  where he was getting hit by a spambot about every 20 minutes 24/7 Yikes. Heard about this site "Projeckt Spambot" at http://www.beehave.de/forum/viewtopic.php?t=1400  which is a site that will spam you and then tell you how to set up your forum so that it can't. Simon inplemented an "Anti Bot Question" which you can find out at http://phpbb.mwegner.de/english/phpbb2/mods/anti-bot-question-mod/index.html  This is where you iplementa question that a human would find easy, but a bot would have no clue. He hasn't had any spam since. Check out Simon Windisch of Shed Music at http://www.shedmusicuk.com/songs.htm George from www.oneminutehowto.com is always looking for a co-host. 1,600 listeners a day! When dealing with negative comments, remember that the worst, and the best, reviews are typically not accurate. Look for the comments in the middle. If you would like to start your own podcast head over to www.schoolofpodcasting.com or if you'd like me to "get you up and going fast" check out www.podcastfastpas.com PROMO: Logical Weight Loss Podcast at www.logicalloss.com - A no-nonsense appraoch to weight loss.   Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, November 12, 2007

Coaxing Advertisers To Your Podcast

Today in show #112 I provide some insights into getting sponsors that I have found on my own. 1. Find an advertiser that fits your niche. In my case I found two products that I like and I use. There is no "stretch." These advertisers fit like a glove. 2. I did not lead with the word "podcast." I called it an Internet Radio Show. 3. I provided a sample report from podtrac.com for one of my podcasts. 4. There are many things you can use in negotiation. These include adding a banner on your site, having them generate coupons (to track sales), track the number of clicks to their site (to help calculate ROI); they could set up their product under a different paypal option to track sales. (I use a program called " Cloak and Tracker ") The bad news is when I did a google search for "Podcast CPM" I saw number from $30 - $50 (that’s per 1,000 downloads). Let's go "best case scenario" if you had 20,000 downloads per show. If you charged $50 CPM, that is $4,000 per month (if you produced 4 shows per month).  Another Way to Make Money with Your Podcast 1. You could have a premium (no advertising version) using a tool such as www.121podcasting.com 2. You can have a membership area with additional shows, behind the scenes, forum boards and more. Some membership software scripts include: Interlogy Profile Manager  (new window) is an interesting program. Very easy to install. You can use it for free, but if you want to charge for memberships, its $200. (One time fee). Easy Member Pro (New Window) Is a very easy to use membership program. It has flexible programs (pricing for 3 months, 6 months, a year, etc). Download Guard (new window) Is a program that is initially designed to protect digital products that you sell, but also can be used for membership sites. Amember Amember is the tool I use to manage the School of Podcasting. While I've seen prettier interfaces, this works.      Sign up for the School of Podcasting today at www.schoolofpodcasting.com Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 <a href="https://

Sun, November 04, 2007

Podcasting for Profit Author Leesa Barnes

OK, today I'm a little loopy. I spent the night in the emergency room (with ym girlfriend -she's fine), and in today's interview with Lessa Barnes I'm loopy as it was the end of Day 3 of the New Media Expo (and we were sleep deprived). We giggle our way through the interview (with some edits due to background noise). The bottom line is this seems like a really good book. The more I read the more I like. Buy the book at Amazon.com  or for more information and to read Leesa's blog about Podcasting (and free samples of the book) check out lessabarnes.com (new window). Her site features free chatpers, as well as links to all her blogs and more.   Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, October 29, 2007

Selling Your Back Catalogue - History According to Bob

BIG NEWS School of Podcasting Subscribers will now get a month in the USATDOAY.com's Blogger and Podcaster guide (a $49 savings) for FREE. If you want to stay in the online version (or the printed version that will be published once a week) you can get 20% (online) and 25% off (printed) version of the guide. Yes you can save $50 by spending $20. Keep in mind that you can sign up and cancel your subscription anytime. ON TODAY'S SHOWBob Packet from "History According to Bob" ( www.hostoryaccordingtobob.com ) who has taken his passion for history, and his now profitting from his podcast by selling his old back catalogue as single episodes, as CDs, as CD sets. He is using a shopping cart www.mals-e.com For more information go to www.historyaccordingtobob.com Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, October 22, 2007

Finding Time to Podcast

Are you arguing with your significant other about your podcasting habbits? Ever wonder how Dave has 8 podcasts ? Is it true that he just has no life? NO. It revolves around careful planning, and involving your family and friends to help plan your podcasting schedule around THEM (not the other way around). Then you need to take advantage of the time when you can get some time in front of the mic. SITES and ITEMS Mentioned Zoom H2 Portable Recorder ($199) "All things Dave" www.personalpodcastcoach.com Podcast Consultant Service www.podcastfastpass.com I'm the Media www.imthemedia.com Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, October 15, 2007

Benefiting From Podcamps and Expos

Today I talk with Fred Castenada of www.strugglingentrepreneur.com and www.gaincontrolofyourday.com about the differences between Podcamp and The New Media Expo (Fred has been to both). We also learn about his two Podcasts and how he is promoting them. Fred talks about how easy it is to share your information and get great information at Podcamps. This interview was recorded using a Zoom H2 . Other Items MentionedPersony Meeting Software www.trypersony.com Rob Walch Interviews a Podcast Listener " Show 200 " Podcast Secrets "All Things Dave" www.personalpodcastcoach.com   Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, October 08, 2007

Expo Reflections

I give me insights into the expo. We give away the Behringer Podcast Studio Podcasting Package  to Arthur Vanderbuilt (congrats and thanks for being a member). Reflections from the ExpoNicest guy I've never met before goes to Dave from www.twoboobsandababy.com Coolest Piece of Technology (for Schools at least) www.boxpopuli.com (in a booth) Zoom H2 (most popular recorder) Best Night Out on the Town Fred Castenada www.strugglingentrepreneur.com/ www.gaincontrolofyourday.com LAST 5 in 5Courtesy of Dan Klass www.thebitterestpill.com 1. The Twisted Pickle www.twistedpickle.com 2. Norm Augistine www.normaugustinus.com 3. Coverville www.coverville.com 4. Cush Things I say www.cushrocks.com 5. The Hollywood Podcast http://hollywoodpodcast.com/ 6. Verge of the Fringe http://vergeofthefringe.blogspot.com/ According to the Podcastjunky UK I am the 9th most recognizable voice in Podcasting. I talk about this in my blog at http://davidjackson.org/2007/10/04/im-the-9th-most-recognized-voice-in-podcasting/ Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, September 24, 2007

Creating an Elevator Pitch for the Expo

Are you going to the New Media Expo this week? I am. You can meet me outside ballroom A on Friday at 4:30ish. Here are some Tips for the Expo1.  Have your business cards with you at all times.2.  Have your elevatory pitch ready ( www.15secondpitch.com )3.  Pace yourselves. If you come out of the gate too fast, you wil have nothing on Friday.4.  Bring some "instant food" (granola bars, power bars, Pop Tarts). Some of the parties ran out of food, and the cafeteria is expensive and extremley "OK." 5. Don't be afraid to talk to people. Just introduce yourselves, and the conversation wil start to flow. Don't com home with a giant list of regrest. 6. Keep moving. If you've set up a follow up appointment with someone, then move on to a new person. 7. Write on the back of the business card what you talked about, and email them when you get home. 8. Write on the business cards who you have an have not contacted. BACK TO SCHOOL SPECIAL. Get 20% off at the School of Podcasting by using the coupon code " bts " when you sign up now through October 8th. Sites Mentioned: http://www.15secondpitch.com/new/ Support This Show www.supporthisshow.com   Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, September 17, 2007

Producing Your Podcast From Segments with George Hrab

Get 20% off your membership at the School of Podcasting using the coupon code bts when you sign up at www.schoolofpodcasting.com Today we interview George Hrab from www.geologicpodcast.com a very creative podcast. George produces 15 different types of segments that he then uses to assemble his podcast. While you may not be able to pull off as many voices as George, this "pieces parts" approach to podcasting may make creating your podcast easier. Meet me at the Expo at Friday at 4:15ish in front of Ballroom A We are giving away a Podcast Studio USB  from Behringer to a member in October. Sites Mentioned:Geologic Podcast www.geologicpodcast.com George's Book "Non Coloring Book"  www.lulu.com/georgehrab Podcast Fast Pass www.podcastfastpass.com New Media Expo http://www.newmediaexpo.com/incoming.php?linkid=1759 Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, September 11, 2007

Zoom H2 Reviewed and Back To School Special

It's Back to School of and you can save 20% off your membership at the School of Podcasting (thorugh 10/1) when you use the coupon " bts " (short for back to school). Membership has its privledges as we will give away a Podcast Studio USB from Behringer to a member in October. Special thanks for Dave Gardner of www.ratcastradio.com and www.inlinehockeypodcast.com for the review of the Zoom H2 ($199 at Same Day Music and no TAX). Dave gives it 5 hockey pucks out of 5. Also Members of the School of Podcasting we are having some great times at our roundtables. Recently Fred from www.strugglingentrepreneur.com interviewed Tim from www.sleddogpodcast.com so we are doing more than just Q&A. Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, September 04, 2007

Zoom H4 Reviewed - Your Portable Sound Booth

In today's show I play around a bit with the Zoom H4 recorder. I mention that there are 3 setting for volume. You can adjust many increments in addition to those three. I mention that if you have an issue with finding a quiet area, you already do. It's called YOUR CAR. I like the Zoom H4 , I like its size, its battery, and the ability to record from XLR and 1/4." It has built in compressors and automatic recording level. I compare it to the Marantz MD660 . The Zoom H4  doubles as a portable recorder AND a USB interface for recording. It also has a built in 4track recorder (great for musicians working on songs). The Zoom H4 is roughly $300. The Marantz MD660 is closer to $600 Last 5 in 5 From Brian and www.dimacast.com Blowing Smoke (google could not find this pdcast) Accidental Creative http://www.samedaymusic.com/mc--518373 Today in iPhone www.todayiniphone.com The Rogues Gallery http://www.thedividingline.com/rg Podholes http://www.podholes.com/ Intro from Big Al Wagner of www.projectstudionetwork.com one of my favroite podcasts. Other sites MentionedQuiet Study Area www.quietstudyarea.com Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, August 26, 2007

Reviewing the Behringer USB Podcast Studio

Today I am looking at the Behringer USB Podcast Studio . This retails for $100 and it comes with everything you need to start podcasting (cables, mic, software, etc). This is geared towards the (in my opinion) single podcaster. You can connect more than one microphone to this, but there is only one XLR input (so you will need quarter inch cable converters, etc for mic number 2 - if you have more than one person "in studio"). Here is what I liked about it:The box comes with a handle making it every easy and convienient to take with you. It's small and doesn't take up your entire desk. The USB interface connected to both my computers without a hitch. I didn't even need to touch the driver CD. The manual is in a bunch of languages.The Price. If you purchased these separately you would be put out $158. What I wish would change about the product.Add an ON/OFF switch. Other Things to Consider:If you want to use a condensor microphone late, you will need to purchase a separate phantom powerWith ANY USB device you may need to switch back and forth in the control panel to set the input to USB. (However if this is the only itme you use as an input, you won't have to change this). Bottom Line on Unit:As expected, a dynamic microphone is not quiet as clear as a condensor microphone (but it still osudns fine). However, the slight lack of high end could be compensated with a tweak of the EQ. If you're in a hurry, these items produce audio that is just as good (if not better) than many of the podcasts out there. Check out the Podcaststudio an SAME DAY MUSIC  or they have a Firewire version (built a bit more for two people, and has a condensor microphone). If you are interested in what I'm using check out www.schoolofpodcasting.com/tools Brian Mundy from www.dimacast.com asked if Dave is rady for the Expo. (I'm not, but I do have my business cards ready). He mentioned how people "Podpause" and this can annoy listeners. Why not make a show that says "I'm working on it" to keep people involved. I've sent an email to Geoff Smith saying he should write a song saying "I'll be back" and we all could play it when we need to podpause. If you're involved with marketing and/or digital imaging check out www.dimacast.com Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this sho

Mon, August 20, 2007

Recording Phone Calls Without Skype

Today I exposure my mistake using voiceemotion.com to record Kevin Bromber from Nowlive.com so instead of embarrassing myself, (and the fact that Skype broke down), I used my "recount" of the interview with Kevin. We also get a last 5 in 5, and I announce some future shows. Opening From Gary of www.podcastpickle.com LAST 5 IN 5 Courtesy of Fred Castaneda http://folkloricomusicdance.blogspot.com www.strugglingentrepreneur.com 1. The Morning Announcements2. Marketing Online Live www.marketingonlinelive.com 3. Podcast Tools www.podcastools.com 4. Podcasting Underground www.podcastingunderground.com 5. Podcast Secrets (Premium). (check out www.secretswithdave.com ) Dave Talks About his conversation with Kevin Bromber The CEO and founder of www.nowlive.com (this was lost due to operator error). A new service that you can use that (as a Marquee user ) you can get high quality phone calls recorded (pricing on a case by case basis). Of course, I could avoid all of this by using (you guessed it www.nowlive.com ) Other Sites MentionedBrian Dima and the Dima Cast www.dimacast.com Voice Emotion Software www.voiceemotion.com Nowlive.com www.nowlive.com Coming in Future Shows:"Podpausing'Review of the Behringer Podcast KitReview of a Zoom H4. Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, August 14, 2007

Reflections on 100 SHows of Podcasting Tips

Today I talk about any regrets I have after doing 100 shows. I have one thing I've changed (as of today). We also get some great feedback on organizing your podcast content. We also get a last 5 in 5. (11:15) Organizing Your Podcast InputMike Wills from www.nextgenerationofradio.com uses docs.google.com Big Al Wagner of www.projectstudionetwork.com uses http://www.backpackit.com/    Last 5 in 5Ken Blanchard the Urban Shooter Armed Citizen www.armedcitizenpodcast.com  Girl 600 http://girl600.libsyn.com/  Gun Rights Advocates Podcast www.gunrights.us  Old Time Radio Thrillers www.oldtimeradiofans.com  School of Podcasting www.schoolofpodcasting.net (this site). Other Sites Mentioned www.betterdave.com www.musicnewspodcast.net www.sleddogpodcast.com   www.weeklywebtools.com www.banditsigns.com Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, August 06, 2007

Organzing Podcast Content

We have a ton of studd on the show today. We give away Sound Pack 3 from soundgods.com Congrats to Paul Clifford of the Tech, No bable Show You can earn money at Podcast Picke For Reviewing Podcast s We talk about how to keep things organzied so you don't let content slip through your fingers (and miss making it on to your podcast). We hear a promo for www.bestoftheworstpodcast.com I also talk about how easy it is to use www.polldaddy.com We then get a DUO of Last 5 in 5's (what were the last 5 podcasts you listened to, and tell us in less than 5 minutes). Dan from Journey Inside My Mind www.jimmpodcast.com had these:Morning Stories www.gbh.org/morningstories Coverville www.coverville.com Anji Bee Chill Cast http://chillcast.podshow.com Lifespring weekend Music http://weekendmusic.lifespringonline.com/ Friday Night Dance Party http://www.fridaynightdanceparty.com/ Rich from www.audiogumshoe.com had these: Amp New Music Weekly http://amped.libsyn.com/ Seventh Son  http://www.jchutchins.net/7thSonPodcast.xml FIR For Immediate release http://www.forimmediaterelease.biz/ Project Studio Network www.projectstudionetwork.com Kids Wife Work Life http://www.kidswifeworklife.com/   Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, July 30, 2007

A Podcast That Never Expires

The great thing about podcasting is its getting big enough for companies to start building tools for podcasters. Today we look at the Audio Lite system from Gigavox (the makers of the Levelator). www.gigavox.com You can record your podcast in segements. Then (if needed) you can update certain segments (like an advertiser spot) in the current AND PAST podcasts. I'm using this not for advertisers, but for a non-profit (my church). Instead of having advertising spots rotate in and out, we use it for our calendar, and prayer concerns (items that chance from week to week). This way people are up to date with the latest news (no matter what episode they listen to). In reality your podcast can be evergreen. The information can be updated in past shows. The good news is its free to use. Take some time to think about it and how you want your podcast to go from section to section. I love it. Oh yeah. IT's FREE. The "bad" news is it doesn't work with Libsyn (it does with the more expensive Libsyn Pro). So I looked at some different web hosts that had unlimited bandwidth (like Midphase.com ) and ended up with Dreamhost.com (as they increase your storage and bandwidth the longer you stay on their system). I will keep you in the loop as we move forward. LAST 5 IN 5 From Tim Dewey of the Sled Dog Podcast www.sleddogpodcast.com For Immediate Release http://www.forimmediaterelease.biz/ School of Podcasting Students Only Sales Roundup Podcast http://www.salesroundup.com/ Cold Calling Podcast http://coldcallingpodcast.com/ The Hunt Cast http://huntcast.blogspot.com Other Sites MentionedPaul Colligan www.paulcolligan.com www.121Podcasting.com   (sell your podcast, do audio books and more).Weekly Web Tools www.weeklywebtools.com Community Baptist Church www.cbcot.com School of Podcasting. Learn how to podcast RISK FREE at www.schoolofpodcasting.com Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 <a href="https://school-of-podcastin

Sun, July 22, 2007

Free Sound Effects and Running the Numbers

Today I went and looked at some numbers regarding people using phones to listen to the School of Podcasting's Morning Announcements. I use voiceindigo.com and I had anywhere from 15 to 47 downloads a month. I also looked at how many people used the link shownotes.schoolofpodcasting.com and since April 100 people have used that link (which typically is not in print like today, but only heard in the podcast). So people ARE going to links they listen to. Sending Your Podcast to a Phone www.voiceindigo.com Chris Penn's iPhone Kit http://www.financialaidpodcast.com/2007/06/30/financial-aid-podcast-podcaster-iphone-kit/   LAST 5 IN 5 From Dan Johnson of www.jimmpodcast.com Morning Announcements (this podcast - SUCK UP :) )Total Picture www.totalpicture.com  (business leaders)Chill Cast www.anjibee.com  (chill out with Anji) www.lynnparsons.net/redlightzone (A late night vibe podcast) www.jimmpodcast.com  (An insight into Dan's mind) Other Sites Mentioned: www.soundsnap.com www.projectstudionetwork.com Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, July 16, 2007

Understanding Double Enders

Today we talk about what a double ender is, and some tips on recording them. We also talk about the newdirectory I've added at Also mentioned: www.box.net Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, July 10, 2007

One to One Podcasting with Paul Colligan

In the episode we interview Paul Colligan of www.paulcolligan.com who has created a new Premium Podcast Solution that you can find at www.onetoonepodcasting.com This solution has three difference levels (including free), that allows you to have a private podcast, sell your podcast, sell a digital product, have an affilaite program, and and and .. (it does everything). It lets you podcast differently. I've had people ask how do to do certain things in podcasting in the past and there wasn't a solution - now there is. You can save 15% off  FOR LIFE using the coupon code sop121 if you want the pro version. You need to sign up by August 1st, 2007. You can save 15% off  FOR LIFE using the coupon code sop121v if you want the viral version. You need to sign up by August 1st, 2007. (So don't be tardy). If you want to see www.onetoonepodcasting.com in action check out www.askpaulcolligan.com Dave mentions that we wil have a drawing at the end of the month for School of Podcasting members, and listeners who had added The Morning Announcements to their favorites at Podcast Pickle. Winners receive "Dog pack 3" from www.sounddogs.com Lastly, Dave recently launched a new graphic based directory at www.learntosubscribe.com/podcast (you can use a free video at www.learntosubscribe.com/linktous.htm ) members of the School of Podcasting get 20 free clicks. For a complete list of bonus for members of the School of Podcasting click here Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, July 02, 2007

Flipping the Podcast Promotion Switch

Is there ONE thing that you can do to bring a giant number of listeners? Probably not, but the key values are the same - find out where your listeners hang out and get some information to them. "You need to move to where the food is..." We are giving away "Dog Pack #3" from www.sounddogs.com  to a School of Podcasting Listener who puts the School of Podcasting as a favorite at www.podcastpickle.com (members are already entered). Voicemail from Daniel Johnson of www.jimmpodcast.com Email from George at: http://OneMinuteHowTo.com http://EclecticMix.com http://DRiPInvesting.org http://GLSmyth.com - Blog: http://GLSmyth.WordPress.com Getting Ready For the Expo Time to get your business cards, and decide how you will network at the expo. Don't Forget About the Bonuses for Being a Member of the School of Podcasting Sponsor: Coolerwebsites.com www.coolerwebsites.com Quit paying for heb hosting space you'll never use! Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, June 25, 2007

Affordable Wordpress Hosting

I've started my own hosting company at www.coolerwebsites.com and have created some packages geared towards podcasters who are looking to host their files at Libsyn , and have a Wordpress Blog on their own site. Are you ready? It's only $1.99 a month and you have more than enough space to host your blog. BUT WAIT THERE IS MORE. School of Podcasting Members can get an additional 20% off (login to get coupon). Affordable Royalty Free Jazz MusicMike Stewart and his musical writing partner have put out a royalty free CD of jazz music. It's about $150 worth of music for $9.99 FOr more information CLICK HERE  (School of Podcasting Members can get a $2 discount) Podcast Pickle FavoritesGary from Podcast Pickle has started a blog at http://pdillys.com/2007/06/08/understanding-our-favorites-system-at-podcast-pickle/ and I mention his blog item about Podcast Pickle Favorites. You may not be begging for Podcast Alley Votes again. Copy CatsDaniel Johnson from Journey Inside My Mind ( www.jimmpodcast.com ) mentioned that he had dound my podcast on another "generic" blog. It turns out that there is software that people can put on a website to "copy" your blog, (as well as other podcasters/bloggers) posts. He had heard about this from Paul Colligan and the interesting thing is if you don't put your website address in your show readers may not know where the information came from. With that in mind, you are reading items from http://shownotes.schoolofpodcasting.com Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, June 18, 2007

When Your Podcast Explodes

Members of the School of Podcasting have another discount to take advantage of from studiocutz.com on their Podcaster Toolkit DVD. Members get 15% (25 bucks!) off using a coupon code found inside the members area (and yes you could sign up for a one day pass (5 bucks) get the coupon code and come out 20 bucks ahead of the game. The sales runs through mid July. Opening by Steve from www.geekcred.net Recommended Product www.trykall8.com Never Worry About Losing Your Voicemail Number due to lack of calls. Johnathan Waltz had his podcast mentioned in a Blog about his powerscripting podcast ( http://powerscripting.wordpress.com/  ). Realize that your podcast could be mentioned by anyone and your audience could explode. This is why you need a host for your podcast that offers unlimited bandwidth. That way no matter how popular your podcast is, you NEVER have to worry about bandwidth. I suggest www.uselibsyn.com (the service I use for the SOP). Vince from the B Movie Podcast ( www.bmoviecast.com ) answers the question "I'm sure glad I started podcasting because I enjoy talking about the thing I love which is B-movies and cult movies. I like sharing with and finding like minding people to talk to on the subject. I have met a lot of cool people by listening to similar Podcasts on the subject. I met two guys from the Mondo Movie podcast by interacting acting with there podcast. We went on a vacation to Europe in May and I got to meet them in London at a pub and talk for hours. How cool is that. It doesn't get much better than that." - Vince www.bmoviecast.com People may be "mashing" your RSS feed in the future so be sure to keep announcing what your podcast is, where they can find more, and how to contact you. Podshow has channels, and Yahoo has Pipes ( http://pipes.yahoo.com/pipes/  ) These allow multiple RSS feeds to be combined into one. Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, June 11, 2007

Podcast Contest Secrets

Join us as we interview "Ringmaster Greg" from the Dancing With Elephants Podcast ( http://www.dwithe.com ) about the contest that involved cross promotion with other podcasters to help give away an ipod shuffle. In the end their listener numbers went up, but was it worth it? Listen an find out. Last 5 in 5dinkycast. http://dinkycast.com/ car talk NPR http://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510097 Mac Cast http://maccast.com/ Daily Giz WIz http://twit.tv/ Dr Floyd http://www.doctorfloyd.com/ Get your domain name for $6.95 using the coupon code cooler3 when you check out at www.godaddy.com Need a host for your blog? Check out www.coolerwebsites.com Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, June 04, 2007

Never Have an Outdated Podcast Again

I am looking for answers to the question: I couldn't have done ___ if it was for podcasting. Or I sure am glad I started podcasting because _______   I talk with Ram Krishnan of www.castmetrix.com which is a company that allows you to gnerate dynamic content. For example I will be at he expo this year. I could put a segment into the system, and then after the expo, I could change that segment to talk about where people can download my presentation. The castmetrix.com system generates the file based on criteria that you set. For more information go to www.castmetrix.com Check out the new "Step by step" Podcast tutorials at www.schoolofpdocasting.com   Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, May 28, 2007

You Don't Need a "DJ" Voice To Podcast

Today we talk about using a "Radio Voice" to be a podcaster. I talk about Dr Dave from www.shrinkwrapradio.com who was worried that he didn't have a "DJ" voice. He's doing fine, and remember that many people do NOT want to hear a "DJ" voice. We talk about forum spam. One way to cut down on spam is to require approval of all new members. George from the www.oneminutehowto.com podcast explains he finally wrote a program to stop spam on his website. I also mention how I've started a "Step by Step" section at the School of Podcasting with my recommended software program, hosting solutions, etc. If you are looking for a quick way to start podcasting, the School of Podcasting is a great solution. www.schoolofpodcasting.com Dave explains that Mixcraft from Acoustica is his recommended "Multi-track" podcasting software. Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, May 21, 2007

Pacing Yourself as a Podcaster

I talk about pacing yourself (your conent) when you hit the jackpot. We also talk about bulletin boards (forums), and how to fight spam. Wew also talk about doing an "Anniversary show." We also throw out the question, "Does anyone know a WYSIWYG theme editor for worpdress?" Affiliate link of the Month: www.trykall8.com  Don't lose sleep worring if your voicemail number will be lost, it's only 2 bucks a month and .06 a minute and you never have to worry about losing your podcast vociemail number again. Sites and products mentioned: Cooler Websites www.coolerwebsites.com PhpBB http://www.phpbb.com/  Simple Machines Forum http://www.simplemachines.org/   Start your podcast today at www.schoolofpodcasting.com Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, May 14, 2007

Podcast Flyer Tips and Revisting Your Episode Name

Today I talk about some experiments I've done promoting my podcast. I also talk about some of the results I've done by finding a tool thats fits your listeners - in my case it was bookmarks promoting m podcast to college students - and how effective it can be. HOWEVER, I think that one of the reasons I have seen a rise in my listeners is due to my episdoe headlines. If you just put "your podcast name #12 " that doesn't entice people to listen. Make it easier for your listener by giving them a clue as to what is in your latest show. Today's affilaite link is www.trykall8.com get your own toll free number for $2 a month and only .06 a minute. Make it easy for your listeners to call, and never woory about losing your voicemail number again. If you would like to start your own podcast, check us out at www.schoolofpodcasting.com Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, May 07, 2007

Never Lose Your Voicemail Number

Did you know that if you don't use your k7.net phone number in 30 days it will go away? Well here is a way to never worry about losing your voicemail. Check out www.trykall8.com where you can get a toll free number for $2 a month (plus .06 a call for each minute). No matter if people call or not, you will not lose your phone number. Always looking for shw intros "This is __ from the ___ and you're listneing to the School of Podcasting's morning announcements. Looking for a cheap hosting? Check out http://www.coolerwebpages.com/ (SOP members get %25 off the already low price). Dave talks about a poll he was doing on another non-podcast related site. The results: Have you listened to a Podcast? Yes 27 percentNo 61 PercentWhat is a podcast? 12 percent Comments from Laura of www.mbaworkinggirl.com really liked the tutorial at www.learntosubscribe.com (You can link to this at this page http://www.learntosubscribe.com/linktous.htm  ) Podcast Reviews WebsitesPodcast Fanatic http://podcastfanatic.wordpress.com/ Podcast Reviews http://podcastreviews.net/   Audio Addicts http://societyfans.blogspot.com/ For Further Review http://www.furtherreview.net/ Podcast Reviews http://www.podcastrev.com/ New Portable Recorder Coming the Zoom H2 Check it out at Same Day Music $199 Other Sites MentionedToday in iPhone www.todayiniphone.com   Dancing With Elephants www.dwith3.com Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, April 29, 2007

Getting More Podcast Subscribers

In this podcast we throw out some podcast promotion tips, why "hard sell" podcasts are stupid, and some new free services for podcasters. TIMELINE: 1:30 Feedback from Taylor Marek  about a promtion that was being run by Dancing With Elephants ( www.dwithe.com ) full details about promotion can be found HERE   4:48 Giving away an ipod Shuffle. will cost you about 80 bucks. 5:50 Feedback on the "Graffitti tip" from Mark Anderson 9:50 Other Podcast Promotion Ideas. Book Mentioned: Tricks of the Podcasting Masters   10:25 Find your podcast in the iTune directory and play with "also subscribe to this podcast."   12:19 www.trypersony.com a great way to collaborate online and NO SOFTWARE TO LOAD, NO monthly fees, NO huge sticker price. Try it for free at www.trypersony.com   13:55 Free Services For PodcastersPodcastlcicks.com www.podcastclicks.com Learntosubscribe.com www.learntosubscribe.com ( link to this site ) Want to start your own podcast? Check out our main stie at www.schoolofpodcasting.com Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, April 23, 2007

Chalk Up Another Podcast Promotion Idea

Dave gets some listener feedback from Chris at amateurtraveler.com and Paul from technobabelshow.com I was reading a book about marketing a musical group and it mentioned using chalk to promote your band. Would this work for podcasters? Find where your taget market goes and write your website in front of the entrance? Is this a great first impression? Get your own domain name for 6.95 a years using the coupon code cooler3 or 10% off using cooler1 I give a brief update on bookmarks as a promotional tool. SPONSOR www.trypersony.com Costt Effective Web Meetings. Try it for free. No Sign up needed. Last 5 in 5 from Mark at podsquod.com MAC OSG http://podcast.macosg.com/  Palm OSC http://palmosc.com/test/ Apple News Now http://www.applenewsnow.com/  Project Studio Network www.projectstudionetwork.com Desparate Husbands http://www. desperate husbands .net Other sites mentioned www.todayinpodcasting.com Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, April 09, 2007

Creating Same Page Podcasting

People have asked me "Should I write down what to say on a podcast?" When they ask this they mean every word. This is NOT the way to go. I talk about a podcast that is the EXACT content I'm looking for and I CAN'T LISTEN as the podcaster is reading a book. Most podcasts are one side of a two-way, time-shifted, conversation. Do you read what you are going to say when you call your Mom? Instead, map out your ideas on note cards, or use software like Microsoft Word, or notepad, to make bullet points. This enables you to create the free flowing, natural sounding conversation based on the bullet point. If you are looking for more interaction with your podcast, check out Six Pixels of the Separation podcast at http://www.twistimage.com/blog/ LAST 5 IN 5 Featuring Michael Butler of the Rock and Roll Geek Show Evel Genious Chronicles www.evilgeniuschronicles.org Adam Currys's Daily Source Code www.dailysourcecode.com Madge Weinsteins Yeast Radio www.yeastradio.com Plan Nine Rock Show http://plannineprint.com/podcast.html  Musicians Cooler http://www.musicianscooler.com Check out Michael Butler's Rock and Roll Geek show at www.rockandrollgeek.com Persony Has taken the bite out of online meetings. Harness the power of online meetings WITHOUT the monthly fees. Try it free at www.trypersony.com Check out our 100s of resources and hours of tutorials to help you launch your podcast (along with Dave as your personal Podcast coach) at www.schoolofpodcasting.com Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, April 02, 2007

Icing on the Cake - Presentation Tips

NEW SPONSOR: www.trypersony.com The power of online meetings without the monthly fees. Today I'm talking about some tips for presentation, as well we WHY you should be doing some osrt of introduction for your podcast. This includes: Doing Transistions Between Topics:Enable the listener to fast forward through topics they may not want ot listen to, and makes the whole flow of the podcast better. When you just stop music, it jars the listener. You want the transition to signal something new is now on board. If you are looking for theme music check out http://music.podshow.com and do a search for the word themes, beats, etc Get a pop filter for your podcast. Popping P's are annoying. They are about 20 bucks, and can boost your presentation immensly. Dave explains the jibberish issue when it comes to looking at an XML file. The reason you should do some sort of introduction to your pdocast is for the Apple iPod Shuffle users. Even if you don't care about shuffle users, its beneficial for the lsitener. Its all about the listener. Special thanks to Laura Adam of the MBA Working Girl podcast at www.mbaworkinggirl.com  Music from the Podsafe Music Network Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, March 26, 2007

Changing Your Feed in ITunes

In this episode I talk about a couple of nightmares I've run across including: My RSS feed in iTunes somehow got changed to http://s (podpress maybe? I'm not sure...). I had to change my RSS feed in iTunes To change this you need to (accorsing to Apple's Forums ): Podcasters occasionally need to move their feed from one location to another. In this case, you should not remove your feed. If possible, you should set your web server to return a 301 error and redirect when receiving a request for the old feed. Doing so will cause both the iTunes Music Store and the iTunes clients that have subscribed to your podcast to pick up the new feed URL. Be sure to maintain the redirect for at least two weeks to ensure that most subscribers have attempted to download your most recent episode and have thereby received the new URL. If you don’t know how to return an HTTP 301, you can use the tag described in the iTunes RSS Tags section below. The tag will cause the iTunes music store to be updated with the new feed URL, but it will not inform iTunes clients of the new location. You may choose to include an audio note in your podcast, informing your subscribers that your podcast has changed locations. After adding the tag, be sure to keep your feed running at the old URL for at least 48 hours. Then later I did a somewhat time sensitive announcement only to have feedburner fail to update my feed. Lesson Learned: Never fail to occasionally go back and experience your podcast through the eyes (and mouse) of a new subscriber. Double check your feed(s). LAST 5 IN 5 from Canis Lupus of http://bandtrax.podshow.com/ Ask a Ninja http://www.askaninja.com/ Hope is Emo http://www.hopeisemo.com/ Accident hash http://www.accidenthash.com Mac Break Video Podcast http://www.twit.tv/MB Yuzzy's Weekend Dancefloor  http://ywdp.blogspot.com/ Other Sites Mentioned: Podcast Secrets www.secretswithdave.com   Coupon PC916Big Break Podcast www.thebigbreakpodcast.com Sponsor: Go to MeetingOnline Meetings Made Easy with  www.gotomeeting.com Try it Free for 45 days use Promo Code Podcast   Promo:Quiet Study Area Knowledge for Your Brain - Music For Your Soul www.quietstudyarea.com Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what

Mon, March 19, 2007

Podcast Secrets with Paul Colligan

Dave talks with Paul Colligan of www.paulcolligan.com about the upper level class starting MARCH 20th! about monetizing your podcast.  Here are some thing they will be teaching you: * Exactly 8 reasons why Podcasting brings them, and can bring you, a critical business (and profit) advantage. * 7 secrets to producing profitable Podcasting content in the fastest possible time. * 9 marketing channels for the Podcasters ... and how to leverage each one. * The 6-Step Podcast Monetization Roadmap * How to part-the-curtain on the listening habits of your audience, and leverage that knowledge to produce profitable audience action. * At least 5 things, you can implement today that will integrate your Podcast content into your business structure ... and how to see results almost instantly. * 7 steps to getting your Podcast audience to take the very actions you want them to take. For more information see www.secretswithdave.com and use the coupon code PC916 to get 79 OFF the price. If you can't attend, you will receive the call via podcast the next day. BONUS QUESTION - DOWNLOAD IT HERE   Sponsor www.gotomeeting.com Online Meetings Made Easy with  www.gotomeeting.com Try it Free for 45 days use Promo Code Podcast   Pauls Other Podcasts www.podcasttools.com www.megapodcastlive.com www.affiliateguypodcast.com for more see www.paulcolligan.com Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, March 12, 2007

Three Sides to Every Podcast

WARNING - This show contains clips of Keith and the Girl (and are NOT worksafe). Dave continues his talk that was started by people passing information about Podshow.com that was false. This week will be the final word from me on this. Some people still don't understand the concept of specifics reasons by throwing out inuendo and hearsay. Here are some of the things we've learned: When you are making a point, credability can be ruined with one wrong word. Some people thing Podshow is elitest because of their bumper. While I do not personally find this an elitest action - some listeners brought this up. Comunication has always been very subjective. One person was upset becuase he couldn't get a return phone call. Again, I can see where this person was upset. Keith And The Girl Had These Issues1. Adam Curry kept messing up their name. This was annoying to KATG. 2. Keith didn't accept Adam Curry's explanation of the Podshow's messing up the RSS feed. 3. Keith didn't understand the reoccrung advertisements that Adam was speaking of in his blog, and called it shady. I explained this is the new product placement marketing. 4. Dave explains that downloads are important, but there is a value to the niche podcast as well. 5. Keith said that Godaddy adds make no money. I know for a fact that this is not true. 6. Keith reads the terms of service and has a serious problem with the fact that Podshow can do anything with your show - forever - even if you leave the network. Dave admits that many people have a problem with this clause in the contract. He throws out some points such as the Mommy Cast, The Roadhouse, Tartan Podcast all have left the network and none of their content is being sold. Admittedly this has potential to be a horrible contract, but it also has cabaility to further promote your show. 7. Chemda brought up a good point that people are doing this with different perspecitves. For example people who are doing it for fun may have an extremely different persepctive on podcasting, and moentizing your podcast. Dave points out that if you are a contracted podshow producer your contract (like any contract on the planet) is up for negotiation.8. Keith points out that their show can be listened to on podshow.com and he feels that podshow is using their downloads as part of the total downloads they are reporting. Dave points out that Keith said that if Podshow hates Keith and the Girl so much, they should pull them off their network. Dave flips this and asks, "If Keith and the Girl hate podshow so much, why don't they ask to be pulled off of the network?" If they did, and podshow failed to do so that would be a story. Some lessons learned: Don't podcast angry as you may say things you regret later. If you are making a serious point, make some note cards and save your crediability. Dave apologizes for slighting the other podcasting networks. It's true, I can admit when I'm wro

Mon, March 05, 2007

Why do YOU hate Podshow?

I change format today because I have a serious point to make. If we are the NEW MEDIA, we have the RESPONSIBILITY to RECOGNIZE that the Microphone has POWER. Here are some key points from my rant. BIG MEDIA wants us to fight amongst ourselves. Podcasting has enough competition from other meida sources, so why make one of our competitors "other podcasters." You can say negative things about other people in the community, but you better be willing to explain why and prove it. As a reporter, as part of the NEW media, it is still YOUR responsibility to present the FACTS. I use the example of recent accusations thrown at Podshow. As I have a show on in the Podshow network (this one is not by MY choice), I wanted to dispell some of the rumors about Podshow. YOU THE MEDIA (from Paul Coligan's Book " the Business Podcasting Bible ). If we are going to accept that role, we need to also accept that responsibility. Shame on you Keith. SponsorOnline Meetings Made Easy with  www.gotomeeting.com Try it Free for 45 days use Promo Code Podcast   Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, February 26, 2007

Free Podcast Promotion Tools

Dave follows up on last week's show with some tips from Don Lewis of http://www.thebigbreakpodcast.com/ and Sallie from www.author-izer.com as we try to remove hum from a non-skype call. Dave is using a Ground-Loop Isolator Dave got a free subscription to Website Magazine . They have some interesting articles on blogging for money, website promotion and more. The best thing is you can read it online, or have it deleivered free to your door. To get your subscription go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/websitemagazine  One of the resources I found in the above magazine is Traffic Swarm . While I'm not crazy about sites like these, I will say I have received a small bump in traffic to my site. So if I have to put up with an annoying start page, I can deal with that.  Dave also talk about the closing of www.podcastcharts.com a podcast directory he started a while ago, but it had been hacked, and had multiple issues over the years. He now has www.podcastclicks.com as a cross promotion tool for podcasters only.  OUR POLL:Should podcasters put their contact information at the begining of their show (and possible make their first minute of their podcast bland - while getting their contact information out), or put it at the end of their podcast (thinking that only fie hard lsiteners would make it this far, and its only die hard listeners who contact the podcaster anyway..) VOICE YOUR OPINION: TAKE THE POLL OUR SPONSOROnline Meetings Made Easy with  www.gotomeeting.com Try it Free for 45 days use Promo Code Podcast   Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, February 19, 2007

Skype Vs Inline Patch by JK Audio

Dave talks about the $270 he spent on an Inline Patch from JK Audio a few years ago has not produced better results than the $25 a year he pays for SkypeOut . Dave also has tried 2 FM transmitters for either the iPod or a portable player. The Griffin transmitter for the iPod had no volume control, and it was really quiet. This results in your cranking up your volume in your car. In the end, it was noisey, and not a great solution. SponsorOnline Meetings Made Easy with  www.gotomeeting.com Try it Free for 45 days use Promo Code Podcast   Pod QuizIf you saw someone who would obviously enjoy your podcast, do you have a business card, a sample CD, etc available RIGHT NOW to hand this potential listener? Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, February 13, 2007

More Podcasting Mistakes

Dave continues on with a few other mistakes that Podcasters may be making: 1. SHOW ME THE MONEY- The person who doesn't even have a podcast topic, but knows he can sell it. Get your audience first, then monetize it. Paul Colligan has a great book  - The Business Podcasting Bible - about it. 2. Not reporting their music to the Podsage Music Network. I have a brand new show I'm testing. I've told one other person, and the musician that I played. I ended up with 5 listens. Keep in mind that a musician may alert their fan list that they are being played (and send their listeners to your podcast). However, if you don't report it they won't know to alert their fans. 3. Failure to Cross Promote. Sometimes we get nervous networking with people that are too much like our podcast. We fear that they may steal our audience. Keep in mind if you are putting out great content, their audience should like you. Also keep in mind there are seven days in a week. This leaves lots of time for the listener to listen to their podcast and yours. 4. Miss networking opportunites. I use www.technorati.com after reading the book by Jason Van Orden Promoting Your Podcast  I put some code from technorati and now I can see who is linking or bloggin about me. SponsorOnline Meetings Made Easy with  www.gotomeeting.com Try it Free for 45 days use Promo Code PodcastPromo Played  "The Why and How of Podcasting"Go visit my new friend JD at http://www.thewhyandhowofpodcasting.com/ Other Sites Mentioned: Open Stacks Promoting information access and literacy for all. http://openstacks.net/os/   Anna Farmery at www.podcastfreq.com   Disciples with Microphones http://www.discipleswithmicrophones.org/blog/   Who is linking to this blog? Find out Here Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Wed, February 07, 2007

Common Podcast Mistakes

Dave talks about some common podcasting mistakes these include: Making your first impression by apologizing for not putting out a show. Remember there are lots of new listeners on the way (so why not do this at the end if you need to). People assume that people have heard Part 1 of an interview so they (literally) start the podcast with some opening music, and then (with no setup) go right back to the interview (so a new listener has no clue what they've walked in on). Volume on conference calls seems to be an issue. I realzie that you have no control over this when you are on the call, but you do have some control over the volume of the podcast. Check out the Levelator at www.gigavox.com   SponsorOnline Meetings Made Easy with  www.gotomeeting.com Try it Free for 45 days use Promo Code Podcast LAST 5 in 5 with Wendy from www.gabberjaw.com   Keith and the Girl www.keithandthegirl.com Twisted Pickle www.thetwistedpickle.com Uhh Yeah Dude http://uhhyeahdude.com/ Public Nuisance Radio www.publicnuisanceradio.com Twit http://www.twit.tv/ Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, January 29, 2007

Understanding RSS and XML

In this podcast I answer one of the most frequently asked quesitons. "What is RSS, and why do I get jibberish when I click this orange thing?" Dave also assigns some "homework." LAST 5 IN 5 From John of The M Show ( www.themshow.com ) Barack Obama Us Senator for Illinois http://obama.senate.gov/podcast/ Rumor Girls http://www.rumorgirls.com/ Accident Hash http://www.accidenthash.com Radio Adventures of Dr Floyd http://www.doctorfloyd.com/ Kamakaze Comic Book Podcast (Fanboy?) http://fanboyradio.libsyn.com  Don't forget the Podcast Pickle contest starts February 1st! Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, January 22, 2007

Repeat Exposure For a Dime

Dave went back to colllege this week (but is still completely available to help new podcasters). He had a very difficult time getting bookmarks for his books. When he found one, he was amazed at how many times a day he viewed this bookmark. He did some research and found that you can have full color bookmarks create 500 bookmarks for 60.00 (see psprint.com ) or 1000 bookmarks for 94.00 (see brochures.com ) and if your target audience is college students - then I feel this is a decent form of promotion. SponsorOnline Meetings Made Easy with  www.gotomeeting.com Try it Free for 45 days use Promo Code Podcast Last 5 in 5 From Steve at www.lifespringpodcast.com Griddlecakes Radio www.griddlecakes.com The M Show www.themshow.com Happy Tree Friends http://podcast.happytreefriends.com Geekbrief TV www.geekbrief.tv Your Wedding Your Way http://yourwedding.lifespringonline.com/   Sites Mentioned: School of Podcasting www.scholofpodcasting.com The Scene Zine www.thescenezine.com brochures.com  (1000 bookmarks ) psprint.com  (500 bookmarks )Today in Podcasting www.todayinpodcasting.com Podcast Pickle www.podcastpickle.com All Things Dave www.thepodcastfreak.com Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, January 15, 2007

How to Record A Skype Call

Dave talks about cross promotion, different samplg rates, and how he records a skype call. Special thanks to Jeff Lamb of www.buffalodick.tv for the awesome promo and testimonial. SponsorOnline Meetings Made Easy with GoToMeeting.com Try it Free for 45 days use Promo Code Podcast Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, January 09, 2007

Cross Promoting Your Podcast

Dave talks about how easy it is (and free) to cross promote your podcast. This is helped by networking with other podcasters who have similar podcasts. I play a quick promo I did for the Daily Source Code, I then turned around and used the same set up and ending and substituted a personalized greeting for each podcaster. It worked. While cross promotion may not get you 100 listeners overnight, it will help with your branding online. Thanks to Heather Vale of Success Unwrapped for our intro. Check her out at http://www.successunwrapped.com SponsorOnline Meetings Made Easy with GoToMeeting.com Try it Free for 45 days use Promo Code Podcast Last 5 in 5 Couresty of the Bucket Podcast ( www.bucketpodcast.com ) 1. The Godess and Banana www.bgaffair.com 2. Diggnamtion www.diggnation.com 3. Dawn and Drew www.dawnanddrew.com 4. Ask a Ninja www.askaninja.com 5. Daily Source Code. www.dailysourcecode.com 6. Griddlecakes Radio www.griddlecakes.com ITEMS MENTIONEDAudio Technica 2020 Microphone MORE INFO -no tax - free shippingMarantz MD660 Portable Recorder MORE INFO -no tax - free shipping Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, January 02, 2007

Using Libsyn and Podpress

Dave gets some more feedback on shaping your image with a podcast (as some feel www.betterdave.com is not the right image for Dave), and he answers a question about using podpress ( www.mightyseek.com/podpress ) with Libsyn and how to get the URL into WordPress. SponsorOnline Meetings Made Easy with GoToMeeting.com Try it Free for 45 days use Promo Code Podcast P.S. I realize this episode breaks format a bit. I am away from my typical system, and do not have access (but I think this episode is fine anyway - even if it doesn't let you know its episode 68) Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, December 26, 2006

Did You Really Say That? - Storytelling Podcasts

In this episode Dave talks about the potential pitfalls of a diary - storytelling podcast. He started a new podcast Building a Better Dave . Keep in mind that EVERYONE can hear your podcast. You also never know when people will Google you. He mentions a few of his favorite storytelling podcasts including The Bitterest Pill and Digital Flotsam SponsorOnline Meetings Made Easy with GoToMeeting.com Try it Free for 45 days use Promo Code Podcast Last 5 in 5 From Mike Wills of http://newmusictoday.net 1.Geek News Central http://geeknewscentral.com 2. New Music Today (one of my podcasts on Podcasternews) http://newmusictoday.net - I always listen to my own shows to make sure they keep sounding good.3. Security Now ( http://Twit.tv )4. UC Radio Podshow ( ucradio.podshow.com )5. Podholes ( http://www.podholes.com/ ) Other Sites Mentioned Podcast411  autor of Tricks of the Podcasting Masters School of Podcasting End of Year BonanzaUse the coupon code santa when you check out the get 50% off your first month. Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, December 19, 2006

Common Validation Errors

Dave talks about common mistakes that you can make that willcause errors inyour RSS feed. SponsorOnline Meetings Made Easy with GoToMeeting.com Try it Free for 45 days use Promo Code Podcast This was inspired by the Podcast Brothers www.podcastbrothers.com show where they talked about a feed reader having issues with their feed. You can see a table of code to put display characters without causing errors. http://www.w3schools.com/tags/ref_entities.asp You can check your feed validation at www.feedvalidator.org Dave also reminds all podcasters to report their songs at the Podsafe Music Network When looking at your playlist, click the "show playlist history" option at the bottom of the list. Be sure to report your songs. The musicians will thank you for it. LAST 5 IN 5 by Cali Lewis of www.geekbrif.tv 1. Dawn and Drew Show www.dawnanddrew.com 2. Daily Source Code www.dailysourcecode.com 3. Mo Buzz Tv www.mobuzztv.com 4. Accident Hash www.accidenthash.com 5. Rocketboom. www.rocketboom.com Check out the School of Podcasting with its hundreds of resources and hours of tutorials. www.schoolofpodcasting.com Dave's favorite Podcast Host is Libsyn Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, December 12, 2006

The Results are In! - Promotional Postcard Tool

Dave provides the results from last week's poll, a promtional Post Card Tool along with a podcasting idea. The One Minute How To PodcastA quick, fun way to cross promote your podcast. Check it out at http://www.oneminutehowto.com Dead Science Podcast http://www.deadscience.com Voice Over Work From Scott Fletcherhttp:// www.caraworks.com SponsorOnline Meetings Made Easy with GoToMeeting.com Try it Free for 45 days use Promo Code Podcast ;   Vertical Response - Postcard Creation tool. Only pay for those cards you sell, no contracts, etc. Survey Results - Dave had a whole 6 people respond to last week's sruvey. Many people listen in the car on their portable media device. The audience is all male. (At this point) take the survey. HERE Lane www.missingalert.com podcast Last 5 in 5 From Rob of the Dead Science Podcast 1. The Morning Announcements (this podcast)2. Podcast 411 www.podcast411.com 3. The Paracast. www.theparacast.net 4. Haunted New Jersey Podcast www.hauntednewjersey.com 5. Building a Better Dave www.betterdave.com People say what they want for Christmas The Zoon H4 Handy Recorder Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, December 04, 2006

Surveying Your Listeners For Free - And Podcasting Report

Dave talks about a new Podcasting Report http://www.pewinternet.org/pdfs/PIP_Podcasting.pdf Dave mentions how you can find out information fromyour audience using www.surveymonkey.com TAKE THE SURVEY (10 quick questions)To take Dave's Survey  click the image to the above or click HERE Dave will read the answers in next week's show. ALSO MENTIONEDDave also mentioned the Dead Science Podcast at www.deadscience.com Kiptronic ( http://www.kiptronic.com ) for survey listenersPodtrac ( http://www.podtrac.com ) for surveying listeners Call 888-563-3228 with your comments SponsorOnline Meetings Made Easy with GoToMeeting.com Try it Free for 45 days use Promo Code Podcast Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, November 28, 2006

Podcaster Toolkit

In this episode Dave talks about a new service that allows you to use Paypal and raise money towards a goal (might be great around expo time when you're raising money for plane tickets). The service is www.chipin.com and Dave used it to make www.schoolofpodcasting.com/donate Dave plays some samples from the Podcaster Toolkit CD that has 1000 mp3 files on it. Dave has been using this CD over the last few weeks it has 770 sound effects, 41 one minute music tracks, 189 Transition Elements. Dave bought this at the Expo in California and has worked with Gary at Sound Ideas  to come up with a great deal where you can save 30.00 and get free shipping when you go to http://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/toolkit SponsorOnline Meetings Made Easy with  GoToMeeting Try it Free for 45 days use Promo Code " Podcast  "   Last 5 in 5 with Father Roderick of the Daily Breakfast Podcast  Dave Ramsey Show (Financial ) http://www.daveramsey.com  Daily Source Code (Adam Curry) http://www.dailysourcecode.com Rosary Army http://www.rosaryarmy.com Busted Halo http://www.bustedhalo.com The Lost Podcast http://www.jayandjack.com/ Other Podcast URLSPodcast Click (Free Podcast Promotio) http://www.podcastclicks.com Podcaster Toolbar http://www.podcastertoolbar.com All of Dave's Shows http://www.thepodcastfreak.com Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, November 21, 2006

Pre Interview Tactics

Dave talks about how to conduct a PRE interview, we get a last 5 in 5 from Larry of daily-journal.com and Dave also points out that Google has a great tool for collaboration. SponsorOnline Meetings Made Easy with GoToMeeting Try it Free for 45 days use Promo Code " Podcast  "   Last 5 in 5 Courtesy of Larry from www.daily-journal.com HDTV Podcast http://www.htguys.com/ Podcast 411 www.podcast411.com The Winecast http://winecast.net/ Daily Source Code www.dailysourcecode.com Accident Hash www.accidenthash.com Dave mentions a  free Google tool that you can use for note taking for podcasters. He also welcomes Coach Rob of www.spintexfitness.com  as a new member to the School of Podcasting. Thanks to everyone as we approach "Thanksgiving" here in the states. Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, November 14, 2006

Libsyn Pro Explained

Dave explains his abscence last week, comments on some comments , and we get a "last 5 in 5" from Corey of the Twisted Pickle. If you are looking for custom bookmarks check out PsPrint  (1000 bookmarks for 100.00) SponsorOnline Meetings Made Easy with GoToMeeting Try it Free for 45 days use Promo Code " Podcast  "   Last 5 in 5 from The Twisted Pickle www.thetwistedpickle.com Keith and the Girl - www.keithandthegirl.com The Bitterest Pill - http://www.thebitterestpill.com/ Verge of the Fringe - http://www.vergeofthefringe.com/  Public Nuisance Radio - http://publicnuisanceradio.blogspot.com/  Chit Chat Moms http://www.chitchatmoms.com/ Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, October 30, 2006

The Cons of Post Dating Podcasts - Library Podcast Promotion

Dave talks about finding your target listener at the library and leaving them a path back to your podcast. We also get a "last 5 in 5" from Sallie at http://www.podcastasylum.com   Sponsor      Online Meetings Made Easy with GoToMeeting Try it Free for 45 days use Promo Code " Podcast  "   Building a Better Dave - Because Life is too important to be taken Seriously. www.betterdave.com   Last 5 in 5 From Sallie Goetsch of the Podcast Aslyum ( www.podcastasylum.com  ) The Engaging Brand Podcast http://theengagingbrand.typepad.com/ For Immediate Release http://www.forimmediaterelease.biz/ Podcast For Dummies http://www.dummies.com/WileyCDA/Section/id-291804.html A Way with Words Podcast http://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510028 Slate Podcast http://www.slate.com/id/2119317/ Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, October 24, 2006

Podcasting Around the Holidays Without Missing a Beat

The holidays can be such a rush. Shopping, school events, travel, etc make the "Tour of Christmas 06" something that can make you tired jsut thinking about it. How are you going to find time to podcast? Dave explains some quick settings in Wordpress and Libsyn that allow you to prerecord some shows and release them in the future. Sponsor:“Online Meetings Made Easy with GoToMeeting Try it Free for 45 days use Promo Code Podcast‿ The last 5 in 5 will be back next week. Thanks to everyone. Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, October 16, 2006

International Podcasting Expo - Attend in Your Jammies

Dave talks about all the cool stuff they've added to the International Podcasting Expo  including a life time liscense to Pamela (Skype Plugin). “Online Meetings Made Easy with GoToMeeting Try it Free for 45 days use Promo Code Podcast‿ We hear a promo for a show Dave is set to release this week (Building a Better Dave www.betterdave.com ) and we get a last 5 in 5 from Kevin Crossman from www.fratpackpodcast.com LAST 5 in 5Film SPotting Podcast http://www.filmspotting.net/ This Week in Tech http:/ www.twit.com The Mac Observers Weekly Roundup http://www.macobserver.com/roundup/ The Daily Source Code www.dailysourcecode.com The Five Honey By Midnight (original Las Vegas Podcast) http://www.fivehundybymidnight.com/fhbm/ Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, October 09, 2006

Reviewing the Levelator Software

Dave reviews the new Free software "The Levelator" software (free for both PC and Mac). He uses a quick snippet from the Entrepreneurs Journey at http://www.entrepreneurs-journey.com/  I heard Yaro saying he was happy with the audio, so I ran a snippet through the Levelator. WOW. You got to hear this. Dave was listening to this episode at http://www.entrepreneurs-journey.com/492/podcast-michael-cheney-product-launch/ Online Meetings Made Easy with GoToMeeting Try it Free for 45 days use Promo Code Podcast Get the Levelator at http://www.gigavox.com/levelator Last 5 in 5 with Paul Coligan www.paulcolligan.com and  The Business Podcasting Bible   www.podcast411.com www.schoolofpodcasting.net www.podcastingunderground.com/ www.twit.com www.dailysourcecode.com LAST MINUTE NOTE: The Levelator does NOT work on mp3 files (AIFF files and WAV files). SPONSOR: Try Gotomeeting.com for FREE for 45 minutes today. Sign up and use the promo code PODCAST Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, October 03, 2006

Expo Toy Roundup Part I

Dave crawls back to the microphone after a fun week in California. Some folks I mentioned Jason Van Orden ( http://www.podcastingunderground.com/  ) and Paul Colligan ( http://www.paulcolligan.com/  ). Paolo from www.italyfromtheinside.com   NEW TOYS FROM THE EXPOBoth of these tools allow you to update your pdocast from anywhere. www.imorphoisis.com  The "Coffe Warmer" podcast updating tool http://www.podcastready.com/  Turn your USB device into a podcatcher. Sweet Piece of Hardware (Thanks for the Demo Mark) Aphex 230 Master Voice Channel Tube Mic Pre (Get discounts in the BSW Podcast Gear Store ) (11:00) Last 5 in 5 from Mark Jenson of www.podsqod.com MAC OSG http://podcast.macosg.com/  Palm OSC http://palmosc.com/test/ Apple News Now http://www.applenewsnow.com/  Project Studio Network www.projectstudionetwork.com (yes, I know that's only four...) Other Sites Mentioned: www.schoolofpodcasting.com/expo06   Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, September 25, 2006

Never Podcast on 4 Hours Sleep

Dave talks the upcoming expo in Ontario California and why should be ready to take advantage of the opportunity. It's humour cast as Dave is really, really tired. We also talk about getting feedback from friends on your podcast. We also have a "Last 5 in 5" from Paul at the Technobabel Podcast http://www.technobabelshow.com/   his last 5 in are: School of Podcasting (this site - thank you...)Cranky Geeks ( www.crankygeeks.com )DLTV with Patrick Norton ( www.dl.tv )Geeks on God ( www.geeksongod.com )Media Moment (Salvation Army at www.mediamoment.blogspot.com  ) Dave explains how to call a regular phone with Skype. Other sites Dave is involved with www.todayinpodcast.com (With Gary and Rob) www.musicnewspodcast.net (Real People, Real News, Real Sarcasm) www.podcastclicks.com (banner exhcange program - free promotion) www.musicianscooler.com  (Music Marketing For Bands) www.podcastingshirts.com Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, September 18, 2006

Hey! Let's Start ANOTHER Podcast! - THINK FIRST

Dave has been track EXCATLY how long it takes to make a podcast. This includes: Researching storiesOrganzing show notes for recordingRecorind the PodcastEditing mp3 tagsUploading the mp3Creating the Show notes It turns out that based on my last 7 podcasts, you spend 4 minutes for every 1 minute of podcast. For example this podcast is about 10 minutes in length. As I type these show notes I'm at the 34 minute mark. OK BIG DEAL? Well, sometimes we get caught up in how fun podcasting is and we want to start another one before realizing that if we do a 15 minute podcast 4 times a week, that 4 HOURS of show production required. In some cases, you end up skimping on preparing good quality content, and then ALL your shows suffer. Just Dave's way of saying, "Maybe you should think about it before starting another podcast." See you at the Expo   Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, September 11, 2006

Cross Promotion For Music Podcasts

Dave reminds people about Podshow Music Rewind. It's very easy to cross promote your pdocast in front of other music lovers. Check out their submission form RIGHT HERE Last 5 In 5 from Alan Lew of Travelography (www.podcasternews.com )Amateur Travler Podcast ( http://amateurtraveler.com/  )Smart City ( http://www.smartcityradio.com/  )Ken Radio (???)Slashdot Review ( http://slashdotreview.com/  )Slate Magazine ( http://www.slate.com/id/2119317/  ) Talkshoe.com a Discussion From "Today in Podcasting" ( www.todayinpodcasting.com ) Dave's BOO YAH tip from Big Al Wagner of www.projectstudionetwork.com Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, September 05, 2006

Priming the Listener Pump

Dave talks about supporting listeners comments from a Customer Service stand point. He also points out a hidden trick that "regular" radio uses to get people to call in. Enjoy your holiday (the last 5 in 5 will return next week).   Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, August 28, 2006

This Headset Sounds Like Ass

Dave is using an Altec Lansing AHS302i Headset Microphone  and is not really impressed. We also talk about the proper sequence of recording a "post production" show and why.   LAST 5 in 5 Courtest of Chris Christensen of Amateur Traveler Podcast ( http://AmateurTraveler.com  ) The Onion Radio News http://www.theonion.com/content/radionews Buzz Out Loud from Cnet http://reviews.cnet.com/4520-11455_7-6333605-1.html?tag=cnetfd.dir The Word Nerds http://thewordnerds.org/ Coverville http://coverville.com/ Geek Brief TV http://www.geekbrief.tv Questions from Rob at   www.robcasting.com  "How do you afford this stuff?" Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, August 21, 2006

Enhancing Your Content with Music and Sound Effects -050

Used appropriately, music and sound effects can really enhance your CONTENT. Dave shares his feelings as he has quit listening to some podcasts as they play "whacky" sound effects over and over (and they don't even tie in with the content). What do you think? Does this bug you?   On the other hand, Music and sound effects can create a mood, and a theater of the mind experience when used properly. Last 5 in 5 by Judson Voss of the Get Real Podcast (Learn about Real Estate Investing with a husband and wife investing duo). Check out Judson and Lynn at http://www.getrealrei.com/ Startup Nation http://www.startupnation.com Podsqod Morning Edition  http://www.podsqod.com/ Inside Home Recording www.insidehomerecording.com Project Studio Network http://ProjectStudioNetwork.com/ School of Podcasting's Morning Announcements (this site)   Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, August 14, 2006

New Podsafe Music Resource, Marantz MD 600 Review -049

Dave talks about www.sellmusicdirect.com a new podsafe music resource. It's takes a CD from manufacturing all the way through distribution and its embracing podcasting. (look for the Podcaster sign up in the lower left hand corner). Dave also recently purchased a Marantz MD 660 portable recorder  he discusses his decision and other decent (less expensive) models such as: Edirol R-09 (not the E9 that I mentioned) Sony MZ100 Minisc Recorder ($299)Other Minidisc Recorders at Sound Professionals  Also, http://www.samedaymusic.com does not charge tax (except in NJ). Last 5 in 5 Courest of Mignon of the Absolute Science Podcast ( www.welltopia.com )5. http://www.israelisms.com/  4. Teknikal diffikulties  3. Matt's Today in History  2. Armchair President  1. The Big Show Other Sites Mentioned:CC Chapman (using an Edirol Unit) http://www.managingthegray.com/ Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, August 07, 2006

It's Summer Let's Go Toobin' -048

Dave interviews Charter Harkins one of the creators of of Innertoob.com a cool tool for Podcasters to boost communication, increase search engine searchability and send links via email to a certain time in the mp3 file. Check out this show at innertoob.com Carters Last 5 in 5Inside the Net http://www.twit.tv/ITN This week in Tech http://www.twit.tv Pottercast www.pottercast.com Ask a Ninja www.askaninja.com Rocketboom www.rocketboom.com Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, July 31, 2006

Quickly Making Audio Comments Podcast Ready -047

I walk the listener through adjusting a voicemail comment from a scratchy, noisey sound bite to a smoother sounding clip ready to use. Dave explains some features that are in Sony Sound Forge  (Free shipping at Same Day Music ) also Dave is using Castblaster in this issue. I also talks about cleaning up those listener calls from k7.net and Kall8 he exaplains how make two quick passes with a noise gate and EQ you can get these sounding smoother for your podcast.Last 5 in 5 Courtesy of Rich Palmer of Audio Gumshoe ( www.audiogumshoe.com )1. The One Minute How to http://oneminutehowto.com/ - learn anything about anything2.Bucket Podcast http://bucketpodcast.blogspot.com - Couple Cast By Newlyweds3. Out of Order Po www.oooshow.com - Out of order things in the world4. Managing the Grey - Makreting Tips www.managingthegrey.com 5. Perfect Head PW Fenton's new Podcast. www.prefecthead.com P.S. I notice an above normal amount of his when I turn on my mic... Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, July 25, 2006

My Feed Was Hijacked - Interactive Podcasts -046

Dave explains that after going on someone's show, THEIR podcast was inserted into his Musicians Cooler feed. They re-wrote (hijacked) his RSS file. He exaplains how he fixed it, and reminds everyone to pick good passwords, and to change them often. Last 5 in 5Dan from Journey Inside My Mind Podcast provides his last 5 in 5Check out Dan at www.jimmpodcast.blogspot.com www.daveslounge.com  (Music to Chill to) www.denverpost.com  (Today in Music History) www.manlygeek.com   www.americanpublicmedia.publicmedia.org www.dailysourcecode.com (Adam Curry) Feedburner added some technology that is not working with Juice (formerly ipodder software). To fix this:Log into your Feedburner feedClick on 'Standard Stats' under the "SERVICES" area on the left side.Take the check mark off "Item enclosure downloads (podcast downloads)"SAVE your changes.Thanks to: George http://EclecticMix.com http://OneMinuteHowTo.com Rich www.audiogumshoe.com and JT www.freemusicianlist.com   for the heads up on this. To read more about this in the Feedburner support area go to Here   Interactive Podcasts. Dave gets some insights from Greg of the 5 Questions Podcast. Check it out at www.5questions.net Dave used Podproducer to Make this Show Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, July 17, 2006

Dave Goes Dingy - Podcast Promotion Ideas -045

Dave has some fun playing with Jason Robertshaw of www.cephalopodcast.com  and trys to find a new opening. Dave discusses an idea that came about in today's School of Podcasting Roundtable (available to members of the School of Podcasting www.schoolofpodcasting.com ) using promotional drink coasters from WWW.BRANDERS.COM where you can get your logo put on a coaster. (couretesy of Johnathon of www.HollywoodComediansRadio.com Last 5 in 5 courtest of Twilight of www.twilightandthebes.com 1. Nate and Di www.nateandi.com   "The Nate and Di Show is a podcast intended for Mature Audiences Only. We are blasphemous and have potty mouths!" 2. Punk Radio www.punkyradio.com Half an hour of X-rated music and mayhem from The Heart of Sherwood Forest featuring tracks you've never heard before, expressions you've never heard before and jokes you'll never want to hear again. 3. The Twisted Pickle www.thetwistedpickle.com The Twisted Pickle Show is a guy in Omaha sharing humor and stories meant to help you not take anything in life serious. Personal, sometimes funny stories, all told without his wife knowing the show exists.....so far.... 4. The Bitterest Pill http://www.thebitterestpill.com/ Comedy, Commentary, and Music from a stay home Dad/Shut In 5. Best of the Left Podcast www.bestoftheleftpodcast.com/ A Podcast where we play the best of talk radio on the left side of the dial. Real radio, real liberal. Condensed into neat, commute sized, chunks. Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, July 10, 2006

Interview CEO of Voiceindigo John Mayerhofer -044

Dave interviews  John Mayerhofer the CEO of www.Voiceindigo.com a service that will help deliver your podcast to phones. Dave mentions a new segment "5 in 5" inspired by Joe of www.salesroundup.com This is where you tell us (not so much your favorites but) what were the last 5 podcasts you listened to (do NOT include this one). If you want to say if you liked it or not, feel free but try to keep your comments under 5 minutes (hence 5 in 5).  Call it in a 888-563-3228 (if possible use a land line - better yet record it and send us the mp3 file). Dave's "Last 5 in 5" www.musicproshow.com www.musicbusinessradio.com www.podcast411.com www.thebitterestpill.com www.themarketerspodcast.com For more information about Voiceindigo go to http://www.voiceindigo.com/podcasters See you at the Expo   Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Thu, July 06, 2006

Podcast Awards - Is Your RSS Validated? SURPRISE! -043

Dave gets notified about the Podcaster Awards and in checking eligibility discovers his RSS feed is NOT 100% valid. As the deadline is 7/15 you may want to get cracking on validating your feed, and alerting your listeners (that is if you care about these types of things - it might attract more sponsors if you were people's choice 2006 ). Specials thanks to Curt from http://www.digitalslobpod.com for opening the show. To check your feed go to www.feedvalidator.org See everyone in California. UPDATE: I sent an email to Todd Cochrane and he explained the RSS stipulation was to make sure a submission IS a podcast as some submit items that have NO RSS feed at all. Other sites such as clickcaster.com can only be viewed in itunes. Minor issues that can't be helped would be (more than likely) overlooked (I'm paraphrasing what Todd said). Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, July 03, 2006

Tricks of the Podcasting Masters: Rob Walch Interview -042

Dave interviews Rob of www.podcast411.com about the Book that he co-authored with Murr Lafferty ( www.ishouldbewriting.com  ) and other podcasts). Rob discusses "behind the scenes" of how the book "Tricks of the Podcasting Masters" came about, and Dave provides his opinion on the book. (Available at http://www.amazon.com   Students Only Podcast: Dave talks about blurbrry.com and the Podshow Delivery Network roll out. Sign up at www.schoolofpodcasting.com View the School of Podcasting Page at blubrry.com Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, June 26, 2006

The Art of the Interview - Martin Perlich Interview -041

Dave interviews Martin Perlich a 40+ year veteran of many forms of media. He is the author of the book " The Art of the Interview - a step by step guide to insightful interviewng  from Empty Press Dave interviews Martin on his book tour for his new book " Wild Times " and Dave's choice of microphones was great (um, if I wanted to pick up all the ambience of Borders). Martin "Schools me" on interviewing skills. If this is the first time you're heard this show, the audio is typically not this bad. I tried to edit this, but I needed to keep both the left and right channels. Dave points out his own "Crap questions" and explains why they are crap (things like his history, experience should be listed before the interview - as a set up - not something your intervewee needs to answer for the 100th time). Martin's book has lots of good tips (how to prepare, listen, how and when to use a hard hitting question), and is filled with fun stories as you get to read how he approached different interviews. I recommend the book for anyone who does interviews on their podcast. You're opening questions (along with the questions that follow) will definitely improve. Your audience will thank you. Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, June 19, 2006

Is Content Really King? Allen Stewart Part II -040

In part 2 of my interview with Allen Stewart of www.themarketerspodcast.com Allen talks about his Podcasting has boosted his business, and the question "How can I make money from a podcast?" man not mean "advertising and sponsorship. We discuss viral marketing, and making a connection with your listeners. See me at the Expo!Just a reminder that the Podcasting Expo is right around the corner. Coming in the future, how to conduct interviews with the MArtin Perlich, Author of the Book " The Art of the Interview - a step by step guide to insightful interviewing ." Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, June 12, 2006

Marketing 101 With Allen Stewart of the Marketer's Podcast - 039

Get your own domain name for $6.95 at GoDaddy.com by using the coupon code " cooler3 " This is part one of my interview with Allen Stewart of the marketer's podcast ( www.themarketerspodcast.com ) Allen is a great guy, and every conversation with Allen always ends with me full of ideas. I LOVE people who make me think. I realize that many of us do not have a marketing baground so I asked Allen to do a "Marketing 101." For those that are looking to monetize their podcast this is right up your alley. However, if you're not you can still get a TON out of this interview. Simply substitute the word "Customer" with the word "Subscriber." I also answer some listener email from Cornelius Fichtner of the Project Management Podcast ( http://pmpodcast.blogspot.com  ) Who asks about selling, or having a "Premium" podcast. I use Premium Podcasting and recently created a tutorial for those who want a glimpse on how I set up m site to use this tool. (note: use the coupon code " expo " and get 50% off your first month). You can also get a 4 day free trial of Premium Podcasting for $1. For more information go to their site. www.premiumpodcasting.com Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, June 05, 2006

Can Podcasters Make Money with Affiliate Links? Audio Technica 2020 Review -038

A slightly longer than usual show as Dave packs in an an interview with Heather Vale as well as shows off some different microphones Microphone Review:I really like the sound of the Audio Technica 2020 . It's very clear, and while the 3035 handles the bottom end, and has some additional features, if you're on a budget, the 2020 is a great microphone. Microphone #1 Audio Technica 2020 (get the mic, and free windscreen for $99 )Microphone #2 Audio Technica 3035   (get the mic, and free windscreen for $199 )Micropphone #3 MXL 67  ($100)  Interview with Heather Vale We talk about her book Clickbank Affiliate Confessions. Heather answers questions like, "Do you need an email list, how do podcasters get their listeners back to their website?" and more. Get the Book " Clickbank Affiliate Confessions " for more information check out Heather at www.heathervale.com and her podcasts: http://TodaysSuccessMinute.com http://www.SuccessUnwrappedRadio.com Today's Success Minute (at PCN) Hear Dave Jackson interview at Entrepreneures JourneyDave was interviewed at http://www.entrepreneurs-journey.com/464/audio-interview-with-dave-jackson-from-schoolofpodcastingcom/  The Entrepeneurs Journey has lots of articles and podcast for anyone looking to start and run their own business.   Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Sun, May 28, 2006

Avoiding Cease and Desist with Rich Palmer -037

Dave asks the question, "What are you using to stay organized?" as he had accidentally missplaced his interview with Rich Palmer of www.audiogumshoe.com the show is 19 minutes long (a little long, but an interesting story). Random Link http://ccmixter.org/ Please note the audio review of the Audio Technica 2020 microphone will be in the future (I really needed to get  Rich's story out to the public). Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Sat, May 20, 2006

Audio Technica 20/20 - and The iRiver T30 Fooled Me -036

Thanks to everyone who commmented about the last show. Well I found out the hard way that the T30 DOES NOT allows you to plug in a microphone to the LINE IN. The line is for plugging in a CD player (or any other line device). Dave's answer was to go to www.ebay.com  and buy a refurbished iRiver 899 (total cost 95.11 ) If you're not looking to spend the giant bucks on a Marantz 660 ($500), Roland-Edirol has the new R-09 coming out later this month ($400). Allan Stewart from the Marketers Podcast let me know that new models of Minidisc recorders have the ability to download to a PC. I checked into this an sony has a model MZM100 and it does connect via USB (Click the link and buy a new MZ-M100 from us and receive a free pair of Sony MDR-7506 headphones ($99 value) with your order. While supplies last! at samedaymusic.com ). Keep in mind that line in does NOT equal mic in. Thanks to:Peter from www.carbuyingscams.com Alan Stewart www.themarketerspodcast.com Eric http://www.naughtiusmaximus.com/ Russ www.razinggiants.com Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, May 15, 2006

iRiver T30 Vs 899 Comparison -035

Dave talks about his old iRiver 899 and his new iRiver T30 he also talks about Mobile Entertainment magazine, and the mystery of www.cobyusa.com and their uint the MP-C941 Also attention Students don't miss the "Podcaster Roundtable" Next Sunday (details are at the top of the screen when you login). Notice: The price of a subscription is going up June 1st. Anyone signing up before June 1 will not have their fees increase. Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, May 08, 2006

Saving 60 Bucks a Year with Podcaster News Network -034

Dave answers some listener about the Podcaster News Network a (He does a podcast called Sloppy Seconds making fun of the Music Buisiness on that site). He also mentioned Kiptronic for a way to exhcnage promos (which is his preferred method). Link of the week: www.podcastpromos.com Lastly Dave talks about a new Virtual Expo thats coming out and this time the booths will be open to the public for FREE. Also if you sign up by may, you get a CD of the conference for free. Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, May 01, 2006

Understanding Feedburner Stats, and Other Great Promotional Tools -033

Dave interviews John Zeratsky of www.feedburner.com and John explains the recent stats upgrade, some of the great tools (like pingshot), and the new email service. Brian had asked what service I was using. I use Kall8 (and if you use the link below I get a "finders fee). It's easy and its only a couple of bucks a month. Have you checked out their email signature headline animator? Cool! Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, April 24, 2006

iPodcomments and Expo Reflections -032

Length 20 Minutes (I'm SORRY!) Live shows are fun (starting with Dave calling this show #31 when its 32). Dave shares some comments from the audience about their iPod, and shares his insights into the Expo this weekend. If you hear bad reviews as the reviewer what time they attended. Thank to all the commenters Farrel from http://www.talkingcommunications.com/ George from http://eclecticmix.com/ Chris from http://amateurtraveler.com/  (sorry for the mail noises) Expo Organizers www.co-opworld.com www.1stpod.com Saw this at the expo www.logoyouraudio.com (get your own mp3 player) http://www.iamplify.com/  (Sell your podcast) Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Fri, April 21, 2006

Contest Tips - Win a Free Subscription - See You at the Expo - 031

Length 15 Minutes Dave talks about some tips he has discovered in doing contests (like people may not even hear your show for DAYS after you announce your contest).  Sign up today to attend the Expo ($11) Check out the School of Podcasting Booth Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Wed, April 19, 2006

Should I buy an iPod? - Getting Along in the Community -030

In this 19 Minute show Dave talks the pros and cons of buying an ipod (as he bought one). He compares his 60G iPod to his Rio Carbon, and iRiver 899. You can check out Dave's iPod model HERE (amazon) iPod Pros:Lots of room Very easy to updateAccessoriesSmart Play lists Cons:Only one play back speedCan't delete a file of the ipod (delete on computer and sync)Can't easily mark a file as "played."Price Dave answers some listener email about http://podcastgen.sourceforge.net  and what to do with the XML file. (Thanks Kevin) Lastly if you're going to the Ineternational Podcasting Expo (online) order your tickets here to help support the school of podcasting. Sites Mentioned www.podcheck.com   Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, April 10, 2006

Quick Updates - New Podcasting Magazines -029

Heloo everyone.This show is quick as I was taking care of my family this week (My brother and sister in law were in an accident - they're fine, but were out of commission most of the weekend). Podcast User Magazine Issue 3   Podcast Central Issue #1 (zipped)   Check out this cool box (you might have to scroll down to see it (and you can hear a sample) Congrats to Doug on winning a free month's subscription! Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, April 03, 2006

Interview with Dan Kuykendall of PodPress -028

This show features an interview with the maker of PodPress a really powerful (and easy to install) plugin for Wordpress. Check out this free video tutorial to see PodPress in action     Win a Month Subscription to the School of Podcasting simply by adding the Morning Announcements to your favorites at Podcast Pickle  Dave was recently Interviewed on The Marketers Podcast  a great podcast to help you market yourself to the world. Check out their chicklet page Other sites mentioned:   www.karmyntyler.com at times Skype was cutting out, so my apologies for the occasional cutting out of audio. Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, March 28, 2006

Live Vs Post Production Sam Wealer Triyo.com (formerly PhpFM) -027

Interview with Sam Wealer from www.triyo.com where we talk about Triyofeed Kick off from Jeff at www.jrdonline.com Email from Bob www.JapanConsidered.org Brent www.podshowradio.com Other Sites Mentioned Podcastclicks www.podcastclicks.com Announcer www.jeffradio.com Mixcraft Software www.acoustica.com Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, March 20, 2006

Promote Your Podcast with Feedblitz -026

Length 24 Minutes Today's Podcasting tip includes some insights into those who thnk they can't podcast becuase they don't have a DJ Voice. RUBISH We also interview Phil Hollows of www.feedblitz.com Here is whattheir chicklet looks like: You can also see your feedblitz stats in your Feedburner Stats As of March 6, 3,4611 Feeds are using Feedblitz. Its a great way for those who don't subscribe to be reminded that a new show is available. Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, March 13, 2006

ID3 Tags It's All About The Listener -025

Length 18 Minutes Intro: www.urbankook.com Promo review www.womengrow.org Random Link http://www.softpointer.com/AudioShell.htm More information Tutorial at Podcast 411 Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, March 06, 2006

Recording Tips From a Sound Engineer -024

We interview Bruce Williams from The "Sine Language" and "Building the Pod" podcasts (just to name a few) takes to talk about recording techniques and his new Mastering Service for podcasters Check out his shows at www.audio2u.com Email From Brent at www.podshowradio.com Erika from www.womengrow.org Random Link PodPress Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, February 27, 2006

Podcastertoolbar and Podcast Pickle Update -023

Length 22 Minutes Add me To your favorites at the Podcast Pickle Podcast Pickle Community Dave introduces a new resource for Podcasters at www.podcastertoolbar.com Dave catches up with Gary Leland (better known as P. Dilly) of the Podcast Pickle online community for Podcasts and Vidcast. He also helps host other podcasts. Sites Mentioned www.podcastpickle.com Today in Podcasting Podcast Pickle Show Women Grow Podcast Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, February 21, 2006

Building Your Audience With Interviews -022

In this podcast I talk about the benefits of bringing guests on to your show. I also talk about the pros and cons, and throw in a "accepting compliments" lesson as well. Sites Mentioned: My Interview on the Contingency Plan Podcast Miami Valley Musicast Random Link Learn Out Loud Podcast Directory Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, February 14, 2006

Poo Poo on Podcasting? 2006 is Still Kicking Ass -021

Length 9:30 Sites Mentioned: www.podcastingnews.com Before you say, "Podcasting is losing its steam, you better check your facts." Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, February 06, 2006

Making an Attention Grabbing Podcast Promo =-20

Length 17 Minutes We look at some advertising theory and how it applies to a podcast promo. Do you have a promo? Have you made any of the common mistakes? Are you going to make a promo? Here are some tips to keep in mind. Advertisement www.switchpod.com Promos Played www.nursingstudio.net www.themshow.com www.jazzstage.us Promos Can Be Found at www.podcastpromos.com www.promos.podshow.com www.kiptronic.com Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, January 30, 2006

Beware of Pod Oil Salesmen - You Can Make Money With Podcasting! 019

Length 13 MinutesDave gives you tips on purchasing Podcasting products. There are big time Internet gurus (who do not have a podcast) who are marketing products about being a podcaster. They tell you how to make money with Podcasting, and yet to do that you need an audience, and yet they don't have a podcast audience. BEWARE! Random Link www.loopwise.com Book Mentioned Podcast Solutions Trusted Marketers The Marketers Podcast (Alan is a great guy). Red Hot Copy Jim Edwards Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Thu, January 26, 2006

Audio Merge and Groups and Mics -017

www.audiomerge.com Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, January 24, 2006

Kiptronic and Libsyn Sitting in a Tree -018

What do you get when you combine the power of Libsyn with the flexability of an automated promo exchange/advertising system from Kiptronic? You get a duo better then peanut butter and jelly, Batman and Robin, and the Captain and Tennille combined! Hear an in depth review as Dave comments on the new (free) Kiptronic technology with CEO Jonathon Cobb of www.kiptronic.com Now the easiest way to use this technology is to have a Libsyn account. (You're looking at one right now). Click Here to sign up at Libsyn. Click Here to sign up at Kiptronic.com. Want to see the kiptonic survey? Click the "take the 5 second survey" near the top of the page. Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, January 17, 2006

Developing Relationships to Promote Your Podcast -016

Length 9:10 Dave discusses the basics of approaching someone to partner and help promote your podcast. Sites Mentioned My New MY SPACE Page feedplayer.com Free Business Cards Juice Website Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Fri, January 06, 2006

(Podcast) Survey Says! Podcast and Listener Survey Results -015

In this issue Dave reveals some of the answers from the Podcaster and Listener Survey Take Podcaster Survey Take Listener Survey Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, December 27, 2005

What Makes a Good Podcast -014

Length 10 Minutes People ask all the time, Is this a good podcast? this is defined by the listener. Sites Mentioned The Marketer's Podcast (I heard a n interview with Lorrie Morgan Ferraro Nationwide CD (inexpensive Postcards) Vista Print   Or if you want an egg cooker check out the Toastmaster 6506 Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, December 19, 2005

PODSHOW is NOT the Devil -013

Length 12 Minutes Show notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com Get 50% off your first month with coupon of "santa" Sites Mentioned www.podcastingnews.com www.podcastoptimization.com www.podcastoptimization.com www.podshow.com Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, December 12, 2005

Music in Podcasts - P.W. Fenton Insights -012

Length: 20 Minutes Opening by Sean Rogers of the Business Intelligence Network Digital Flotsam can be found at www.digitalflotsam.org Random Link http://clickandbuy.com/US/en/ Adobe Audition at Amazon or for more information go to www.adobe.com Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, December 05, 2005

You Don't Have to Be Old to Be Wise -011

In this issue we talk about netowrking with other podcasters. Today we chat with the head of www.teenpodcasters.com and the producer of The Commoner's View of the World . He talks about the advantages of joining a network, and how building a community can help help all involved. Some examples of of Podcasting Networks including: www.podshow.com www.techpodcasts.com/ http://podsafemusicnetwork.com RANDOM LINK http://themes.wordpress.net Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, November 28, 2005

Podcast Promotion: Is Your Cart Before the Horse? -010

Length: 16 Minutes Topics Book Review "The Absolute Beginners Guide to Podcasting" Switchpod Interview (web hosting company) Podcast Promotion: Do you have the cart before the horse? Sign up for the additional features at www.schoolofpodcasting.com Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, November 21, 2005

How Long Should a Podcast Be? -009

Intro by KFC from the Podchick Podcast Sites Mentioned: www.taldia.com Get the Newspaper read to you. The David Lawrence Show Premium Podcasting (Sell Your Podcast) Keith and the Girl PK and J Show Podcast 411 Podcast Tools Tips Alway listen to your podcast before posting Learn to Podcast at www.schoolofpodcasting.com also make $$$ referring friends to the School of Podcasting (click the sign up button on the site). Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Fri, November 18, 2005

Feedburner Booth Interview -008

Intro by Rich Palmer www.richpalmer.com/podcasts Interview with John Zeratsky live from the floor of the Podcasting Expo. I attempt to clean the the background up with sound soap from www.bias-inc.com Also mentioned www.n-track.com multi-track recording software. Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, November 15, 2005

Podcasting Will Change the World-007

Length: 15 Minutes Dave talks about some reflections of some of the more frequently asked questions that he heard at the Podcast Expo. Intro: www.typicalpcuser.com Other Sites Mentioned: Digital Flotsam Podcast 411 Podsqod.com Feed Player GCast Podtrac 5 Questions Podcast Tips: Microphone Placement iRiver Speed Control Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Wed, November 09, 2005

Look Mom - I CAN PEE STANDING UP -006

Length 7 Minutes Dave discusses a different point of view on the RIAA becoming more nervous about Podcasting. Resouces Mentioned www.beats365.com Blue Snowball USB Microphone Griffin Technology iMic USB Audio Interface Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Tue, November 08, 2005

Free MP3 Tool - Focus on Recording - 005

Length: 6:30 The official podcast of the School of Podcasting In this issue we deliver some tips on how you can make your your podcast is "Skip free" as well as a free tool from Zortam to help you manage your MP3 files (there is a tutorial on how to use this software on the site. Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, October 31, 2005

Recording Techniques - Mixcraft Insights -004

This podcast explains the pros and cons of using multitrack software such as Misxcraft to record a podcast. There is a 13 minute video available at the www.schoolofpodcasting.com Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Mon, October 24, 2005

How Strong Is Your Bladder (Stupid Human Trick) -003

Tip : "Broadcast Using Your Morning Voice" Resources Mentioned Crank City Music Resources added to "The School of Podcasting " More Directories added Tutorial on Troubleshooting Your RSS New Web Host company feared toward Podcasters Podcasting Graphics. Still in Beta! Check out www.schoolofpodcasting.com Mentioned in this episode: I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey 2025 Audience Survey

Wed, October 19, 2005

Make Your Podcast a "MUST HEAR"

Look at your podcast from the listener's point of view. "r=Reverse Marketing." We also talk about FAB. Sites Mentioned www.switchpod.com (no longer exists) Podcasting Kits are now available as well. (again no longer) Submit a Press Release to www.prweb.com Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey

Wed, October 12, 2005

First Podcasts Always Stink -001

This is our first Podcast, and Dave explains a little about what to expect from the Official Podcast of the School of Podcasting the "Morning Announcements." Mentioned in this episode: 2025 Audience Survey Join the #1 Podcast Education Site - The School of Podcasting Adam Curry is the co-founder of Podcasting (and the co-host of the No Agenda Show). When asked about learning how to podcast Adam said, "The place to go with the guy who has taught more people how to podcast than anybody I know - Dave Jackson, School of Podcasting.com" School of Podcasting I Want Your Opinion I am doing an audience survey and I want your input to help me make this show exactly what you want. If you have a few minutes, I have a quick survey at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25 2025 Audience Survey